URG
OLLEGE
-
T
II
augsburg in the summer
summer session info
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes courses in more than 15 academic
disciplines as well as internships and independent studic
Term I runs from May 29 to June 29.
Term I1 runs from July 9 to Aug... Show more
URG
OLLEGE
-
T
II
augsburg in the summer
summer session info
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes courses in more than 15 academic
disciplines as well as internships and independent studic
Term I runs from May 29 to June 29.
Term I1 runs from July 9 to August 9.
A detailed listing of courses begins
o n page 8.
Course loads in Summer Session:
Students may take up to two course
credits during Term I and during Term
11. Unless otherwise indicated, all
courses carry a value of one course
credit. O n e Augsburg course credit is
the equivalent of four semester credits
and six quarter credits.
II
I
'1
term one
I
May 29 to June 29
term two
July 9 to August 9
1
I
a :
I
I
I
about
augsburg
Augsburg College is a four-year, liberal arts college located in the heart of
Minneapolis, and affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
Augsburg is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.*
T h e small college environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is
enriched by the many opportunities found in this vibrant metropolitan area.
Augsburg's setting allows students to participate in a host of cultural and recreational activities.
I
I
I
1
I'
I
* North Central Associntion of Colleges and Schools, Commission on Institutions of Higher Education
(31 2) 263-0456. Web site <~utuw.ncacihe.mg>
2
Augsburg general education:
Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal
Arts Perspectives and Graduation
Skills requirements are so noted along
with the description of the course.
Course levels: T h e first digit of the
three-digit course number indicates the
course level. Course numbers heginning with a "1" or "2" are lower division courses and are intended primarily
for freshmen and sophomores; course
numbers beginning with a "3" or "4"
are upper division and are primarily for
juniors and seniors.
Independent study: Independent studies may be arranged in consultation
with individual faculty members.
Internships: In addition to those listed, internship opportunities may be
arranged individually during the summer. Academic internships are carefully planned work-based learning experiences, supervised and evaluated by a
faculty member. Consult the Center
for Service, Work, and Learning at
(612) 330-1 148 for more information.
Employer reimbursement: Students
who qualify for reimbursement by their
employers may use their reimbursernent to pay for Summer Session courses. However a nonrefundable deposit
of $100 is required to register for each
summer course.
Housing: Students who need housing
may contact the Residence Life Office
at (612) 330-1488.
T h e College reserves the right to
cancel listed courses.
inf0rmafion
Additional information may be
obtained from:
Augsburg College
Campus Box #56
221 1 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
(612) 330-1628
www.augsburg.edu/su~nmer
eligibility
Persons i n good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next fall term
are eligible to attend Augshurg
Summer Session. Good standing
implies that the student has been
admitted and not subsequently
dropped by that institution.
Other persons wishing to take summer
courses should contact the coordinator
of summer school to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances.
Students accepted for Summer Session
are not automatically granted admission as regular students of Augsburg
College. Those wishing to begin a
degree program at Augsburg should
apply to the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions, (612) 330-1001, or the
Weekend CollegeAdmissions Office,
(612) 330-1743.
3
re
-
calendar
7
.
lning AK
ner Seqi
Enrollment
4 p.m. A $101
paid at that t~
led. This dcl:
your summe
refundable unless
celed. If a c o ~ ~ r ts e ,
led I
eled, you may elect
rl
Je :I refund or apply the deposit to
the tuition for another c o ~ ~ r sWe
e . recom~nertdthat you schedule your courses as early as possible. Many C O L I ~ S fill
~S
early, and courses with 1 0 ~ 1 enrollments
will he canceled one week hefore the
first day of the term. Tuition must bc
paid in full at the Enrollment Center
(see deadlines below), or you will be
dropped from your course(s).
111 SaturL ayh
n . when Weekend
L ( t h r o ~ ~ July
gh 1).
d in fill1 in order for
he complete.
whc, !--.re unpaid
IrcvL,
lust pay
ces before they may comsummer school registra-
..
Summer registration may he completed
heginning May 9. Students taking
courses ~ L I I - i Term
u g I must complete
their registration by May 30. Tel-111I1
registration must be completed by July
10. This proceilurc applies to all sumlner registrations, including internships
and independent studies. T h e
Enrollment Center is locatect in thc
Svcrdrup HiiII and is open from 9 a.m.
to 4 p.m. Monday t h r o ~ ~ gFriday.
h
It
will he open ~ ~ n t6i p.m.
l
o n May 29
and May 30 and on July 9 ancl 10. T h e
summer 2001
term I
term I1
Scheduling begins
Balance of tuition due
Classes begin
April 9
May 17
May 29
April 9
June 28
July 9
I
I
..late fee
a
5 will be assessed for
students w
egister after the second
day of the term. No Tcrrn 1 rcgistratious will lie accepted after J ~ l n clst,
and Term 11 registrations will not be
accepted after July 13th.
To change ytlur registration you will
need to fill out a n add/Llrop fo1.m at the
Enn~llmentCenter. There is a charge
of $75 for changing a course after 3:30
p.m. o n the second schedulc~lday of
each term. This procedure applies to
internsl~ipsand independent studies as
well as scheduled courses. Refilnds and
adjustments to fees are outlined in the
"Tuition R e f ~ ~ nPolicy1'
d
section of this
brochure.
Last day to:
Change grading option
June 8
*Drop class without notation
June 1
*Register with late fee of $75
June 1
(no registrations will be accepted after this date)
July 20
July 13
July 11
Last day to withdraw from class
Classes end
Grades due in registrar's office
July 27
August 9
August 17
June 15
June 29
July 9
I
1
'
lI
schedule of refunds
100°i6 of the refundable portion of the fee...
Cancellation at the Enrollment Center prior to May 29 (Term I) &
July 9 (Term 11)
75% of the refundable portion of the fee ...
Prior to May 3 1 Term I) & July 11 (Tenn 11)
50% of the refundable portion of the fee...
Prior to June 4 (Term I) &July 16 (Term 11)
Ill
:-fll
1
rn
_I
-
-
-
-
map of augsburg
A
7
4
1
!!ITrns I,
C
fees
The tuition ch
In cours
100 for
$650 for h
Audits arl
listed abo
I
1
lmmer
it courses
dit courses
at the tuition rates
Day program
Students enrolled in su
I
and I1 combined or in either Term I or
Term I1 may be eligible to apply for the
Federal Stafford Loan, Federal Pell
Grant, or the Minnesota State Grant.
I:,
g
P
policy
I"
mb%
e s ~ is
t not
refmu of all or part
fee is calculated fro!
date of the student's official rn..--cancellation at the Enrollr
See page 5.
Nc
liven for summer Term I as it
ru
..~rrentlywith the WEC spring
mmester.
0;.
,..
R
WEC stude t enrolled in summer
Term I1 may be eligible for the Federal
Stafford Loan, Federal Pel1 Grant, or
the Minnesota State Grant.
financial aid
To apply
Eligibility for Summer
Session attendees
The financial aid deadline for the
Summer Session is April 15, 2001.
Contact the Enrollment Center at
(612) 330-1046 for application materials and additional assistance.
Financial aid is available to students
enrolled in day or weekend programs.
Students who maintain half-time status
(as defined by the program in which
they are enrolled) are eligible to apply
for financial aid.
COLLEGE MAP INFORMATION
1. Admissions Weekday Program
2, Admissions Annex and Weekend
Admissions
3. Air Structure Entrance
12. Development,
PR/Communications, and
Alumni/Parenl Relations
13. Lindell Library
(November through March)
4. Andenon-Nelson Athlelic
Field and Seasonal Air Slructure
5. Christensen Center
6 East Hall
7. Faculty Guest House
8. Foss, Lobeck. Miles. Cenler for
Wonhip. Drama & Communication
9 Sverdrup Hall
10. Husby-Stmmmen Tennis Courts
11. Ice Arena
14. Maintenance and Grounds Shop
15. Mortensen Hall
16.Murphy Place
17. Murphy Square
18. Music Hall
19. New Residence Hall
20. Old Main
ZI.,Andenon Hall
22. Quad
2 2 Science Hall
24. Security Dispatch Center
campus location
I
w&d**+,
h h b k l~
&
1
A.Admissions/Faculty/Staff Parking
B+CommuterResident Parking
C. FacultyIStaRParking
D. FacultylSlaff/Commuter Parking
E.Commuter Parking
F, Resident Parking
G. Visitor Parking
H. airv view-university Parking Ramp
stww ~
~m,
1
3 5 from
~ the ~ ~ ~ t h T a k e W a s h i n g t o n A v e n u e e x i t a n d t u r n left o n
W a s h i n g t o n ( t u r n s right o n t o C e d a r A v e n u e ) ,
t u r n left a t Riverside A v e n u e , right a t 21st
Avenue South.
1-94 East f r o m MinneapolisT a k e 2 5 t h A v e n u e e x i t , t u r n left a t 2 5 t h A v e n u e ,
t u r n left a t Riverside A v e n u e , t u r n left a t 21st
Avenue South.
m # k d S r r U r b h b h W ~ ~ W MpWI &&
M
@w,&, creed, relrpon,
&,d
PARKING INFORMATION
Early application is advised.
J'
&@&,
25. Shipping and Receiving
26.,Melby Hall
27. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
28. urness Hall
~
~RPU~IIC
h k h ~ . ~ & h @ ~ pa nt d ~l r~ n
1-94 W e s t f r o m St. PaulT a k e Riverside e x i t , t u r n right a t Riverside
A v e n u e , t u r n left a t 21st A v e n u e S o u t h .
~ ~ ? ; ~
occupatrod qunl~ficntron Augsburg
rstered programs, except m t?iose Instances where relrpon u a born
Colkge IS comm~ttedto prowdng reasonable accommodntrm to rts employees and ru s h u
fide
I
35W h o m t h e SouthFollow t h e 1-94 S t . P a u l signs ( m o v e t o r i g h t
.
-
l a n e after e a c h of t w o mergers). T a k e 2 5 t h
A v e n u e e x i t a n d t u r n left a t Riverside A v e n u e ,
t u r n left a t 21st A v e n u e S o u t h .
7
6
-
-.
-
ter6 one
-
The camera is us
EED 33.
Middle S
(0.5 crec
I Methods: Writing
Olson
I1 focus on writing strzb--:-s and
..,,-uuL., Yyp.~priateto middle leve
ents.
Emphasis will include the writing PI
, types of
writing and integra ed writing :---- culum. This course i required f o ~
"g
elementary licensure with a communication
artsjliterature specialty.
(Prereq.: Admissiop
Iuntion dept or permission of instructor)
6:00-9:30 p.m
/i
Sverdrup 17
ASL 2 1 1-S
Topics: Intermediate American
Sign Language
Mikkelson
This course continues to build the skills of signing
and the ability to listen, to use body language and
to use facial expressions. (Prereq.: ASL 102)
T El Th
Science 108
6:OO-9:30 p , m
i
OldMain
L
1
Accounting
ce I
Kader
An analysis or nnancla
punting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaming to financial state~nents,income concepts, valuation concep~
FASB statements, and othcr relevant issue:
applied to assets.
(P~ereq.:A C C 222)
8:30 a.m.-I2:OO p.m. M B W
Science 108
'1
BUS 2 4 2 3
Principles of Management
cerrito
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning, and control The
nature of authority, accountability, and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional
Science 108
6:OO-9:30 p m
M 8W
BUS 3 3 1-S
Financial Management
KapOor
Topics related to theory acquisition, fund allocation and management, sources and uses of long
and short-term funds, capital costsjbudgeting,
leve~age,and dividend policy.
(Prereq.: ECO 113, A C C 222, M1S 379, and
MPG 3).
Sverdrup 206
6:00-9:30 p.m
M,WB F
~
d
~~
~
~~(0.5~
~i
credit)
~~ h ~ ~
You will he exposed to basic theories of communication, selection, evaluation and research.
Become skilled in some of the digital tools used in
today's schools. Learn how to choose appropriate
applications of theories and techniques for educa.
tional settings.
9:OO-11:30 a m.
M B W Suerdrup 204
C
liate Expository Writing
Swanson
s course builds on the practices and methods
(ENG 111). Its workshop
of Effective W
format stresses
d organization, the process
SPA I l l - T
Beginning Spanish I
6:00-8:30 p,m
M , T, W, Th
of revision, sell
~ = eevaluation,
r
and the relationship between reading and writing,
(Prereq.: ENG 11I)
6:OO-9:30 p.m
MBW
Kingsley
Main 25
Old Main 10
m-~-
-
'SY 3
Adolescent and Young Adult Development
Hanson
Consideration of research and theory related to
development during adolescent and young adult
years. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
6:OO-9:30 9.m M b W
Old Main 25
S r c 111-s
Introduction to Public Speaking
Groven
The course focuses on speech preparation, organization, audience analysis, style, listening, and
overcoming speech fright (Students may take
either SPC 111 or SPC 112 for credit hut not
both).
Grad Skill: Speaking
8:30-12:00 p m.
MBW
Suerdrup 202
-m '
I
REL 35723
Giants of the Faith
Tranvik
A study of Christian history through the lives and
theology of notable figures. Thinkers to be studied include Augustine, Luther, C . S. Lewis,
Martin Luther King,]r., and Dorothy Day.
(Prereq.: REL 111, 221, or 331)
Pcrspective: Christian Faith 2 or CF 3.
El
Old Main l8
6'00-9:30 ') m'
HIS 1 0 3 3
Modern World 1789-Present
Anderson
A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the French Revolution to the present.
Persp.: Western Heritage
6:00,9:30 m,
T B ~h
Old Main 13
-
EDC 220-S
SPA 111-5
Beginning Spanish I
Kingsley
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the
Spanish-speaking world.
Persp : intercultural Awareness 2
8:30-11:00 a m. M, T, W, Th
Old Main 26
students able to spend 3-4 days on the river with a
group of canoeist coming down the river from
Lake ltasca to Minneapolis.
Grad. Skill: Critical Thinking, Persp.: Social
World.
Limit: 20 students
M €4 W
Old Main 16
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
,,
!-
i
I N S 199-S/399-S
Olson
A work-based learning experience in which a student designs a learning agreement plan that links
the opportunities and responsibilities found in the
placement with specific learning objectives that
~ are
~i evaluated
l
l ~credit. ~The
~ ~ for academic
k
~ internship
~~
placement must be approved by the faculty supervisor prior to registration. P/ii grading.
Arranged
*Note: Internships may also be arranged with
individual faculty in the specific majors. Contact
the academic department directly to make
a~angements.
~
,2 4 1 3
Environmental and River Politics
Underhill-Cady
The course explores the relationship between
urban develop~nent,government policy, and the
river environment. Students will critically examine historical developments, the changing relationship between society and the environment,
and current policy debates about the river.
Students will undertake service-learning projects
relating to chc Mississippi River and explore the
river by boat. One longer river trip is planned for
SPC 351-S
Argumentation
Lapakko
Develops critical thinking skills by study of the
theory and practice of argument, evidence, fallacies, and refutation. Includes how to build and analyze public arguments that confront sti~dentsin
[heir everyday lives.
(Prereq.: SPC 111 or consent of instructor)
Grad Skill: Critical Thinking
.%erd~up202
6:OO-9:30 p m
M BW
-
term two
july 9 to august
ART 1001300-S (with HIS 1951331)
Topics: Designed Environment
Anderson
This course addresses the designed environment,
the intentionally designed places in which we
live. We will investigate architecture, landscape
architecture, and urban design, both in class and
in site visits to prominent examples of design
excellence. Persp.: City or Aesthetics
I:00-4:30 p.m.
MBW
Science 123
ART 107-S
Drawing
Bollman
This is a first level drawing course. Students work
with a variety of traditional and non-traditional
drawing media and explore important concepts of
drawing. Slide lectures, demonstrations, and critiques complete the learning experience. Persp.:
Aesthetics
6:OO-9:30 p.m
T B Th
Old Main 17
ART 118-S
Painting I
Bollman
In this first level painting course, students learn
important concepts of painting. Most class time is
spent painting. Slide lectures, demonstrations, and
critiques complete the learning experience.
Persp.: Aesthetics.
6:OO-9:30 p,m.
T B Th
Old Main 17
BUS 4 4 0 3
Strategic Management
Cerrito
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions taught from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various
industries and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
T B Th
Sverdrup 202
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
MKT 2 5 2 3
Principles of Marketing
Meziou
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in
marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they
affect product, promotion, marketing channel,
and pricing decisions.
6:00-9:30 p , m
T B Th
Sverdrup 206
EED 4 9 5 3
Topics: Elementary Earth Science Subject
Matter Standards
Stangl
This workshop course for elementary education
majors includes earth science "hands-on" inquiry
based activities that model the teaching and
learning process of scientific inquiry. Meets basic
earth science subject matter standards for initial
licensure.
5:OO-9:00 p.m.
ACC 2 2 2 3
Kader
Principles of Accounting I1
A continuation of A C C 221. lntroduction to
business activitics, accounting for corporations.
Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting, planning and controlling processes,
decision-making, and behavioral considerations.
(Prereq.: A C C 221)
8:30 a,m.-12:OO p.m. M B W
Sverdrup 202
BUS 340-S
Human Resource Management
Cerrito
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective integration of the worker
with the goals of the firm and society.
(Prereq.: BUS 242)
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
MBW
Suerdrup 202
s
TBK
Science 19
ESE 351-S
5-12 Methods: Speaking and Listening
(0.5 credit)
Lapakko
The course covers teaching of public speaking,
interpersonal communication, small group communication and listening, as well as directing cocurricular speech and debate activities.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to the education
department)
6:OO-9:30 p.m
T
Science 108
(0.5 credit)
The course presents
the critical analysis (
INS 1 0 5 3
contempora
Indians will
(Prereq.: PPST
tion p o g r a m r
6:OO-9:30 p.m-
M
The course focuses on contemporary 20th
~ry
prose works. It includes Native American and
European writers, with an emphasis on nonWestern (Asian and African) fiction. (hereq.:
ENG 245 or consent of instructor) Persp.:
l~ltcrculturalAwareness 1. Grad. Skill: Writing
T B Th
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
Old Main 10
(0.5 credit)
Minnesota
where appropriate.
pd~rness1
TBTh
OldMain16
NS 1 1-S
Paideia Seminars
16-20, 2001
Students will participate in a
ies of seminar discussions following the Paidera .~,oinarformat as
developed by Mortimer Adler. Seminar topics
emphasize selectio~isthat help students to think
critically, understand timeless ideas, listen carefully, and question thoughtfully.
Grad Skill: Critical Thinking Limit: 20
Portfolio is due on July 27. Contact Anne Jensen
for registration (612) 330-1188.
8:00 a.m. - 4:00 p.m. M-F
Old Main 16 & 11
This Institute is also open to current teachers.
ply
ENG 3 6 1 4
Studies in Modern Fiction
H P E 115-S
chemical ~~~~~d~~~~
.-.arts.
~~~~k
A n analysis of chemical abuse and what can be
done for the abuser. Includes information about
school health education and services.
6:00-9:30 p.in.
M
~
~ 1I 1 ~
HIS 1951331-S (with ART 1001300)
Topics: Designed Environment
Kimball
This course addresses the designed environment,
the intentionally designed places in which we
live. We will investigate architecture, landscape
architecture, and urban design, both in class and
in site visits to prominent examples of design
excellence.
Persp.: City or Aesthetics
1 :00-4:30 p.m.
M b* W
Science 123
INS 199,S/3YY-S
Internship
Olson
A work-based learning experience in which students design a learning agreement plan that links
the opportunities and responsibilities found in the
placement with specific learning objectives that
are evaluated for academic credit. The internship
placement
p
h
~ must be approved by the faculty
supervisor prior to registration.
~iranged
*Note: Internships may also be arranged with
individual faculty in the specific majors. Contact
the academic department directly to make
arrangements.
I N S 225-8
Introduction to Islam
Kader
The course covers the ideological foundations of
Islam, it's basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
(Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life.
Persp.: intercultural Awareness 1.
6:00 p.m.-9:30 p+m. M B W
Old Main 16
9
POL 421-5 (ML
ve:
Developing a Mi
- ~ Aoki
Race and Ethnic
This course focu:
the ability to function and
rse and ever changing conlead in culturally
texts within the u.3.f ' proved cultural awareand interpersonal senness, communication !
sitivity and appreciation for the complexity of the
racial and ethnic groupings are among thc goals of
Extensive discussion and several short
t*
wnmmts with emphasis on applying
\
o leadership situations.
.
L
,.,-"
Dupont
Math of Inten
he monthly payments
Learn how to c
how much you need to
on a house or car. Fi
have a million \,,hen you
be stocking awav no
vu~iiies,
perpetuities,and life
retire. Learn hs
=-a
F-r-luation will be
insurance work,
'----oo
In, quizzes, and a
based on
.
Lv...
i
3) G
.,
kill: (
v....
MBW
SOC 356-S
Crime and Community
Bloom
Analysis of correctional programs and community
responses. Lecture, discussion, and site visits to
prisons, courts, and community agencies. Special
attention given to concepts of restorative justice.
(Prereq.: SOC 121)
1-4:30 pm
T, Th
Kingsley
PSY 361-S
Personality/Cuh
~ntext
Hanson
Curtent scientifically-based approaches to description, dynamics, and development of personality.
ing, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the
Spanish-speaking world.
l'cnp : l ~ i t ~ r c ~ A\vilrcncs
~ l ~ ~ ~ r .3 ~ l
8.33-11 00 a m M, 'I., W, Th
Old MLIUI26
includes the study of gender, social position, and
cross-cultural behavior. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
6:00-9:30 p.m
M El W
Old Main 25
6
REL 4 7 2 3
SPA 112-T
Beginning Spanish I1
6:00-8:30 p.m.
M , T,W , Th
Kingsley
Old Main 26
POL 1 7 0 3
Underhill-Cady
Law in the United States
A n introduction to basic legal concepts in the
United States, with a special focus on environmental issues. We will explore the tensions
between justice, order, rights, and freedoms in the
context of debates over water pollution, wet-lands
preservation, endangered species, urban brownfields, and global warming. Students will work on
individual projects studying current environmental cases and controversies in the Twin Cities.
6:OO-9:30 p.m
MB W
Science 205
Quanbeck I1
Paul the Apostle
A study of the Apostle Paul, including appropriate
historical background, Paul's relationship with the
early church, major themes in his writings, and
reflection concerning the reasons Paul remains an
important figure and thinker in Christian theology. Persp.: Christian Faith 1 or 3. Grad Skill:
Critical Thinking.
6:OO-9:30 p.m
MB W
I
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION,
Soerdrup I
SPC 3 2 9 3
Intercultural Communication
Beginning Spanish I1
Old Main 18
Old Main 18
Lapakko
This coursc cxplores cultural differences and their
implications for communication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction, and
code systems.
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
6:OO-9:30 p.m,
MB W
Suerdmp 20
term two
july 9 to august 9
SWK 5 6 0 Assessment and Diagnosis in Mental
Health Practice
Syers
This course examines assessment and diagnosis of
mental health Emphasis is placed on understanding mental health disorders from a systems
and ecological perspective as well as understanding bio/psycho/social influences on incidence and
course. (Prereq.: Advanced standinglsecond year
MSW/ Post MSW)
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
M@ W
Sverdrup 206
--
ML 560-S (POL 4 2 1 3 )
Developing a Multicultural Perspective:
Race and Ethnicity
Aoki
This course focuses on the ability to function
and lead in culturally diverse and ever changing
contexts within the U.S.A Improved cultural
awareness, communication skills and interpersonal sensitivity and appreciation for the complexity of the racial and ethnic groupings are
among the goals of the course. Extensive discussion and several short written assignments with
emphasis on applying course material to leadership situations
M@W
Sverdrup 1
6:OO-9:30 p.m
center for
global education
upcoming programs:
Human Rights and Indigenous Issues ir
May 15-24, 2001
\
Poverty and Perseverance: Life in N'
June 9-17, 2001
latemala
:agu
4'
The Plight of Indigenous People in Countries in Transitio
Guatemala and Chiapas, Me+-June 2-15, 2001
Mexico: Educatior
A Professional nJune 14-21, 2001
.
Cuba: Our Isl;..,
July 16-24, 2001
iiobal Citizenship
Neighbor
m
Namibi
tional Educ
July 13 - L U , 2001
Mexico 2001: Daunting Cha"
July 17-25, 2001
Accompanying Our Brothers
July 27 to August 7, 2001
ges, Wellsprings of Ho
\;
Sisters in El Salvador
South Africa: Racial Justice and Gender Equity
July 28 to August 12, 2001
For information and other possible educational opportunities, contact the Center for
Global Education at ( 6 12) 330-1 159 or e-mail, <globaled@augsburg.edu>.
Show less
"The good we secure for ourselves
Table of Contents
is precarious and uncertain ... until
it is secured for all of us and
Overview ................... .... . ....................... ... 1
incoryorated into our common life."
MSW Program Mission and Goals ............................... ... Show more
"The good we secure for ourselves
Table of Contents
is precarious and uncertain ... until
it is secured for all of us and
Overview ................... .... . ....................... ... 1
incoryorated into our common life."
MSW Program Mission and Goals ............................... 2
-Jane Addams
MSW Program Format ....... .............................. ...3
MSW Curriculum Components .......................... .. .. .. .5
MSW Courses and Upcoming Changes ..... .................... .. 7
Field Work Education and Field Practicum ........................ 10
Admission to the MSW Program ....... ............... ....... .. 12
International Applicants ............... .................... .. 16
Summary of MSW Fees and Charges ..... .. ... ...... .. ........ .. 17
Financial Aid ........................ ........ . ...... .. ..... 18
Academic Policies ................... .. ...... .. ............ .20
MSW Program Management ........... ...................... .23
Department of Social Work Faculty ......... ... ..... ............ 24
Lindell Library and Information Technology .. .. . .. ... ............ 26
Accreditation .............................................. 27
About Augsburg College ..................................... 28
Campus Location and Map ... .................... .inside back cover
•
I
overview
The Augsburg Master of Social Work
concentrations: Family Practice or
of other countries, including England,
is a small program of distinction and
Program Development, Policy and
Mexico, Norway, Portugal, Slovenia,
quality. Our purpose is to prepare
Administration. The academic
and Taiwan.
social work students for agency-based
coursework consists of 18 full courses
practice in public and non-profit
for regularly admitted students or 13
are internationally known for their
settings. We offer a challenging
full courses for those admitted with
teaching and research. Our adjunct
curriculum, combining social work
advanced standing (see explanation of
faculty are innovative practitioners
theory, policy, practice methods, skills
advanced standing on page 13).
training, research, and evaluation
techniques.
Our philosophy is to emphasize
In addition to the academic
We have outstanding faculty who
and administrators from agency-based
settings. Our faculty provide expertise
coursework, students complete 900
in a broad range of areas within social
hours of field practica in two settings
work. All our faculty are available for
client strengths and empowerment;
and a summative evaluation project.
mentoring relationships. They
problem solving within a holistic,
The Twin Cities offer many unique
schedule office hours convenient to
systems framework; and practice
opportunities for field practicum sites
weekend students.
informed by solid research and
such as non-profit advocacy
evaluation. Throughout our
organizations, counseling centers,
the liberal arts base of the College and
The Augsburg MSW builds on
curriculum, we stress social work
neighborhood centers, state and
supports the College's mission: "To
values and ethics. We also emphasize
county agencies, schools, hospitals,
nurture future leaders in service to the
responsibility to the local and global
correctional facilities, and non-
world by providing high-quality
community, promotion of social and
governmental organizations. We have
educational opportunities, which are
economic justice, understanding of
field sites in both urban and rural
based in the liberal arts and shaped by
and appreciation for diverse peoples
settings.
the faith and values of the Christian
and cultures, and commitment to
oppose oppression of all forms.
Our classes are offered on a
weekend intensive format. Field
Church, by the context of a vital
metropolitan setting, and by an
placements are available weekdays, as
intentionally diverse campus
complete a year of generalist
well as some evenings and non-class
community."
professional preparation (the
weekends. We maintain small class
foundation) and a year of advanced
sizes of 10 to 25 students. We offer
preparation in one of two
trips abroad to compare social services
Augsburg MSW students
MSW Program Mission and Goals
The mission of the
sound, scholarly
on combined strengths
Department of Social Work
research; and
of the client, group, or
is: "To develop social work
professionals for practice
that promotes social justice
and empowerment towards
the well-being of people in
community rather than
• how to evaluate the
effectiveness of your
As you progress through
our MSW curriculum, you
will learn:
• how an individual lives
of social work programs.
Student learning is guided
education, graduate or
by the following MSW
post-graduate, in social
program goals:
work or related fields;
1. prepare students to be
competent, creative,
and ethical social work
professional
or her environment;
practitioners who
programs affect
individuals, families,
communities, and
society;
• to use a range of client-
maintain a perspective
4. prepare students to
work for peace, social
justice, and human
well-being at a variety
of levels with a global
perspective;
that is multi-cultural
and holistic (that is,
5. prepare students to
one which encompasses
apply critical thinking
the integrated needs of
skills within
individual, family, and
professional contexts
community), with
and to demonstrate the
centered approaches to
attention to the special
professional use of self;
practice with client
needs of our migrant,
groups of all types and
immigrant, and Native
sizes;
American local
populations;
• to apply theories and
methods of practice
excel in problem-
placement experience;
solving within systems
practice informed by
perspective that creates
a holistic approach to
practice; and
through the field
• the importance of
6. integrate a liberal arts
2. prepare students to
of many sizes, to
•
3. prepare students for
continuing advanced
in and is affected by his
• how social policies and
pathology;
social work practice and
a diverse and global
society."
focusing on individual
7. provide students with
increased access to
social work education.
become advanced
practitioners who build
I
3
MSW Program Format
The Augsburg MSW degree
offered at the mid-point of
expectation of substantial
Fall Trimester 2000
is designed to meet the
class. Each class meets for
independent study outside
Class Weekends
needs of a wide range of
eight sessions in a given
of class.
Sept. 15-16
students with differing
trimester.
responsibilities and time
commitments. Scheduling
classes in a weekend
intensive format allows
students some flexibility in
coordinating school
obligations with weekday
work and family
commitments. Our weekend
format also provides access
to an MSW education to
those living outside of the
Twin Cities metropolitan
area, who must travel some
distance.
Sept. 29-30
Cohons and Course
Sequence
Oct. 13-14
MSW students are admitted
Nov. 3-4
Foundation students
with a particular "cohort."
Nov. 17-18
complete 18 full courses.
Cohorts are distinguished
Dec. 1-2
Full-time students enroll in
by: level of admission
Dec. 15-16
three courses per trimester
(foundation or advanced
for six trimesters, totaling
standing), rate of attendance
Winter Trimester 2001
two years. Part-time students
(full-time or part-time), and
Class. Weekends
enroll in one or two courses
preferred concentration
Jan. 5-6
per trimester for 12
(Family Practice or Program
Jan. 19-20
trimesters, totaling four
Development, Policy, and
Jan 26-27
years. Advanced standing
Administration-"PDPA").
Feb. 9-10
students attend full time,
Augsburg offers six cohorts.
Feb. 16-17
Course Load and Program
Duration
enrolling in three courses
per trimester for five
Academic Calendar
trimesters, totalling 13 full
We follow a trimester
courses over one year and
academic calendar, offering
two trimesters. The part-
classes September through
time option is not offered for
June, exclusively on
those with advanced
weekends. Classes typically
standing. All students must
meet every other weekend
complete the MSW degree
with some back-to-back
in no more than four years
weekends.
following matriculation.
Oct. 27-28
Mar. 2-3
Field Practicum
Mar. 16-17
MSW students spend 900
Mar. 23-24
hours in two field practica.
The foundation field
Spring Trimester 2001
practicum requires 420
Class Weekends
hours. The concentration
Apr 6-7
field practicum requires 480
Apr 20-21
hours. Each practicum
May 4-5
experience is spread out over
May 18-19
two trimesters (fall and
Jun 1-2
winter) and is completed
Jun 8-9
concurrent with enrollment
Jun 22-23
Classes meet in four-hour
Course Credh and contact
Hours
in integrative field work
Jun 29-30
blocks on Friday evenings,
A full credit MSW course
seminars (SWK 502-503 and
6 to 10 p.m., Saturday
( 1.0) is equal to 4 semester
SWK 523-524) as well as
mornings, 8 a.m. to noon,
credits or 6 quarter credits.
other MSW coursework.
and Saturday afternoons,
Each full course meets for 32
1 to 5 p.m. A short break is
contact hours, with the
Class Periods
Summatlve Evaluation
Proiect
spend 15 to 20 hours per
Paul) have developed a dual
All students apply
week in the field practicum
degree: Master of Social
knowledge and skills from
during the fall and winter
Work and Master of Arts in
the foundation and
trimesters (a span of six or
Leadership for Mission
concentration curriculum in
seven months for each
(MSW/MA). The dual
completing a project
practicum).
degree focuses on meeting
designed to evaluate their
projects. A student also may
In the final year of
Luther Seminary (in St.
the educational interests of
social work practice.
study, students complete a
people planning to serve the
Students conduct and
summative project, which
spiritual and social needs of
present this evaluation/
requires substantial
families, individuals, and
research project during their
independent research,
communities.
final year of study. They
analysis, and writing.
may also select the thesis
Some MSW students
A pilot project has
been approved by both
option as an elective (see
work full time while
schools. Augsburg is
page 6).
enrolled in the MSW
currently seeking approval
program. Most, however,
from the Council on Social
arrange to reduce their work
Work Education. For more
Time Commitment
Although classes meet on
weekends, students spend
time on their studies during
non-class weekends and
weekdays. The typical
student will spend 12 hours
in classes within a 23-hour
period. For every hour spent
in class, a student may
hours or request time away
information, contact the
during their graduate
Augsburg social work office,
studies. Each student's
(612) 330-1233, or Luther
situation is unique and must
Seminary, (651) 641-3521,
be decided individually. All
for their catalog. Applicants
students must develop
apply to each program
strategies for balancing
separately; admission to one
family, work, and academic
does not guarantee
responsibilities.
admission to the other. This
spend 3 to 4 hours outside
of class, working on
Dual Degree
assignments or group
Augsburg College and
joint program is ecumenical
in its admissions policies
and academic outlook .
•
I
MSW Curriculum Components
The MSW curriculum, which
knowledge of theories and practice
Administration. In either
includes both academic coursework
methods in the foundation field
concentration, you will deepen your
and field education, has two
practicum. The field practicum is
knowledge of the primary issues
components: foundation and
completed concurrently with your
affecting families and communities,
concentration.
enrollment in two integrative field
develop a range of client-centered
work seminar courses (SWK 502 and
approaches to practice, gain a broader
Foundation Curriculum
The foundation curriculum is made
up of nine courses and a generalist
field practicum. In the foundation
courses, you are introduced to social
work as a profession. You will learn
both historical and contemporary
theories, issues, and practice methods,
relating to both the individual and
503). The full foundation curriculum
understanding of human diversity,
is required of all students, with the
develop competencies in practice
exception of those admitted with
based-research, and learn practice or
advanced standing (see explanation
program evaluation techniques.
of advanced standing on page 13 ).
you will apply this advanced
curriculum, all foundation
knowledge of theories and practice
coursework and field hours must be
methods in the concentration field
successfully completed.
the environment. During the
foundation year, you will study
Concentration Curriculum
human behavior and the social
The concentration curriculum is
environment; history of social welfare
made up of nine courses and an
policy; and services, research
advanced field practicum. After
methods, practice methods,
completing the foundation
assessment frameworks, family and
requirements, you will enroll in the
community diversity, and social work
concentration curriculum of your
values and ethics.
choice. Augsburg offers two
In the foundation curriculum,
you will apply this generalist
[n the concentration curriculum,
Before beginning the concentration
concentrations: Family Practice and
Program Development, Policy, and
practicum experience. The field
practicum is relevant to your chosen
concentration and is completed
concurrently with your enrollment in
two field seminar courses (SWK 523
and 524). As a capstone to your
MSW program, you will complete a
summative evaluation project in
practice or program evaluation.
'
Family Practice
concentration was
building upon but separate
Concentration:
developed in response to
from the summative
Family, in its diverse forms,
the growing demand for
evaluation project. Course
is central to society.
leadership and
credit is given for this
"Family," in this context, is
administration. Effective
option as an elective.
interpreted broadly as the
services require competent
Students work with a thesis
nurturing system
practitioners to provide
adviser to develop more in-
surrounding people. It is
strong leadership and
depth research skills
inclusive of many areas of
effective administration. In
contributing to social work
need. As a growing number
this concentration you will
knowledge.
of family-related challenges
learn the knowledge and
face society, there is an
skills necessary to promote
ever-increasing need for
and achieve needed change,
professionals who base their
and to develop, lead, guide,
practice on in-depth study
and administer programs
of the broad spectrum of
that serve diverse people in
issues that confront the
a variety of settings.
family. In the Family
Practice concentration, you
will concentrate on
promoting empowerment of
the family-nurturing systems
from a developmental and
holistic perspective.
Program Development,
Degree Requirements
To be conferred with the
MSW degree, students must
achieve the following:
• successful completion of
18 MSW courses (13 for
advanced standing), with
Summatlve Evaluation
Proiect
with a grade of 2.0 or 2.5,
All students will apply
and with a cumulative
knowledge and skills from
GPA of 3.0 or higher;
the foundation and
no more than two courses
• successful completion of
concentration curricula in
900 hours of approved
completing a final project
field practica ( 480 hours
designed to study social
for advanced standing);
Policy, and
work efficacy. Students will
Administration:
conduct and present this
submission of the
Social change is necessary
advanced research project
summative evaluation
to foster policies and
during their final year of
project; and
services that respond to
study.
human need. The Program
Development, Policy, and
Administration
Master's Thesis
Students have the option of
• successful completion and
• successful completion of
all degree requirements
within four years of
matriculation.
completing a thesis,
•
I
MSW Courses and Upcoming Changes
Below are two curricula: existing
intend for the new curriculum to
date. We will offer this new course in
and revised. The revisions are in
begin in 2001-02. This means
winter 2001-02. Because of the
response to feedback requested from
students who begin in 2000-01 will
earlier start for advanced standing
several constituencies, including
complete the first year under our
students, we will move the advanced
students, alumni, faculty, field
existing curriculum, but will complete
standing application deadline for
agencies, and CSWE. The revised
subsequent years under the revised
2001-02 admission to January
curriculum is approved by the social
curriculum.
work department and awaiting
15, 2001. (Advanced standing
For advanced standing students,
approval from the College Academic
the revised curriculum adds a new
Affairs Committee in 2000-01. We
course and requires a winter start
applicants previously applied in
October.)
EXISTING Curriculum
Foundation Courses:
Human Behavior and the Social Environment
Integrative Field Work Seminar II
Integrative Field Work Seminar I
Methods and Skills II
Methods and Skills I
Introduction to Family Practice
History of Social Welfare Policy
Introduction to Program Development, Policy & Admin.
Research I
Family Practice Concentration Courses:
Integrative Field Work Seminar III
Thesis Seminar
Family Practice I
Creative Problem Solving in Supervision
Research II
Family Diversity/Family Social Policy
Integrative Field Work Seminar IV
Elective
Family Practice II
Program Development, Policy, & Administration Concentration Courses:
Integrative Field Work Seminar lII
Thesis Seminar
Processes of Program Planning & Development
lnterorganizational, Community, Political Relations
Research II
Advanced Social Policy
Integrative Field Work Seminar IV
Elective
Organizational Development & Administration
7
REVISED Curriculum
Foundation Courses:
0
)
Human Behavior and the Social Environment
Methods and Skills II: Families & Groups
Field Work I: Integrative Seminar and Skills Lab
Community Development for Social Change
Methods and Skills I: Individuals
Theories of Family: Intro. to Family Practice
History of Social Welfare Policy
Research I
Field Work II: Integrative Seminar and Skills Lab
Advanced Practice Methods (advanced standing only)
Family Practice Concentration Courses:
Field Work III: Integrative Seminar (.5)
Family Practice II
Diversity in an Urban Environment I (.5)
Family Social Policy
Family Practice I
Creative Problem Solving in Supervision
Research II: Practice Evaluation
Family Practice Elective
Field Work IV: Integrative Seminar (.5)
General Elective
Diversity in an Urban Environment Il (.5)
Program Development, Policy, and Administration Concentration Courses:
Field Work III: Integrative Seminar (.5)
Planning and Policy Practice I
Diversity in an Urban Environment I ( .5)
Organizations/Social Admin Practice II
Organizations/Social Admin. Practice I
Planning and Policy Practice II
Research II: Program Evaluation
Organizations/Social Admin. Practice III
Field Work IV: Integrative Seminar (.5)
General Elective
Diversity in an Urban Environment II (.5)
ENROUMENT Options
Foundation • Full-time
YEAR 1
Fall
Human Behavior & the Social
Environment
Field Work I: Integrative Seminar &
Skills Lab
Methods & Skills I: Individuals
(foundation practicum begins)
YEAR2
Fall
Field Work III: Integrative Seminar &
Diversity (.5 each)
Research II: Evaluation (practice
or program)
Concentration Course #l
(concentration practicum begins)
Winter History of Social Welfare Policy
Field Work II: Integrative Seminar &
Winter Field Work IV: Integrative Seminar &
Diversity (.5 each)
Skills Lab
Concentration Course #2
Methods & Skills II: Families & Groups
Concentration Course#}
(foundation practicum continues and finishes)
(concentration practicum continues
Spring Research I
and finishes)
Theories of Family: Intro. to Family Practice
Community Development for Social Change
Spring
General Elective
Concentration Course #4
Concentration Course #5
I
Advanced Standing • Full-time
YEAR 1
No Courses
Fall
YEAR2
Fall
Field Work Ill: Integrative Seminar &
Diversity ( .5 each)
Winter Advanced Practice Methods
Research II: Evaluation (practice
Spring
Research I
or program)
Theories of Family: Intro. to Family Practice
Concentration Course # 1
Community Development for
(concentration practicum begins)
Social Change
Winter Field Work IV: Integrative Seminar &
Diversity ( .5 each)
Concentration Course #2
Concentration Course #3
(concentration practicum continues
and finishes)
Spring
General Elective
Concentration Course #4
Concentration Course #5
Foundation • Part-time
YEAR 1
YEAR2
Fall
Fall
Human Behavior & the Social
Field Work I: Integrative Seminar/Skills Lab
Methods & Skills I: Individuals
Environment
(foundation practicum begins)
Winter History of Social Welfare Policy
Winter Field Work II: Integrative Seminar/Skills Lab
Spring
Research I
Methods & Skills II: Families & Groups
(foundation practicum continues and finishes)
Spring
Theories of Family: Intro. to Family Practice
Community Development for
Social Change
YEAR4
YEAR3
Fall
Field Work Ill: Integrative Seminar &
Fall
Diversity (.5 each)
Research II: Evaluation (practice
or program)
Concentration Course # 1
(concentration practicum begins)
Winter Field Work IV: Integrative Seminar &
Diversity ( .5 each)
Concentration Course #2
(concentration practicum continues
and finishes)
Spring
Concentration Course #3
General Elective
Winter Concentration Course #4
Spring
Concentration Course #5
9
Field Work Education and Field Practicum
Field Work Education and
Field Placement
work integrative seminars, is
education of the MSW
Social work education is
the arena for the
program is divided into two
not merely classroom based.
application of this
components: foundation
Through the field
philosophy. It is our belief
and concentration. The
experience, we expect that
that the collaborative efforts
foundation field practicum
you are able to demonstrate
between the student, the
requires 420 hours and is
your aptitude in bridging
field agency, and the MSW
completed by those students
theory and practice. The
program are essential.
admitted at the foundation
foundation of your practice
includes:
• ethical, competent
professional practice
• problem solving within a
systems framework and
strengths perspective
• an understanding of, and
respect for, diverse
peoples and cultures
• responsibility and service
to the broader community
in the interest of social
justice
• a commitment to oppose
oppression.
We recognize that the
field experience, called
"practica," with the field
Field Education Format
Under the instruction and
supervision of
professionally-trained,
MSW-level, and programapproved field instructors,
you will spend 900 hours in
two field practica. Each
practicum is spread out over
two trimesters (fall and
winter) and is completed
concurrently with
enrollment in field work
integrative seminars (SWK
502-503 and SWK 523524) as well as other MSW
The field work
level. The foundation
practicum puts emphasis on
developing competence as a
professional generalist social
worker. The concentration
field practicum requires 480
hours and is completed by
all students, including those
admitted at the foundation
level and those admitted
with advanced standing.
The concentration
practicum places emphasis
on advanced practice skills
and leadership qualities
related to the chosen
concentration.
coursework.
•
I
11
Process for Field Praclicum Selecuon
at an agency that is not on the
• senior resources
Field practicum selection for the fall
approved site list or is at your place of
• family social policy
of any academic year is done in the
employment. In either case, you can
previous spring during specified dates
work with the MSW field coordinator
determined by the MSW field
to determine if the site in which you
• corrections and probation
coordinator. You are required to
are interested is acceptable. All field
• public and
attend the student field orientation
practica must be supervised by
before beginning your field practicum
professionals who are approved as
search.
Augsburg field instructors.
At the student field orientation,
the MSW field coordinator will
provide a list of field sites approved by
Augsburg's MSW program and
classified according to type of field
setting. Based on your area of interest
and your career goals, you will choose
two or more field sites and will
arrange interviews at each. Once
interviews are finished, you will rank
your choices of field sites, and the
field sites will rank their choices of
interns. The MSW field coordinator
• youth services
• developmental disabilities
Field practica are not only the basis
for a sound social work curriculum,
• American Indian family services
but are long-remembered. The
• chronically and persistently
primary goal of the field faculty at
mentally ill
Augsburg is the success of each
student in a stimulating and
•chemical dependency
challenging field practicum. Our
• court services
current list of approved field sites
• immigrant, migrant, refugee services
includes agencies in the following
areas of practice:
• family and children services
• child welfare
with field site preferences.
• mental health
In rare instances, you may
independent schools
• hospitals
Field Practicum Settings
strives to match student preferences
petition to complete a field practicum
• health and human services
• crisis intervention
• victims of torture
• Catholic and Lutheran social
services
• neighborhood services
Admission to the MSW Program
Entering a Master of Social
must be disciplined and
Work program requires a
hard working. Most
commitment to a
importantly, they must
and a commitment to
professional career of
exhibit a commitment to
social justice
serious responsibility. Social
the values of the social
workers serve children and
work profession.
adults who are arguably the
• awareness of social issues
• clear appreciation of the
value base of the social
work profession
most vulnerable people in
program promotes the
our society and need the
widest possible diversity
strongest support that can
within its student
the ability to work with
be provided on their behalf.
populations. Therefore, the
diverse peoples and
Therefore, social work is by
admission policies ensure
cultures
necessity a rigorous course
that educational
of study requiring
opportunities are provided
Augsburg MSW
knowledge and skills in
to persons with a range of
philosophy and focus on
complex procedures which
abilities, backgrounds,
agency practice
must be applied
beliefs, and cultures.
appropriately and
sensitively with diverse
individuals and
communities.
To excel in the
Augsburg MSW program,
students must manage a
demanding academic
curriculum. They must
employ well-developed
APPiicant Qualities
A strong candidate for the
MSW program will
demonstrate the following:
• outstanding academic
abilities
• a solid foundation in the
liberal arts
• the ability to think
analytical skills and critical
clearly and communicate
thinking abilities. They
effectively
must be open to examining
their own values and
worldview. They must be
collaborative, flexible, and
be able to accept
•
The Augsburg MSW
being of others
constructive criticism. They
• strong writing skills and
• leadership qualities and
• knowledge of the
APPiication Requirements
To apply for the MSW
program you must meet the
following minimum
standards:
• bachelor's degree from an
accredited, liberal arts
college or university;
• cumulative
undergraduate GPA of
3.0 or higher;
• liberal arts course work in
the social sciences,
command of the English
humanities, human
language
biological systems, and
• healthy sense of self and
statistics.
concern for the well-
I
13
Conditions for low GPA
Human service experience
minimum score of 85 is required. To
If your undergraduate cumulative
Although it is not a requirement,
inquire about times the test is offered,
GPA (not including proprietary
we give strong preference to those
cost, study tools, testing facilities near
schools) is 2.99 - 2.50, you may file
applicants with work or volunteer
you, or to inquire about results of a
an application provided you show
experience in human services,
past test, please contact either testing
completion of at least one graduate
particularly experience that
service via their Web sites:
level course, from an accredited,
demonstrates responsibility and
<www.toefl.org> or
academic institution, with a grade of
leadership. We consider human
<www.lsa.umich.edu/eli/>.
B (3.0) or higher. If your cumulative
service experience to be direct or
GPA is 2.49 - 2.0, you may file an
indirect practice in a health and
application provided you show
human service organization. This
completion of at least two graduate
includes assessment; treatment
level courses, from an accredited,
planning and evaluation; case
academic institution, each with a
management; information and
grade ofB (3.0) or higher. All
referral; counseling; advocacy;
graduate courses must be completed
teaching; research; supervision;
and documented on an official
consultation; community
transcript at the time of application.
organization; and the development,
than seven years prior to the
implementation, and administration
desired MSW matriculation date;
Liberal arts coursework
All applicants to the MSW program
must show completion of the
following liberal arts courses, each
with a grade of C (2.0) or higher:
• four social science courses
• three humanities courses
Applicants also must show
completion of, or declare an
intention to complete, the following
courses, each with a grade of C (2.0)
or higher:
• one basic statistics course
• one human biology, physiology, or
anatomy course
of policies, programs, and activities.
Applicants are advised that MSW
field placement options may be
limited for those who lack prior
human service experience. Also, we
do not grant academic credit for work
or life experience.
Admission with Advanced Standing
Advanced standing is an application
category open to those with the
following qualifications:
• bachelor's degree in social work,
accredited by the Council on
Social Work Education (CSWE);
• BSW degree received no more
• cumulative undergraduate GPA of
3.0 or higher;
• liberal arts course work in the
social sciences, humanities,
mathematics, human biological
systems, and statistics.
If your undergraduate cumulative
Test of English as a Foreign
GPA is 2.99 or lower, you may not
Language
apply for advanced standing and must
If English is not your native language,
apply at the foundation level,
you must take the Test of English as a
following the low GPA requirements
Foreign Language (TOEFL) or the
outlined above.
Michigan English Language
Assessment Battery (MELAB). For
the TOEFL, a minimum score of 600
These courses must be completed
(paper test) or 250 (computer test) is
prior to enrollment.
required. For the MELAB, a
request to apply to Augsburg
receive a grade of B (3.0) or
Advanced standing
as a transfer student. Transfer
higher. Transfer students may
applicants are asked to
students follow the same
receive credit for up to eight
identify courses from their
application timeline as
courses. All transfer students
BSW programs that are
foundation applicants, unless
must complete no fewer than
10 courses at Augsburg.
BSW parallel courses
parallel to the MSW courses
the foundation year has been
from which they seek
completed. In the latter case,
exemption. These courses
the transfer student should
include Human Behavior
follow the timeline for
and the Social Environment
advanced standing applicants.
501), Practice Methods I and
II (SWK 505/506), and
Integrative Field Work
Seminar I and II (SWK
502/503 ), which includes
420 field practicum hours.
Only BSW courses with
a grade of B (3.0) or higher
are eligible for consideration
as a parallel course. If an
advanced standing applicant
is admitted, but does not
have an eligible BSW course
for one (or more) of these
courses, he or she will
complete that MSW course
at Augsburg, prior to
enrolling in the advanced
standing curriculum.
Additional documents
Social Work,
Transfer students follow the
(612) 330-1233 or
same procedures as a new
<swkinfo@augsburg.edu>.
applicant; however, the
The application packet
following additional
includes an application form,
documents are required:
a liberal arts checklist, a
• copy of the syllabus for
parallel course checklist,
each MSW course for
three recommendation
which transfer of credit is
forms, transcript request
sought;
• a letter of recommendation from the MSW
forms, and an application
status card.
To complete an MSW
program from which the
application, you will need to
student is transferring-
submit the following:
either from an instructor,
1.) completed and signed
an adviser, or the MSW
director; and
application form;
2.) $25 application fee;
• official transcript showing
MSW grades.
Each completed MSW
course is considered
•
materials may be requested
from the Department of
(SWK 500), History of
Social Welfare Policy (SWK
Application materials
A packet of application
3.) completed liberal arts
course checklist;
4.) completed BSW parallel
Admission as aTransfer
Student
individually and is not
course checklist (for
guaranteed to be
advanced standing
Students admitted to
transferable. Eligible courses
applicants);
another MSW program
must be from a CSWE-
accredited by CSWE may
accredited program and must
I
15
5.) three completed and signed
APPiication Deadlines
recommendation forms, with letters
The application deadline refers to actual receipt of the application packet
attached;
in our office, and does not refer to a postmark date. In the event a
6.) official transcript(s) from all postsecondary institutions attended;
7.) results of Test of English as a Foreign
deadline falls on a weekend, materials will be due the following Monday.
Foundation applicants
Received packets are processed beginning
November 15
Language (for non-native English
Priority filing date
4:30 p.m., December 15
speakers);
Final deadline
4:30 p.m., January 15
Notification date
March 15
Matriculation term
Fall trimester (September)
8.) typed personal statement, with responses
to these questions:
• What is your perspective on social
welfare and society?
• What is your understanding of the social
work profession?
• Describe your employment and/or
volunteer experiences and explain how
they have prepared you for pursuing the
MSW degree.
• Give examples of your demonstrated
Advanced standing applicants
Received packets are processed beginning
November 15
Priority filing date
4:30 p.m., December 15
Final deadline
4:30 p.m., January 15
Notification date
March 15
Matriculation term
Winter trimester (January)
"Late" applications
We may consider late applications on a space available basis. We review
all applications that are completed by the final deadline, which takes
ability to work with a diversity of
about two months. After our review and decision process we may
people.
determine we have space for additional students and will accept a select
• How would you rate your written and
oral communication skills?
• What are your personal qualities that
make you well suited for the social work
profession?
• What are your limitations and how
would you address them in your
professional education?
• What are your career and life goals?
• How do you anticipate the MSW
degree will facilitate your career
development?
number of late applications by a designated date. To file a late application,
you must request advance permission from our office. Applications that
arrive after the final deadline are not automatically considered as late
applications.
International Applicants
The Department of Social
for any transcript(s) from an
coordinate and pay for this
Work encourages qualified
institution outside of the
evaluation and to begin the
applicants from other
United States. This
process early enough so that
countries to apply to the
evaluation should include
results are received in our
MSW program. An
the following:
office by our deadline. We
international applicant is
1.) analysis of credentials-to
suggest:
someone who is not a
determine if your degree is
permanent, legal resident of
equivalent to an accredited
the United States.
U.S. bachelor's degree
International applicants
Evaluators, Inc.
Phone: ( 414) 289-3400
2.) course by course
Fax: (414) 289-3411
follow the same timelines
evaluation-to show your
and application procedures
complete course listing
as U.S. residents; however
with credit values and
they must follow these
grades received for each
World Education Services,
additional instructions:
course
Inc.
• All application materials
must be submitted in
English;
3.) calculation of grade point
average-to show your
cumulative grade point
• If English is not your
average using the standard
native language, you
U.S. grading system, i.e.,
must submit official
A=4.0, B=3.0, C=2.0,
scores from the TOEFL
D= 1.0, F=O.O
or MELAB (see
minimum required score
on page 13 );
• If your bachelor's degree
was received from an
institution outside of the
United States, you must
request an evaluation of
credentials (see below).
•
Educational Credential
4.) translation to English
(if applicable)
You should request that
OR
Phone: (800) 937-3895 ext. 2
Fax: (212) 966-6395
Declaration of Finances and
Student Visa
Before being admitted,
international applicants will
be asked to provide proof of
funds to finance the MSW
education, including tuition,
books, and living expenses.
the evaluation report be sent
A Declaration of Finances is
directly to the Department
completed by you or your
of Social Work. Typically,
financial sponsor with
the evaluating service will
appropriate documentation
send a second copy to you at
such as bank statements or
no extra charge. Usual tum-
other financial records. The
Guidelines for lnternatio11a1
TranscrlPt Submission
around time for a credential
Declaration of Finances is
evaluation is approximately
required for Augsburg to
MSW admission requires an
30 days from the time they
issue an I-20 for the student
"evaluation of credentials"
receive all your documents.
visa (F-1).
It is your responsibility to
I
summarv of MSW Fees and Charges
Application Fee
$25
Admission Deposit
$100
Campus Access Fee
$10 per trimester
Information Technology Fee
$25 per full course
Late Registration Fee
$35
per day, up to a max of $125
Registration Change Fee
$5
(if making a change after the first class session)
Transcript Fee
Continuation Fee
$3 per copy
$350 per trimester
(if work on the degree continues beyond scheduled coursework)
Tuition for 2000-2001:
per course $1,284
Tuition is set on an annual basis and is payable at the beginning of
each trimester.
Enrollment Pavment OPlions
Payment in full: due prior to first day
of classes
Payment plan:
A 3-pay plan is available each trimester
with 1/3 tuition due every 30 days,
beginning prior to the first day of classes.
Company reimbursement:
Courses that are company reimbursed
require a deposit of $150 per course, with
full payment due within 45 days after the
end of the term.
Registration is permitted only if the
student's account for a previous term is paid
in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not
Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of
release diplomas or academic transcripts
one percent per month on any account with an open balance of 30
until all student accounts are paid in full.
days or more.
This policy applies to student loan funds
Tuition Refund Schedule
In order to be eligible for a refund of tuition charges, students are
responsible for canceling courses with the registrar's office. A per
course tuition refund will be made on the following basis:
Through the first scheduled class meeting: 100% of tuition
(minus a $75 administrative fee if withdrawing completely)
Prior to the second class meeting: 80% of tuition
Prior to the third scheduled class meeting: 60% of tuition
No refund after the third scheduled class meeting.
administered by the College (e.g., Perkins
Student Loan); payments must be current
according to the established repayment
schedules.
17
Financial Aid
Companv Tuition Assistance
Programs
Federal and State Aid
Programs
students enrolled in the
Many companies, agencies,
The Enrollment Center uses
MSW program. Non-degree
and corporations offer full or
standard, nationally accepted
seeking students are not
partial tuition assistance to
methodology to determine
eligible for any type of
employees who participate in
eligibility for federal and
financial aid through
work-related or degree-
state financial aid programs.
Financial assistance is
available to degree-seeking
Augsburg College. Students
related college programs.
enrolled in two or three full-
Augsburg College offers a
credit courses per trimester
payment plan by which
are eligible to apply for full-
employees may handle
time aid. Students enrolled
tuition reimbursement.
in one course are eligible to
Students should contact the
apply for half-time aid. The
Enrollment Center to make
Enrollment Center assists
payment arrangements using
students in assessing
the company reimbursement
financial aid eligibility and
payment plan.
offers financial aid from
Federal Stafford Loan
Program
Common loan provisions:
Borrowing limits: Graduate
students may borrow up to
$18,500 per year with an
aggregate of $128,500
(undergraduate and
graduate). Based on an
eligibility calculation, a
Bureau of Indian Attairs.
Tribal and State Indian
Scholarships
student may borrow from
Sponsored Scholarships
American Indian students
combination of both, but
Augsburg actively pursues
who meet federal, state, or
cannot exceed the annual
non-Augsburg funding for
tribal requirements may
loan limits.
special scholarships. The
apply for these scholarships.
available alternatives, some
of which are listed below:
either the unsubsidized or
subsidized program or a
Interest rates: The
availability of such
Indian grants generally
annually variable interest
scholarships may enable the
supplement other sources of
rate is determined by the 91-
participation of individuals
financial aid. For assistance
day T-bills + 3.1 %, capped at
of limited financial means as
in application, please contact
8.25% and changes each
well as individuals working
Augsburg's American Indian
July 1 for all borrowers. The
for volunteer agencies and
Student Services director at
interest rate for enrollment
other organizations not likely
(612) 330-1144 or your
periods beginning between
to provide tuition
tribal agency.
July 1, 2000 and June 30,
reimbursement.
2001 is 7.59% .
•
I
Federal Perkins Loan Program
to the Enrollment Center for further
begins six months after you cease to
A joint Augsburg College-federally
procesing. Loan proceeds are released
be enrolled at least half time in an
funded program administered through
through electronic funds transfer .
eligible program leading to a degree or
the College for students who
certificate. Repayment may extend up
demonstrate financial eligibility. The
students may borrow up to $9,000 per
to 10 years.
student is required to sign a
year minus any other student loan
Repayment terms: Repayment
Deferments: In most cases,
Borrowing limits: Graduate
promissory note at least once per
indebtedness. Maximum graduate
deferments are granted for continued
term, after which funds are put on the
borrowing cannot exceed $40,000
education, disability, and
student account.
including undergraduate. The
unemployment. Contact your lender
Borrowing limits: You may
if you think you are eligible for a
borrow up to $4,000 per year as a
deferment.
graduate student, with a $30,000
Program specific provisions
maximum.
Federal Stafford Loan
Interest and repayment: Simple
minimum loan amount per year is
$500.
Interest and repayment: The
interest rate is variable. Interest
payments begin 90 days after the loan
(subsidized): The Enrollment Center
interest of 5% and repayment of
is disbursed and continue quarterly
has determined that, based on the
principal (at a minimum of $50 per
thereafter while the student is
financial information submitted,
month) begin nine months after you
enrolled. Principal payments begin in
students qualify for up to the amount
graduate or leave school. Partial or
the 13th month after you leave
listed on their Award Notice.
total loan cancellation privileges exist
school.
for certain types of teaching, disability
Deferments: There are no
during the time the student is
Interest: No interest accrues
and, in certain circumstances, military
deferments. Contact the Minnesota
enrolled at least halftime.
service.
Higher Education Services Office
Fees: An origination fee of up to
Deferments: No interest accrues
3% and a guarantee fee of up to 1%
nor do payments need to be made at
may be deducted from the loan check
any time you are enrolled at least
before you receive it.
halftime or for serving three years in
the military, Peace Corps, or VISTA.
Federal Stafford Loans
(unsubsidized):
You may borrow up to the amount
Contact the student loan coordinator
in the Enrollment Center if you think
you are eligible for a deferment.
listed on your Award Notice.
regarding special circumstances and
repayment.
To APPIV for Financial Aid
Financial aid application
materials are available from the
Enrollment Center at (612) 330-1046
or <efscvctr@augsburg.edu>.
Applicants must be admitted to
SELF (Student Educational Loan
Augsburg as regular students or be
the period of enrollment and may be
Fund)
returning students in good academic
capitalized.
The SELF is administered through
standing before an award notice will
the Minnesota Higher Education
be processed.
Interest: Interest accrues during
Fees: An origination fee of up to
3% and a guarantee fee of up to 1%
Services Office. Applications are
may be deducted from the loan check
available from the Enrollment Center
before you receive it.
and should be completed by the
borrower and co-signer and returned
Academic Policies
The financial aid application
Academic Honestv
Attendance
will be processed when the
A college is a community of
Students must notify the
following documents are
learners whose relationship
professor in advance of any
received:
relies on trust. Honesty is
expected absence. In cases of
• the Free Application for
necessary to preserve the
extreme emergency, when
Federal Student Aid
integrity and credibility of
prior notification is not
(FAFSA) or the Renewal
scholarship by the Augsburg
possible, students must notify
FAFSA
College community.
the professor in a reasonable
Academic dishonesty is,
amount of time about an
therefore, not tolerated. As a
absence. Consistent
program requirement, all
attendance is expected, and
• Augsburg Financial Aid
Application
• Federal income tax
return(s) and W-Z(s).
student course projects,
missing more than one class
We recommend new
papers, and examinations
session may result in a
students complete and submit
include a statement by the
reduced grade. Missing more
all financial aid application
student pledging to abide by
than two class sessions may
materials at the same time as
the College academic
require withdrawal and a
leave of absence.
they submit MSW admission
honesty policies and to
application materials.
uphold the highest standards
Financial aid applications
of academic integrity.
Evaluation of Student Field
Performance
Advisement
The criteria for evaluating
Academic and professional
field performance include
should be submitted to the
Enrollment Center. If
applying for aid after being
admitted, apply as soon as
possible, but no fewer than
eight weeks prior to the start
of the first term. Those who
apply fewer than eight weeks
prior to classes should be
prepared to pay for the first
term of classes with personal
funds.
•
advising is essential to
attendance, field seminar
supporting and promoting
faculty feedback on field
professional growth and
journal or other assignments,
development of goals.
and a field evaluation
Therefore, the Department of
instrument, which is
Social Work provides both
completed by the field
academic and professional
instructor and then discussed
advisement. After admission,
with the student and the field
students are assigned a faculty
seminar faculty. It is the
adviser. As adult learners, the
responsibility of the field
advising relationship requires
seminar faculty to submit the
the student to take
field grade. Field courses are
responsibility for initiating
graded with a P/N. Students
contact with the adviser if
must achieve a minimum of
academic problems arise.
3.0 to receive credit.
I
21
Grade Definitions
No more than two courses
Evaluation of academic pe1formance for the Master of Social Work degree is based
with a grade of 2.0 or 2.5 will
on number grades using a 4.0 point scale with these definitions:
count toward the degree. Courses
with a grade below 2.0 must be
4.0
Achieves highest standards of excellence
3.5
Achieves above basic course standards
3.0
Achieves basic course standards
2.5
Pe1formance less than basic course standards
second time are counted in the
2.0
Pe1formance below basic course standards
grade point average. If a student
repeated. No more than two
courses can be repeated. Only the
1.5-0.0 Unacceptable performance (no credit-course must be repeated)
P
N
w
credits and grades earned the
receives a grade of N in a course,
the student must successfully
Achieves at or above the 3.0 level (not computed in grade point
petition the department before
average)
being permitted to repeat the
Does not meet minimum passing standard (no credit-not computed in
course and to continue in the
grade point average)
program. A plan for the student to
Grade given when course is dropped
follow would be outlined at that
time.
Incomplete grade given in case where student is unable to complete
course requirements on time for reasons beyond the student's control
x
A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that the study (field
placement or independent study) is extended. A final grade will be
issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and
evaluated (but not longer than one year from the term in which the X
was given).
Academic Probation
A student placed on academic
probation is required to meet with
his or her adviser to review the
situation and to plan the steps the
student has to take to be removed
from probation. During the
Academic Achievement
probation trimester, the adviser
Students must maintain at least a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student
and student will:
falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on academic probation for the
• meet, to review the situation
following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for
a student to be removed from probation. If the cumulative grade point average
again falls below 3.0, the student may be dismissed from the program. Students are
retained in the program who can:
• maintain expected grade point average (3.0 or higher);
• complete course requirements of the program and field placement;
• complete the program within four years; and
• abide by the Social Work Code of Ethics.
and make a plan;
• meet during the probation term
and monitor progress; and
• meet following the probation
term to determine if the GPA is
restored.
Grounds for Dismissal
request a leave of absence in
which is prerequisite to
A student may be dismissed
order to maintain their
Organizations/Social
from the MSW program for
admitted status. The request
Administration Practice III.
behavior detrimental to the
must be made in writing. A
program, such as a gross
leave of absence typically
violation of College policy
requires a full year away from
(see Student Guide) or
the program in order to
conduct unbecoming to
return to classes in sequence.
social work practice or in
violation of professional
ethics. Students may also be
dismissed for insufficient
academic performance.
Dismissal would occur only
after established procedures
Typically, full-time students
complete degree requirements
in two years. Occasionally,
some students may request to
Prerequishe courses
extend completion of the
All foundation courses are
degree if a requirement is not
prerequisite to the
yet finished. In this event,
concentration courses.
the student is charged a $350
Students may not enroll in
continuation fee, beginning
the concentration courses
in the following fall term, if
until successfully completing
the degree is still not finished
all foundation courses. Under
at that time. This charge is
Independent StudV
the new curriculum, the
again levied for each
Students may request to
following courses are
consecutive trimester that
were followed.
complete an independent
sequenced as follows:
occurs with the degree still
study course as an addition to
Research I is prerequisite to
unfinished. Part-time students
the required coursework. A
Research II, Field Work I is
do not have the option to
faculty sponsor is required for
prerequisite to Field Work II,
extend the degree as their
an independent study project.
Field Work III is prerequisite
course sequence extends over
A proposal of the project
to Field Work IV, Family
the full four years.
must be approved by the
Practice I is prerequisite to
MSW program in order to
Family Practice II, Planning
receive credit. No course
and Policy Practice I is
offered in the current
prerequisite to Planning and
curriculum may be taken as
Policy Practice II,
an independent study.
Organizations/Social
Leave of Absence
Students who interrupt their
program enrollment must
•
Conunuation Fee
Four Year limit
CSWE requires that all
students finish the degree
within four years of
matriculation.
Administration Practice I is
prerequisite to
Organizations/Social
Administration Practice II,
I
23
MSW Program Management
The Master of Social Work program
OHice Location
Social work Administration
is, in large part, managed from within
Memorial Hall,
Dr. Anthony Bibus
the Department of Social Work.
Corner of 22nd Ave
Chair, Department of Social Work
Students may contact the MSW
and 7th street;
(612) 330-1746
program with questions about any of
Room 12, ground floor
bibus@augsburg.edu
OHiceHours
Dr. Nancy Rodenborg
the services listed below.
MSW OHice Services
MSW admissions
New student orientation
Academic calendar
Classroom scheduling
MSW weekend office coverage
Academic advising
Academic standing review
Course registration
Transfer of credit review
Field practicum
coordination
Enrollment projections
Student database
management
Production of SWK
NEW SN OTES
Monday-Friday, 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.
Class Fridays, 8 a.m. to 6 p.m.
Class Saturdays, 8 a.m. to 1 p.m.
Contact Information
General social work info:
(612) 330-1189
BSW Program Director
(612) 330-1430
rodenbor@augsburg.edu
Dr. Lois A. Bosch
MSW Program Director
(612) 330-1633
bosch@augsburg.edu
General MSW info:
(612) 330-1233
BSW questions:
(612) 330-1307
MSW questions:
Dr. Michael Schock
BSW Field Coordinator
(612) 330-1725
schock@augsburg.edu
(612) 330-1763
Dr. Laura Boisen
swkinfo@augsburg.edu
MSW Field Coordinator
www.augsburg.edu/msw
(612) 330-1439
boisen@augsburg.edu
Doran Edwards
Graduation clearance
BSW Program Assistant
Alumni network (S.W.A.N.)
(612) 330-1307
edwardsd@augsburg.edu
Janna Caywood
MSW Program Assistant
(612) 330-1763
caywood@augsburg.edu
Kelly Anders
Social Work Department Secretary
(612) 330-1769
anders@augsburg.edu
Kerri Barrett
MSW Secretary
(612) 330-1233
barrettk@augsburg.edu
Department ol Social Work Facultv
Anthony Bibus Ill
M.S.S.W., University of
Interests: family issues,
Chair
Wisconsin;
African American and
biracial issues, multi-cultural
(612) 330-1746
M.P.A., Iowa State
bibus@augsburg.edu
University;
education, public schools, race
Memorial Hall, Room lOA
Ph.D., University of
relations, diversity training in
B.A., College of St. Thomas;
Minnesota
the workplace, leadership,
M.A., University of Virginia;
Ph.D., University of
cross-cultural adoption issues.
at risk families, kinship foster
Maria Dinis
care, delivery of child welfare
(612) 330-1704
Interests: child welfare,
services, family policy,
dinis@augsburg.edu
family-based services, work
management and supervision
Memorial Hall, Room 14
with involuntary clients,
in human service
B.A., M.S.W., California
Minnesota
supervision, social policy,
organizations.
State University;
social work ethics,
Lois A. Bosch
Ph.D., University of
international models of
MSW Director
practice, peace and justice,
(612) 330-1633
Interests: community
social work education.
bosch@augsburg.edu
organization, planning and
Vernon Bloom
Memorial Hall, Room 15
administration, substance
(612) 330-1133
B.A., Northwestern College;
abuse, addiction and
Memorial Hall, Room 24
M.S.W., University of Iowa;
prevention, social welfare.
B.A., University of
Ph.D., University of Illinois
Sumin Hsieh
Minnesota
California-Berkeley
Interests: children and
(612) 330-1376
families, developmental
hsieh@augsburg.edu
disabilities, social work in
Memorial Hall, Room 8
Interests: criminology;
schools, social policy reform,
B.A., Tunghai
mental health policy; race,
empowerment/strengths
University, Taiwan;
gender and disability issues;
perspective, mteragency
M.S.W, Tunghai University,
community organization and
collaboration, parent
Taiwan;
development.
participation.
Ph.D., University of
Laura Boisen
Francine Chakolis
Minnesota
MSW Field Coordinator
(612) 330-1156
Interests: adolescent
(612) 330-1439
Memorial Hall 115A
substance use behavior,
boisen@augsburg.edu
B.S., Augsburg College;
substance use treatment and
Memorial Hall, Room 12B
M.S.W., University of
outcome evaluation, school
B.S., Wartburg College;
Minnesota
social work, international
M.S.W., University of
Minnesota
•
Interests: child protection,
social work.
I
Rosemary Link
Phu Phan
schock@augsburg.edu
(612) 330-11 47
(612) 330-1375
Memorial Hall, Room 116B
link@augsburg.edu
phan@augsburg.edu
B.A., University of Washington;
Memorial Hall, Room 1178
Memorial Hall, Room 6
M.S.W., University of Minnesota;
B.A., Southhampton University;
B.A., M.S.W., University of
Ph.D., University of Washington
C.Q.S.W., London University;
Minnesota
Ph.D., University of Minnesota
Interests: woman battering,
Interests: social work in Vietnam,
adolescent sexua l behavior,
Interests: child and family well-
social work practice in a variety of
adolescence and social policy,
being, international social policy and
settings, activism on behalf of the
community organ ization, behavioral
comparative social work, social work
Vietnamese population in the Twin
research and program development,
in schools and prisons.
Cities.
group work.
Sharon Patten
Nancy Rodenborg
Clarice Staff
(612) 330- 1723
BSW Director
(612) 330-1374
patten@augsburg. edu
(612) 330-1430
staffc@augsburg.edu
Memorial Hall, Room 17
rodenbor@augsburg.edu
Memorial Hall, Room l 16A
B.A., St. O laf College;
Memorial Hall, Room 11
B.A., Augsburg College;
M.S.W., MA, Ph.D., University of
B.S., Indiana University;
M.S.S.W., D.S.W., Columbia
Minnesota
M.S.W., University of Minnesota;
University
Interests: social policy/health care,
long-term care, aging, income support
and soc ial services, policy research
and program evaluation, welfare
M.l.A., School for International
Training (Vt.);
Ph.D., Arizona State University
Interests: social policy and planning,
community organization and
development, role of social worker in
Glenda Dewberry Rooney
policy developmen t, program
reform .
(on leave 2000-01)
development and evaluation,
Curt Paulsen
B.S., University of North Texas;
education of future social workers.
(612) 330-1621
M.S.W., University of Illinois-
Maryann Syers
paulsen@augsburg.edu
Chicago;
(612) 330-1771
Memorial Hall, Room 7
Ph.D., University of Minnesota
syers@augsburg.edu
B.A. St. Olaf College
M.S.W., University of Minnesota
Ph.D., The Fielding Institute
Interests: ethics, occupational social
work practice, employee assistance
programs, organizational
Memorial Hall, Room 16
B.A., Arizona State University;
M.S.W., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota
Interests: The relationship of family
development, trust and justice in
systems with individua l freedom,
social relations, practice research,
Interests: domestic violence,
responsibility, loneliness, identity, and
social work licensure.
women's issues, social work practice
spirituality.
Michael Schock
with trauma survivors , men tal health,
BSW Field Coordinator
gay and lesbian issues.
(612) 330-1725
lindell librarv and Information
Technolouv center
The Lindell Library, named
service among these and
electronic resources to
for donor James G. Lindell
other local libraries
students in support of their
and family, is a state-of-the-
(including the University of
academic endeavors. The IT
art facility that houses the
Minnesota and Minneapolis
department provides two
library collection,
and St. Paul public libraries)
student computing labs on
information technology and
facilitates easy and quick
campus and offers a variety
service center, and audio-
sharing of resources.
of computer-related
visual media services. The
Additional collections
equipment to check out for
library has a vast periodical
nationwide are also
use in the library, including
collection, other circulating
accessible through
both IBM Thinkpad and
collections, a multi-media
interlibrary loan
Macintosh laptops.
classroom, a copy center, and
arrangements. Remote, off-
a library instruction room.
campus computer access to
department launched
In fall 2000, the IT
There are a variety of study
these services is provided via
"AugNet," Augsburg's
spaces, ranging from carrels
a telecommunications link.
intranet. This collection of
computer network resources
and casual seating to group
The library staff is
study rooms equipped with
experienced in guiding
includes private and shared
network access.
graduate students to
folders and a secure Web site
research materials for
for students, faculty, and
collection of 175,000
coursework as well as other
staff. By entering passwords,
volumes is complete with the
research projects. Librarians
students have access to
latest electronic catalogs,
will help students acquire
secure information from
indexes, and CD-ROM
research skills through
Web-connected computers-
stations for various academic
individual appointments and
Webmail; the campus
disciplines, e.g., Social Work
group instructional sessions.
directory; grades, schedule,
The Lindell Library's
Abstracts, Psychlit, ERIC
Located in Augsburg's
and financial aid
(education) and CINAHL
Lindell Library is the
information; and a daily
(nursing and health). An
Information Technology (IT)
summary of College
online catalog, CLICnet,
department. The IT
announcements and events.
reflects holdings of Augsburg
department has worked hard
and its seven partner Twin
to keep pace with the latest
Cities private college
advances in the technology
libraries. Twice-daily courier
industry and to provide
•
I
27
Accreditation
Accreditations and 1m11a11ons
MSW Student Forum where issues
forum. Other faculty may be invited
The Augsburg Master of Social Work
affecting them are discussed.
as permanent members or as guests.
program is accredited by the Council
The College operates in
on Social Work Education (CSWE).
compliance with the Family
these guidelines:
Augsburg College is accredited by the
Educational Rights and Privacy Act
• provide an avenue for students to
Past forum members established
North Central Association of
(FERPA) of 1974 as amended and
share and discuss ideas and/or
Colleges and Schools*. Augsburg
Title IX. Students have the right to
concerns related to the MSW
College is a member of the
inspect certain official records, files,
educational experience with the
Associated Colleges of the Twin
and data which pertain to them
social work department
Cities (ACTC), the Lutheran
(except where a waiver of access has
Education Council in North
been signed) and to challenge
among students, faculty, and
America, and the Minnesota Private
inaccurate or misleading information.
department and College
Colleges Council. Augsburg is
Students have a right to experience
administrators
registered with the Minnesota Higher
education free from discrimination.
Education Services Office.
Registration does not mean that
credits earned at the institution can
be transferred to other institutions or
that the quality of the educational
programs would meet the standards of
every student, educational institution
or employer.
MSW Forum
All MSW students are invited to
participate in the student-run
organization, "MSW Forum." The
purpose of the forum is to facilitate
communication between social work
students and the social work
• encourage constructive dialog
• make recommendations to the
department regarding program
improvements
• receive and give feedback on
expectations of faculty, students,
and the College
• plan and coordinate MSW student
events, lectures, discussions
• organize social action projects.
department, as well as to provide the
s1uden1 Rights
opportunity for student participation
The College has adopted a statement
in department governance,
of student rights and responsibilities
curriculum development, and
and has provided for due process in
program improvements.
the matters of disciplinary action,
The forum historically has been
grievances, and grade appeal. These
volunteer based. Any student may
rights, responsibilities, and processes
serve on the forum, provided he or
are outlined in the Student Guide of
she can make a commitment to
Augsburg College. Students are
attend the meetings and share in the
encouraged to participate in the
efforts. The MSW director and MSW
program assistant also serve on the
*North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, Commission on Institutions of Higher Education, (312) 263-04 56; <www.nca-cihr.org>.
28
About Augsburg College
Historv
Accessibilhv
and thought, Buddhist, and
Augsburg College was the
Augsburg College has made
Islamic faiths.
first seminary founded by
a major effort to become one
Norwegian Lutherans in
of the most accessible
America. Named after the
campuses in the region.
confession of faith presented
Skyways, tunnels, and
by Lutherans in Augsburg,
elevators provide accessible
Germany, in 1530, Augsburg
connections between the
College opened September
major buildings-student
1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin,
housing towers, the
and moved to Minneapolis
Christensen Center, main
in 1872. Augsburg College
academic and administrative
and Seminary changed its
halls, Music Hall, Foss
name to Augsburg College in
Center, and Lindell Library.
1963 when the Lutheran
In addition, there are
Free Church merged with
services for students with
the American Lutheran
learning disabilities. The
Church.
CLASS Office phone
campus Location
number is (612) 330-1648.
Non-Discrimination Policv
Augsburg College, as
affirmed in its mission, does
not discriminate on the basis
of race, color, creed, religion,
national or ethnic origin,
age, gender, sexual
orientation, marital status,
status with regard to public
assistance, or disability in its
education policies,
admissions policies,
scholarship and loan
programs, athletic and/or
school-administered
programs, except in those
instances where religion is a
Augsburg's 23-acre campus is
Church AHiliation
bona fide occupational
located in the heart of
Augsburg is a college of the
qualification. Augsburg
Minneapolis, Minnesota, and
Evangelical Lutheran
College is committed to
surrounds Murphy Square.
Church in America. The
providing reasonable
Adjacent to the campus are
College is a diverse
accommodations to its
the Fairview-University
community with many
employees and its students.
Medical Center complex,
strong religious traditions
the West Bank campus of
represented among the
the University of Minnesota,
students, faculty, and staff,
and Mississippi River
including but not limited to
parkways.
Lutheran, Roman Catholic,
American Indian spirituality
•
I
campus Man
Campus location
~\
0
~
::c 6th Slreet S
"'
!1
"
If
71h Street S
c
~~ ~~
. '~
~e
00
II
Directions to Campus
35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit
and turn left on Washington
(curves right onto Cedar
Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at 21st Avenue
South.
1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn
left at 25th Avenue, turn left
at Riverside Avenue, turn left
at 21st Avenue South.
l-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right
at Riverside Avenue, turn left
at 21st Avenue South.
35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs
(move to right lane after each
of two mergers). Take 25th
Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, tum left at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
3
-
~
f .
Master of Social Work
program office location
Please call (612) 330-1233 for
directions to the Master of
Social Work program office.
Public Parking
Augsburg College commuter
lots are free and open for use
after 4:30 p.m. Monday
through Friday, and on
weekends, unless otherwise
posted. Lots are located on 7th
Street, between 21st and 22nd
Avenues and north or south of
8th Street between 24th and
25th Avenues. Additional
parking is available in the
Fairview-University Medical
Center ramp, or University of
Minnesota parking lots on
the north side of Riverside
Avenue.
n
Blh Streel S
O'
(f>
Buller Place
~~~~~~~~~~~~----11--~~~~~~~~~---, ~~
--.,......,.._Interstate 94 West
lnlerslate 94 East
College Map Information
1. Admissions Weekday
Program
2. Admissions Annex
3. Air Structure Entrance
(November through
March)
4. Anderson-Nelson
Athletic Field and
Seasonal
Air Structure
5. Christensen Center
6. East Hall
7. Faculty Guest House
8. Foss, Lobeck, Miles,
Center for Worship,
Drama and
Communication
9. George Sverdrup Hall
10. Husby-Strommen Tennis
Courts
11. lee Arena
12. Institutional
Advancement and
Alumni/Parent Relations
13. Lindell Library
14. Maintenance and
Grounds Shop
15. Mortensen Hall
16. Murphy Place
17. Murphy Square
18. Music Hall
19. New Residence Hall
20 Old Main
21. Oscar Anderson Hall
22. Public Relations House
23.Quad
24. Science Hall
25. Security Dispatch Center
26. Shipping and Receiving
27. Melby Hall
28. Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial Hall
(Social Work office)
29. Urness Hall
Parking Information
A. Admissions/Faculty/Staff
Parking
B. Commuter/Resident
Parking
C. Faculty/Staff Parking
D. Faculty/Staff/Commuter
Parking
E. Commuter Parking
F. Resident Parking
G. Visitor Parking
H. Fairview-University
Parking Ramp
1/01/2M
~
~~
(f>
Show less
•
COLLEGE
•
LEADERSHIP
,
••
<
•
"Those who hoye to lead had better
Table of Contents
understand both rationally and
Introduction
intuitively the yeoyle who mtght be
Leadership Development Model
2
their followers, and the society in
Curriculum Design
3
which they are embedde... Show more
•
COLLEGE
•
LEADERSHIP
,
••
<
•
"Those who hoye to lead had better
Table of Contents
understand both rationally and
Introduction
intuitively the yeoyle who mtght be
Leadership Development Model
2
their followers, and the society in
Curriculum Design
3
which they are embedded. They had
Thesis/Leadership Application Project Option
3
better comyrehend the values of our
Non-Thesis Option
3
Course Descriptions
4
Library
5
Admission Requirements and Procedures
6
systems work, and understand how
International Applicants
6
and why science has changed the
Student Support Services
7
world ... Leaders need syecialists as
Evaluation Standards
8
Student Rights
8
Attendance Policy
8
leaders themselves are generalists ...
Academic Policies
9
At higher leveh of leadershty they
Accred itation and Affiliations
9
cannot achieve their fall yotential
Fee and Payment Information
10
Financial Aid
11
About Augsburg
14
knowledge. only this way can they
Campus Location
15
shaye the contexts for decisions where
Campus Map
15
exyert knowledge is used."
MAL Faculty
16
common culture, yast and yresent,
know how our yolitical and economic
advisers and staff members. But
without considerable breadth of
- John Gardner
•
This catalog was current at the time of publication .
It is subject to change without notice.
I
Introduction
Accommodating the Full-Time
Work Schedule
Communitv of Learners
Designed to meet the needs and
MAL program is participation
The Master of Arts in
preferences of working adults,
in a community of learners
Leadership (MAL) program
the MAL program is based on
gathered together on the
responds to the leadership
the assumption that the students
Augsburg campus. This
development needs of both
who enroll arc career-oriented,
community is enriched by the
profit and not-for-profit
self-disciplined and well-
students with a variety of work
Developing Leaders for
Organizations and the
Communitv
Essential to the goals of the
organizations. While different in
motivated individuals, seeking a
and life experiences. To facilitate
structure and purpose, most
balance of classroom experience,
community interaction, students
organizations seek leaders with
group interaction and individual
are encouraged to make use of
the following qualities: a vision
study. Most courses are organized
the Lindell library, computer
that is ethically and morally
as seminars with the opportunity
for disrnssion and dialogue.
labs, and Christensen Center.
responsible, extending beyond
immediate concerns; an
Classes meet on alternate
understanding of how change
Saturdays for three-and-one-
occurs and affects the immediate
half hours* and alternate
environment; a sensitivity to the
Thursday evenings for one-
complex problems organizations
and-one-half hours.
face and an ability to achieve
* In spring trimester, Saturday
solutions consistent with an
organization's mission; the ability
sessions meet for four hours.
to motivate and inspire
individuals and groups to work
toward a common goal; and the
Asample class schedule for a month in the MAL program
S11nrlay
VH111rJ~v
l11eso~y
I
'Nea11e,oa1
ability to effectively represent
Friday
Satur ay
Period II
and externally. The MAL
which individuals may discover
Thursday
Period I
the organization both internally
program provides a means by
r
Period I
oak t o
Period II
and refine these and other
Period I
abilities fundamental to effective
Period II
leadership.
Period I
ok lour
Period II
Period I
Period II
Period I
Period II
Thursday 6:00 p.m. to 7:30 p.m
Saturday 8:30 a.m. to 12:00 noon
Thursday 8:00 p.m . to 9:30 p.m.
Saturday 1:00 p.m. to 4:30 p.m.
Note: Each class taken commits a student to either Period I or Period 11.
Leadership Development ModelAuosburu College
The MAL program promotes
To accomplish this, individuals
Leadership Development Model ,
leadership as a process that
aspiring to positions of
that serve as specific outcomes
1) inspires cooperation among
leadership must possess three key
for the MAL program.
people who must compete for
attributes: a sense of vision, the
Augsburg's model of leadership
limited resources, 2) promotes
ability to persuade, and the
development is designed to
productivity within and beyond
ability to direct action.
assess, promote, enhance, and
the organizat ion, and 3) works
Underlying these attributes are
refine these capabilities within
toward progress for the
a broad range of abilities and
the individual.
individual and the organization.
awareness , outlined in the
Leadership
Sense of Vision
Ethical
• Social awareness
• Environmental awareness
• Tolerance of religious and
philosophical differences
• Appreciation of situational
complexity
Orientation
Toward Action
Creative
•
•
•
•
Long-term perspective
Flexibility
Adaptability
Innovativeness
Facility for
Persuasion
Communicative
•
•
•
•
•
•
Risk Assumptive
(This model was
develofJed l;ry the
Augsburg Faculty
Graduate Advisoiy
Commiuee, 1985-87.)
• Curiosity
• Achievement motivation
• Self-esteem
Effective listener
Effective speaker
Effective writer
Diplomatic ability
Effective team member
Interpersonal sensitivity
Culturally Aware
• Appreciation for
cultural differences
• World-view perspective
• Tolerance of individual
differences
Decisive
•
•
•
•
•
Self-confidence
Analytical ability
Ability to think critically
Understanding of research
Ability to manage conflict
•
I
3
Curriculum Design
There are two ways to complete
related topic. This research- based
Non-Thesis Independent Project.
the MAL degree. In the
study gives the student the
The independent research
Thesis/Leadership Application
opportunity to "tie together" what
projects approved each year will
Project (Thesis/ LAP) Option,
has been learned from the study of
be presented in an annual
students complete a thesis or a
leadership and course-related
colloquium. Students who do
major leadership application
activities.
not complete their independent
project and 10.5 credits. In the
The principal distinction
project while enrolled in
Non-Thesis Option, students must
between the Thesis and the
ML 597 are required to pay a
complete 11 credits, two papers,
Leadership Application Project
continuation fee.
but no thesis.
lies in their underlying
For more information
Augsburg uses a course
orientation. A Thesis has a more
regarding the Non-Thesis option,
system rather than a credit system
theoretical orientation, while the
refer to the Information and
in its curriculum. An Augsburg
Leadership Application Project is
Guidelines for the Non-Thesis
course is equivalent to four
based on practical application.
Project booklet.
semester credits or six quarter
Both require similar rigor and
credits. Each course includes two
preparation. For either alternative,
or more liberal arts disciplines,
the student must register for ML
encourages pursuit of the
592, 593, and 594. Differences
designated outcomes and uses a
between these two options will be
variety of learning techniques
explored in ML 514 Research
appropriate to adult leamers.
Methods and in ML 593
Instructional techniques include
Leadership Research Seminar I.
case studies, debate, written and
For more information
oral presentations, and group
regarding the Thesis/LAP option,
activity. These techniques develop
refer
targeted leadership abilities and
Guidelines for the Thesis and
to
the Information and
understanding. Students are
Leadership Application Project
encouraged to see abilities and
booklet.
understandings as cross-
Students who do not
complete their Thesis or Leadership
Application Project while enrolled
in ML 594 Leadership Research
Seminar II are required to pay a
continuation fee.
disciplinaty and to view content
areas as integrated. The program
reflects the view that the world in
which we operate is complex and
that dealing with it successfully
requires well-developed integrative
abilities.
Non-lhesis Option
Core Courses for Thesis/LAP
Option: (3.5 course credits)
Elective Courses for Both Options:
(at least 7.0 course credits)
The following core courses are
required for all Thesis/LAP students
in the MAL program:
ML 510 Visions of Leadership
ML 514 Research Methods
ML 592 Thesis/LAP Consultation
(0.5 course)
(ML 592 is taken in conjunction
with ML 594.)
ML 593 Leadership Research
Seminar I (0.5 course)
ML 594 Leadership Research
Seminar II (0.5 course)
(ML 592, 593, and 594 are to be taken
in a student's last two consecutive
terms or after the student has
completed at least five electives and
ML 510.)
The MAL program requires that seven
elective courses be selected from the
following course list:
ML 511 Creativity and the
Problem-Solving Process
ML 520 Self-Identity, Values, and
Personal Growth
ML 521 Methods of Critical
Thought
ML 525 Personality and Systems
Theories
ML 530 Ethics in Communication
ML 531 The Dynamics of Change
ML 535 Organizational Theory and
Leadership
ML 540 Political Leadership:
Theory and Practice
ML 545 Decision Making and
Leadership
ML 550 Decision Making and
Computer Technology
ML 560 Developing a Multi-cultural
Perspective
ML 565 Women and Leadership
ML 580 Colloquium on
Contemporary Theories
of Leadership (elective for
Thesis/ LAP Option
students)
ML 598 Independent Study
ML 599 Special Topics
Core Courses for Non·Thesis
Option: (4.0 course credits)
ML 510
ML 514
ML 580
An alternative to the thesis is the
lhesis/LAP Opdon
successful completion of two
Students who select the
major papers, as described below.
Thesis/LAP Option are required
The first of these papers will be
to develop and carry out an in-
written in conjunction with ML
depth study of some aspect of
580. The second paper will be
leadership or of a leadership-
written while enrolled in ML 597
(Note: If students wish to
change from the Thesis
Option to the Non-Thesis
Option after completing the
Research Seminars, they
may petition the MAL
committee.)
ML 597
Visions of Leadership
Research Methods
Contemporary Theories
of Leadership
Non-Thesis Independent
Project
All courses are valued at 1.0 credit unless otherwise designated.
Course Descriptions
ML 500
Leadership Practicum
ML 521
Methods of Critical Thought
(1.0 course)
ML 531
The Dynamics of Change
(1.0 course)
Introduction to selected concepts of
leadership, providing a historical and
philosophical framework for the
program. This course views the
nature and purpose of leadership
from a variety of disciplines and
perspectives.
Investigation of the processes of
critical thinking, drawing from
philosophy as well as natural and
social science. The course will survey
a variety of contemporary approaches
to critical thinking, including the use
of logic and analytical reasoning, the
relationship of evidence to the
confirmation of theories and the value
of appeals to scholarly studies. A
special focus of the course will be an
assessment of the ways in which
natural and social sciences can (and
cannot) assist leaders in addressing
problems and seeking solutions.
This course offers an exploration of
the context of social change and
varying responses to diverse human
needs. Ways of achieving well-being
may be viewed differently by leaders
in public and private domains and
across cultures. The course explores
these various perspectives, including
areas of conflict and opportunities for
leadership in social and organizational
change. Sociological, human
development and economic theories
are applied to contemporary public
and private sector issues for
social change.
ML 511
Creativity and the Problem-Solving
Process (1.0 course)
ML 525
Personality and Systems Theories
(1.0 course)
ML 535
Organizational Theory and
Leadership (1.0 course)
Exploration of creativity from the
perspective of traditional aesthetics
as well as contemporary
organizational thinking. This course
uses creativity as a method, and it
examines techniques for solving
problems in organizations, for
enhancing innovation and for seeking
an integrative world-view.
Study of leadership in the dual
context of personality theory and
systems theory. Contributions of
Jung, Fromm, Maslow, May and
others to personality theory are
considered as are the systems'
theories of von Bertalanffy and
Bateson. The theories are applied
to the concrete realities of
leadership in a variety of settings.
In-depth exploration of organizational
theory plus related concepts, issues
and concerns. The course is
designed to enable the student to
acquire knowledge and develop
skills in order to function as a
responsible, ethical participant within
various types of organizational
structures and cultures.
The MAL program occasionally
sponsors professional development
workshops and seminars for
students, alumni and interested
community members .
ML 510
Visions of Leadership: A Historical
and Literary Journey (1.0 course)
ML 514
Research Methods (1.0 course)
Evaluation and documentation of
programs, projects and ideas as they
relate to leadership theories and
practice. Qualitative and quantitative
tools will be discussed.
ML520
Self-Identity, Values and Personal
Growth (1.0 course)
•
Study of the concepts of self-identity,
value formation , and personal growth
as they relate to professional life;
factors that influence the
development of self-identity and
personal values; and the effect of
personal values of learning and
leadership strategies.
ML530
Ethics in Communication
(1.0 course)
Interdisciplinary study of ethics
and communication through the
investigation of a variety of ethical
perspectives within human
communication. This course places
particular attention on the use and
abuse of communication in politics,
advertising and interpersonal
relationships . It emphasizes
sensitivity to ethical conflicts that
arise in social and organizational
settings.
ML 540
Political Leadership: Theory and
Practice (1.0 course)
Analysis of leadership perspectives
in selected political systems and
other organizations. Special focus
on significant leadership theories
and leaders, past and present.
Most theories studied are
interdisciplinary and relevant to
business and non-profit organizations
as well as to politics.
I
I
ML 545
Decision Making and Leadership
(1.0 course)
ML 580
Colloquium on Contemporary
Theories of Leadership (1.0 course)
Review of the decision-making
process - the setting , goals, and
contingencies - as it affects leaders
Selected contemporary theories of
leadership presented by instructors
who participate in the seminar.
Emphasis on critical thinking ,
discussion, written analysis.
Prerequisite: One-year coursework
in MAL program and ML 510.
and leadership. Analysis of
arguments and explanations; analysis
of basic statistical concepts and their
relationship to decision making.
Assessment of major social
decisions, past and present - their
intentions, consequences, arguments,
explanations, and justification .
ML 550
Communication, Decision Making,
and Technology (1.0 course)
Analysis of the role various forms of
digitally-mediated communication
play in our society and how
communication, decision making,
and leadership have been altered
by these technologies. Students
examine how they can engage and
manage these processes in their
organizations.
ML 560
Developing a Multicultural
Perspective (1.0 course)
Investigation of multicultural issues.
This course will enhance one's ability
to lead and work more effectively
with people of different cultural
backgrounds through the study of
diverse values, beliefs, and traditions
within the global community.
ML 565
Women and Leadership (1.0 course)
A seminar exploring the theory and
practice of women and leadership:
entrepreneurial, political, and social.
An interdisciplinary approach to
issues of women and leadership.
Topics include analysis of alternative
approaches to leadership, women
and careers, and women in society
past and present. The course is
intended to enhance the analytical
and leadership skills of the
participants.
ML 592
Thesis/LAP Consultation
(0.5 course)
A series of meetings with a faculty
thesis/project adviser, taken
simultaneously with ML 594
Leadership Research Seminar II .
Graded on PIN basis. Students not
completing the thesis/application
project during the same term in
which they are enrolled in ML 594
are required to pay a continuation
fee for each subsequent term until
the Thesis/LAP is completed.
ML 593
Leadership Research Seminar I
(0.5 course)
First half of a two-course thesis
capstone sequence for the MAL
program to be taken in a student's
last two consecutive terms or after
the student has completed at least
five electives and ML 510. This
course provides each individual the
opportunity to develop a research
topic, to synthesize previous study
and work experience, and to
demonstrate an understanding of
the program's principles. Graded
on a PIN basis.
5
By the completion of the seminar,
students should have made
significant progress on their thesis or
Leadership Application Project.
Graded on a PI N basis.
ML 597
Non-Thesis Independent Project
(1.0 course)
Major written project to be completed
in an area of the student's choice, in
consultation with an adviser and a
reader. The research is presented in
a colloquium in partial fulfillment of
requirements for the Non-thesis
option.
Students who do not complete the
project during the term in which they
are enrolled are required to pay a
continuation fee for each subsequent
term until the project is completed.
ML 598
Independent Study* (1.0 course)
Provides directed independent study
in an area of the student's choice.
Open to students who have
completed at least three courses with
a grade of at least 3.0. Students must
complete a Proposal for Independent
Study and have it signed by the
supervising professor. Proposals
must be approved by the MAL
program director prior to registration
for the course.
ML 599
Special Topics (1 .0 course)
Study of selected topics in leadership
that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings.
Specific topics will be published prior
to registration.
ML 594
Leadership Research Seminar II
(0.5 course)
Continuation of the "capstone"
seminar, taken following the student's
registration in ML 593 Leadership
Research Seminar I. This seminar
focuses on the methods of inquiry
and results of individual projects.
•A student may count only one of the following for credit toward the MAL degree: ML 597 or ML 598.
Please refer to the Thesis/LAP and Non-Thesis Project booklets for additional information.
LINDELL LIBRARY
The James G. Lindell Fam
library, which opened in
1997, houses over 175,001
items and provides access
the holdings of the seven
private liberal arts college
in the Twin Cities.
Admission Requirements and Procedures
Applicants to the program must
beginning of the fall, winter,
hold a baccalaureate degree
and spring terms. Selection of
graduate institutions attended,
from an accredited four-year
candidates will be made on the
listing courses taken and
college or university and must
bas is of an evaluation of each
degree (s) conferred, if any.
have a minimum cumulative
applicant's:
undergraduate grade point
• Previous college record
to participate in an interview
average of 3.0 (on a scale of
• Letters of recommendation
with graduate program faculty
A = 4.0) and a minimum
• Experience and organizational
and/or staff members.
cumulative grade point average
Applicants may be asked
background
of 3.0 fo r graduate courses
• Written statement
completed at an accredited
• Interview, if requested
college or university. Applicants
International Applicants
The Augsburg College MAL
holding a master's or other
To apply, the following
Program Office encourages
advanced degree from accredited
materials must be submitted to
qualified applicants from other
colleges or universities are
the MAL Program Office:
countries. International
admissible. Should an applicant
• Completed application form
applicants should keep in mind
not meet the minimum
• $35.00 non-refundable
admission requirements, a
probationary term may be
possible as decided on a case-bycase bas is. Applicants to the
application fee
experience (or equivalent) with
one or more organizations in a
position of leadership or position
demonstrating leadership
potential.
Decisions about admission
Saturdays and that students can
the applicant's career and life
take only two classes for a yearly
goals to leadership aspirations
• Recommendation letter and
checklist from an immediate
supervisor, assessing leadership
potential
• Recommendation letter and
checklist from a work
to the progra m will be made on
colleague (at the same level)
an individual basis by the MAL
describing the applicant's
Admissions Committee.
work-style leadership potential
Admission to each entering
that classes meet on alternating
Thursday evenings and
• A 1-3 page statement relating
program must have five years of
•
• O fficial transcripts from all
• Official transcripts from all
graduate class will be given to
undergraduate institutions
the most highly qualified
attended, listing all courses
individuals. Admissions are
taken and any degree(s)
handled on a "rolling" basis,
conferred
total of six classes. With this
schedule students can complete
the required course work in less
than two years. See Admission
Requirements for a description
of the admission process,
selection criteria, and work
experience requirements.
Application materials required
for international applicants are:
• Completed application form
• $35.00 application fee (nonrefundable) payable in U.S.
dollars
with students admitted at the
I
7
• A 1-3 page statement relating
the applicant's career and life
goals to leadership aspirations
• Completed Declaration of
Finances (see below for further
information)
• Letter of recommendation in
English from an immediate
supervisor, assessing leadership
potential
• Letter of recommendation in
English from a work colleague
(at the same level) describing
the applicant's work style and
potential as a leader
• Official mark-sheets with
Applicants may be asked
to participate in an interview
STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES
with graduate program faculty
Academic advising for
program planning is available.
certified translations from all
and/or staff members, if the
undergraduate institutions
applicant is in the United States.
attended listing all courses
Students and their
taken, marks earned, dates
financial sponsor must complete
attendee\, and clegree(s) or
a Declaration of Finances as part
cliploma(s) conferred, if any
of the application for admission,
• Official mark-sheets with
certified translations from all
graduate institutions attended
along with appropriate
certifications.
Students will need to
listing all courses taken, marks
provide proof of availability of
earned, dates attended, and
funds for tuition, books, and
degree(s) or diploma(s)
living costs for the academic year
conferred, if any
in which they want to attend.
• Official results on the Test of
The College requires students to
As students approach the
capstone experience, they
select thesis or project
advisers to guide them
throughout the completion of
their program. Graduate
program staff is also available
to help students with nonacademic advising issues.
Self/career assessment
counseling, resume
development and a career-
English as a Foreign Language
provide proof of a minimum of
(TOEFL) with a minimum
$10,000 in U.S. funds for living
search plan are available
through the Center for
Service, Work, and Learning,
score of 590
expenses for themselves plus the
(612) 330-1148.
cost of tuition.
NOTE: Additional information may be required, as requested by Augsburg College, to accurately evaluate
educational credentials. Furthermore, supplemental information may be needed to issue an 1-20 or J-1
for students admitted to the MAL program. Information requested for the 1-20 or J-1 will not be used to
make an admission decision.
Fee and Pavment Information
A schedule of fees is published
letter from the employer,
A per-course tuition refund will
separately in the MAL Program
stating the company's
be made on the following basis:
Supplement. Tuition is
reimbursement policy, must
• T hrough the first scheduled
determined annually. ML 592,
be filed annually with the
class meeting - 100% of tuition
ML 593, and ML 594 are half-
Business Office.
(less a $75 administration fee
credit courses and are charged
Registration is permitted
half of the current full credit
only if the student's account for
tuition. A continuation fee is
a previous term is paid in full as
charged to students who do not
agreed. Augsburg College will
complete their capstone project
not release diplomas or academic
during the terms they are
transcripts until a student's
enrolled.
account is paid in full. This also
applies to student loans
Augsburg otters the following
pavment options:
administered by the College
Various payment plans are
They must be current according
available:
to established repayment
1) Payment in Full:
schedules.
if withdrawing from current
term entirely).
• Prior to the second scheduled
class meeting - 80% of tuition.
• Prior to the third scheduled
class meeting - 60% of tuition.
• No refund after the third
scheduled class meeting.
(e.g., Perkins Student Loan).
Due day of registration.
2) Payment Plan:
Refund Schedule
A three-pay plan is available
Students are responsible for
each trimester upon
canceling courses with the
application and after College
registrar's office in order to be
approval. Payment plans will
eligible for a refund. Students
be approved only if previous
who unofficially withdraw (stop
plans have been satisfactorily
attending) and do not complete
completed.
the drop/add form are
3) Company Reimbursement:
responsible for all charges.
Full courses, or equivalent,
Financial aid may be adjusted
that are company reimbursed,
based on the student's last
require a deposit of $100 per
recorded date of attendance.
course reimbursed, with full
payment due within 50 days
after the end of the term. A
•
I
Financial Aid
Financial assistance is available
to degree-seeking students
enrolled in the MAL program.
~on-degree-seeking
students are
not eligible for any type of
financial aid through Augsburg
College. Two full-credit courses
per trimester are considered full
time. One course is considered
half-time enrollment. The
Federal and State Aid
Programs
Enrollment and Financial
or degree-related college
Services Center (EFSC),
programs. Augsburg College
(612) 330-1046, assists students
offers several payment plans by
The Enrollment and Financial
in assessing financial aid
which employees may handle
Services Center (EFSC) uses
eligibility and offers financial aid
tuition reimbursement. Students
standard, nationally accepted
from available alternatives,
should contact the EFSC to make
methodology to de termine
including the following:
payment arrangements using
eligibility for federal and state
the company reimbursement
financial aid programs.
Sponsored Scholarships
Augsburg actively pursues nonAugsburg funding for special
scholarships. The availability of
payment plan.
• Federal Stafford Loan Program
Bureau of Indian Affairs. Tribal
and State Indian Scholarships
Common Loan Provisions:
Borrowing Limits: Graduate
American Indian students who
students may borrow up to
participation of individuals of
meet federa l, state, or tribal
$18,500 per year with an
limited financial means as well as
requirements may apply for these
aggregate of $128,500
individuals wocking for volunteer
scholarships. Indian grants
(undergraduate and graduate).
agencies and other organizations
generally supplement other
such scholarships may enable the
not likely to provide tuition
reimbursement.
Companv Tuition Assistance
Programs
from either the unsubsidized or
assistance in application, please
subsidized programs or a
contact Augsburg's American
combination of both but cannot
Indian Student Services Program
exceed the annual loan limits.
director at (612) 330-1144 or
your tribal agency.
Many companies, agencies, and
corporations offer full or partial
tuition assistance to employees
who participate in work-related
A student may borrow
sources of financial aid. For
Interest Rates: The annually
variable interest rate is
determined by the 91-day
T-Bills +3.1 %, capped at 8.25%
and changes each July 1st for all
12
Financial Aid, continued
borrowers. The interest rate for
Fees: An origination fee of 3%
Borrowing Limits: You may
enrollment periods beginning
and a guarantee fee of up to 1%
borrow up to $3 ,000 per year
between July 1, 2000 and
will be deducted from the loan
as a graduate student with a
June 30, 2001 is 7.59%.
check before you receive it.
$30,000 maximum.
Repayment Terms: Repayment
Federal Stafford Loans
Interest and Repayment:
begins six months after you cease
(Unsubsidized): You may
Simple interest of 5% and
to be enrolled at least half time
borrow up to the amount listed
repayment of principal (at a
in an eligible program leading
on your award notice.
minimum of $40 per month)
begin nine months after you
to a degree or certificate.
Repayment may extend up
Interest: Interest accrues
to 10 years.
during the period of enrollment
graduate or leave school.
Partial or total loan
and may be capitalized.
cancellation privileges exist
deferments are granred for
Fees: An origination fee of
disability and, in certain
continued education, disability,
3 % and a guarantee fee of
circumstances, military service.
and unemployment. Contact
1% will be deducted from
Deferments: In most cases,
for certain types of teaching,
your lender if you think you are
the loan check before you
Deferments: No interest accrues
eligible for a deferment.
receive it.
nor do payments need to be
made at any time you are
enrolled at least half time or for
Progrnm Specific Provisions :
•Federal Perkins Loan Program
serving three years in the
Federal Stafford Loan
A joint Augsburg College-
military, Peace Corps, or VISTA.
(Subsidized): The Enrollment
federally funded program
Contact the EFSC if you think
and Financial Services Center
administered through the
you are eligible for a deferment.
has determined that, based on
College for students who
the financial information
demonstrate financial eligibility.
submitted, students qualify for
No checks are issued, but the
up to the amount listed on
student is required to sign a
•SELF (Student Educational
Loan Fund)
their Award Notice.
promissory note at least once
The SELF is administered
per term. Funds are put on the
through the Minnesota Higher
Interest: No interest accrues
student account after the
Education Coordinating Board.
during the time the student is
note is signed.
Applications are available from
enrolled at least halftime.
the EFSC and should be
completed by the borrower and
•
I
13
co-signer and returned to the
To APPIV tor Financial Aid
EFSC for further processing.
Financial Aid application
Loan checks arrive once per
materials are available from the
term and are made co-payable
MAL Program or EFSC.
to the student and Augsburg
Applicants must be admitted to
College.
Augsburg as regular students or
be returning students in good
Borrowing Limits: Graduate
academic standing.
students may borrow up to
The financial aid
$9,000 per year minus any
application will be processed
other student loan indebtedness.
when the following documents
Maximum graduate borrowing
are received:
cannot exceed $40,000
1) The Free Application for
including undergraduate.
Federal Student Aid
The minimum loan amount
(FAFSA) or the Renewal
per year is $500.
FAFSA
Interest and Repayment:
The interest rate is variable.
Interest payments begin 90 days
after the loan is disbursed and
2) Augsburg Financial Aid
Application
3) Federal income tax return(s)
and W-2(s)
continue quarterly thereafter
while the student is enrolled.
Principal payments begin in
For further information,
contact:
the 13th month after you
leave school.
Enrollment and Financial
Services Center
Deferments: There are no
deferments. Contact the
Minnesota Higher Education
Coordinating Board regarding
special circumstances and
repayment.
(612) 330-1046
efsvcctr@augsburg.edu
14
About Augsburg
Historv
Augsburg was the first seminary
founded by Norwegian
Lutherans in America, named
after the confession of faith
presented by Lutherans in
Augsburg, Germany, in 1530.
Augsburg opened in September
1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin,
and moved to Minneapolis
in 1872.
Campus Location
Augsburg's campus is located in
the heart of the Twin Cities,
surrounding Murphy Square, the
main academic and
orientation, marital status, status
administrative halls, the library,
with regard to public assistance,
and the music building. In
or disability in its education
addition, there are programs for
policies, admissions policies,
students with learning, physical,
scholarship and loan programs,
and psychiatric disabilities.
athletic and/or school
administered programs, except in
first of 155 parks in the "City of
Lakes." The University of
Church AHiliation
Minnesota West Bank campus
Augsburg is a college of the
and one of the city's largest
Evangelical Lutheran Church
medical complexes-Fairview
in America. It has a diverse
University Medical Center-are
community with many strong
adjacent to Augsburg, with the
religious traditions represented
Mississippi River and the Seven
among the students, faculty,
Corners theatre district just a
and staff, including Lutheran,
few blocks away.
Protestant, Roman Catholic,
Jewish, American Indian
Accessibilitv
Augsburg College has made a
Spirituality and Thought,
Buddhist, and Islamic faiths.
major effort to become one of
•
the most accessible campuses in
Hon-Discrimination Policv
the region. Skyways, tunnels,
those instances where religion is
a bona fide occupational
qualification. Augsburg College
is committed to providing
reasonable accommodations to
its employees and students.
Any questions concerning
Augsburg's compliance with
federal or state regulations
implementing equal access and
opportunity can be directed to
Lora Steil, affirmative action
coordinator, Office of Human
Resources, CB 79, Augsburg
College, 2211 Riverside Avenue,
Augsburg College, as affirmed in
Minneapolis, MN 55454. She
and elevators provide accessible
its mission, does not discriminate
can be reached by telephone
connections among major
on the basis of race, color, creed,
at (612) 330-1023; or by e-mail,
buildings-student housing
religion, national or ethnic
steil@augsburg.edu.
towers, the Christensen Center,
origin, age, gender, sexual
I
·15
Campus Location
Campus Map
~\
0
~
:c
6lh Street S
Directions to Campus
35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit
and turn left on Washington
(cu1ves right onto Cedar Avenue),
turn left at Riverside Avenue,
right at 21st Avenue South.
I-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left
at 25th Avenue, turn left at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at
21st Avenue South.
I-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right
at Riverside Avenue, turn left
at 21st Avenue South.
35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs
(move to right lane after each
of two mergers). Take 25th
Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
~ lnlerslala 94 West
Master of Arts in Leadership
Program office location
Please call (612) 330-1786 for
directions to the Master of Arts
in Leadership Program office.
College Map Information
1.
2.
Public Parking
3.
All Augsburg College staff,
faculty and commuter lots are
free and open for use after
4:30 p.m. Monday through
Friday, and on weekends, unless
otherwise posted. Lots are
located on 7th Street, between
21st and 22nd Avenues and
north or south of 8th Street
between 24th and 25th
Avenues. Additional parking
is available in the FairviewUniversity Medical Center
ramp, or University of
Minnesota parking lots on
the north side of Riverside
Avenue.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11 .
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20
21.
Admissions Weekday Program
Air Structure Entrance
(November through March)
Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field
and Seasonal Air Structure
Christensen Center
(Information Desk)
East Hall
Faculty Guest House
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama and
Comunication (TjornhomNelson Theatre, Hoversten
Chapel)
George Sverdrup Hall
Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts
Ice Arena
Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center
Lindell Library
Maintenance and Grounds Shop
Mortensen Hall
Murphy Place
Murphy Square
Music Hall
New Residence Hall
Old Main
Oscar Anderson Hall
Public Relations &
Communications
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
Quad
Science Hall
Security Dispatch Center
Shipping and Receiving
Si Melby Hall
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
Urness Hall
Parking Lots
A. Admissions/Faculty/Staff
Parking
B. Faculty/Staff/Commuter/
Resident Parking
C. Faculty/Staff Parking
D. Faculty/Staff/Commuter Parking
E. Commuter Parking
F. Resident Parking
G. Visitor Parking
H. Fairview-University Parking
Ramp (pay parking available)*
MALFacultv
John E. Benson, Professor of
Religion . B.A. , Augsburg College;
B.S., Luther Theological Seminary;
M.A., Ph .D., Columbia University.
Larry J. Crockett, Professor of
Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific
Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther
Theological Seminary; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Rosemary J. Link, Professor of
Social Work, BNHons. University of
Southampton, Post graduate diploma
& C.Q.S.W. University of London,
U.K., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Marie 0. McNeff, Professor of
Education. B.A., M.A., Ed.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Diane L. Pike, Professor and Chair,
Department of Sociology. A.B .,
Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale
University.
Milo A. Schield, Associate Professor
of Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Iowa State University; M.S.,
University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice
University.
Thomas F. Morgan, Professor of
Cass Dalglish, Associate Professor
Faculty who teach in the
MAL program are
predominantly full-time
senior faculty with
doctorates or appropriate
professional degrees. Some
courses are team taught by
faculty from different
disciplines or occasionally
by combining a faculty
of English . B.A. , College of St.
Catherine; M.F.A. , Vermont College;
Ph.D., The Union Institute.
Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Juniata College; M.B.A., University of
Denver; M.S., University of Oregon;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joseph A. Erickson, Associate
William D. Morris, Assistant
Professor of Education. B.A., M.A.,
College of St. Thomas; M.A., Luther
Northwestern Theological Seminary;
Ph .D., University of Minnesota.
Professor of Political Science. B.A.,
Oakland University; Ph.D., CarnegieMellon University. President, Decision
Resources, Ltd.
Garry W. Hesser, Professor of
Sociology, Director of Cooperative
Education Program, Director of
Metro-Urban Studies. B.A., Phillips
University; M .Div., Union Theological
Seminary; M.A., Ph.D ., University of
Notre Dame.
Beverly J. Nilsson, Professor of
Nursing. B.S.N ., M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
David V. Lapakko, Associate
Professor of Speech, Communication
and Theatre. B.A. Macalester
College, M.A. and Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
member with professionals
from relevant fields. All of
the program 's faculty have
extensive experience
teaching adult learners.
Velma Lashbrook, Instructor. B.S .•
Speech Communication, Iowa State
University, M.S., Speech
Communication, Illinois State
University, Ed.D., Communication
and Educational Psychology, West
VirginiaUniversity. President,
Strategy Implementation Associates .
John S. Schmit, Associate Professor,
English ; B.S., St. John's University
(MN); M.A. , University of New
Orleans; Ph.D. , The University of
Texas at Austin.
Joseph M. Vo lker, Instructor of
Psychology. B.A., University of
California-Irvine; M.A., Ph.D. ,
University of Minnesota. Licensed
psychologist at MDA Associates.
Norma Noonan, Professor of Political
Science, Director of MAL program,
and Director of the International
Relations Program. B.A., University of
Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana
University.
Catherine L. Paulsen, Instructor in
Psychology, B.A. , St. Olaf College,
M.A. , Lone Mountain College, San
Francisco.
Curt Paulsen, Associate Professor of
Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota;
Ph.D., Clinical Psychology, Fielding
Institute.
•
I
•
Master of Arts in
Master of Arts in
LEADERSHIP _____P_rogram
office hours, location, & phone
Hours
Location
Phone
Monday-Friday, 8 a.m.-4:30 p.m.
Class Saturdays, appointments only
Anderson Hall
2016 South 8th St.
(612) 330-1786
FAX: (612) 330-·ffl55-
r1Si..\
Master of Arts in
LEADERSHIP
Information Sessions
Adults who are interested in the Master of Arts in Leadership Program are encouraged to attend one of the information
sessions scheduled throughout the year. Information sessions are free of charge and approximately two hours in length.
Call the Master of Arts in Leadership Office at (612) 330-1786 for details or to sign up for one of the following dates:
Fall Trimester 2000-200 I
Spring Trimester 2000-200 I
Thursday, July 6, 6 p.m.
Wednesday, August 2, 6 p.m.
Wednesday, February 7, 5:30 p.m.
Saturday, March 10, 9 a.m.
Winter Trimester 2000-2001
Fall Trimester 2001-2002
Tuesday, October 17, 5:30 p.m.
Thursday, November 16, 5:30 p.m.
Tuesday, May 8, 5:30 p.m.
Tuesday, June 26, 5:30 p.m .
For more information, write or call :
The Master of Arts in Leadership Program
Campus Box 144
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis MN 55454
Master of Arts in
LEADERSHIP
--
Phone: (612) 330-1786
Fax: (612) 330-1355
malinfo@augsburg.edu
www.augsburg.edu
2000-2001 Program Calendar
New Students
Fall
Winter
Spring
Application Deadline
New Student Orientation
August 7
August 29
December 15
January 4
March 5
March 29
Current Students
Fall
Winter
Spring
Mail Registration Begins
Mail Registration Ends
Syllabi Available
Payment Information Sent
Confirmation Due
June 19
July 7
August 7
August 7
August 31
October 9
October 23
December 11
December 11
January 6
February 5
February 19
March 12
March 12
March 31
Master of Arts in
LEADERSHIP
2000-2001 Academic Calendar
Fall Trimester 2000
Classes meet
Winter Trimester 2001
Thursday, August 31
Saturday, September 9
Saturday, September 16
Thursday, September 21
Saturday, September 30
Thursday, October 5
Saturday, October 14
Thursday, October 19
Thursday, October 26
Saturday, November 4
Thursday, November 9
Saturday, November 18
Saturday, January 6
Thursday, January 11
Saturday, January 20
Thursday, January 25
Saturday, February 3
Thursday, February 8
Saturday, February 17
Thursday, February 22
Saturday, March 3
Thursday, March 8
Saturday, March 17
Thursday, March 22
Spring Trimester 200 I
Saturday, March 31
Saturday, April 7
Thursday, April 12
Saturday, April 21
Thursday, April 26
Saturday, May 5
Thursday, May 10
Saturday, May 19
Thursday, May 24
Saturday, June 2
Last day to add/drop* :
Wednesday, April 11, 2001
Last day to add/drop*:
Last day to add/drop* :
Wednesday, September 6, 2000
Wednesday, January 10, 2001
Last day to withdraw:
Thursday, May 10, 2001
Last day to withdraw:
Last day to withdraw:
Thursday, October 12, 2000
Thursday, February 15, 2001
Final grades due:
Monday, July 2, 2001
Final grades due:
Final grades due:
Friday, December 15, 2000
Friday, April 20, 2001
Note:
Saturday Classes during Spring 2001
are four hours.
1st period: 8 a.m.-noon
2nd period: 1-5 p.m.
*Refer to MAL Catalog for refund schedule.
The College reserves the right to change the above dates should it be necessary. In such cases sufficient advance notice will be given.
In case of severe weather listen to WCCO 830 AM or call (612) 330-1786 for cancellation information.
2000-2001 Tuition & Fees
Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable)
Tuition (per course)
Technology Fee (per course)
Thesis/Project Continuation Fee (per trimester)
Campus Access Fee (per trimester)
Audit a Course
Late Fee (per day)
Registration change after first class meeting (cancel/add)
Transcript Fee (first is free)
$35
~ IS' l'd.'64
$25
$175
$10
$626
$35
$10
$5
A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of one percent per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more.
Augsburg College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate.
Commencement 2001
In order to participate in Commencement 2001, application forms must be submitted by March 1, 2001 :
• Thesis/Application Project students: Must have defended their thesis/application project by May 16.
• Non-thesis (Plan B) students: Must have successfully completed ML580 and ML597 including the presentation (May 16).
When all the degree requirements are completed , your diploma will be mailed.
Class Schedule & Course Offering s
Fall Trimester
Time period I:
Time period II:
Thursday 6-7:30 p.m . and Saturday 8:30 a.m.-noon
Thursday 8-9:30 p.m. and Saturday 1-4:30 p.m .
Time period I:
ML510 Visions of Leadership
ML599 Topics: Spirituality and Leadership in the Workplace
Time period II :
ML514 Research Methods
ML550 Communication, Decision-Making & Technology
Winter Trimester
Time period I:
Time period II:
Thursday 6-7:30 p.m. and Saturday 8:30 a.m.-noon
Thursday 8-9:30 p.m. and Saturday 1-4:30 p.m.
Time period I:
ML525 Personality and Systems Theories
ML580 Colloquium of Contemporary Theories in Leadership
Time period II:
ML535 Organizational Theory and Leadership
ML593 Leadership Seminar I
ML599 Topics
Spring Trimester
Time period I:
Time period II:
Thursday 6-7:30 p.m. and Saturday 8 a.m -noon
Thursday 8-9:30 p.m. and Saturday 1-5 p.m.
Note: Classes on Saturday are 4 hours instead of 3.5 hours long
Time period I:
ML521 Methods of Critical Thought
ML540 Political Leadership
ML594 Leadership Seminar II
Time period II :
ML510 Visions of Leadership
ML530 Ethics in Communication
Summer Trimester
Time : to be determined
ML560 Developing a Multi-cultural Perspective
These course offerings may change.
A-UGSBURG
C•O•L•L•E•G•E
MASTER OF ARTS IN LEADERSHIP
PO Box 144
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis. MN 55454
www.augsburg.edu
Show less
AUGSBURG
......................
Introduction
....................
Options
Visiting Students
2
-4
................5
Calendar ........................6
.................5
...................7
Lifetime Sports ...................48
Interim Abroad ..................49
Other Courses ........ Show more
AUGSBURG
......................
Introduction
....................
Options
Visiting Students
2
-4
................5
Calendar ........................6
.................5
...................7
Lifetime Sports ...................48
Interim Abroad ..................49
Other Courses ...................52
About This Catalog
Interim Courses
Contents
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with fall and
spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time
for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and
ways not possible during the regular term.
Interim is an opportunity for intense concentration on a
single course of study. Since one Interim course equals a fulltime load, students should plan to spend the same amount of
time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during fall or spring semesters. Students should
be prepared for at least 40 class hours during the Interim and
should anticipate the equivalent of the normal two hours of
study for each class hour. Since the course length is only 3 112
weeks, attendance at every class is imperative. While it is
expected that students will attend every class period, instructors will establish the precise attendance policy for their
courses. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who
chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a
PassINo credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on
the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division
credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and students must select which is most appropriate for their needs.
Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading
standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees,
although intended to be accurate, may change; and students
should check with the instructor to verify the final costs.
Students are required to complete at least 33 course credits for
graduation. This course total must include two Interims for
students who enter with fewer than 14 courses. Freshmen are
required to take an Interim course their first year. A maximum of four Interim course credits may be counted toward
the 33 course credits required for graduation. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form or
consult the registrar for the number of Interim courses
required.
Day school students (3.0 credits or more for fall) can take a
total of 1.0 course credit. They may take two half-credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time students (fall term). If less than full-time, they will be charged.
Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a
cross registration but will be charged day school tuition $1630
per course credit. If they do so, they may take only 1.0 additional course credit in Weekend College for winter trimester.
Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national
or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its
education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan
programs, athletic and/or school administered programs,
except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational qualification. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students.
Any questions concerning Augsburg's compliance with federal
or state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed to Lora Steil, affirmative action coordinator, Office of Human Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College,
221 1 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454. She can be
reached by telephone, (612) 330-1023; or by e-mail,
<steil@augsburg.edu>.
Options
.
International Interim-Students are invited to participate in
the international Interim courses offered by the Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE)
and other consortia. These course opportunities are listed on
page 45. Some courses have early registration deadlines.
Internships deadline-Friday, December 10. January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmental requirements and present
a signed internship-learning agreement plan to the Center for
Service, Work, and Learning (1st floor Memorial) by the first
day of Interim classes. The learning-agreement forms are
available in the same office. Internships during Interim must
involve full-time work placements for approximately four
weeks. Assistance for planning internships is available in the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning.
Independent study/research or directed study-Students
may elect a program of independent study (upper division
499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim.
Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting
responsibility for more than one independent study per
Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed
study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements
2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study
plan approved by the supervising faculty member and
the directedlindependent study registration form.
These forms must be submitted by December 1.
Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can
be obtained in the Office of the Registrar.
Interims at other schools-Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs are available
in the registrar's office. Registration for Interims at the other
ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other
4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may
not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general
education requirements or major requirements.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to
Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition
does not include special fees, housing, or board costs. Other
students will be charged $1,630 for the Interim course.
Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim
should write to the Ofice of the Registrar for application
forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their
own school. There is an application processing fee of $25.
Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required
to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the
Office of Residence Life.
It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor
visiting students may register for 199,299,399, or 499 courses.
About This Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order.
At the end of the book are listings of other courses not
offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim
credit. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports
listed at the end of the catalog. Courses that include travel are
marked with an airplane.
Interim Calendar 2000
November 15 to December 3
January 3
. . . . . . . . . Interim
.
registration
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .First
. day of Interim
Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day)
Time 11-1:15 p.m
January 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day to register or add a class or
cancel a class without a notation
January 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day for determining
grading option with registrar
January 14 . . . . . . . . . Last day for withdrawing from courses
January 17. . . . . . . . . . . . Martin Luther King Day-no
class
January 27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interim ends
January 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spring semester begins
February 4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interim grades due to registrar
The time, number, and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to 11:45 (Note: on the first day, Time I classes
will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:15 p.m.-5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day-No class
For More Information
For more information contact Barbara Pappenfus in the
Interim Office at (612) 330-1150.
Calendar
Calligraphy I & II
ART 106-J
ART 306-J
Instructor: Philip Thompson
Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with
emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Attention given to the historical development of calligraphy and the elements of design
through readings and demonstrations. Class time and assignments center on proactive calligraphic concepts with special
attention given to foundation, italic, gothic, and uncial styles.
Three original projects are required and evaluation is based
on quality of work plus participation and growth factors.
Upper division students are required to complete examples in
three historical writing styles plus an expanded project.
Required materials: text, pens, ink, ruler, and mat board.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main 4
Life Drawing
ART 247-J
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figures will be depicted with graphite pencils in
various settings for varying lengths of time. Grades will be
based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of
$45 to be paid on the first day of class.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 17
Marine Biology of the Florida Keys
BIO 140-J
BIO 340-J
Instructor: William Capman
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for study of natural
history and ecology of marine, coastal, and sub-tropical communities. This class will spend about 2 112 weeks in Florida at
the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine
Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilities, ocean-going
research platforms, housing, and a dining hall. Field trips to
coral reefs (Looe Key National Park), tide pools, turtle grass
flats, mangrove islands, and upland hammocks will be led by
professional naturalists from the institute. Organisms and
communities will be studied on site and in the laboratory.
Research projects will be initiated shortly after arrival at the
station in order to provide opportunities to gather data over a
period of several days. Visits to Pennicamp State Park, Key
West, and the Everglades will be included. Evaluation will be
based on:
BIO 140: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, (4) a final exam.
Prerequisite for 6'10 140: Any one of the following courses or their equivalents - BIO 101,
102, 103, 113, 114, or consent of the instructor.
BIO 340: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, (4) written report of the
research project, and (5) final exam.
Prerequisite for BIO 340: 810 351 or BIO 481 or consent of the instructor.
Estimated cost of the course: $2500 (includes airfare, all
ground transportation, housing and meals while at the institute). Contact the instructors for details.
Prerequisite: See Above
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I1
Room: Science 212
Laboratory Biochemistry
BIO 368-J
Instructor: Karen Ballen
'I'his ct~i~rsc
is a n in trot1 uution l o tech~iicl~ius
c o m ~ n o n l yt~sccf
in bincIic.misiry. '1~chriic1~1c.s
includc (1,111 not li~llitcdto): ~ I . o w i n extrac~iun,dialysis, spectl-c.~phatomct
ry, S13S p01yair.ylamicle gel ciect rophorcsis, inn txchnngc cIll.clrn;~tclgl.alIhy,
Prerequisites:2.0 in 810 367
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I
Room: Science 212
Advanced Computing for Business
MIS 370-J
Instructor: Jim Kattke
Objectives are to learn concepts underlying creation of Web
pages and business communication via the Internet. Use of
relational databases for advanced queries, forms, and reports.
Basics of event-driven programming for solving business related problems. Students will complete three major projects and a
few minor assignments. The course requires significant effort
on projects and constant access to a computer. Cooperation
with fellow students in learning to apply concepts is encouraged. A good grasp of MS Access is required or the willingness
to exercise exceptional effort in learning the tool.
Prereqttlsit~s:MiS 175, CSC 170, consent of the instruct06 or Math Placement Group 3
Mnxltr~~nrr
Fnrollmant: 20
Time: I1
Room: Lindeli 16
Personal Finance
BUS 295-J
BUS 495-J
Instructor: Ashok Kapoor
This is an introductory course in personal financial planning.
Students will be introduced to budgeting, credit, income
taxes, insurance, real estate, investment and retirement planning. BUS 295: quizzes and exams. BUS 495: all of the above
plus some assigned case problemslpapers will be required.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Foss 43
Chemistry for Changing Timer
CHM 100-J
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
This course is developed from the perspective of a person
living in a modern, high-technology society such as the
United States. It assumes that before one can evaluate a moral
or societal issue of a scientific nature one at least must be able
to understand the science involved. Anything less is an
impression rather than an informed decision. As we develop
scientific concepts we will at the same time relate them to an
abundance of current issues. We live in a world of pesticides,
fertilizers, plastics, birth control, food abundance and food
shortage, food additives and processing and synthesis, organically and non-organically grown food, chemical dependency,
licit and illicit drugs, the energy crisis, and the debates about
sources of energy, the green house effect, and nuclear waste
storage, pollution, genetic engineering and much more. Many
of these problems are chemical in nature. Thus, in learning
about chemistry, via lecture and in-class discussion, we can
begin to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and
even some of the universe. The grade for the course is based
on a percentage of the score of total points on the daily
quizzes.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 315
Introduction to Polymer Chemistry and
American Plastic
CHM 104-J
Instructor: Ron Fedie
Previously there was the Stone Age, Iron Age, and Bronze age.
Now we live in the Age of Polymers (and Plastics). Without
this innovative technology, life as we know it would be much
different. The variety of polymer molecules and their properties make up many, diverse plastics and the variations are endless. Many items and materials in the areas of coatings, adhesives, leisure/sports equipment, building/construction, automobiles, furniture, clothes, medical supplies, cosmetics, and
others that are used every day come from different polymeric
materials made from polymer molecules. In this course we
will explore and discuss the world of polymer chemistry.
Polyethylene is one of the most commonly used synthetic
polymers found in "plastic" wrap and trash bags. A common
natural polymer, polyisoprene, is collected from the sap of
rubber trees and tires, golf balls, and latex gloves are just some
of the many uses. The class will focus on two books. One,
American Plastic: A Cultural History, by Jeffrey Meikle for the
historical perspective of our world of polymers. Themes from
the book, the different types of polymers used, and recent
themes such as the recycling of plastics will be discussed. A
second book, Giant Molecules, by Grosberg and Khokhlov, will
help with the previously mentioned themes and give more
depth to the broad world of polymers not covered in Meikle's
book. There will be six lab periods in which some polymer
molecules will be made and several of their interesting properties will be explored. Students will be graded on 25 group
worksheets, 6 quizzes, 6 reflection papers, 6 lab periods, and
an individual project and presentation.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 22
Time: I1
Room: Science 315
Introduction to Computer Science and
Communications
CSC 160-J
Instructor: Larry Ragland
This course introduces the major areas of computer science
and computer communications. These areas are: algorithms,
algorithm design, algorithm efficiency, hardware, logical circuit design, computer organization, software and operating
systems, programming languages, operating systems, theory
of computation, mathematical foundations of computer science, Turing machines, computer communications and the
Internet, packet switching, Internet services, and operation.
This course will consist of lecture/discussion times with frequent in-class lab exercises on the topics above. Grading will
be based on examinations, labs, and homework. This is not a
course in computer applications or how to use computers,
although we may touch on these topics.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 202
UNlX and C
CSC 272-J
Instructor: Karen Sutherland
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming
language. It is assumed that the student has knowledge of
programming methods and has done programming in some
other language. Evaluation will be done on 10 programming
assignments, two to three quizzes and a final project. Grading
is done by combining the weighted grades of all assignments
and quizzes.
Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: Ii
Room: Sverdrup 202
Computer Science
Topics: Computer Science: An
Alternative Scheme One and Two
CSC 273-J/373-J
Instructor: Charles Sheaffer
This course is especially intended for students with no prior
exposure to programming in particular or computer science
in general. It will be a laboratory intensive, self-paced course
using the Scheme programming language. We will introduce
an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of computer science including problem solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming,
procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation.
Students with knowledge of programming will benefit from
exposure to the alternative paradigm represented by the
Scheme language and will acquire a concrete understanding
of how these important concepts are actually implemented in
real languages and machines. Students will be evaluated based
on a series of programming projects. CSC is a continuation of
CSC 273.
Graduation Skill Requirement: for CSC 373, Critical Thinking
Prerequisite: CSC 273. none; for CSC 373, CSC 273 or consent of the instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Sverdrup 205
Economics of Urban Issues
ECO 110-J
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of the many problems facing
a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: crime prevention, health issues, discrimination,
education, etc. Basic microeconomics tools of analysis will be
developed in class. This is a basic course designed for those
students who do not plan to major in economics, business
administration, accounting, or MIS. Three objective examinations.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City or Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I1
Room: Science 319
Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 112-J
Instructor: Satya t? Gupta
The objectives of the course are to give students fundamental
principles of macroeconomics; national income analysis,
monetary and fiscal policy, and international trade. Simple
applications will be used. Students will take tests every week
and grades will be based on tests, participation in class and
problems solved.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main 16
Practicum and Seminar in Special
Education
EDU 491-3
Instructor: Susan O'Connor
A supervised field placement that serves people with disabilities, plus an on-campus seminar. Students planning to take
this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course.
Students must complete designated hours of fieldwork as well
as written and reading assignments.
Prerequisite: EDU 282, completion of courses for special education minor; or consent of
instructor.
Maximum Enrollment: 9
Time: I1
Room: Sverdrup 4
Economics
I
American Dialects: Differences and
Attitudes
ENG 219-J
Instructor: John Schmit
Because language plays an important role in our socialization,
the way we speak tells others who we are and with whom we
identify. Our speech is a reflection of our social and economic
standing and our cultural background. In this course we will
explore the ways in which both personal and group identities
are reflected by the ways in which we speak. We will examine a
number of American varieties of English and will attempt to
describe the rules by which these varieties operate. Class sessions will include brief lectures, student presentations, and
student-led discussions. In addition to presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a
final exam.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 29
Theatre In and Around London
ENG 269-J
Instructor: Ron Palosaari
The purpose of this course is to study live theatre in London
and Stratford. For more information, contact Prof. Ron
Palosaari, (612) 330- 1005.
Topics: Introduction to Asian American
Literature
ENG 282-L
ENG 482-L
Instructor: Joan Thompson
In an essay about multicultural American literature, Walter J.
Ong writes that "literature is organized experience and consciousness. Since cultures organize experience and consciousness variously, the study of the literature of another culture
opens new vistas both into the exterior world and into the
human heart." This course will explore some of these vistas
through readings and discussions of nonfiction works, poetry,
short stories, a play, and a novel by Asian American authors.
Some ideas the writers take as subjects through their art
include definitions of an Asian American voice, explorations
of cultural and individual identity, visions of community, and
coming of age. Class sessions will include discussion of the
historical and social contexts that influence the writers studied. In addition to the reading, students will view at least one
Asian American film and possibly attend a relevant performance or reading. Course grades will be based on reading
journal, a short paper, a final exam, class attendance, and participation. Upper division students will read an additional
novel and write a research-based paper on it.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 11
English
I
Topics: Investigating the Victorian
Thriller
ENG 282-0
ENG 482-0
Instructor: Dallas Liddle
This course will study the phenomenon in 19th-century
Britain of the popular novel of suspense, mystery, and terror.
Early in the century these tales were generally either "Gothic"
(stories of horror and the supernatural set in Italy or Spain)
or "Newgate" novels (true-crime stories about the lower classes). By the 1860s, however, popular novelists including
Charles Dickens, Mary Braddon, and others were producing a
stunningly successful series of works in which the action was
set in the everyday world of the Victorian middle classes.
These novels drew intense public scrutiny by raising issues
that the more polite genre of domestic fiction could hardly
hint at, including gender roles and sexual transgression, class
and race oppression, obsession and madness, and the dark
sides of urban life. We will read several of the best of these
thrillers, at the same time actively investigating the culture
that produced them. We will read original reviews and
responses, including parodies, and learn about the context of
newspaper and magazine journalism in which several of the
novels appeared. While we investigate the power of the Gothic
and Sensation genres for their original audiences, however, we
will also work to determine why these novels have continued
to appeal to successive generations of readers. Course grades
will be based on class attendance and participation, two short
papers, a group presentation, and a final exam. Upper-level
students will read one additional novel, write a research-based
paper on it, and share the results of their research with the
class.
Prerequisite: ENG 111
Liberal An3 Perspective: Western Heritage
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Foss 20
Topics: Cinema and Sexual Identity
ENG 2824
Instructor: Doug Green
What does cinema reveal about how the 20th century has
thought about sexuality?How do cinematic images affect our
sense of our own sexual identity? This topics course in
English examines films from the early years of cinema to the
present in order to explore depictions of and cultural
assumptions about sexual identity. We will, moreover, consider the impact of these images on audience perceptions and
expectations, including those of the self. We will pay special
attention to the various images and constructions of homosexual as well as heterosexual identity in English-language
cinema, especially Hollywood movies, and in some silent and
foreign films. Taking Celluloid Closet as a point of departure,
we will consider how film affects sexual minorities in the
audience as well as in film production.
There will be short readings on sexuality and film. At each
class there will be a full or partial film screening, followed by
small-group and whole-class discussions. We may go to one
or two films offcampus as well, so students should be prepared to buy tickets; these out-of-class screenings may not be
at the regular class time. There will be at least one typed
journal entry due at each class period. The class will meet
from 1-5 p.m., Monday through Thursday of the first two
weeks of Interim; 1-5 p.m., Tuesday through Thursday of the
third week; and 1-5 p.m., Monday through Thursday of the
last week.
Grading will be based on the completion and quality of all
journal entries and on class/film attendance, preparation,
and participation. Students missing more than two
classes/films and/or two journal entries may not pass the
course. All grades
are PIN option only (i.e., 2.0 is required
for course credit).
Prerequisite: ENG 111
Liberal Arls Perspective: Human Identity
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 16
English
Topics: Contemporary American Poetry
ENG 282-P
ENG 482-P
Instructor: John Mitchell
This course provides an introductory survey of contemporary
American poetry by poets whose works have come into
prominence since World War I1 or mid-century. Emphasis
will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to
the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological
and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonable interpretations
of selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries
in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will
be given and two interpretive papers about three to five pages
in length will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student will also read and give a written class report on a book
that discusses contemporary poetry or a contemporary poet;
this choice, based upon recommendation, must be approved
by the instructor.
Prerequisites: for 482-R lntro to Literature or consent of instructol:
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
Quantitative Journalism: Computer
Assisted Reporting and Research
ENG 347-A
Instructor: Cass Dalglish and Boyd Koehler
This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data
in the writing of expository essays and news reports. Such
inquires will employ contemporary computer-based information searches coupled with data-driven quantitative assessment of a public issue of current concern. Students will prepare projects of publishable quality for presentation and critique. The course is designed for persons wishing to explore
the use of computer-assisted research for their particular
information development interests as well as those preparing
to enter the communication professions.
Prerequisites: Eng. 225 or Eng. 227, or consent of instructors. Math Placement Group 3.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Ouantitative Reasofling
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: T; Th 6-9 p.m. and Sat 1:30-4:30 p.m.
Room: Sat, Lindell Library 16; T; Th Sverdrup 204
Senior Honors Seminar: Hispanic
Christianity Along the Border
HON 401-J
Instructor: Margaret Madsen
An introduction to denominations with a special focus on
Hispanic communities along the US.-Mexican border.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3 or Intercultural Awareness 1
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 208
-
Enalish
Dance (men
(0.5 course
HPE 232-M
Instructor: Mary Ewert-Knodell
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the
course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be
taken simultaneously.
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: 1- 1/3,1/4,1/5,1/6,1/7,1/11,1/13,1/18,1/20
Room: Melby Gym - center court
Dance (women only)
(0.5 course credit)
HPE 232- W
Instructor: Mary Ewert-Knodell
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the
course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be
taken simultaneously.
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: 1 - 1/3,1/4,1/5,1/6,1/7,1/11,1/13,1/18,1/20
Room: Melby Gym - center court
Prevention and Care of
Athletic Injuries (0.5 course credit)
HPE 275-J
Instructor: Missy Strauch
Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic
injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room
procedures. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be taken
simultaneously.
Prerequisite: HPE 114 or equivalent
Maximum Enrollment: 24
Time: 1- 1/5,1/6,1/7,1/10,1/1I, 1/12,1/13,1/14,1/19,1/21,1/24,1/25,1/26
Room: Melby 119
Instructional Methods: Materials in
Health Education
HPE 390-J
Instructor: Patty Murphy
This course will cover principles and methods of instruction
applied to health education (5-12). Emphasis upon teaching1
learning strategies and student assessment. Development and
delivery of lessons/activities is included. Students are evaluated by their peers and the instructor on their ability to create,
deliver and assess health education lessons in a "real" classroom. Evaluationlgrading is also based upon the completion
of a "technology project", resource file, and exam.
Prerequisite: HPE 110
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Melbv 202
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455-J
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
+
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will
take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling
(anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student
will live aboard a 43'-46' fixed-keel sailboat with five to six
other people and will function as an active crew member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the
course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and
cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling
and wind surfing will be available on an optional basis. Some
classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the
Virgin Islands in January.
The course cost is $3,300, which includes airfare for Augsburg
day students and qualifying Interim exchange students.
Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in addition to
this course cost in order to receive academic credit. PIN
Health & Physical Education
I
ONLY. Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce
Pfaff, Melby Hall 121, Augsburg College. They must be turned
in with deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given.
Prerequisites: Permission from Joyce Pfaff, health and physical education department,
(612) 330-1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport, also one course credit upper division
Maximum Enrollment: 10 ( A waiting list will be kept after the original 10 spots are filled)
20th-Century South Asia
HIS 162-J
HIS 462-J
Instructor: Don Gustafson
This Interim experience is designed to look at the area of
South Asia (primarily India) that is home to one-fifth of the
people of our world. We'll use novels, films, some standard
historical writings, and current South Asia periodicals to consider the impact that colonialism, nationalism, and various
phases of modernization have had on this old, honored, and
traditional culture. We'll read the marriage ads and talk
about social structure, consider the spot at Ayodhya that has
prompted Hindus to massacre Muslims, think on the Christlikeness of a Gandhi, and perhaps have time to note one or
two of the contemporary religious phenomena. Looking at
South Asians helps us to see ourselves in a fuller perspective.
The course will include the usual pedagogical devices of lectures, discussions, some short reaction papers, and tests
(including a final). Students enrolling for upper division credit will be expected to have at least one prior college history
class, to complete a paper or project beyond the regular
assignments, and to be tested apart from lower division students.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
Topics in History: The Great Men of
20th-Century Europe and Their Myths
HIS 195-J
Instructor: Sheldon Anderson
This course examines several important 20th-century leaders
and their impact on the course of European political and
diplomatic history. Topics will include Woodrow Wilson and
the Versailles Treaty after World War I, Neville Chamberlain
and the appeasement of Adolf Hitler at the Munich
Conference in 1938, Joseph Stalin's agreement to sign a nonaggression pact with Hitler shortly before World War 11,
Franklin Roosevelt and Winston Churchill's alleged appeasement of Stalin at Yalta, Harry S. Truman's Cold War policies,
and Reagan and Gorbachev's diplomacy as the communist
systems of Europe fell from 1989-1991. The course will focus
on the popular myths that have developed about these leaders
and these conferences.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 20
Topics in History: Early Minnesota
History, 1849- 1900
HIS 195-1
Instructor: William Green
This course will examine the political, economic, and social
history of early Minnesota. The course will study life in
Minnesota among the Ojibway and Dakota peoples, through
the fur trading period which witnessed French, English, then
American settlements, through the territorial period (18491858), and finally statehood.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Foss 20
Remembering the 20th Century
HIS 440-J
Instructor: Jacqueline de Vries
As the millennium approaches, everyone-artists, politicians,
gossip columnists, historians-seems to have some opinion
about the waning 20th century. What has this century
wrought? The last hundred years have left a great many contradictions: two global wars that destroyed millions of lives
and swept away governments, but brought economic development; the decline (and recovery) of established religion; the
rise (and collapse) of a messianic faith in communism; great
increases in standards of living while famine and child labor
persist; technological breakthroughs that put teachers in space
and AK-47 rifles in the hands of children; new freedoms and
new forms of exploitation. In this course, we will together
attempt to make sense of the 20th century. Please note that
while the course will examine major events and developments
of the century, it will not offer a narrative history, nor will it
be exhaustive. Instead, it will explore a variety of possible
interpretive frameworks to help us better understand where
our grandparents have been and where we are today. Rather
than relying exclusively on (sometimes dry) textbooks, we will
explore the century through a variety of personal narratives,
both written and oral, and reflect on the shaping of both individual and collective memory.
Course materials will include several monographs and novels,
films, photographs, and guest lectures. Students will complete
three five-page papers, one of which will be an interview with
their oldest living relative.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 13
Paideia Seminars
INS 120-J
Instructor: Anne Jensen
Students will participate in a series of seminars following the
Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and
Paideia Associates. Students will also view selected films for
seminar discussions; develop and lor hone skills of mature,
intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul public school; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; and
lead seminars. Students will be assessed on journal entries
including evidence of seminar preparation, reflection, peer and
self-evaluation, as well as a final summary paper.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Foss 43
Technically Speaking
INS 21 1-J
Instructor: Esther McLaughlin
Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but
just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a
series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity
to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on your oral
presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to effectively
organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen to and learn
about other science topics and science policy from your fellow
scientist.
Prerequisite: One year of an introductory-level science course
Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
Interdisciplinary
I
Introduction to Islam
INS 225-J
Instructor: Amin Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his
perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover
the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and
tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political
systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be discussions on the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis,
Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort will be made to deal with the
similarities and differences between Islam and both
Christianity and Judaism. Students will also visit one of the
mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation is based on two tests
and a paper.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time; I
Room: Old Main 27
Topics: Minnesota Indians
INS 495-J
Instructor: Eric Buffalohead
This course will examine the experiences of the Dakota and
Ojibwe in Minnesota from the time of contact to the present
situation of both tribes. Each group's history and experiences
will be studied and compared to see how each group has
done since the time of contact. Major historical events will be
examined as well as significant events important to each
group. Students will learn how changing federal policy affected the two groups and how each of the groups has dealt with
things such as assimilation, termination, and/or relocation.
Other topics to be covered include health, education, welfare,
treaty rights, and economic opportunities. The main text will
be Indians in Minnesota by Judith Rosenblatt (ed). The students will be expected to demonstrate understanding of
major issues through written exams and research
projects/presentations. Upper division students will be
expected to do more comprehensive research.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Foss 21
Topics: A Civil Rights Immersion:
Experiencing History
INS 200-J
INS 300-J
Instructor: Garry Hesser & Joseph Young
During the 1950s and 60s a series of major events and fundamental social change occurred in the United States. For the
first two weeks, we will seek to develop a basic understanding
of race relations in the U.S. through readings, visiting lecturers,
videos, learning from each other, and the MLK, Jr. event on
January 17. Then, this intentionally diverse class will board a
bus for an intense, study-travel journey to Little Rock,
Memphis, Birmingham, Montgomery, Atlanta, Nashville, and
Chicago, the places where history was made and the museums
that chronicle those times. We will meet with and interview
participants in these critical events, as well as actively engage
one another in dialogue and collaborative learning. The course
objectives include learning about the history and sociology of
race and ethnic relations in the U.S. gaining insights from persons and places that mark the "turning points" of the 1950s
and 1960s, documenting our personal and group experiences
so that our insights and understanding can be shared with the
Augsburg community and others, and increasing our skills for
cross-cultural collaboration and dialogue. Upper and lower
division: students obtaining upper division credit will complete a research paper on a specific topic related to the course,
including an annotated bibliography with a minimum of 20
resources.
Cost estimate: $500, plus the cost of meals for 10 days (with
scholarships available, based upon need-contact Garry Hesser
at 330- 1664)
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 or Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
**Note: All participants will go on a bus tour beginning
Monday, January 17, and ending on Wednesday, January 26.
Interdisciplinary
I
Work in the City Externship: Linking
Education and the World of Work
INS 298-K
Instructors: Lois Olson and Lynda Olson
This course introduces students to the nature of work, its role
and value to the individual and to society. Seminar format will
focus on work as viewed by this generation and the requirements to succeed both now and in the future. A special
emphasis will be on self discovery learning activities, visits to
Twin City businesses and community organizations, and discussions with panels of professionals. Students will be expected to research employment trends and career options; complete a portfolio of reflections, exercises, and self assessments;
and give individual and group presentations. Students will
also explore various organizations of the Twin Cities and
understand their role and impact in a major metropolitan
area. PIN grading only.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
Management Information Systems
(MIS)
See listing under Business, pg. 9.
Finite Mathematics
MAT 121-J
Instructor: Anthony Dunlop
How can an industry comply with air quality standard at the
smallest possible cost? Did you know that one of the first
applications (other than gambling) of probability theory was
in genetics (on the question of whether the recessive genotypes would eventually die out)? How do we build the most
cost-effective telecommunication network of satellites given
the cost factors between pairs of satellites?In Finite Math
we'll study the topics that give the answers to these questions:
linear programming, counting and probability, and graph theory. Finite Math is for students in Math Placement Group 3
or higher who need a Quantitative Reasoning course. Class
will be a mix of lectures and small group work. Evaluation
will be based on class participation, quizzes, and exams.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning
Math Elective for MIS major; economics major
Maximum Enrollment: 22
Time: I
Room: Science 108
Math of Interest
MAT 173-J
Instructor: Christopher Schwartz
Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or
car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to
have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities, and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be
based on classroom participation, quizzes, and a final examination.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 or consent of instructor
Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Mathematics
1
Modeling and Differential Equations
MAT 247-J
Instructor: Rebekah Valdivia
In Modeling and Differential Equations, we will cover a range
of mathematical topics with emphases on mathematical modeling, differential equations, and numerical methods. We'll see
connections between mathematics and "real world" problems
and get a feel for applied mathematics. We will discuss a variety of applications in class, and students will have opportunities to select applications of interest. Modeling and
Differential equations is a must for anyone considering
majoring in Applied Mathematics and is strongly recommended for students majoring in Physics or Chemistry. It is
also for anyone considering majoring or minoring in
Mathematics. Evaluation will be based on participation,
quizzes, projects, and a final exam.
Prerequisite: MAT 146 Calculus I1 or equivalent
Maximum Enrollment: 22
Time: I
Room: Foss MAC
Beginning German I
GER I l l - J
Instructor: Don Steinmetz
This course is for students with no previous background in
German. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening,
reading, and writing as tools for communication and for
understanding German culture. Classroom practice focuses
on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the
use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be
based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final
exam.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
Beginning Norwegian I
NOR I1 I-J
Instructor: Becky Hegstad
This course is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for
understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses
on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use
of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based
on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 26
S anish and Latin-American Culture
T rough Film
I:
SPA 248-J
Instructor: Roman Soto
An introduction to the main cultural and political issues
(social conflicts, sexism, race, ethnicity, religion, language,
exile, or immigration) that characterized contemporary
Spanish and Latin-American societies as they have been portrayed in films and plays. Developed mainly through the viewing of films and class discussions, the course is complemented
with brief readings and audio-visual materials on the historic,
literary, and social aspects that contribute to the background of
these films. Most of the films are in Spanish with English subtitles, and all the class work is in English. The evaluation is
based on class participation; brief weekly, writing assignments;
and a short term paper.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 23
Modern Languages
I
+
Topics: Sounds and Sights of Europe
MUS 179-J
Instructor: Roberta Kagin
This course provides an opportunity to visit some of the Great
European cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of music in the cultural life in the New World. For
more information, contact Prof. Roberta Kagin,
(612) 330-1273.
Topics: Sounds and Sights of China
MUS 295-S
Instructor: Robert Karlen
+
Music, art, and architecture, as expressions of Chinese culture
over its 5,000-year history, will be examined, studied, and
experienced in four of the most important cities of China. For
more information, contact Prof. Robert Karlkn, (612) 3301266.
Survey of Rock History and Musical
Style, 1951-1971
MUS 204-J
Instructor: 0. Nicholas Raths
An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology
as they occur within the context of rock's inception (1950s)
and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the
historical background, musical content, and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class
participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam, and a group
performance project. For non-music majors.
Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I1
Room: Music 3
Introduction to Music
Theatre Performance
MUS 235-J/THR 235-J
Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Darcey Engen
Music-theater exists in every culture, stemming from basic
human impulses to dance, sing, and express oneself. Join theatre professor Darcey Engen and music instructor Sonja
Thompson to discuss this interdisciplinary art form, and
develop your own basic skills of music-theater from China,
Japan, India, and other cultures. Course includes writing and
research, class discussion and exercises, small and large group
participation, memorization, and performance. Performers of
all levels are welcome, though some singing and acting ability
is required. Interested students will be auditioned in
December so that appropriate material can be assigned to
them. Course may be repeated with permission from the
instructors.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Sateren Auditorium
Topic: History of Caribbean Music
Studied in Miami and Jamaica
t
MUS 2 9 5 4
Instructor: Robert Stacke
Miami and Jamaica are considered the centers of Caribbean
music, where composition, recording, and world distribution
take place. The goal of this 19-day seminar is to examine and
reflect on historical, socio-political, and religious aspects of
Caribbean music. For more information, contact Prof. Robert
Stacke, (612) 330-1271.
Liberal Arts Perspective: intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Music
I
The Mysticism of Meister Eckhart
PHI 295-J
Instructor: Mark Fuehrer
A study of some of the key texts of the great mystical philoso-
pher, focusing on the idea of detachment from worldly affairs
and the union of the soul with God while in this life. Students
will be expected to prepare brief written analyses of the
assigned readings and present two essays of Eckhart. Seminar
format.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Writing
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main I1
Science, Technology, and Values
PHY 117-J
Instructors: Mark Engebretson and Bruce Reichenbach
This course will focus on contemporary problems that arise
from our developing technological capacities. We will consider problems such as the causes and effects of global warming;
depletion of the ozone layer; social, economic, and ethical
concerns in pollution cleanup; agriculture, pesticides, and
genetic effects; the prospects and problems of genetically
engineering both our foodstuffs and humans, and the urban
implications of developing a light rail system. To get a satisfactory grasp on how to approach these problems, we will first
explore what science and the scientific methods are, how science (knowing) relates to technology (doing), the structures
used for ethical evaluation, and the resulting interactions
among the three. Grading will be based on two tests and a
major project.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 40
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 205
Topics: Physics in Science
and Fantasy Fiction
PH Y 220-J
Instructor: J. Ambrose Wolf
This course deals with physics aspects in movies as well as in
science fiction and fantasy fiction literature on a conceptual
level. We will explore scenes and settings in which physics plays
an important role and also learn to discern if they are physically correct or not. This will also expand the awareness of physics
in everyday life, where it is encountered and how it works. The
math component of this course will be minimized in favor of a
better grasp of the concepts and thought processes involved.
Various scenes from movies and excerpts from literature will be
presented, after which the physics connection and understanding will be explored in discussions. The weekly papers will
cover one of the topics discussed in class during that week; the
long-term paper will cover a general topic from physics in
everyday life and bibliographic research. Students' papers and
reviews will also be discussed class. This course is designed for
those students who do not plan to major or minor in physics.
Grading will be based on active participation in class discussions, three (approx. weekly) short papers involving draft and
peer review (final paper and review graded) and one long
paper including a draft version corrected by the instructor.
Prerequisite: Effective Writing, Math Placement Group 2
Graduation Skill: Writing
Maximum Enrollment: 18
Time: I1
Room: Science 108
Physics
-.
I
Introduction to Space Science
PH Y 320-J
Instructor: Ken Erickson
This course provides a survey of Earth's space environment
including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and
upper atmospheric physics (solar dynamics, magnetic storms,
particle precipitation, aurora, and related topics). Evaluation
will be based on two exams, class assignments, one research
paper, and at least one class presentation.
Prerequisite: PHY 245 or permission of instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 206
Social Justice in America
POL 140-J
Instructor: Andrew Kurvers Spalding
Students develop and defend their own standards of social
justice, using those standards to assess conditions in urban
America. Substantial participation in class discussions
required. The course has two goals: developing student thinking about social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts between justice and other values; and increasing student
ability to understand urban problems as issues of justice and
other central values. Evaluation will be based on participation
in discussion and other class activities, on two short (4-6
page) papers and on a final exam. Because of the compressed
time frame of the Interim schedule and the importance of
material covered on the first day of class, no one will be
admitted to the class who does not attend the first day of
class, unless receiving prior permission of the instructor.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 18
Global Peace and Justice: Focus on
Northern Ireland
POL 295-J
Instructor: Joe Underhill-Cady
The course will examine the political, social, and psychological roots of international conflict and current efforts at preventing and resolving bloodshed and oppression. We will use
the class as an opportunity to prepare for the 2000 Peace Prize
Forum, which will cover topics of the conflict in Northern
Ireland. The course will begin with a study of a range of theories used to understand international conflict- including
power politics, psychological and cultural theories, Marxism,
liberalism, and feminism. Readings will include historical and
fictional treatments of the conflict in Northern Ireland, and
we will view some films related to the topic, including The
Crying Game. The class will also involve the use of simulation
and role-playing of international negotiations to give students
a feel for the difliculties and complexities of dispute resolution.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 26
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics:
Daughters or Stepdau hters: Russian
"Women on the Eve o the
Millennium"
9
POL 195-J
POL 359-J
Instructor: Nadezhda Shvedova
An overview of the situation of Russian women today. The
course will combine discussion and lecture on the situation of
women in Russia. Shvedova, a leading activist on women's
issues as well as an educator, will provide the distinctive perspective of her experience as a Russian woman. The course
will cover women in the economy, politics, in the mass media,
Political Science
I
etc. There will also be attention to issues such as women's
struggle to gain real equality and a voice in society, violence
against women, and the impact of Russia's economic crisis on
women. There will be two or three short papers, plus a longer
(10-12 page) paper at the end of the term. Readings will be
taken from books and articles.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
Principles of Psychology
PSY 105-J
Instructor: Grace Dyrud
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior.
Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations
are emphasized. Evaluation will be based on means of two
tests and two lab reports.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Human identity
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 10
Psychology and Law
PS Y 335-J
Instructor: lVancy Steblay
Application of psychological principles and research methodology to legal processes and issues. The course emphasizes
three content areas: eyewitness issues (such as lineup and
interview procedures), courtroom procedures (jury selection,
jury decision-making, pretrial publicity), and psychological
profiles of offenders and victims. Grades will be based on
exams and one paper.
Prerequisite: PSY 105
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
Peer Ministry: Principles and
Leadership
REL 232-J
Instructor: Lyle Griner
Students will be instructed to train college, high school, and
junior high youth to serve as peer ministers in their congregations and communities. They will learn and practice communication skills, facilitate small groups, and learn the role of a
listenerlhelper. Peer ministry integrates the act of caring and
serving others within a Christian belief system.
Prerequisite: REL 111 or 221
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3
Maximum Enrollment: 40
Time: Jan. 10-13, 9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m. and Jan. 4,6,18,25,27, 9:00 a.m -1 1:30 a.m.
Room: Murphy Place 100
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345-J
Instructor: Mark Tranvik
Beginning with Martin Luther, this course will study the main
themes and figures of the Lutheran tradition. Class time will
include field trips, discussion, and lectures. Exams, student
participation, and papers will be the basis for evaluation.
Prerequisite: REL 111, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Religion
Theology of Death and Dying
REL 390-J
Instructor: John Benson
This will be a multidisciplinary course, using materials from
biology, psychology, sociology, history, world religions, and
Christian theology proper. It will also be ecumenical, since
some of our theological material will come from Roman
Catholic as well as Protestant sources. Religious traditions
regarding death and the afterlife will be studied, and various
ethical questions related to death and dying will be considered. Field trips in the Twin Cities are also planned. We will
become acquainted with the field of mortuary science, the
hospice movement in the United States, and current medical
practices related to the terminally ill. Daily lectures, discussions, quizzes, and written assignments will be the format.
Grades will be based on class participation, two tests, and oral
presentation of a research project.
Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 23
Varieties of Christian Spirituality
REL 440-J
Instructor: Janelle Bussert
A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian tradition
and of contemporary developments, including 12-step spirituality, feminist, ecological, and non-Western Christian spiritualities. An introduction to the basic practices of spirituality,
especially prayer and meditation. Evaluation methods include
quizzes, experiential journals, class presentation, and a final
paper.
Prerequisite: Religion 11 1, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Murphy Place 11 1
Exploring Human Services
S WK 257-1
S WK 2 5 7 4
Instructors: Mary Lou Williams and Lois Bosch
Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in
a service agency or institution that they select. The placement
must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency
staff. The course is designed to help students learn about
themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in
the human services.
The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that
assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings
that explore the historical development of social welfare as an
institution and the nature and value system of social work as
a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact
diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own
responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal
value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty
and the "isms." Detailed information will be sent to students
at the close of Interim registration.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 60, 2 sections
Time: I
Room: Foss 21 A and B
Topics: Child Welfare Social Work and
the Law
S WK 295-J
Intructor: Tony Bibus
This course will introduce students to social work practice in
the area of child welfare with special focus on the relationship
of child welfare laws, policies, and court to the lives of families and children. Students will study Minnesota statutes, meet
with key policy makers, observe court procedures, and discuss
practice and legal issues with child welfare social workers and
possibly with families and children as well. There will also be
opportunities to compare child welfare laws and practice in
the U.S. with those in Europe, especially Norway. The principles of permanency planning, family-centered practice, prevention and protection, and the twin goals in child welfare of
securing safety and nurturing children while preserving their
ties to their family will be examined. We will also explore
controversies and emerging issues in child welfare law such as
concurrent planning, "dual-track" service strategies, encouragement of the adoption of children of color by white families, and research related to the effects of poverty and oppression on the neglect of children's need. Students will analyze
the dynamic interplay of societal values, power, politics, facts
and myths as they manifest themselves in child welfare laws;
they will begin to form their own positions regarding an ideal
approach to supporting the welfare of children from a global
perspective. Evaluation of learning will be in the form of
assessments by instructors and students of the major paper or
project completed for the course.
Prerequisite: Social work majors or permission of Instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Sverdrup 20
Field Work I: Integrative Seminar
S WK 307-J
Instructor: Mike Schock
Junior social work majors are required to have 240 hours of
supervised professional experience in a social work agency.
This small-group seminar supports the first 120 hours of this
placement and is facilitated by the faculty member who serves
as liaison to the student's practicum field agency. The course
provides structure and process for students to integrate learning from their practicum and academic coursework focusing
on generalist practice with individuals.
Prerequisites: Candidacy status, SWK 301, and SWK 306
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I
Room: Murphy 111
Social Work
Field Work Ill
SWK 466-1 (variable 1.0 credit or 0.5 credit)
Instructor: Maria Dinis
This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 (for the
0.5 credit option) or 120 hours. Responsible, supervised professional social work experience, including work with individuals, families, groups, and communities in a social service
agency. Integrative weekly seminar (two hours). Students will
be evaluated by: (1) weekly theorylpractice papers integrating
course content with work setting, (2) attendancelparticipation, and (3) field site supervisor's evaluation.
Prerequisite: SWK 462
Maximum Enrollment: open
Time: I (class will meet in small groups, no more than 11 at a time)
Room: Old Main 21
Human Community and
the Modern Metropolis
SOC 21 1-J
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
This course will examine the extent to which the experience
of the community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities metropolitan area. Each member of the class will be responsible for
a class presentation, which must reflect on-site observation in
a particular locale within the metropolitan area. In addition,
class participation and a final examination will be the basis
for evaluating performance in the course.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 24
Topics: Cultures of Violence
SOC 295-J
Instructor: James Vela-McConnell
Street gangs and warfare. Police brutality and genocide.
Domestic abuse and terrorism. What are the dynamics underlying these and other forms of violence?What do they have in
common? How do they differ? This course takes violence in
its many forms as a topic for sociological analysis and concludes with an examination of non-violent alternatives. With
this in mind, we will compare different theoretical perspectives on violence, such as psychological, social psychological,
and socio-cultural perspectives. The course will involve a
combination of lecture and discussion based on readings and
videos, debate of current issues in the field, and guest speakers
from and field trips to local organizations dealing with problems of violence. Students will be expected to research, write
about, and present on the sociological dimensions of a particular form of violence. In addition, there will be short reaction
papers based on the readings, and classroom participation
will be an important part of grading. This course has a lab
fee of $25 payable the first day of class to the instructor.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Sverdrup 206
Sacialaav
Topics: Discrimination, Harassment,
and Communication
SPC 295-J
Instructor: Robert Groven
If you keep sending poems to an old flame at work, are you
harassing them? If your boss tells racist jokes at a bar after
work, are they guilty of discrimination? Why are neo-Nazis
allowed to march through Jewish neighborhoods, but they
aren't allowed to hurl racial insults at co-workers?
Discrimination and harassment are in the headlines regularly,
but most people don't know what they really mean. What
kinds of communication constitute discrimination or harassment and why? This course covers all forms of illegal discrimination including gender, race, disability, religion, and sexual
orientation. It focuses on the legal approach to discriminatory
communication, but also examines the reactions of employers, employees, and organizations generally. This course uses
the "case method" teaching approach, where many specific
examples are studied to produce general conclusions. The
course involves role-playing, game-playing, debate, and writing. Course work includes a few short papers, one project, and
one test.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
Documentary Video
SPC 347-J
Instructor: Deb Redmond
Documentary video is a video production course that integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing
with non-fiction subjects. Students will work in production
teams, gaining experience in field production and editing. The
production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary
piece. Evaluation will be based upon student journals, critiques, and a paper. This course requires additional lab time
for editing.
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: I
Room: Science 123
Introduction to Dance
(0.0 credit)
THR 002-T/HPE 002-T
Instructor: Sandra Agustin
With each session beginning with a rigorous physical warmup, this class offers an overview of various forms of dance,
including modern, ballet, Asian, and Latin forms.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sporl
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T j W Th, F
Room: Sateren Auditorium
Modern Dance/lmprovisation
(0.0 credit)
THR 004-UHPE 004-2
Instructor: Sandra Agustin
Students will learn various phrases of movement incorporating floor exercise and will learn to travel through space using
level, volume, and floor pattern, culminating in the creation
of short, improvisational pieces.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Spolt
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T j W Th, F
Room: Sateren Auditorium
introduction to Music
Theatre Performance
THR 235-J/MUS 235-J
Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Darcey Engen
See course information listed under MUS 235-1.
Topics: Crossing Borders, Bridging Cultures
An Interdisciplinary course in Norway for
Students in Social Work and Education
January 6 - 27, 2000
EDC 495-P/S WK 295-P
Instructor: Hans Eriksson; Augsburg contacts: Tony Bibus or
Susan O'Connor
Will introduce students to modern Norwegian life, with particular emphasis on Norway's systems of education and health
and welfare services to children, youth, and families. Students
may take one of two separate but parallel tracks: "Winter
Recreation Programs with Children and Youth" or "Social
Work, Child Welfare Work, and Education." Lectures, field
study and practicum experience will introduce students to the
content and context of professional practice in Norway as well
as the unique Norwegian system of folk high schools. All
classes will be taught in English and will contain both U.S.
and Norwegian students.
Cost: $2465, which includes roundtrip airfare from
Minneapolis to Trondheim, Norway, all meals, lodging, program expenses, and course tuition.
UMAIE
SPP 201-J
3-
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, that offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further
information about the following courses can be obtained
from Cynthia Truitt Lynch at the Center for Global
Education, CB 307, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave.,
Minneapolis, MN 55454, (612) 330-1650. These courses are
offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number.
*Advanced Spanish Language and Culture in Argentina
'Br~irrttitigC;~tt~rrln
in Germany
"I,'oitvogi~i,q
C,'tdtrrres in Mexico's Yucatan Peninsula
Interim Abroad
*Egypt in Transition
*In the Footsteps of the Crusaders: from Jerusalem to Malta
*The Many Faces of Japan
*Poets and Their Places: Ireland's Literary Landscapes
*Psychology and the International Workplace in Britain
*The Rhine Frontier: On-Site Cultural History at the Heart of
the European Union
Other Interim Abroad Courses
HECUA
"Environment, Economy and Community in Guatemala
*Development and Community in Bangladesh
ACTC Creative Writing Workshop
at Augsburg College
Locating Yourself in the World Through Poetry
Course will carry upper division English credit
Instructor: Roseann Lloyd
This course gives advanced writing students new ways of
expanding their range in poetry. Students will develop their
range by intensive writing practice-poems in many forms:
lyriclnarrative poems, section poems, monologues, prose
poems, political poems. Students will keep a Voices Journal,
collecting language around town. In addition, each student
writer will conduct an interview of an older person and make
poems from that interview. The class texts focus on poetry
that observes the world, poetry grounded in a particular culture, such as Five Fields, by Gillian Clarke, Touching the Fire:
Fifleen Poets of Today's Latino Renaissance, edited by Ray
Gonzalez. Evaluation will take into account the completion of
process/exercises, class attendance, and a final portfolio. This
is an upper division class for writers who are committed to
their own writing and have already completed an introductory creative writing class at the college level. Each ACTC college may send three writers to the course, on the recommendation of the creative writing faculty. To be considered for
enrollment in this course, contact Cass Dalglish, (612) 3301009, or Roseann Lloyd, (612)330-1423,before registration.
Time: Monday through Thursday 12:OO-4:OOp.m. Fridays will be used for extra conferences, interview time, and group work.
Room: Anderson 100
ACTC
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for
credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other
expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are
offered only on a PIN basis.
The Washington Center 2000
Academic Seminars
Campaign 2000
January 3-14, 2000
POL 398-A
This is a two-week intensive session held in the heart of the
United States government that will focus not only on the new
millennium but on the beginning of a new presidential campaign. In the two-week session, the following will be the primary focus: Campaign Politics, and The Media Pursuit of the
Presidency
The Washington Center is offering the above two topics for
the session. Augsburg students must register for the whole
two-week session in order to receive credit (January 3-14).
Credit is available from the political science department for
this program. The course is a passlno credit course based on
participation in program activities including site visits, small
group seminars, and journals.
For further information about the program, contact Prof.
Underhill-Cady in Memorial Hall 112b or at (612) 330-1312,
or by email: <cady@augsburg.edu>. There are five scholarships available to cover registration and tuition costs based on
priority in registration through Prof. Underhill-Cady's office.
Other Courses
I
Show less
L
.
- -
-
augsburg in the summer
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes courses in more than 16 academic
disciplines as well as internships and
independent studies. Term I runs
from May 30 to June 23. Term I1
runs from June 26 to August 3.
A detailed listing of... Show more
L
.
- -
-
augsburg in the summer
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes courses in more than 16 academic
disciplines as well as internships and
independent studies. Term I runs
from May 30 to June 23. Term I1
runs from June 26 to August 3.
A detailed listing of courses begins
on page 8.
term one
summer session info
I1
w
I
May 30 to June 23
term two
%
June 26 to August 3
Augsburg College is a four-year, liberal arts college located in the heart of
Minneapolis, and affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
Augsburg is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.*
T h e small college environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is
enriched by the many opportunities found in this vibrant metropolitan area.
Augsburg's setting allows students to participate in a host of cultural and recreational activities.
II
I
(312)263-0456.Web site <wwtu.ncacihe.org>
Augsburg general education:
Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal
Arts Perspectives and Graduation
Skills requirements are so noted along
with the description of the course.
Course levels: T h e first digit of the
three-digit course number indicates the
course level. Course numbers beginning with a "1" or "2" are lower division courses and are intended primarily
for freshmen and sophomores; course
numbers beginning with a "3" or "4"
are upper division and are primarily for
juniors and seniors.
about
augsbu
* North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, Commission on Jnstitutionr of Higher Education,
Course loads in Summer Session:
Students may take one course credit
during Term I and up to two course
credits during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value
of one course credit. O n e Augsburg
course credit is the equivalent of four
semester credits and six quarter credits.
'
Independent study: Independent studies inay be arranged in consultation
with individual faculty members.
Internships: In addition to those listed,
internship opportunities may be
arranged individually during the summer. Academic internships are carefully
planned work-based learning experiences, supervised and evaluated by a
faculty member. Consult the Center for
Service, Work, and Learning at (612)
330-1 148 for more information.
Employer reimbursement:: Students
who qualify for reimbursement by their
employers may use their reimbursement
to pay for Summer Session courses.
Housing: Students who need housing
may contact the Residence Life Office
at (612) 330-1488.
T h e College reserves the right to
cancel listed courses.
information
Additional information may be
obtained from:
Summer Coordinator
Augsburg College
Campus Box $144
22 11 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
(612) 330-1787
www.augsburg.edu/summer
eligibility
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of s ~ ~ institutions,
ch
and students admitted for the next fall term are
eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
Session. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution.
Other persons wishing to take summer
courses should contact the coordinator
of summer school to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
Students accepted for Summer Session
are not automatically granted admission
as regular students of Augsburg College.
Those wishing to begin a degree program at Augsburg should apply to the
Office of Undergraduate Admissions,
(612) 330-1001, or the Weekend College
Admissions Office, (612) 330-1743.
calendar
~yschedule
ning April 10, yo1
-.~mmer Session courses at the
Enrollment and Financial Services
Center between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00
p.m. A $100 tuition deposit must be
paid at that time for each course scheduled. This deposit will be applied to
your summer school tuition and is not
refundable unless the course is canceled. If a course that you have scheduled is canceled, you may elect to
receive a refund or apply the deposit to
the tuition for another course. We recornmend that you schedule your courses as early as possible. Many courses fill
early, and courses with low enrollments
will he canceled one week before the
first day of the term. Tuition must be
paid in full at the Enrollment and
Financial Services Center (see deadlines below), or you will be dropped
from your course(s).
Summer registration may be confirmeci
beginning May 10. Students taking
courses during Term I must complete
their registration by May 31. Term I1
registration must be completed by
June 27. This procedure applies to all
summer classes, including internships
and independent studies. T h e
Enrollment and Financial Services
Center is located in the Science Hall,
Room 152 and is open from 9:00 a.m.
lay. It
to 5:00 p.m. Monday thi(
w ~ l he
l open un ' ' 1.m. on lvlay 10
and May 31 anc
une 26 and 27.
en on Saturdays
T h e center i
between 10:OO a.m. and 1:30 p.m.
when W e ~ t - n JCollege is in session.
paid in full in order for
Tuition ~n
I to be complete.
r reg
.-1.
Irg s~uuentswho have unpaid
; from previous terms must pay
. .
these balances before they may confirm
their sumn
'loo1 registrations.)
A late fee oi
5 will be assessed for
students who register after the second
day of the term. N o Term I registrations will he accepted after June 2nd,
and Term I1 registrations will not be
accepted after June 30th.
To change your registration you will
need to fill out an add/ilrop form at the
Enrollment and Financial Services
Center. There is a charge of $75 for
changing a course after 3:30 p.m. on
the second scheduled day of each term.
This procedure applies to internships
and independent studies as well as
scheduled courses. Refunds and adjustments to fees are outlined in the
"Tuition Refund Policyn section of this
brochure.
Scheduling begins
Balance of tuition due
Classes begin
Balance of tuition due
April 10
May 19
May 30
May 31
Last day to:
*Change grading option
June 9
*Drop class without notation
June 2
*Register with late fee of $75
June 2
(no registrations will be accepted after this date)
-1oliday
.ast day to withdraw from class
lasses end
3rades due in registrar's office
June 16
June 23
July 5
April 10
June 26
June 26
June 27
July 14
June 30
June 30
July 3 & 4
July 31
August 3
August 11
Atrfishnrg(:ollege, os affthl~cdi n i l s mission, does not discrilninare on the hnsis of race, color, crecd, pligion,
nutior~alor ethl~icorixin, oge, gerldir, ~ e x l r aoil'rntatii~n,
l
lllotirnl stattts, srrrtirs with iewinl [ i t [~~cblic
nssistonce, or
dls<~hilityin its edircntiun policies, rvbnissionr j~olicies,zcholnrship and loan [mlpolns, athletic at~d/o~.sihoolodlninistered I ~ r ~ ~ g r o rercel~t
n s , i n those illhta~lcerqoherc religion is n hona fidr ~ ~ c c ~ ~ p n t y~mlificc~tion.
ionnl
Arrgsh~tr~
r d ~ ~ r o v i d imosonnhle
l~ji
ncc~~~nmodntiol~z
to its elnl~loyeesorld its stlrclentr.
Cullege iis o ~ l n ~ n i l t to
A n y ~11~estiollr
concerning Alrgsbl~rg'scolnl~liancewith federal or state regularions ilnj~lelnentil~g
eqlcol access o r ~ d
bl~portr~nity
can be directed to Lorn Sterl, nfi?natiz,e n c ~ i o ncoordilla~or,(3ffce of H l r l n n l ~Resi>urces,CB 79,
Augshlcrg Collefir, 22 i I Ritcrzide Avr!, Mimleal~olis,MN 55454. She can be reached by telel~hone,
( 6 1 2 ) 330-1023; n i by e-lnail, <.steilQo~rgshrrg.e~l~r>.
map of augsburg
uition charge for 2000 Summer
3ess10n courses:
$950 for full-crecrlL ~ourses
$475 for half-credit courses
$240 for quarter-credit courses.
Audits are charged at the tuition
tuit
refu
I policy
T h e $100.00 per course deposit is no
refundable. A refund of all or part of
the remaining fee is calculated from the
date of the student's official course cancellation at the Enrollment and
Financial Services Center.
'
Schedule of refunds:
Prior to the first scheduled class
meeting-100% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Prior to the second scheduled class
meeting-75% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
financial aid
Eligibility for Summer
Session attendees
Financial ai
~ilableto students
:pted for enrollment in
enrolled or
Augsburg d
r weekend programs.
Students who maintain half-time
status (as defined by the program in
which they are enrolled) are eligible
to apply for financial aid.
pPO~rdnl
Students enrollea tn summer Terms I
and I1 combined or only Term I1 may be
eligible to apply for the Federal Stafford
Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or the
Minnesota State Grant.
WEC program
No aid is given for summer Term I as it
runs concurrently with the WEC spring
trimester.
Students enrolled in summer Term I1
may be eligible for the Federal Stafford
Prior to the third scheduled class
meeting-50% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled
class sessions will use a prorated
version of the schedule of refunds.
College Map lniorrnallon
1. Admissions Weekdav. Prooram
2 A r S.r~clbreE l l rdnce (Novemoer Irbro.gn Marcn)
3. Anllerson-he son Aln e. r Fnelu ana SeasonalA r
Slruclure
4. Chrislensen Cenler (Inlarmal~anDesk)
5 East Hall
6. Facully Guest House
7. FOES,Lobeck. Mlles Center lor Worship, Drama
and Comunicalian (Tjornhom-NelsonThealre.
Hoverslen Chapel)
& Georoe Sverdruo Hall
9. Husby-StrammenTennls Courls
10. Ice Arena
11. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Cenler
1 2 Lindell Library
13. Mainlenance and Grounds Shop
14 MortensenTower
15. Murphy Place
16. Murphy Square
17, Music Hall
10.New Residence Hall
-
B~~.b~lv=-~~
old
20 Oscar Anderson Hall
21. P.0 c Rca. ons & Carnrn .n ~.xlans
22.0.ad
23,Sclenee Hall
~
24. Security Dispalch Center
25,Shipping and Recslvlng
26.Si Mslby Hall
27, Sverdrup-onedal Memorial Hall
26.Umess Hall
Parklng Lots
A. AdmissiansiFacultylStaHParking
8. FacullylSlaHiC~mmulerlResidenl Parking
C. FacullyiStaHParking
D. FacullyiSlaHiCommutsrParking
E. Commuler Parking
F. Residsnl Parking
G. Visllor Parking
H. Faiwiew-University Parking Ramp(pay parklng available)
campus location
35W from the North-
Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or the
Minnesota State Grant.
Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left on
To apply
Avenue South.
Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue),
turn left at Riverside Avenue, right at Zlst
The financial aid deadline for the
Summer Session is April 15, 2000.
Contact the Enrollment and Financial
Services Center at (612) 330-1046 for
application materials and additional
assistance. Early application is advised.
1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue,
turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South.
35W from the SouthFollow the 1-94 St. P a u l signs (move to right
lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th
Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside Avenue,
turn left at 2lst Avenue South.
I Ione
-
30t0,
applicatiol
rinnal crrr
ART 100/300 (with HIS 1951331)
Topics: Designed Environment
~ndllis course addresses the designed environment,
e intentionally designed places in which we
,e. We will investigate architecture, landscape
~hitecture,and urban design, both in class and
site visits to prominent local examples of
design excellence.
City or Aesthetics
9 -1 1:20 am
M, T; W, R, F
Science 123
ACC 221-S
Stoller
Principles of Accounr~~
basic concepts
Introduction to business
and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting
cycle, and preparation of financial statements.
9-1 1 2 0 an
C1assroon
Ve23
'tneories and techniques for educa
-!
T; W,R, F
Foss Mac
ENG 245
Introduction tc
rature
Swanson
A n initiation inro rne formal study of fiction,
poetry, and drama, drawing on works from several
periods, different cultures and races, and male and
female writers. This course aims in particular to
develop students' critical and analytical skills as
the prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature. Persp.: Aesthetics
3-6 pm
M, T; W, R
Old Main 10
.LL,
9-11:20 am
M, T; W, R, F
Old Main 18
ACC 3 2 2 3
Accounting Theory & Practice I
A n analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements, and other relevant issues as
applied to assets. (Prereq.: A C C 222)
6-9 pm
M, T; W, R
M, T; W, R
Sverdrup 202
BUS 3 3 1
Kapoor
Financial Manaeement
Topics related to theory acquisition, fund allocation and management, sources and uses of long
and short-term funds, capital costs/budgeting,
leverage, and dividend policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113,
ACC 222, MIS 379, and MPG 3).
6-9 pm
M, T. W, R
Foss 43
p
.-
i:'~
HIS 1951331
ART 1001300)
To~ics:Design
lvironment
Kimball
r the designed environment,
This course adc
the intentionally uesigned places in which we
live. We will investigate architecture, landscape
architecture, and urban design, both in class and
in site visits to prominent local examples of
design excellence. City or Aesthetics
Science 123
9- 11:20 am
M, T W, R, F
Old Main 29
BUS 2 4 2 3
Principles of Management
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning, and control. The
nature of authority, accountability, and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional
manager.
6-9 pm
r
F
7n.s
Erickson
Educational Technolow
-,
You will be exposed to basic theories of communication, selection, evaluation and research.
Become skilled in some of the digital tools used in
today's schools. Learn how to choose appropriate
I N S 105
Introduction to American Indian Studies Rowe
A n overview of the American lndian studies curriculum-history and>literature, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and urban issues,
cross-cultural influences, art, music, and language.
(Reauired
for American Indian Studies minor)
.
Persp.: lntercultural Awareness 1
.
6- 9 pm
M,T;W, R, F
F
I N S 199-Sl399-S
Internship
Olson
A work-based learning experience in which a student designs a learning agreement plan that links
the opportunities and responsibilities found in the
placement with specific learning objectives that
are evaluated for academic credit. The internship
nlacement must be aooroved bv the facultv suner-
.
Arranged.
1-
6-8:20 pm
Limit 8 students
M, T; W, R. F
Music 20
- .-- ..-..
SPA I l l - S
Beginning Spanish I
1:arrcll
A.tn3 r~~ . I C \ L . ~ I I ~ f0..1 I><I>IC $k~ll>.
ttti.Icr~t,il~.l~ng,
<pc'~kt~ie,
.
- ~e:~.I.nc,1n.I nrtring of e l ~ , ~ ~ ~ i , n t : ~ r y
Spanish. lntroduction to the culture of the
Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an
integral part of this course. Persp.: lntercultural
Awareness 2
M , T; W, R, F
Old Main 29
Old Main 18
critically, understand timeless ideas, listen carefully, and question thoughtfully.
Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking.
This Institute is also open to current teachers.
19-23 seminars
8:30 am - 4:30 p.m.
Foss 21
POL 241
Environmental and
River Politics
Underhill-Cady
The course explores the relationship between
urban development, government policy, and the
river environment. Students will critically examine historical developments, the changing relationship between society and the environment,
and current policy debates about the river.
Students will undertake service-learning projects
relating to the Mississippi River and explore the
river by boat. Grad Skill: Critical Thinking,
Persp.: Social World (pending). Lab fee: $50
1-320 pm
Old Main 25
REL 357-S
Giants of the Faith
Tranvik
A study of the lives and theology of well-known
Christian thinkers. lncluded are heures like
. \ ~ O ~ . . > ~Ei>n~i~~cfier,
IIIC,
:III.I D.trcxlly Ihy
I'erq)..
911:20Cam
h r ~ v . . ~F.11th
n
I or 1
M, T; W, R, F
Old Main 18
T W, R, F
Old Marn 10
SWK 260
Humans Developing
Link
This course provides an understanding of human
growth through life and of the sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors that influence
the growth of individuals and families. Growth
related to diverse populations and groups or special stresses is also a focus.
Persp.: Human ldentity
6-9 prn
M, T; W, R, F
Science 205
_3C 1213
Introduction to Human Society
Pippert
What is society and how does it make us who we
are? Course study focuses on an understanding of
culture, social structure, institutions, and our
interactions with each other.
Persp.: Social World
9-1 1:20 am
INS 120:
June 19-30, 2000
Paideia Seminars
Students will participate in a series of seminar discussions following the Paideia seminar format as
developed by Mortimer Adler. Seminar topics
emphasize selections that help students to think
M , T; W, R
M,
MUS 155
Class Piano (.25 cr)
Dawe
This course is designed for music majors/minors
whose primary applied area is an instrument other
than piano, and who have had little or no piano
training prior to college. The course will teach
the skills needed to meet the Augsburg Music
Department piano proficiency requirement.
(Prereq.: MUS 101 or permission of instructor)
1-3:20 pm
6-9 pm
.
individual faculty in the specific majors.
Contact the academic department directly to
make arrangements.)
--
I
PSY 3 6 2 3
Hanson
Abnormal Psychology
A n introduction to psychological disorders.
(Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
M, T; W, R, F
Sverdrup 206
SPA I l l - S
Public Speaking
Groven
The course focuses on speech preparation,
organization, audience analysis, style, listening,
and overcoming speech fright. Graduation Skill:
Speaking. (Note: Students may take either SPC
111 or SPC 112 for credit, but not both).
9-1 1:20 am
M, T; W, R, F
Old Main 29
-
BUS 340-S
Human Resourc- .
Personnel function
B
Cemer..
iiness, acquisition, and
and society. (Prereq.:
A
@
EED 3 5 0 3
K-6 Mathematics Methods
Stevens
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission
to teacher education program)
3-5 p.m.
Bollmar
course, studentselthis first level
important concepts of painting. Most class time is
spent painting. Slide lectures, demoktrations, and
critiques complete the learning ex -ce
Persp.: Aesthetics
6-9 pm
T; R
-in
M. W
6-9 pm
..I,
W
Music 24
17
c l d
ART 1 3 2 3
Photography
Raschke
The camera will be used as a tool for visual creativity and expression using black and ,,,hire photographic processes. Students need access to a
35mm, single-[ens reflex camera. Estimated cost of
film, etc.: $200-225. Persp.: Aesthetics
6-9 pm
Limit: 14 students
anagement
Cerrito
and principles related to the manage- - ~of
t operating functions taught from a managerial viewPo!
examples from various
- (Prereq': BUS 242 Or 'Onindustries and
sent of instruct
old ~~i~
ACC 2 2 2 3
Principles of Accounting I1
Kader
A continuation of ACC 221. lntroduction to
business activities, accounting for corporations.
Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting, planning and controlling processes,
decision-making, and behavioral considerations.
(Prereq.: A C C 221)
9-10:45 am
Music 24
M . T W, R
Principles of Computing for Business
Braun
Course teaches PC skills using Windows 98 and
business related problem solving using the
Microsoft Office Suite(Word, Excel, Access,
PowerPoint). Computing concepts and lnternet
are also
The hands-0n
approach is supplemented with computer-based
training and software for use in and out of class.
(Prereq.: MPG 3 or a "Pass" in MAT 103)
6-9:00 pm
TR
Foss 42
MIS 3 7 9 4
Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
Kaminsky
The course is an introduction to quantitative reasoning to assist students in reading and interpreting data. Topics include descriptive measures,
probability, sampling distributions, estimation,
and hypothesis testing with emphasis on applied
problems in business and economics. (Prereq.:
MIS 175 or 370 and MPG 3 or a grade of 2.0 in
MAT 105)
6-9 pm
M, W
Foss 43
T; R
Sverdrup 17
EED 360-S
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Science (0.5 credit)
Stangl
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for science at the kindergarten and elementaty level. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
teacher education program)
6:30-8:30 pm
T; R
Old Main 4
EDS 3 9 0 3
Communication Skills in the
English Classroom
LaDuca
This course is for English-education majors who
plan to teach high school English. It is designed
to improve students' skills in public speaking, oral
interpretation, listening, and small group discussions, as well as to explore methodologies for
teaching and incorporating these skills in the high
school English curriculum. (Prereq: PPST and
admission to teacher education program)
6-9:30 pm
T; R
Sverdrup 20
ENG 3 6 1 3
Studies in Modern Fiction
Clayton
The course focuses on contemporary 20th century
prose works. It includes Native American and
European writers, with an emphasis on nonWestern (Asian and African) fiction. (Prereq.:
ENG 245 or consent of instructor) Persp.:
Intercultural Awareness 1. Graduation Skill:
Writing
6-9 pm
TR
Old Main 10
H P E 115
Health and Chemical Dependency Education
( S O cr)
Klauber
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be
done for the abuser. Includes information about
school health education and services.
6-9:40 pm
M
Murphy 111
HIS 103
Anderson
A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the French Revolution to the present.
Persp.:Western Heritage
6-9 pm
T; 8
Old Main 13
EDS 391-8
Teaching Mass Media ( 5 0 credit)
LaDuca
This course is for English-education majors who
plan to teach high school English. Explore the
nature of media as "consciousness industries,"
examine the whys of teaching media, how to go
about it effectively,\,,hat assumptions lnedia ed"cation was based on in the past, and how to incorporate media education into the curriculum.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to teacher education program)
I N S 105
Introduction to American Indian Studies Rowe
A n overview of the American Indian studies curriculum-history and literature, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and urban issues, crosscultural influences, art, music, and language.
(Required for American lndian Studies minor)
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
6-9:30 pm
3-6 pm
M
Sverdrup 20 1
T, R
Sverdrup 202
- -
l w 199-fy399-5
lternship
.w:rk-based l e a z n z p e r i e n c e in which stu, x t s design a le'amiA2agreement plan that links
the opportuniti:s Gd%sponsibilities found in the
placement withbbiific learning objectives that
are evaluated f$,academic credit. The internship placement kist'be approved by the faculty
supervisor prior tFeiistration. (Note: Internships
may also be arranged,$ch individual faculty in
the specific maiors. ~onta'c;the acad~micdepartment d
Arrang
O D
1
Farrell
Beginning Spanish 11;
Aims to develop thcfohr basic skills: understanding, speaking, readi$ynd writing of elementary
Spanish. 1ntroducyi~:o the culture of the
Spanish-speaki
jrld. Labir'atory work is an
integral part of
:ourse. PersdIri
ltural
Awarener
1-24.5 pri
M,TW,R
d Main 29
-
INS 225-S
Introduction to Islam
Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to
present his perception of Islam to no$~uslims.
The course will cover the ideologi&if:undations
of Islam, its basic concepts and teiiet:, Islamic law
(Sharilah), Islamic economic andyolitical systems, and Islamic patterns of life.
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
7; R
1-245pm
Music 23
MAT 173-S
Math of Interest
Kaminsk~
Learn how to determine the monthly payments
on a house or car. Find out how much you need to
be
away
have a million when you
retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities, and life
insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be
based on classroom participation, quizzes, and a
final examination. (Prereq.: MPG 3 ) Graduation
Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
6-9 pm
TR
Science 108
MUS 2 9 5 4
Topics: Introduction to Recording Studio
Theory
Tech;liq~es (0.50 credit)
Mudge
Course includes
to basic audio theery, microphones, understanding musical instruments, signal flow, studio operating procedures,
recording console parts and functions, tape
machines, and recording techniques. Contact the
music department at (612) 330-1265 for further
details.
6-9 pm
W
Music 27
NUR 505
Theoretical Foundations for Advanced Practice
in Diverse Communities
Leuning
This course focuses on nursing science and
ing theory as foundational to advanced transcultural nursing practice (Prereq.: undergraduate
bioethics or one graduate level course)
Immersion Model begins May 24th,
Christensen Center, Marshall Room
POL 421-S
The New American Politics: Race, Ethnicity,
and Politics in a
New Century
Aoki
This course examines the consequences of the
waves of immigration of the past three decades.
We look at the ways in which immigrants are
influencing American politics and society, and the
ways in which immigrants are being transformed.
We examine both current issues and the history of
the ~oliticsof race and ethnicity. Prereq.: Jr or Sr
status or at least one course in political science.
Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking
Persp.: Social World 1 and 2
6-9 pm
M, W
Music 23
PSY 352
Adolescent and Young
Adult Development
Hanson
Consideration of research and theory related to
development during the adolescent and young
adult years. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
Old Main 25
6-9 pm
M. w
e
@
REL 472.S
Quanbeck 11
Paul the Apostle
A study of the Apostle Paul, including appropriate
historical background, Paul's relationship with the
early church, major themes in his writings, and
reflection concerning the reasons Paul remains an
important figure and thinker in Christian theology. Persp.: Christian Faith 1 or 3. Graduation
Skill: Critical Thinking.
6-7:45 p.m
M-R
Old Main 16
SWK 560
Mental Health Practice
Boisen
This course examines psychopathology, mental disorders and intervention methods. Emphasis is
laced on understanding mental health disorders
from a systems and ecological perspective as
well as understanding biopsychosocial influences
on incidence, course and treatment. Prereq.:
Advanced standind2nd yr. MSWI Post MSW
6-9 pm
M, W
Sverdrup 206
SOC 35623
Crime and Community
Bloom
Analysis of correctional programs and community
responses. Lecture, discussion, and site visits to
prisons, courts, and community agencies. Special
attention to concepts of restorative justice.
(Prereq.: Soc 121)
KR
Old Main 18
1-4:30 pm
spc 329-s
Intercultural Communication
Lapakko
This course explores cultural differences and their
implications for communication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction, and
code systems. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
6-9 pm
M, W
Foss 21
-I
other summer srual summer term abroad
upcoming programs:
Cultural Conflict and Social Change in 1
May 15-26, 2000
Department of Religion and
L
Augsburg Youth and Family Institute
May 24-June 9,2000 in Bergen, Norway
REL 316 Church and Culture in Context
center for
global education
Anderson
This course provides a study of Norwegian culture, church life, and the contemporary religious situation in Norway. Participants will meet for a one-day
course orientation May 22 at Augsburg College. (Prereq.: REL 111, 221 or
33 1) Christian Faith 3.
For information contact David Anderson at (612) 330-1569.
Human Rights and Indigenous Issues in Guatemala
May 16-25, 2000
Haiti and Cuba: Dic+;n
May 28 - June 12, 200'
kr
Elections 2000: S aping Mexico's Future
June 26 to July 3, 200C
Guatemala Odvssev
Solidarity
July 9-17, 200-
hallenges and Opportunities
for Spiritua
--
Wellspring of Hope
July 17-25, 2000
The Maya of Guatemala: Spirituality, Culture and RL,.,
Ovvression
August 1-9, 2000
..
Food & Justice: Examining Hunger and Debt in Nicaragua
September 2-9, 2000
For information and other possible educational opportunities, contact the Center for
Global Education at (612)330-1159 or e-mail, <globaled@augsburg.edu>.
Show less
aster ofArts in
Leadership
Augsburg
College
1989-1990
. ...
-- John Gardner
Augsburg ollege
731 21 t A enue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612/330-1786
IJnformation Sessions
Individua ls interest din the l<tsler of Arls in L ader-!1ip program
at Augsburg ollcgc are encouraged to 11lle... Show more
aster ofArts in
Leadership
Augsburg
College
1989-1990
. ...
-- John Gardner
Augsburg ollege
731 21 t A enue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612/330-1786
IJnformation Sessions
Individua ls interest din the l<tsler of Arls in L ader-!1ip program
at Augsburg ollcgc are encouraged to 11llend an inform<1tion
sessil n . Thes free, two-hour essit1n arc sch duled at various
times prior to the beginning of a h trimester. Please call the
Graduate Program Office (330-1786) to receive further details or to
register for one of these information sessions:
Saturday, October 21, 1989
9:00 - 11:00 AM
Saturday, February 24, 1990
9:00 - 11:00 AM
Saturday, April 21, 1990
9:00 - 11:00 AM
Thursday, May 24, 1990
6:00 - 8:00 PM
Thursday, June 21, 1990
6:00 - 8:00 PM
Tuesday, July 17, 1990
6:00 - 8:00 PM
For more information write or call:
Graduate Program Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
6U/330-1786
Information Sessions ....... . ................ . . . . . ... .. . . . . . 2
Calendar for 1989-90 ........ .. . .. .......... ............... . 4
Introduction to the Master of Arts in Leadership ........... . .. .. 6
Leadership Development Model ............. . ... . ..... . ... .. 7
Curriculum Design .. .. ..... .. . .. ...... .... ... .. ..... . .... . 9
Course Descriptions ......... ...... . .. . . . . .. ....... . .. .... . 10
Graduate Faculty ........... . ......... . .. .. . . .. ... .. ..... . 12
Library . ............. . ............ .... ... ................ 12
Accreditation and Affiliations ...... . ......... ............... 12
Student Support Services ......... ..... . ... ... . . . . . ....... . 13
Student Rights . .. ..... .... . .... .......... . .... .... . ...... 13
Admission Requirements .................. ... . ... . .. . ..... 14
Application Procedures .. . ...... ..... .. . .... ........... .. .. 14
Deadlines ........ . ...... . . . .............. ... , .. . . . ... . . . . 14
Evaluation Standards ....... . .. . .... . ...... .. . ........ .. . . . 15
Academic Policies .................. . .. . ... ... .. ......... . . 16
Fee and Payment Schedule ................. . .. ........... . 17
Financial Aid . ............................ .. . ... . ..... ... . 18
About Augsburg ............... .... . .. . . .. ................ 19
Campus Map . ... . .. . ... . ......... .. ...... ....... ... .... . 20
Campus Location ............. ..... .. . .. .. . . .... . ... .. .... 21
Faculty and Administration ................ . ... . ........... 22
Advisory Council to the Graduate Program .... . .... .......... 24
Jllaster of Arts in
Leadership
1989-90 Calendar
Saturday Schedule: 8:30 - Noon and 1:15 - 4:45 PM
Thursday Schedule: 6:00 - 7:30 PM and 8:00 - 9:30 PM
Fall, 1989
Monday, August 14
Tuesday, September 5
Thursday, Sep tember 7
Saturday September 9
Monday, September 11
.
"
Ap plication Deadline
Orientation/Registration
Classes Begin
Leader. hi p Practicum
Last day to register and/or drop class
without record notation
Classes Meet
Saturday, September 16
Classes Meet
Thursday, September 21
Saturday, September 23
Leadership Practicum
Classes Meet
Saturday, September 30
Classes Meet
Thursday, October 5
Classes Meet
Saturday, October 14*
Thursday, October 19*
Classes Meet
Classes Meet
SClturday, October 21*
Classes Meet
Thursday, October 26
Thursday, November 2
Leadership Practicum
Classes Meet
Saturday, November 4
Classes Meet
Thursday, November 9
Classes Meet-Last day
Saturday, November 18
to withdraw from class
Last Class
Saturday, December 2
Final Grades Due
Monday, December 18
*denotes one week period between classes
Attendance Policy
Ea h la ·s meet for s vcn Saturdcy sessio ns a nd . ix 11rnr day
session . Sine · it i. in the la. sn < m that l cide rs hip is ues are
presl'nted, discussed ;md anal 1zed, rcgul,1 r al te nd. nee is high ly
important , nd hmlid b unsidered a re pan ·ibility, not only to
o ne's s If, but to on 's cla smM s a n Lhe our e in tructo r.
Irregular attendance may, at the discretion of the instructor,
adversely affect one's grade.
Winter, 1990
Wcdnc d, y, Jan uary 3
Thursday, January 4
Saturday, January 6
Monday, January 8
rie ntal ion / Registrnlion
Classes Begin
Leadership Practicum
Last day to register and/or drop
class without record notation
Classes Meet
Saturday, January 13
Classes Meet
Thursday, January 18
Classes Meet
Saturday, January 27
Thursday, February 1
Classes Meet
Silturday, February 10
Classes Meet
Classes Meet
Thursd av, February 15
Thursday, February 22
Leadership Practicum
Classes Meet
Saturdily, February 24
Classes Meet
Thursday, March 1
Classes Meet-Last day to
Saturday, Milrch 10
withdraw from class
Thursday, March 15
Classes Meet
Saturday, Milrch 24*
Classes Meet
Saturday, March 31*
Last Class
Final
Grades
Due
Monday, A11 ril 9
*denotes one week period between classes
Spring, 1990
Tuesday, April 3
Thursday, April 5
Silturday, Ap ril 7
Monday, April 9
Orientation/Registration
Classes Begin
Leadership Practicum
last day to register and/or drop
class without record notation
Classes Meet
Thursday, April 12
Classes Meet
Saturday, April 21
Classes Meet
Thursd(ly, April 26
Classes Meet
Saturday, May 5
Thursday, May 10
Classes Meet
Leadership Practicum
Thursday, May 17
Classes Meet
Saturday, May 19
Thursday, May 24
Classes Meet
Classes Meet-Last day to withdraw from class
aturd ay, June 2
Classes Meet
Thursday, June 7
SatL1rday, June 16*
Classes Meet
Saturday, June 23*
Last Class
Final Grades Due
Monday, July 2
*denotes one week p eriod between classes
6Jntroduction to the
Master ofArts in Leadership
Developing Leade1·s for Organizations and the
Community
The !faster of Arts in Lead rship re pond l the I ad r hip
d ·velopm nt need of profit and not-for-profit organizations. While
differ nt in lru lur and purpo e, m t organizati n eek I· aders
with th fol lowin qualiti :
• a vision which is ethically and morally responsible, extending
beyond immediate concerns;
• an understanding of how change occurs and affects the
immediate nvironment;
• a sensitivity to the mpl x problems organizations face, and an
ability to achieve soluti ns consistent with an organization's
mission;
•
the abil ity to motivate and inspire individuals and groups to
work tow, rd a common goal; and
• the ability to effectively represent the organization both
internally and externally.
The .J, stcr of Arl in Leader ·hip prnvides a m n b , whi h
individuals aspiring to enhan c their leadership skill may discover
and r fine the '· and th r abilities and aw< nm es fundamental
to effective leadership.
Acconunodating the Full-Time Work Schedule
Th
la t r f Arts in Leadership program i de ign d L meet the
n d · <md pref r nc s of working adu lts. The program is based on
the assumption that the men and women who enroll are
employed, self-disciplined and well-motivated individuals who
seek a balance ()f cla room experience, group interaction and
individual study. ~ach course is, therefore, divided into periods f
tudy, gr(lup fhrt and la. prepardion. To accommodate this
format for learning, each cla meet · on alternate Sahird, y fo.r
thre and ne half hour and alternate Thursday evening· for one
and on hal hours.
leadership Development Model
he Master of Arts in Leadership program promote lead r hip,
a pro ess which 1) in pires cooperation among people who mu l
compete for Umited resour es, 2) prom()te. productivity within a nd
beyond the organization and 3) works t ward progr ·ss. To
a compli h thi , individual aspiring to positions of lead rship
must poss ss three k y attributes: a ens of vi ion, the abi.IHy to
per ·u d and the, biJity to direct action. Underlying the e
<1ltribu t i a broad range of abilitie and< waren sses. These
<bilities and awarenesses, outlined in the diagram n page 7, s rv
a p ifi outcomes for th Master of Arts in Leadership.
Augsburg's model of I ader hip dev •lopme.nt i d signed t a ·ess,
prom tc, enhanc and refin these capabilities within the individual.
Leadership Development Model
/~
/ \
Creative
•
nda l
Lo ng-le rm
pers pe li ve
Y:lt,>xibilll y
Adaptability
lr111ovati\1e11ess
aw, rcness
•
•
"rwin.mni •11t,1I
a\.varencs . .
1i l ~r.rnc
or
•
•
•
•
Effe live
•
Di pl omari c
•
abil ity
Effective
team memb >r
! nterpersunal
Ap prl;'ci. tinn
u( sit uational
sensitivity
Rik
Ded ive
Ass umptive
•
•
C urio ily
A hicvern ent
motivation
•
' if-este •m
•
· f~ ·c live
•
•
•
clfo nfid nee
A11<1l)'lic11 l
a b il ity
•
Abilit y to
•
think
cril ica lly
Understand ing
of research
Ab il ity lo
manage
connict
A ppr •ela tion
fo r ultural
Effecti ve
· pe11ker
d iffemnc
cnmp lexit
•
liste n •r
writer
phi loso phirn l
Cul tucally
Aware
ommunicat ive
r·elig iuu a nd
•
Fa~ i lit for
Pers uasion
O rientation toward
Action
Se nse of
Vi ion
•
dirfet n es
World·vicw
per. peclive
lblenrnce of
indi vidual
d iffcrences
Community of Learners
Ess nti.a l to the goals of th Master of Arts in Lead ership is
participali n in a community of I arner . Learning can b
enh, need when the stud nt is involved in a stab! immunity that
pr vide opportunity and n uragem · nt for active participation
both in and out of the classro m. Thi community will be enri hed
by the pres n of men and wom en who bring to the program a
vari ty of work and life exp ri n e . To facil itat th i kind f
community interaction, Augsburg ' ncourages gradual stud · nts to
make LLS of colleg faciliti .s u h as th library, meeting room and
college center; to take the opportun it y of having ·ha red menls and
off e br ak. ;to parlicipat in option al lunchtimes minars; and t
, ttend th r college acti vities uch as nrnsi and dramatic
presentations and athletic events.
Leadership Practicum
.
,.
Ma ter of Arts in Leadersh ip students e nroll in a half ourse all d
"Leadership Pra ticum ." Student. ar r 1uired t enroll in th is
professional assessment ;md development course fo r ix term
d uring their graduate work at Augsburg. Upt n completion of lh
entire practicum , tudimt r eive a half cour ·e red it. In ach
term, one Saturday and one Thursday evening are devoted to
"Leadership Practicum ."
Early in the program a major component of this practicum is a fullday professional assessment to determine students' abilities and
p oten tial 1 Jative to each of the outcomes of the Leadership
Oevelopm nt Model (see page 7). Assessment instruments
in lude paper and pen i1 i:xercise ilnd simulati n and grol1 p
e p · riences. r lluwing the as ssment student meet individually
with a trnined asse sor who pr vid guidance in p 1· o.nal goal
etling and in th e reation of a professiom1l development pl<l n r
''bl ue print :•
In subsequent terms "Lendershi p Practicum" includes works h ps
designed !o meet th ne cl (th , tudents in the following areas:
·ommunication kills, sdf-assessmenl mea:mP , group proces e ,
and other prof i nal developm nt l pies id ntified b graduate
students and staff.
"Leadership Practicum" concludes with a fin al assessment followed
by an individual meeting with a trained assessor.
The Master of Arts in Leadership program is composed of 12
courses. Each course unites two or more liberal arts disciplines,
en ourages pursuit of the d signated outcomes, and uses a vari ty
of learni ng techn ique approprial to <1dull learners. lnstTuctional
t -hniques .ir VMied, such as a e tudy, d bate, written a nd ora l
pr s nl<1lions and group activity. These t liniqu , which have
had demonstrated u es in advan ed ourses, develop targeted
I adersh ip abililie · and under. landings. ontinual reinfo.rc m · nl
oc ms as students employ th s capacitie in mul tiple ourses.
Students Me en ouraged to se abilities and understandings as
cm ·-disciplinar and to see content area · a inlegrat d. The very
form of the prngrnm reflect the vi w that lhe world in which w
op mt i omplcx and that dea ling with it successfull y requires
well dt-vcloped integTative ability.
Required Courses Include:
ML 510
ML590
ML591
ML 592
ML500
Foundations of Leadership (to be taken during one
of the first three trimesters)
Thesis-Research Seminar I
Thesis-Research Seminar II (These two seminars are
to be taken in a student's last two consecutive
terms.)
Thesis Consultation (a half course to be taken
simultaneously with ML591 and in the term in
which the thesis is completed)
Leadership Practicum (a half course which spans six
trimesters)
Students are required to complete eight additional
courses chosen from the following courses:
ML 511
Creativity and th e Problem-Solving Process
Self-Identity, Values and Personal Growth
ML 520
ML 521
Methods of Critical Thought
ML 530
Ethics in Communication
Th Dynamics of hange
ML 531
I olitics, History and Leadership
ML 540
ML 545
Analytical Reasoning for Qualitative Decisions
ML 550
Decision-Making Technology
ML 560
Developing a Multi-Cultural Perspective
Other courses as added
D]ourse Descriptions
MC. 510 Foundation of Leadership
lntroducti n t the oncept of 1 ader hip, pr viding an histori al
and philo ophi al framework for the progra m . Thi
the nAtme and purp >se f lead 1" hip fr m a v<lriet
< nd pers pectives. The rol of th liberal arts, vari u
·tyle , m thod of res arch and inquiry. student
out mnes and progra m expectation are amin d .
ML 511 Creativity and th e Prob! m-Solving Process
E plor<i tion of a-ea tivity rom the per pe ti ve of trad itional
, sthe L-i · as well , c nt mporar ' orga nizational thinking . Th ' ·
cour e uses er alivity a , method and it exa min ·s t · hnique for
( lving problem s in orga11izalions, fo r nh i'l n ing innovation, <1 nd
for eeking an int grativ world-vie1 .
ML 520 Self-Identity, Values and Personal Growth
Ludy of U1e oncept of If-identity, value c nd p r ·
a related to profess ional and personal life. Thi C() Ul'S ma
mploy p y h Jo ice I, philo "(>phi , I, , nd theolog ica l p rs pectives
Lo explore the rol of the individual In the I, rger so ial ontext.
Major topic in Jud th > cquis ition, development and ev lution of
self- identity and values, the lnflue nc >f s rol , , nd th
relationship to spiritual growth.
ML 521 Methods of Cdtical Thought
Investigation f the pro s e of criti al thinking drawing fr 111
philo phy and other di ip line . Thi· ours fo u son the
relati 11ships between ideas a nd th expre ion nd appli at ion of
ideas. Students, pply d ial ctical processes in the -ffective
fo rmation, pre nlation and LIS f ideas in rga nizationa l
structures.
ML 530 Ethics in Communication
lnterdi ciplinary study of ethics and c mmunication through the
in\lestigation of a variety of ethical pers pe tives within human
ommunic, lion. Thi course places pcu·ticul11r, ttenti n on the use
1111d abu e of communicati n in politi , advertising and interp rsonal r lationships. It mpha iz a ensitivity to ethicaJ
o nflicts which ri e in social , nd organ izational settings.
ML 531 The Dynamics of Change
Examination f th processe by which change occurs. This course
applies economic , nd sociological theories to such critical social
i sues a human <111d na tural resource management. Emphasis is
on identifying the need fo.r change, the m ans of initiating it and
the ada ptation of social gr o ups to ch anije.
ML 540 Politics, History and Leadership
Ana lys is f the political a ·pects f n <1 tio n-sta t sa nd o ther
rgan iz<ltions. This course Io u es on th p r e s f a hi ving
individual . g rnup o r nali nal goal . Drawing n a variety of
cultures nnd nati ns, it exarnines sig nificant his torical ven ts, nd
the leaders who shaped them.
ML 545 Analytical Reasoning for Qualitative Decisions
··xp.loration of the m •tho d s of ma th >matica l reasoning as a
.tru tu re for a pproa hing prob! m s. This course fo use o n th
logi and rationale underlying mathe matica l mod I and an aly tica l
d ecis i n meking techniq ues.
ML 550 Decision-Making and Technology
I i tori al a n. ly ·i (>f th d ecision ma king and prob! m olving
pr es. . Th is course fo uses on the dcvelupm nt of te Im logy as
both the a u. a nd the olutio n of pro bl m b inv stiga ting
various cases.
ML 560 Developing a Multi-Cultural Perspective
Investigation of inter-cultural is u s. This our e nha n e the
abilit' to lead c nd wo rk more effe·tively with peopl, of d iff r nt
cultural backgro unds th ro ugh the tud of di ve r vnlu es. b lief
a nd traditio ns within tlw g loba l community.
ML 590 Thesis-Research Seminar I: Research in leadership
First hal of n two- o ur e" ap to ne" equ n , f r the M s ter o
r in Leadership prog rnm . T his comse provides ad1 ind ivid ucil
th e o pportunity to dev lop a res ar h topi to ·y nthe ize pr vious
tudy and wo rk exp ·•rience ;i nd to d em mstrate an und e rstand ing
o f the prog rnm's principles. raded on a Pl ba i .
ML 591 Thesis-Research Seminar II: Synthesis of Findings
intinuatio n of th "c. ps to n "s mi nar. This e min ar focu s on
th metho d of inquiry a nd resul ts of individual projects. t the
om pl tio n of th semina r tu dents prese.nt their fin, I result orally
a nd submi t wr.itte n th se . rad d o n a PIN ba is.
ML 500 Leadership Practicum
A prof·ssional ass s ment a nd d ev l prnen l ourse wh ic h span s
·ix term . Thi course includ es a full-day pr fess io na l a · me nt
and s ubsequen t work. ho p · in the fc !lowing nreas: co mmunicatio n
kill , elf-a sessme nl mea ure , gr(lup process s. he cours •
culminat sin a fin al professional ass ssm n t. H nlf er •d it. ra d ed
on a P/N basis.
ML 592 Thesis Consultation
A ri s f meetings wi th a fac ulty th is ad ls r simultane u
with ML 591 and during Lhe h·im •ster in w hi h the thesis is b ing
pre par d fo r fin nl ubmi s io n . Half red it. raded o n I /N bas i .
tudenls not o mpleling the l'hesis during th • sa m · t rm in w hich
they are enrolled in M 591 , r requir d to regi te r fo r •rn1e is
in ultation" during ead1 . u b quent te rm un l'il the thesis is
completed.
~raduate
Faculty
faculty leaching in the gradual pr gram ar full-lime senior
fa lilty with doctorates or a ppro priate profe sional degr · e . ome
courses are tea m taug ht, by bringing together faculty from diffe rent
disciplin s or combining a fac ul ty memb r with prnfe sio nal from
relevant field . l. n th s itu ations, at leas t one mem b r f the team
has a Ph.D. and substantial leaching perience. All of the program
faculty have extensive expedence teaching adult learners. Gradu, te
faculty are listed at th nd of this bulletin.
• ibrary
\•
The Augsburg library houses ovei: 160,000 books, period ica ls,
r ords, tap sand films. Mu i , ' hemi try ctnd A rt I is tory
librarie ,1re lo ated within the departmentctl ct r as. Ac e s to over
1,000,000 volume is a ailable via laily interloan and courier service
among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill R ference
Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional
resources of the Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to
Augsburg faculty and students.
B)ccreditation and
Affiliations
tudents who u C' sfti llyc m plete Au ·burg' l , dershi p
progrc m will receive a Maste r of Arts 0 gre . Augsburg is
a credit •d by th North enh·a l Association of oil ges and
ch.uols. Th college is, m mb r of th As o iated o lleg of the
Twin itie (ACT1 ), uth eran Educa tio n oun ii in orth America
and Minnesota Private College Council.
Augsburg College is regi tered with th Minnesota Hi >her
Education oordinati ng Board . Registrati n i not a n e ndorsement
of the in titution. R gis trnlion does not (necessarily) mea n that
redit fl rned ctt the in tituli n can
transferred to other
institutions or that the quality of the edu alional programs would
meet the s tiindards of every student, educationa l institution, or
employer.
L:Jtudent Support Services
The Augsburg Graduate Program assists students in making
education and career plans, in working on their personal
development, and in participating in activities beyond the
classroom. Some of these services a re Ii t · d below.
Academic Planning
In addition to the faculty who provide consultation and advice,
academic planning is guided by the Leadersh ip Practicum
assessors, thesis advisers, and the Graduate Program staff.
Career Planning Services
Career Services available are
• professional assessment through the Leadership Practicum
• self/career assessment counseling through the Career Services
Office (3 O-Tl62)
• development of a resume and a career-search plan through the
Career Services Office
• work experience related to a student's field of specialization
through the Cooperative Education Office (330-1148)
• tudent Rights
Th College has, dopted a statement of tudent right and
responsibilities and has provided for due pro ss in the matters of
disciplinary action, grievanc s <n'd gr, de appe, I. Any tudent w ho
wi he to identify appropriate procedmes for a com plain t should
contact the Vi Presid nt for tudent Affairs. (Ph.on 330-1160)
The
lhge operates in compliance with the Family Rights and
Privacy A l, nd Title TX. Students hav the right to in pe tall
official r c rd whi h pertain to th m and which are mainta in din
the .Registrar's Off.i e and the Pl acemen! ffice ( c pt where a
waiv r f ac · s h, · been igned) and to hallenge inac urale or
misleading information. Students have a right to experience
education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic or
cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age.
Bldmission Requirements
Applicants to the program must hold a baccalaureate degree from
an accredited four-year college or university.
Applirnnts to the program are expected to have a minimum
undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 (on a scale of A=4.0).
Applicants to the program mu.st have five y ar of xp rien (or
equivalent) with one OJ" mor organization in, position(s) of
leadersh ip or position(s) demons trating leader ·hip potential.
Decisions about admission to the progr. m will be made on an
individual basis by the Graduate Pn.Jgram Committee. Admission
to each entering graduate class will be given to the most highly
qualified individuals. Selection of candidates will be made on the
basis of an evaluation of each applicant's
•
•
•
•
•
previous college record,
letters of recommendation,
experience and organizational background,
Miller Analogies Test scores and
written statement and possible interview.
Alpplication Procedures
To apply, students must submit the following materials to the
Graduate Program Office:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
ompleted application form with $25 (non-refundable)
application fee.
Written statement relating the applicant's career and life goals
focusing n leadership aspirations.
Lett r of recommendation from an imm diat st1p · rvisor,
a ·sessin leadersh ip pot ntial.
Letter of r omm ndation from o-worker (at-the sa me lev 1)
describing applicant's work style and potential a a leader.
Official transcripts of undergraduate and grn duat work from
>a h insLitution attended indicating degrees conferred.
Official set of results on the Mi.Iler Analogie Te l .
Po ·sible interview with grad uate pr gra m staff m mber.
Fall Trimester, 1989-Monday, August 14, 1989
Winter Trimester, 1989-Monday, November 27, 1989
Spring Trim ster, 1989-Monday, March 5, 1990
Fall Trime lei~ 1990-Monday, August 13, 1990
Jlvaluation Standards
Evaluation of academic perform ance for the Master of Arts in
Leadership will be based o n num ber grades using a 4.0 point scale
with these definitions:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards
2.5
2.0 Achieves the minimum passing standard
P
Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed in grade point
average)
N
Does not meet minimum course standards (no credit and nonpunitive - not computed in grade point average)
W
Grade given when course is dropped
Inco mplete grade g iven in a e w he re s tud nt is unabl Lo
C\lm pl le o ur c requir "ments foi' reaso ns b yond th e
student's co ntrol (to receive a n inc:umpl ct , a tud nt mu st file
, p ·lit io n with lh
rn ctua l Progran1 s ta ff ra ting reas ns fo r
th r ·quest, the plan , n l dal'e for re moving the incom p le te
g rad e, Lhe s ig nature of th ins tru ·to1;, nd ;m y o t'h r n ·e sa ry
documentation) .
. ot mo re than l\ <> o ur e w ith a grad e below 3.0 w ill count
towa rd Lhe d g r e. N l mo re than two courses w ith a grade below
2.0 can be re peated . O nly the redit nnd rild
arned th e second
time are counted in the grade point average.
Alcademic Policies
Academic Probation and Dismissal
Students must maintain a 3.0 cumu lativ<:> grade point average. lf a
student fall below a 3.0 average, the t:udent will b plnced on
probation for the following te rm. A 3.0 cumulative grade point
average must be restor d in ord r fl r a stud nt t b r moved fro m
probation. lf a student receiv ·' a grade f in a cour·s , the
tudent mu t petition successfu lly with the raduate Program
ommitl e before being permitted t onlinu in th program. A
plan for the student to follow wou ld be ou tlined at tlrnt tim . If the
umulative grade point· averag again fu ll b low .0, the student
may be dismissed fr m the program b ' U1e raduate Program
mm itt . tudcnts al ·o may be dismiss cl by the raduat
Progra m ommill' for b havior d trimental lo th program such
a a gr · violation of college policy (as publ' h d in Lhe tudcn l
uide). Di missal would o ur nl ,1ft 1· stabli hed pro edm s
were followed.
Credit for Prior Education, Training and Experience
Due to the interdisciplinary nature of the courses in the Master of
Arts in Leadership program, it is unlik I that course taken
elsewhere ma b ub tituted for a particular course in the\
urri ulum . Stt1dents may petition the radu ate Program
ommill'e for appm al of any vilrin tion in the urri ul um
including the transfer of credit or the receipt of credit for other
training.
Credit and Contact Hours
·Cl h g raduate cour e in th Master o( Arts in Le. dership program
is the equivalent of four emestcr credit or six quarter redil .
tudents meet in cln • total of 30 hou rs (e eluding fimil s) and are
responsible for a ign ificant amount of individu I ·tudy and
preparation.
Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence
tudent ma r take either one or two courses each trimester.
Enrolling in two cour 'S per trimest · r enables a tudent to
ompl •t · th pr gram in two year . All students are requir d to
complete th program with in fo ur year . · tensions beyond four
years will be onsidered on the ba i of p titi n t the ,raduat•
Program Commit! e. Students wht> I ave the program for more
than one term mu ·tr ques t a leilve of ab en e in writing from th
Graduate Program ommittee.
Last Date to Withdraw from Class
The las t date on which students may withd raw from a class and
receive a "W" on their record s is noted on p p. 4 and 5.
$25.00
Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable)
$750.00
Tuition (per trimester course)
(one course = 6 guarter credits or 4 semester credits)
$100.00
Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable)
$125.00
Leadership Practicum Fee (per term for six terms)
$50.00
La~ fi· ( harg d to a ny student regi teri ng aft r
the · hedu l d registration date. Late registration
per day
includes in o mplet t ·gistrati n as d ·fined:
, ) Unsig n •d R gi !ration form r b) Unapprov d Payment Plan)
Registration Change After First Class Meeting
$5.00
(cancel/add /change grade option, or combination
at one time)
$2.00
Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free)
Finance Charge : A finance charge is applied at a
simple rate of 1% per month on any account with an
open balance of 30 days or more.
Fees
The application fee ($25) i due on or bef r th , pplication
deadline for a given term . Th' $100 no n-refundabl d posit
reserves a place in the program in a given term, once a person is
accepted. Tuition is due at the time of registration .
Payment Options*
1) Paymen t in Full:
ue Day of Registration.
2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a
3-pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be
offered only if previous plans have been adhered to.
3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or eguivalent, which
are company reimbursed require ad · p(> it of $150 per course
reimbursed, with full payment d ue with in 45 days after the end
of the term.
A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any
amount with an open balance of 30 days or more.
Tuili n is set on an annual basis, payable in 3 equal installments at
the begin ning of each trim est r. R >gistrat i.on is permitted only if the
student's accmml for a previ u term i paid in full as agreed.
Augsburg ollege will not release diplomas or a ad -mi transcripts
until all student accounts are paid in full . This also appl'ies for
student loan funds administered by the college (Perkins Student
Loan); they must be current according to established repayment
schedules.
*A non-s ufficien t-fund check w ill declare yo ur registratio n in va lid and cou ld affect furth er credit
extended by the college-
Refund Schedule
A per-course tuition r fund will be made n the fo llow ing ba is: (In
order to b ligi bl > fo r th r~·fund, students arc res pon ibl for
c,in elling om se with the Registrn r's ffice.)
Prior to th first ch du led la · m ting - 100%
Prior to the second sch eduled la me ting - 90%
Prior to the third chedul d c.lass meeting - 80%
Prior t th fo ur th ~ heduled cl<i meeting - 70%
Prior to the fifth scheduled class m eting - 60%
Prior to th ·ixth s h duled clas m elin - 50%
D inancial Aid
... .
In fl number o wa , student ma 1 r ei v a i ta n e in m ting
G rad uat Pr grn m co. t ·. Enrollm ·nt in two courses per trimc ter
, llow the tudent to b classified as full-tim ' · O n omse i •
considered half-time enrollment. The Financial Aid Office
(330-1046) will assist students in assessing financial need and
constructing an aid/payment program from available alternatives,
including the following:
Company Tuition Assistance Programs
Ma ny compa nie , gencie and corporation off r full r partial
tui tion assistan ce to employ s w ho participate in work-r>laLed or
deg r' -r l a t~ d olleg p rogram . Augs bu r ollcge prov.ides
v nil pay m nt plan by w hich employe may ha nd l tuit i n
reimburscm n t.
Federal and State Aid Programs
The Fi na ncial Aid Offic w ill assist stud ents in determining
el igi bil ity for a ny Fi deral or t te g rant or loa n program availabl
to graduat students. Det r111irn1tio11 of eligibili ty will be based on
slu nda rd nationally acce pted fo rms an d method.ologie incl ud ing:
• Family Financial Statement (FFS)
• Financial Aid Form (FAF)
• Graduate and Professional Scholastic Aid Service
Funded Scholarships
Augsbur active.I purs ue outside funding ror p cial scholarships
to facilit, le the participation of qualifi d ca nd ida t wi th limited
fi nancial resO LLrC s. The availability of uch ·cholar h ip enabl
th p rogra m to guarante the participation f indi viduals of limi ted
fi nancial means a well a individual worki ng for v lunteer
agencies and other organizations not likely to provide tuition
reimbursement.
Alternative payment plans will be available to all students for the
payment of tuition.
Veterans of Military Service
Aug bmg Co!Jege is a pproved by the State A ppr ving Ag ncy for
Vet ran' · Trnining . Vi teran hould c ntac t the Reg i ·trn r's O ffice
about 'Clmpl tion of the enrollment rtifica ti n an d forwarding
oth r inf rm ation to the Veteran's Administratio n.
Albout Augsburg
History
ugsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans
ill America . Named after the confession of faith presented by
Lu thera n in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530, Augsburg opened in
Sept mb r 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin and moved to
Minneapolis in 1872.
Campus Location
ampu s i lncnt din the he(lrt of th Twin it:i •s,
uar , the firs t of 'JS~ pm·ks in th e '1 ity of
Llikes:' · djacen t to the , mpu are Faii;vi w an I I. Mary'
I lo:;pita l , th' We t l3ank ·a mpu of the Univ 1 ii of inn . ot·1
and Mississippi River parkways.
ugsburg'
su 1'1'o unding Murph
Accessibility
Augsburg College ha s made i major eff rt· tti b Cl>me n of the
mo lccc ssiblecampu · in he r -g io n. kywa • , tunnels;ind
el valor provide accc ·sible connections bet we n 9 of the 1 l major
bu ild in · - stude nt ho us in towe r , o llege en te 1~ main
a adem i and ad mini trativ · ha lls, ll e librnry and mus ic build ing.
In addition, there is a program for students with learning or
physical disabilities .
Church Affiliation
Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America. About 59% of th e students are Lutheran, 14% other
Protestant and 19% Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations are
re presented among students and faculty.
Non-Discrimination Policy
Aug·burg ollcgedoesnotdiscrimin ateon th • ba ·i. fra e, r'ed,
na tional or thni o rigin, a , rnal.'il11l tatu , " or h<111'di ap «
r qu iPd by Till IX f th ·1 72 Education al Amendments of ection
504 o the Rehabilitation Act of 1 73 as< m · nded in it ,id mi ssi n
policies, educational programs, activities, and employment
practices.
• ampusMap
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Admissions House
George Sverdrup Library
Science Hall
OldMain
West Hall
Mortensen Tower
Urness Tower
College Center
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial Hall
10. Music Hall
11. 2222 Murphy Square
12.Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Stage II Theatre
15. Center for Global
Education
16. Scandinavian Center
17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama and
Communication
18. Youth and Filmily Ministry
A. Admissi ('l n Parki ng
B. Student Parking
C. Visitor Parking
D. The Quad
E. Faculty/Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic
Field
H. Fairview/St. Mary's Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Strommen Tennis
Courts
I~
J
Accessible Entrance
Parking
All po ted Aug burg 'ollege parking I I ill' fre and op n f r
student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through aturday v ning. Lo is
are I cated on 7th Slr l between 2'1 t and 22nd Avenues and south
of 8th Street on 21st Avenue.
liampus Incation
I
I
I
N
I
I
<$>
From Minneapolis
Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left
to 21st Avenue South, left to Augsburg sign.
From St. Paul
Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside to 21st
Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
llaculty and Mministration
The following faculty and administrators are currently involved in
the Master of Arts in Leadership program:
Earl Alton, Professor and Department Chairperson of Chemistry.
BA, St. Olaf College; MS, Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Margaret Anderson, Associate Professor, Head Librarian . BS, MA,
University of Minnesota .
Raymond Anderson, Professor of Speech, Communication and
Theatre. l3A, S, Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth Bailey, Professor of Philosophy. BA, St. Olaf College; MA,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
.· .·.·
John Benson, Professor of Religion. BA, Augsburg College; BD,
Luther Theological Seminary; MA, Ph.D. Columbia University.
Maria Brown, Assistant Professor of Social Work. BA, MA,
American University; MSW, University of Minnesota.
John Cerrito, Assistant Professor in Business Administration and
Economics. BA , Rhode Island College; MS, University of
Wisconsin-Stout.
Francine Chakolis, Assistant Professor of Social Work. BS,
Augsburg College; MSW, University of Minnesota.
Larry Crockett, s ist<1nt Professor of Mathemati
mpul r
Science. BA, MA, Pacilic Lutheran University; M . iv. Luther
Theologica l eminar .
Grace Dyrud, Professor of Psychology. BA, MA, Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Mark Engebretson, As ·ociale Pro ess >.r & Dept. Chairperson of
Physi . BA, Lulher oll g ; I. Div., Luther Theological
eminnr ; M , Ph .D., Un iversity of Minn sotn.
Norman Ferguson, Professor of Psychology. BA, Franklin and
Marshall Colleg ; MS, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin .
Jerry Gerasimo, Professor of Sociology. BA, Lake Forest College;
MA, Ph.D. , University of Chicago.
Milda Hedblom, Professor of Political Science. BA, Macalester
College; MA, Ph.D., University of Minnesota .
Edwina Hertzberg, Associate Professor of Social Work, Director of
Faculty Development. BA, Cedar Crest College; MSW, Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Garry Hesser, Prof ssor of Socio logy, Director of Cooperative
Edu alion Program. BA, Phillip Univer ·ity; I.Div., Union
Theolog i al Sem inary; Ph.D., Univer ity of N >Lre Dame.
Joanne Karvonen, Graduate Program Coordinator. BA, Gustavus
Adolphus College; MA, University of Georgia.
Edith Kromer, Weekend Librarian. BA, Hamline University; MA,
University of Minnesota.
Ryan LaHurd, Vice Pre idenl for Acad mi Affairs, Dean of the
ollege. BA, Mt. Cann I oil ge; MA, Univcr ity or hicago;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
David Lapakko, Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication
and Theatre. B.A., Macal ster College; MA, Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Rosemary Link, A sista nl Pr C ssor of So ial Work. I , London
University (Bedford illege); Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Janet M. Mathison, Instructor, part-time, Religion. Associate
Directo1~ Center for Global Education. BA, Alverno College; MA,
Ed.D, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia.
Marie McNeff, Associate Professor of Education. BS, M.Ed.,
Ed.D., University of Nebraska.
Nancy Medcraft, Co-director, Counseling Services, BA, MA,
University of Minnesota.
Thomas Morgan, Assistant Professor of Business Ad mini tration
and E nomi s. BS, Juniata Colle e; Ml3A, Universit of Denver;
MS, University of Oregon.
Richard Nelson, Professor and Department Chairperson of
History. BA, University of Nebraska; MA, Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Beverly Nilsson, Associate Professor and Chairperson of Nursing.
BSN., MS, University of Minnesota.
Norma Noonan, Professor of Political Science. BA, University of
Pennsylvania; MA, Ph.D., University of Indiana.
Ronald Palosaari, Professor of English. BA, Bethel College; B. Div.,
Bethel Seminary; MA, Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Diane Pike, Associate Professor of Sociology. AB, Connecticut
College; Ph.D., Yale University.
Larry Ragland, Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. BS, MA., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D.,
University of Texas at Austin.
Richard Thoni, Director of Weekend College. BA, St. Olaf College;
PH.D., University of Minnesota.
Elizabeth Vander Schaaf, Associate Dean for Graduate and Special
Programs. BA, Swarthmore College; MA, Ph.D., University of Iowa .
Maria Woroby, Reference Librarian & Weekend Supervisor. BS,
MA, University of Minnesota.
Linda Geisen, Training and Development Manager,
City of St. Paul.
Dan Hanson, Vice President, Food Ingredients Division,
Land-0- Lakes, Inc.
Cynthia Marsh, Ph.D. Consulting Psychologist, Personnel
Decisions, Inc.
Dean Newman, Consultant.
Robert Odom, Senior Vice President of US Specialty Divisions,
HB Fuller Company.
Richard Ploetz, Customer Education Manager, Medtronic, Inc.
Rosemarie Ramirez, Human Resources Officer, St. Paul
Companies, Inc.
The provisions of this document are not to be regarded as an
irrevocable contract between the student and the College. The
College reserves the right to change any provisions or requirements
at any time within the student's term of residence.
MASTER OF ARTS IN LEADERSHIP
Augsburg College
Recommendation Form
To the applicant: Please give this recommendation form to a
co-worker or supervisor with whom you work. Before you do,
however, please indicate whether you reserve the right to
review the recommendation once it is written or waive your
right of access to this information.
I (
reserve)
recommendation.
waive) my right to review this
Signed,
MASTER OF ARTS IN LEADERSHIP
Augsburg College
Recommendation Checklist
NAME OF APPLICANT
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-
Please evaluate the applicant on each of the following dimensions.
Scale:
1
2
3
Low, needs much
development
1) Self-Awareness - - 2) Self-Confidence
4
5
6
High, welldeveloped
(Circle one)
- - - - - - - - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6
3) Integrity, Well-developed Value System - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6
MASTER OF ARTS IN LEADERSHIP
Augsburg College
Recommendation Form
To the applicant: Please give this recommendation form to a
co-worker or supervisor with whom you work. Before you do,
however, please indicate whether you reserve the right to
review the recommendation once it is written or waive your
right of access to this information.
I (
reserve)
recommendation.
waive) my right to review this
Signed,
. ....-. ·-·
MASTER OF ARTS IN LEADERSHIP
Augsburg College
Recommendation Checklist
NAME OF APPLICANT
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-
Please evaluate the applicant on each of the following dimensions.
Scale:
1
3
2
Low, needs much
development
1) Self-Awareness - - - - - - - 2) Self-Confidence
- - - - - - - -
4
5
6
High, welldeveloped
(Circle one)
- 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
3) Integrity, Well-developed Value System - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6
Augsburg College
Master of Arts in Leadership
Application Form
omplete all sections of the attached application form. Please print
or type.
Application Fee
Make check or money order payable to Augsburg College.
Mail application form with the $25, non-refundable application
fee to:
Graduate Program Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Transcripts
Have official transcripts from each post-secondary institution
attended (including credits/degrees and dates) sent to the Graduate
Program Office.
Test Scores
Scores from the Miller Analogies Test (MAT) must be submitted to
the Graduate Program Office. The MAT may be taken at the
University of Minnesota Testing Office at Room 9 Eddy Hall
(624-3323). The one-hour test is given Monday through Friday on a
walk-in basis either at 10:00 a.m. or 2:00 p.m. Please ask to have
your scores sent to Augsburg. The results will be available in 4 or 5
working days. The cost is $30
Recommendations
Please ask for a recommendation (please use the forms available
from the Graduate Program Office) to be sent to the Graduate
Program Office from each of the following:
Immediate Supervisor - Assessing your leadership potential.
Co-worker (at the same level) - Describing your work style and
potential as a leader.
Written Statement
Submit a written statement relating your career and life goals,
focusing on leadership aspirations and describing how you
anticipate the Master of Arts in Leadership will facilitate your
development.
Interview
You may be asked to have a personal interview with a member of
the Graduate Program Staff.
.
·~
'·
'
.....
Augsburg College
Application for Admission
Name
First
Last
Middle Initial
Other surname used at
a college or university
Address
City _ _ _ _ __ __ _ __ __ State _ _ _ _ _ _ Zip _ _ _ __ _ County _ __ _ __
Telephone
Horne Phone
Male D Female D
Work Phone
Social Security Number
Age - -- -- - - Birthdate - -- - -- - - Marital Status _ _ __
Citizen of U.S. Yes D No D Religious Affiliation _ __ _ _ __ _ Denomination _ _ _ __ __ _
Predominant Ethnic
Background (optional)
Caucasian D Black/Afro American D Asian American D
Chicano/Mexican American D American Indian D Other D
Current Occupation
Preferred Entry Date
September, 1988 D
January, 1989 D
April, 1989 D
Previous Education
Please list in chronological order all post-secondary institutions you have attended.
Indicate the approximate number of credits earned and any degrees received.
School _ _ __ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ __ __
Location - - - - -- -- - - -- -- - - - -- - -- - - - - -- - - - - -- -- Degrees or
Dates Attended - - - -- - - - - -- - - Credits Earned - - - -- -- - - - -- School _ __ _ __ __ _ __ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ __ __ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ _ __
Location - - - -- - - - -- - - - - -- - - - - -- - -- - -- -- - - - -- -Degrees or
Dates Attended - - -- -- - - -- - - - Credits Earned - -- -- - -- -- - - School _ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ __ _ __ __
Location
Degrees or
Dates Attended - - - -- -- - - -- -- Credits Earned - - -- - - - - -- -- School _ __ _ __ __ __ __ _ __ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ __
Location - - -- - -- -- - -- - - -- - -- - -- - -- - - -- -- - - - - - Degrees or
Dates Attended - - -- - - -- - -- - - Credits Earned - -- - - -- -- - - - -
Professional Experiences
Position - - -- - - -- - --
Employer
Location _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ _ __ _ _ __ _ __ Dates _ _ _ _ _ __ _
Position - - - - - - - - - - - Employer - - -- -- - - - -- -- - - -- - -- - Location _ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Dates _ _ _ _ __ __
Position - -- - -- - -- - Employer
Location _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ _ _ Dates _ _ _ __ __ _
Forthcoming Recommendations
Please have your supervisor and a co-worker send recommendations (please use the forms
available from the Graduate Program Office) on your behalf to the Graduate Program Office.
List the people writing recommendations below:
Title
Name
Organization/Institution
Transcripts
Have you requested that your post-secondary transcripts be sent to the
Graduate Program Office?
YesD
NoD
Test Scores
Have you taken the Miller Analogies Test (MAT) and requested that the
scores be sent to the Graduate Program Office?
YesD
NoO
Written Statement
Are you enclosing your written statement with this application?
Yes D
NoO
Financial Aid
Do you wish to apply for financial aid?
Yes D
NoO
Date I plan to take the MAT - - - -- -- - - -- -- - - -- -
To the best of my knowledge the above information is true and complete.
Date
Signature
Please send this completed application, along with a non-refundable application fee of $25, to Graduate
Program Office, Augsburg College, 73121st Avenue South, Minneaplis, MN 55454.
Augsburg Collegu
-4 J
-root-i vation, Acnievement or iefnta ti on
5) Flexibility, Adaptability
-
-
-
-
-
i
l
j
4
~
b
- - - - - - - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6
6) Creativity, Innovativeness - - - - - - - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6
7) Tolerance of Individual Differences
- - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6
8) Broad World View (beyond organization) - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6
9) Overall Potential for Leadership - - - - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6
Please send this checklist and your letter of recommendation to
the Graduate Program Off ice at the address on the reverse side of
this sheet.
Signature of person writing recommendation
Position
Date
Organization
To the writer of this recommendation: Thank you for your
willingness to-Provide information to the Augsburg College
Graduate Admissions Committee. Please fill out the
checklist on the reverse side of this sheet and then in a
letter expand on your evaluation of the applicant's
potential for graduate study and for assuming more advanced
leadership positions. Include in your letter how long you
have known the applicant and in what capacities. Please
mail the checklist and your letter directly to the Graduate
Program Office at the following address. Thank you.
Graduate Program Off ice
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
"t J
1'1U LJ.. VC1 LJ..UU r
l"\\,;UJ..'CV'Clm:::u1..
V.L .Ll:::Ul..C.1...LVU
5) Flexibility, Adaptability
-
-
-
-
-
.L
'
j
~
J
u
- - - - - - - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6
6) Creativity, Innovativeness - - - - - - - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6
7) Tolerance of Individual Differences
- - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6
8) Broad World View (beyond organization) - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6
9) Overall Potential for Leadership - - - - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6
Please send this checklist and your letter of recommendation to
the Graduate Program Off ice at the address on the reverse side of
this sheet.
Signature of person writing recommendation
Position
Date
Organization
To the writer of this recommendation: Thank you for your
willingness to-Provide information to the Augsburg College
Graduate Admissions Comrnittee. Please fill out the
checklist on the reverse side of this sheet and then in a
letter expand on your evaluation of the applicant's
potential for graduate study and for assuming more advanced
leadership positions. Include in your letter how long you
have known the applicant and in what capacities. Please
mail the checklist and your letter directly to the Graduate
Program Office at the following address. Thank you.
Graduate Program Off ice
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Show less
Weekend College
1989-1990 Calendar
1989 Fall
Trimester
Sept 15-17
Sept 17
4
2-4
5-7
7
April 6-8
April 8
Last day to change
Oct 22
Feb
11
May 20
grade option Last day to withdraw
from class
Nov 19
Mar 11
June 3
Classes end
Dec 3
Mar 25
June 17
Final exams
Dec 8-10
Mar 30Au... Show more
Weekend College
1989-1990 Calendar
1989 Fall
Trimester
Sept 15-17
Sept 17
4
2-4
5-7
7
April 6-8
April 8
Last day to change
Oct 22
Feb
11
May 20
grade option Last day to withdraw
from class
Nov 19
Mar 11
June 3
Classes end
Dec 3
Mar 25
June 17
Final exams
Dec 8-10
Mar 30Auril 1
June 22-24
Final grades due
Dec 18
Sept 15-17
Sept 29-Oct 1
Oct 13-15
Oct 20-22
Nov 3-5
Nov 17-19
Dec 1-3
Dec 8-10
April
Jan
Jan
Jan
Feb
Feb
Mar
Mar
Mar
July
April
April
May
May
Jun
Jun
Jun
Classes begin
Last day to add
or drop class without
record notation
II
Classes meet
I
I
1990 Spring
Trimester
Jan
Tan
Jan
Jan
New Student Orientation Sept 9
Reeistration
Seut 9
I
1990 Winter
Trimester
9
5-7
12-14
26-28
9-11
23-25
9-11
23-25
30-Apr 1
April 5
Mar 31
2
6-8*
20-22
4-6
18-20
1-3
15-17
22-24
"Classes in SpringTrimester will be four hours in length instead of three
and one half hours. See page 28 for exact times.
Most Weekend College classes meet seven times during a trimester. It is
expected that students attend every class. If a student needs to miss one
class period, the instructor should be contacted. Some courses will meet
for the entire period on Finals Class Weekend.
Cover Art: "Desigved for the Working Mind" by Philip
Thompson, Chair, Augsburg College Art Departnzcnt.
Frequently Called Telephone Numbers
.
Weekend College Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . ,330-1782
Director, Rick Thoni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330-1640
Operations, Laurel Orthmeyer . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .330-1740
Admissions, Sylvia Stasiukonis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,330-1792
Data Entry, Robin Sanderson . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . ,330-1652
Secretary, Debbie Olin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330-1782
Enrollment, Deidre Middleton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330-1777
.
.
.
Other Campus Numbers:
Bookstore, College Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1122
Business Office, Science Hall
Cashier: 8:30 a.m.-4:00 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330-1028
Billing: 8:00 a.m.-4:30 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330-1790
Education Department. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,330-1130
Financial Aid Office, Science Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1046
Counseling and Career Planning, Memorial Hall. . . . . . . . . . . . .330-1162
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,. . . . . , . 330-1017
Nursing Department . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. , .. . . . . 330-1209
Registrar (Transcripts, Grades) Science Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,330-1036
General Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . , . . .330-1000
.
Weekend College Office Hours:
Monday-Friday 8:00 a.m.-4:30 p.m. (evening hours by appointment)
Office Hours on Class Weekends:
Friday - 5:30 p.m.-6:15 p.m. - Old Main 18
Saturday - 8:00 a.m.-1:30 p.m. - Old Main 18 or WEC office
Sunday - 12:30p.m.-1:30 p.m. - Old Main 18
Weekend College Office Location:
The Weekend College Office is 2222 Murphy Square, located on the
corner of 23rd Avenue and 7% Street on the Augsburg College
Campus (number 11on the map found on page 7 l ) .
This bulletin is a supplement to the Augsburg College Catalog and is
published for the convenience of Augsburg Weekend College students.
Weekend College is a program of Augsburg College and is subject to the
policies and provisions as stated in the Augsburg College Catalog.
I
I
able of Contents
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.
FREQUENTLY CALLED TELEPHONE NUMBERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR 1989-1990
Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Information Sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Characteristics of the Eductional Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .h
Student Support Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Career Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.
Tutoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
.
Veterans of Military Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.
ACADEMIC INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
DegreesandMajors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
Business Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.
Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
.
Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Tcacliing Licensure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Management Information Systems (MIS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-16
.
Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . # . . . 17
Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -18
.
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Deai-isList . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Probation and Dismissal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Grading Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Withdrawal from College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
Graduation with Distinction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 2 2
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
CLASS SCHEDULE 1989-90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 3 0
ADMISSIONS1 FINANCIAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Admissions Requirements and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
.
Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
.
Fecs and Payment Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
.
Payment Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
liefund Scliedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
ABOUT AUGSBURG COLLEGE
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
.
CAMPUS GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
CAMPUS LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
' " X",
::,
;
fp ;=3*-.+
-* ;
a
7
[. l i u ~ $ j .
eneval Information
Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College
Purpose
I
I
Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative to adults
who desire college experience but who work or have other commitments
during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a
bachelor's degree, gain skills for professional advancement, prepare for
career change, or pursue a personal interest in one or more areas of the
liberal arts.
The Adult as Student
The Augsburg Weekend College program is designed to meet the needs
and preferences of adult learners. The program is based on the
assumption that the men and women who enroll in Weekend College
will be mature, self-disciplined and well-motivated adult learners who
seek a balance of classroclm experience and individualized study. Each
course is therefore divided into periods of concentrated on-campus study
separated by time for independent study and class preparation.
Alternate Weekends
To accommodate this format for learning, classes meet on alternate
weekends for three and a half hours on either Friday evening, Saturday
morning, Saturday afternoon, or Sunday afternoon.* Each class selected
by the student involves commitment to one of these four class periods.
Weekend College students may take from one to four different courses by
attending class every other weekend.
Community of Learners
Essential to the goals of Augsburg Weekend College is participation in a
community of adult learners. Learning can be enhanced when the
student is involved in a stable community that provides opportunity and
encouragement to become involved in interaction both in and out of the
classroom. This community will be enriched by the presence of both men
and women with a variety of work and life experiences.
To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages
Weekend College students to make use of college facilities such as the
library and college center, to take the opportunity of having shared meals
and coffee breaks, to participate in optional lunchtime seminars, and to
attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presentations
and athletic events.
*Laboratory sections or additional class hours may be scheduled on evenings
during the week.
Information Sessions
Adults who are interested in Augsburg Weekend College are encouraged
to attend one of the information sessions that are scheduled throughout
the year. These information sessions are free of charge and are
approximately 2 hours in length. Please call the Weekend College Office
(330-1782)to receive further details on these information sessions or to
sign up for one of the following dates:
For Fall Trimester, 1989
5:30 PM
Saturday, June 3
Saturday, June 24
9:00 AM
9:00 AM
0
Tuesday, July 25
Thursday, August 10
For Winter Trimester 1990
Saturdav. October 14
Thursday, November 2
Saturday, November 18
For Spring Trimester, 1990
Saturday, January 27
Thursdav, Februarv 8
Saturdav. Februarv 24
For more information write or call:
Augsburg Weekend College Office
A~~gsburg
College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612 I 330-1782
FAX: 612 1330-1695
5:30 PM
5:30 PM
9:00 AM
5:30 PM
9:00 AM
9:00 AM
5:30 PM
9:00 AM
Characteristics of the Educational Program
Educational Mission
For over a century Augsburg College has emphasized intellectual freedom
in the search for knowledge. Our academic program builds on a liberal
arts foundation to help students understand the past, interpret the
present, and plan for the future.
As in the weekday program, Augsburg Weekend College offers students a
unique combination of the liberal arts disciplines and professional
education. Our goals are to help students develop the intellectual skills
and attitudes to be life-long learners, increase their competence in
selected areas of professional work, and accomplish a higher level of
personal growth.
Accreditation and Affiliations
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of
Colleges and Secondary Schools and The National Council for the
Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our
programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council
on Social Work Education and the National League for Nursing. We are a
member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran
Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council,
National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and are registered with the
Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board (HECB).
Faculty
Augsburg College prides itself on its highly qualified faculty.
Members of the faculty serve as academic advisers to students who are in
the pre-major stage of planning as well as to students in declared major
fields.
Library
Students and faculty use a carefully selected library of some 150,000
volumes plus audio-visual materials, with access to over 5,000,000
volumes through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex.
Internships
Internships on and off campus are an established part of most academic
programs, helping students make career choices and develop experience
in their chosen fields.
Student Support Services
Augsburg Weekend College provides a number of student services to
assist adults in making educational and career plans, accomplishing the
academic tasks of a college education, working on their own personal
development, and participating in activities beyond the classroom. Some
of these services are:
Academic Planning
All Augsburg Weekend College students will have access to expert
academic advising services on an on-going basis to provide for efficient,
effective planning. Students enrolling in Weekend College who have had
college experience will have their previous work evaluated early in the
admissions process.
Career Planning Services
Staff from the Career Planning and Placement Office will assist adults in
assessing their career goals and personal abilities. This service, in
combination with sound academic advising from faculty in a chosen
major field, can result in an appropriate and manageable educational and
career plan for the individual involved.
Academic Skills Center
This center exists to help students enhance their skills in the areas of
writing, reading, math, time management, and study skills. Academic
tutors in specialized course areas are also available through the center.
CounselinglSupport Groups
Individual and group activities are available to students who wish to
work on a personal growth interest or concern or who simply want to
have the experience of being in a support group of people who share
some similar characteristics andlor interests.
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans
Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about
completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other
information to the Veterans Administration. (Please refer to the Augsburg
College Catalog for more detailed information.)
American Indian Support Program
Staff from this program are available to assist students in the areas of
financial aid, admissions, academic and personal counseling.
Degrees and Majors
Augsburg Weekend College allows adults to begin a bachelor's degree
program or to continue their education after beginning at another time or
institution. It also enables adults to add a second major to an already
completed college degree. The following information outlines what is
involved in completing a degree or major in Augsburg Weekend College.
(For more detailed information regarding graduation requirements,
please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog.)
Bachelor's Degree
The bachelor's degree program in Augsburg Weekend College is
essentially the same as the weekday program. A total of 35 semester
courses are required to graduate and may be fulfilled through
combinations of transfer of previous college credit, assessment of
previous learning experience, and Weekend College courses. (Augsburg
semester courses are valued at 4 semester credits and 6 quarter credits.)
Included in the 35 total courses must be an approved major program,
eleven upper division courses, and courses selected from the following
liberal arts spectrum (transfer courses and courses taken in the major may
also be counted for distribution requirements):
One approved course from each of seven areas:
1. ArtlMusic
2. HistorylPhilosophy
3. EconomicslPolitical Science
4. English - Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts
(devoted to the study of literature)
5. Psychology 1051Sociology 121 (or the equivalent transfer course)
6. ChemistrylBiology
7. MathematicslPhysics
A course in writing (English 111)or demonstrated proficiency
Two courses or demonstrated competence in a second language
Three courses (or one course per year of study) in religious studies
One course in the area of urban concerns, women's studies, or minority
studies
In addition to the 35 total courses, a student must demonstrate
proficiency in two lifetime sports.
Majors
Augsburg Weekend College students may select from 7 separate majors,
several with a number of career concentrations. A minor is available in
each of these academic areas as well as economics, psychology, religion
and sociology.
Business Administration
This major prepares students in the areas of management, financial
accounting, finance, and marketing. To provide a combination of
applied skills and theoretical background, each of these majors is
interdisciplinary in approach, including an average of ten business
administration courses and six courses from supporting fields such as
economics, computer programming, communications, philosophy, and
mathematics. Majors in Business Administration are candidates for the
Bachelor of Arts degree.
Core Courses
All students who pursue a major in Business Administration will
complete the following core courses:
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
ECO
ECO
ECO
or
or
ECO
175
221
222
242
252
279
331
391
112
113
311
312
315
313
Computers for Business and Economics
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Accounting I1
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Financial Management
Business Law
Principles of Macroeconomics
Principles of Microeconomics
Public Finance
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Money and Banking
Intermediate Microeconomics
Accounting Concentration
Students who wish to pursue a Business Administration major with a
concentration in accounting will complete the following courses in
addition to the core:
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
or
or
322
323
324
326
423
425
Accounting Theory and Practice I
Accounting Theory and Practice I1
Managerial Cost Accounting
Tax Accounting
Auditing
Advanced Accounting
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses
from the following list:
BUS 399 Internship
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI 120 Ethics
Those planning a career in accounting are strongly encouraged to
complete the remaining courses in the 326,423 and 425 sequence.
Finance Concentration
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a
concentration in finance will complete the following courses in addition
to the core:
BUS
BUS
BUS
ECO
or
or
322
433
438
318
415
479
Accounting Theory and Practice I
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
Investment Theory
M'anagement Science
Managerial Economics
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and
Business
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses
from the following list:
BUS
BUS
BUS
ENG
PHI
324
326
399
223
120
Managerial Cost Accounting
Tax Accounting
Internship
Writing for Business and the Professions
Ethics
Management Concentration
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a
concentration in management will complete the following courses in
addition to the core:
BUS
BUS
ECO
PSY
or
SOC
340
440
318
373
Human Resource Management
Operations Management
Management Science
Organizational Psychology
349 Complex Organizations
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses
from the following list:
BUS
ENG
PHI
PSY
SOC
SOC
SOC
SPC
SPC
399
223
120
371
336
375
265
111
354
Internship
Writing for Business and the Professions
Ethics
Psychology of the Individual
Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
Social Psychology
Racial and Minority Group Relations
Public Speaking
Interpersonal Communication
Marketing Concentration
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a
concentration in marketing will complete the following courses in
addition to the core:
BUS
BUS
ECO
BUS
352
450
415
355
Marketing Research and Analysis
Marketing Management
Managerial Economics
Marketing Communication
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses
from the following list:
BUS
ENG
PHI
SPC
SPC
399
223
120
351
352
Internship
Writing for Business and the Professions
Ethics
Argumentation
Persuasion
Business Minor
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
ECO
ECO
221
242
252
331
112
113
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
Financial Management
Principles of Macroeconomics
Principles of Microeconomics
Other configurations of the Business Administration minor may be
permitted on consultation with department chairperson.
Communication
Communication is an interdisciplinary major which is broad in scope and
practical in application. The program consists of 15 courses; five in related
supporting fields such as psychology, sociology, speech, and philosophy.
Included is at least one course of internship experience in a work setting
serving the career goals of individual students. Students may focus their
lecture courses toward the development of career skills in public relations
and advertising, marketing communications, human relations, or
supervisory management. Majors in communication are candidates for
the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Required Communication Core
ENG 223,225,226 or 227: An Advanced Writing Course
SPC 342 Mass Communications in Society
SPC 351 Argumentation
or 352 Persuasion
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SPC 399 Internship
Required supporting courses:
PHI 130 Logic
PSY 105 General Psychology
SOC 121 Principles of Sociology
or 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
SOC 375 Social Psychology
SPC 111 Public Speaking
Major also includes satisfactory performance on competency tests in
writing and typing. This must be done before taking upper division
courses. A literature course may be substituted for SOC 121 or SOC 375.
Communication Electives
With the help of an academic adviser, the student will select five (5)
elective courses designed to meet additional background and skill
requirements in the career areas of public relations and advertising,
marketing communications, human relations, or supervisory
management.
The following are some of the electives recommended in each area:
Public Relations and Advertising
Students interested in the Public Relations emphasis are strongly urged
to take ENG 227 (Journalism) as part of the major.
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
ENG
ENG
PSY
SOC
SPCl
SPCl
SPCl
SPC
SPC
242 Principles of Management
252 Principles of Marketing
279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
355 Marketing Communications
226 Creative Writing
227 Journalism
373 Organizational Psychology
349 Complex Organizations
ART 132 Photography
ART 224 Publication Design
ART 2251230 Visual Communications I, 11
345 Organizational Communication
480 Public RelationslPromotional Communications
Marketing Communications
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
SPC
252
352
355
450
480
Principles of Marketing
Marketing Research and Analysis
Marketing Communications
Marketing Management
Public RelationslPromotiona1 Communications
Human Relations
PSY
PSY
SOC
SOC
SOC
SPC
SPC
SPC
SPC
373
485
231
265
349
329
345
355
480
Organizational Psychology
Counseling Psychology
Sociology of the Family
Racial and Minority Group Relations
Complex Organizations
Intercultural Communication
Organizational Communication
Small Group Communication
Public Relations Promotional Communications
Supervisory Management
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
PSY
SOC
SPC
SPC
SPC
175
242
279
340
355
440
373
349
345
355
480
Computers in Business and Economics
Principles of Management
Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Human Resource Management
Marketing Communications
Operations Management
Organizational Psychology
Complex Organizations
Organizational Communication
Small Group Communication
Public RelationslPromotional Communications
Communication Minor
Five courses approved by the department.
Education
Teaching Licensure
Teaching licensure programs are offered for Kindergarten-Elementary
and selected Secondary fields through Weekend College. Individualized
programs are worked out with an adviser in either Elementary or
Secondary education. To be admitted to the Education Department the
student will have achieved an overall 2.5 G.P.A. plus a 2.5 G.P.A. in
hislher major field. All professional courses with the exception of Clinical
Experience and Student Teaching are available in the weekend schedule.
In addition to Kindergarten-Elementary, Augsburg Weekend College
grants secondary licenses in English-Language Arts and Social Studies.
Students may also work individually on the following majors offered in
conjunction with day school: French, German, Health, Life Science,
Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), Science (grades
5-9), Spanish, Speech, Theater Arts, and in the special areas of Art (K-l2),
Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), Orchestra (K-12) and
Classroom Music (5-12), Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal and
Classroom Music (5-12), and Physical Education (K-12).
Contact an Education Department adviser for information in your field of
study and for application for admission to the Department of Education.
Students entering the licensure program in Fall, 1989 or later and want
K-6 licensure, must take EDE 375.
All students must apply for acceptance into the Education Department
and take the PPST test before beginning professional education courses
(those numbered in the 300-400 level). Any course grade below 2.0 must
be retaken.
Elementary Education
EDE 253 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting* (.5 course)
EDE 341 Media Technology (.5 course)
EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (.5 course)
EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
EDE 363 Clinical Experiences (.5 course)"
EDE 364 Interdisciplinary Studies (.25 course)
EDE 375 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten (.5 course)
EDE 376 K-El Social Studies (.25 course)
EDE 377 K-El Science (.25 course)
EDE 379 K-El Art (.25 course)
EDE 380 K-El Music (.25 course)
EDE 382 K-El Math (.5 course)
EDE 386 Children's Literature (.5 course)
EDE 387 Language Arts (.5 course)
EDE 388 K-El Health (.25 course)
EDE 389 K-El Physical Education (.25 course)
EDE 481 Student Teaching
EDE 482 Student Teaching
EDE 483 Student Teaching
EDE 484 Student Teaching
EDS 388 Human Relations (.5 course)
IlPE 114 Safety Education (.5 course)
HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5 course)
SWK 260 Humans Developing
College Level Math Course
Academic Minor or Second Major
*Field Experience Separate
Secondary Education
EDS 264 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting* (.5 course)
EDS 341 Media Technology (.5 course)
EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (.5 course)
EDS 352 Clinical Experience* (.5 course)
EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments
EDS 388 Human Relations (.5 course)
EDS 477 School and Society Seminar (.5 course)
EDS 481 Student Teaching
EDS 482 Student Teaching
EDS 483 Student Teaching
EDS 484 Student Teaching
EDS 486 Student Teaching Seminar (.5 course)
HPE 114 Safety Education (.5 course)
HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5 course)
PSY 105 General Psychology
Special Methods in Licensure Field
"Field Experience Separate
Major for Secondary Teaching Licensure in Social Studies
Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must
complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within
the Department of Education, a competency program designed to
provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Students must
complete a major in one of five fields - Economics, History, Political
Science, Psychology or Sociology (the History major is described below)
plus 7 courses (ECO 112 or 113, Human Geography, HIS 222, POL 158,
PSY 105, SOC 121 and 336). Students considering a career in social
studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg
Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator.
History Major: 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least four of these courses
must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either
survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval;
Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western.
English
Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas
and images helps us understand who we are and who we can become.
Writing helps us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us
contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through English
study we see life's complexity, experience life as some others do, and
understand better the world in which we live and work.
English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is
concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with
the contemplation of works of art. With psychology and sociology,
English is concerned with individual and group behavior. With
philosophy, English is interested in ideas and the relation between
meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering
order and determining structures. With speech and communications,
English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other
social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have
acted and thought at different times and in different cultures.
Major: 9 courses above 111, including 225; one course in American
literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and three
courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331
or 438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336, 337, 423). Majors
are encouraged to take ENG 245 early in their college work and to consult
their departmental advisor regularly. A student with a double major or
special program that involves considerable work in the English
department should also work closely with an advisor in the department.
Note: Transfer students must take at least three of their English courses
at Augsburg.
English-Language ArtsTeaching Major: 10 courses, including those listed
under the major, a course in the English language, and an internship in
the teaching of writing. One course must include a component in nonWestern literature. In addition, the ACTC courses Communications Skills
in the English Classroom and Teaching Mass Media are required.
Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are
recommended. Several of the required courses, including the internship,
are not offered on weekends. Students in this program must work with
advisers in the English Department and the Education Department in
order to meet the professional requirements within the Education
Department as well as requirements in the major.
Students in this program who are transferring from other colleges should
consult the English department chair soon after enrolling.
Minor: 5 courses above 111including one course in British literature and
one writing course above the freshman level (223, 225, 226, or 227).
Management Information Systems (MIS)
This MIS major prepares students to work in the growing field of
information management. The major combines courses and skills from
both the business and computer science majors to help students learn
about the identification, organization, analysis and processing of
information in a business setting.
MIS Majors
BUS 175 Computers for Business and Economics
BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I
BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
BUS 331 Financial Management
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
CSC 170 Structured Programming
MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics
CSC 210 Data Structure
BUS 370 Advanced Computing for Business and Economics
BUS 375 Information Systems in the Organization
BUS 475 Information Systems Analysis and Design
BUS 476 Information Systems Projects
ECO 318 Management Science
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more of the
following courses:
BUS
CSC
ENG
PHI
399
340
223
120
Internship
Digital Communications and Computer Networks
Writing for Business and the Professions
Ethics
MIS Minor
BUS
BUS
or
BUS
BUS
BUS
or
BUS
or
ECO
ECO
221
242
252
370
375
475
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
Advanced Computing for Business and Economics
Information Systems in the Organiiation
Information Systems Analysis and Design
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods
318 Management Science
113 Principles of Microeconomics
Nursing
Aupburg W ~ P ~ CCnIl~gc~
I T ~ (llfvn t i ~ ~ i s nilrsrs
l ~ ~ c~n~upper
~
divisirrn
I I L I T ~ S ~ I Itiia~or
~
as a sercmd stvp Iowarrl thr completioti (11 the Rachrlot trf
~
I ~ ~ ~ gfoi.
i iNursillg,
c
Ihis
Scicncr*dcgwe? Fully accrrciited t h National
rnnj~lris ir prr,lcssional prr>Kramthat is arrrsriblt. on weukcnds to nltrscs
\vho arc unablc tu a ttcnd cldvscd tluriilg thr wcckda)~.Classes a s
primarily scheduled on alternate weekends, but all courses in the major
may have additional class or lab hours beyond the weekend schedule.
Preparation for school nurse licensure is available.
Admissions Procedures
Admission to llic ili~rsingprogram includes lirst bcing acc~~ptcil
into
Augsburg Weekend Cr,llcgc thrrrugh t l ~ cprrxedures dcscrihed rln page
66. As candidntcr Ibr the nu.siny: nlajor, RNs m ~ ~demonstrate
st
evidence rjf tlo~npt~tion
of d n ,i~sociated r ~ ~ . (n.
e ediploma program,
current nursing pmcticc, and Minnesota lirensiit.~.Wliilc an RN may take
general ccluration cruascs and pi4ert!clui5ilecrlufics frlr the nursing major,
tingent upon:
further pnlgtvss in the major i s a111
1. SatisF{~clrrrycr?lnplctic~n
at n cnllcgc or university of the prerequisite
c.ourws: Analomy a ~ r dPh~siulugy,Microbiology, Inorganic Chemistry,
Organic or Bi~lchcmislry,English Composition, Introductory
Sncicllngy nnrl Intrrrdurtcwy I'sych(11ogy.
2. A cumulative gradepoint average of at least 2.5
3. Successful completion of testing to validate lower division nursing
knowledge.
"Graduates of the program are eligible to apply to the Minnesota Department of
Health for certification as a public health nurse.
Required Courses in the Nursing Major
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
305
306
310
311
330
350
403
404
423
427
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication*
Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing*
Community Health Nursing I*
Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum**
Trends and Issues in Nursing*
Introduction to Nursing Research*
Contemporary Nursing 111: Families*
Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management*
Practicum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family**
Practicum in Nursing 11: Leadership and Management**
*These courses may require extra class or lab sessions.
**Thesecourses require extra time and cost for clinical work.
Required Supporting Courses
PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
or
REL 483 Christian Ethics, or an approved ethics course
PSY 353 Brain and Behavior
Social Work
Accredited by the Council on Social Work Education, the Bachelor of
5ci~'nct~
iii S~iciniWork d q r r r prugmm a[ A t t g s b u ~
CofIcjie is hililt on a
qrrlid lihr~,ilarks i+ot~t~da(ir)t~,
on tlicorv-1-ascd klinirly:, an11 cln
~ . ~ n ~ t c s s kdlrr5cleri
m , ~ l ~ l'iclrl P X F P T ~ C ~ I C PAS
~ . in~rn>rtnnt,
social r+~r)l.k
vducaiion al AupI3urg is built rui an appr~ciatir~r~
for 111c nccds,
ronctlrns, and valucs of lhc i~~clividuals
atid grix~psw i r c ~constituk
loday's multi-cultt~ralsrtc.1et.y.T l i p Socta1 Work n ~ i l j t i ~A* ii ~~ g~s h ~ r j :
W~ckendCuHcjie i n c l ~ ~ dsraven
e s cr)ulnses( ~ ~ o the
r n tlcpxt~nrnlstrf
psy~trolr~gy,
bir )logv, and sircic~irlg!l. Ct)~lccnlmiions
n r r po~~i14i'
i n tlw
r~ri*as
uf aginl;, clic~niz~~l
clcpcnrlrncy, c~~mctions,
social ministries, ,~nd
youth work. Field work is an important component of the program.
Social Work Courses*
SWK 257
SWK 260
SWK 361
SWK 363
SWK 364
SWK 461
SWK 462
SWK 463
SWK 465
SWK 466
SWK 467
SWK 469
Exploring Human Services
Humans Developing
Social Response to Human Needs
Methods and Skills of Social Work
Field Work I
Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Field Work I1
Community Development and Organization
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Field Work 111(.5course)
The Social Worker as Professional
Field Work IV
Required Supporting Courses*
BIO
PSY
SOC
SOC
SOC
SOC
SOC
101
105
121
231
265
365
375
Human Biology
General Psychology
Principles of Sociology
Sociology of the Family
Racial and Minority Group Relations
Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
Social Psychology
*Students interested in Social Work should begin their program with the
required supporting courses. The professional sequence will be offered
when a sufficient number of students are ready for that portion of the
program.
Social Welfare Minor
6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative internship,
361, 463; Psychology 351 or Sociology 375; Sociology 265; and Political
Science 121 or 158 or 325, or Social Work 465.
Minors
In addition to minors offered in Business, Communication, English, MIS
and Social Welfare (listed under each respective major), Weekend College
students are able to complete minors in the following areas:
Economics Minor
ECON 112, 113, 312, 313 and one additional Upper Division course. Other
configurations may be permitted on consultation with the Department.
Psychology Minor
5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not
more than one course from 299,399 and 499 may be counted toward the
minor.
Religion Minor
5 courses approved by the department.
Sociology Minor
5 courses including 121and two upper division courses (numbered 300
and above).
Dean's List
The Deanb 1-is1 is compiIeb aftvr each scmcster, listing students whose
~ r a d point
r
a\lcr,lf;tx fcrr a scrncstcr i s 3.5 or butterAL>ascdon a minimum of
I wrl lull c t ~ ~ w c or
s , rquivalent, grilded on thc hlditirrnal ~mdiiigsystem,
with no incompletes in courses offered for credit.
Probation and Dismissal
A student will be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term if
his or her achievement is unsatisfactory. Dismissal from the College is not
automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing.
A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised to
withdraw before the end of the term. A student who has been on
probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must
have special permission to re-enroll. See Augsburg College Catalog for
complete explanation.
Grading Procedures
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final
examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types
of evaluation also are used.
Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a
4.0 to 0.0 scale or the PasslNo Credit system, in which P means a grade of
2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students
are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate
and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of Pgraded courses, or rank each as a "C." Transfer students are cautioned
that P-graded courses do not count in the requirement that 14
traditionally graded courses be earned at Augsburg in order to be
considered for graduation with distinction. See PIN limitations under
Graduation Requirements in the Augsburg College Catalog.
Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 265 is
graded only on the PIN grading system and some education courses are
graded only on the PIN system or only on the traditional system. English
111is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.01N. Some other courses are graded only P,
1.0, N. Lifetime Sports are graded P1O.O.
In courses where this is a choice, students will be graded on the
traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish
to use the PIN grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system
must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged
for any changes made after Registration.
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the course
1.5
1.0 performance below basic course standards
0.5
0.0 Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grade of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point
average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N
represents work at the 1.5 or below level.
An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme
emergency, To receive it, a student must file a petition with the
Committee on Student Standing stating the reasons for the request, the
plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor. If
permission is granted, the incomplete must be removed during the
following semester, or it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher
along with the incomplete.
Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes
last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed
by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first
term of registration. A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that
the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will
continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that
satisfactory progress is being maintained. The Registrar's Office will
automatically continue the registration in response to an X grade. A final
grade will be issued at the end of the term in whcih the work is
completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor
reserves the discretion of not giving an X where satisfactory progress is
not demonstrated. Withdrawal from college, or dropping these continued
courses will terminate their registration. Under this circumstance, a reregistration as 1X by the student would be necessary if done during
registration periods within one year of initial registration; if done after
one year a new registration would be necessary.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by
registering for Audit (V). The charge for auditing a course is listed under
Fees and Payment Schedule. Students who audit a course should confer
with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to
determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If
expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as
having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will
be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn).
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at
Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work
transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the PIN grading option
are recorded, but not computed in the GPA.
Classification
Students are classified in August and at the end of fall and winter terms.
Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points.
Junior - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points.
Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points.
Withdrawal from College
Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered,
since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of
courses or withdrawal from college must be done in the Registrar's Office.
Withdrawal from college cannot occur during final examination week
unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee.
Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are
effective as of the date the completed Withdrawal From College form is
returned to the Registrar's Office.
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude 3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA
Magna cum laude 3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA
Cum laude 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GI'A
To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have
completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at
Augsburg .
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL)
Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in
many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit
recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic programs
of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous
Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous
learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited
institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward
the completion of a bachelor's degree.
Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit
recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential
criteria: (1)it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the
Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and (2) it can be objectively
demonstratebeither.b_y_comprehensi~nex~or.~mmittee
evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by
which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit
recognition:
--
CLEP (College Level Examination Program)
Students who achieve acceptable scores in CLEP exams may receive
academic credit in Augsburg College. CLEP exams are available in a
variety of general and specific subject areas. For more information,
contact Weekend College Admissions (330-1792) or the regional CLEP
center at the University of Minnesota (624-3323).
Departmental Assessment
Students who wish to receive credit for a specific academic course and do
not have transcript evidence of completed work may request a
departmental assessment of previous learning. This will most often
include an examination that covers the essential components of the
course involved. For more information, contact the Registrar's Office
(330-1036).
CAP (Credit Assessment Process)
This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee
completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the
student. Informal meetings and consultation are provided for students
who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit
assessment. Students may apply for CAP after completing at least four
courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative GPA of
at least 2.5. For more information, contact the Registrar's Office (330-1036).
'
--
*.
I
-.
.
II
H# -,
-4
:':?,j
:. ,
lass Schedule 1989-90
Fall Trimester, 1989 Class Schedule
Friday Evening (6:OO-9:30)
BIO
185
Biology of Aging
BUS 355
Marketing Communications
BUS 242
Principles of Management
BUS 391
Business Law
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
EDE 253
Orientation to Education (9115-1113) (.5)
EDE 350
Creating Learning Environments (9116-1114) (.5)
EDE 379
K-El Art (9115-10113) (.25)
EDE 387
K-El Math (10120-1218) (.5)
EDS 264
Orientation to Education (9115-1113)(.5)
EDS 353
Creating Learning Environments
EDS 350
Reading in the Content Areas (9115-1113) (.5)
ENG 272
European Literature: Renaissance to Modern
MAT 131
Math for the Liberal Arts*
NUR 305
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication*
PHY 101
Astronomy*
REL
111
Introduction to Theology
SOC 265
Racial and Minority Group Relations
SPC
345
Organizational Communication
SWK 260
Humans Developing
Saturday Morning (8:30-1200)
BIO
103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
BUS 175
Computers for Business and Economics
BUS 221
Principles of Accounting I
BUS 222
Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242
Principles of Management
BUS 324
Managerial Cost Accounting
BUS 362
International Business
CHM 109
General Chemistry*
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
EDE 363
Clinical Experience* (.5)
EDE 376
K-El Social Studies (10121-11118)(.25)
EDE
377
K-El Science (9116-10114)(.25)
EDE 388
K-El Health (9116-10114)(.25)
EDS 352
Clinical Experience* (.5)
ENG 227
Journalism*
ENG 438
Shakespeare
MAT 124
Calculus I*
MUS 130
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
NUR 403
Contemporary Nursing 111: Families
PHI
110
Introduction to Philosophy
POL 342
Mass Communications in Society
REL
221
Biblical Studies
SOC 121
Principles of Sociology
SPC
111
Public Speaking
SPC 352
Persuasion
Saturday Afternoon (1:15-4:45)
ART 240
Art History Survey
BUS 221
Principles of Accounting I
BUS 252
Principles of Marketing
BUS 322
Accounting Theory and Practice I
BUS 391
Business Law
CSC 170
Structured IJrogramming
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
EDE
34'1
Media Teclinology (9116-1114) (.5)
EDE
380
K-El Music (11118-1219)(.25)
EDE
386
Children's Literature (9116-1114) (.5)
EDS 341
Media Technology (9116-1114)(.5)
ENG 111
Effective Writing*
ENG 225
Iiitermediate Expository Writing*
ENG 245
Introduction to Literature
HIS
222
U.S. History Since 1877
HPE 114
Safety Education (EIS) (9110-1115) (.5)
MAT 103
Basic Mathematics*
MAT 104
Intermediate Algebra*
NUR 423
Practicum in Nursing I1 * **
PHI
130
Logic *
PSY
105
General Psychology
PSY
355
Brain and Behavior
REL
441
Feminism and Christianity
SPA
111
Beginning Spanish I*
SOC 336
Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
SPC
354
Interpersonal Communication
SWK 361
Social Response to Human Needs
Sunday Afternoon (1:15-4:45)
ART
132
Photography
BUS
175
Computers in Business and Economics
BUS 279
Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
BUS 252
Principles of Marketing
BUS 331
Financial Management
BUS 375
Information Systems in the Organization
BUS 423
Auditing
EDE
351
Techniques for Teaching Reading
EDE
364
Interdisciplinary Studies (10122-1119)(.25)
EDE
389
K-El Physical Education (9117-10115)(.25)
EDS
364
English Methods
EDS
366
Foreign Language Methods (9117-1115) (.5)
Effective Writing"
ENG 111
A Tale of Twin Cities: Minneapolis & St. Paul, 1883-1988
HIS
331
HPE 115
Chemical Dependency (10122-12110)(.5)
REL
356
History of Religions
SPA
111
Beginning Spanish I*
Student TeachingM
Student teaching courses in elementary and secondary education are
available during fall trimester. The Student Teaching Seminar (EDS 486)
is available on an arranged basis.
-
Lifetime
Sports
HPE 002
Lifetime Sports: Racket sports (TBA)
*Extra class or lab sessions required.
""Additional clinical fee required.
Winter Trimester, 1990 Class Schedule
Friday Evening (6:OO-9:30)
ART 224
Publication Design
BUS 242
Principles of Management
BUS 252
Principles of Marketing
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
EDE 253
Orientation to Education (115-2123)(.5)
EDS 264
Orientation to Education (115-2123) (.5)
EDE 351
Techniques of Teaching Reading
EDE
387
K-El Language Arts (115-2123) (.5)
EDE
388
K-El Health (319-3130) (.25)
EDS 350
Reading in Content Areas (115-2123)(.5)
ENG 111
Effective Writing*
ENG 261
Modern Fiction
MAT 131
Math for the Liberal Arts*
NUR 306
Contemp. Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing*
PHY 106
Introductory Meteorology
PSY
105
General Psychology
PSY
373
Organizational Psychology
World Justice and Hunger: Developing a New World View
REL
263
SOC 265
Racial and Minority Group Relations
SPC 354
Interpersonal Communication
Saturday Morning (Classes meet 8:30-1200)
BIO
101
Human Biology
BUS 221
Principles of Accounting I
BUS 222
Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 279
Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
BUS 340
Human Resource Management
BUS 352
Marketing Research and Analysis
BUS 391
Business Law
BUS 433
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
CHM 110
Organic and Biological Chemistry*
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
EDE
341
Media Technology (116-2124) (.5)
EDE
363
Clinical Experience* ( . 5 )
EDE
379
K-El Art (116-1127)(.25)
EDE 382
K-El Math (116-2124)(.5)
EDE 389
K-El Physical Education (3110-3131) (.25)
EDS 341
Media Technology (116-212) (.5)
EDS 352
Clinical Experience* (.5)
ENG 111
Effective Writing*
ENG 337
British Literature: Romantic and Victorian
MAT 104
Intermediate Algebra*
MAT 125
Calculus 11*
NUR 310
Community Health I*
NUR 404
Contemporary Nursing IV*
POL 342
Mass Communications in Society
REL
345
The Lutheran Heritage
SOC 375
Social Psychology*
SPC
111
Public Speaking
SWK 363
Basic Methods and Skills
- -
I
I
I
I
--
Saturday Afternoon (1:E-4:45)
ART
102
Environmental Aesthetics
BUS
175
Computers for Business and Economics
BUS 222
Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 252
Principles of Marketing
BUS 323
Accounting Theory and Practice I1
BUS 331
Financial Management
BUS 465
International Management
BUS 479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 415
Managerial Economics
EDE
350
Creating Learning Environments (2110-3130)(.5)
EDE
377
K-El Science (116, 1113, *213 a.m.) (.25)
EDE
386
Children's Literature (2110-3130)( . 5 )
EDS
353
Creating Learning Environments
EDS
477
School and Society (116-2124)(.5)
ENG 223
Writing for Business & the Professions*
ENG 250
American Literature to 1920
HIS
103
The Modern World
MAT 122
Calculus for Social and Behavioral Sciences*
Discrete Mathematics*
MAT In
PHI
380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
PSY
485
Counseling Psychology
REL
360
Religion and Society
SOC 121
Principles of Sociology
SPA
112
Beginning Spanish 11*
SPC 352
Persuasion
SWK 364
Field Work I
Sunday Afternoon (1:E-4:45)
ART
118
Painting I
BUS 242
Principles of Management
BUS 326
Tax Accounting
BUS 440
Operations Management
BUS 475
Information Systems Analysis & Design
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 315
Money and Banking
EDE
364
Interdisciplinary Studies (3111-411)(.25)
EDE
376
K-El Social Studies (117-1128)(.25)
EDE
380
K-El Music (117-1128)(.25)
FRE
111
Beginning French I*
Beginning German I*
GER 111
HPE 353
Kinesiology and Physiology of Exercise
HPE 115
Chemical Dependency Education (EIS) (1128-3125)(.5)
REL
354
Life of the Church in the City
SPA
112
Beginning Spanish 11*
SWK 260
Humans Developing
-
-
Student Teaching*
Student teaching courses in elementary and secondary education are
available during winter trimester. The Student Teaching Seminar (EDS
486) is available on an arranged basis.
-
Lifetime Sports
HPE 002
Beginning Aerobics (TBA)
*Extra class or lab session required.
**Additionalclinical fee required.
Spring Trimester, 1990 Class Schedule
Friday Evening (6:OO-10:OO)
BUS 242
Principles of Management
BUS 252
Principles of Marketing
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
EDE
253
Orientation to Education (418-5120) (.5)
Creating Learning Environments (5119-6123)(.5)
EDE
380
K-El Music (611-6122) (.25)
EDE
382
K-El Math (514-6115) (.5)
EDS 264
Orientation to Education (418-5120) (.5)
EDS 363
Creating Learning Environments
ENG 111
Effective Writing*
ENG 282
Topics
HPE 114
Safety Education (EIS) (416-5118) (.5)
INS
233
Women: A Cross Cultural Perspective
MAT 131
Math for the Liberal Arts*
MUS 130
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
PHY 103
Physics for the Life Sciences*
111
Introduction to Theology
REL
SOC 121
Principles of Sociology
SPC 480
Public RelationslPromotiona1 Communications
Saturday Morning (Classes meet 8:OO-1200)
BIO
108
Microbiology*
BUS 279
Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
BUS 391
Business Law
BUS 466
International Marketing
CHM 100
Chemistry for Changing Times
CSC 145
Computing for the Liberal Arts
CSC 352
Database Management and Design
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 318
Management Science
Media Technology (417-5119)(.5)
Techniques for Teaching Reading
EDE
377
K-El Science (612-6123) (.25)
Media Technology (417.5119) (.5)
EDS
Effective Writing*
ENG
Introduction to Creative Writing*
ENG
American Literature Since 1920
ENG
Topics in World History
HIS
Chemical Dependency (417-5119)(.5)
HPE
Elementary Functions*
MAT
Community Health Nursing 11* **
NUR
Practicum in Nursing 11: Learning & Management* **
NUR
Ethics
PHI
Christian Ethics
REL
Social Psychology
soc
Argumentation
SPC
Advanced Methods and Skills
SWK
%
&=
Saturday Afternoon (1:OO-5:OO)
BIO
231
Biology of Women
BUS 221
Principles of Accounting I
BUS 222
Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 252
Principles of Marketing
BUS 331
Financial Management
BUS 370
Advanced Personal Computing
BUS 425
Advanced Accounting
BUS 438
Investments
BUS 450
Marketing Management
CSC 210
Data Structures
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 414
Welfare Economics
EDE
363
Clinical Experience* (.5)
EDE
386
Children's Literature (417-612)(.5)
EDE
388
K-El Health (417-515) (.25)
EDS 352
Clinical Experience* (.5)
EDS 477
School and Society (417-612)(.5)
ENG 327
Advanced Journalism*
HPE 482
Coaching Theory of Sport
NUR 330
Trends and Issues in Nursing*
PHI
130
Logic
POL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
PSY
105
General Psychology
REL
369
Religious Imagination in Modern Literature
SOC 349
Complex Organizations
SPC
360
Interpretive Reading
SPC
355
Small Group Communication
SWK 462
Field Work I1
Sunday Afternoon (1:OO-5:OO)
ART
250
Ceramics I
BUS
175
Computers for Business and Economics
BUS 242
Principles of Management
BUS 340
Human Resource Management
BUS 476
Structure Systems Analysis and Design
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
EDTi
3h3
Interdisciplinary Studies (418-516) (.25)
K-El Art (613-6124) (.25)
1.1 11:
.37
K-El Language Arts (5120-6124) (.5)
EDE
389
K-El Ph$icay~ducation (418-518)(125)
EDS 375
Social Studies Methods (418-5120) (.5)
FRE
112
Beginning French 11*
GER 112
Beginning German 11*
HPE 475
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (.50)
REL
215
Archeology and the Bible
SOC 265
Racial and Minority Group Relations
SOC 365
Quantitative Methods & Program Evaluation
Student Teachingc*
Student teaching courses in elementary education are available during
spring trimester. The Student Teaching Seminar (EDS 486) is available on
an arranged basis.
*Extra class or lab sessions required.
**Additionalclinical fee required.
>
T p ' o u r s e Descriptions
5.
-
ART 102
Environmental Aesthetics
Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the
visual content of experience in the environment leading
toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group
projects exploring design problems in representation,
symbolism and abstraction.
Distribution: Urban Concerns
ART 106
Calligraphy
Study of the art and craft of calligraphy. Development of
calligraphic skills in pen and brush with ink and paint.
Distribution: ArtlMusic
ART 107
Drawing
Drawing in graphite pencils, pens, and pastel pencils.
Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and
exteriors and experimental work.
Distribution: ArtlMusic
ART 118
Painting I
Introduction to painting media and techniques in acrylic
and oil.
Distribution: ArtlMusic
ART 132
Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression
with attention to black and white photography process. Need
access to 35mm single lens reflex camera (materials will cost
$125-150).
Distribution: ArtlMusic
Major: Elective in Public RelationslAdvertising Major
ARTISPC
224
Publication Design
An introduction to traditional design concerns and
procedures related to publication design as well as design for
desktop publishing. Theory and practice of coordinating
visual images and typography with content in publications.
Study of design in magazines, newspapers, newsletters,
books, and miscellaneous publications. Students design and
produce a publication as a group project.
Major: Elective in Public RelationslAdvertising major
ART 225
Visual Communications I
The theory and practice of visual perception and
communication using elements such as color, line, shape,
type, and pictoral images. Emphasis wil be placed on the
creative thought process.
Distribution: ArtlMusic
Major: Elective in Public RelationslAdvertising Major
I
I
I
I
I
I
ART 240
Art History Survey
A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes
reading, research, viewing of slides, and visits to museums.
Distribution: ArtlMusic
ART 250
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis
on handbuilding and glazing.
Distribution: ArtlMusic
ART 352
Women's Art History
A study of the place of women in the history of the visual
arts - as artists, as subjects, and as patrons.
Distribution: ArtlMusic, Urban ConcernslMinority Studies,
(upper division)
BIO 101
Human Biology
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of
view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes
man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a
niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on
the environment? What influence does the environment,
especially the urban environment, have on man? (A student
may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to
the major or minor.)
Distribution: Biology
Major: Required supporting course in Social Work
BIO 103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course in the structure and function of the
human body. Lecture and laboratory. (A student may not
receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the
major or minor.)
Distribution: ChemistrylBiology
Major: Required prerequisite for BSN majorlCoaching Endorsement
BIO 105
Biology and Society
What are some of the biologically-based problems with
which our society must deal? What threats are posed by
pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food,
water and non-renewable resources? What are the
implications of genetic research, scientific racism,
sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of health care?
(Does not apply to the major or minor.)
Distribution: Biology or Urban Concerns
BIO 108
Microbiology
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications
of microbiology to the field of medicine and sanitation. For
student nurses, health majors or consent of the instructor.
(Prereq: CHM 110 or consent of instructor. Does not apply to
major or minor.)
Distribution: Biology
Major: Prerequisite for the BSN major
BIO 185
The Biology of Aging
At some time or another in our lives most of us will either
directly experience aging or be influenced by people
undergoing age-related changes. This course will concentrate
on the biological aspects of such changes.
Distribution: ChemistrylBiology
BIO 231
The Biology of Women
The objective of this course is to provide a basic
understanding of the structure and functioning of the female
human organism as well as to evaluate misconceptions about
women that have arisen in the history of biology.
Distribution: ChemistryIBiology or Women & Minority
Studies
BUS 175
Computers for Business and Economics
An introduction to computerized data processing. Learn a
higher-level language (BASIC). Learn about computerized
spreadsheets (LOTUS) and data bases (DBASE). Learn
about word processing and computerized business
graphics. (Prereq.: Math Placement Group I1 or high school
algebra)
Major: Required in Business Administration core and MIS
major; elective in Supervisory Management major
BUS 221
Principles of Accounting I
~ntrodictionto business activities, basic concepts, and
fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and
preparation of financial statements.
Major: Required for Business Administration and MIS
major
BUS 222
Principles of Accounting I1
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and
fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and
controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral
considerations. (Prereq: BUS 221)
Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS
major
BUS 242
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization,
staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority,
accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the
professional manager.
Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS
major, elective in Public RelationslAdvertising and
Supervisory Management majors in Communication
BUS 252
Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing.
Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and
technological factors as they affect product, promotion,
marketing channel and pricing decisions.
Major: Required in the Business Administration core,
elective in Public RelationslAdvertising and Marketing
Communications major
BUSlECO Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
279
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive
measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference
and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied
problems in business and economics. (Prereq: Math
Placement I11 or a grade of 2.0 or better in MAT 104)
Major: Required in the Business Administration core and
MIS major
BUS 322
Accounting Theory & Practice I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial
statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus
account, current and long- term assets. (Prereq: BUS 222,
ECO 113)
Major: Required in the Accounting and Finance majors
(upper division)
BUS 323
Accounting Theory and Practice I1
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments,
tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved,
actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income
determination considering price level changes. (Prereq:
BUS 322)
Major: Required in the Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 324
Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic
activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as
well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq:
BUS 222,242, 252,279 or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in the Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 326
Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of federal
income taxes for individuals and various forms of business
enterprises. (Prereq: BUS 221, 331, ECO 112, 113, or consent
of instructor)
Major: One of a choice of 3 required courses in the
Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 331
Financial Management
Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of funds
within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term
funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend
policy, and related topics. (Prereq: BUS 222, ECO 113)
Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS
major (upper division)
BUS 340
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization
of human resources, desirable working relationships;
effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm
and society. (Prereq: BUS 242)
Major: Required for Business Management major, elective
in Supervisory Management major (upper division)
BUS 352
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing
management; research methodology; marketing research
results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in
marketing. (Prereq: BUS 252, 279, ECO 113, or consent of
instructor)
Major: Required in the Marketing major and an elective in
the Marketing Communications major (upper division)
BUS 355
Marketing Communications
A look at the communications aspects of marketing- by
.
integrating advertising, public relations, sales promotion,
and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix.
Emphasis will be placed on the design and evaluation of
marketing communications programs, particularly
advertising; selection of media; copy-creative effort;
a d v e r t i ~ e r ~ a g e relationship;
nc~
management of the
personal selling function including salesforce selection,
compensation, territorial design, and performance
appraisal. (Prereq: BUS 252)
Major: Required in the Marketing major, elective in
Marketing Communication major, Public
RelationslAdvertising major, or Supervisory Management
(upper division)
BUS 370
Advanced Computing for Business and Economics
Current topics involving programmable spreadsheets
(LOTUS), programmable data bases (DBASE), graphics,
information retrieval using telecommunications, and other
packages (statistical analysis, project management, expert
systems, etc.). Solve common problems in economics,
finance and marketing. (Prereq: One computer course such
as BUS 175 or CSC 145, 170 or 174. Recommended BUS 279.)
Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division)
BUS 375
Information Systems in the Organization
Use of systems approach in analyzing the use of
information systems in the organization. Analyze business
needs and information requirements, identify relevant
solutions and communicate recommendations. Emphasis
on management consulting skills including written and
verbal communications.
(Prereq: Two computer courses such as BUS 175 and 370)
Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division)
BUS 391
Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable
instruments, property and business organizations under
the Uniform Commercial Code.
Major: Required for Business Administration core
(upper division)
BUS 423
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on
internal checks and control for accounting systems. (Prereq:
BUS 323)
Major: One of a choice of 3 required courses in the
Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 425
Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, governmental
accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting.
(Prereq: BUS 323)
Major: One of a choice of 3 required courses in the
Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 433
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
Advanced financial theory; a systems approach to financial
structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making,
presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case
material. (Prereq: BUS 331)
Major: Required in Finance major (upper division)
BUS 438
Investment Theory
Appraisal of the risklreturn relationships of various types of
securities from the viewpoint of both individual and
institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets
and portfolio management. (Prereq: all core courses or
consent of instructor)
Major: Required in Finance major (upper division)
BUS 440
Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of
operating functions. Examples from service industries, nonprofit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a
managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of
operations, planning operation processes, productivity
measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality,
inventory management, principles of scheduling, and
operational control information systems. (Prereq: BUS 242)
Major: Required in the Business Management major and an
elective in the Supervisory Management major
(upper division)
BUS 450
Marketing Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions;
marketing management and decision making, planning
marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing,
product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq: BUS 352)
Major: Required in the Marketing major and an elective in
the Marketing Communications major (upper division)
BUS 475
Information Systems Analysis and Design
Analyze information requirements and design systems
specifications. Utilize relational data base software to quickly
implement several system designs. Utilize project
management software to manage the life cycle process
including documentation and implementation. (Prereq: all
lower level core courses, BUS 375. Recommended: BUS 370)
Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division)
BUS 476
Information Systems Projects
Using skills developed in BUS 375 and 475, complete
information analysis and systems design for several business
situations. Utilize both case studies and actual businesses.
(Prereq: BUS 375,475. Recommended: BUS 479)
Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division)
BUSIECO Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and
479
Business
Utilizing computer packages relevant to statistical analysis.
Programming tools include spreadsheets, Minitab, SPSS and
other statistical packages. Areas of interest include statistical
descriptions, analysis of variance and statistical inference
plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo
simulations. (Prereq: BUS 175, 279, Math Placement Group
IV or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 114, 121, or 122.
Recommended: BUS 370)
Major: Required for MIS major and one of a choice of 3
required courses in the Finance major (upper division)
BUS 495
Topics: Risk Management and Insurance
A study of risk management. Emphasis on the function of (1)
determination of exposure to risk; (2) analysis or risk and
losses; (3) methods of combating risks; and (4) administration of risk insurance program. How to recognize and
evaluate the property liability and personnel risks facing a
business, a non-profit organization, a government unit, or an
individual or family. How to select and deal with an insurer.
Public policy issues such as availability of insurance are
examined to identify and evaluate the role of insurance in the
financial framework of the economy.
Major: Elective for Business Administration major
CHM 100
Chemistry for Changing Times
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very
popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a
traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science
background. Most of the problems we face are molecular in
nature. What then but chemistry can help us to understand
ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come
join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition.
This course does not apply toward the major or minor in
chemistry nor does it meet any prerequisite chemistry
requirements.
Distribution: ChemistrylBiology
CHM 109
General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Designed for students who need a survey of the
fundamentals of general, organic and biological chemistry for
careers in allied health areas such as nursing (including
Augsburg's upper division program). Open also to other
students. First term, general chemistry principles and an
introduction to organic chemistry. Will include arranged time
for laboratory work. This course does not apply toward the
major or minor in chemistry.
Distribution: Chemistry
Major: Required prerequisite for Nursing major
CHM 110
General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Continuation of Chemistry 109. Organic and biological
chemistry with special applications to human psysiological
chemistry. Will include arranged time for laboratory work.
Does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry.
Distribution: Chemistry
Major: Required for Nursing major
CSC 145
Computing for the Liberal Arts
An introduction to computers, programming, and computer
applications, as well as some of the social and philosophical
issues associated with computers. Primarily for students in
non-science areas. Does not apply toward the computer
science major or minor.
CSC 170
Structured Programming
An introduction to computer languages and algorithms.
Applications from mathematics, business, and natural
sciences. Programming in a higher level language such as
Pascal. (Prereq. : MAT 124.)
Major: Required for MIS major
CSC 210
Data Structures
Data Structures and their implementation, recursion,
searching and sorting algorithms, and continued
development of programming methods using Pascal.
(Prereq. : 170. Coreq. : MAT I n . )
Major: Required for MIS major.
CSC 240
Survey of Computer Sciences
An introduction to computer organization and structure,
assembly and machine languages, computer logic design,
number and character representations, and functions of
components of computer systems. Continued development
of structured programming concepts. (Prereq: MAT 175; or
both 170 and MAT 124 and concurrent registration in MAT
Major: Elective for MIS major
CSC 340
Digital Communications and Computer Networks
Principles and methods of data communications, distributed
processing systems, network protocols and security, and
general computer interfacing. (Prereq: CSC 240)
Major: Elective for MIS major (upper division)
CSC 352
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities,
file organization and security, including the development of
an elementary database system. (Prereq: CSC 240)
Major: Elective for MIS major (upper division)
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics; national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade,
economic growth. Application of elementary economic
theory to current economic problems. May be taken
independently of ECO 113. ECO 112 and 113 may be taken
in either order.
Distribution: EconomicslPolitical Science
Major: Required for Business Administration core
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures and income distribution.
Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
May be taken independently of ECO 112. ECO 112 and 113
may be taken in either order.
Distribution: EconomicslPolitical Science
Major: Required for Business Administration core
ECO 311
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public
expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic
activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq:
ECO 112, 113)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the
Business Administration core (upper division)
ECO 312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price
level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of
monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle.
(Prereq: ECO 112)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the
Business Administration core (upper division)
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior,
firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and
income distribution; introduction to welfare economics.
(Prereq: ECO 113)
Major: Required for Business Administration core
(upper division)
ECO 325
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems,
particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System
and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity.
Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq:
ECO 112,113)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the
Business Administration core (upper division)
ECO 318
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern
techniques of management science to prepare students to
make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is
on applications, which are taken from the areas of
transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental
protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information
systems, etc. (Prereq: ECO 313)
Major: Required for Business Management major and MIS
major and one of a choice of 3 required courses for the
Finance major, elective in Supervisory Management major
(upper division)
ECO 415
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in
business. Among the topics considered are theories and
practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost
functions, price and non-price competition, production and
cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of
relevance to management. (Prereq: ECO 313, BUS 279)
Major: Required in the Marketing major and one of a choice
of 3 required courses in the Finance major (upper division)
ECO 479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and
Business
(See under Business.)
EDE 253
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (-5course)
Study and investigation of various aspects of the teaching
profession as students evaluate their interest and suitability
for a career in teaching. Open to all students. Suggested as
first course to be taken.
Major: Required for Elementary major
EDElEDS Media Technology (.5 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
341
communication through the use of instructional technology.
Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of
effective audio-visual materials for teachingllearning
situations. Computer training will be included in this course.
Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary Education
major (upper division)
EDE 350
Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementary
(.5 course)
The study of strategies, methods, and evaluation of teaching
and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological,
sociological and neuro-scientific theories.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 351
Techniques of Teaching Reading (1.0 course)
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and
resources in the teaching of reading and the diagnosis and
correction of reading problems. Field placement requirement
included in this class.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 363
Kindergarten-Elementary Clinical Experiences (.5 course)
Includes 160 hours in-class experiences. Register for 2 seminar
sessions in addition to the 160 hours. A video tape of classroom or simulated teaching will be prepared by each student.
Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations
is required. Students must apply in the Education
Department for Clinical at least 2 months prior to date they
intend to begin Clinical. Enroll for course approximately halfway through the K-Elementary course sequence.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 364
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Interdisciplinary
Studies (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
integrating specific skill developments through various
subjects at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 375
Discovery in the World of Kindergarten (.5 course)
This class prepares the student for the unique experiences
and responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. Required for
K-6 licensure (upper division).
EDE 376
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies
(.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
social studies at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 377
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Science (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
science at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 379
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
art at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 380
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Music (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
music at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 382
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and elementary
levels. (Prereq: EDE 253 or EDS 264)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 386
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary
levels. (Prereq: EDE 253 or EDS 264)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 387
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Language Arts
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
language arts instruction at the kindergarten and elementary
levels. (Prereq: EDE 253 or EDS 264)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 388
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Health (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
health instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 389
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education
(-25course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
physical education instruction at the kindergarten and
elementary levels.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 481,
482, 483,
484
Student Teaching K, K-6, or 1-6
Students must apply to student teach at least three months
prior to date they intend to student teach. A minimum of
three courses (481,482,483) unless otherwise advised by the
department. Observing and facilitating learning at the
kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of
college and elementary school personnel. Admission into the
Education Department is required prior to student teaching
placement. Membership in one of the professional teacher
organizations is required. (Prereq: All K-Elementary
coursework satisfactorily completed or permission of
Department for exception.)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDS 264
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (-5course)
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession. Open to
all students. Suggested as one of the first courses to be taken.
Major: Required for Secondary Education major
(upper division)
EDS 350
Reading in the Content Areas (.5 course)
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and
resources to assist students in teaching reading through the
content areas.
Major: Required for Secondary Education major
(upper division)
EDS 352
Clinical Experience (.5 course)
Students must apply in the Education Department for
Clinical Experience at least 2 months prior to the date they
intend to begin Clinical Experience. Students should enroll
for course approximately half way through the Secondary
course sequence. Includes 70 hours in-school experiences,
seminars. Membership in one of the professional teacher
organizations is required.
Major: Required for Secondary Education major
(upper division)
EDS 353
Creating Learning Environments: Secondary
The study of strategies, methods, and evaluation of teaching
and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological,
sociological and neuroscientific theories.
Major: Required for Secondary Education major
(upper division)
EDS 364
English Methods (1.0 course)
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary
schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit
plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The
study of adolescent literature is included. (Prereq: EDS 264
and 353 or consent of instructor.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education English Language
Arts major (upper division)
EDS 366
Foreign Language Methods (.5 course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language
teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education Foreign Language
major (upper division)
EDS 375
Social Studies Methods (.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social studies and history in
secondary classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies
and curriculum development.
Major: Required for Secondary Education Social Studies
major (upper division)
EDS 388
Human Relations (.5 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota
for the development of interpersonal relations skills
applicable to teaching and other professional vocations.
Open to all.
Major: Required for all Elementary and Secondary Education
majors (upper division)
EDS 477
School and Society (-5course)
The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to
society. Current major issues in education will be studied.
Students should enroll as closely as possible to the same
term as their student teaching. (Prerequisite: Introduction to
Education, Creating Learning Environments and Methods in
Subject Area)
Major: Required for Secondary Education major
upper division)
EDS 481,
482,483
484
Student Teaching
Students must apply to student teach through the Education
Department at least three months prior to the date they
intend to begin student teaching. Observing and directing
learning at the secondary level under supervision of college
and secondary school personnel. A minimum of two
courses, except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical
Education majors. Membership in one of the professional
organizations is required. (Prerequisite: ALL Secondary
Education and major coursework successfully completed or
permission of the Department for an exception.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education major
(upper division)
EDS 486
Student Teaching Seminar (.5 course)
Companion course to student teaching. In-depth analysis of
teaching effectiveness and problem solving. A video tape of
classroom teaching will be prepared by each student. Membership is one of the professional teacher organizations is
required. For students who took Creating Learning
Environments as a .5 course. Enroll for this course in same
term as student teaching.
Major: Required for Secondary Education major
(upper division)
ENG 171
Effective Writing
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing critical reviews. At least one work of literature is assigned. Attention is given to increasing students'
effectiveness in choosing, organizing and developing
topics, thinking critically, and revising for clarity and style.
A Writing Lab is provided for those needing additional
help. The minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0.
Distribution: Required for graduation
ENG 209
Grow Old Along With Me
This course will focus on what poets, dramatists, and
novelists have to say about the aging process. Students will
be expected to interview older people to discover how they
feel society regards the aging.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech
ENG 223
Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed with emphasis on expository
writing skills for those preparing for business and
professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and
proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged
to use the material from their own areas of specialization.
(Prereq: ENG 111or equivalent)
Major: Recommended elective for Business Administration
major. Meets writing requirement for Communications
major. An elective for English major.
ENG 225
Intermediate Expository Writing
The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes,
which may include identification, definition, classification,
illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular
attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters
through the course's workshop format, in which students'
papers are read and discussed. (Prereq: ENG 111)
Major: Required for English major, meets writing
requirement for Communication major.
ENG 226
Introduction to Creative Writing
The purpose of this course is to introduce students to the
process of creative writing and to various genres,
emphasizing poetry and short fiction but including journal
keeping, drama, and creative prose. (Prereq: ENG 111)
Major: Meets writing requirement for Communications
major. An elective for English major.
ENG 227
Journalism
This is an introductory newswriting course. Emphasis will be
placed on writing for the print media, but students will learn
to write for radio and television as well. Students will
consider: how to recognize news, how to gather and verify
facts, and how to cover basic copy preparation and editing
practices. This includes an introduction to legal and ethical
questions faced by journalists. (Prereq: ENG 111)
Major: Required for Public Relations major, meets writing
requirement for Communications major, an elective for
English major
ENG 2401
340
The Short Story
The course will involve practice in ways of approaching
literature and will include study of the basic critical
terminology. It is an appropriate course for students who
have not yet studied literature at the college level. Effective
Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to
write with clarity.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech
Major: An elective for English major
ENG 245
Introduction to Literature
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry.
Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and
analytical skills in reading and writing about literature.
Strongly recommended for English majors and minors.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech
Major: Strongly recommended for English major
ENG 250
American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected
American writers from colonial times to the emergence of
literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's
contribution to the historical development of American literature.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech
Major: Meets American literature requirement
ENG 261
Modern Fiction
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European,
of the twentieth century. Some non-western writers will be included.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech
Major: An elective for English major
ENG 271
European Literature: Homer to Dante
A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for
example the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of
Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of
Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno
will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the
classical traditions are combined. These works will be
studied with reference to their mythological foundations,
their cultural background, their influence on later literature,
and their enduring relevance.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech
Major: Meets Western tradition requirement
ENG 272
European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period
A study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from
the medieval to the modern period, including such authors
as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech
Major: Meets Western tradition requirement
ENG 2821 Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes,
482
movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for
study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that
year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian literature,
Twentieth Century Poetry, Comedy, and Women and Fiction.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech
Major: An elective for English major
ENG 327
Advanced Journalism:Interviewing and Editing
Emphasis is placed first on interviewing and then on
organizing and writing the interview story. The second half
of the course will concentrate on editing the work of others
and learning layout and design. The course will include
workshop sessions during which students conduct
interviews and critique the interview skills of fellow students.
There will also be laboratory sessions devoted to layout and
design. (Prerequisite: ENG 227)
Major: An elective for English and Communications majors
(upper division)
ENG 331
British Literature, Chaucer to the Elizabethans
Chaucer and the medieval milieu will be studied as well as
the development of English poetry and drama in the English
Renaissance.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech
Major: Meets British literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 336
British Literature, Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers
from the metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to
the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the
major literary movements.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech
Major: Meets British literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 337
British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the nineteenth century,
emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian
prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships
among these writers and their influence on one another will
be emphasized as well as their relationship to their own age
and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and
prose.
Distribution: EnglishISpeech
Major: Meets British literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 351
American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary writers and
literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of
American society and its intricate relationship to the
literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and
symbol in modern American literature.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech, Urban Concerns
Major: Meets American literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 396
Highlights of British Literature
Works by major British authors such as Chaucer,
Shakespeare, Donne, Swift, Wordsworth, Austen, Dickens,
and Woolf.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech
Major: Meets British literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 399
Internship
The department offers on-campus internships in teaching
writing or English as a Second Language and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult the
department chairperson.
(upper division)
ENG 423
Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from its
eighteenth century beginnings up to the twentieth century.
Novels studied will be selected from the works of such
authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen,
Dickens, Bronte; Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy and Butler.
Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the
rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century
as the dominant literary form.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech
Major: Meets British literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 438
Shakespeare
Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies, histories,
tragedies - with attention to the development of
Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays
assigned for reading analysis.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech
Major: Meets British literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 499
Independent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or
consent of department chairperson. Provides directed
independent study in the area of the student's choice.
FRE 111
Beginning French
Designed to introduce the student with no previous
background in French to the language and to French culture.
The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are
taught to enable understanding and expression on a
rudimentary level.
Distribution: Foreign Language
FRE 112
Beginning French
Continuation of FRE 111.
Distribution: Foreign Language
GER 111
Beginning German
Course 111is for students with no previous background.
Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in
speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals:
ability to read extended narratives in simple German,
insights into German culture and participation in short
conversations. Laboratory materials available.
Distribution: Foreign Language
GER 112
Beginning German
Continuation of GER 111.
Distribution: Foreign Language
HIS 103
The Modern World
A study of the main currents in western civilization from the
time of Napoleon to the present.
Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy
HIS 104
The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political
power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years.
Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy
HIS 162
20th Century South Asia
This geographic area has produced the largest working
democracy in the world today; it is a startdard example for
population crisis and world hunger illustrations. This course
is designed for the student who has interest but little or no
background in non-western subjects.
Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy
HIS 222
U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day.
Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy
HIS 331
A Tale of Twin Cities: MinneapolislSt. Paul 1883-1988
A local history course using the Minneapolis-St. Paul
metropolitan area as a case study for examining large themes
and issues in U.S. urban history. Topics considered include
frontier urbanism, industrialization and economic trends,
transportation, immigration and ethnicity, urban politics and
reform. Field trips included.
Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy (upper division)
HIS 440
Topics in World History
This course will investigate topics in world history which are
not included in regular course offerings. The specific topics to
be offered will be announced prior to registration.
(upper division)
HPE 114
Health and Safety Education (.5 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and
community life. Includes information about school health
programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school
age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course.
Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary major
HPE 115
Health and Chemical Dependency Education (.5 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the
abuser. Includes information about school health programs
and prevalent health needs and problems of school age
children.
Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary major
INS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the
biological, evolutionary and historic origins of women's roles
and status in human society. Emphasis will be placed on the
comparative roles of women in different cultures. This
comparison will include such North American models as the
Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the peasant societies of
eastern Europe, Mexico, and the middle East and rural China.
Distribution: Urban ConcernslWomen's Studies
MAT 103
Basic Mathematics
A self-paced course for students needing a review of
arithmetic and transition to algebra. Topics include integers,
fractions, decimal numbers, ratios, percents, metric system,
exponents, radicals, and evaluation of algebraic expressions.
Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give
credit toward graduation. Admission only by Augsburg
Mathematics Placement Test. Meets weekly. (Prereq:
Placement Group I. PIN grading only.)
MAT 104
Intermediate Algebra
A self-paced course for students needing a review of basic
algebraic skills and concepts. Topics include operations with
polynomials and rational expressions; exponents and
radicals; solving linear and quadratic equations and
inequalities; and graphing of linear and quadratic functions.
Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give
credit toward graduation. Admission only by Augsburg
Mathematics Placement Exam. Meets weekly. (Prereq: Math
Placement Group 11. PIN grading only.)
MAT 114
Elementary Functions
A study of functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and
trigonometric. For students planning to take 124 or 174.
Students who have completed 124 or 174 may register for
credit only with consent of instructor. Meets weekly. (Prereq:
MAT 104 or Math Placement Group 111)
Distribution: MathlPhysics
Major: Strongly recommended for Business Administration
major prior to taking BUS 279
MAT 122
Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with
applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Students
who have completed 124 may not register for credit. Meets
weekly. (Prereq: MAT 104 or Placement Group 111)
Distribution: MathlPhysics
MAT 124,
125
Calculus I, I1
Differential and integral calculus, including calculus of
several variables and series, with applications primarily
from the physical sciences, integrated with topics from
plane and solid analytic geometry. Primarily for students in
mathematics or the sciences. (Prereq: 114 or Placement
Group IV for 124; 124 for 125.)
MAT 131
Math for the Liberal Arts
An examination of the interaction between the development
of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students
not intending further mathematics. (Prereq: MAT 104 or
Placement Group 111)
Distribution: MathlPhysics
MAT 171
Discrete Mathematics
Topics in discrete mathematics such as sets and logic,
combinatorics, probability, relations and functions, vectors
and matrices, boolean algebra, and graph theory. (Prereq:
114 or 121 or Placement Group IV.)
Major: Required for MIS major
MUS 130
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other
fine arts. For non-music majors.
Distribution: ArtlMusic
NOR 111
Beginning Norwegian
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking,
listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than
literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected.
Distribution: Foreign Language
NOR 112
Beginning Norwegian
Continuation of NOR 111.
Distribution: Foreign Language
NUR 305
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication
A transitional course that introduces the components of the
professional role and begins the professional socialization
process. A communicative process is emphasized as one
means by which the nurse-client relationship is negotiated.
Interactive and group theories are explored for their
applicability to changing professional roles and practice.
(Prereq. or concurrent enrollment: PSY 355)
Major: Required for nursing major (upper division)
NUR 306
Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in the
process of professional development. The function of theory
in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected nursing
conceptual models are studied and their application to
practice is examined using the nursing process format.
(Prereq: NUR 305)
Major: Required for nursing major (upper division)
NUR 310
Community Health Nursing I
This course focuses on community health delivery systems
and the practice of nursing within them. Concepts of health
are examined as they apply to current community health
problems and issues. Clinical application of course content
will involve making a health related assessment and
exploring a community health issue. Ethical issues related to
community health decision making with aggregate groups
are explored. (Prereq: NUR 330)
Major: Required for nursing major (upper division)
NUR 311
Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum**
This course provides a basis for understanding community
characteristics and cultural diversity related to health care.
The nurse's role as a generalist and as a member of the
health team is explored. This course is primarily a clinical
course. The student will demonstrate knowledge of
community health concepts in providing care to a selected
caseload of clients. (Prereq: NUR 310)
Major: Required for nursing major (upper division)
**Thiscourse involves an additional clinical fee.
NUR 330
Trends and Issues in Nursing
This course is designed to investigate the current
responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary
economic, social, political and professional trends and
issues are explored in relation to their implications for
nursing practice. (Prereq: NUR 306, REL 483 or PHI 380, or
concurrent enrollment)
Major: Required for nursing major (upper division)
NUR 350
Introduction to Nursing Research
The research process and methods appropriate to nursing
are the focus of this course. Issues of ethics in nursing
research are explored. Students critique nursing research
for its applicability to nursing practice. (Prereq: NUR 330,
may be taken concurrently with NUR 310)
Major: Required for nursing major (upper division)
NUR 403
Contemporary Nursing 111: Families
This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursing
care. Content includes family as a primary group and family
dynamics in light of situational and developmental events.
Consideration is given to the role of the nurse in family
health care. (Prereq: NUR 311, NUR 350, may be taken prior
or concurrently with NUR 423)
Major: Required for nursing major (upper division)
NUR 404
Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management
This course provides a theoretical basis for leadership and
management as emerging professional nurse roles.
Concepts of change, conflict, communication, and system
dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy
provide the basis for role development and professionalism.
(Prereq: 403)
Major: Required for nursing major (upper division)
NUR 423
Practicum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family**
A clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to
apply content from 403 in providing complex nursing care
to families in a selected practice setting. (Prereq: NUR 403 or
concurrent enrollment)
Major: Required for nursing major (upper division)
**This course involves an additional clinical fee
NUR 427
Practicum in Nursing 11: Leadership and Managementx*
This clinical practicum utilizes knowledge and skills from
404. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership and
management theory in a selected agency setting. (Prereq:
NUR 404 or concurrent enrollment)
Major: Required for nursing major (upper division)
**Thiscourse involves an additional clinical fee
NUR 432
Topics in Nursing
A course designed to provide in-depth exploration of
selected topics in nursing. The subjects studied will vary
depending upon the needs and interests of the faculty and
students. (Prereq: Senior standing or consent of instructor.
O n demand.)
NUR 499
Independent Study
This learning experience provides the opportunity for the
student to study a selected topic or issue in depth. Students
consult with faculty and submit written study proposals,
objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to registration.
PHI 110
Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Method
Though each person has his or her own set of ideas and
beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or
evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One
reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills.
Another is that they may have had little opportunity to
examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture.
The purpose of this course is to provide the student with
some experience in examining ideas, and thereby to
sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate
and construct a system of ideas and beliefs.
Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy
PHI 120
Ethics
Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn
it as wrong. Why do you think it is right? Because you like
it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or
wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible
grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral
judgements about personal and social issues resulting
from them.
Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy
Major: Recommended elective in Business Administration
major
PHI 130
Logic
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you
must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does
a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we
examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work
to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound
arguments.
Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy
Major: Required supporting course for Communication
major
PHI 380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in
the areas of health care and delivery, human
experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the
dying and euthanasia.
Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy
Major: PHI 380 or REL 483 required for Nursing major
(upper division)
PHY 101
Astronomy
A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and
galaxies that requires elementary algebra. The necessary
optical instruments are explained and use is made of a
12-inch reflecting telescope, and eight-inch Celestron, and a
3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (Prereq: Math
Placement Group 11)
Distribution: MathlPhysics
PHY 103
Physics for the Life Sciences
An introductory course in which the applications, problems
and experiments are selected not only to illustrate
fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the
relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is
designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical
education (therapy programs), medical technology and
other health science programs. The course is also a very
suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal
arts student. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 111)
Distribution: MathlPhysics
PHY 106
Introductory Meteorology
A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a
working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric
science. Attention will be given to four basic areas:
observing the weather (including state of the art
instrumentation), understanding weather patterns,
forecasting weather changes and understanding the world's
climate. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11)
Distribution: MathlPhysics
PHY 111
Physics, Computers, and Society
A study of the historical development of selected topics in
physical science. Attention willbe given to the interaction of
physics and its associated technology with philosophy,
religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and
digital electronics will lead-up to discussion of the meaning
oftwentieth century physicsBnd of the role of electronics
and computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be
used extensively in the laboratory. (Prereq: Math Placement
Group 11)
Distribution: MathlPhysics
POL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and
decision making process with some comparison of major
political systems and discussion of contemporary issues.
Distribution: Urban Concerns
POL 160
World Politics
Introduction to the processes of international politics,
including the dynamics of the international system, theories
of international relations, and a focus on recent problems.
Distribution: EconomicslPolitical Science
POL 170
Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of
law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and
juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law;
law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
Distribution: EconomicslPolitical Science
POLISPC Mass Communications in Society
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the
342
uses and control of mass media for political and social
purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking,
entertainment and public affairs programming.
Distribution: Urban Concerns or EconomicslPolitical Science
Major: Required for the Communication major
(upper division)
POLISPC Topics in American Politics: Uses of Mass Communications
This course offers advanced study in mass communications.
421
Topics include "Comparison of World Wide Media Systems,"
"The Role of Government Regulations and Law in Shaping
American Mass Media," "The Impact of Media on American
Society, Politics, and Culture." (It is desirable to have taken
342, Mass Communications. If not, talk with instructor
before registration.)
(upper division)
PSY 105
General Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in
psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The
structure of the field of psychology, including its major subareas, is emphasized.
Distribution: PsychologylSociology
Major: Required supporting course for the Communication
majors and Social Work major, a prerequisite for advanced
courses in psychology.
PSY 355
Brain and Behavior
A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are
responsible for behavior in animals and human beings.
Major topics include: sleep and wakefulness, motivation and
emotion, learning and memory and mental disorders.
(Prereq: PSY 105 and one course in biology)
Major: Required prerequisite course for nursing major
(upper division)
PSY 356
Environment and Behavior
A study of the influence which the environment, both
natural and man-made, has on behavior. Major topics
include: overcrowding and environmental stress,
territoriality, defensible space and crime, and built
environments such as rooms, buildings and cities.
(Prereq: PSY 105)
Major: Urban Concerns (upper division)
PSY 373
Organizational Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior.
Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation
and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social
influences. (Prereq: PSY 105)
Major: Required course for Business Management major and
elective for three Communications majors (upper division)
PSY 485
Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling
process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines
for a counseling relationship. (Students with 2 or more
completed courses in Psychology will have priority in
registration. Others may be accepted if space is available
AND if they receive consent of the instructor.)
Major: Elective in the Human Relations major (upper division)
REL 111
Introduction to Theology
Ail introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to
the dialogue between the church and the world which
concerns Christian doctrine.
Distribution: Religion
REL 215
Archaeology and the Bible
Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical
archaeology, and review of some current findings.
Distribution: Religion
REL 221
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical
documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of
Israel and the emergence of the church.
Distribution: Religion
REL 263
World Justice and Hunger: Developing a New World View
The course will survey the most recent reports and analysis
of the current holocaust of global hunger including the root
causes, the interconnectedness of other issues, the biblical
mandate and the role of justice education. Attitudes toward
poverty and wealth, justice and charity, oppression and
liberation will be discussed. The purpose will be to build
greater global awareness, become sensitized to ethical
choices, energize us for action and responsible living, and
explore pedagogical principles for social justice.
Distribution: Religion
REL 353
Denominations and Religious Groups in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major
denominations and religious groups. Some contemporary
cultic movements will also be considered.
Distribution: Religion (upper division)
REL 356
History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions
of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism,
Taoism, Shinto and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion
of primary documents from these religious communities.
Distribution: Religion (upper division)
REL 360
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in
terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on
contemporary sociological research on religious movements
in American society.
Distribution: Religion (upper division)
REL 363
Religion in America
A study of the development of religion in America. Special
attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism,
denominations and the responses of religion to the
challenges of its environing culture.
Distribution: Religion (upper division)
REL 445
The Bible, Language and Interpretation
A study of the use and function of language in the Bible.
The importance of recognizing the varied character of
language for understanding the biblical text.
Distribution: Religion (upper division)
REL 475
Judaism
A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old
Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed
upon the religious development. A special interest in such
modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish
Chataqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg
College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered in
the religion department.
Distribution: Religion (upper division)
REL 481
Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian
theological thought today, as seen from the systematic
perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of
the Christian Church.
Distribution: Religion (upper division)
REL 483
Christian Ethics
The basis of Christian social responsibility, in terms of
theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on
developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection
upon moral action.
Distribution: Religion (upper division)
Major: REL 483 or PHI 380 required for nursing major
REL 486
Psychology of Religion and Theology
A study of current psychological views of religion in the
context of the traditional Christian view of human nature.
Special attention will be given to the classics in the field by
Freud, Jung, Vikta Frankl, Ernest Becker, and to those
Christian theologians who have been influenced by them.
Distribution: Religion (upper division)
SOC 121
Principles of Sociology
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its
application to an understanding of basic aspects of society;
socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale
institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and
profession.
Distribution: Sociology
Major: Required supporting course for Communication
major and Social Work major
SOC 231
Sociology of the Family
An examination of the family as a social institution. The
relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural
context, from a sociological perspective.
Major: Required supporting course in Social Work major and
an elective in the Human Relations major
SOC 265
Racial and Minority Group Relations
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major
attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of
self-understanding. (PIN grading only)
Distribution: Minority Studies
Major: Required supporting course for Social Work major
and elective supporting course in the Business Management
major
SOC 336
Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
The concept of culture examined in anthropology and in the
way we see and live in the world. An analysis of basic
assumptions underlying the ideas of "primitive," "civilized,"
and "progress." The person's relation to culture. An analysis
of selected aspects of Western culture. (Prereq: SOC 121 or
consent of instructor)
Major: An alternative in the core of the Communication
major, recommended elective in Business Management
major (upper division)
SOC 349
Complex Organizations
There is little in contemporary American life that is not
somehow affected by organizations. This course
sociologically examines (both theoretically and empirically)
how organizations survive as entities and what life is like for
people within those organizations. Through lecture,
discussion, guest speakers, and participation we will explore
the topics of organizational goals, technology, structure and
process; as well as corporate and white collar deviance,
gender issues, and organizational change. (Prereq: Soc 121 or
permission of instructor)
Major: Recommended elective in Human Relations, Public
RelationslAdvertising, and Supervisory Management majors
(upper division)
SOC 365
Quantitative Methods and Program Evaluation
Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially
experimental designs and applications to program
evaluations. Consumer overview of methods of organizing,
comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of
data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Designed
for social work majors. Not to be taken by sociology majors.
(Prereq: Level I11 Math Placement Test.)
Major: Required in Social Work major
SOC 375
Social Psychology
An examination of the idea of "group," its relationships to
individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of
"self" and "identity" and what part they play in
understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior.
A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major
assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life - a
look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted.
"Symbolic interaction," an important orientation in social
psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major
issues in the course. (Prereq: SOC 121)
Major: Required supporting course for Communication
major and Social Work major, elective supporting course for
Business Management major (upper division)
SPA 111
Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish.
Introduction to culture of Spanish- speaking world.
Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
Distribution: Foreign Language
SPA 112
Beginning Spanish
Continuation of SPA 111.
Distribution: Foreign Language
SPC 1111
311
Public Speaking
Theory and practice of effective speaking and critical
listening. Students have the opportunity to give several
speeches and receive feedback about their performance from
the class and the instructor. The course focuses on such
topics as developing self-confidence, speech preparation and
organization, audience analysis and adaptation, effective
delivery, style and language, and critical thinking and
listening.
Major: Required supporting course for Communication
major, elective supporting course in Business Management
major
SPC 222
Introduction to Theatre
A survey of dramatic art including dramatic structure,
principles, and values with a focus on major historical
periods, plays, and artists. This class will discuss the basic
concepts of the play production process.
Major: EnglishlSpeech
SPC 224
Publication Design
See ART 224.
SPC 329
Intercultural Communication
This course will explore both the problems and the potential
of communication between persons of different cultural
groups. Factors such as ethnocentrism, stereotyping,
prejudice, role expectations, values, and non-verbal symbols
will be examined in this course.
Major: Recommended supporting course in Human
Relations major (upper division)
SPCIPOL Mass Communications in Society
(See course description under POLISPC 342)
342
SPC 345
Organizational Communication
An examination of the dynamics of communication in
organizational settings. Focuses on topics such as superiorsubordinate relationships, formal and informal
communication networks, management styles, power and
authority, motivation of employees, organizational culture,
performance appraisal, effective use of meetings, and
sources of communication problems in the workplace.
Designed to enhance communication skills of both managers
and subordinates. Students both investigate the literature on
organizational communication and attempt to apply it to
their own experiences in organizations.
Major: Elective for 3 of the Communication majors
(upper division)
SPC 351
Argumentation
Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning
in public speaking, discussion, and debates. Key objectives
include increasing skill in analyzing argumentative claims,
being able to distinguish between strong and weak
arguments, understanding test for evidence and fallacies in
reasoning, and learning to apply principles of argumentation
to contemporary public issues. Students have the
opportunity to enhance their skills in debate and discussion
and also learn to analyze and critique arguments they
encounter in their daily lives. (Prereq: SPC 111or consent of
instructor)
Major: This course or SPC 352 is required for the
Communication core (upper division)
SPC 352
Persuasion
Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes and
behavior. The course deals with a broad range of topics,
including obstacles to persuasion, cultural dimensions of
persuasion; the use of logical and psychological appeals,
empirical research in persuasion; how persuasion is used in
politics, sales, advertising, and interpersonal contexts; the
nature of mass movements and campaigns; the impact of the
mass media on persuasion; and ethical issues related to
persuasion. Students analyze persuasive messages in
contemporary society, with practical work in speech and
promotional projects. (Prereq: SPC 111 or consent of
instructor)
Major: This course or SPC 351 is required for the
Communication core, elective supporting course in
Marketing major (upper division)
SPC 354
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through
verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that
build relationships and help to overcome communication
barriers. This course combines theory and practice to help
the student understand and manage communication
problems more effectively.
Major: Required for Communication core, elective
supporting course in Business Management major
(upper division)
SPC 355
Small Group Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis
on factors related to decision-making, styles of leadership
and conflict management. This course combines lecture with
practical experience to help the student become a more
effective and productive member of a small, task-oriented
group. (Prereq: SPC 354)
Major: Recommended for supporting course in the
Business Management, Human Relations and Supervisory
Management majors (upper division)
SPC 360
Interpretive Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Study,
understanding and practice in reading prose, poetry and
drama before small and large groups.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech (upper division)
SPCIPOL Uses of Mass Communications: Advanced Topics
(See course description under POLISPC 421)
421
SPC 480
Public RelationslPromotiona1 Communication
Public Relations in the modern world of communication,
marketing and business. An overview of public relations as a
career and a survey of basic promotional communication in
profit and non-profit organizations.
Major: Elective in all Communication majors (upper division)
SWK 257
Exploring Human Services
With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 80
hours per term as a volunteer in a social agency or
institution. Opportunity to know human service
professionals, minority professionals, social service delivery
systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations.
Independent study with a term paper report and weekly
review conferences. Career exploration: open to all students.
Major: Required in the Social Work major
SWK 260
Humans Developing
This course provides the knowledge basic to an
understanding of human growth through the life cycle, and
of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and psychological
factors which influence the growth of individuals and
families in contemporary American soceity. Emphasized is
the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human
growth, the impact of the "sustaining environment" factors,
and other special stresses relevant to growth. Growth related
to populations and groups which represent ethnic andlor
life-style diversity is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstanding through use of their own experiences. Open
to all students.
Major: Required in the Social Work major and Elementary
Education Licensure.
SWK 361
Social Responses to Human Needs
This course describes the historical and contemporary
systems of human service and diversity of professionals and
client groups. The major assumptions and social movements
which have contributed to the charitable and governmental
responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest
speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq:
Junior or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 363
Methods and Skills of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations,
principles and techniques of social work interventive methods,
and practical experience necessary for social work practice with
individuals and small groups with a diversity of professionals
and client groups; development of the student's repertoire
of relationship building skills. (Prereq: SWK 361, Junior)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 364
Field Work I
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social
work agency focusing on interviewing experience and
relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small
group supportiveldiscussion seminar per week. (Prereq:
SWK 361, Junior, concurrent with SWK 363)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 461
Advanced Methods and Skills
Enlargement and refinement of practice skills recognizing
adaptations of the problem-solving model to diverse
populations through lecture, classroom exercise and regular
class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis
on development of generalist practice skills and eclectic and client
approaches with a focus on diversity of professionals populations.
Lectures andlor laboratory exercises each week.
(Prereq: 2.0 in SWK 363 and 364, candidacy status.
Concurrent with SWK 462.)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 462
Field Work I1
Progressively responsible supervised professional and social
work experience including work with individuals, families,
groups andlor communities in a social service agency. Ten
hours per week, plus one supportiveldiscussion seminar per
week. (Prereq: concurrent with SWK 461, candidacy status)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 463
Community Development and Organization
Locality development and social change through community
organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis
on: 1) survey of historical forms of community organization
and social change, 2) understanding the theories,-basic issues
and strategies relevant to social protest and change,
3) examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and
interrelationships of community organizations, and
4) knowledge of and actual practicein the essential principles
and techniques of organizing. Open to all students.
(Prereq: Senior or consent of instructor)
Distribution: Urban Concerns
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 465
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Includes the study of theories of Social Policy formulation
and methods of analysis associated with needs and services,
and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice.
Development and implementation will be viewed first hand
through work with an elected public policy maker. Readings
and analytical paper integrate class concepts with practical
experience.
(Prereq: SWK 361, 463 and senior or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 466
Field Work I11
Continuation of SWK 462. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in
SWK 461,462,463)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 467
The Social Worker as a Professional
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job
attainment, affirmative action and sexual harrassment issues,
personnel policies and practices, organizational theory, and
resource development will be studied in the course. The field
work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises.
(Prereq: Candidacy status, 2.0 in SWK 461,462,463)
SWK 469
Field Work IV
Continuation of 466. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in SWK
466, concurrent with SWK 467)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
-
~~
7
I , .
.
i
':'y*'- .
;I'I
I
,
m..,
.
d
f
.
,
,
# ,
. ,
q
p
Q.s,+,
5 . .- ,,L~m
r
.-
+:~-
2
1
dmissions and
Financial Information
Admissions Requirements and Procedures
Who May Apply
Men or women who have:
1. Graduated from high school or have earned a G.E.D. Certificate.
2. Demonstrated academic ability with satisfactory performance in high
school or previous college work.
Admissions Process
1. Complete the application form and return it along with $15.00 to the
Augsburg Weekend College Office.
2. Have official transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary
institutions sent directly to the Augsburg Weekend College Office.
Applicants with less than one year of previous college work should
include their high school transcripts or G.E.D. Certificates.
3. The Augsburg Weekend College Admissions Committee will review
the application materials and notify students regarding acceptance
and registration procedures. The Admissions Committee may request
that the student submit a personal statement or have a personal
interview with a Weekend College facultylstaff member or submit
letters of recommendation to the Committee.
4. Students who are transferring previous college work to the Weekend
College program will be informed with their acceptance notification as
to the number of courses and degree requirements that remain to be
completed for the bachelor's degree.
5. Students who wish to apply for financial aid should refer to that
section of this bulletin.
Application Deadlines
Fall Trimester 1989 - August 21, 1989
Winter Trimester 1990 - November 27 1989
Spring Trimester 1990 - March 5, 1990
Financial Aid
Company Tuition Assistance Programs
Many companies, agencies, and corporations offer full or partial tuition
assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degreeoriented college programs. Augsburg provides a payment plan by which
employees may handle tuition reimbursement.
Grants and Scholarships
Generally, the scholarships and grants are limited to students enrolled in
programs leading to the student's first undergraduate degree.
Pel1 Grant
This is a federal aid program, based on need, that is available to students
who take at least one course in Weekend College. Awards range from
$250-2200 per year.
Minnesota Part-time Student Grant Program
The State of Minnesota provides an aid program, based on need, for state
residents who take one course at Augsburg.
Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program
The Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program is available to
Minnesota residents, attending at least half-time per term, based on
financial need. Awards ranged from $100 to $3293 for 1988-89.
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian Scholarships
American Indian students who meet federal and state requirements may
apply for these scholarships. Indian grants supplement all other sources
of financial aid. For assistance in application please contact Augsburg's
American Indian Support Program Director at 330-1138 or your tribal agency.
Augsburg Tuition Grant
Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to Weekend
College students who show academic potential and have financial need.
Loan Assistance
Perkins Student Loan - Joint Augsburg College-federally funded
program administered through the College for students who
demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest accrues nor do payments
have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least
half-time. Simple interest of 5% and repayment of the principal (at the
minimum of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school (nine
months for new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may extend up to 10
years. The maximum which may be borrowed for undergraduate study
is $9000.
Stafford Student Loan - (formerly the Guaranteed Student Loan)
Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in
states which provide such programs. While the student is attending at
least half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple annual interest of 8%
on the loan balance and repayment of the principal begin six months
after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The
maximum loan is $2625 for the first two years and $4000 for the
remaining years of undergraduate study with the cumulative
undergraduate maximum of $17250. Applications are available at the
College and some banks.
SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students) - A Federal loan program.
Independent students may borrow up to $4000 per year to a maximum
of $20,000 and must be enrolled at least half-time. Variable interest rate is
set annually with a cap of 12%; payment usually begins within 60 days
after disbursement. Students must apply for financial aid.
S E L F (Student Educational Loan Fund) - A Minnesota State Loan
Program. Students may borrow up to $4,000 per year ($16,000
cumulative) as an undergraduate with a $25,000 maximum for graduate
students. ($1,000 minimum). Interest rate is variable, paid by the
borrower quarterly while in school. Principal and interest begin 12
months after leaving school. Students must apply for financial aid and
be enrolled at least half-time.
To Apply for Financial Aid
1) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to
also apply for financial aid.
2) The Financial Aid Office will send you the necessary application and
financial statement form (or you may pick them up the Financial
Aid Office, 152 Science Hall or the Weekend College Office).
3) All students transferring from any post secondary institution must
have a Financial Aid Transcript on file with Augsburg from each
previously attended institution even if you did not receive aid.
4) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines
indicated.
5) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the
deadline stated.
Fees and Payment Schedule
Application Fee (pavable once, non-refundable)
Tuition (per trimester course)
(one course 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits)
Tuition (per summer course)
(tuition charge for 1989 summer terms)
$15.00
$650.00
Activity Fee (per trimester)
Audit a Course
$7.00
$325.00
Lifetime Sports:
Fee for course
Fee for Assessment of Previous Learnine
Nursing Clinical Fee
$150.00
$450.00
$150.00
Education Clinical & Field Experience Fee
Late Fee $50.00 per day (Five working days after Registration are allowed
to complete late registrations)
Charged to any student registering after the scheduled registration date.
Late registration includes incomplete registration as defined:
a,) Unsigned Registration Form b.) Unapproved Payment Plan
Registration change after first class meeting
$5.00
(cancelladdlchange grade option, or combination at one time)
Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free)
$2.00
Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per
month on anv account with an oven balance of 30 davs or more.
Tuition is set on an annual basis payable in 3 equal installments at the
beginning of each Trimester. Registration is permitted only if the
student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg
College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student
accounts are paid in full. This also applies for student loan funds
administered by the College (Perkins Student Loan). They must be
current according to established repayment schedules.
Augsburg Offers the Following Payment Options:
1) Trimester payments in full on day of Registration.
2) Payment Plan - Upon application and after College approval, a
3-payment plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be
approved only if previous plans have been adhered to.*
3) Company Reimbursement - Full courses, or equivalent, which are
company reimbursed require a deposit of $100 per course reimbursed,
with full payment due within 45 days from the end of the term.
*A non-sufficient fund check used for payment at registration will declare
that registration invalid and could affect further credit extended by the
college.
Refund Schedule
A per course tuition refund will be made on the following basis:
(Students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's
Office in order to be eligible for the tuition refund.)
Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - 100%
(less a $75 Administrative Fee if withdrawing from current term entirely)
Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80%
Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60%
No refund after the third scheduled class meeting.
The refund schedule is effective whether or not a student has attended
classes. All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the
student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines, and deposits, etc. will be
made before eligibility for a cash refund of any resulting credit balance is
determined. Please allow two weeks for a refund.
51
hfq-n
J$v
3.
;;Tej
I
.
I
I
KgL/1h-1,
F a r m
vJ'
I
bout Augsburg College
History
Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin and
moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg College and
Seminary changed in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with
The American Lutheran Church.
Location
Augsburg's 23 acre campus is in the heart of the Twin Cities metropolitan
area, only blocks from downtown Minneapolis and the intersection of
Interstate Highways 94 and 35W. Adjacent to the campus are Fairview and
St. Mary's hospitals, the West Bank campus of the University of
Minnesota and the Mississippi River parkways.
Campus
I
Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connection between 10
of the 15 major buildings - student housing towers, College Center, main
academic and administrative halls, the Library, Music building and Foss
Center for Worship, Drama and Communication.
Accessibility
I
I
We have made a major effort to become one of the most accessible
campuses in the region. Our skyway-tunnel system lets you reach any of
10 major buildings without going outside. In addition to building
changes, we have a student-run program to increase awareness and
provide extra help for students with disabilities.
Church Affiliation
Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in Ainerica.
About 51% of the students are Lutheran, 15% other Protestant and 15%
Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations are represented among
students and faculty.
Non-Discrimination Policy
I
I
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required
by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies,
educational programs, activities, and employment practices.
Augsburg College
I
I
I
I
I
1. Admissions
2. George Sverdrup Library
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. West Hall
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. College Center
9. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
10. Music Hall
11.2222 Murphy Square
(Weekend College Office)
12. Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Stage I1 Theatre
15. Center for Global Education
16. Scandinavian Center
17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship,
Drama and Communication
18. Youth and Family Ministry
A. Admissions Parking
B. Student Parking
C. Visitor Parking
D. The Quad
E. FacultylStaff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field
H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts
Accessible Entrance
I
ampus Location
MINNEAPOLIS
To Find Augsburg
From Minneapolis
Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st
Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
From St. Paul
Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 21st
Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
Parking
All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for
student use from 4:30 pm Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are
located on 7th Street between 21st and 22nd Avenues and south of 8th
Street on 21st Avenue. Most street parking is 2 hour parking, seven days a
week. Additional parking is available in the St. Mary's Hospital ramp, or
U of M parking lots on the north side of Riverside Avenue.
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1989
......................2
Calendar ............................3
About this Catalog ..........3
Introduction
..............................3
Visiting Students .............4
Courses ..............................5
Options
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1989
......................2
Calendar ............................3
About this Catalog ..........3
Introduction
..............................3
Visiting Students .............4
Courses ..............................5
Options
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The
College followsa 4-1-4 calendar,with Fall and Spring semestersof approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is
particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ
styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in
places and ways not possible during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to
spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they
would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students
can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition
refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students
generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few
Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the
course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing.
Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select.
Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of
which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the
number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer
enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for
graduation).
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race,
creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as
required by Title IX of the 1972Educational Amendments or Section504 of
the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies,
educational programs, activities and employment practices.
For More Information
Interim Office (Memorial 230)
Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen at 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192(Memorial 114b)
Interim Calendar 1989
................................................Interim Registration
.............................................................Late Interim Registration
...........................................................................First Day of Interim
October 31-November 4
December 5
January 3
Class I 9 a.m.
Class I1 1p.m.
January 4
January 16
.................................................
Last Day for CanceYAdd
..............................................Last Day for Determining Grading
System with Registrar
January 20 ....................................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
January 27 .....................................................................................
I n t e r Ends
January 31 .....................................Validation of Spring Class Registration
................................................................
Spring Semester Begins
February 1
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning
time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for
Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time 1: 8 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will
begin at 9 a.m.)
Time 11: 1p.m. to 5 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a
special convocation on Monday, January 16, at one o-clock.
About this Catalog
The catalog lids courses by departments. Dcpartrnmts arc listcd in
alphahctical order. At Ihc end of the book are listings ;sf other courscs
not offered by Aupburg hut recognized by the collugc for Interim credit.
Furthcr descriptions and informat inn about these courses are availablc in
tlw Intcrim Office, Mcmorial230. Studcnts may also register for one of
the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of the Catalog.
Options
International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 24
international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for
International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed
near the end of this catalog.
Internships - Studcnts electing an internship n~ustprescnt a cnrnplctcd
internship learning contract to t hr In tcrnsliip Officc (Mcrnorial230) no
btcr than Tuesday, Novembcr 22. Cnnlmcl forms ary availablc in thc
same office.
Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lowerdivision 299)
for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting
responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students
choosing to pursue independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study
plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must
be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than
December 5. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the
Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other
4-14 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogsof
these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary
will help students in applyingfor registrationat other schools. Registration
for Interims at the other Twin Cities collegeswill be at Augsburg during the
regular registration period. Most coursestaught during the Interim at other
4-14 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily
be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the
January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home
institutionagrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January
term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board
costs. Other students will be charged $595 for the Interim course. Students
interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the
Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the
interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of
$10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so.
Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Courses
Art
Calligraphy
ART 106-490011306-49002
drawing skills with emgiven to the historical deements of design through
and assignments center
pecial attention given to
cia1 styles. Three original projon quality of work plus
r division students are
historical writing styles
:
er and mat board
Room: Old Main 4
Biology
Ecology of the Southwestern U.S. Deserts
BIO 113-490051313-49006
I
4
,
I
.;
Instructor: Neal Thorpe
Thiscourse willbegin with a considerationof the general characteristics of the four desertson the North Arnerian continent. Emphasis will be placed on the Sonoran Desert of southern Arizona and
California and northern Sonora, Mexico. Topics discussed will
include the p l ~siu raphy of dcwrL andsca s, desert climates,
nd animal life, and
mils, the
survival mec
ra a
a. Studies will be
conducted in southern Arizona and California, including the Arizona-Sonora Desert Museum, Saguaro National Monument, Organ Pipe CactusNational Monument,Joshua TreeNational Monument, Death Valley, the Grand Canyon, Ihe Boyce Thompson
Arboretum of the University of Arizona, and the Santa Catalina
Mountains. H
diskrk&sknied
'
.
Grades will be based on examinationsand written work. Students
taking the course to fulfill distribution requirements will be expected to acquire a general knowledge of the subjects studied and
to write a paper on a selected topic. Students taking the course for
upper division credit will be expected to probe the subjects in
greater depth and will be required to write a research paper that
will be presented orally to the class. Enrollment preference will be
given to biology majors.
I
There will be some class days on campus both before and after the
trip.
.
I
The cost will range from $600 to $750, depending upon enrollment,
and will cover airfare, ground transportation, lodging(camping),
admission fees, and meals. Initial deposit is due by November 4.
Prerequisities: Permission of Instructor; BIO 112 for 313 level
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 214
Viruses: At the Threshold of Life
BIO 116-49003
Instructor: Robert Herforth
Most biologists consider viruses to be the simplest form of life.
genes surrounded by a
n and multiply only as
eeming simplicity, some
mans are caused by vie forms of cancer. This
major discoveries on
of viruses, and their
c will also look at the
viral invasion, at the
drugs, and at some
g AIDS. Grades will
during the course.
Room: Science 213
,
Botany, Birds and Blight
BIO 117-49004
Instructor: Gloria Warner
Thiscourseoffersanopportunity for hands-on experiences in areas
of biology which may not be available to students in their regular
be as exciting and
arn various ways to
plant structure and
tification and Como
2. Studentswil
of Natural Hist
for a week at the Bell Museum
tification and a t
Grades will be based on class participation and exams.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 214
.
Business
Management Simulation Games
BUS 278-49007/37&49008
Instructor: Amin Kader
During this course, students will be grouped into teams to play a
computerized business management exercise. Each team will
control a company which manufactures and sells similarproducts.
Each team will attempt to outperform other teams by selecting
what appears to be the optimal operating strategy. This strategy
will involve setting production volume, marketing expenditures,
and selling prices and determining plant and securities investments as well as stockholders dividends.
Studcnts registering for upper division credit will be expected to
have had at Icasi one business course and to be able to apply
1
I
I
business concepts learncd.
The lower division credit is designed for students who are interested in business but who have had no academic business training.
This level will require students to rely on systematicand deductive
analysis which will allow students to discover for themselves the
relationship between the various component parts of the business
decision. The lower version of the computerized game will be used
for this group.
Prerequisite: For 378 -BUS 242 or 252,BUS 221 or 331 andECO 112
or permission of instructor
Time: I1
Room: Murpy Square 3
Entrepreneurship
BUS 295.49009
Instructor: John Cerrito
who are not majoring
for starting and running a
small business.
The student will
management
aspcts of small busincss
a business plan for ia
studies.
Business major&ay not take this course for credit.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Square 3
.
I
Chemistry
Chemistry for Changing Times
CHE 100-49010
Chemistry has beeniinlin~atclya part of liberal education for
centuries. The early sikntists were considcrd to be philosophers
and their societies wcrPp11ilowplzicr I societies. In recent decades
the human seeking of pcxsonal indcpcnduncc has led to chemistry
becoming a part of evcrychy 1i fc fo the point of actual dependence
on chemistry. We live in a korld of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics,
"the pill", food additives aiqdprocessed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chcmical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for lifc cm other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Etnoiions and mental disorders can
often be traced to chemical irnbalancc. The common dragged out,
grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The na turc of a hangover is the result of a complex system
of altered body chemistry. Even lcarhi ng appears to be the result
of chemical reaction to form a "rncrnoly molecule". Most of the
problems we &ce are molecular in na tnrc. What thenbut chemistry
can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world,
and our universe? Come join us as we b k c a molecular look at the
human ct~ndition.
d
This c ' urw will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films
will sdpplcrncni the lecture/discussion periods. Daily quizzes will
be u d for evaluation. This course meets a distribution need but
+'
does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: II
Room: Science 315
History of Chemistry
CHE 125-49011
Instructor: Jean C. Kunz
This course seeks
chemistryfrom ancien
science of today. The
on the discovused a few ele11 examine the
I
the powerful modem
sed primarily upon a
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 315
Computer Science
Fortran
CSC 270-49012
Instructor: Larry Ragland
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students
with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will
expand a student's knowledgeof programming and programming
languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniquesfor using those features. This
course will involve lectures and programming assignments in
FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequisites: One course with a study of computer language
(e.g. CSC 170 or MAT 175)
Time: I
Room: Science 212
I
I
Economics
Welfare Economics
ECO 414-49013
Instructor: Ed Sabella
The course will include basic concepts and propositions, Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; socia1welfare functions; and normative concepts of economic theory.
Grades will be based on examinations and homework projects.
Prerequisites: ECO 313 (or consent of instructor)
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 11
I
I
Education
C( International Education
EDS 245-49014
Instructor: Richard Germundsen
Modem communication, ease of intercontinental travel, and the
proliferation of supernational corporate structures demand increased awareness of other nations' cultural infrastructures. This
course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigationof possiblecareersininternationaleducation. Specialattention
will be directed toward Scandinavian,Central and South American
models. There will be lectures, discussions and guest speakers.
Student evaluation will be based on quizzes, class participation,
and an investigative project.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, or permission of instructor
Time: I1
Room: Library 4
Media Technology
EDE 341-49015
Instructor: JohnBollis
Students will be involved with the psychological and physical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional and
informational technology.
Class members will be exposed to the selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for
teaching/learning situations. Computer training will be included
and each student will leave the class with word processing skills.
Students will survey current software materials for educational
and instructional settings.
This is a hands-on course intended for elementary and secondary
education majors. Grades will be based on projects, papers and
final exam. This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education
program in process
Time: I Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Foss 170
w
Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten
EDE 37549016
Instructor: Mary Endorf
Thisclassprepares students for the unique experiencesand responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom.
This class will:
A. Focus on a sequence of learning for the kindergarten child.
B. Stresscurriculumdevelopment and instructional systemswhich
are supported by current research and practices in education
settings.
C. Stress key adult/child relationships.
D. Stress process - "how to learn".
E. Share researched based findings about developmentally appropriate classroom organizational plans.
F. Recognize continuities and discontinuities in development
(characteristics of the kindergarten child).
G. Examine appropriate developmental instruction practices.
H. Examine appropriate curriculum design and instructional
programs meeting the needs of the kindergarten student.
I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child.
J. Include guest speakers and field trips.
Objectives of the Class: At the completion of this class the student
will be able to identify:
1. Developmental needs of the kindergarten.
2. Discuss the different approaches to kindergarten education and
the theories behind these approaches.
3. Organizea classroom environment to meet the learning needs of
students.
4. Identify and create a curriculum plan for teaching kindergarten
that meets both the students' needs and the teaching style of the
teacher.
Grades will be based on projects, discussionand examination.
is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education
program in process.
Time: I Mondays and Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Library 4
Human Relations
EDS 388-49017
Instructor: Mildred Mueller
This class provides a valuable insight into the values, cornrnunication techniques, cultural mores and other unique characteristicsof
major minority groups in Minnesota. This class is taught from a
perspective of minority group members with interaction from
class members.
How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom
setting? How might you gain more knowledge of our global
society? These and many more questions will be addressed in this
course.
Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to
teaching and other profesiional vocations.
This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education
program in process
Time: I1 Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Old Main 21
Student Teaching
EDS 481-49018; EDE 481-49022
EDS 482-49019; EDE 482-49023
EDS 483-49020; EDE 483-49024
EDS 484-49021; EDE 484-49025
Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a
school. Grading is P/N only.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission
of instructor.
English
The Short Sto y -Elements of Fiction
ENG 240-490271340-49020
Instructor: Kathryn Swanson
fiction? What elements of fiction
What is fiction? What is
should be considered in making an evaluation? In this course,
students will find answers to these questions by reading a variety
of fictional works and by writing their own fiction.
Although the
Students are expected to riad the s t h s and novel, participate in
class discussions, write iw analysis
a selected short story,
write an original d~c>rl,itn
ry, and take scvqal quizzes and a final
exam.
I
Students taking th? course for upper division will read an additional novel end@rcyarc a substantial paper/class presentation
based on it.
Prerequisites: Effective Writing
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Re-Visions:
Contemporay British and American Drama (1965- )
ENG 249-49026
Instructor: Douglas E. Green
Who are the new Shakespeares and O'Neills, Shaws and Millers?
Are there any grand new sights and sounds on English and American stages?
This course will encourage students to assess the current state of
British and American theater: the relation to national (and transAtlantic) trends and traditioning; the variety of issues, concerns,
and themes; the diversity among playwrights themselves; the
various modes of production. Readings will be drawn from the
works of playwrightslikeOrton,Stopperd,Shepard,Mamet, Wilson,
Churchill, Norman, Fornes, and others. There will also be some
pairing of current works with "classic" pieces. Depending on
January offerings in the Twin Cities, the class will also attend one
or possibly two productions by contemporary playwrights, for
which there will be a fee. Evaluation will be based on a number of
short papers, class participation, and a comprehensive exam.
Prerequisites: ENG 111(Effective Writing) or
consent of instructor
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: 11
Room: Music 22
Rock 'N' Roll: Lyric, Metaphor, Lore
ENG 355-49029
Instructor: John Mitchell
Feature films, ranging from
Wall, will also be examined
Students will be rebased upon
Prerequisites: ENG 111(Effective Writing)
Time: II
Room: Science 123
I
'I
'
I
French
French Literature in Translation
FRE 243-49030
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
Study of representative shorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysisof a common core of varied works we
will strengthen communicationand critical skills, develop cultural
sensitivity,and become acquainted with significant French writers.
Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention on the
works. Much class time daily will be devoted to small group
discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group
work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: II
Room: Old Main 25
German
Introduction to Yiddish
GER 220-49076
Instructor: Don Steinmek
What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired "Fiddler
on the Roof ), Isaac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several
other great writers have in common? They were wri tten in Yiddish.
How did expressions like "chuspe," shnook," "klutz," "kitch,"
"schmaltz" and "shitik" get into English? Again, the answer is
Yiddish. Yiddish is closely related to German and in this Interim
you can learn to read Yiddish as well as you can read German.
Grades will be based on performance and at least two tests.
Prerequisites: One year of college German or permission of
instructor
Time: I
Room: Old Main 12
Health and Physical Education
IITheonj, Technique and Administrative
Aspects of Coaching Football
7
.L
-1
1 x 1
L
'
HPE 224-49035
I- Instructor: Bill Huns tock
Students will learn the history of the game of football and of the
people who made major advances in the game. Attention will be
given to the organization and administration of a footballprogram
including staffing, player personnel, practice organization and
game day organization. There will be stress on the methods of
teaching individual, group and team skills and on strategies of
offense and defense. Students will practice teaching methods in
actual football practices. There will also be attention given to the
ethics of coaching football.
This course will be taught in conjunction with a 16 day trip to
Australia by the college football varsity for exhibition games and
workshops.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor
Time: I
Room: Murphy Square 4
IIRecreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232-49032
Instructor: Pam Schreurs
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage
and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts
and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on
participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This is a one-half credit course.
Time: I1 Monday and Wednesday and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
k d m i n i s t r a t i o n and Supervision of the School Health
Program
HPE 41G49033
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods
and materials in health education with laboratory experience in
classroom and community.
Periodic exams coveringlecture and textbook assignments; written
summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method.
Prerequisites: HPE 320
Time: I
Room: Murphy Square 2
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
"
h i
HPE 45S-49034
/ - Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in
the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on
taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling
(anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live
aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with five or six other people and will
function as an active crew member.
-
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course.
This will be supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat
handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting and
navigation. Sailingwill include cruises to various islandsand cays
in the British and American Virgin Islands.
Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain". A
daily ships log will be kept 6y all participants and a final written
exam will be given. P/Ngrading only.
The course will last January5-24. The fee of $2300 includes roundtrip transportation from Minneapolis, administrative fee, boat
rental, snorkeling gear and two meals a day. Final payment is due
October 31.
Prerequisites: Permission of Marilyn Florian, Women's Athletic
Director
Distribution: Lifetime sports
II Coaching of Basketball
HPE 477-49036
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a scouting
report will be the methods of evaluation.
This is a one-half credit course.
Time: I Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 111
II Coaching of Hockey
HPE 478-49037
Instructor: Ed Saugestad
The theory, techniques and administrative aspects of coaching
hockey. Evaluation will be on the basis of exams, on-the-ice
coaching techniques and scouting reports.
This is a one-half credit course.
Time: I Monday through Wednesday and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 111
Officiating of Basketball
HPE 481-49038
Instructor: Al Kloppen
This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the
game of basketball. There will be practical experienceon the floor.
Students completing the course should be ready for certification by
the Minnesota High School Association. Grade evaluation will be
based upon tests, papers prepared and performance on the floor.
While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students
have some basketball playing experience.
This is a 1/2 credit course.
Time: I1 Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays.
Room: Melby 202
His tory
Eastward to A m e h : Limited Hospitality
HIS 220-49039
Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen
Course will focus on Asian immi ation to the United States in the
&&18th m N r y and tLun of
2Olh century. The Chinese,
la-,
K~xemandFill
e x p i a m will receive specialattenti011 ~ ~ o n c l u d wthacompmmt
r
on the changesin the U.S.
Immigration laws in the post-world war I1 period. Students will
study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in,
the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American
economic scene and the role of "new Asian immigrants" since the
end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the
Immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to
some Asian immigration.
Content and teaching style: Lectures, class discussions, audiovisuals and reports on the A-Vs. There will be a mid-term and a
final project (a paper-topic to be selected the first week of the term
in consultation with the instructor) due the last day of the term.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
p
8L
Gandhi and Martin Luther King:
The Images and the Reality
HIS 440-49040
Instructor: Don Gustafson
ies of our century, in-
Grading will be l m d on papers, class participation and a final
exam.
Prerequisites: Sophomore status or above and at least one college
history or political science course.
Time: I1
Room: Foss Seminar
In terdisciplinavy -FXE
The capstone of the Augsburg First Year Experience (FYE)is a special
Interim course designed for first year students that will grow out of The
Augsburg Anthology. For the 1989 Interim there will be a single course
with four sections, each taught by a different faculty member. The
course will provide full credit and will satisfy the Urban distribution
requirement. One part of this course will be a series of lectures for the
entire college community.
Measuring the Elusive Ideal:
Realized and Unrealized Dreams
INS 189-49041
Instructors: Larry Crockett, Joan Griffin, Ron Palosaari,
Bruce Reichenbach
What went wrong in Vietnam? Why do serious racial problems
persist in America? Why do so many families have such different
expectations about males and females? Why do so many foreign
countries dislike America?
In this course we will consider these and other issues by a comparison between ancient Athens and modern America, looking for
similarities and differences. Using both ancient and modern texts
we will examine how each nation created an image of itself as a
people dedicated to certain ideals. We will see some ways in which
the ideals were compromised, reinterpreted, or abandoned.
Students will participate in the course through assigned readings,
analysis of films, several short papers or daily journals, and participation in a group project. In addition, a final examination will help
students integrate various aspects of the learning experience.
Prerequisites: Freshman status
Distribution: Minority-Urban
Time: I
Room: Science 123
The Redemocratization Process in South America
INS 219-49074
Instructor: Maria de la Luz Silva
Profesor Maria de la Luz Silva is a Fulbright scholar from Chile
who is spending part of the 1988-89 school year at Augsburg.
In the first part of this course she will focus on the origin and
characteristicsof the authoritarian regimes of Argentina, Uruguay
and Chile. In the second part of the course students will examine
the evolution and transformation within these states and particularly consider the emergence and development of democratic
alternatives. Finally, Professor Silva will analyze Chile as a special
case study of retarded transformation.
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 22
Externship: Linking Education and the World of Work
INS 299-49042
Instructors: Gany Hesser and Lois Olson
Learn from your experience. Discover new ways to learn by
observing, collaborating, and reflecting on your experiences.
The externship is a modified internship consisting of a half-time
placement and active participation in a seminar that meets twice a
week. Each student will be assisted in the process of securing an
unpaid placement where s/he can obtain valuable first hand experience in the world of work.
The course is designed to achieve two major objectives: 1)to enable
students to observe and experience the relationships between the
worlds of work and the classroom; and 2) to expand the students'
abilities to learn from first hand experience.
Each participant will observe and work approximately20 hours per
week in a placement which matches his/her major or career interests. The seminar will meet twice a week for approximately two
hours. Evaluation will be based upon the overall quality of participation, supervisor assessment, critical incident analysis, journal/
log and seminarparticipation. The course is offered on a P/Nbasis.
Participants will complete a resume by November 23 and secure a
placement before the end of Fall classes (December 9).
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and placement secured
by December 9.
Time: 11
Room: Murphy Square 2
~ ~ c o n o m i cthe
s , Environment and Appropriate Technology
INS 218-49043
Instructor: Tom Morgan
The objective of this course is to help students develop a clearer
sense of the critical importance the physical environment and our
natural resources continue to play in the economic well-being in
our global economy. We will first briefly review historical relationships between the physical environment,technologicalchange and
economic development. We will then develop some basic economic tools which we will use to analyze decisions regarding our
use of the environment in technological and economic develop
ment. Finally we will consider alternative (appropriate) technological applicationsbeingexperimentedwith as potential solutions
to environmental problems. Course material will be presented
through a blend of reading, lecture, discussion and site visits.
Course grade will be based upon short papers and presentation of
their research into specific environmental/technologicalissue.
Time: I1
Room: Science 319
Mathematics
r( Finite Mathematics
MAT 121-49044
Instructor: Bev Durkee
A study of the finite mathematics models involved in elementary
statistics: sets, counting techniques, probability, averages, deviations, and distributions. This course should provide students with
the mathematical tools sufficient to understand simple statistical
and probabilistic information. Class sessions will include lectures,
discussion, and group activities. Homework, a midterm exam, and
final exam will be the primary basis for course grades.
Prerequisites: Math placement: Group 111
Time: I
Room: Science 112
Math of Interest
MAT 173-49045
Instructor: Ken Kaminsky
Have you ever wondered why women have been charged more
than men for annuities and received lower pension benefits than
men? Or why women have paid less than men for life insurance?
Or how life insurance premiums are calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to
invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the future? Then this course may be meant
for you. These and other interesting and useful topics in the
mathematics of financial transactions will be covered.
Evaluation will be based on classroom participation and quizzes.
This course should be useful for students in business and economics or for any students interested in careersin finance-related fields.
Prerequisites: Group I11 on math placement test or equivalent.
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
Music
willi
Improvisation in Music
MUS 129-49048
Instructor: Steph Gabrielsen
every day for three hours, and each
Improvisation i
usic m
meetings, using a variety of imstudent
provisational t W es and styles.
Prerequisite: M m ability on a musical instrument or
instructor's p
Distribution:
Music
Time: I
Room: Music 4
'1
n
Sounds and Sights of Europe
MUS179-49047
Instructors: Robert Karlen and Roberta Mebler
The churches and cathedrals of London, Cologne, and Munich
served to inspire the building of places of worship in this country;
the orchestras of these cities represent some of the oldest and finest
of their kind; and have been long emulated by our own ensembles.
The original scores of Handelfs "Messiah" in London's British
Museum, the home and paintings of Rembrandt in Amsterdam, the
awe-inspiring Cologne cathedral, are only a few of the highlights of
our encounte
concert p d o
and visits to
marksare planned. For tho= with a Bpedal interestin music therapy, visits will be made to the Nordoff-RobbinsCentrein England
and hospitals .researching musk and medicine b~ Herdeclce and
Ludmwhefd, West Gemany. The compmhmsive feeof $226
includes travel to nine cities in three countries (England, Holland
and Germany), breakfast daily, five group dinners, and several
cultural performances.
Registration for this interim must be made before October 26 at the
International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street. This course is
offered on a P/NP basis only.
The History of Jazz
MUS 241-49049
Instructor: David Hawley
The United States Congress has declared jazz a national treasure.
America's improvisational art form has not only influenced the
nature of our
but has also been the
throughout the world.
This course will cxarninb\lt! cyajoti~nof jazz from itsblack secular
roots to the current electr ,dallyinfluenced contemporary idiom.
The characteristicsof sig$can t performers from each period will
be analyzed as well as<-,tileiwlucncc of this art form on artists of
reading assignments will
and selected filmsand video
two written and listening
exams.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I1
Room: Music 2
NOR 111-49050
background in Nonvesin speaking, listening,
Classroom practice
d structures and the
.
Room: Old Main 29
Philosophy
On Dreams
PHI 200-49051
Instructor: Mark Fue
some an-
assignments. Evaluation will be traditional.
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
Phusics
J
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-49052
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the scienceof meteorology which will provide a working
knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will
be given to four basic areas observing the weather changes and
understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included
are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weather's impact on world
events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the
Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts
student.
The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory
followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast United States
visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at
Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and
Gulfport, Mississippi;Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach
and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and
explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the
visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi
River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television
station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites,
and agricultural weather. During the trip the student will maintain
a journal of weather and site visits. Daily weather maps will be
created using portable weather satellite reception systems carried
on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational
weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the
full range of climates across the US from north to south. Daily
quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be
based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project completed during the trip.
The cost will be approximately $700.
Initial deposit due by October 28.
Prerequisites: High School Algebra
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: Library I
Introduction t o Space Science
PHY 320-49053
Instructor: Ken Erickson
This course is designed for students in scienceand engineering who
are interested in acquiring a basic knowledge of the major topics
required for further study in the field of space science.
The course will provide a survey of the earth's space environment
including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper
atmospheric physics. Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the
solar wind, the bow shock, magnetopause, radiation belts, plasma
sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling
with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation, and aurora.
Evaluation will be based on assignments, two exams and a paper.
Prerequisites: PHY 245 or consent of instructor.
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Pol it
Science
n numerous other
ete conclusions
You will be required to read
presidency, write analytical
the more you should try to read.
Distribution: Economics-Political Science
Time: I
Room: Music 24
E Politics,~ollywoodstyle
POL 328-49075
Instructor: William Morris
This course will examine the impact of American films on U.S.
citizens' perceptions of politics. Films will be selected whose
principal themes deal with particular political practices and/or
institutions. The class will evaluate the accuracyof these images by
considering the films in light of the scholarly literature and other
information availableon each subject. Close attention will be given
to an exploration of the ethical situation and dilemmas of decisionmaking in politics.
As part of the course, students will submit written a n a l p and
evaluations of the political content or ''image" of politics in the
films shownin class. These, plus additionalarticlesandportronaof
books from the social sciencesand other literatureparalleling some
of the films' themes, will serveas the basis for class discussion. The
papers, a test on assigned readings establishing the framework for
the class, and class participation will determine final grades. There
will be a film fee of approximately $10 to cover costs.
Prerequisites: Political Science 121 or 158
Time: I1
Room: Music 23
Difficult Judicial Choices:
How the Courts Reshape Political Institutions
POL 475-49055
Instructor: Phillip F. Fishman
The course is designed for political science and social work students and others who are concerned with institutional operation
and change/reform. Text and actual case-studieswill be employed
to examine the role of the federaljudiciary in: prison reform, mental
health and the right to treatment, equal housing, school busing,
police and immigration policy in the 90s. Course objectives are to
assist the student: 1)to understand the judicial process and how
jrrdg~slnakc policy; 22) tu Ivarn how linbilily i s ~st~ib1ishc.d
i~rid
app~.opriatcrcmtaclics arc' f;ishionrd lor rrdicf; 3 ) b cxplorc tlic
rlynarrtic. r-onfliihtIwIwccn 1l1c f ~ i l ~ r tx-nch
al
nnr.-1 j>ol~tic'rlland
adrninistrdtivc i n s t ~ l itions.
l
'I'l~cinstructor uscs Icct~~re
i111rl hypothetical cases as key tools of instruction.
There will be one exam and one mini-paper during the brief course.
In addition, students will be assigned on-site field visits to a Minnesota penitentiary, a metropolifan police station, a United States
immigration court and a mental health facility.
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing
Time: Tuesday, January 3, 6-9:30 p.m., and each Monday and
Wednesday thereafter
Ro-om: Old Maih 16
Psychology
The Psychology of Law
PSY 335-49056
Instructor: Nancy Steblay
Evaluation will
participation, student research
Re1igion
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345-49057
Instructor: Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world.
We will not only examinethe LutheranChurch as it is at the present
time, but also study its origin in the 16th century and its develop0years of history. The text by
ment and cultural
Lcct LI r c and class discussion
ss to the Gospel in art,
will deal with cx
music, missions,
theology. Requireper. One text costing
ments will inclu
ascd in class on the second
erim course may be used to
meet religion r e q ~ c r n e n t s )
,
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
Christianity in Modern Africa
REL 366-49058
onal African culture
will be studied, as well as atgy!' A major section
ses of churches in
South Africa to t
will be lectures
luated on several
toward graduation religion requirements)
Time: 11
Room: Old Main 18
The Bible, Language and Interpretation
REL 445-49059
anguage in the Bible. The
character of language for
es will be based on class
an examination.
course may be used
Social Work
C( Exploring Human Services
SWK 257-49060
Instructor: Mary Lou Williams
This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting
a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working
in a professional human service organization or agency; working
and talking with human service professionals and others who
participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs.
This course offers a "hands on" experiential approach to learning.
Studentswill volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an
agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific
small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency
experienceswill be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will
be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Square 1
Family Violence: Recurring Issue, New Perspectives
sWK330-4906<1
Instructor: Maria rown
Is violence really "as American as apple pie" (StokelyCarmichael)?
Is family violence just a reflection of societfs violent attitudes?
Why DOES familyviolenceoccur,and when, and to whom? Today,
identified violence in families has reached what many professionals consider "epidemic proportions". This course is intended to be
an overview of the phenomenon of family violence, including
contributingfactorsandconsequencesfor the familyand the broader
society. Students will research various forms of family violence.
Classroom speakerswill include professionalswho are involved in
current policy-making and program delivery in family violence.
One-half credit ovtion: classroom discussion, readings and the development of an annotated bibliography on area of interest in
family violence.
Full credit ovtion: requires writing and presenting of research on
area of interest in family violence.
Prerequisites: Inko to Psychology, Sociology or Social Work
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
Social Work and Community Services
in Great Britain
SWK 346-49061
7y!-!L
/
- I
Instructor: Rosemary Link
Great Britain is an exciting mixture of ancient and modern -ancient
in its culture and modern in its social policies. The course explores
social work services with this dual focus. We will visit a variety of
community agencies: formal public, private, and natural helping
networks in a range of urban and rural settings. In order to experience the nation's culture, we will be invited to English family
homes, meet with social work students, attend theatre performances, and visit historic treasures.
London is the nerve center for the country's resources and we will
begin by visiting some of its foremost community institutions such
as Great Ormond Street Childrensl Hospital and Toynbee Hall
Settlement. With the help of English social work students, we will
unravel the post Second World War commitment to universal
socialpolicies. These policies have established servicesavailable to
all citizensin health, education, income maintenance, housing, and
personal social servics. They also provide the major working turf
of the social work profession.
As a contrast to the inner city of London, we will visit Exeter and
explore the rural and beautiful coastal West Country. In addition
to the formal 'public' social work agencies such as Probation and
Corrections, we will make contact with informal services and the
small, more extended family oriented fishing and farming communities.
Throughout the course, there will be an emphasis on understanding current national policies and attitudes through cultural and
literary connections. Therefore, visits to the National Theatre, The
Houscs of Parliament, cathedrals, and ancient community sites
such asOxford are an integral part of rmgnizingand appreciating
the wholc community. CuIturc and history come to lifc duringday
excurtions through the gcntle English countryside ta Oxford and
Stratford, Warwick and Coventry, Bath and Canterbury.
Students will complement their direct experience by reading the
British press and current social policy pamphlets, journals, and
books. Suggested Readings: A. Kahn and S. Kammerman, Not the
Poor Alone; M . Bruce, The Rise of Fhe Welfare Stake; P.Barclay, Social
Workers: T h i r Role and Tmks; Charlcs Dickens, Oliver Twisf; any
play by G.B.Shaw, and the 'quality prcsd - The Gtdardinn, The
Times, The Telegraph.
Student evaluation will be based on a summary of a reflective
journal, an agency study, a critique of a current socialpolicy (which
includes a comparison with their American experience), and participation in visits and discussions. The course is offered on a P/
NP basis.
The comprehensivefee of $1,995 includes air and surfacetravel, accommodations, six dinners, four theater tickets and a one week
London travel pass.
Registration for this interim must be made before October 26 at
the Office of International Programs.
7
Field Work III
SWK 466-49064 (full course)
466-49065 (112 course)
Instructor: Francine Chakolis
The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationship to
increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to
increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem
solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to
professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for
personal/professional development; to promote competence in
the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on
analysis and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 -educationally focused field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement,
plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar
help on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field
Instructor using previously developed contract and social work
evaluation forms.
Note: Course is offered for half (466-49065) (15 hours per week) or
full (466-49064)(30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of
the credit will be based on non-client contact tasks.
Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11)
Time: to be arranged
Sociology
Principles o f Sociology (with emphasis
on thd ~ e a l t h
Care ~ i i t e m )
SOC 121-49071
Instructor: Barbara Johnson
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an
academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights
into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discoveringthe world and one's place
in it.
The emphasis for illustrations and exerciseswill be directed to the
health care system. Cross cultural comparisonswill be drawn. As
such, the course will be useful for future health care providers and
related professionals and for consumers as well.
This coursecovers the same concepts and meets the same objectives
as the regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily
written and/or reading assignments. Three exams will be given.
Time: II
Room: Music 24
Racial and Minority Group Relations
om of racial and minority group
ejudice, racism, and
format will include
for off-campus parexpect evaluation to
n, a research project,
nly on a P/N basis.
Time: I
Room: Music 23
!
Spanish
Evaluating Continental Literature
SPA 250-49067
The objective of th
tal literature
Student evaluation will
pation in class
discuss continenIt will involve
reports, partici-
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
Speech-Communication Movement for the Theater
SPC 226-49068
etc. Students wil
nd styles of movewill be to increase the
gh movement, by examintiming, concentra11 be introduced as
aspects of movement
a1 expression, gesture, walking,
rent styles of movement, from
c. Movement exercises will be
Some principles of
Studentswill be given required readings concerning the principles
of movement on which they will be asked to write brief essays.
Grading will be based on commitment to and effectivenessof class
work and essays, and on 3-4 movement presentations.
The class will be designed for those who desire to increase their
skills as actors, and also for those preparing for such fields as
teaching, law, the ministry, etc.
Time: II
Room: Tjomhom-Nelson Theatre
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with
Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college.
Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenseswhich are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller
descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim
Office.
Outward Bound
HPE 212-49069
Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadianborder or
for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in
the December 27 through January 27 period. There is a cost of
approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some
scholarships available).
Washington D.C. Interims
Leaders on Leadership: The National Agenda
POL 398-49072
Law and Society: An Examination of Issues and Principles
POL 398-49073
These interims begin January 2 and continue until January 21. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial
assistanceis available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A.
UMAIE
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association
for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiencesduring
the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained
from Kathleen Lutfi at International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street (3301655)or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October
26,1988. These courses are offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a
lower division number.
ANCIENT GREECE
1THE ANCIENT AND MODERN MAYA OF YUCATAN
BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF THE
HAWAIIAN ISLANDS
1THE BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF NEW ZEALAND
CHINA AND CHANGE: IMPLICATIONS FOR THE WEST
IICONTEMPORARY EUROPEAN BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC
SYSTEMS
DEUTSCH IN DEUTSCHLAND
I
ENGLISH CASTLES AND CATHEDRALS, COUNTRYSIDE
AND CITIES
1THE ENGLISH SCHOOL AND FAMILY
EUROPE AND THE RISE OF MODERN SCIENCE
EXPLORING HUMAN SERVICES AND SOCIAL WORK IN
GREAT BRITAIN
1GREAT WESTERN PHILOSOPHERS: USSR & ENGLAND
HAWAII: A CULTURAL AND LITERARY HISTORY
INSIDE IRELAND
1JANUARY IN AND AROUND PARIS
MODERN EUROPEAN BUSINESS AND WORKLIFE
MUSEUMS, MUSIC AND MONUMENTS IN THE GREAT
CITIES OF EUROPE
THE PANORAMA OF ENGLISH THEATRE
LI THE ROMAN EMPIRE: CITIES, BATHS AND VILLAS IN
BRITAIN AND ITALY
1SOUNDS AND SIGHTS OF EUROPE
SOUTH SEA ADVENTURE: TROPICAL ECOLOGY
CI SPECIAL EDUCATION OVERSEAS: AMSTERDAM, ENGLAND, SCOTLAND
SPAIN: A COUNTRY IN TRANSITION
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activity is available to students during Interim and
students may register for this class as well as for a regular course. This
activitv does not carry official credit, but does meet the lifetime sports
requi&ment for graiua tion. Students may participate in this class
without registering for the course, but will be cxpcctd to pay any fees
whether or not the student registers for the course.
American Karate
HPE 002-49070
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate,
taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee
of $25.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 1200-1:00 MWF
Room: Melby
Show less
Augsburg
college
Catalog
Augsburg
College
Catalog
Official Publication of Augsburg College Fall 1988
731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 6121330-1000
This Catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg College and its
curriculum. Although information was current... Show more
Augsburg
college
Catalog
Augsburg
College
Catalog
Official Publication of Augsburg College Fall 1988
731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 6121330-1000
This Catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg College and its
curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to
of each student to know the requirements and
change without notice. Jt is the ~espORd?ibiIi$~
academic policies in thk publicafian.If yau. have questions about anything in this Catalog,
consult a faculty ad~iser,the Derm of fhe College, or the Registrar. Key offices are listed at
the back of the Catalogfor correspondence or telephone inquiries.
0
---7
f.-sl.
a
.
-.
--
I*--'
Tableof
Contents
,,
--.
- >.
'
e-?>.~r
.qL
.dC
fl-
-
,
.
I .:, .
2;-,
,
-
,L
8
................................. ,.,
.......
................................
-
W Course Descriptions
w Majors and Minors
College Information:
........................................200
.......201
W Regents
W ELCA, Education Division
w Directory......................................
...........................
w Faculty Emeriti ...........................
w Academic Calendar ...................
4
..........................................209
.............................................223
7
Faculty
w Maps
Index
..........................................219 ...
,'
.......
-
...
.>
--- ---.?
->>.
--
'
,
d
.: 1
:k.
,
4.
i,$,-B,
!&bL
".,
.........................
Administration
--.
--
'
:
!
U.-T~~*;!~:
,
.,
--
b--\!::.,;
-. . . . I I ".~ ./f: ,
Facts and Figures
4
Introducing Augsburg
Admissions
15
Financing Your Education
21
Student Life
39
Academic Information..............47
Departments and Programs .....71
4
-,,\
-5
.
+
'1 , -9
,
-,
.-,
-
I
!
Augsburg College
Facts aszd Figures
Location - Augsburg College
moved to Minneapolis, Minnesota
in1872. Foundedh1869hMarshall1
Wisconsin.
Financial Aid - Approximately
85% of the students receive some
form of financial aid from the c01lege and many other sources.
Religious Affiliation -The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. 51% of students are Lutheran,
15% other Protestant, 15% Roman
Catholic.
Library - Over 160,000 items, access to over 5,000,000 through the
Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex.
Accreditation -North Central A s
sociation of Colleges and Schools,
National Council for Accreditation
of Teacher Education. Approved by
American Chemical Society, Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., National Association of
Schools of Music, National League
for Nursing.
Member - Associated Colleges of
the Twin Cities, Lutheran Education
Council in North America, Mimesota Private College Council, Registered with the Minnesota Higher
Education Coordinating Board.
Enrollment (1987-88) -2,161 from
30 states and 29 nations.
Graduates - from 1870 through
May 22,1988 -10,138.
SchoolYear-SeptembertoMay,41-4 calendar, with January Interim.
Two summer schooI sessions.
Augsburg Weekend College - trimesters, September to June.
Augsburg Graduate Program -trimesters, September to June.
Majors-More than40in20 departments.
Off Campus Programs -Program
in Global Community, StudentProject for Amity Among Nations
(SPAN), Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA),
Study Abroad, and extensive cooperative education program.
Athletic Affiliation - Minnesota
Intercollegiate Athletic Conference
(MIAC), and National Collegiate
Athletic Association (NCAA),Division 111.
Policy - Augsburg College does
not
discriminateon the basis of race,
StudentIFaculty Ratio - 14.8 to 1.
creed,
national or ethnic origin, age,
Class size averages 20-30.
marital status, sex or handicap as
Campus -15major buildings. Ma- required by Title IX of the 1972Edujor renovation 1979-80 with special cationalAmendmentsor Section504
emphasis on accessibility. 10 major of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as
buildings are connected by a sky- amended, in its admission policies,
~ a y / t ~ m e l / e n c l ~ ~walkway
€!d
sys- educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
tem.
Introducing Augsburg College
Education
in a Real World
(C tt~dentscommonly speak of graduating from college
as a
L*'way of getting i n t ~"the real world!' In fact, Auphurg
College provides students with an education in a real world. The
diversity of the faculty, staff, and student body, the structure of
the curriculum, and the academic environment minor the camplexity of Life in contemporary society.
The College's location in and involvement with a metropolitan
setting offer continuous access to cultural opportunities, career
experiences, and social realities that enrich shtdents' educations.
Augsburg's commitment to the liberal arts recognizes that the
reality in which contemporary persons live and the persons
themselves have been shaped by the tradition and history horn
which they come. The real world was not made this morning, and
it is not simple. Only a broad education can present our world as
it is and give persons the ability to deal with it. Similar1y,
Augsburg College's continuing dedication to its heritage as a
college of the church affirms a belief that the world is the creation
of a loving God and that human persons are inescapably spiritual
beings.
The College Mission Statement
These qualities of an Augshrg education flow from its mission state
ment which declares that the College exists to provide high quality
educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped
by the faith arid vaIues of the Christian church and by the context of a
great metropolitan center.
Augsburgs location in the heart d the city represents the loom on which
the multialored fabric of its idmtity has been woven. WhiIe students
are pmpafed to take a place in and make a contibution to the worId in
which they Iive, they are educated to be critical of the quality of life in
their society and to be reflective of their own d u e s as they respond to it.
"... based in the liberal arts"
The academic program emphasizes the continuing vaZiditg of the liberal
arts as a foundation for developing the Iife of the mind. Augsbmg
CoIIege's faculty are dedicaid to chatlengvlg their students to achiwe
the highest academic standards while supporting &em in that endeavor
with excenent teaching and individual attention
Students are expected to develop their abilities in critical thinking and
communicationand to gain sensitivity to and appreciation for their own
and other cultures. Each student is encouraged to contemplate the
eternal philosophical and spiritual questions of human life and of
personal values and ethics. At Augsburg the great scholars, thinkers,
writers, and artists of the past and present are studied and valued.
Augsbtrrg College considers art understandingof the content and
method of sdcnce, a arecognition of the place of technology,and an
understanding of ways to maintain a sound body as important elements
of a complete education.
This insistence on the breadth of a traditional liberal arts education
reflects a firm belief that human beings are more than their ability to
perfom a job. It reftwrs further a concerted attempt to direct students
toward a full development of the many facets and capacities of the
educated person.
"...within the context of a
great metropolitan center"
Yet, bounded as it is by an interslate freeway and the center of a vital city,
Augsburg CoLlege is no ivory tower escape from the real world. The
College community continually interacts with the city by attending
culhrral events and civic activities and by inviting dty residents and
visitors to the campus as lecturers, performers, and mmfms.The city
M ~ maslaboratory for experiential leaning through Internships,
professional field experiences, and Cooperative Education.
"...and shaped b y faith and values"
This involvement with the real world is a reflection of Augsburg's
spiritual heritage which values all that God has created. While its
tradition supports intellectual freedom in the search for truth, the
ColIege affirmsits belief that all students should reflect upon their
ethical and spiritual values as part of becoming educated. Students are
encouraged though religion courses and through opportunities on
campus for the practice and examination of spirituality to consider their
relationship to God, to others?to society, and to the world,
Traditionally Augsburg College has insisted that an aspect of these
relationships is contained in the motto: "Education for Service." In these
words the College expresses a belief that, whatever career they pursue,
graduates should consider the duty of citizens to contribute to the
common good through service to others.
w
ithin the larger community of the city and the world,
Augsburg College is its own community. It is a community of
support and collegiality composed of persons of diverse talents; of
varied ethnic, national, cultural, and religious backgrounds; and of
complementary interests and orientations. Through a competent, committed faculty and a dedicated staff, Augsburg College builds with its
students a real world in which the whole person can be educated and
developed.
About
Augsburg
A College of the Church
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by N o r w e a n Lutherans in
America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in
Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September 1869, in
MarshalI, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The first college
students were enrolled in 1874 and the first graduation was in 1879.
Early Leaders
Establish a Direction
August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876).
Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway - Sven Oftedal
and Georg Sverdrup. These three men dearly articulated the direction of
Augsburg: toeducateNorwegianLutherans to minister lo immigrants;and
to provide such "coI1eg-e" studies tha t would prepare studentsfor theoIogical study.
In 1874they proposed a three part pram first -train ministerial candidates,
second - prepare future theological students and third - educate the
farmer, worker, and businessman. The statement stressed that a good
education is also practical.
Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rejected ivory tower
concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has
been Augsburg's theme for over one hundred years.
Education for Service
Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, GeorgSverdrup, Augsburg's
second president (1876-1907), required students to get pre-ministerial
experience in city congregations. Student involvement in the community
gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for
Service."
In the 1890s,Augsburg leadersformed the Friendsof Augsburg, later called
the Lutheran Free Church. The church was a group of independent congregations committed to congregationalautonomy and personal Christianity.
This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the
small Lutheran body. But the collegedivision was still important primarily
as an attachment to the seminary.
The Focus Changes
This attitude began to change after World War I. In 1911Georg SverdrupJr.
became President. He worked to develop college departments with an
appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be
ministers. Augsburg' admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of
Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women. She spent the next 52 years at the
College as a teacher and administrator.
The College's mission assumed a double character -ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937,
Augsburg elected Bemhard Christensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher,
to be president (1938-1962).His involvementin ecumenical and civic circles
made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life.
After World War 11,Augsburg leadersmade vigorous efforts to expand and
improve academic offerings. Now the College was a larger part of the
institution than the seminary, and received the most attention.
Accreditation for the College
Augsburg added departments essential to a liberal arts college, offeringa
modem college program based on general education requirements and
elective majors. With cursimlum change came a long effort to become
accredited.
The College reached full accreditation in 1954, although many alumni had
entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that time.
A study in 1962 defined the College's mission now as serving the good
society as a whole first, and the interests of the Lutheran Free Church
second. The Seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther
Northwestern Seminary)in St. Paul in 1963.
A College in the City
President Oscar A. Anderson (1963-1980)continued Augsburg's emphasis
on involvement with the city. He wanted to reach out to non-traditional
student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all p p l e .
During his years of leadership the College became a vita1 and integral part
of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music Hall, Mortensen
Tower, Umess Tower, the C o Z l e ~Center, Ice Arena and PsychoIogy
Building.
Since 1980 Augsbwg has been Ied by Charles S.Anderson We has continued Augsburg's commitment to the value of a libera1 arts education,
emphasizingdiversityin enrollment efforts, spiritual growth and freedom
and an academic program that draws on the Esources of the city as
extensions of the campus and classroom.
Serving the Non-traditional Student
Aupburg's American M i a n Program is recognized as mc~essful.The
program has had the highest retention rate of W a n studentsin Minnesota
-=me 85 percent.The Black Student Support Program, initiated in 1969,
has had a growing number ofstudents and supports a Black Student Union
and a newspaper distributed by the office.
The campus is accessible to the physimlly handicapped with a skywaytunnel-elevator system connecting ten major buildings. In only its second
year, Augsburg's program for the learning disabled had 30 students enrolled. The program received a state award for excellence.
Weekend College, started in 1982 with 69 students, had an enrollment of
over SO0 in fa11 1988. Through Weekend College, adult students can work
M l i m e and pursuea bachelor's degree that has a practicalfocus on a liberal
arts base.
In January of 1987 Augsburg initiated a Master of Arts in Leadership
program. As in Weekend College, students can work full-time and take
graduate courses leading to a master's degree.
These programs bring working add& to the campus. They are comple
mented by the College's Cooperative Education Progsam Cbegun in 19%)
that places Augsburg students into paid work experiences. Tfte Co-op
Education Program helps s tadents get career experience in additiun to their
classroom studies.
Augsburg Today
Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the
founders who believed:
Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community
and church;
education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to send out productive, creative and successful citizens;
the city with all its excitement, challengesanddiversity,is an unequaled
learning laboratory for Augsburg students.
Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great
metropolitan center.There arenow more than 11,000 Augsburg alumni. In
a world that has c h g d much since those first days of the College,
Augsburg still sendsout graduates who make a difference where they live
and work.
Campus Location
Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding
Muphy Square, the first of 155parksin the "City of Lake." The University
of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the .eitfs largest hospitals,
Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and east via Interstate 94 which forms
the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that also connect with
the suburbs. (See map at back of book)
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most airlines provide daily service to
Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, and bus or train connections
can be made from all areas of the United States.
Policies
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race,
creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as
required by Title IX of the 1972Educational Amendments or Section 504 of
the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies,
educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinators listed in the
Directory in the back of this Catalog, or to the Director of the Minnesota
Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, 7thPlaceat Minnesota Street,
St. Paul, MN 55101.
The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on
Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges.
Accreditation and Memberships
Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schoolsand TheNational Councilfor the Accreditationof Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by
The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education,
National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for
Nursing. Augsburg College is an institutional metliber of the National
Association of Schools of Music (NASM).
We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North America, and Minnesota Private
College Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education
Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution.
Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution can be
transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational
programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer.
Facilities and Housing
Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently
located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connectsthe tower
dormitories,the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus the Music Hall, 2222
Murphy Square, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama
and Communication.
Admissions Office - Located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices
for the admissions staff and reception area for prospective students and
their parents.
Augsburg College Center - Center of non-academic activity, with spaciousloungesand recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for
student govenunent and student publications. (1967)
-
Center for Global Education Located at 709 23rd Avenue South, provides offices for the Global Center staff and a resource room for those
interested in global issues.
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and CommunicationThe newest building on campus, estabIishes a new "front door" for the
ColIege on Riverside Avenue. The Foss Center is named in magnition of
the gifts of Julianand June Foss and those from a great numkr of alumni
and friends of the College. The Tjornhom-NeIsonTheater is also housed in
this complex, which contains space for the campus ministry program,
drama, and communication. (1988)
Ice Arena - With two large skating areas for hockey, figure skating and
recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community.(1974)
Melby Hall -Named in honor of J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to
1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity Department, provides
facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiateand
intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes.
(1961)
Mortensen Tower -Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women
from 1923to 1964, has 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments that house
312 upperclass students, plus conferencerooms and spacious lounge areas.
(1973)
Music Hall -Contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music
faculty. (1978)
Old Main -Home for the Foreign Language and Art Departments, with
classroomsused by other departments. Extensivelyremodelledin 1980,Old
Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It
is included on the National Register of Historic Places. (1900)
ScienceHall-Houses classrooms, well-equippedlaboratories,amediumsized auditorium, and faculty offices. (1949) In 1960 the Lisa Odland
Observatory on the roof was completed.
South Hall, Kueffner Apartments, and Annex Houses -All located in or
near the campus area, provide additional housing accommodations for
students, faculty and staff.
George Sverdrup Library -Named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual
center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices. (1955)
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall -Named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty
offices. (1938)
2222 Murphy Square -Houses offices forWeekend College, the Graduate
Program, and Cooperative Education, as well as classroom space. (1964)
Urness Tower - Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, who
have givenseveral generous gifts to the College, providesliving quarters for
324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing36 residents, housed two
to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. (1967)
West Hall -Apartment housing for upperclass students. (1966)
Admissions
A
ugsburg College is looking for students with intelligence
and character. We want people who can benefit from and
contribute to their community -the College community, and the
larger community.
Freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the
campus and meet with an Admissions Counselor, because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere
is valuable. Arrangements may be made to meet with a member
of the faculty and to attend classes when school is in session.
Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and parents
with college planning. Just call any weekday between 8:00 a.m.
and 4:30 p.m. -Admissions Office (612) 330-1001. We'll answer
your questions and arrange a tour for any day (including Saturday mornings during the school year). Our office is on the Northwest comer of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis
(please call first).
Augsburg selects students on individual merit without regard to
race, creed, disability, national or ethnic origin, sex or age.
Application Procedures
V For Freshmen
Application for Admission -Applicants should complete the application
for admission and essay, and return them to the Admissions Office together
with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee.
Transcripts - An official transcript from the high school is required of
freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their most recent transcript
sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduation. Graduate Exarnination Degree scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school
transcript.
Test Scores-Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the
Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test
(SAT),or the American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are
recorded on the official high school transcript.
Additional Information -If there is personal information that may have
affected the applicant's previousacademicperformance, it may be included
with the application or discussed personally with an admissions counselor.
Academic recommendationsmay be required by the AdmissionsCornmittee before an admissions decision is made.
Notification of Admissions Decision- Augsburg College uses a "rolling"
admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually
within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been
evaluated by the Admissions Committee.
Confirmation of Admission -Accepted students who are applying for
financialaid are asked to make a$100non-refundabletuitiondeposit within
30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in
writing to the Director of Financial Aid.
Accepted studentswho are not applying for financial aid are asked to make
a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of
acceptance. Those students who wish to live in College housing must also
submit a $100 housing deposit.
Early Decision for Freshmen
AugsburgoffersanEarlyDecisionProgramforstudentswho select Augsburg
as a primary college choice. Early Decision candidates must apply by
November 15 of their senior year and will receive the admission decision
about December 1. The College bases its admissions decision on the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations.
Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration for financial assistance.
Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required to complete the FFS or FAF after January 1.
Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a
$100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid
notification. Extensions may be requested by writing to the Director of
Financial Aid.
Accepted studentswho are not applying for financialaid are asked to make
a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of
acceptance. Those students who wish to live in College housing must also
submit a $100 housing deposit.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational
program may be granted admission to begin full-time work toward a
degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the
senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete
the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic
recommendations from the high school faculty, and arrange a personal
interview with the Director of Admissions.
Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling
at Augsburg under the auspices of the Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment Options Act should contact the Admissions Office for specific information.
V For Transfer Students
Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having
completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit
is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited
institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses
where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for
work taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses
be taken at Augsburg.
A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is
required on previous college work.
Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes
necessary. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental
catalog section to see if admission to the major is necessary.
Application for Admission -Applicants should complete an application
for admission and return it to the Admissions Office together with the
$15.00 non-refundable application fee.
Transcript-An official transcript sent directly to the Admissions Office
from the college(s)the student has attended is required. Transfer student
applicants who have completed one year or less of college-level work must
have an official transcript from their high school sent directly to the
Admissions Office. Students who have completed a year or more of college
work will be evaluated primarily on their college performance.
Additional Information-If there is personal information that may have
affected the applicant's previous college performance, it may be included
with the applicationor discussed personally with an admissionscounselor.
Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made.
Notification of Admissions Decision- Augsburg Collegeuses a l'rolling"
admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually
within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been
evaluated by the Admissions Committee.
Confirmation of Admission-Accepted students who are applying for
financialaid are asked to make a$100 non-refundable tuitiondepositwithin
30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in
writing to the Director of Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financialaid are asked to make
a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of
acceptance.
Those studentswho wish to live in College housing must also submit a $100
housing deposit.
V For Former Students
Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without
requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return, apply for readmission through the Registrar's Office. Studentswho have attended any
other institution(s1during the absencefrom Augsburg must have an official
transcript sent from each one to the Registrar's Office.Returning students
do not pay the application fee.
V For Special Students (Non-Degree)
In some circumstances, people may be admitted as special students (nondegree)and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually
part-time students, they may subsequentlybecome candidatesfor a degree
by petitioning through the Registrar's Office.
Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at
Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree).A transcript must be
sent to the Admissions Office by the student's home institution.
An application form for special student (non-degree) status is available
from the Admissions Office.
V For International Students
Internationalstudentsshould consult with the Coordinator of International
Student Admissions regarding the procedures for applying as an international student. All international students transferring to Augsburg from
another United States college or university must apply and be accepted for
admission to Augsburg two months prior to the start of the semester: July
1for Fall, November 1 for Spring.
To contact the Coordinator, call (612) 330-1001 or write to:
Coordinator of International Student Admissions
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis MN 55454
Your Education
A
11 students receive financial help indirectly, since a quality
liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees
cover. The College raises that difference in gifts - from alumni,
faculty, staff, parents, church, friends, foundations, a n d endowment income.
However, the primary responsibility for paying for a college
education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is
intended to supplement those resources.
College Costs 1988-89
The Board of Regents has approved the costslisted for the 1988-89academic
year. The Board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The
College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions
necessitate.
V Tuition, Fees, Room and Board
..........................................................
Tuition (full-time enrollment)
$8,020.00
This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1988.
Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses
during the semester terns with a total of seven or more courses in the school
year. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees, subscription to
student publications, and admission to most College-supported events,
concerts and lectures. The amount is payable in two equal installments at
the beginning of each semester.
........................................
Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course
$595.00
This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester
and/or an Interim only. Part-time students taking lifetime sports are
charged the audit rate for that course.
................................
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course.
$298.00
Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students
taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course.
...................................................$1,610.00
Full Board (19 meals a week) ...........................................................$1,470.00
Room Rent (includes telephone).
Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet
available from the Office of Student Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) is
$1,430.00; the point plan is $1300.00.
V Other Special Fees (Non-refundable)
Fees Billed on Student Account
ACTC Bus (full-time students
only) ........................................$5.00
Late Registration (per day
after classes begin) ................ $10.00
Registration Change after first
5 days (cancel/add/change/
grade option, or combination
at one time) ............................$5.00
Introduction to Cinema Art .....$35.00
Life Drawing (See Interim
Catalog for fee)
Music Therapy Internship
(one half course credit) ....$298.00
Fees Payable by ChecWCash
Application (new and/or
special students) ................$15.00
Nursing Credit Validation
Tests .......................................$95.00
Nursing Comprehensive
Exam ........................................$9.00
Locker Rental (commuters).......$5.00
Music Lessons Private,
per semester (14 lessons) ...$175.00
Class, per semester ...............$50.00
Radio-Television Production ...$ 10.00
Theater Technical Production .$35.00
Student Teaching (per course
for full-time students) ..........$15.00
Student Teaching (per course
for part-time students) .......$150.00
Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs) ......... $125.00
Student Activity Fee .................. $85.00
Student Activity Fee (parttime students) .......................$42.50
Student Parking Lot Permit
-car ...................................$45.00
-motorcycle .......................$20.00
Transcript Fee (per copy after
first, which is free) ...............$2.00
Special Examinations,
Cap & Gown Costs (Schedule
on file in Registrar's Office)
Books and Supplies
These costs are estimated to range between $350 - 400 per year.
V Deposits
..............................................
Enrollment Deposit (Non-refundable)
$100.00
Required of all new students after acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is
credited to the student's account only when his/her enrollment is terminated. Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be
refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the
Admissions Office.
....................................................................
$10.00
Housing Damage Deposit
Required of all resident students at the time of signinga contract, to reserve
a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or
fines and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages
and/or fines)at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract.
New contracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring Term by notifying the
Office of StudentLife in writing by the first day of registration. The resident
will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of
proper notification.If the new contract is cancelled prior to July 1for Fall semester or January 1for Spring Semester, $50.00 will be forfeited from the
$100 deposit as a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if
cancellation is after these dates.
V Payments
Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of
Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the
Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the Business
Office.
Payment Options - (1)Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; (2)
Semester Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3) Payment
Plan -upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is
available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges
letter; (4) lcmonth Payment Plan -upon application, College approval,
and payment of a $50 administrativefee, the annual chargesmaybe paid in
10 equal insta1Imuzb beginning June20 and ending March 20. No finance
charge wdl be assessed on accounts which are current. An application will
be sent upon request.
Financial Policies
A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1%per month on any account
with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a 10-monthpayment plan in
which payment is not current.
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the
beginning of each semester.
Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term
is paid in full.
Augsburg College will not release academic student transcripts until all
student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds
administered by the College (National Defense/Carl Perkins National
Direct Student Loan and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according
to established repayment schedules.
V Refunds
Students fill out Withdrawal from College forms available in the Center for
Student Development. They must be filled out completely signed, and
turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw,
change to part-time, are dismissed, or are released from a housing contract
will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the
minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrativecosts) according to
the following schedule:
100% - through the first five days of classes (less $100.00
administrative fee)
90% - from the 6th though 10th day of classs
80% - from the 11th through 13th day of classes
70% - from the 16th through 20th day of classes
60% - from the 21st through 25th day of dasses
50% - from the 26th day of classes through the
mid-point of the term
No refund will be made afterthe middle classday of the term. Board refunds
are made on a proportionate basis.
If a student is forced to withdraw due to illness or accident, the refund will
include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment,
upon submissionof a report from the attending doctor stating the inability
or inadvisability of continued enrollment.
Students who elect to omit an Interim or to graduate in December are not
entitled to a refund of Interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students
who participate in an approved off-campus Interim are eligible to apply for
a board refund and room sub-lease. Details and request forms are available
in the Office of Student Life.
All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all
adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before
eligibility for a cash refund is determined.
Financial Aid
Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a
person or family makes in a lifetime. So, proper planning and wise choices
are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the methods used
to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial
Services, will help students and their families with both monetary and
advisory assistance to protect access to a quality education in spite of increasing costs.
Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combinationof scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College
cooperates with federal, state, church, and private agencies in providing
various aid programs. For the academicyear 1986-87approximately 85%of
all students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, loans and part-time
employment totalling over $7,200,000 from all aid sources.
The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the
student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and
family resources.
The Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing
Program (ACT)or the Financial Aid Form (FAF)of the College Scholarship
Service (CSS)helps determine the amount of assistance for which a student
is eligible. This analysis estimates the amount a student and family can be
expected to provide for college expenses, taking into account such family
financial factors as current income, assets, number of dependents, other
educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations.
V How and When to Apply
New Students - Regular Admission
1. Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made until the student has applied and been accepted for
admission.
2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS) or Financial Aid form
(FAF)from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the
application and send it to the processing agency after January 1but
before March 15for priority consideration.Minnesota residents must
complete the FFS which includes the application for the Minnesota
State Scholarship/Grant Program. Augsburg's code on the FFS is
2080. For non-Minnesota residentsusing the FAF, Augsburg's code is
6014.
3. Within four to six weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that
time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee
will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A
letter will be sent to you detailing your financial aid package.
4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work
applications will then be sent to you.
5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each
college previously attended before financial aid will be offered. The
financial aid transcript forms are available through the Admissions
Office or Financial Aid.
Returning Students
Eligibility for assistance must be re-establishedeach academicyear by filing
the application and Family Financial Statement (FFS).Renewal is based on
financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability.
V Kinds of Aid
A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general
rather than for a specific scholarshipor grant (exceptas noted).The various
forms of aid available are listed here for information only.
In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, studentsare urged to
investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants, and loans that might be
available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with
churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high
schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid
available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these
sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Children, and others.
+ Gift Assistance
President's Scholarships - President's Scholarships are awarded annually to the most academically qualified full-time freshmen students. These
scholarships are awarded without regard to need.The awards are renewable for three years based on academic performance at Augsburg. Special
application is due February 1.Details from Admissions Office.
Dean's Scholarships-Full tuition and half tuitionDean's Scholarshipsare
awarded each fall to the most academicallyqualifiedfull-time studentswho
are direct transfersto Augsburg College followingcompletionof anA.A. or
A.S. degree, having maintained a 3.5 GPA on a 4.0 scale. These scholarships
are awarded without regard to need and are renewable for an additional
year. Because this is a unified program, full tuition is assured, since the
Collegeguaranteesthe differencebetween non-Augsburggrants and scholarships (suchas state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special
application is due April 1.
PairedResources inMinistryandEducation (PRIME)Awards- Augsburg
College will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or grant
from a Lutheran congregation.Announcement from the congregationmust
be made by October 1.
Augsburg Tuition Grants -Available to students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. A grant may pay up to full tuition
and fees. A student's academic performance, financial need, and high
school and community involvement are taken into consideration.
Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants - Awarded by the state to
Minnesota residents who have financial need. For 1988-89, they range from
$100 to $4509. All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply.
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants - A federal program
administered by the College. To be eligible, a person must: (1)be a U.S.
citizenor permanentresident; (2)have exceptional financialneed as defined
by the program and demonstrated by the FFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of
maintaining satisfactory academic standing at the College; and (4) be
accepted for admission.
Pell Grants - Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending
eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as
defined by program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each
student for 1988-89 is $2200 minus the amount the student and family can
be expected to contribute.Application ismadeby filingthe FFS (or FAF)and
requesting on the applicationform that the necessary informationbe sent to
the Pell Grant Program.
Bureau of Indian AffairsITribaland State Indian Scholarships-American Indian students who meet federal and state requirements may apply for
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and/or State Indian Scholarship monies.
Students must be 1/4 degree Indian ancestry and be enrolled with a
federally recognized tribe. Indian grants supplement all other sources of
financial aid. For assistance in application contact Augsburg's American
Indian Program Director or your tribal agency.
+ Loan Assistance
Perkins Student Loan - Joint Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate
financial eligibility. Loans are interest free during your education. No
interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any
time you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5% and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $30 a month) begin six months
after you leave school (nine months for new borrowers after 7-1-87).
Repayment may extend up to 10years. The loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum which may be borrowed for undergraduate
study is $9000.
Guaranteed Student Loans and Minnesota State Student Loans -Loan
funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states
which provide such programs. While the student is attending at least halftime, there is no interest charge. Simple annual interest of 8%on the loan
balance and repayment of the principal begin six months after you leave
school. Repayment may extend up to 10years. The maximum loan is $2625
for the first two years and $4000 for the remaining years of undergraduate
study with the cumulative undergraduate maximum of $17,250. Applications are available at the College, some banks, and the Minnesota State
Student Loan Office.
Nursing Student Loan -Federal program with provisions similar to the
National Direct Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in
nursing. Recipientsmust have financial need and be registered at least half
time. The maximum loan is $2500 per year.
Parent Loan Program (PLUS) -PLUS is a loan program to help parents
meet college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to
$4,000 per student per year with an aggregatemaximum of $20,000. Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursementat a variable interest rate
not to exceed 12%and a minimum payment of $50 per month. Application
forms are available at Augsburg College or the lending institutions. Applicationsarenormallyfiled with thebankor thrift institution with which your
family has an account.
+ Student Employment
Augsburg College provides work opportunitiesfor students with proven
financial need who are at least one-half time students. Assignment is made
on the basis of need and potential competence in performing the duties
assigned. Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial
aid, just like scholarships,loans, and grants. A maximum of 15hours of oncampus employment per week is recommended.
All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulatedin the work contract
issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made
monthly by check to the student employee.
College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program
-Under these programs the federal or state government supplies funds on
a matching basis with the College to provide some part-time work opportunities.
+ Sponsored Scholarships
Scholarship winners are selected by the Student Affairs Committee of the
Faculty unless otherwise specified.For departmentalscholarships,winners
are recommended by faculty of the department involved. Descriptions of
awards are from statements of the donors' wishes. *Indicates endowed
scholarships
General Scholarships
Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational Foundation Scholarships -A number of awards of
varying amounts (minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of financial need and
ability. Established in 1973by the foundation.
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to deservingjunior/
senior students. Established in1961 to perpetuate her memory.
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto two
deservingjunior or senior students. Establishedin 1969by Alma Jensen Dickerson to honor
her late husband and perpetuate their memory.
Elias B.Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more needy and
deserving u m d a s s students. Establishedin 1979in memorv of their husband and father bv
and Mrs. Cla&
~osie
~er:e & o n , Conrad Eljason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs. Ekabeth~auseth
Hoelck.
M. J. Estrem Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a worthy student. Established in 1965by
Maybelle and Malwlm Estrem.
First Bank Systems-Awarded each year without regard to a specificmajor,but to students
with demonstrated leadership ability and an interest in entrepreneurialdevelopment.
The Julian P. Foss Scholarship*-Awarded to a student of any class who has financialneed,
shows promise, and demonstrates faith and dedication to overcoming difficult circumstances. Established by Julian P. Foss ('30), Mesa, Arizona.
The Edwin C. Johnson Scholarship*- Awarded annually to one or more students who
demonstratepotential and financial need. Established in 1985by Edwin C. Johnson, Powers
Lake, ND.
Memorial Scholarship Foundation Scholarships* - Awarded annually to an able and
deserving upperclass student. Established in 1964 by undesignated memorial gifts.
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts Scholarships - Given annually to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972.
Northern States Power Company Scholarship* -Awarded
class year on the basis of financial need and ability.
to deserving students in each
John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - Awarded annually to freshman students who
without assistance would be unable to pursue higher education. Established in 1963 by a
bequest of John G. Quanbeck
Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* -Awarded to able and deserving students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964.
The Lea A. and Elsie L. Wildung Endowment Fund* -Awarded annually to one or more
students of any class who have potential and financial need. Establishedin 1986 through the
gift of Elsie L. Wildung, St. Paul, MN.
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior
student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved father by his daughters,
E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie.
Special Scholarships
Aid Association for Lutherans - Awarded annually to able and deserving upperclass
students who are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance
Company. Established in 1966.
The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship - Established by authorization of the Augsburg
College Board of Regents in 1965 on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Harald, this
annual scholarship provides full tuition for a freshman student from Norway. The winner
is selected from competition held in Norway by the NorgeAmerika Foreningen.
Grace Jewel Jensen Buster Memorial Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to sophomore, junior, or senior Chinese students who have outstanding
academicrecords and are preparing to work among the Chinese people. Established in 1983
by family and friends to honor the memory of Grace Jewel Jensen Buster, a 1922 alumna.
The Mildred Ryan Cleveland MemuM SchoIafslp* - Awarded annually -to able and
deserving student(s) who have p h ~ i c adisabilities
l
and have demonstrated financial need.
Established in 1972 by her husband, Floyd Cleveland, ko honor the memory of Mrs. Q e v e
land, Augsburg alumna, conseaated Christian leader and devoted wiEe.
The Laura Ann Erickson Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more
female freshmen students of any major who belong to the Lutheran Church (ELCA) and show
evidence of academic achievement and financial need. Established in 1986 by Raymond D.
Erickson, in memory of his daughter, Laura Ann E r i b n .
The Laura Ann and Raymond D. Erickson Courage Scholarship*-Awarded annually, as
funds are available, to one or more freshman students who belong to the Lutheran Church
(ELCA) and show evidence of academic achievement, financial need, and personal courage.
Establishedin 1986byRaymondD. Erickson ('50) in tribute to thecourage of hislate daughter,
Laura Ann rickso on: David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually
to a iunior or senior student who has successfullvovercome adversity and achievedexcellence
in aiademic and extracurricularperformance. kstablished in 1979 iymembers of his family
to honor the memory of Commander David J. Formo, 1964 alumnus.
The FhnwickThanksgivingScholarship*-Awarded annually ta a studentat or above the
sophomorelevd who demonstrateshigh academic achievementand is preparingfura career
in %me form of therapy, e.g, physical, occupational s p e d , music, psychological. Established at Thanksgiving, 1986, by Dr. Thcodare J, and
Fern S I-Eanwick, in gratitude to
the therapist who aided in the r e c o v q of their son,Theodore T.Hanwick 0 ,
from a sevae
accident.
TheRw.John H j e l m h d Sfholiuships-Awarded annually to second or third generation
eeshman or uppadass students of any major who have attained a 3.0 grade point average,
a better. Establishedin 19%by Sigvald ('41) andHden Hjelmdand, and John ('70) and Lynn
Hjelmeland
Gmce h e Tohnson Memmial Molarshig - One or more dmlarshim are awarded
annually t.0 u&rdass international stud& who have overcome ad&$
and achieved
excellence in mdcmic and extraamicdar performance.E s t a b h h d in 1981 by her parents,
Dr.and M m mar Johnson,and other f d y m e m b e r s and Men& in memory of ~ r a k ~ n n e
(Gay) J o h n , a student at Aupburg 1971-1973.
Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to upperdrtss women of high
moral character, with preferencegiwn to female or malestudents transferring from Waldorf
College who are in music and/or demwtary education. Esfablished in W E in memory of
Catha Jones, 1197 d m a , by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Kenncth Jones, o f h a family and
fiends, and the Augsburg College Senior Challenge kogram.
Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship -Awarded on the basis of
scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum award $500.00.
The scholarship is renewable.
The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a senior
student(s) who has successfully overcome adversity and has achievedexcellence in academic
in 1977 to honor thememory of the Rev. Nyhus,
and ex~acurricular~ormance.Established
a 1929 graduate of Augsburg Seminary who uvercame the adversity of early years to earn
his own education and he w e d others with humanity and wisdom,
The Ole K. and Evelyn L. O h n Scholarship* - Awarded annuaIly to students with
financial need. Preference given to students f r o m Canada or transfmdngfrom a public college
or university who indicate an interest in religion, music, or Scandinavian studies. Established
in 1988 by Mrs. Evelyn Olson and Mr. Gordon Olson ('631, in memory of Rev. Ole K. Olson
('32) and in honor of Mrs. Olson's 80th birthday.
Minority Student Scholarships/Grants
-
The Hearst Ame*imn Indian Scholarship*
One or mom scholarships are awarded
annually to an American Indian upperclass student(5) who has a cumulative grade point
average of 3.0 or betta at Augsburg College. Established in1984by The Hearst Foundation.
The Otto Bremer Foundation American Indian Scholarshipr - Awarded to American
Indian Students. Recipients will be involved in a community serviceproject during the year.
Car@ Foundation American Indian Scholarship* - Awarded to American Indian Students who either: 1) have been denied or lost tribal funds or, 2) have experienced other
unusual circumstances as determined by the American Indian Program Director and the
Financial Aid Director.
Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded
annually to upperclass Oriental international students. Established in 1978by her parents,
family and friends to honor thememory of Marilyn's devotion to sharing and loving people,
especially her service to students.
Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded periodically to a Black
American student. Established in 1964 in memory of Marlys Johnson Simengaard and her
Christian concern for the problems of social injustice.
Religion and Christian Service Scholarships
The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981by Rolland H. Bockbrader
to honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to the family, congregation,
Augsburg College, and the community.
Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship*- Available to both North American and
international students to encourage men and women to enter full-time Christian service.
Awards are based on demonstrated academic ability, moral character, and potential for
Christian service. Established in 1983by the Rev. and Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess.
Thorvald Olsen and Anna Constance Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded
annually to a student(s) in the senior class who is preparing for the ministry. Established in
1960 by family and a churchwide offering to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0.Burntvedt,
president of the Lutheran Free Church, 1930-1958.
Henningand Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto an upperclass student preparingfor a Christian vocation. Established in 1982to honor the memory of
Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg.
Iver and Marie Iverson Scholarship*- Awarded on the basis of need, character and interest
in Christian service. Established in 1957by Iver Iverson.
The Rev. Amold j. Melorn M e m d Schollwhip -Awarded annually to one or more
students of any dass who demms!mtepotential and Rnanual need, with preferencefor those
who are pparing for a religious service vocltion. Established In 1985by Kenneth and Vera
Ndsan in memory of thdr pastor, The Rev. Amdd J. Mefom, a 1947graduate of Augsburg
College.
Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship*- One or more scholarships are awarded annuallv on the basis of scholarship, service, and devotion to the Christian faith. Established in
19?5 by the family and ~ u ~ s College
b & ~ in memory of Gerda Mortensen for five decades of
service to Christian higher education at Augsburg College.
Onesimus Scholarship* - Awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian
ministry. Established in 1962by Mr. and Mrs. James Hdeckson.
Johan H.0. Rodvik Mernmial ScholarshipC - One or mere scholarships are awarded
annually to A u g s b g students preparing far a prof-ional career in Chrklian service.
Established in 1 9 6 by Mr. and Mrs.Luther H.Kodvik in memory of Johan J. 0.Rodvlk and
his deep perxlnal dedimlian to hk cralling as aminister, as well as his schdarly research and
pioneering tl~oughtconcerning the Apostle Paul's traditionally misunderstoad at tihrde
toward the question of equal rights and equal status for women.
The Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded on the basis of need, scholarship
and interest in Christian service. Established in 1958 to honor the Rev. Old Rogne, business
administrator of the college, 1940-1952.
The Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship*- One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to a junior or senior preparing for a full-time vocation in the church.
Established in 1980by their children,families and friends to honor thelifelong devotion that
the Rev. and Mrs. Lawrence Sateren gave to the church, Augsburg College, and Augsburg
Seminary over a period of 60 years.
Moms G. C. & Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund* -Awarded m d y to a
junior/senior student preparing for service as a aisianary through the World MissIon
Department of The Evangelical L uthwan Churchin Amcrim. btablishedin 1969by the Rev.
and Mrs. Morris G. C. Vaagenes.
Departmental Scholarships
Art
The Crown Princess Art Scholarship - Established by authorization of the Augsburg
College Board of Regents in 1978 to honor the Gown Princess of Norway. Awarded annually
to a talented art student with finanaal need.
August Molder Memorial Art Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded
annually to upperclass students majoring in art. Established in 1982 by his wife, family and
friendsin memory of August Molder, accomplished artist and teacher for more than 20 years
at Augsburg College.
Athletic
The Carl Bloomberg Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to a needy student(s)
participating in the Augsburg College hockey program. Established in 1983 by friends in
memory of Carl Bloomberg, a talented young hockey player.
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an able and deserving student
on the basis of Christianpurpose, athletic and academic achievement Established in 1966 by
his parents, the Rev. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in memory of their son, a senior student at
Augsburg College.
Paul DahlenJGerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an able and
deserving male student on the b s i s of personality, character, athletic and academic
achievement. Established in 1966 by friends to honor the memory of these two Augsburg
College students.
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to two or more students,
participatingin athletics or music, who have demonstrated financialneed and high Christian
character. The athletic scholarship is for a male candidate only, with a preference in
basketball. Establishedin 1975 by Mrs.David Gronner andchildren Richard, Carol, and Paul,
and Mrs. Ethel Gronner to honor the memory of David Gronner, an Augsburg College
alumnus.
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually based on academic achieve
ment, personal character, and abilityin athletics. Establishedin 1945 by Mr. andMrs. Charles
S. Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa.
-
R o y Jordan Memorial Scholarship'
One ormore scholar*ps are award& amraalIy to
u p p d a s s students partic+alingin infermllegiatesports,with preference for students in the
m t l i n g program. Established in 1980by the M P i Jordan and Charles Schulz familiesin
memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and n a t i o d y rxognizd wrestler.
Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship8-Awarded annually to students on the basis of
achievement, personal character, and promise in the field of physical education. Established
in 1958 by their children in memory of their parents.
The Hoyt Messerer Athletic Scholarship8- Awarded annually to amaleathlete of any class
or major, upon the recommendation of the Athletic Department. Establishedin 1987by Hoyt
C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa.
The Sian Person Memorial Sckolamh1p*-Awarded annua7ly to one ormore male students
of any class or academicmajor who p&i+tes in the College%salhleticprogramand shows
widenceof aclademicachiwernent a n d h a d n d . Establishedin1986bvGIenandGerdd
Person, in memory and in honor af their brother, Stan Person.
Biology
Biology Scholarships - Established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Deparhnent to
honor outstanding students who intend to major in biology, natural science or medical
technology.
The Dr. Kennekh D.amd Mrs. Linda mailey) Holmen Biology SehaIarship* - A merit
scholarship awarded annually to an -4s student majoring or minoring in biology.
Established in 1985by Dr.Kenneth D. and Mrs.Linda mailey) Holmen.
Business Administration/Economics
Augsburg Business Alumni ScholarshipFund* -Awarded annually to sophomore,junior
or senior students majoring in any of the areas encompassed within the Department of
Business Administration and Economics and based on academic excellence and financial
need. Established in 1984by Augsburg business alumni and other alumni and friends within
the business community.
The Forss-Herr Scholarship*- Awardedannuallyto a junior or senior business student who
has shown academic achievement, has been involved in extracurricular activities and has
financialneed. Preference will be given to students from families where two or more children
are in college at the same time. Established in 1987 by Mrs. Grace F. (Forss, '57) and Mr.
Douglas P. Herr, Danville, IL.
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more upperclass
students interested in the field of business. Established in 1965 by The Gamble-Skogmo
Foundation.
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship* - One or more awards are made annually to a
junior or senior student(s) majoring in business administration. Established in 1980 by
members of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund, Augsburg College alumna and dedicated teacher at the College.
The Joan L. Volz Business Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperdass student of
any major who intends to pursue a graduate degree in business management. The award is
based upon academic performance and financial need. Established in 1987 by Joan L. Volz,
a 1968 graduate.
Chemistry
Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - Given annually to a chemistry major,
preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chernishy. Established
in 1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre.
Chemistry Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior and senior students whose academic recordindicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Establishedin 1968
by family, friends, and the Augsburg College Chemistry Department to honor:
Manivald Aldre
Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen
Dr. W.M. Sandstrom
Walter Gordon Schnell
Walter E. Thwaite, Jr
Covey Hen drickson
Carl Fosse Chemistry Scholarship - Awarded annually to a junior or senior whose
academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Established in
1986 by Burton and Peggy Fosse, Burnsville, MN.
The Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Chemistry Scholarship* -A merit
scholarship awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring or minoring in chemistry.
Established in 1985 by Dr. Kenneth D. And Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen.
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Chemistry Scholarship - Awarded to chemistry
majors who are citizens of the U.S.Established in 1979.
Conrad S m d e Memorial Chemistry Scholarships*- A d d annually to juniw/senior
studentsmajoring in rhemishy who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and, preferably, graduateor
professional school gods. EsQbIished in 19M thrwgh the Conrad Sunde estate m memory
of a 1915 d m n u s who was the k t Augsburg ColIegegraduate toeam aPh.D. inchemistry.
Fh pmfffisionalcareer as ducator, researcher and consultmtincluded many inventions,of
which the development of lanolin oil was his outstanding work.
Education
David Mathre Scholarship* -Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s) in need
of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching.
The Barbara (Tjornhom) and Richard K. Nelson Scholarship* -Awarded annually to a
student of any class; based upon financialneed, with preference given to a person preparing
for a career in elementary education. Established in 1986 in honor of an alumna, Barbara
(Tprnhom) Nelson and her husband, Richard K. Nelson.
English
Anne Pedersan English Sthohhipv- Awarded annually to jlmfm/senior students who
aremajoringin English, wikh preference given to those who plan ta teach English as a career.
Eskablished In 1971 by f a d t y members of the ERglish w e n t to honor the 37 years of
&a of Anne Pedersm as English teacher at hugburg College.
Pmf. P. A. Sveegen MemcdaI Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an outstanding
sl-udent in the EeId of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in memory of P. A.
Svezggen, p r o f w r of English at Augsburg, 19151952.
Foreign Language
Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship*-Awardedannually to junior/senior
students who are majoring in modem language, with preference given to those who plan to
teach language. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs. James Kingsley.
Health-Related
Ellen and Courtland Agre Re-Medicine Award -Given annually to a student of any major
who is planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. Established in
1980by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Age.
Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a registered
nurse seeking a baccalaureate degreeinnursing. Establishedin 1983by The Augsburg Nurses
Alumni Association.
Ehanor Christcnsen Edwards M~rnorialScholarshipc-Awarded d
y to upperclass
sludent(s) preparing for a career in mediche or heal &. Established in I978 in memory of
Beanor Christensen Edwards* devotion and beein health cmeby members of her family,
Bemhard Christensen, Elsie Christensen Schroeder, Jessie Christensen, Nadia Christensen
and Theodore Christensen.
History
Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship - Awarded annually to a history major.
Established in 1980by Gregory M. Fitzloff to honor Carl H. Chrislock
The Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness History Award -Awarded annually to a senior student
for excellence in history. Established in 1980by Helen Ranck to honor her parents, the Rev.
and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness.
EL N. Henfitkson History StItohhip* - Awarded timually to studmts majoring in
history wlth prderence given to those who plan a c a r e in the fidd Established in 1969 by
Dr. and Mrs. Carl K Orislck and augmented by other contributions to honor the memory
of H. N. H e n d r i h n , professor of history at Augsburg College, 1900-1952.
The Nydahl Histmy Schohship* -Awarded annualIy to juniors or seniors who have
potenhd and financial need, with preference given to history majors. Established in 1986
thmugh a twqust in the will of Dr. Theodore L. Nydahl.
Mathematics
Mathematics Scholarship-Awarded annually to an able and deserving student in the field
of mathematics. Established in 1980by the Mathematics Department.
MinnegascoScholarship-Awarded annually to able and deserving junior/senior students
maiorinrr in mathematics or the scienceson the basis of need and academicabilihr. Established
in i969 Minnegasco.
cy
Metro-Urban Studies
Joel and FrancesTorstenson Scholarshipin Urban Affairs*-One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to upperdass students who actively contribute toward the fulfillment of
Augsburg's Mission Statement relating to the College's urban involvement. Established in
1982 by colleagues, former students, and friends to honor the service and leadership of the
Torstensons in community development and urban affairs.
Music
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship*- Awarded annually to a student of
choral music. Established in 1965 by Thomas I. Benson in memory of Peggy Christensen
Benson, an Augsburg College alumna.
Sam Coltvet Memorial Choral Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student of any
academic class who is a choir member not majoring in music. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen, in memory of Mr. Sam Coltvet, who believed in the
value of Christian higher education and choral music.
Freshman Performance Studies Scholarships -Entering freshman music majors who evidence marked abilityin their major instrumentor voice will receive free lessons in that major
medium during the first two semesters of performance studies.
The Rev. Clement A. Gisselquist Church Music Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a
rnwically-gifted student, with preference &en M a student of organ and/or choral music
who desires to serve, prof&onaIIy or otherwise, in the ministry of music of the Lutheran
Church. EeabIished in 1955 by the family.
David Gronaer Mwwrial Schohship* - A m d e d m u d y to Two or more students
partiapating in athletics or music,wha have demonstrated financialneed and are af hihigh
Christian character. &tablistid in 1975by MS. David Gronner and children Richard, Carol
and Peu&and Mrs. Ethel G r m e s i n memory of David Gronner, Augsbmg College alumnus.
-
0.I. H e r t s m S c h ~ k h . i g * Awa~dedarmudy to j u n i o r / d a r students who show
promise of a m d d mccm and have hinimdal need Preference given ta those who have
demonstrated profidency in choral and/or instrumental music and interest or potmfial in
conducting. Establishedin 1966 by 0.I. Hertsgaard
-
Leonard and Sylvia Kaschel Scholarship* Awarded to u p p g h students seeking to
acquire m u s I d and performance sljlL4 in inshumenlalmusic with preferwe given to those
who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.Established in 1975 by Leonard and
Sylvia Kuschel to honor the beautiful mesage of music
The Lucille H. Messerer Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to amusic student of any
class or major, upon the recommendation of the Music Department. Established in 1987 by
Lucille H. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa.
Xenne& 0.Lower- N o d kap Male C h m s Music Scholarship+-Awarded annually to
an upperclass studmt ma!orhg in music, based upon academic pdormance wd 5nandal
need, with preference given to a person studying choral music Established in 1956 in
memory of Kenneth 0. Lower ('28) and in recognition of the heritage of the Nordkap male
Chorus.
Edwin W. and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded
annually to upperclass student(s) preparing for careers in church music. Established in 1980
by Edwin W. Norberg to honor his wife's lifelong career in the teaching and conducting of
piano, organ and choral music.
St Joh's Lnthwan Chrrrch-John N d Memorial Scholmhip*-- Awarded a n n d y in
honor of St.]oh's Lutheran Church's faithful =ton for 335 ymrs,Mr. JohnNorris. Applicants
must& U.S.citizens majmkg in music who are sophomoresor above. The awards are based
upon financial need and satisfacto~yacademic progress, with preference given to racial
minority students.
Henry P. Opseth Music SchalasshipV- Awarded a n n d y to a sophomm/junior student
of outstanding promise in the field of music. EstabIlshedin 1953by his family to honor Henry
P. Opseth, chairman of the Augsbtsrg Music Department, 1922-1951.
Leland B. Sateren Choral Music Scholarship*-Awarded to outstanding students who are
participants in the Augsburg Choral Music program.
Senior Performance Scholarships - Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative
GPA of 3.0 in their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance
Scholarshipwhich provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two semesters
preceding graduation.
Rev.Mark Ronning Memorial hstmmenhl Mndc Scholarship* -Awarded annually to
a student of any dass who is a member of a College instrumental group but is not studying
music Established h 1985 by Dr. Kenneth D.and Mrs.Linda (Bailey) Holmar, in memory
of Rev, Mark Ronnhg; who dedicated his life to helping young people.
Mayo Savold Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded
band, based on talent and academic record.
annually to a partiapant in the concert
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarshi$ -Awarded mnually to an Augsburgstudent who has
music as a major/minor and who shews outstandingpromise for achievement in the art of
singing. Established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg, and her brother
Dowan to honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-53.
String Scholarships - Awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on violin,
viola, cello, or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performancestudies, string
ensemble, and orchestra.
-
John and Vera Tfiut SchoIarahip* One or more scholarships sue awatded m d y to
upperdass shrdmb who have achieved e x d e n e in performance in v o i e or pima. Established in 1980by Johnand Vera Rut, their family and friends.The 'lhuts cherished Iifelong
careerr in the teaching of music, three demdes of which were at A u ~ b w g .
Stuart West Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto a student on the basis of skilled
performance or aptitude in instrumentalmusic. Established in 1983 by Mrs. Joan West and
children, Kristine, Dale, David, and James.
Philosophy
Kenneth C. Bailey Philoslrphy Scholarship*-A merit d-ip
awarded annually to an
upperclassstudent majoring or minoring in philmphy. Estabbhedin 1985by Dr. Kenneth
D. andMrs. Linda (Bailey)Holmen, in honor of Dr. Bdejfs twentielh anniversary asmember
of the Augsbwg College faculty.
Physics
Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upperclass student
majoring in physics. Established in 1976 by the Augsburg College Physics Department and
friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg faculty.
Political Science
Political Science Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare awarded annually to upperclass students pursuing careers in political science. Established in 1980by Professors Norma
Noonan and Myles Stenshoel.
Scandinavian Studies
Iver and Myrtle O l m Scholarship*- Awarded annually to an u p M a s s student(s) with
amdernic ability, in b e pursuit of a degree with m e e n bation in Scandinavian languages,
literature, history and/or culture. Established in 1983 by their children and their families and
friends to honor I v a and Myrtle Olson on the omsfon of their golden wedding anniva-sary.
Social Work
Steen Family ScholarshipFund for Minority SocialWork Students* -Awarded annually
to one or more minority social work students, based upon the student's potential and
financial need, with preference given to those who are preparing for professional careers in
social work Established in 1985by Dr. Paul and Mrs. Lorene Steen, as representatives of the
Steen Family.
Sociology
Adolph Paalson M ~ m o r i dPrize)-- Awarded annudy to a student m h e p e r a l field of
Christian d o l o g y . BtabIlshed in 1956 by members of hh family to honor the memary of
Professor Adolph P&n,
who bught sodaI sdenm at Augsburg from 1930-35.
SpeecWCommunication/TheatreArts
Ailene Cole Theatre Arts Scholarship - Awarded to a senior student based on talent,
scholarship, and theatre participation.
Student
Life
E
xperiences in the classroom are an important part of
college life, but learning and development also occur in
formal and informal activities of the College and the metropolitan
area. Whether students are residents or commuters, the climate
for learning and living at Augsburg will add dimension to their
education.
Campus Ministry
As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual as well as
academic and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in
the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their
own faith.
Sinceour campusis comprised of individualsfrom many different religious
and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar
diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, outreach teams, planning committees, retreats, peace and justice forums,
hunger conferences, concerts, plays and movies are examples of the wide
variety of activities on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where
students, faculty and staff gather each day to give thanks and hear the
Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion.
We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gifts that God has given them. As a college of
the church, we encourage students to form their own values which will be
the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond their years at
Augsburg.
The College Pastor has an office in the Worship Center and is available for
counseling, consultation, support or information.
Student Government
Through studentgovernment studentssecureacloser relationship with and
better understanding of the administrationand faculty, and provide input
into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student govenunent also
sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to
student life at Augsburg.
Student government is organized into the executive branch, the legislative
branch, and the judicial branch. Electionsare held in the spring for the next
year. Freshmenelect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many
kinds of involvement are possible -program planning, writing, editing or
service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or
Vice President of the Student Body in their offices in the College Center.
Social, Cultural, Recreational
Throughout the year, a variety of socialand culturalactivitiestakes place on
campusas well as in the TwinCities.These activitiesinclude dances, special
dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields.
The College Center is the focus of lesiure-time activity on campus. Offices
for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the
Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom
or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. KCMR, a studentoperated non-profit radio station serving the needs of Augsburg and the
surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in Mortensen Tower.
V Fine Arts
Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama. In
addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band, and Orchestra perform on national and international tours.
Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical
styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on
campus each year under the direction of the Theatre Arts Department.
V Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference
(MIAC) and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association
(NCAA) Division 111. Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross
country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, and golf. Women
annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, track and
field, and softball.
V Intramurals
Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and
relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of
team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has
been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when
there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena.
Student Affairs
The Student AffairsDivisionis comprised of a variety of programs, services,
and activitiesdedicated to complementingand enhancing students' educational experience and the academic programs of Augsburg College. These
programs, s h e s , and activities provide students with an enriched cone
@ate experience which celebrates our rich diversity of student needs and
interests; attendsto the social, cultural, andcareer developmentof students;
and enhances students' academicperformance through direct intervention
and environmental management. The following information provides a
brief introduction to the major efforts of the Student Affairs Division.
V Academic Skills Enrichment
When students are concerned about the amount of work facing them, they
benefit fromthe programs of the LearningCenter. The Center offers services
that cover the basic skills in reading, writing, vocabulary, spelling, test
preparation, and math, as well as techniquesto improve and enrich even the
best of study habits. If students need help with test anxiety, procrastination,
or time management, the Center has programs that help.
V American Indian Support Program
R
This office, located in Memorial Hall, was created in 1978 to recruit and
retain American Indian students. Indian students receive help in admissions, financial aid, registration, tutoring, and academic and career planning. Personal counseling and advocacy regarding student status are also
available through the program. Periodically, campus activities and exhibitions are coordinated by this office.
V Black Student Support Program
Personal help with financial aid, registration, educational planning, and
career decisions is available for all black students at Augsburg. The Black
Student Support Program provides valuable assistance in getting the most
out of the resourcesbothoncampus and citywide. Communityand campus
education and cultural events are also organized.
V Career Services
Career Services assists studentsin many ways. The staff can help students
explore interestsfor majors, find Internshipsand locate part-time jobs to try
out career possibilities. The staffprovides seminars on career development,
i n t e ~ e w i n gskills and resume writing. Placement files are developed for
each student and sent out to prospective employers and graduate progr--
V Counseling Services
All students have moments of anxiety, difficulty making decisions, and
confusionabout themselves, their values, or their relationships. Sometimes
it is important to talk to someone with skills in counseling. Whenever
studentsneed to talk things out or get suggestionsabout the many excellent
helping services in the Twin Cities, they find valuable assistance through
the Counseling Department.
V Disabled Student Programs
Learning disabled studentshave average or above average intelligencebut
have difficulty achieving to their full potential. Services available to such
students include: diagnostic evaluation, educational planning, learning
aids and remedial instruction. If studentsare concerned that difficulties in
school are more than just temporary problems, they can discuss their
learning style with the Coordinator of Disabled Students or the Learning
Disabilities Specialists,and arrangeassessmentand structured assistanceto
increase their potential for academic success.
Physically challenged studentsare served through this office too. Individualized attention and servicesare provided for and/or coordinated in order
to meet the mobility needs of students.
V Orientation
The entire College is involved in orienting new students to Augsburg. The
Coordinator of Orientation works closely with the faculty and staff in
developing a cohesive program for students and their families which
introduces them to this unique academic communityand the programs and
people which serve them. Augsburg College has an exemplary program,
called the First Year Experience, which is a collaborative effort between
Academic and Student Affairs. This program begins prior to enrollment
and continues through the Interim term of the freshman year.
V Residence Life
The College houses approximately 800 students in a traditional residence
hall, apartment buildings, 22 houses and a family housing complex. The
housing staff manages these facilities and creates a wide array of educational and social programming which balances and compliments the educational experience of students.The staff is comprised of three professional
staff members and 18paraprofessionalswho live and work closelywith the
resident students to provide a safe environment for living and learning.
V Student Activities
The Student Activities program creates opportunities for students to enhance their leadership skills through active involvement in developing
events, activities, and organizations which serve the student community.
Hundreds of major programming efforts and targeted activitiesfor specific
student interests are generated through these efforts and make Augsburg
an enjoyable interactive environment which encourages student involvement.
International Programs
The Coordinator of International Programs focuses on the special needs of
students from countries other than the United States and on students
interested in studying in other countries.
International Students - Augsburg enjoys the academic and cultural
participation of international students. The Coordinator of International
Programs helps to orient and advise on visa, exchangeprogram and permanent resident statusissues. The Coordinator handles information on immigration, work permits and temporary status. Arrangements for American
hosts of international students are made.
Foreign Study - There are also many opportunities for foreign study
which are coordinated and facilitated by this office.
Health Service
The staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the
street from the campus will take care of students' health needs. Visits are
free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available
through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Students must check family health
coverage to determineif they are included;if not, a studenthealth insurance
plan is available.
Food Service
The Commons -Situated on the top floor of the College Center, this is the
main food service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room
features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College
Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly
priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in
the Commons.
The Chin Wag -Located on the ground floor of the Center, the Chin Wag
features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the
evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in
College houses or nearby apartments.
Living on Campus
Because ~ i ~ s b recognizes
u r ~
that a student's ability to respond to the
learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a
variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program
promotes student growth by asking students to actively participate in
group decision-making.Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff
who facilitate the process of group living and discuss personal concerns
with individua1,students.
Augsburg requires all freshmen and sophomores not living at home to live
in College-operatedhousing. Married student housing is available in annex
housing and South Hall. Students rent a room at the beginning of the fall
term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments the
summer before they arrive at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing
arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by
June 1in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1will be
provided housing only if space is available.
All students living on campus must pay an advance payment when they
sign the housing contract. The feeis credited to the students' accounts when
they move into the residence.
Urness Tower -All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in
Urness Tower. This eleven story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students (two to a room), with their own
lounge, study and utility areas.
Mortensen Tower - This is the newest residence hall, an alternative to
traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students.
South Hall -Contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students.
West Hall -Contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass
students.
Annex Housing - This provides an alternative opportunity for group
living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house
responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One
way to maximize the living and learning of your housing situation is to bid
for a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting
projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on
such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness,
International Living, Honors Program, and Scandinavian Studies.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units.
It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are
furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps.
Laundry facilities are available in each residence.
Student Rights
The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities
and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by students and
faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any
student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint
should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs.
The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act
and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and
data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Office of the
Registrar and the Placement Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential
letters and statements placed in the record before January 1,1975, or placed
under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access.
Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination
based on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital
status or age.
Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the
Office of the Dean of Students or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the
Directory at the end of the Catalog.
Academic
Information
A
ugsburg College constructs its curriculum upon the premise
that students must be educated as full human persons: intellectually, spiritually, and physically. To act effectively, human beings must
have a broad grasp of the world from which they have come as well as
the world in which they live. By providing courses in the humanities,
natural sciences, and social sciences, the general education cumculum
introduces students to the breadth and complexity of knowledge and
culture.
Required courses in religion are designed to acquaint students with the
Christian tradition and encourage them to reflect upon the importance
and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses offer
students the opportunity to develop skills for participation in exercise
and sporting activities.
Students choose from over forty major areas of study to gain a depth of
knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a career or further study.
Thus, through a balance of curricular activities supported by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education
strives to educate its students in a real world for the real world.
General Information
+ Degrees Offered
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the
Bachelor of Science degrees. The B.S. degree is awarded to graduates with
majors in Chemistry (ACS),Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. The
B.M. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Music Education and
Music Performance. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the
Bachelor of Arts degree. Augsburg also offersaMaster of ArtsinLeadership
degree.
+ Academic Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of
approximately 14 weeks separated by a 4-week January Interim. Students
normally take four courses each semester and one course during Interim. A
maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual summer
sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks.
The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on
another campus during the regular term. (See Registration.) January Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to
employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and
topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. The Interim
catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and
is available by contacting the Interim Office.In addition to classes offered
on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel opportunities within the
United States and abroad. Independent or directed study and Internships
are among the many Interim options.
Augsburg Weekend College follows a trimester calendar (see Augsburg
Weekend College). Augsburg's Graduate Program follows a trimester
calendar.
+ Faculty
The heart of any educational institutionis its faculty, and Augsburg College
is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors.
Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree, and all consider
their teaching to be the focus of their activity. Faculty are involved in
research, including such varied studies as space physics, the history of
medieval spirituality, women in the Soviet Union, and homelessness in
American cities. Music faculty perform professionally on the local and
national level, and studio artists' works can be seen in buildings, galleries,
and shows around the country. Augsburg faculty see their research as
supportingtheir teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty
development program which introduces them to current thought in many
fields but especially in teaching techniques and theories.
Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers
and counselors and participate regularly in campus activities. Every student is assigned a freshman adviser and chooses a major adviser. In this
close interaction, faculty act as both mentors and models for students.
+ Library and Audio-Visual Services
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly studentlibrary assistants
make the library a favorite place to study. The main library houses over
160,000books, periodicals, records, tapes and films.Music, Chemistry, and
Art History slide libraries are located within the departmental areas.
A service-dedicatedstaff provides students with assistance to meet diverse
information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard
reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to
other local sources of information. Special arrangements are made for
access by students with physical handicaps.
Students have access to over 5,000,000 volumes via daily interloan and
courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges, the Hill Reference
Library, and Minitex, the statewide network.
The Library Audio-Visual Center houses audio-visual materials and equipment and provides access to materials for rent or loan. Assistance with
production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audio/video tape recordings is availablefor faculty and students. Equipment suchas movie and
slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods.
Film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are available.
Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located in the Center.
+ Computer Resources
Approximately 60 microcomputers, including Apple IIe's and Macintoshes, IBM XT's, laboratory computers, and graphics microcomputers are
arranged in networks with larger machines, to satisfy standard educational
needs. Students and faculty members needing even more computingpower
also have access to computers at the University of Minnesota and the
Minnesota Supercomputer Center.
Academic Organization
and Programs
+ Divisions and Departments
The College curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are grouped
into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
Humanities -Raymond Anderson (Chairperson)
Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts
Natural Science and Mathematics -Neal Thorpe (Chairperson)
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics
Social and Behavioral Sciences -Norma Noonan (Chairperson)
Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science,
Psychology, Sociology
Professional Studies -Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson)
Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, SocialWork
+ Majors and Minors
Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within
one division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a
major or majors before they enter college. Otherstest a variety of disciplines
before deciding.Normally a major shouldbe elected by the end of the fourth
semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are
in the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are
part of the B.A. degree.
Students may contact the Registrar about creating a unique major.
Majors
Applied Economics
Art History
Biology
Business Administration
(Accounting, Finance, International
Business, Management, Management
Information Systems, Marketing)
Chemistry @.A. or B.S.)
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies1
Economics
Economics-Business Administration
Engineering2
English
Foreign Languages:
French, German, Norwegian, Spanish
Health Education
History
Humanities
International Relations
Kindergarten-Elementary Education
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Education (B.M.)
Music Performance (B.M.)
Music Therapy (B.S.)
Nursing (B.S.)
Occupational Therapy
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics (B.A. or B.S.)
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies1
ScandinavianArea Studies
Social Science
Social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Speech
Studio Art
Theatre Arts
Transdisciplinary
Minors
Art History
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies
East and Southeast Asian Studies
Economics
English
Foreign Languages:
French, German, Norwegian, Spanish
Health Education
History
International Business
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Music
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Sdence
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies'
ScandinavianArea Studies
Social Welfare
Sociology
Speech
Studio Art
Theatre Arts
Women's Studies
It is possiblefor students to complete other majors through the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC).Students who wish to compleiea majorofferedat one of the other ACTC
colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Ofice.
1 -Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Citiesandagreementswith
the University of Minnesota. It is possiblefor students to fake beginning and intermediate
courses in Chinese, Japaneseand Russian.
2 - Dual degree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology,
WashingtonUniversity School of Engineering and Applied Science, and Michigan Technological University.
3 -Dual degree program with Washington Uniwsity School of Medicine.
+ Teaching Licensure
Teaching Licensure programs are offered at Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education and the following fields in Secondary Education:
English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), S e n c e (Grades 5-91, Social
Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theatre Arts, and in the specialareas of Art (K-121,
Band (IS-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), Orchestra (K-12) and
Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal
and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), and Physical Education (K-12). Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisers both in the
Education Department and the area of their academic major(s).
+
Certification Programs
Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at
Augsburg to increase vocational possibilities and/or enhance personal
growth:
Certificate in Art -Requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history.
Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less
formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information,
contact the Art Department Chairperson.
Church Staff Work Certification -Designed to prepare for full-time specialized
lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff
Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology,
sociology, speech and physical education. The program is designed to meet or
exceed criteriaused in The Evangelical Lutheran Church in Americacertification
program. Interested students should contact the Religion Department Chairperson.
Program Evaluation Certification - Provides the background for performing
systematic assessments of programs for social improvements. Students are
required to complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an Internship. For further information, contact the Psychology or Sociology
Department Chairperson.
+ Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, occupational
therapy, dentistry, the ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or
seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned
accordingly.A faculty adviser is available in each field to assist students in
their planning. Students who want to plan a pre-professional program
should contact the AssociateAcademic Dean early in their freshmanyear to
arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser.
Pre-Dentistry -These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota:ENG, 2 courses;
BIO 111,112; PHY 121,122; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352; MAT 124; PSY
105. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering -This program provides a course of study which enables students to complete introductory core requirements in mathematics, science and
the liberal arts necessary for engineering.Some students in the program choose
to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees in engineering,
while others elect to participate in a dual degree program. Augsburg College has
cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student to earn a
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineeringdegree from
either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual
degree programs afford students the opportunity to combine a strong background in the liberal arts, including an elected major, with the study of engineering.
Pre-Law - Students considering a career in law should examine the handbook
published by The Association of American Law Schoolsand consult the Augsburg
pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel.Students may wish to take the course POL
170 (Law in the United States) to help determine their interest in law. Pre-Law
students should major in a discipline of their own choosing, and will satisfy most
law-school entrance requirements with a record of solid achievement in the
liberal arts.
Pre-Medicine -Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to
prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the Biology and Chemistry Departments have majors which can fulfill the academic requirements for premedical
students. Both require CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), MAT 124,125; and PHY 121,
122. The chemistry major also requires CHM 353,361, one advanced course,
seminar, and two or more biology courses. The biology major also requires BIO
111,112,201,491 and at least one from each of five groups (367,386,4711, (355,
474), (351,353,473), (361,440), (476,481), with 353 and 355 especially recommended for medical school. Designed to meet the University of Minnesota
(Minneapolis) requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the
behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. The
University of Minnesota (Minneapolis) requires two years of English. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult
with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Pre-Occupational Therapy - Augsburg College has a cooperative arrangement
with Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri, to allow students to earn a
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Science or Master of
Science degreein OccupationalTherapyfrom Washingtonuniversity. Prerequisite courses for the Occupational Therapy Program include ENG 111, BIO 111,
112 and 473 or 353; CHM 105 or 115; PHY 103; PSY 105,351,362; SOC 121,336,
SOC 362 or MAT 373.
Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: BIO 111,112;
CHM 115,116,351,352; EC0 112or 113;ENG 111and a second course; MAT 124,
125; PHY 121,122; electives from humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the
semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary -A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several
different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or
religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in the history of
philosophy; and Greek in the junior and/or senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of
~ e t e r i n a i ~ e d i c iat
n ethe University of ~innesota,these courses are r i o m mended: ENG, 2courses; MAT 124; public speaking, 1course; CHM 115,116 (or
105,106), 351,352,353; BIO 111,112;PHY121,122; economics, 1course;2courses
in art, literature, music, humanities, theatre, or Upper Division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science,
psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the distribution require
ments. Requirements at other universities may vary.
V Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges a n d institutions in the Twin Cities
area on several programs.
Library and Media Center - Through CLIC, the Twin-Cities private colleges
library consortium, and MINITEX, the statewide library network, the Augsburg
community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) -Full-time students at Augsburg
and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas
may elect a course each semester at one of the other campuses.No additional fee
is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and
some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students
may elect to participate in the cooperativeprogram to gain new perspectives, to
get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or
major not offered on the home campus.The colleges have coordinated calendars.
The Interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled
bus shuttles students between the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperateswith other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January Interim
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - Augsburg, in
cooperation with fifteen other colleges and universities in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa, and South Dakota, develops and offers off-campus study semesters in
Scandinavia, South and Central America, San Francisco, and the Twin Cities. All
HECUA programs are interdisciplinary and address the critical issues associated with social change and the human community. The consortium also
facilitates innovative curricular endeavors, an interchange and sharing among
faculty, cooperative research, international and experiential education, and
conferences on planning and metro-urban studies.
Chemical Dependency Program -A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has
resulted in the establishmentof a four-year program in social work, sociologyor
psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to
train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken on both campuses.
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards,
and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the
ShakopeeInstitution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale
(a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus.
The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views
of the prisons, hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students
involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been
extremely favorable.
Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force ROTC
program at The College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement.
Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For
more information, contact the Dean of the College.
Naval ROTC -Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program at
the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Dean
of the College.
V Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of intemational experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, see the Director of International Programs.
Since there is a limit on the number of studentswho may study abroad each
year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate
in an intemational program. The deadline is December 1of the preceding
year.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs -Students may participate in
the ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spendingJanuary and Februarpin
intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular
semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available.
HECUA (Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs) -Augsburg students
join students from other colleges and universities in five Werent full semester
programs in Scandinavia, South and Central heria,San Francism and the
Twin Cities. All programs are interdisciplinary and emphasize the impact of
social change and crosscultural factors on the human community. HECUA
programs emphasize intense language experience, Internships, and field trips.
Interim -Study abroad during the Interim is planned for each year. See listings in
the Augsburg Interim Catalogand in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued in
spring for the followingJanuary. Augsburg is affiliated with the Upper Midwest
Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE).
International Business Program -Augsburg College International Business Program offers studentsthe opportunity to spend a year of study in London, Paris
(AmericanCollege), Cairo (American University), or Heidelberg. A major concentration in international business provides the option of taking Business
Administration courses at Augsburg and international Core courses at one or
two of the campuses abroad. See Business Administration-InternationalBusiness.
in Global Community - Augsburg's 3 1/2 month living/learning
program based in Cuemavaca, Mexico, focuseson the study of issues related to
global justie and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation.
I ndudes intensive Spanish instmclion,group tsips, home stay with a family, and
Pro-
cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent to full room, board,
and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. See Global Education Programs.
Human Services in a Latin American Context - 3 1/2 month study program
designed to introduce participants to the central issues currently facing the third
world, and to focus on Latin American models of education and service and their
contribution to the process of social change. These models have grown out of the
sense that the achievement of basic human rights goes hand in hand with the
empowermentof individuals and groups to control their own lives. Application
and interview required, enrollment limited. See Global Education Programs.
Student Project for Amity Among Nations -Augsburg participates in the SPAN
program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several
colleges in the state. Each year three or four countriesare selected, and qualified
students are granted partial scholarshipsto enable them to spend a summer in
informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are
made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program
consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school
year before departure, Independent Study abroad on a topic of one's choice
during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return.
Semester oryear Abroad -Arrangements havebeen made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of
foreign educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway; the University of York, England; the University of Dundee, Scotland;the
Institute for American Universities in Avignon, France; The American College
in Paris; and the Fundacion Ortega y Gasset, Toledo, Spain.
Student TeachingAbroad -Selected EducationDepartmentstudentsmay participate in the InternationalStudentTeachingAbroad program coordinated through
Moorhead State University. Students have options for student teaching in
dozens of countries through the International Independent School network.
Those interested in further information should contact the Education Department. Students who student teach abroad also will do part of their student
teaching under direct Augsburg faculty supervision.
Summer School -There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to
spend a summer studyingabroad.RecentlyAugsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those
interested in further information should contact the Director of International
Programs.
V Honors Program
The HonorsProgramis a set of opportunitiesdesigned to challengethe most
academically distinguished students at Augsburg. Honors combines academic and cultural components with social and intellectual activities. The
main components of the program include a one-per-term sequence of
honors courses during the freshman and sophomore year, special topics
seminars, a senior honors Interim course, and a bi-monthly program of
speakers and events in the city. Students gain an enriched academic
experience with the support and camaraderie of other honors students.
Through the program, the College can identify and meet the needs of our
v m y best students. Members normally enter as freshmen, with opportunities for transfersandothers.Requirementscenter on full participation in the
program components and a GPA of approximately 3.5. Please send inquiries to Professor Diane Pike, Director of Honors.
V Cooperative Education and Internships
Through Cooperative Education and Academic Internships, Augsburg
College students integrate their liberal arts education with the world of
work. Each placement is closely related to a student's major or career
interest. An underlying assumption is that a liberal arts education is an
effective form of career preparation.
Augsburg's Cooperative Education and Academic Internship Programs
link employers and faculty in a way that enriches and expands a student's
educational experience. This on-the-jobexperience adds breadth and depth
to the liberalarts curriculumand helps students make more informed career
decisions.
Augsburg'sliberal arts education is enhanced by the College'smetropolitan
location and the broad range of opportunities in the Twin Cities. Co-op Ed
and Internships expand these mutually beneficial relationships and the
resulting partnerships among employers, educators and students.
Augsburg has been a leading proponent and provider of experiential
education for many years. Both Co-op Education and Internships are
voluntary and available throughout the curriculum. Eachacademic department determines the extent of its involvement in either program and the
amount of credit it will allow. The Associate Academic Dean coordinates
the Internship Program with assistance from Cooperative Education and
Career Services.
Co-op Education and Internships are separate and distinct from programs
which require clinical experience, practicums, residencies and/or student
teaching in order to fulfill the professional training associated with accredited programs. However, many students participate in Co-op Education
and Internships prior to and following these required assignments.
Cooperative Education students are expected to complete one Internhip
per year in conjunction with their placement. A nonaedi t Cooperative
Education transcript entry is available during the academic termswhen the
student is not registered for an Internship.
Upper Division Internships are numbered 399 and Lower Division Internships are numbered 199. Registration for Internshipsconsists of the following steps. A learning agreement (forms are available from the Associate
Academic Dean's office) must be negotiated with the faculty member
responsible for grading the experience. The grading system, activities, and
appropriatelevel must be agreed upon. The completed learning agreement
is returned to the Associate Dean's office. An Internship card (withthe
description/location) signed by the faculty member and Associate I3ean
must be turned in to the Registrar's Officeat registration time. Students are
not encouraged to register/add until an actual experience has been arranged, but they must make arrangements by the end of the registration
period. For extension of study beyond one term, see the section of the
catalogunder grading.Amaximum of four coursesof Internshipmay count
toward the 35 courses required for the degree.
V IndependentIDirected Study
Many departments offer opportunities for conscientious students who
demonstrate sufficientbackground and preparation in a given field to carry
out upper division level work on an independent basis. Courses are
numbered 499. (Some departments have been given faculty approval to
offer 1/2 course credit under498. The Speech, Communicationand Theatre
k t s Department uses 495 for Independent Study in Communication.)
Many departments also offer an opportunity for Directed Study on a Lower
Division level. These courses are numbered 299. Arrangements between
students and instructors should be made in advance of the period of initial
registration. The grading system and appropriate level must be agreed
upon. Independent and Directed Study course numbers are used only for
study different in content from courses already listed in this Catalog. An
agreed-upon titlemustbe reported on the appropriateform to theRegistrafs
Office at registration time. The faculty member giving the grade must sign
the form. Studentsare not encouraged to register/add until an actual study
has been arranged, but they must make arrangementsby the end of the registration period. For extension of study beyond one term, see the section of
the Catalog under grading.
A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study
may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Students may
cross-registerfor Independent Studies at another ACTC school only when
the major field in which the Independent Study is proposed is not available
on their home campus, and will be charged by the host campus for any
special costs attached.Requests for exception to this policy should be made
directly to their own academic dean.
V Weekend College
Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult
students who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a
means by which men and women may earn a college degree, complete a
second major, or pursue a personal interest or skill.
Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and there are three
trimester terms during the early September through June academic year.
Students may take from one to four classes each term.
While Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses as
the day school program, the curriculum is limited to selected liberal arts
courses and the following majors: Business Administration (specializations
in accounting, finance, management, and marketing), Communication
(concentrations in human relations, marketing communications, public
relations/advertising, and supervisory management), Management Information Systems, Elementary and Secondary Education, English, Nursing,
and Social Work.
V Graduate Program
In January of 1987Augsburg College initiated a Master of Arts program in
Leadership. Based on the subject matter and approaches of the traditional
liberal arts, this cross-disciplinaryprogramdirects its academic content and
pedagogical approaches at situations, issues and problems relevant to
organizational leaders. Augsburg's program recognizes that todafs leaders need broad-spectrum abilitiesto provide them with a more comprehensive understanding of their world.
Designed for working adults who have demonstrated leadership potential
in the workplace, the Augsburg Graduate Program operates on alternate
Saturdays and alternate Thursday evenings. Students may take either one
or two courses per trimester.
V Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers selected courses through Continuing Education.
Inquiries shouldbe addressedto the Officeof the Associate Academic Dean.
V Center for Global Education
The Center for Global Education was founded at Augsburg in 1982 with a
commitmentto educationwhichbothexpandsour world view and deepens
our understanding of issues related to global peace and justice. Studentscan
participate in a number of forums, seminars and conferences that focus on
global issues. In addition, a spring semester program in Mexico, "The
Program in Global Community," a fall semester in Mexico, "Human Services in a Latin American Context," and occasional Interims allow more indepth exposure to these topics.
Academic
Policies and
Procedures
V Registration
A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it.
Students normally register for four coursesa semester and one course in the
Interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are
classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 courses,
students must contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee on
Student Standing for permission.
Although a student may register up to two weeks afterthe semesterbegins,
registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special feesare
charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancelling or
adding courses or changing grading option after the first five days of a
semester.
A joint class schedule is published each Springby the Associated Colleges
of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for
the following semesters.
Separate catalogs of courses are published by the Interim Office, Summer
School Office, Weekend College Officeand Graduate Program Office for
those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures.
Specific information on registration and help with registration on another
campus are available from these offices:
Office of the Registrar -Science 114, for Fall and Spring Terms
Interim Office -Memorial 230
Summer School Office -Memorial 230
Weekend College Office -2222 Murphy Square, for Fall, Winter and
Spring Trimesters
Graduate Program Office -2222 Murphy Square, for Fall, Winter and
Spring Trimesters
V Pre-Registration
Freshmen and transfer studentsmaypre-register during summerfor courses
in the fall.All currently enrolled studentsmay pre-register during the fall for
the springand during the springforthe fall.All studentsmust confirm their
registration at the beginning of each semester and complete financial
arrangements.
V Withdrawal from College
Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered,
since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of
courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office.
Withdrawal from College cannot occur during final examination week
unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from College and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as
of the date the completed Withdrawal from College form is returned to the
Registrar's Office.
V Leave of Absence
StudentsmayrequeslaLeave of Absence for academic or personalreasons.
Arequest formmust bepickedup fromthe Office of theDeanof the CoLlege.
It must be signed by the Dean of Sbdmts, or au khorized representative,and
by the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The cornpIeted
form must be turned in to the Registrar's Office.
A Leave of Absence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If
an extension of a Leave of Absence is needed, it should be requested in the
same manner as the original Leave of Absence, and the completed form
must be turned in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the
previous Leave of Absence, or readmission will be required.
Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing
must be observed by returning students. A Leave of Absence does not defer
repayment of loans or extend incomplete deadlines.
V Graduation Requirements
The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests
with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in
program planning.
Former Augsburg students, readmitted to complete a degree, have a choice
between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, or using the
catalog in effect at the point of readmission.
Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the
Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office.
All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the
Registrais office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be
no incompletes or open courses on the academic record).
See the separate section on Graduation with Distinction to learn about
requirements for these honors.
1.Completion of 35 courses -At least 11coursesmust be Upper Division,
numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in one department,
except in certain approved majors - 17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music
Performance)for the Bachelor of Music degree, and 18 for the Bachelor of
Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degree. The
course total must include three Interims for students whose complete
academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must
includeone less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. This
is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits.
No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total courses
required: 4 Conservationof Human Resources (CHR)courses; 2 courses by
independent/directed study; 4 courses of Internship; and 8 courses with a
grade of Pass (PI. Non-traditional grading (P)also has these limits: 2 in the
major except Elementary Education and Nursing; 1in the minor if approved
by the department chairperson.
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher
degree should contact the Registrar's Officeabout specific requirementsfor
a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major.
2. Completion of a Major -Requirements for each major are listed under
the departmental headings. A minor or double-major is not required, but is
encouraged.
3. First Year Experience (FYE) - All students who enter the College as
freshmen in the weekday schedule program must complete satisfactorily
the FYE Fall Orientation and Seminar. See the program section on the First
Year Experience for a full description.
4. Grade Point Average -2.0 for most majors -A grade point average
of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and over all courses which apply
toward the major. Some majors, licensure, and certification require higher
grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see
licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social work.) See the departmental section for details.
5. Residence -The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum
of 7 courses for part-time students) must be at Augsburg. Contact the
Registrar if an official interpretation is needed.
6. Distribution Requirements -Next page.
V Distribution Requirements
Writing - A course in writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are
given during the summer and fall orientation periods.
Liberal Arts - An approved course from each of these seven areas:
.Mathematics-Physics
Psychology-Sociology
Economics-Political Science
Chemistry-Biology
English-Speech, Communication
History-Philosophy
Art-Music
and Theatre Arts (devoted to the
study of literature)
A list of approved coursesis available from advisersand the RegisWs
Office.
Foreign Languages -Two courses (111 and 112)of one foreign language
at Augsburg. Studentswho test abovethe 111level of a foreignlanguage
will take one additional course at placement level in that language or
two courses (111 and 112) of another foreign language. International
students should consult with the Registrar.
Religion -Three approved courses in religion, of which not more than
one may be an Interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one Augsburg religion class for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg. This is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits.
Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies-One course.
Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term.
Information is available at the Registrar's Office.
Lifetime Sports -Two different Lifetime Sports or demonstrated proficiency in two different Lifetime Sports.
V English as a Second Language (ESL) Program
Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary
language, or who are citizens of another country, must take the ESL
placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at
orientation.Students' placement in ESL, Developmental Writing, or Effective Writing will be determined by their scores on the Michigan test (80-90
range for exemption from ESL) and by a writing sample.
Near the end of each term of the English as a Second Language course, an
objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on
this test and the grade earned in the classwill determine whether additional
ESL course work is required. Usually a score of 80 to 90 and a course grade
of 3.5 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement.
If studentsdo not meet the ESL requirement, they will remain in ENG 217/
218 until they meet the criteria stated above. Academic credit will normally
be granted for no more than two courses.
Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course
completion, have completed the foreign language requirement for graduation.
V Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used.
Most courses are offered with grading options -traditional grading on a
4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of
2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of lessthan 2.0. Studentsare
cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and
professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded
courses, or rank each as a "C." Transfer students are cautioned that Pgraded coursesdo not countin therequirementthat 14 traditionally graded
courses be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation
with distinction. See PJ N Iimi tations under Graduation Rquirments.
Certain corn are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 265 and
several Iaterim coursesare graded only on the P/N grading system. Some
education courses are graded only on the P/N system or only on the
traditional system. English I11 is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.0/N. Some other
courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports
are graded P/O.O.
In courses where there is a choice, studentswill be graded on the traditional
systemunlessthey indicateon their registration that they wish to use theP/
N grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made
according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes
after the first five days of classes.
'
IExplanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions
4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the course
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course standards
0.5
0.0 Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point
average. A grade of P representswork at or above the 2.0 level; N represents
work at the 1.5 or below level.
An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency.
To receive an incomplete grade, a student must receive permission of the
instructor of the course; must file a form stating the reasons for the request,
the work required to complete the course, the plan and date for completing
the work, and commentsfrom the instructor; and must gain the approval of
the Registrar.If permission is granted, the necessary work must be completed in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by theinstructor and
filing of a grade before the final day of the following semester. If the work
is not completed by that date, the grade for the coursebecomes a 0.0.
Internships, Indqendent Studies, and TXected Studies may sometimes
last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completedby
the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term
of registration. A grade of X is given by the instruckor to indicate that the
study is extended. It is expected that students givm X extensions will
continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that
satisfactoryprogress is being maintained. The Registrafs Office will automatically continue theregistration in response to an X grade. A finalgrade
will be issued at t h e end of the term in which the work is completed and
evaluated (butnot longer than one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X whew satisfactory progress is not demonstrated.
Withdrawal from college or dropping these continued courses will terminate their registration. Under this circumstance, a re-registration as 1X by
the student would be necessary if done during registration periods within
one year of initial registration; if done after one year, a new registration
would be necessary.
A course inwhich a grade of 0,0.5,1 .O,15,N, I, or X has been received may
be repeated for credit. C o m e s in which higher grades have been earned
may riot be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. AIl courses
takenand grad- earned each termremain on theacademicrecord. Only the
aeditsand gradesearned the second,be,for legitimatelyrepeated courses,
are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average.
A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for
dropping classes without a notation on the record.
V Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by
registering for Audit (V).Full-time students may audit a murse without
charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College Costs.
Students who audit a course shouId confer with the insmctor within two
weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expecfations, attendance
and any 0 ther requirement If expedations have been met, the course will
be listed on the hammipt as having k e n audited. If expectations have not
been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn).
V Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at
Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred
from other colleges.Coursestakenon the P/N gradingoptionare recorded,
but not computed in the GPA.
V Classification
Students are classified in August and at the end of the Fall and Interim
terms.
-
Sophomores 7 courses completd with at least 14 grade points.
Juniors -16 courses compIeted with at least 32 grade points.
Seniors -25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points.
V Advanced Placement Program
Advanced placement in courses beyond the beginning level is granted to
students with scores of 3, 4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement
Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the
department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar.
V International Baccalaureate Program
Courses earned from the International Baccalaureate Program will be
consideredby the CoIIege for advanced placement and appropriatecredit
Departmental guidelines are available from the Office of the Registrar.
V Assessment of Previous Learning
(APL Program)
Augsburg Collegerecognizes that learningcan and does take place in many
life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal
arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at
Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other
than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be
presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a
baccalaureate degree.
Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit
recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essentiaI
criteria: 1) it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the
Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectivelydemonstrated
either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
The APL program at Aupburgprovides sever& meansby which students
may have their previous learning assessed for credit recopition. The
following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment:
T h e College LevelEmmination Program (CLIP)-Thkis a seriesof standardized
tests which have been dewlo+ by The College Board and are offered to
studentsfora small f ~ e at
e regionaltesting centers.(Theregional testingcenter for
this area is the University of Minnesota.)Studentswho scoreat or above the 65th
percenkileon a subject examination may d v e academic credit for that subject
at Augsburg College. Additional information about CLEPtestsis availablefrom
the Office of the Registrar.
Departmental Comprehensive Exams -These are available for students to use in
obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met:
A. There is a departmental instrument available for subject area in question.
B. There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the
exam.
C. The Student Standing Committee approves the student's request to take the
exam. Credit for departmental exams is availableon a pass/no credit basis
only, and there is a charge per exam.
TheCredit AssessmentProgxam(CAT)-This isa credit assessmentalternativein
which a faculky committee completesa credit evaluation of a learning portfolio
submitted by the student. The factdty committee is composd of the Rqktsar
and two faculty members from fields 05 study directly related to the student's
previous learning. Lnformational meetings and consdtation are provided for
students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may include a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In campleting the evaluation of a student's psevious Iearning, the CAP Cornmitree
applies the following criteria:
A. There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous
learning experience that involved prescribed and/or systematic study of
content material found within liberal arts coursework.
B. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the
presenting student.
C. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement.
D. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals.
E. The learning and skillsinvolved are current and could be used at the present
time.
Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least
four coursesof academicworkat Augsburg Collegewith acumulativeAugsburg
GPA of at least 2.5. It is strongly recommended that the process not be used when
four or fewer courses remain for graduation. There is an application deposit
(applicableto transcript charge) to initiate the credit assessment process, and a
charge for each semester credit applied to the student's transcript.
Transcript credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total
number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of
courses applied'to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course
number of CAP 2xx.Application of this credit toward distribution requirements
and academicmajors and minors may be subsequentlyaddressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student.
Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning - While Augsburg College
recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional
classroom, this learningmust be placed in the contextof formal study in campusbased liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine
courses (one-fourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through previous experiential learning. In compiling the nine courses of
credit for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination
of the three assessment processes available in the APL program: CLEP exams,
departmentalexams, and credit granted through CAP Committee assessment.
V Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal
The Collegerequires that studentsmaintain the followingcumulative grade
point averages (GPA):
Freshman a student having taken fewer than 7 courses cumulative
GPA of 1.6 or higher
Sophomore - a student having taken fewer than 16 courses mmulative GPA of 1.7 or higher
Junior a student having taken fewer than 25 courses cumulative GPA of 1.9 or higher
a student having taken 25 or more courses cumulative
Senior GPA of 2.0 or higher.
It should be noted that a minimum GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation
with certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA.
Students whose academic achievement falls below these guidelines will
either be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term, or will be
continued on probation, or will be dismissed from the College. In addition,
a freshman who receives 2 zero grades or a sophomore who receives 3 zero
grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, dismissal
from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee
on Student Standing. Evidence of the student's commitment to academic
progress is the major consideration in deciding whether or not to dismiss a
student. Students who have a poor academic rmrd may be strongly
advised to withdraw before the end of a tern. Those on probation who
voluntarilywithdrawfromthe College, as well as those who are dismissed,
must have special permission to re-enroll.
Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA
reachesthe minirmm leveIs stated above. Studentsplaced on probation as
freshmen far having earned 2 zero grades may be removed h m probation
if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have not earned additional zero grades, and if their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Studentsplaced
on probation as sophomores for having earned 3 zero grades may be
removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their
cumulative GPA reaches 1.9.
The Collegereserves the right to dismissany student who does not meet the
guidelines stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he or she may appeal
the decision within 10 days to the Committee on Student Standing.
V Dean's List
The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose
grade p i n t average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of
three full courses, or equivalent, foraweekday schedule student or two full
courses, or equivalent, for a weekend college student, graded on the
traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for
credit. L€ permission is given, an announcement is sent to the hometown
newspaper of each student on the Dean's List.
V Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude -3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA
Magna cum laude -3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA
Cum laude -3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA
To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have
completed two years (14 traditionallygradedcourses)of workat Augsburg.
7 Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the StateApprovingAgency for Veterans Education. Veterans should tonsult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwardingof other information to
the Veterans Administration.
Augsburgs standardsd academic progress are giveninthisCatalog.When
a veteran or eligible perstln fads to maintain these prescribed standards of
progress, the College will so inform the Veterans Adminisfration. It is the
responsibiIity of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or
academic load to the Office of the Registrar, as i t is for all studmts.
If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving
Agency after any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn the
equivalent of what they had been certified for.
A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term
below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration.
Veteranswill need to meet the requirements of theveterans Administration
regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received.
Departments
and Programs
Course Descriptions
Major and Minor Requirements
A
s a liberal arts institution, Augsburg College operates with a
belief that knowledge and truth are interrelated and are integrated into a whole. The tradition of the academic world, however,
divides this unified truth into more manageable parts: the academic
disciplines. The knowledge of individual disciplines is subdivided into
courses which make it more accessible to students. These courses can be
arranged in various ways to construct majors, to create the substance of a
broad general education, and to give students the opportunity to study
areas of particular individual interest.
Descriptions of caurszs are arranged by departments and programs.
T h e descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject matter covered in
individual courses to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus
containing a more detailed explanation of content, approach, and
requirements for a particular course can be obtained from the instructor.
Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the educational
philosophy of each department, its pals, and its place in the College's
program. A Listing of requirements for individual majors follows the
narrative.
Courses and t e r n listed are subject to change. In general, classes are
offered Fa31 and/or Spring terms, unless another frqumcyis specified.
The Schedule of Classes published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Descriptions and schedules for courses
of f e d in JanuaryInterim, Summer Scl~ml,Augsburg Weekend College
and the Master of Arts in Leadership program are published in separate
catalogs.
+ Credits
A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half
or one-quarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies.A
full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter
hours.
Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods a
week, in addition to laboratories.
+ Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are Lower Division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as Upper Division. In general, coursesin
the lOOsareprimarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300sjuniors, and400s
seniors.
+ Prerequisites
Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are
listed in the course description. A skdent may enroll in a course when a
prerequisite has not been fyzfiIIed if there is prior approval by a professor
teaching the course and of the academic adpiw.
V Art
Department (ART)
Art is important as a field of study for our modem age. Our survival as a
culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order
and beauty in the design and function of communities.Realizing this, we
have made design and msitivity to all aspects of visual experience
central to the art program at Augsburg.
Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life
that it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist,
art teacher, and art historian is to celebrate visual experience through a
variety of media and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how
to see.
Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts, the visual arts, as
taught at Aupburg draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines. Art
as a human activity docs involve manual skill, although to become
broadly signifimnt i t should interact with the content available in other
fields, such as language, history, drama, music, literature, philosophy,
theology, business, physical education, and science.
A liberd arts college, such as Augsburg College, 5 an idea1 setting for
the study of art because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of ideas, disciplines, and attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further
enhanced by associations with a significant number of art galleries and
museums in the Twin Cities area.
Cooperative Education and Internships in studio art and art history
provide on-the-job, supervised, evaluated experiences which contribute
to the student's overall education and development. Primary goals
include improvement of art and museum skills, production and creative
strategies.
Hundreds of specific careers exist in the general area of art. Augsburg
graduates have established careers in such fields as teaching in public
schools and colleges, anthropology, pottery making, antique restoration
and sales, film and video work, portrait painting, and gallery and
museum work.
The future holds a great deal of promise for artists who can combine
skills with a breadth of understanding.
Art Faculty: Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Kristin Anderson, Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, Patrick Redmond, Dorothy Williamson.
Studio Art Major: 9-13 studio courses with Foundations 102,107,225; 3 art history
courses including 240. One course must be in 2-dimensional art (118,223,360)
and 1in 3-dimensional art (150, 221,250). Majors are required to begin their
programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with
approval of a portfolio by the Art faculty.
Teaching Licensure Major: 7 studio disciplines among foundations 102,107,225;
Studio 118,132,150,221,223 and 250 plus a second course in 2 areas; 240 and 2
other art history courses. Consult with Education Department for requirements
in education for teacher licensure.
Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses
including 1from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221.
Honors Majors: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general growth and
development and/or special projects such as senior exhibition and research.
Application should be made to the Department Chairpersonbefore the last term
of the senior year.
Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; 240.
Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240.
Certificate in Art: 8art courses, including 1in art history. Up to 4 courses may be
taken in one studio area or in art history.
+ Foundations
in Studio Art
Environmental Aesthetics
102
107
225
Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the visual content of
experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism.
Individual and group projects exploring design problems in representation,
symbolism and abstraction.
Drawing
Drawing in graphite pencils, pen, and pastel pencils. Subjects include stilllife, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work.
Visual Communications I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using
elements such as color, line, shape, type, and pictorial images. An emphasis
will also be placed on the creative thought process.
+ Studio Art
100,300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the Department.
118 Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil.
132 Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativityand expressionwith attention
to blackand white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. single lense
reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately $125-150. (Fall)
Jewelry
An introduction to the casting of jewelry in pewter and silver.
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
Sculpture I
An introductionto sculpture.Choiceof media: clay, welded steel and bronze,
plaster, stone, and plexiglass. Learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble
the respective media.
Print Making I
Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including
etching, silk-screen and woodcut.
Life Drawing
See Interim Catalog.
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasison handbuilding
and glazing.
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Visual Communications I1
A study of visual communicationsinmagazines, television, film, advertising
symbols, and other mass media. Praaice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. mreq.:22j, Springl
Ceramics LI
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasison throwing or handbuilding
and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: 250)
Painting I1
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118)
Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptiveand experimental techniquesin transparent watercolor. (Alternateyears)
Print Making I1
Advanced work with color and compositionin various media, includingsilkscreen, etching, and woodcut, including Japanese woodcut technique. (Prereq.: 223)
Internship
Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine project.
Sculphue I1
Advanced workin sculpture.Choice of media: clay, welded steelandbronze,
plaster, stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.: 221)
Independent Study
Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art
majors.
+ Art History
240
Art History Survey
A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includesreading, research,
viewing of slides, visits to museums.
Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually one or two sections
a year.
352 Women's Art History
A study of the place of women in the history of the visual arts-as artists, as
subjects, and as patrons.
382 Scandinavian Arts
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modem times.
385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th century A.D.
386 Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe.
387 Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture, from the 14th through the
18th centuries.
388 19th and 20th Century Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecturefrom Neoclassicism through
the present.
389 American Art
A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with
specific emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements.
V Biology
Department (BIO)
Biology is the study of MeI and it is natural that we,as contemplative
living creatures, seek a deeper understandingof the living world that
envelops us. This search has led to the realization that the earth is filled
with an enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part
of the biological world, an understanding of the basic biological processes common to all organisms, as well as those features which are
unique to humans, is essential to attain self-understandingand to
provide a basis for wise decisions.
Another significant insight that has emerged from the study of life is that
even the simpIest organisms are incredibly complex, and a complete
understanding of wen one of these has, as of yet, eluded the grasp of
biologists. This is true even though some organisms have been subjected
to years of intensive scrutiny.Biology will thus c o n t h e to be a fertile
field for research for many years to come.
Still, an enormous amount of knowledge regarding living organisms has
accumulated over the years. In recent decades great strides have been
made in understanding important biological processes, particularly
those at the cellular and molecular levels. Biological research has also
provided some extremely important benefits to humans. Most advances
in medicine, veterinary medicine, agriculture and food science have
depended on the findings of basic biological research.
Since the biological world reveals such variety, complexity, and knowledge, an undergraduate major in biology needs to be broadly based.
Since a complete understanding of biological systems depends on
applications of the principles of physics and chemistry, a firm background in the physical sciences is also important for biologists.
For many, an undergraduate major in biology serves primarily as a basis
for further study. In past years Augsburg graduates have gone on to further studies in professionalschools such as medicine, veterinary medicine, and dentistry. Others have entered graduate programs in the life
sciences, leading to careers in areas such as college or university teaching, basic and applied research, and public or environmental health.
Other graduates have embarked directly after graduation on a variety of
careers, including high school teaching and laboratory technology.
BiologyFaculty: NealThorpe (Chairperson),Robert Herforth,Erwin Mickelberg,
Ralph Sulerud
Major: 9 courses, including 111,112, and 201 plus 9 othercourses, at least 1from each
of the following 5 groups: Molecular and Cellular: 367,386, 471; Cellular to
Organismal: 355,474; Organismic/Animals: 351,353,473; Organismic/Plants:
361,440; Environmental: 476,481.
One of the 6 courses may be BIO 203 or any Upper Division Interim biology
course. BIO 491, a noncredit seminar, is required of all juniors and seniors. Also
required: CHM 105(115),106(116),and 223; PHY 103;Math Placement Group 111.
Students intending to enter graduate, medical, or other professional schools
should consult with the Department since these schools vary in their scienceadmission requirements.Thesemay include CHM 351,352instead of 223, PHY 121,
122 instead of 103, and MAT 124,125.
Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also requires 3 courses in earth and life
sciences. For secondaryteaching we recommend the broadest possible program
in biology. Students planning to teach are advised to consult with the Education
Department early in their academic program.
The Department works with the Cooperative Education Office in identifying
and defining Co-op Ed experiencesin laboratoriesand other settingsin the Twin
Cities. This experience is open to juniors and seniors. Students interested should
consult with the Biology Department Co-op Ed Coordinator.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5in biologyand 3.0 overall, activeparticipationin seminar,
1 course of approved Independent Study with an oral defense of the research
report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year.
Minor: 5 courses, including 111,112 and 3 Upper Division courses; CHM 115,116
(or 105,106).
Human Biology
Basic biological mnfrom an anthropocenhic p i n t of vim,An attenrpt
to answer such questions as: What makes man just another meabw of khe
biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does
man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (3 hours lecture. A student may
not receivecredit for both 101and 103.Does not apply to the major or minor)
103 Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. 3
hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. (A student may not receive credit for both
101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor)
105 Biology and Society
What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society
must deal? A survey of the environmental and health implicationsof pollution, non-renewable resource depletion, waste disposal, war, occupational
safety and health. An historical survey of American agriculture, world food
supply and biological determinism. A critical evaluation of the social application of biological concepts. (3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or
minor)
108 Microbiology
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours
laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or consent of instructor.
Prereq.: CHM 110or consent of instructor.Weekend College. Does not apply
to the major or minor)
109 Special Topics in Biology
Offered periodicallythrough Augsburg's Conservationof Human Resources
(CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people
taking the course together with college students in a co-learning model.
Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. (Does not apply to the
major or minor)
111,112 General Biology
A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other
science majors. The courseincludesanintroductionto molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms,
anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms.
Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours
lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111,Fall; 112, Spring)
199 Internship
Lower Division Internship. (Prereq.: 112)
201 Methods in Biological Research
An examination of methods commonly employed in biological research,
which may include electrophoesis, column separations, ultracentrifugation,
microscopy, cell culture, radioisotopic techniques, gas chromatography, and
physiological recording. The theoretical basis of each method is discussed
and experimentsare conducted to demonstrate the utility of each method. (3
hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. Prereq: 112. Spring)
203 Principles of Nutrition
A study of the six classes of nutrients and their digestion, absorption,
transport, metabolism, interaction, storage, and excretion. A special effort
will be made to differentiate "fact from fiction" in this controversialbiological field. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112 or consent of instructor. Fall)
101
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit. (Prereq.: 112)
Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology,
behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Altemate years, Spring)
Comparative Vertebrate Zoology
A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3
hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall)
Genetics
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human
genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
Plant Biology
A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of
anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy, and ecology. (3hours lecture,
4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall)
Biochemistry
An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates,
lipidsand nucleic acidsincludingintermediarymetabolism.(3hours lecture.
Prereq.: 112, CHM 223 or 352 or consent of instructor. Fall)
Immunology
A study of the structure and function of the immune system at molecular,
cellular, and tissue levels. Both basic immunology and fundamental principles relating to clinical immunology will be considered. (3 hours lecture,
4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Spring)
Internship
Upper Division Internship.Studentsmust be juniors or seniors. Prereq.: 112)
Plant Physiology
A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in
photosynthesis, respiration, growth, and development, and water relations
in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes to
plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Altemate
years, Spring)
Cellular Biology
A study correlating function with ultrastructure in both prokaryotic and
eukaryotic cells. (3hours class,4 hourslaboratory.Prereq.: 112367orconsent
of instructor. Alternate years, Spring)
Animal Physiology
A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever
possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical
principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; CHM 106 or 116;
PHY 103or 122or consent of instructor. Fall)
Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphologicalchanges which occur
during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate
animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the
laboratorywork. In addition to embryonicdevelopment, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab.
Prereq.: 112. Spring)
Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria
and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and
pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112.Fall)
481 Ecology
A m e y of reprewntative biological communities; the study of reciprocal
relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4
hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips.P m q . : 112,361 or consent of
instructor. Spring)
491 Seminar
A weekly meeting of biology majors under the direction of Beta Beta Beta
Biological Honor Society. Active participation by juniors and seniors is
required. Guest speakersare often invited. A noncredit requirement for the
major.
499 'Independent Study
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an
instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.:
112,and previous arrangement with instructor)
476
V Business Administration
and Economics Department
The Department of Business Administration and Economics is committed to developing both the theorelid and practical tools necessary for
entry into and advancement in business and other organizationsas well
as preparation for graduate study. To this end, the Deparhent offers
s p d i z a t i o n in a varieg. of areas including:Accounting Applied
Economics, Economics, Finance, hternational Business, Management,
Management Information Systems (MIS), Marketing, as well as a Combined Business and Economics concentration.
Each of these areas is dependent upon a strong foundation in the liberal
arts with an emphasis on solid communication and analytical skills.
R ~ ~ ~ g n i zthe
i n goccupational realities of the business and economic disciplines, the Departmenk is equally committed to maintaining an application-oriented balance. This balance is achieved in part by fostering close
ties with the corporate community which in turn provides a wealth of
practical expertise and a wide variety of Internship opportunities, as well
as future job prospects.
Departmental faculty believe they can best serve both the student and
the community by contributingto an education which is ethically based,
technically competent and socially aware.
Business Administration and Economics Faculty: Amin Kader (Chairperson),
Diane Busico, Thomas Busico, John Cemto, Peter Gillen, John Cosgrove,
Gerald Glatzmaier, Satya Gupta, Paul Halvorson, Mark Hassenstab,
Richard Herzog, Marilyn Horowitz, Mary Jo Johnson, Jane Kammerman,
Robert Kramarczuk, Roy LaFayette, Dan McNamara, Fekri Meziou, Thomas
Morgan, Paul Pender, David Riley, Edward Sabella, Hamed Sallam, Milo
Schield, Stanley Solnick, Stuart Stoller
+ Business
Business Administration Major (BUS) Core courses for the Accounting, Finance,
Management and Marketing specializations:
BUS 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391, ECO 112,113,313,311 or 312 or 315.
Specialization in Accounting: 12Core courses,322, 323,324, either326or 423 or 425.
Specialization in Finance: 12 Core courses, 322,433,438, either 479 or ECO 318 or
415.
Speaalization in Management: 12Corecourses, 340,440, ECO318, PSY 373 or SOC
301.
Specialization in Marketing: 12 Core courses, 352,357,450, ECO 415
Specialization in International Business: 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391, ECO
112113,313. Also the following emphasis: 3 InternationalBusiness Courses and
an International Economics Course.
BUS 399 or 499 is required, as well as 3 semestersof a foreignlanguage (or tested
equivalent).
Specialization in Management Information Systems: 175,221,222,242,252,279,
331,370 (or CSC 3521,375,475,476,479; ECO 112,113,313,318; MAT 174and 175
or MAT 124 and CSC 170.
Honors Majo~:GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration.
Minor in Business Administration: 6 courses, including 221,242,252, 331, ECO 112
and 113. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the
Department.
Minor in International Business: 6 courses, including 221,242 or 252, ECO 113, and
3 International Business courses. Other configurations may be permitted on
consultation with the Department.
Minor in Management Information Systems (MIS): 6 courses, including 221,242
or 252,370,375,475, and ECO 113.175 is the recommended prerequisite for 370
and 375. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the
Department.
C.P.A. Certification: Students who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants
(CPA) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have
completed the major in Business Administration-Accounting and taken all
accountingand businesslawoffered. Studentsmajoringin BusinessAdministration-Accounting arequalified underthe rules of theMinnesotastate Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination during their last semester.
C.M.A. Certification: Students who have taken a prescribed course of study in
accounting may take the certified management accountant (CMA) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement. This certificate indicates
proficiency in the area of managerial accounting.
Notes: Students who plan to major in the Business Administration
department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser as
soon as possible, in order to carefully plan their program of study.
In addition to the courses listed under the title "Topics in Business
Administration" (BUS 295,4951, the Department has also offered:
Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for
Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer Applications, Discrete
Event Simulation, Entrepreneurship, Micro Computer Accounting,
Ethics in Business, International Management, International Marketing
and Risk Management and Insurance.
Business Courses (BUS)
175
199
221
222
242
252
279
Computers for Economics and Business
An introduction to computerized data processing. Learn a higher-level
language (BASIC). Learn about computerized spread-sheets (LOTUS)and
data bases (DBASD. Learn about word processing and computerized business graphics. (Prereq.: Math Placement Group I1 or high school algebra)
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
Principles of Accounting I1
A continuation of 221. Introduction to business activities, accounting for
corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting,
planning and controllingprocesses, decision-makingand behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: BUS 221)
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning,
and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility,
analysis of the role of the professional manage
Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical,
competitive, behavioral, economic, and technological factors as they affect
product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions.
Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions,inference, and estimation with emphasis on their
use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: Math Placement Group I11 or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104)
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meeting with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business
administration. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Accounting Theory and Practice I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income
concepts, current and non-current assets. (Prereq.: BUS 221, ECO 113, Fall)
Accounting Theory and Practice I1
A continuation of 322. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
liabilities, stockholders' equities and other accounting issues. Additional
emphasis on incomedetermination consideringprice level changes. (Prereq.:
BUS 322. Spring)
Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning,
budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222,242,252,279, or consent of instructor)
Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for
individuals and various formsof business enterprises.(Prereq.: BUS 221,331,
ECO 112,113, or consent of instructor)
Financial Management
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm.
Sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital
budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222,
ECO 113)
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker
with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242)
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management;
research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: BUS252,279, ECO 113, or consent
of instructor)
Marketing Communications
This course looks at the communications aspects of marketingby integrating
advertising, public relations, sales promotion, and personal selling into a
coherent promotion mix. Emphasis will be placed on the design and evaluation of marketing communications programs, particularly advertising;
selection of media; copy-creative effort; advertiser-agency relationship;
management of the personal selling function including salesforce selection,
compensation, territorial design, and performance appraisal. (Prereq.: Bus
252) Note: 355 and 357 cannot both be taken for credit)
Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as importan t elements in modem marketing and communications. (Note: 355 and 357
cannot both be taken for credit)
International Business
Introduction to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an
internationalcontext. Appreciation of the prospectiverequired for successful
planning and managementof any enterprise operating abroad is emphasized
by foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in international business. (Prereq.: Two business and economics courses or consent of
instructor)
Advanced Computing for Business and Economics
Current topics involving programmable spreadsheets (LOTUS), programmable data bases (D-BASE), graphics, information retrieval using telecommunications, and other packages (statistical analysis, project management,
expert systems, etc.). Solve common problems in economics, finance and
markkting. (Prereq.: One computer course such as BUS 175 or CSC 145,170
or 174. Recommended BUS 279)
Information Systems in the Organization
Use of systems approach in analyzing the use of information systems in the
organization. Analyze business needs and information requirements, identify relevant solutions and communicate recommendations. Emphasis on
management consulting skills including written and verbal communications. (Prereq.: Two computer courses such as BUS 175 and 370)
Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property
and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an Internship program which
is applicableto graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the
student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his/her activities. (Prereq.:
Consent of instructor)
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and
controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: BUS 323, Fall)
Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: BUS 323. Spring)
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
A system's approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasison decision
making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures, and case material. (Prereq.: BUS 331)
Investment Theory
Appraisal of the riik/return relationships of various types of securitiesfrom
the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investor. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.:All Core courses
or consent of instructor)
Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions.
Examplesfrom serviceindustries, non-profit organizationsand manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point df view. Topics include: an overview
of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement,
standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, prin-
450
475
476
479
495
499
ciples of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.:
BUS 242 or Consent of instructor)
Marketing Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling promotion policies. (Prereq.: BUS 352)
Information Systems Analysis and Design
Analyze information requirements and design systems specifications. Utilize relational data base software to quickly
several system de- implement
signs. Utilize project management software to manage the life cycie process
including documentation and implementation. (Prereq.: all lower level core
courses, BUS 375. Recommended: BUS 370 or CSC 352)
Information Systems Projects
Using skills developed in BUS 375 and 475, completean information analysis
and systems design for several business situations. Utilize both case studies
and actual businesses. (Prereq.: BUS 375,475. Recommended: BUS 479)
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Utilizing computer packages relevant to statistical analysis. Programming
tools include spreadsheets, Minitab, SPSS and other statistical packages.
Areas of interest include statistical descriptions, analysis of variance and
statistical inference plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo
simulations. (Prereq.: BUS 175,279, Math Placement Group IV or a grade of
at least 2.0 in MAT 114,121, or 122. Recommended: BUS 370)
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international
business problems and policies. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually
supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze
some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
+ Economics
Major in Economics: 8Economicscourses (112,113,312,313,414, and 3 other Upper
Division); BUS 221,222,279, and MAT 114.
The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in Economics. In addition, courses in the use of computers
are also strongly recommended.
Major in Applied Economics: 8 Economics courses (112,113,215,312,313, and 3
other Upper Division); BUS 175,221,222,279,479, MAT 121 and PHI 130.
Combined major in Economics-Business Administration: 6 Economics courses
(112, 113, 312, 313, and 2 other Upper Division); 8 Business Administration
courses (221,222,242,252,279,331, and 2 other Upper Division).
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration.
Minor in Economics: 112, 113,312,313, and 1additional Upper Division course.
Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the Department.
Notes: Students who plan to major in the Department are strongly encouraged to
select a Department adviser as soon as possible in order to carefully plan their
program of study.
In addition to the courses listed below, these topics have been offered under ECO
295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research
Methods for Economics and Business, Advanced Economic Theory, DecisionMaking with Finite Markov Chains, and Comparative Economic Systems.
ECO 110,112, and 113 will satisfy general education requirements. ECO 110 will
satisfy the urban concerns requirement.
Economics Courses (ECO)
110
112
113
175
199
215
279
295
Economics of Urban Issues
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban
environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis,"
CrimePrevention, Ecology and IncomeDistribution; DistributingFree Bread;
Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to
facilitate discussion of the above mentioned topics. (This is a basic course
designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or
Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or
minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration and/or
Economics should enroll in ECO 112 and 113 which are also open to nonmajors.)
Principles of Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary
and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of
elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken
independently of 113or 110.112and 113may be takenin either order, ormay
be taken in the same term for the student to progress rapidly to the other
courses.
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm,
market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theoryto market policy. Maybe taken independently of 112or 110.112
and 113may be taken in either order, or maybe takenin the sameterm for the
student to progress more rapidly to other courses.
Computers for Economics and Business
(See under Business)
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
Elements of Mathematical Economics
Economic concepts explained using mathematics as a tool. Examples from
finance, management, and marketing are also examined. (Prereq.: ECO 113)
Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
(See under Business)
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meeting with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international
economics problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures;the impact of
fiscalpolicy on economic activity; debt policy and its economicimplications.
(Prereq.: ECO 112,113. Fall)
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via
macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and
the business cycle. (Prereq.: ECO 112, Fall)
Intermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and
industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution;
introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113)
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial
banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.:
ECO 112,113)
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of
management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasisis onapplications, whichare taken from the areas
of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection,
the shortest route, inventorymodels, informationsystems, etc. (Prereq.: ECO
313. Spring)
International Trade and Finance
A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among
nations. Development of the basis for international trade; balance of payments; exchange rate systemsand commercialpolicy. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113
or consent of instructor)
Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an Internship program which
is applicableto graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the
student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some organization. In addition, the student will writeareport onhis/her activities. (Prereq.:
Consent of instructor)
Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of
wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: ECO 313 or consent of instructor. On demand)
Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of
alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts
of economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313 or consent of instructor)
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and correspondingpractices in business. Among
the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of
demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and
cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to
management. (Prereq.: BUS 279, ECO 313. Spring)
416
479
495
499
Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical
tools to the areas of micro and macro economictheory. (Prereq.: EC0312,313
and at least MAT 122or equivalent or consent of instructor. On demand)
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
(See under Business)
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international
economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually
supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze
some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
V Chemistry
Department (CHM)
Chemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those
changes and working toward an understanding of them. Correlating the
results of physics and opening the vistas of molecular biology, chemistry
has been described as the central science, since matter includes the entire
physical world such as the things we use, the food we eat and even
ourselves.
Chemists as scientists must be well versed in the science of chemistry,
knowledgeable in fact and theory for solving scientific problems, capable
of providing a public understanding of their work including potential
problems as well as benefits.
Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand
themselves and their society. The liberal arts core of religion, humanities,
the arts and the social sciences is imperative if a chemist is to be truly
human and therefore truly scientific.
The Department is on the List of Approved Schools of the American
Chemical Society, and offers a chemistry major which meets the chemistry background required by many fields.
Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established the followingobjectives to help its students develop into mature
scientists.
To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our
graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to complete successfully with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or
research positions.
To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the
traditional positions as chemists.
To provide an atmosphere of learning so that students will want to
remain lifelong learners thereby remaining competent in their field
however that may change after graduation, and be able to move into
new areas as opportunities arise.
To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to
seriously study areas outside of the sciences; and
To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an
example of the methodology of the natural sciences in examining the
world around us. The presentation of major concepts underlying the
changes in matter, the opportunity to examine change in the physical
world, and the reflection of the implications of science in our society
will enhance the ability of non-science persons to make better value
judgments concerning science questions in their own endeavors.
Chemistry Faculty: Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin E. Gyberg, John R.
Holum, Joan C. Kunz
Graduation Major (Bachelor of Arts) in Chemistry: 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,
353, 361, 363 and 1 additional course from 364 and 365, 464, 481, 483, or
Biochemistry.Participationin seminar; PHY 121,122;MAT 124,125.SinceUpper
Division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should
plan to take MAT 124, 125 in the freshman year and PHY 121, 122 in the
sophomore year.
Teaching Major: Chemistry Major (for licensure in Physical Science): Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires General Chemistry (115,116 or
105,106); CHM 351,352,353,361,363,491; 1advanced course. PHY 121,122 and
2 additional physicscourses;ModernPhysics and Electronics arerecommended.
Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their
planning.
Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. In addition,
medical schools expect at least 2 courses (and usually more) in biology. Students
should consult members of the ChemistryDepartmentfor assistancein planning
a course program early in their college career.
Bachelor of Science: Persons completing the ACS major and meeting the graduation requirements of the College shall be awarded the degree Bachelor of
Sdence.
American Chemical Society Approved Major (Bachelor of Science): 12 courses
including 115,116 (or 105,106) and a31 chemistry courses above 350 (excepr 399,
497,4991, Chemistry Seminar participation; MAT 124,125,224; PHY 321,122
(which should be taken during khe sophomoreyear). Reading abilityinGerman
equivalent to 2 semesters and computer proficiency are also required. Modern
Physics, additional mathematics and research experience are recommended.
Honors Major: Full ACS mapr; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics, 3.0 overall; 1summer or course of approved research; participation in
seminar.
Minor: 5 courseswhich must include 115,116 (or 105,106),353and 2 other chemistry
courses from 351,352,361 or BIO 367.
Note: Credit willnot be granted for both 105and 115, or for both 106and 116.Other
restrictions are in course descriptions.
Most courses in this Department have prerequisites, coursesthat must be completed
before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade
of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These
requirements also must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in
registering for the second term.
Placement in 105 or 115is determined by the score on the Mathematics Placement
Examination: 105 requires Group I1 placement; 115 requires Group 111placement.
High school chemistry is a prerequisite for 115.
105,106 Principles of Chemistry
Sornwhat less rigomus than 115,1116;designed e s p d y for students who
will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 to 352,353.
Conceptsand laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples
including organic and environmental systems, (3 one-hour lectures,3 hours
of laboratory. Prereq.: Math Placement Group II. 105, Fall;106, Spring)
109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamental principles of
general, organic and biolopcal chemistry for careers in allied health areas
such as nursing(includingAugsburg'sUpper Division Progmm), inhalation
therapy, histotechnology, physical education, and others. Open also to
students in the humanities and social scisciences. Erst term,general chemistry
principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Second term, organic
and biological chemistry with special applications to human physiological
chemistry. (3 onehour lectures, 2 hours of laboratory. This course does not
apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for
both 109and 105or 115, nor can credit be earned for both 110and 351. Prereq.:
High school chemistry within the last 3 years. Weekend College)
115,116 General Chemistry
An intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First
semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and
bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: High school
chemistry, Math Placement Group 111.115, Fall; 116, Spring)
199 Internship
Lower Division Internship.
223 Elementary Organic Chemistry
This onesemester course is designed for students whose professional goals
require some background in organic chemistry but not the rigor of the yearlong organic course. As a survey course, topics covered will include synthesis, properties, and reactionsof selected aliphatic and aromatic compounds.
This course will not count to ward a Chemistry Major, nor will credit be given
for this courseif Chemistry351-352is taken, nor does it fulfillthe prerequisite
requirement forChemistry352.Credit cannotbe given forchemistry110 and
Chemistry 223, nor does Chemistry223 meet Biochemistryrequirements for
other programs. (Prereq.: 106or 116.Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week. Offered Term 11)
299 Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
351,352 Organic Chemistry
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means
of modern theories of chemical bonds, energyrelations, and reaction mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry to biological, environmental
and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, 1four-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
106 or 116; 351, Fall; 352, Spring)
353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in
detail and gives an introduction to electrochemicaland spectrophotometric
techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a
variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (3 hours of lecture, 1fourhour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116. Fall)
361,364 Physical Chemistry
Thebasictheoretical concepts of chemistry:thermodynamics,kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications
of these conceptsto areas of molecular structure, equilibriaand electrochemistry in the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 106 or 116; PHY
121,122; MAT 124,125.361, Fall; 364, Spring)
363,365 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (112course each)
Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data
collection and experimental application of concepts presented in Physical
Chemistry lecture. 363 is to be taken the first half of the Spring semester and
involves experiments related to 361.365 is to be taken the second half of the
semester by all persons taking 364, except that special students may ask the
Department for exemption.
Internship
Opportunity for off-campus experiences as a chemist. Cooperative Education is also an option for majors. Junior standing.
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the
laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectracorrelationsfor IR, UV,
NMR, and mass spectroscopy;use of the literature (includingBeilstein); and
further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magneticresonance, and
ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3hours of lecture, 6 hours of laboratory.
Prereq.: 352,353,361 or consent of instructor; some reading knowledge of
German. Fall)
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and
molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographicand electroanalyticaltechniques of analysis. (3hourslecture, 1four
and one-half-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 361, or consent of instructor.
Spring)
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and
molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of
ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: 352,361, or consent of instructor. Fall)
Quantum Chemistry
Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses
the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop
molecular orbitaltheory for molecules. Includes commutators,electron spin,
angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or
consent of instructor. Spring)
Chemistry Seminar
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry
majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and
seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside
visitors are also invited to participate.
Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors pla~ingresearch
careersneed research experiencebefore
graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the Department (not counted as a course) or by research
participation during the academicyear (which may be counted as a course).
Cooperative Education is an excellent opportunity to be involved in industrial research projects. (Junior standing)
Independent Study
Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as
theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via Independent
Study. (Junior standing)
V East and
Southeast Asian
Studies
Khin Khin Jensen, Director
+ Program Options
Major or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and the other
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an intercollege,
interdepartmental program which provides a foundation for careers in
international business, government, teaching, global ministries, work
with social and recreational agencies, or graduate study.
Two years of Japanese are taught on one of the five ACTC campuses, or
Augsburg students may take Chinese courses at Hamline University.
There also is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota
East Asian Studies Department for Chinese and Japanese language
courses.
Opportunities for language study abroad are available in Japan, China,
Taiwan, Korea, Hong Kong and Singapore. Summer institutes are
available in the People's Republic of China and in the U.S. See the
Director for information and procedure to register for any of these
courses or travel.
Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese
language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement.
Major in East Asian Studies: 10 courses, including 4 courses (2 years) of basic
college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies;2 muss in History,-2
courses in culturaI specializationor comparative studies; and 2 courses from a list
of appmved electives.Major coursesmust have the written approval of the Director
of the program.
Minor in East Asian Studies: 5courses, including 2 courses (1year) of basic college
Chinese orJapan- or equivalent competenaes;l courseinhistoryofEastAsia;and
2 Upper Division coursesin cultural specialization from a list of approved electives.
Minor courses must have the written approval of the Diseaor of the p r o p .
Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentration at
Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed to be
useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors.
Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies: 5 courses, 2 from HIS 322,323,324; 1
from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 336; 1from HIS 474, POL 351,363,382; and 1from HIS
226,399,495,499. HIS 104 is strongly recommended.
Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies
program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the
Director.
Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
(See under History Department)
Directed Study
(See Director of pmgram)
Modern Southeast Asia
(See under History Department)
Modern China
(See under History Department)
Modem Japan
(See under Histoj Department)
Communist Political Systems
(See under PoliticalScienceDepartment,ComparativePoliticsand Analysis)
Communist Foreign Policies
(See under Political Science Department, International Politics)
Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future
(See under Political Science Department, Political Theory and Analysis)
Internships
(See Director of program for guidelines to apply for an Internship)
The World and The West
(See under History Department)
Seminar
(See Director of program)
Independent Study
(See Director of program for guidelines)
Economics (ECO)
See Business Administration and Economics
V Education
Department
I M- ~
Students interested in attaining teacher licensure or developing a background in education as a base for advanced study in other careers will
find opportunities in the Department of Education.
Professional Education combines the study of theory with practice, and
field experiences are an essential part of the course offerings. The location of Augsburg College is particularly advantageous for field experiences because of the wide variety of public, private and special schools in
the Twin Cities.
The career that first comes to mind for graduates of teacher education
programs is classroom teaching. Augsburg graduates are found in many
classrooms within the Twin Cities area. In addition, they provide educational services in classrooms across the nation and in some foreign
countries.
The teacher education program coupled with the liberal arts program
serves as a solid base for graduate education. Some teaching fields
require graduate work beyond the initial license in either elementary or
secondary education.
Not all graduates choose to teach in school settings. Teacher education
graduates are also found in business, working in managerial, sales,
production, and service areas.
As of April 1,1988, all persons are required to have taken basic competency tests (prescribed by the Minnesota Board of Teaching) in reading,
writing skills and mathematics prior to beginning Upper Division
courses.
Licensure in Elementary Education is available both through day school
and Weekend College. Selected secondary education programs are also
available in Weekend College.
Fl
Education Faculty: Mary Endorf (Chairperson), Sheldon Fardig, Ann Fleener,
Rich Germundsen, Kathy Heikkila, Lynn Lindow, Marie McNeff, Karen
Morgan, Vicki Olson, Lauretta Pelton, Mary Jo Stump
+ Elementary Education (EDE)
Mary Endorf, Coordinator
Kindergarten-Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: 255,341,351,352,
381,382,383,384,386,387,481,482,483; HPE 114,115; S W K 260; a college level
mathematics course; academicminor (major recommended). For persons taking
their first Education courses in the Fall of 1989 or later, 1additional 1/2 course
will be required: EDE 388 Human Relations. If those persons also desire
kindergarten licensure, EDE 375: Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten will alsobe required. GPA of 2.5 overall and 2.5 in major and academicminor
and grades of P in student teaching courses required h r licensure as well as
mhimum grades of 25 in d Education courses; fulfill quiremen ts of M i m e
sota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3,041 in Ruman Relations. The prafessional
semester for juniors for 198849wdlincluds 341,352,381,382,384,386, and 387
(341,381,382,383,384,386,387 are1/2 courses.) Beginningin the fall of 1989,professional semester for juniors will include: 352, 375,381,382,384,386, and 387.
Acceptance into the AugsbuxgEducationhprtment Limsurel7mgmnis a n+
quired prerequisiteto the professional semester.The criteria for accepmce into
the Department Licensure Program are available in the Education Department.
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
255 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity
for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or
above)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education)
295,495 Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in educationthat are not treated extensively through
current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
299 Directed Study
Lower Division Independent Study.
341 Media Technology (11
2' course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the
use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and
evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teaching/learning situations. Computer training will be included in this course. (Fall, Spring 198889, Interim 1989-90 and after)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the
reading and the diagnosisand correctionof reading difficulties. (Fall, Spring)
Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementaryand Field Experience
The study of strategies and methods of teaching and Ieaming in the contexts
of educational, psychologiml and sociological theories. Membership in one
of the professional teacher organizationsis required. (Pmq.:255orED5265
or consent of instructor. FA,Spring)
Discovery Learning In the World of Kindergarten (112 course)
Study and utilbtion of a variety of techniques and murces far teaching
kindergarten. (Required for all persons d n g kindergarten licensurewho
take their first Education course in the Fall of 1989 or later. Concurrent
registration with 352. Fall, Spring)
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music
taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Fall, Spring)
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at
the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.:
255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Fall, Spring)
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (112
course)
Eminatianand prepmition of materials and resourcesfor physical educatian and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory
experiences. (Pmq.: 255 or IDS 265. Fall, Spring)
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Social Studies, Science (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies
and science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Fall, Spring)
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature, (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's
literature at the kindergarten and elementarylevels.Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Fall, Spring)
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Language Arts (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and mourcesfor language arts at
the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.:
255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Fall, Spring)
Human Relations (112 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of commmicationW q u w , and of the
major minority gmups in Minnesota for the dwloprnent of interpersonal
relations skills appLicabIetoteaching and other pmfessiod vocations.Open
to all.
Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work
experience.A learningcontract must bedeveloped and must have Education
faculty approval.
School and Society
(See Secondary Education)
,482,483,484 Student Teaching Kd and Seminar
Observingand facilitatinglearningat the kindergartenand elementarylevels
under the supervisionof collegeand elementaryschoolpersonnel. Member-
491
498
499
ship in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. Students
must apply to Student Teach at least 3 months prior to enrolling for the
courses. Four courses in student teaching (481, 482, 483 and 484) are
recommended unless otherwise advised by the Education Department.
(Fmeq.:All K-Elementary coursework satisfactorily completed or permission of the Department for an exception. Admission into the Education
Department Limnsure kagmm and admission for Student Teaching)
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
(See Special Education)
Independent Shrdy (1/2 come)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking
licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by
permission).
Independent Stady
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research prows not otherwise
provided for in the Departmental curriculum.A projected promust be
o u t l i d and approved by the kindagartenetementaryeducation faculty.
+ Secondary Education (EDS)
Mary Endorf, Coordinator
Itistherespnsibilityof eachshldenttomeetaZ1speaficrquitmentsof~e
Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised ta consult UTith Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher ficensure, in addition to confemng with the student's major field adviser.
Licensure Requ3ements of thestateof hrlinnesata for teachingin serondaryschcaIs
are met through the Augsburg College Education Department Liensure Frogram: Baccalaureatedegree; amdeaic major in anapproved teaching area;265,
334,388,478, methods course(sS in major area, 48l,482 (and 483 for Art, Music,
and Physical Education teaching majors); HPE 114, 115; PSY 105; GPA of 2.5
overall, 2.5 in a11 education courses, 2.5 in academic major and P in student
teaching. Applicationfor and acceptance into the Augsburg Licensure Program
required. Criteria for admission to the program are available in the Education
Department.
Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in
one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or
she plans to teach at the elemenfaq school leveL A person with a major in one
of these special areas will take three courses instudent teaching and do some
studentteaching at both the secondaryand elementarylevels. Inaddidon to 334,
the arkmajor will register for 361,362; the physical educationmajor for 365; and
the music major for 355.
Art and physial education teacher education programs lead to licensure for
g r a d s K-12. Music teacher educatjon pmgrams lead to licensureinthe following m s : 1-Band (K-12)and classmrn music (5-12); 2-Orchestra K-12) and
classrmm music 6-12};3-Vocal and classroom music (K-9); or 4 V 4 and
classroom music (5-12).
Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German,
Spanish), see Major Department for information on the required competency
exams.
Teaching in the Minor Field: Minnesota State Rule provides for restricted teaching
in selected fields in which a person has received a minor. Students must be
accepted into the Education Department Licensure Program, take the minor
subject area methods course, and student teach in the minor area to receive
licensure or be recommended for an endorsement by Augsburg College.
The Professional Term. School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly
in one full-time term in professional education. Attendance at special afternoon
or evening seminars is also required. All students are expected to be involved
full-time in the activities of the professional term.
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience
Investigatesvarious aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for
in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the professional
teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: Sophomore standing)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education)
295,495 Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in educationthat are not treated extensively through
current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
299 Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
341 Media Technology (U2 course)
(See Kindergarten-Elementary Education) (Fall, Spring 1988-89. Interim
beginning 1989-90)
350 Reading in the Content Areas (112 Course)
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist
students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: Required for
Secondary Education. Upper Division. (Fall, Spring)
354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary and Field Experience
The mastery of theories and their applicationfor teaching inlearning settings.
Laboratory experiences. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: 265, PSY 105. Fall, Spring)
355 Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and
teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshopsand laboratory experience. (Spring)
356,357,358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings (U2
course each)
Study and application of instructional methods, materials, and techniques.
361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School)
Procedures, materials and issues relatingto the teaching of art in the elementary, middle, and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only. (Fall)
Art Methods (Senior High School) (112 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior
high school. (To be taken concurrently with 361.Fall)
English Methods
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis
on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a
local high school. The study of adolescent literature is included. (Spring)
(Prereq.: EDS 354: Creating Learning Environments)
Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(See Physical Education Department)
Foreign Language Methods (112 course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching.
(Consult with the Foreign Language Department)
Natural Science Methods (lI2 course)
Course structures,goals, and procedures in science education.Consideration
of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks
and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references.
Consult with the Education Department.
Social Studies Methods (112 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciencesand history in secondaryschool
classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum develop
ment. Consult with the Education Department.
Speech and Theatre Arts Methods (lI2 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theatre
and the directing of co-curricular speech and theatre activities. (Spring)
Mathematics Methods (112 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school
mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics
education. Consult with the Education Department.
Human Relations (112 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the
major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skillsapplicableto teaching and other professional vocations. Open
to all.
Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work
experience.A learning contract must be developed and must have education
faculty approval.
Health Methods
(SeeHPE 410Administrationand Supervisionof the SchoolHealth Program)
School and Society
Emphasis on p i n t s of view about the role of school in modern scoiety and
final theoretical preparation to approach student teaching. Membership in
one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: Senior
standing; concurrent registration with 481,482,483,or 484)
,482,483,484 Student Teaching and Seminar
Observingand directing learning at the secondarylevel under supervision of
college and secondary school personnel. Three courses recommended of all
majors and required of Art, Music, and Physical Education majors. Four
courses required of double majors. (Concurrent registration with 478)
498
499
Independent Study (112 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking
licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by
permission).
Independent Study
h
not otherwise
Opportunity for advanced and speciakd r ~ c projects
provided for in the Departmental curridurn. A projerted program must be
outlined which meets the approval of education faculty.
+ Special Education (EDE, EDS)
Mary Endorf, Coordintaor
Minor: Minimum of 6 courses (282,491;PSY 351,357; 1coursechosenfrom HPE 354,
MUS 110 (Interim)or 395, PSY 362, EDS 385 (Interim), or SWK 304 (CHR); and
1course chosen from LIN 289, PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO 103 is recommended as an additional course.
282 Introduction to Special Education
Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature,
c a m , and educational intenentione for such exceptionalities as mental r e
tardation, physicat disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disordersand giftedness. (Spring)
491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar.
(Prereq.: Completion of courses for special: education minor or consent of
instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the
Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the
course. Fall)
V Engineering
Ken Erickson, Adviser
Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities
to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg
College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School
of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan
Errcause of the special
T~hnologicalUniversiky, Houghton,
requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation
with the Augsburg Engineering Adviser is necessary. Applications for
thew programs require the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser.
+ University of Minnesota
The Institute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for two dual degree engineering programs:
Bachelor of k W a c h e l a r of Engineering CB.A./BB.l enables students to
r ~ e i vaeBachelor of Arts degree from AugsburgCollege and a Bache10r of
Enginewing degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three years at Augsburg and two years at the Institute of
Technology.
Studentsmay apply for the program afses completing thesophomoreyear.
At that time, they will 'be informed of their status in the program and any
further conditions necessary for find acceptance into the program- Formal
application to the Institute of Technology may be completed during the
second semester of the junior year at Augsburg.
Ba&eJ.or of Arts/Master of Engineering (BJVM.EF enables students to
receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of
Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of
Technology.
The curriculum is the same as the B.A./B.E. curriculum with the addition
of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior
year to mininizethe numberof undergraduatecourses, if any, that students
must take at the University kfore proceeding through the graduate curriculum.The n u d m of such murses varies by IT department and area of
emphasis within a department.
Application for admission into the B.A/ME. program should be initiated
during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program may be completed daring the senior year. Those
admitted will receive special counseling from the Institute of Technology
staff regarding courses that should be taken during the senior year at
Augsburg. Participants in the B.A./M.E. program are not guaranteed
admission to the Institute of Technology.
+ Washington University (Three Year Plan)
+ Michigan Technological University (Dual Degree Plan)
These programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from
Aupbutg and a Bachelor of Enpeering degree from Washington University School of Engineeringand Applied Science or Michigan Technological
University in a five-year period.
The first h r e e years are spent at Augsburg foIIowed by two years at the
affiliated university. Studentsacceptedinfo the program will be consided
foradmission to theen@eringxhooI if they willcompletecourserequire-
ments, have the requisite cumulative grade point average, and are recommended by the Engineering Adviser of Augsburg College.
Students are also encouraged to exploreopportunitiesfor graduate work at
Washington University and h4ichigan Tecl-tnological University. Further
information on these and other graduate programs is available from the
Augsburg Engineering Adviser.
Financial Aid: Students receiving financial aid who are partidpants in these dual
d e g r e programs will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their
choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need
and academic performance as aiteria.
Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Dual Degree orThree-Two
Programs: CHM 115,116;CSC 170;ENG 111;MAT 124,125,224,226; PHY 121,
122;additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27
courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124,125 and PHY 121,122are taken in the
freshman year. Students interested in Chemical Engineering also should take
CHM 351,352.
e
7 - -
@
-a,
.,
-.r
V English
Department (ENG)
.
3
...-.
Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words,
ideas, and images helps us understand who we are and who we can
become. Writing helps us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps
us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through the
study of English we see life's complexity, experience life as others do,
and understand better the world in which we live and work.
English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is
concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with
the contemplation of works of art. With psychology and ~ o l o g y ,
English is concerned with individual and group khavior. With philo*
phy, English is interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning
and language. With dence, English is interested in discovering order
and det crmining structures. With speech and ~ommunications,English
studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social
sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and
thought at different times and in different cultures.
The Augsburg English Department integrates its program with the
cultural opportunities of this vital urban area. Augsburg students can
walk to assigned or recommended plays, films, a n d readings available
near the campus. English majors have the opportunity to use and refine
their skills through Internships on a n d off campus, tutoring in the
Writing Lab, or participating in the Co-op Ed Program.
Students with a n Augsburg English major pursue careers i n elementary,
secondary a n d college education, journalism, government, law, the
ministry, library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing, and other professions a n d businesses. English majors may
start o n a slightly lower rung of the career ladder than those with more
specialized training, but will move to higher rungs more quickly because
of their broad background, their skill in analysis, a n d their superior
communication skills. Skills i n reading perceptively and writing effectively enhance a n y career and make life more enjoyable and understandable.
English Faculty: Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Joseph
Bodziock, Cathleen Dalglish, David Garrison, Douglas Green, Joan Griffin,
John Mitchell, Ronald Palosaari, Kathryn Swanson
Major: 9 courses above 111, including 225; 1 course in American literature; 1 course
in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and 3 courses in British literature, 1on
literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and 1that surveys a number of
writers (336,337,423). Majors are encouraged to take ENG 245 early in their
college work and to consult their Departmental adviser regularly. A student
with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the
English Department should also work closely with an adviser in the Department.
Note: Transfer students must take at least three of their English courses at
Augsburg.
English-Language Arts Teaching M a j o ~10 courses, including those listed under
the major, a coursein the English language, and an Internship in the teaching of
writing. One course must include a cornpanent in non-Western literature. In
addition, the ACTC courses CommunicationSkillsin the EnglishClassroomand
Teaching Mass Media are required. Courses in early American literature,
Shakespeare, and film are recommended. Students are encouraged to take
courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, and
apply for teacher education not later than the spring of their sophomore year.
Students in this program must work with advisers in the English Department
and the Education Department in order to meet the professional requirements
within the Education Department as well as the requirements for the major.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to
Department Chairpersonby October 15 in senior year for Department approval.
Submit paper to Departmentby April 20 and defend it before facultycommittee.
Honors project may be an Independent Study program.
Minor: 5 courses above 111, including at least 2 literature courses, 1 of which must
be in British literature, and 1 writing course above the freshman level.
Note on Concentration: In addition to meeting requirements for the major, English
majors may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such as British concentration, American concentration, world literature concentration, or writing concentration.A student arranges a concentrationby careful selection of electives in
the major, by the design of an Independent Study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the Department.
English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concentration. Interim courses, special courses, and courses at other ACTC schools will
often fit well into a concentration.
The English Placement Test: A writing sample is required of students who score
19 or below on the verbal section of the ACT test or 78 or below on the verbal
section of the PSAT tests. Also required of students who have not taken either
the ACT or PSAT.
Students who do not show competence in composition skills such as stating and
supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and constructing paragraphs and sentences are required to enrollin Developmental Writing in which they will receive
more individual instructionthan is possible in Effective Writing. These students
must pass Developmental Writing before enrolling in Effective Writing.
Note on Prerequisites: 111is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a
Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an Upper Division course is
successful completion of a Lower Division literature course or consent of the
inshctor.
Developmental Writing
A preparatory coursefor EffectiveWriting required of students identified by
a writing sample (the English Placement Test) as needing additional preparation in composition. Students write short papers based on their own
observations, experiences, and thoughts. P/N grading only. Students receive a course credit, but this does not fulfill the graduation requirement in
writing.
111 Effective Writing
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and
writing critical reviews. At least one work of literature is assigned. Attention
is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing, and
developing topics, thinking critically, and revising for clarity and style. A
Writing Lab is provided for those needing additional help. The minimum
passing grade for this course is 2.0.
217,218 English as a Second Language (ESL)
Consistent, repeated work on pronunciation, vocabulary and American
idioms, grammar and sentence patterns make up a major part of these
courses. In-class drills and exercises, assignments, and sessions with ESL
tutors are means for students to improve oral skills and to increase their
fluency. Understanding spoken American English, speaking, reading college-level materials, and writing are the skills emphasized in these two
courses. Testing will determine placement in these courses, and testing, as
well as other course work, will determine whether the ESL requirement is
met. These courses are graded either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. Students will con101
tinue in 218 until the requirement is completed. By successfully completing
the courses, students will be exempted from the foreign language requirement.
Writing f o r Business and the Pmfessions
A practical course designed toimprove writing skillsfor those preparing for
business and professional careers.Thewriting of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from
their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111)
Intermediate Expository Writing
The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may
include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and
contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and
organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which
students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111)
Introduction to Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative
writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction but
including journal keeping, drama, and creative prose.
Journalism
This is an introductory newswriting course. Emphasis will be placed on
writing for the print media, but students will learn to write for radio and t e l e
vision as well. Students will consider how to recognizenews, how to gather
and verify facts, and how to write those facts into a news story or news
feature. The course will cover basic copy preparation and editing practices
and include an introduction to legal and ethical questions faced by journalists. (Prereq.: 111)
Introduction to Cinema Art
An investigationof the artistic qualitiesand the historical development of the
film medium. The courseincludestheviewing and discussingof both feature
length and short films. (Spring)
Introduction to Literature
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developingcritical and analytical skills in reading and
writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and
minors.
American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysisof some significantworks of selected American writers
from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also
given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American
literature.
Modern Fiction
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the 20th
century. Some non-Western works will be included.
European Literature: Homer to Dante
A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics
of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides,
the comedies of Aristophanesand Ovid's Metamorphoses.Dante's Inferno will
be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are
combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological
foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature,
and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modem Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to
the modem period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. (Spring)
Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in
the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Contemporary Poetry and Women and Fiction.
Directed Study
Independent study for Lower Division credit.
Advanced Journalism Interviewing and Editing
Emphasisis placed first on interviewing and then on organizing and writing
the interview story. The second half of the course will concentrateon editing
the work of others and learning layout and design. The course will include
workshop sessions during which students conduct interviews and critique
the interview skills of fellow students. There willalso be laboratory sessions
devoted to layout and design. (Prereq.: 227. On demand)
British Literature, Chaucer to the Elizabethans
Chaucer and the medieval milieu will be studied as well as the development
of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance.
Milton and His Age
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be
examined. (Alternateyears 1989-90)
British Literature, Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the
metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual,
and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall)
British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the 19th century, emphasizing Romantic poetry,
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period.
Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be
emphasized as well as their relationship to their own age and their lasting
contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring)
Advanced Expository Writing
Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course will emphasize the conventions of professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice, subjects, and techniques for gathering information. By the end of the course, the
student will be expected to write reliable reports and articles of publishable
quality. (Prereq: 225 or consent of instructor)
Advanced Creative Writing
The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve
creativewriting ina single genre, as announced in theclass schedule. (Prereq:
226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted work)
American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements.
Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and
symbol in modern American literature.
399
423
438
498
499
Internship
The Department offers on-campus Internships in teaching writing and ESL,
and various off-campus Internships. Interested students should consult the
Department Chairperson.
Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from its 18th century
beginnings up to the 20th century. Novels studied will be selected from the
works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen,
Dickens, Bront$ Thackeray, Eliot, and Hardy. Attention will be given to the
conditions contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergenceby the 20th
century as the dominant literary form. (Alternate years, 1988-89)
Shakespeare
Study of ten or twelve major plays -comedies, histories, tragedies -with
attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art.
Additional plays assigned for reading analysis.
Independent Study -Metropolitan Resources
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of
Department Chairperson. Ppvidesdirected Independent Study which makes
use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry
readings, and writers' groups.
Independent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of
Department Chairperson. Provides directed Independent Study in the area
of the student's choice.
V First Year
Experience (FYE)
Patricia Parker (Associate Academic Dean), Diane Pike
The initial months after entering college as a freshman are a period of
transition. The faculty and staff wish to assist students to make the
transition to being a college student successfully and to help them
become part of this academic community. Students are introduced to the
character of the College, its heritage as an urban liberal arts college of the
church, the process of learning in a community where ideas are valued
and treated seriously, and the logistics of being a college student.
The First Year Experience (FYE) is composed of four parts: Summer
Registration, Fall Orientation, FYE Seminars, and FYE Interim Term
Courses.
Participation in the Fall Orientation program and in the FYE Seminars is
required of all students who begin Augsburg College as freshmen in the
day schedule program. Students who meet the requirement satisfactorily
by attendance at and participation in an FYE Seminar will receive a
notation of a passing (P) grade for FYE 005 on their official transcript.
Students without a P for FIE 00.5 will not be permitted to graduate with
an Augsburg degree.
005
FYE Seminar
A series of fall term meetings with an FYE faculty adviser to discuss issues
related to becoming an active member of the Augsburg College community
of learners. Discussion will be based upon readings from a variety of
disciplinesand sources collected in The Augsburg Anthology. (P/N grading
only; evaluation based on attendance and participation)
V Foreign Language
Department
The Foreign Language Department at Augsburg College contributes in
many ways to realizing the College's mission of providing liberal arts
education for service in today's world. The Department is committed to
the view that education should go beyond career preparation. So viewed,
foreign language study goes beyond the development of new cornmunications skills to foster an abiding awareness that the splendid diversity
of human languages, literatures, and cultures represents a rich historic
legacy developed in different ways by many nations to be shared by all
in common. The Departmental faculty believe that familiarity with the
language and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of global perspective and hence is indispensable in the education
of Augsburg students.
The Foreign Language Department offers language, literature, and
culture courses in French, German, Norwegian, Russian, and Spanish.
Courses in Chinese, Japanese, Latin, and Greek are available to
Augsburg Students through the College's affiliation with ACTC, a
consortium of Twin Cities colleges.
A special perspective on language is also available to Augsburg students
in the linguistics courses offered by the Foreign Language Department.
Linguistics goes beyond the study of individual languages to investigate
the general principles which operate in and shape all languages and in
this way the study of linguistics affords the student a unique view of one
of the most intriguing and central facetsof the human mind.
Foreign language skills, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics,
are essential in preparing for a number of careers and represent a
valuable special qualification in many others. Anticipated careers in a
number of fields such as foreign language teaching translation, the
diplomatic corps, or international business may require a foreign language major, perhaps combined with a major in some other field. In
addition, students pursuing careers in many other fields such as health
care, social work, the ministry, psychology, or philosophy, to name just a
few, often find that a foreign language minor and/or the study of
linguistics qualifies them for special assignments in their chosen field.
Foreign languages Faculty: Mary Kingsley(Chairperson),Nancy Aarsvold, Ruth
Aaskov, Nancy Giguere, Mary Johnson, Angelika Rauch, Gunta Rozentals,
Steve Sakai, Donald Steinmetz
Placement Levels: Studentswith previous foreign language study must register in
coursessuited to their levelof preparation.Placement is accordingto thenumber
of high school semesters one has studied that language: 0-2 = 111;3-4 = 112; 5
6 = 211; 7 = 212; 8 = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level should
consult the Chairperson. Be sure to sign placement form.
Students should arrangeto take the LanguagePlacement Test if they wish to take
a course above the level determined by previous studies in that language.
Studentswho elect to take a coursebelow the one in which they are placed by the
Department may do so, but grading must be P/N only. The Language requirement will be satisfied onlyby completion of the course in which the student was
originally placed. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional.
Basic Requirements: Majorsmust take4of theupper Division coursesat Augsburg
College and 4 abroad. Minors must take 2 of the Upper Division courses at
Augsburg College. 311 is prerequisite to all Upper Division courses.
Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a minimum of 1Upper
Division course per year at Augsburg. See Department facultyfor limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information.
Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German and Spanish must
consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment in the programas well as for information on Special Methods courses. A 3.0
averagein Advanced Conversationand Compositionis a Departmentalrequirement for teaching majors. Licensure requires successful completion of the
Competency Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for
Teaching in Secondary Schools, under Department of Education.
Honors Major: Majors seeking Departmentalhonors must apply in the junior year.
Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis dernonstrating ability in Independent Study for one course credit. Consult Department
Chairperson for details.
+ Chinese (CHN)
Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement
with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language Department. See East and Southeast Asian
Studies Director.
+ French @RE)
Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311,312 or 411,331 or 332,350 or 355,351 or
353,450 or equivalents. Study abroad required.
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including 1 in conversationcomposition, 1 in civiliiation, and 1 in literature. Interim, Summer, or Semester in France strongly
recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor: 5 Upper Division courses beyond 212, including 1 in
conversationcomposition, 1 literature, 1 in civilization. Study in France
strongly recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim Catalog.
Directed Study
Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Spring. On
demand)
111,112 Beginning French
Aim to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading,
and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice, and readings, these
courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of life. Four
class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
(Fall/ Spring)
199 Internship
Lower Division Internship.
211,212 Intermediate French
Selected articles, interviews, and literary readings are the basis of practice in
communication, vocabulary building, and developing greater ease in reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory
work. (Fall/Spring)
243 French Literature in Translation
Major representative works of French literature are read in English translation. ~ h r o u ~individualized
h
background reading and class discussion,
students become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical
011
significanceof these works. Sophomorestanding.Fulfillsonly literature distribution requirement. Does not count toward a French major or minor. (On
demand)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Conversation and Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build
fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas.
Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other
Upper Division courses. (Fall)
French Expression
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and
writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and
elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology and
speech group practice, study of written models. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. Spring. On demand)
French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings
to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French
intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports,
extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. Alternate years)
French Civilization Today
Topics in 20thcentury problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of Frenchspeakingpeople and their contributionto the
contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
Introduction to Literahue for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Studentsapply the elements of theory through
reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
353 Survey of French Literature
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France,
through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures,
discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. Alternate years)
Twentieth Century Literature
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I,
including the novel, the theatre, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral
and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent
of instructor. Alternate years)
Internship
Upper Division Internship.
Advanced Conversation and Composition
By means of reading, speakingand writing on topics of intellectual, social, or
450
499
political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at
an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic
levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual
needs indicate. Provides for self-improvementand self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story
Study in depth of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presentations
in French. For advanced students.(Seealso Interim offerings. Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. On demand)
Independent Sttrdy
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level.
Designed to compl&ea balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a mapr paper and its defense are included.
(Consultationswith French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim,
Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser)
+ German (GER)
Major: 8 upper division courses, including 311; 411, 1 in civilization, and 1 in
literature. Semester in Germany required.
Minor: 4 Upper Division courses, including 311 and 411. Interim, Summer or
Semester in Germany strongly recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor: 5 courses beyond 212,induding 1 in conversationcomposition, I in literature, 1in dvilization, and 2 electives. All m u m must be
Upper Division course. Study in Germany s~rongIyrecommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature.
111,112 Beginning German
Course 111is for students with no previous background; 112is for students
who have had 111or equivalentor less than two years of high schoolGerman.
Aims at developingbasic skills.Classroompractice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in
simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short
conversations. Laboratory materials available.
199 Internship
Lower Division Internship.
211,212 Intermediate German
For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German.
Aims at developingbasic skills into working knowledge of German. Review
of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and
idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materialsrepresenting contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring)
244 German Literature in Translation
Principal works of German literature representing various periods and
movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered
not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also
discussed interms of their relevanceto perennialhuman problems. Credit for
this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (Sophomorestanding. On demand)
Independent Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
German Comersation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary
and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive
practice in speaking is supplemented with exercisesin written composition.
Fall)
German Civilization and Culture I
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the
German-speaking peoples from the prehistorical Indo-European origins (ca.
3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643), with emphasis on the impact of
Roman civilization, the re-emergence of German cultural self-awareness
during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the
Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate
years)
German Civilization and Culture I1
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped presentday Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The
contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual,
geopolitcal, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In
German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different a p
proaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through
reading, analyzing and discussingselected works. Recommended for majors
and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
German Literature through the 18th Century
Brief surveyof heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Auflclarung and Sturm
und Drang literature. Extensive readings and dicussions in Classic and
Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the
history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitcal context. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in German.
(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
German Literature: The 19th Century
Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism
and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism,
technologyand mass man. Readingsin German. Class discussionshelp to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in
German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor)
German Literature: The 20th Century
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of
international stature are discussed:Kafka, Hesse, Mam, Brecht. Readings in
German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression
in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
399
411
451
452
499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
Advanced German Composition and Conversation
Aims at developingand refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for
expressing his or her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as
classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Fall)
German Prose
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the
present. Leaures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of
cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On
demand)
German Drama
Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are
discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures
treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
+ Japanese WN)
Japaneselanguage studies are possible through a contractual arrangement
with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East and Southeast Asian
Studies Director for more information.
+ Linguistics
199
289
299
311
(LIN)
Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
Introduction to Linguistics
An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with
focus on linguistic universals (organizationalprinciples and features common to all languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry in to the mechanics of
language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in language).
Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various
languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and
minors. (On demand. ACTC)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Theories of Grammar
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current
linguistic research with the aim of illuminatingunderlying philosophical assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanatorygoals which distinguish
them. The theories will be contrasted with those of adjacent disciplinessuch
as anthropology, psychology, logic, and communication theory to explore
ways in which each theory seeksto overcomethe inadequaciesof traditional
grammar. (On demand)
399
499
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
+ Norwegian (NOR)
Major: 8 courses above 211, including 311,312 or 331,353,411. Study in Norway
required.
Minor: 4 courses above 211, including 1 in conversation-composition, 1 in civilization, and 1 in literature. Study in Norway encouraged.
Recommended Supporting Preparation: A second foreign language, linguistics,
European history.
111,112 Beginning Norwegian
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading
and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory
work expected. (111, Fall; 112, Spring)
199 Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
211 Intermediate Norwegian
Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and
facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class
discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent)
299 Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation
and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in
spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of
Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 211
or equivalent)
312 Old Norse
An introduction to the structure of Old West Norse through the study of
selectionsfrom Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old East Norse
and aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of
one of the latter is desired but not required. Norwegian language majors/
minors will have special assignments. (On demand)
331 Norwegian Civilization and Culhue
This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of
the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domesticand foreign influencesat work in the
comparativelyhomogeneouspopulationof Norway willbe examined.Written
and oral reports in theNorwegian language will be required along with some
field work. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
350
353
399
411
499
Introduction to Literahue for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Studentsapply the elements of theory through
reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
S w e y of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for
the study of original works from earlier periods extendingback to Old Norse
literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention is given to
writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Ledures, readings,
oral and written reports are in Norwegian. (Prereq.: 311 or equivalent.
Alternate years)
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Further intensivepractice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given
to the other Scandinavianlanguagesand to the historical development of the
Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
+ Russian .(RUS)
Two years of Russian are offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies
may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area Studies Program, which
requires two years of language for the major. See Russian Area Studies
Campus Coordinator.
111,112 Elementary Russian
A i d to developreading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills
through oral classroom practice, developingease in reading, short compositions, and acquaintancewith Russian culture. Extensive use of the language
lab.
211,212 Intermediate Russian
Continuesdevelopingtheskillsof writing, understandingand speakingwith
an added emphasis on reading. Introduction of advanced grammar topics,
idioms and the study of word building in Russian. (ACTC)
+ Spanish
(SPA)
Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311,411,456 or 457,2 of 352,353,354, and
either 331 or 332. Study in Spain or Latin America is required.
Minoc 4 courses above 212, including 1 in conversation-composition,1 in civilization, and 1 in literature. Interim or Summer study abroad strongly recommended.
Teaching Minor: 5 courses beyond 212, including 1in conversationcomposition,
1 in literature, 1 in civilization, and 2 electives. All courses must be Upper
Division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Columbian civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult Department for other
supporting courses in humanities.
111,112 Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking
world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
199 Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
211,212 Intermediate Spanish
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which
stimulate intellectualgrowth and promote cultural understanding, students
review all of the basic structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills
through class discussions. besigned for students with 2-4 years of high
school Spanish or its equivalent. (211 Fall, 212 Spring)
216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
(See under Program in Global Community)
249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation
Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various
periods and movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted
with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the
readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in
Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On demand)
261 Spanish Language
(Seeunder Metro-Urban Studies, SAUS and LISLA)
299 Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311 Spanish Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of
fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratorywork. This course
is a prerequisite for all Upper Division courses. Brereq.: 212 or equivalent.
Fall)
312 Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking
skills in Spanishand wish to expand them. Intensivepractice to improve oral
and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing
idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to stimulate
discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary
texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand)
331 Spanish Civilization and Culhue
Study of the Spanishcharacterand of Spanishcontribution to world civiliiation through historical, intellectual, literary, and artisticmovements. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the
Pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212,
with consent of instructor. Altemate years)
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
350
Theory and practice of literary studies.A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, Literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works of literature. Recommended for
majors and minors. Open to all qualifed students. Brereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
352,353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, I1
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by
lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature.
Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311
or consent of instructor. On demand)
354
Representative Hispanic American Authors
An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lebures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.:311or consent of instructor. On
demand)
399
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
411 Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor)
332
456
Spanish Drama
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written
reportsin the language. Emphasison theGolden Age and the Modem Period.
(Prereq.: One survey course. Altemate years)
457
Spanish Novel
Studyof the outstanding novelists of the 19thand 20th century in Spain. Oral
and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate
years)
499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
General Studies (GST)
Joel Mugge and Donald Warren
Some courses help to integrate learning around topics in ways which are
different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies include
specialized academic enrichment programs, an integrative pro-seminar
created by cooperating faculty, and offerings of the Center for Global
Service and Education.
009
Cooperative Education
Placement in a Co-op Education assignment, satisfactory completion of
evaluation process, and participation in seminars conducted by Co-op Education staff. No course aedit. (Fall and Spring)
140,141 Introduction to the Liberal Arts (112course each)
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the
philosophy and student services available at Augsburg College. The course
also focuses on improving those skills so important to academic success:
reading rate and comprehension, note taking and textbook reading, time
management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking, concentration and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training, career planning, and
making decisions. (140,Fall; 141,Spring)
230
Cultural Issues Seminar
(See under Program in Global Community)
V Global
Education
Programs
The center for Global Education, a program of Augsburg College, is
committed to education which helps citizens expand their world view
and deepen their understanding of international issues. The Center
believes that firsthand knowledge of other societies and cultures builds
international awareness, informs debate on foreign policy, and contributes to a more just and peaceful world. Toward this end, the Center
offers a variety of experiential education programs which examine the
problems of international development and the dynamics of social
change. A unique dimension of the Center's work is that its programs
include the perspectives of the poor and disenfranchised as well as the
views of decision-makers.
+ Program in Global Community
The Center for Global Education offersa spring semester program, The
Program in Global Community, each year in Cuernavaca, Mexico. It is an
academic program that explores the history of political change, the dynamics of social justice, and the role of the church in Latin America.
Students live together as a community in the Augsburg Study Center,
but also with Mexican families. The semester also includes a trip to
Central America. The cost is equivalent to full room, board and tuition at
Augsburg. Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed.
SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instructionfor three hours a day for six weeks of the
semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is taught
by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by
Program Director)
INS 311 The Development Process
This seminar focuses on specific global and interpersonal developmental
processes. Particular theories of development and educational approaches
are criticallyexamined. As an integrativeseminar, the courseattempts to pull
together the many aspects of the overall program. The seminar provides
studentsthe opportunity to reflect criticallyon their own educationalprocess
as well. (Required course)
GST 230 Cultural Issues Seminar
This seminar consists of a series of mini-courses offered in a number of
relevant topic areas related to the theme of the program. Each mini-course
consists of 12 hours. Any four mini-courses fulfill the requirements of the
seminar. (Either this course or HIS 347 required)
HIS 347 Mexico: A Historical Perspective
Four specific mini-courses together provide a rather comprehensiveview of
Mexico's historical development from preColumbian times to the present
day. (Either this course or GST 230 required)
299 Directed Study
499 Independent Study
This preferably is in a student's major or minor discipline, developed ahead
of time in consultationwith a Departmentaladviser on the home campus and
the program director. The topic a student chooses should be relevant both to
the discipline and the theme of global community. (Optional fourth course)
REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America
This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is an
examination of the emerging 'Theology of Liberation" as articulated by
prominent Latin American theologiansas well as by people directly involved
in local parishes and development projects in Cuernavaca. (Prereq.: 1course
in religion or theology. Optional fourth course)
+ Human Services in a Latin American Context
The Center for Global Education offers a fall semester program, Human
Services in a Latin American Context, each year in Cuernavaca, Mexico.
Throughout Latin America new models for education and human care
have evolved during the last 25 years. The methodologies used attempt
to teach critical thinking skills, raise people's consciousness and increase
their ability to work together to change their situation. H u m a n Services
i n a Latin American Context is a 3 1/2 month study program designed to
introduce participants to the central issues currently facing the third
world, and to focus on Latin American models of education and service
and their contribution to the process of social change. These models have
grown out of the sense that the achievement of basic human rights goes
hand i n hand with the empowerment of individuals a n d groups to control their own lives.
This semester program is co-sponsored with Pacific Lutheran University.
The semester includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to
full room and board a t Augsburg College. Courses are offered for credit
in the disciplines as listed.
SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish (Spanish)
Intensive, individualized instructionfor three hours a day for six weeks of the
semester. Instructionis geared to individual competency levels and is taught
by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by
Program Director)
SWK 361, SOC 271 Social Policy and Social Justice (Social Work or Sociology)
Social policy related to the health, education and well-being of members of
Mexican society from an historical perspective. The course will examine the
distances between policy and reality, particularly for the poorest groups, the
impact of international economics and politics, and movements that have
emerged dedicated to bridging the gaps between needs and policies. This
course, with a different set of student objectives and a differentbibliography,
can be taken for social work or sociology credit.
SWK 399 Internship (Social Work)
A supervised learning experience in an agency setting with emphasis on
acquiring an overviewof how the agency functionsand how populations are
served.
POL 295 Global Perspectives: The World in Change (Political Science)
A survey of global issuesaffectingthe human condition in a rapidly changing
and increasingly interdependent world; modernization and development;
economic change and international trade; diminishing resources; war and
revolution; peace and justice; cultural diversity. Emphasis on the development of a global perspectivewhich recognizes human commonalities as well
as diversity in perceptions, values and priorities.
EDE /EDS 412 Latin American Models of Education (Education)
A comparative approach to learning some basic goals and methods of
educational models being developed in Latin America. Students will apply
their knowledge of educationalconceptsused in the U.S. to an understanding
of basic processes employed by Latin American educators in teaching critical
thinking, consciousness-raising and cooperative problem-solving. A focus
throughout the course will be on exploring the transferability of these
learning models to North America.
V Health and
Physical Education
Department (HPE)
Virtually all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in
their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education. It is the philosophy of the Department to provide quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation
in physical activity. In addition, the gifted athlete as well as the occasional player will find ample opportunity for athletic and developmental
activities.
The Physical Education Department provides the organizational framework for a wide range of educational experiences, including several
major and minor programs: general education in Physical Education
(Lifetime Sports); men's and women's intercollegiateathletic programs;
intramural programs for men and women; and athletic facilities for
developmental and recreational activities.
Department graduates have traditionally found employment in educational settings. Additional career opportunities are possible in YMCA
and community services, municipal park and recreation departments, as
adult fitness instructors, and in working with people with disabilities.
Health and Physical Education Faculty: Richard A. Borstad (Chairperson),Carol
Enke, Marilyn Pearson Florian, Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Joyce Pfaff,
Edwin J. Saugestad
I
+ Health Educatjon
J
Majol: 110,'11<11<, 320.35; 410; BIO 103,108,111; CHM 105or 109;PSY 105; SOC
Teaching Major: Same as Health Education mapr plus 355. Students wishing to
become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for
requirements.
Teaching Minor: 110,114,115,320 or 410; BIO 103; SOC 231.
Personal and Community Health
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the
individual and the community. (Fall)
Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
Health and Safety Education (112course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life.
Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health
needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross First
Aid course.
Health and Chemical Dependency Education (112course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes
information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and
problems of school age children.
Human Sexuality
A study of the psychological, social, and biological components of human
sexuality. Open to all students.
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
School Health Curriculum
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All coursesin the major sequencenumbered in the 100and 200 seriesand
consent of instructor)
Teaching the Exceptional Child (112 course)
Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of
functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and
physical education programs. (Prereq.: 350. Spring)
Tests and Measurement (112course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and
physical education. (Spring)
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships
to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in
health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community.
(Prereq.: 320. Odd number years, Fall, Interim)
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
+ Physical J3ducation
i/
J
"
1J
"'
' - 1 1
Major: 114,115, 3 5 4 7 ~ 5223,231;
;
232,'243,350,351,471:472,474,475;
BIO 103.
Teaching Licensure Major: 114,115,354,355; 223,231,232,243,350,351,365,471,
472,474,475; BIO 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should
consult with the Education Department for requirements.
Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult Department
Chairperson for individual program planning.
Minor: 114,115;223,231,232 or 472,243. Thereisno PE teaching minor inMinnesota
Public Schools.
Coaching Endorsement: 243,351 (Prereq.:BIO 1031,475 (Prereq.: 350), 1of 476483
(except 481), and practicum in coaching (499 is an optional method for meeting
the practicum requirement).
Notes: Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment in Minnesota high
schools are required to have a coaching endorsement and a current Minnesota
teacher's license.
002,003 Lifetime Sports
199
223
231
232
234
243
299
350
Three hours per week. Two Lifetime Sports meet the general education
requirements. (Part-time students should consult with Department Chairperson) No course credit.
Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
Team Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring)
Individual and Dual Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual
sports. (Fall)
Recreational Activities and Rhythms (112 course) .
Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international folk
dances. Exposure to New Gamesconcepts and activities. Practice in teaching
and performing selected social dances. (Interim)
Outdoor Education (112 course)
This course will look zt a wide variety of outdoor activitiesthat can be taught
in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: canoeing,
back-packing, cycling, outdoor cooking, campingand water safety. Students
must be prepared to spend some weekends participating in these activities.
(Even numbered years, Spring)
History and Principles of Physical Education
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Kinesiology
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system
and analysis of movement. (Prereq.: BIO 103. Fall)
Physiology of Exercise
The mapr effects of exercise upon the systemsof the body and physiological
principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: BIO
103. Spring)
Teaching the Exceptional Child
(See Health Education)
Tests and Measurement
(See Health Education)
Physical Education Methods (K-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the
elementary and secondary levels. (Fall)
Internship
Consult Department Chairperson.
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in learning the
art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the
participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring,
helming and crewing). (Interim)
Physical Education Programming
Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decision making
for physical education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum
analysis and preparation. (Prereq.: 243. Fall)
Gymnastics (112 course)
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics. Opportunity to teach and
perform in all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and
skill analysis. (Fall)
Swimming and Aquatics (112 course)
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety.
Open only to junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors.
(Prereq.: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test. Fall)
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (112 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic
injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350, Fall, .lst half of term, and even numbered years, Interim)
Coaching of Football (112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Odd
numbered years, Fall, 1st half of term)
Coaching of Basketball (112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Odd
numbered years, Interim)
Coaching of Hockey (112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Odd
numbered years, Interim)
Coaching of Track and Field (112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field.
(Odd numbered years, Spring, 2nd half of term)
Coaching of BasebalYSof tball(112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and
softball. (Odd numbered years, Spring, 2nd half of term)
481
483
499
Officiating of Basketball (112 course)
Mechanics, techniques and practical experience of officiating basketball.
Prepares student for certificationby the Minnesota State High School Association. (Interim)
Coaching of Volleyball (112 course)
Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Odd
numbered years, Fall, 1st half of term)
Independent Study
Directed intensivestudy in an area of physicaleducation.Open only to junior
or senior majors.
V History Department
(HIS)
History is to society what memory is to an individual; it brings to a
civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished Medievalist J.R. Strayer expresses it this way: "No community can survive and
no institution can function without constant reference to past experience.
We are ruled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that
we are ruled by the collective memory of the past. It is the memory of
common experiences which makes scattered individuals into a community."
A society's history is also a storehouse of human experiences that
enables us to deal more knowledgeably with the continuities and
changes in current issues. Established disciplines, as history long has
been, train the mind by developing concepts and skills that enables one
to deal with masses of information. Many have found that history is an
entree into the richer enjoyment of travel, cultural events, and the broad
reading enjoyed by the educated person. Accordingly, history has long
heid a major role in the liberal arts. This is true at Augsburg.
The Department has smngth in and requires of its majors work in four
main areas: ancient and medieval, modern Europe, United States, and
the non-Western world. The Department's graduates are well represented among professional historians; at present, six are in graduate
schools preparing for such careers. More have distinguished themselves
as social studies teachers in elementary and secondary schools and current projections indicate that there will be growing opportunity in that
field for history majors. For most of our students, however, the study of
history provides one of the better undergraduate liberal arts experiences,
valuable both for personal enrichment and a wide variety of career
choices.
History Faculty Richard Nelson (Chairperson),James Brothen, Gregory Bruess,
Orloue Gisselquist, Donald Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen, John R Jenswold
Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least 4 of these courses must be Upper Division.
A major must have at least 1 course (either survey or upper level) from each of
the 4 areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western.
Major for Teaching Licensure: Students interested in secondary education may
take a History Major in combinationwith specified social sciencecourses and the
required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For
more information, see the Department Chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator.
Minor: 5 courses, at least 3 of which must be Upper Division.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances,
applicationbefore the end of the first term of the junior year; 2 years of a foreign
languageat the collegelevel (orits equivalent);an honorsthesis (equalto 1course
credit) to be defended before a faculty committee.
Notes: First year students should enroll in 1 or more of the 101-104 courses.
Distributioncredit is normally given only for courses 101-104.200level courses are
normally reserved for sophomore or Upper Division students. Upper Division
courses are numbered 300 and up. Lower Division students are normally required
to take at least one 100 level course before enrolling for an Upper Division course.
There are 16 Upper Division courses (numbered 300 and up) in this Department.
Severalare offered each term. Offeriigsdepend upon faculty schedulesand student
registration.
101
102
The Beginnings of the Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world
of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century.
The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the
middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
The Modern World
A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of
Napoleon to the present.
The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centersof cultural and political power in Asia and
Africa of the last 200 years.
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
U.S. History to 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a
nation tom apart by the Civil War.
U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our time with an effort to
consider the various social, economic, intellectual and political forces and
events that have created the modern United States.
Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women in
China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii. Includes
crosscultural perspective, responses to impact of modernization and Western education.
Scandinavian History Prehistoric to 1750
An introduction to the settlement and development of the Scandinavian
countries with emphasis on their impact on and contributions to the development of European society.
Scandinavian History 1750 to the Present
An introduction to the history of the Scandinaviancountries from the early
modern period to the present with emphasis on the place of Scandinavian
society in European and world history.
Directed Study
An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered
in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the
directing faculty member and the chairman of the Department before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to the
major.
Modem Southeast Asia
A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysisof the nationalist movements and
the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam.
Modern China
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The
erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The
Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century.
Modern Japan
An examinationof the emergence of Japan as amajor world power in the 20th
century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive
features of the Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction
and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of
women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa.
Topics in U.S. History
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign
policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced
prior to registration.
History of American Foreign Policy
The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is
stressed.
Mexico: A Historical Perspective
(See under Program in Global Community)
The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through
its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the
development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and-political
institutions.
Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistickingdoms
and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on
personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the
political process.
The Late Middle Ages to 1560
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state
through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation.
Internship in History
A limited number of Internships may be available for qualified Upper
Division students majoring in history. In this connection, students are encouraged to consider the opportunities available through the Cooperative
Education program.
England in the Tudor and Stuart Periods
A study of Englishhistory from a 15thcenturybackground through 1714.The
emergence of modern constitutionalism is the major theme of the course.
Emphasis is also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of England's
subsequent role in the world economy and on the Englishliteraryrenaissance
of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods.
Europe in the Seventeenth Century
The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modem
state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its
effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as
1560-1714.
Topics in World History
This course will investigatetopics in world history which are not included in
regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced
prior to registration.
The World and The West
This coursebegins with Europe's discoveryof the rest of the world, considers
cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in
Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial
systems at the end of the 18th century.
495
499
Seminar
Selected topics which will be announced prior to registration. This course is
designed for history majors of at least junior standing. Admissionbypermission of the instructor. Offered at least once each year.
Independent Study
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to
apply for directed Independent Study. A maximum of one course in Independent Study may be applied toward the major.
V Humanities
(HUM)
Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson), John Benson and Richard Nelson
The Humanities major provides the opportunity to reflect across departmental lines, to experience the ways in which different academic disciplines approach simiIar questions and issues, and to participate in interdisdplinary learning experiences. You can, in effect, m a t e your own
major by choosing a theme or topic you wish to study,and then by
taking courses in various departments relating to that theme.
The major was created especially to encourage students not majoring in
the humanities but in such areas as science, business, or social science to
broaden their insights and perspectives by taking a broadly-based
second major.
Major: g murses, including 275. Elve of the courses must be Upper Division.
Courses must be selected fmm at least 4 of these 7 departments- Art, English,
Foreign Languages, fTistory,l%3osophy, Religion, and Speech,Communication
and Theatre Arts. No more than 3 courses from anyone department can be used
to satisfy the requirement.
I
Note: Each student taking a humanities mapr will focus on someparticular theme
or perspective which will constitute the core of the major p r o m . Six ofthe 9
courses must be t a k a in this core.The core adopted and the courses chosen to
meet the requirement will be worked out with the student's adviser in the
humanities, and must be approved by the Humanities Major Committee. The
theme or perspective of the corecan k chosen from those listed in the Humanities Handbook or can be created by the skudent in consultation with an adviser
in the humanities. Further information concerning the core can be found in the
Humanities Handbook.
A student may not list a double major in humanities and in one of the component
disciplinesunless the distribution of courses selected in the humanities major is
significantly different from the other major.
275
Perspectives on the Humanities
An introduction to the humanities which focuses on different themes, depending upon the instructor. The course correlates ideas, principles and
values from the perspectives of several of the humanities disciplines.
499
Independent Studies
Individual study and w r c h on some intdsciplinary humanities topic,
worked out in consultation with an adviser. The study must be approved by
the Humanities Committee.
V Interdisciplinary Studies
(INS)
(See Metro-Urban Studies, Global Education Programs, and Women's
and Minority Studies)
V International Relations
Norma C. Noonan, Director
International Relations is an interdisciplinary major which offers the student both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or
geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of 7 courses
and 6 electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg
and other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for
Interim or a Semester. Competency in one language is required, and
some students study two languages.
The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to intenational studies with considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin
America, the Middle East, Western Europe, the USSR, the Far East,
Southeast Asia, and others.
Recent students have had double majors in History, Political Science, or a
foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are
possible with the International Relations major.
Major: 13courses. (1)7 required courses: ECO 112 or 113;HIS 103or 104; POL 158
or 160; 2 of the following: HIS 332, POL 363,461; POL 490; the fourth term of
college work in a modern foreign languae. Q )6 ofthe following electives (not
more than 3 from any one disciplinemaybe countedtoward the major);ECO 360,
495; HIS 322,323,324,440,474; PHI 355; POL 330,351,381,382,455,459; REL 356;
SOC 336; Interim courses, seminars, Independent Study, topics courses and
courses at other colleges/universitiescan be considered here with the approval
of the Program Director; fourth term or higher of college work in a second
language.
Minor: 7 courses and 1year of foreign language. Required ECO 112or 113, HIS 103
or 104, and POL 158 or 160.One come of HIS 332, POL 363 or 4 1 .One year of
foreignlanguage. Any 3 courses from the list ofapproved electivesforthe major.
Not more than 2 courses horn any department could count toward the minor.
Note: Only the fourth or higher term of languages cuurth t o w a d the major; prerequisite courses or competencies mmot be credited toward the 13 required
courses. Students should confer with the program director about regional and
disciplinary concentrations possible within the major, for example, a concentration on a gmgraphic area or in one of the major disciplines in the program.
V Mathematics and
Computer Science Department
At least since Socrates, scholars have appreciated the value of mathematics in developing the skills of critical thinking, understanding abstract
concepts, and analyzing and solving problems. Coupled with the more
modern needs of quantitative thinking, these skills are still essential for
any liberallyeducated person. Mathematics and computer science
courses at Augsburg are intended to help develop these skills.
Mathematical ideas in and of themselves have had a formative impact on
the development of civilization, and the development of computers has
already begun to influence modern society. To the extent that a liberal
education must include a variety of perspectives on our culture and
heritage, a study of these influences is important.
An increasing number of academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics and computer science. This Department
serves students majoring in a wide variety of fields.
Majors within this Department axe prepared for graduate school, work in
industry,or semice professions, with opportunities to focus on either the
itheoretical or the appIied areas of their vocations. Internship and Coop
erative Education options help students takeadvantage of Augsbwg's
proximity to the many technically-oriented enterprises in the city. Thus
the Department aims to provide its own majors with skills necessary to
serve the larger community through a variety of careers.
Mathematics/Computer Science Faculty: Ken Kaminsky (Chairperson),
Larry Copes, Tarry Crockett, Beverly Durkee, Matthew Foss, Noel Petit,
Larry Ragland, Beverly Stratton
Mathematics Major: 9 courses in mathematics including MAT 124,125,215,224,
314,324, and 3 electivesfrom MAT courses about 210, at most 1 of which is at the
200 level; participationin Departmental colloquium. Also required: CSC 170.At
least 2 Upper Division mathematics courses must be taken at Augsburg. Fm
teachinglicensuw, the 3 electives must be 351,373, and 441. Studentswishing to
become licensed teachmare advise3 to consult with the Education Department
for other requirements.
Computer ScienceMaj or: 9 coursesincluding 240,345,350,445,450;270 or BUS 175;
and 3 electives from CSC courses above 260 or 1 of SOC 363 or BUS 479;
participation in Departmental colloquium. Also required: MAT 174, 175 (or
MAT 124,125,171,224and CSC 170);MAT 215; MAT 373 or BUS 279 or SOC 362.
At least 2 of the Upper Division courses must be taken at Augsburg.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall.
Independent Study at an advanced level.
Mathematics Minor: 5 courses, including 124,125, (or 174,1751,224, and 2 electives
from MAT courses above 210, at most 1 of which is at the 200 level. For a teaching
minor the2 additional courses must be selected from MAT 215,314,328,351,373,
441.
Computer Science Minor: 6 courses including 170,171 (or MAT 174,175), 240,345,
350, and 1 course from MAT 355, BUS 279, SOC 363, or any CSC courseover 260.
PrerequisiteslPlacement Exam - Before enrolling in any mathematics course in
this Department the student must have scored appropriately on the Augsburg
MathematicsPlacement Exam or an equivalent exam, or have completed college
courses equivalent to prerequisites. A course must be completed with a grade
of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite.
The Placement Exam is given during college registration sessions and at other
announced times during the year. It is required of all entering students except
those who have received a grade of C or better in a college-level mathematics
course taken at another college, or have passed the College Board Advanced
Placement Exam. These students, and those who place into Group V, should
consult with the Department about appropriate courses to take.
+ Mathematics
(MAT)
Basic Mathematics
A self-paced course for students needing a review of arithmetic and transition to algebra. Topics include integers, fractions, decimal numbers, ratios,
percents, metric system,exponents, radicals, and evaluation of algebraic
expressions.Counts as one c o w e i n semester%load but d w not give credit
toward graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematia Placement
T=t. (Prmq.: Placement Group I. P/N grading only)
104 Intermediate Algebra
A self-pacedcourseforstudentsnoedinga rwiew ofbasic algebraicskillsand
concepts. Topics include operations with polynomialsand rational expressions; exponents and radicals; solving linear and quadratic equations and
inequalities;and graphing of linm and quadratic functions. Counts as one
course in semester's load but does not give credit toward graduation.
Admission onlybyAugsburg Mathematics Placement Exam. (Prereq.: Placement Group 11. P/N grading only)
114 Elementary Functions
A study of functions: alpbraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonomehic,
For students planning to take 124 or 174. Students who have completed 124
or 174 may register f o r d i t edywithconsent of instructor.
104or
Plament Group III. Spring)
121 Finite Mathematics
Topics of linearity and probability with applicationsto the social and behavioral sciences. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111)
122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applicationsto the
social and behavioral sciences. Students who have completed 124 may not
register for credit. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111. Spring)
124,125,224 Calculus I, 11, HI
Differentialand integral calculus, including calculusof severalvariables and
series, with applications primarily from the physical sciences, integrated
with topics from plane and solid analyticgeometry. Primarily for students in
mathematicsor the sciences. (Prereq.:114or Placement Group IV for 124; 124
for 125; 125 for 224.124, Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall)
131 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts
An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics
and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further study in
mathematics. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111. Fall)
103
m.:
Discrete Mathematics
Topics in discrete mathema tics such as seb and logic, combinatorics, probability, relations and functions, vectors and matrices, boolean algebra, and
graph theory. (Prereq. 114or 121or Placement Group IV. Fall)
174,175 Mathematics for Computing I, I1
A study of discrete and continuous mathematics with applications to computer science, integrated with learning structured programming. Primarily
for students planning to major in computer science. (Prereq.: 114 or Placement Group IV for 174; 174 for 175)
171
Honors Mathematics for the Ijberal Arts
Like 131, but for sophomores in the Honors Program. (Prereq.: 104 or
Placement Group 111, and freshman honors courses; or permission of instructor. Spring)
Number Theory
An introductory study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: Consent
of instructor)
Elementary Linear Algebra
A study of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224 or 175. Spring)
Differential Equations
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by
special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix
algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Abstract Algebra
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra, such as groups,
rings, integral domains, and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall)
Analysis
An introduction to the study of mathematical analysis. Includes a rigorous
study of major concepts used in the calculus and their application to more
abstract situations. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
Complex Variables
An introduction to complex numbers and functions, limits, differentiation
and integration,series, analyticfunctions, conformal mappings, and applications. (Prereq.: 224. Alternate years, Fall 1988)
Modern Geometry
A study of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, and transformation methods with projective axioms as abasis. (Prereq.:
122or 125. Alternate years, Fall 1989)
Numerical Analysis
A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of
computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions,
applications of a procdureoriented programming language in numerical
analysis. Topitsinclude thegeneralconceptof iterativeformulae,solution of
equations, Newton's method, l i n w systems,intapolation, numerical differen tiation and integration, Pmeq.:175;or 224, CSC 170. Alternateyears, Fall
1989)
Probability and Statistics
An analyticstudy of probability and statistics,including probabilitydistributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224 or 175.Fall)
Internship
A combined effort of student, faculty, and employer to complete a specific
task and learn in a workplace. The Internship often is under the auspices of
the Cooperative Education office as well as the Mathematics Internship
Supervisor.
441
481
491
499
Foundations of Mathematics
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems.
(Prereq.: completionof or concurrent registration in 314 and either 324 or 328;
or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Fall 1988)
Topics in Mathematics
Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract
algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314
and either 324 or 328; or consent of instructor. Spring)
Mathematics/Computer Science Colloquium
This colloquium, which has no course credit, meets weekly to keep the
mathematics and computer science community informed about contemporary developments in the field and about interesting ideas that don't arise in
courses. Junior and senior majors must attend, and others are welcome. All
seniors give a talk. Other sessions are presented by faculty members or
outside visitors.
Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and Department.
+ Computer Science (CSC)
Computing for the Liberal Arts
An introduction to computers, programming, and computer applications, as
well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not applytoward either
a computer science major or minor.
170 Structured Programming
An introduction to computer languages and algorithms. Applications from
mathematics, business, and natural sciences. Programming in a higher level
language such as Pascal. (Prereq.: MAT 124. Spring)
171 Discrete Mathematics
(See MAT 171)
174,175 Mathematics for Computing I, I1
(SeeMAT 174, MAT 175)
240 Survey of Computer Science
An introduction to computer organization and structure, assembly and
machine languages, computer logic design, number and character representations, and functions of components of computer systems. Continued
development of structured programming concepts. (Prereq.: MAT 175; or
both 170 and MAT 124 and concurrent registration in MAT 171. Fall)
261 Electronics
(See PHY 261)
270 FORTRAN
Study of the FORTRAN programming language. (Prereq.: 170, or MAT 175.
Interim)
340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks
Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing
systems, network protocols and security, and general computer interfacing.
(Prereq. 240. Fall)
145
Computer Systems and Assembly Language
Survey of computers, languages, systems, and applications.Developmentof
competence in assembly language programming. Elements of computer operation, including input-output, interrupts, and an introduction to operating
systems. (Prereq.: 240. Fall)
Data Structures and File Processing
Concepts and algorithms used in the solution of non-numerical problems.
Applications to data management systems, file organization, information
retrieval, list processing, programming languages, and storage devices.
(Prereq.: 240. Spring)
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization
and security, including the development of an elementary database system.
(240 is recommended before 352 is taken. Spring)
Internship
A combined effort of student, faculty, and employer to complete a specific
task and learn in a workplace. The Internship often is under the auspices of
the CooperativeEducation office as well as the Computer ScienceInternship
Supervisor.
Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
Elements of operating systems, memory and process management, interactions among major componentsof computer systems, and a detailed study of
the effects of computer architectureon operating systems. (Prereq.: 345, MAT
215. Spring)
Theory of Programming Languages and Compilers
Structure of computer programming languages, including data types and
control structures, implementation considerations for programming languages, lexical analysis and parsing, and interpretive languages. (Prereq.:
350, MAT 215. Fall)
Mathematics/Computer Science Colloquium
(See MAT 491)
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Study of advanced topics from such areas as computer graphics, artificial
intelligence, computability, and automata. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Research Project
An extensive group or individual project selected in consultation with a
faculty member. If directly supervised by a faculty member the course may
be taken for credit. (Prereq.: 345,350. Spring)
Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and Department.
V Metro-Urban Studies (INS)
Metro-Urban Studies is a transdisciplinary major and minor taught by
faculty in sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology and
other related disciplines. The Metro-Urban Studies program seeks to
blend classroom and field experience, theory and Internships which
focus the content of liberal learning on the metropolitan community and
the process of urbanization.
The Metro-Urban Studies major and minor are designed to provide
undergraduate preparation for postgraduate studies in planning, architecture, law, public administration, environmental studies, social welfare, government, community organization, and theology. The program
and college-wide urban concerns requirement introduce students to the
wide variety of developing careers related to urban and metropolitan
affairs, equipping students with the analytical and theoretical tools
required to understand the metropolitan community.
Cooperative Education and Internships are available as ways to enhance
the quality of the major and make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan opportunities afforded by the College's location. The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) and Associated Colleges of
the Twin Cities (ACT) enrich the overall program.
Metro-Urban Studies Faculty: Gany W. Hesser (Director),Andrew Aoki, Robert
Clyde, Norman Ferguson, Orloue Gisselquist, Satya Gupta, John Jenswold,
Myles Stenshoel
Major: 15 courses, including 10 core requirements: ECO 123,279 or SOC 362; HIS
431; POL 122,384 or SOC363; SOC 211,381; a minimum of 1 course of Internship
or Independent Study; 2 non-social science courses with an urban emphasis, at
least 1 of which must be in the humanities (currentoptionsincludeART 102, BIO
105, ENG 351, INS 233,260, PHI 362, PHY 111, SPC 342). PSY 356 is highly recommended, as are the HECUA programs.
To complete the major, the student has a choice among 3 emphases or tracks:
General/Liberal Arts, Planning or Public Administration. These 5 elective
courses must include a minimum of 3 disciplines. Options include a wide variety
of courses, Int&s,
Internships, Independent Studies, and urban courses at
other ACTC colleges. Participation in the urban programs offered through the
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) is highly recommended.
Minor: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration,
history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). Core courses
are required for the concentration: ECO 120 or 123; POL 122; SOC 211,381; an
approved Social ScienceResearch Course; an approved Internship and/or Independent Study. Other combinations are possible and may be approved by the
Director.
199
299
399
498
499
Internship
Lower Division Internship. Consult Program Director to determine project.
(Fall, Interim, Spring and Summer)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division students (Prereq.:Consent of instructor and SOC 121 or 211. Fall, Spring, Summer)
Internship
Consult theProgramDirector for details. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
Independent Study -Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources
available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, perfomances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a Department facultymember. (Prereq.: SOC 121
or 211 and consent of instructor. FA,Spring, Summer)
Independent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and
methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines.
(Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 and consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
4 Urban Studies Options Through HECUA
Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA), a consortium of 16 colleges and
universities. Augsburg's Metro-Urban director served as its president
from 1982 to 1987. Through HECUA, Augsburg students have access to
five interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional quality,
located in Scandinavia, South America, Central America, San Francisco
and the Twin Cities.
I. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses upon the Twin Cities metropolitan area.
358
359
399
Readings Seminar: Urban Issues
Reading materials are assignedto complement morning field seminartopics.
Included are government and institutional publications, journal articles and
books.
Field Seminar: Twin Cities Metropolitan Area
Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with
specialists in various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities
area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social
services.
Internship
Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies or businesses
for work experience. A learning contract is developed with MUST faculty
approval. Students may choose an Internship of one or two courses.
11. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)
This interdisciplinary field learning program is at the University of Oslo
and examines cities and urban life in Scandinavia.
372
377
393
394
Norwegian Language
Intensive language instruction at beginning or intermediate levels, with
emphasis on conversational listening and speaking skills. Students with
advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of studying
Norwegian literature.
Note: For Language credit the student should consult with the Chairperson
of the Foreign Language Department.
Scandinavia in the World
Global perspectives of Scandinavian societies. Exploration of Scandinavian
viewpoints as small power nations in a world of super powers and their role
in issues of peace, conflict resolution and arms control, East-West relations,
European security, trade, and the Third World. Emphasis on Norway with
field travel to Scandinavian capitals and to Leningrad for discussions with
advocates of competing perspectives.
Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
Social change and issues of change and development in Norway as reflected
in its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian history with
emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits (theaters,
museums, galleries) and discussions with artists active in a variety of media.
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
Examination of urban economic, social and cultural policies and practices as
a reflection of issues of the modern welfare state and social democracies.
Includes historical survey of transformations from rural and regional cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on Norway, with field travel to Scandinaviancapitalsfor a comparativeperspective.
499
Independent Study
Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of
conducting Independent study &search, using Norwegian language skills,
on a topic approved bytheSUSTProgramDirector and the appropriatehome
college faculty adviser.
111. South American Urban Semester (SAUS)
This "semester in the city" program is located in Bogota, Colombia. It
focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World.
261
361
362
363
499
Spanish Language
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels.
Introduction to Colombia
Overview of Colombia and economic development.
Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America
Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of
SAUS staff and visiting Colombian urbanists.
Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the
Latin American City
Structured field course focusingon plight and prospects of the urban poor in
Bogota, with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison.
Visits to various types of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing
with urban problems.
Independent Study
In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library
and/or field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic
interests.
IV. City Arts
A program that explores the arena of human creativity by bringing participants directly into contact with the practice, administration, politics,
and economics of the art world of the Twin Cities.
300
300
399
Field Seminar: Arts in the Cities
Field study of art worlds and their role in the Cities. Topics include the social
organization of the arts, doing business in the arts, arts and the urban
landscape, making a living as an artist, funding for nonprofit arts organizations, artists and audience, the dispersing city and problem of audience.
Research Semina~:The Creative Process
An investigation of contemporary studies of intelligence, creativity, and
thinking processes that uses both academic literature and discussions with
artists and other resource people. Special workshops on topics such as
writing and thinking, visual studies and communication, and photography,
encourage studentsto try out new ways of working and different approaches
to learning.
Internship
Individually developed Internship or mentoring arrangements with Twin
Citiesartists or arts organizations. Students may choosean Internship for one
or two courses.
V. Literature, Ideology and Society in Latin America (LISLA)
This Spring semester program is a n interdisciplinary field study that
provides extensive study-travel in Colombia, Nicaragua a n d Puerto Rico.
Immersion in Spanish language a n d Colombian culture a r e stressed.
261
360
364
367
499
Spanish Language
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels.
Latin American Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
Selected works of literature and theatre that express writers' and artists'
perspectives on Latin American society and social change. Emphasis on
contemporary period with considerable field study, including interviews
with community arts and "street" theatre groups, writers, literary critics,
composers, performers and filmmakers; small-group field assignments on
current arts activities; site visits to museum and gallery exhibits, movies,
plays concerns and a variety of community arts events.
Latin American Arts and Society
Introduces theoretical frameworks for examining the relationships among
arts, ideologyand society. Provides historicalbackground through survey of
Latin American thought in major artistic periods: Colonial, Republican,
Romantic, Positivist, Modernist, "Indigenismo," Realist and Contemporary.
Readings and seminar lecture-discussions.
Ideologies of Social Change in Latin America
Introduction to the study of ideology and .historical o v e ~ e wof Latin
American ideologies, especially in relation to issues of development and
social change. Comparative study of current ideological debates and their
impact, with special attention to diffusionism, "dependencia," Marxism and
liberation theology. Field study emphasizes local resources, including interview-discussions with proponents of competingideologies; interviews with
government, business, church and community people; site visits to projects
reflecting ideology-in-practice.
Independent Study
By special permission from LISLA faculty, students with advanced Spanish
proficiency can be exempted from Spanish and conduct Independent Study
research instead.
V Music
Department (MUS)
Throughout the ages, music has been seen as an aesthetic expression of
the deepest and highest human emotions and thoughts. Thus music has
long been seen as an integral part of a liberal arts education, offering an
important component of personal, social, and intellectual development.
The Music Department at Augsburg College offers courses in music and
music performance to give students access to this essential aspect of
human history and culture. In addition, all students of the College community have the opportunity of participating in choral and instrumental
ensembles which perform locally, nationally, and internationally.
Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association
of Schools of Music. The Music Department serves the general education
needs of students and offers professional training in music. The music
major combines a broad education in the liberal arts with preparation for
a wide range of graduate and professional opportunities. Student majors
may choose from among four majors in three degree programs: Bachelor
of Arts-Music Major; Bachelor of Music-Performance Major; Bachelor
of Music-Music Education Major; and Bachelor of ScienceMusic
Therapy Major.
In addition to opportunities as professional musicians, teachers of music,
and music therapists, graduates have access to a wide variety of careers.
Leaders in the professions and business regard a liberal arts major as an
excellent preparation for satisfyingand effective service in many occupational areas.
Music Faculty: Robert Karlkn (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Laine Bryce,
Wayne Dalton, John Dunham, Stephen Gabrielsen, Merilee Klemp,
Angela Kretschmar, Nicholas Lenz, Cynthia Lohman, Adele Lorraine,
Steven Lund, Roberta Metzler, Kathryn Mickelson, Patricia Nortwen,
Celeste OfBrien, Marlene Pauley, Nicholas Raths, Thomas Rolfs,
Thomas Rossin, Pauline Sateren, George Stahl, Mary Wilson
Music Coordinator: Mary Ella Pratte
Entrance Procedures: Freshmen will enrollin the regular Bachelor of Arts program.
Those wishing to become Bachelor of Music candidates must perform (Level I1
repertoire) in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. They must
then apply, by petition, to the Department before the end of their second
semester of study. Candidate approval is necessary to register for B.M. level performance studies. Transfer students may enter the B.M. program on probation,
subject to Departmental approval of performance hearing and petition during
their first semesterinresidence. Music Education majors must apply, by petition,
to the Department during the sixth term of study. All other music major and
minor candidatesmust apply, by petition, to theDepartment prior to registration
for Upper Division courses. Additionally, Music Education majors must apply
to the Education Department for acceptance into the music education licensure
program. Departmental approval and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music
courses is necessary for the education licensure program. All transfer students
must take the theory placement examination at the first class meeting of 101or
102. Freshmen who wish to be considered for a Freshman Performance Scholarship must perform in their major performance medium for a faculty panel.
Auditions for memberships in ensembles are scheduled, following application,
during the senior year of high school, summer orientation sessions or at another
time preceding initial registration.
Honors Major: Candidates for the honors program are nominated each spring from
among those juniors who have attained a CPA of at least 3.0 in music courses. A
faculty committee must approve the candidate's honors project proposal and
certify successful completion. The following possibilities are indicative of acceptable projects: senior thesis and its defense; an additional senior recital of
graduate quality; composition of a work for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble
of 15 minutes duration; conducting an ensemble concert; or combinationsof the
above.
+ Degree and Major Requirements
Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors): 101,102,111,112,201,211,231,232,311,
341,342 or 344; 8 quarter courses in a major ensemble; Performance studies and
recital requirements as given under each specific degree and major. (SeeApplied
Music section.) French or German study as stated in general education requirements.
Bachelor of Arts
Music Major: Offersthe broadest education in liberal arts and prepares the student
for the greatest range of graduate, business and professional opportunities.
Students who intend to pursue non-performance graduate study, or desire to
enter one of the many music-related business fields of employment, most often
choose this course of study.
Requirements: 13 course credits: Core curriculum plus 1 course credit of music
elective;Performance studies -6 quarter courses and 2 half courses in the major
instrument or voice, 2quarter coursesin the minor instrument or voiceand a half
senior recital 458; keyboard proficiency and passing three Music Repertoire
tests.
Requirements for the Music Minor: 6 course credits: 101,102,111,112; 231 or 232;
341; 342 or 344; 4 consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble concurrent
with 4 quarter courses in Performance studies. Music minors must pass one
Music Repretoire test.
Bachelor of Music
Music Education Major: Offers students the preparation necessary to become
teachers of music in the public schools. This preparation includes coursework
which allows the student to become certified to teach at the elementary through
the secondary levels.
Requirements: 17 course credits: Core curriculum plus 202, 212; Performance
studies- 2 quarter courses, 4 half courses, 2full courses in the major instrument
or voice; 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; a half junior recital
358 and a full senior recital 459; improvisation competency on major instrument
or voice; keyboard proficiency, passing 3 Music Repertoiretests, and achieving
a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance
medium.
Vocal emphasis -251,252,253,254,435
Instrumental emphasis -151,155, and 1course credit of music elective
Otherrequirements: 10 1/2coursecredits: HPE 114,115,PSY 105,EDS265,354,355,
356,357 or 358,388,478,481,482,483. Consult the EducationDepartment, Music
Department Guides and program adviser.
Music Performance Major Designed for students who display advanced competence and achievement in music performance. This degree program is chosenby
students who wish to become professional performers, private instructors, or
who intend to pursue a graduate degree in music performance.
Requirements: 20 course credits: Core cumculum plus 202, 212; Performance
studie-2 quarter courses and 6 full courses in the major instrument or voice; 2
quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; full junior and senior recitals
358,459; keyboard proficiency test, passing 3 Music Repertoire tests and achieving a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance
medium.
Voice -251,252,253,254,435,l course of music elective, 2 courses of French or
German above the B.A. requirements
Piano or Organ -301,302,436,456,1/2 course credit of music elective
Instrument -301,302,11/2 course credits of music electives
Bachelor of Science
Music Therapy Major fulfills academic and clinical requirements for registration
with the National Association for Music Therapy, and prepares students for the
professional certification examination developed by the Certification Board for
Music Therapists. This course of study is chosen by students who wish to
become registered music therapists.
Requirements: 18 course credits: Core curriculum plus 1 course credit of music
elective; 2 of 151,155,156; 271,274,275,372,373,374,375,472,473,474,475,479;
Performance studies - 6 quarter courses in the major instrument or voice, 2
quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458;
keyboard proficiency, guitar proficiency, passing 3 Music Repertoire tests, and
achieving a minimum grade of 2.0 in each music therapy course. Other requirements: EDS 282, 356, 357, 358; PSY 105, 362; BIO 103; SOC 362 or PSY 264.
Graduates are eligible to take the National Association for Music Therapy
certification examination.
Applied Music
Ensembles (MUE): One quarter course credit per semester is granted to members
of major ensembles (MUE 111,112,121,141). Other ensembles carry no aedit.
Traditional grading is required for music majors and minors in ensemble
courses. The general student may register for credit with either traditional or P/
N grading, or may choose no credit status with audit (V)designation. A
maximum of 2 course credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation
requirements.
Performance Studies (MUP): All students enrolled in Performance studies for
credit with traditional grading arerequiredto satisfy each of the three synergistic
elements: lessons, performances, and listening. The general (non-music major or
minor) student, taking private lessons for no credit, is not required to fulfill the
additional performance and listening requirements.
Lessons: Private instruction in voice, piano, organ and any instrument is available
for all students in the following categories:
No credit -one half-hour lesson and three hours of practice per week.
One quarter course credit- one half-hour lesson and four hours of practice per
week.
One half course credit -two half-hour lessons and eight hours of practice per
week.
One course credit (B.M. only) - two half-hour lessons and twelve hours of
practice per week.
Performances: All students registered in performance studies for credit must
perform each year in a general student recital, at the end of each semester for a
faculty panel, and as additionally required by the instructor.
Listening: All students registered in performance studies for credit are required to
attend 15designated music events during the academic year and pass the Music
Repertoire test. Failure to attend the required number of Faculty Artist Series
recitals, major ensemble home concerts, or other designated music events is a
factor in determining the final grade received in performance studies. Music
majors must pass a total of three Music Repertoire tests; music minors must pass
one. (See Music Department Guides for contents of Music Repertoire tests.)
Recitals: A committee composed of the student's teacher and two other music
faculty members will determine the final grade for all recitals and will conduct
a prerecital hearing for senior B.M. Performance major recitals. Concurrent
registration in performance studies in the major performance medium is required for recital performance.
B.A. and B.S. Candidates -one half senior recital 458 at repertoire level 111.
B.M. Music Education Major -one half junior recital 358 at repertoire level 111and
full senior recital 459 at repertoire level IV.
B.M. Performance Major -full junior (level IV) and senior (level V) recitals 358,
459.
Keyboard Proficiency: B.A., B.M. and B.S. candidates must demonstrate elementary keyboard familiarityby passing the Piano Proficiency test. This test may be
taken at the beginning or end of Fall or Spring semester.(See Music Department
Guide for contents of Piano Proficiency test)
Music Courses (MUS)
Theory
101
102
111
112
201
202
211
212
301
Materials of Music I (112course)
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of part
writing. (Fall)
Materials of Music I1 (112course)
Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants and simple modulations. (Spring)
Aural Skills I (112course)
Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing
and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in 101. (Prereq.: Concurrent
registration in or completion of 101. Fall)
Aural Skills I1 (112course)
Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in 102.
(Prereq.: 111and concurrent registration in or completion of 102. Spring)
Materials of Music 111 (112course)
Continuation of 102with chromatic harmony and modulation. (Prereq.: 102.
Fall)
Form and Analysis (112course)
Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th
century practice. (Prereq.: 201. Spring)
Aural Skills 111 (112course)
Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in 201.
(Prereq.: 112 and concurrent registration in or completion of 201. Spring)
Aural Skills IV (112course)
Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in 202. Brereq.:
211 and concurrent registration in or completion of 202. Spring)
Counterpoint I (112course)
16ththrough 18thcentury contrapuntaltechniques includingdoublecounterpoint, pasacaglia, fugue and canon. Brereq.: 201,211. Alternate years. Fall
1988)
302
311
312
341
342
344
Counterpoint I1 (112course)
Study of contemporarycounterpoint including works of Schoenberg, Bartok,
Hindemith, Stravinsky and Carter. (Prereq.: 301. Alternate years. Spring
1989)
Composition I (112course)
Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of
sound, ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple
forms and tonal harmonic materials are employed. (Fall)
Composition I1 (112course)
Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying sizes
and types. Contemporary techniques, atonal systems, and larger forms are
studied and used. (Spring)
Basic Conducting (112course)
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique.Score analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature. (Fall)
Choral Conducting (112course)
Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection.
Advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Spring)
Instrumental Conducting (112course)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature. Advanced conducting techniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring)
The following courses will not be offered until the specific B.M. major in theorycomposition is accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music.
401 Counterpoint 111(112course)
Advanced contrapuntal writing. (Prereq.: 302. Fall)
402 Counterpoint IV (112course)
Continuation of advanced contrapuntal writing Brereq.: 401. Spring)
411 Composition III (112course)
Individual and class instruction in all styles. Brereq.: 312. Fall)
412 Composition IV (112course)
Advanced compositional techniques. (Prereq.: 411. Spring)
History and Literature
130
230
231
232
330
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For nonmusic majors.
Electronics in Music
Exploration and creation of sounds heard in 20th century music. The study
and application of practical electronic technology used in music will be
combined with aesthetic considerationsin the creativeaspects of the art. For
non-music majors.
History and Literature of Music I
A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: 201,112.
Fall)
History and Literature of Music I1
Continuation of 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: 201,112. Spring)
Ethnic Music
Hispanic, Black, Indian, Asian and other ethnic music and its cultural
relationship. For the general as well as the music student. (Interim)
The followingfour half courses are extensive studies of special eras in the history of
music. (Prereq.: 231,232)
331 Music of the Baroque Era (112course)
(Alternate years, Fall 1989)
332 Music of the Classical Period (U2course)
(Alternate years, Spring 1990)
333 Music of the Romantic Period (112course)
(Alternate years, Fall 1989)
334 Music of the 20th Century (U2course)
(Alternate years, Spring 1990)
432 Church Music and Worship
Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemporary
worship practices. Designed for the general as well as themusic and theology
student. (Spring)
435 Voice Repertoire (112course)
Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th
century to the present. (Prereq.: 231,232. Alternate years, Fall 1988)
436 Piano Repertoire (U2course)
Study of the piano literature from the 17thcenturyto the present by listening,
analyzing and performing. (Prereq.: 231,232. Alternate years, Spring 1989)
498,499 Independent Study (U2course each)
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the
faculty.
Technique
151,152 Voice Methods (114course)
Fundamentals of tone production and singing.
155,156 Piano Methods (114course)
Basic keyboard familiarity, simple accompaniment and music reading skills
necessary to meet specific degree requirements.
157,158 Guitar Methods (114course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar.
251 English Diction (U4course)
Fundamental course in correct standard English diction for singing. Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet. Open to all students
registered for vocal instruction. (Fall semester)
The following threequarter coursesare continuationsof 251 with applicationfor the
Italian, German and French languages.
252 Italian Diction (114course)
(Prereq.: 251. Fall semester)
253 German Diction (114course)
(Prereq.: 251. Spring semester)
254 French Diction (114course)
(Prereq.: 251. Spring semester)
358 Junior Recital
B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level 111, Music Education
Majorsor full recital at LevelIV, Music Performancemajors. No coursecredit.
456
458
459
Piano Pedagogy (112course)
Principles, methods, materials and techniques for teaching piano. Survey of
various pedagogical schools of thought. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor.
Alternate years, Spring 1990)
Senior Recital
Half recitalby B.A. or B.S. candidates at repertoireLevelII1. No course credit.
Senior Recital (112course credit)
B.M. candidates only. Recital must be preceded by a prerecital hearing by
faculty committee. Repertoire Levels IV for Music Education majors and V
for Music Performance majors.
Therapy
Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview
A survey of the music therapy programs in Minnesota, with field trips to
various institutions. An introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major to give students a broad
background in the ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim only)
271 Music Therapy Techniques and Materials (112course)
Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Schulwerk, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings.
274,275 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
372 Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objectiveapproach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on
acoustics and sociopsychologicalaspects of music. An understanding of the
research process and development of an experimental research project.
373 Psychological Foundations of Music I1
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a
multidisciplinary approach to music therapy. Theories of learning music,
musical talent, and performance.
374,374 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
472 Influence of Music on Behavior
A study of human behavior as it relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. Understanding
of the theory of music therapy.
473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar
Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic
settings including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to
therapy with music.
474,475 Music Therapy Practicums (1/4course each)
Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two
hours per week. (Prereq.: 3 of 274,275,374,375)
479 Music Therapy Clinical Internship (1/2course)
Full-time placement in an NAMT Internship setting for six months. Application for Internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements)
110
+ Ensembles and Performance Studies
Ensembles (MUE)
These musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music
student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is
determined by audition during the first week of fall semester. (Special
circumstances may permit entering at other times.) Assignment to an
ensemble is then made at the discretion of the appropriate faculty. Membership is for the entire academic year which, on occasion, includes Interims.
While the Department strongly encourages both formal and informal
ensemble experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or Chorale will satisfy the major,minor or distribution requirements. Instruments
are available for rent.
111 Augsburg Choir (114 course)
112 Chorale (l/&course)
114 Festival Choir (0)
121 Orchestra (114 course)
122 String Ensemble (0)
131Woodwind Ensemble (0)
141 Concert Band (114course)
142 Brass Ensemble (0)
143 Jazz Ensemble (0)
Performance Studies (MUP)
Private instruction for credit is graded traditionally. AU areas of study are
available to the non-music major or minor. Group lessons in piano, voice
and guitar are available at a reduced fee. All lessons are adapted to the individual needs of the student and those bearing credit are supplemented by
accompanying,ensembIeparticipation and other performanm. Representative programs of study in private insttuction are o u t h e d in Music
Department Guides. These repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate levels
of achievement and the following expectations: No-credit study has no
repertoire requirements; Music Minor - Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors enter I and attain 111; B.M. Education Major -enter I1 and attain IV;B.M.
Performance Major -enter 11and attain V.
Ilx Voice
12x Strings: Violin, Viola, Cello,
Bass
13x Woodwinds: Oboe, Bassoon,
Clarinet, Saxophone, Flute
Recorder, Horn
14x Brass: Trumpet, Trombone,
Baritone, Tuba
15x Piano
16x Guitar
17x Percussion
18x Organ
Class Lessons:
011 Voice class
015 Piano class
016 Guitar class
Note carefully the following provisions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Instrumental rental, practice room reservations and performance study registration occurs the first week of classes in the Music Department office.
Seniormusic majorswho haveattained acumulativeGPA averageof 3.0 in their
major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarship
which provides for free lessonsin that major medium during the two semesters
preceding graduation. Similar scholarshipsare available to entering freshmen.
A semesterof study is 14weeks of lessonsand coaching.Any lessonsduringthe
Interim or summer are arranged privately with the teacher.
A student who cannot come for a scheduled lesson is required to notify the
teacher at least 24 hours in advance; otherwise, except for illness immediately
prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson.
The music faculty reserves the right to limit or even prohibit performance
outside the Department if it interfereswith musical growth for the student. The
Department recommends, and on occasion assigns, the teacher to the student
and permission is required for subsequent change. Credit is granted only for
study with faculty members of the Augsburg College Music Department.
V Natural Science
Earl Alton, Coordinator
The Natural Science Licensure program for teachers is designed to
provide strong preparation for science teaching and to satisfy Minnesota
licensure requirements.
The program of courses is designed to provide a broad, basic background in science and allow for specializationin an area. The following
programs assume that the student will meet the general education requirements of the College, the requirements for appropriate majors, and
the courses required in the Department of Education, and, in the physical
sciences, have at least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department
of Education for requirements in Education. Early consultation with
adviser is essential.
Licensure Program f or Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved
the licensure program for science teachers and authorized Augsburg to recommend candidates in:
Life Science, grades 7-12
Life Science (minor), grades 7-12
Physical Science (Chemistry major or Physics major), grades 7-12
Chemistry (minor), grades 7-12
Physics (minor), grades 7-12
Middle School Science, grades 5-9
Broad Base Requirement: 7courses: 2 in earth science (Astronomyor Meteorology,
Geology), 2in GeneralBiology, 3 inPhysicalScience (Physicsfor the Life Sciences
or a year of General Physics, and 2 courses of General Chemistry).
Biology Major: (For licensure in Life Science) The Broad Base requirement plus 8
courses: 7 BIO courses, including 491 and at least 1from each of the following
groups: (I)351 (Invertebratezoology)or 353 (Comparativevertebrate Zoology),
(11)355 (Genetics)or 474 (Developmental Biology), (In)361 (PlantBiology)or 481
(Ecology), (IV) 471 (Cellular Biology) or 473 (Animal Physiology), (V)440 Plant
Physiology) or 476 (Microbiology), and 1course in Organic Chemistry.
Chemistry Major: (For licensure in Physical Science) The graduation major in
Chemistry: CHM 115,116 (General Chemistry) (or 105-106), 351,352 (Organic
Chemistry),353 (QuantitativeAnalytical Chemistry), 361 (Physical Chemistry),
363 (PhysicalChemistryLaboratory), 1Advanced Chemistrycourse, and Chemistry Seminar. In addition a year of General Physics and 2 additional physics
courses above General Physics; Modern Physics and Electronics are recommended.
Physics Major: (For licensure in Physical Science) The graduation major in Physics:
PHY 121,122 (General Physics), 245 (Modern Physics), 351 (Mechanics I), 362
(Electromagnetic Fields I), 395 (ComprehensiveLaboratory) and 3 additional
coursesto be selected from 261 (Electronics),352(MechanicsII),363 (Electromagnetic Fields II), 481 (Thermal Physics), 486 (Quantum Physics D, and 488
(QuantumPhysics 11). In addition, ayear of General Chemistryand 1courseeach
of Organic Chemistry and Analytical Chemistry.
Licensure with Minor: For Life Science, Broad Base Requirement plus 7 courses in
Biology; for Chemistry, the Chemistryminor and an additional Upper Division
course; for Physics, the Physics Minor plus 1additional course above PHY 122.
Science (For Middle SchoolLicensure- grades 5-9): Broad Base Requirementand
an additional 7 Natural Science courses, 2 in Earth Science (Meteorology and
Mineralogy or equivalent), 2 biology courses above General Biology, and 3 in
Physical Science, at least 1each in Chemistry and Physics above the level of General Chemistry or General Physics. Note: This is not a Natural Science major; it
is a program for licensure. Students must still complete a College major.
Nursing Department (NUR)
Augsburg offers an Upper Division major in professional nursing
leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The program is accredited by the
National League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to
apply for Public Health Nurse Certification in Minnesota.
Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate
degree or diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade
point average of 2.5; a current license to practice as a registered nurse in
the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses in inorganicchemistry,
organic ar biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English
composition,introductory mciology and introductory psychology.
Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another acaedi ted
college or university prior to admission to the nursing major. The
prerequisite courses in sociology, psychology, English, chemistry and
biology listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well
as toward admission to the major. All prerequisite courses must have
been completed at the 2.0 level. Courses with grades below 2.0 must be
satisfactorily repeated or challenged.
In addition, applicants must successfully validate their theoretical
knowledge via written testing prior to acceptance to the major. These
tests are given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice within the
past five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing,
2) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an
acceptable equivalent.
Nursing Department Faculty: Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Mag o n e Audette,
Marian Enos, Sharon McDonald, Sharon Ostwald, Pam Weiss, Teri Welcher
Major: 10 courses in nursing including 305,306,310,311,330,350,403,404,423,427;
PSY 355 or an approved Upper Division biology course; and an ethics course,
either PHI 380 or REL 483. Courses in interpersonal communication are supportive to the major. A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and the
required biology and ethics courses, and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the
completion of the courses of study are required.
Courses in the nursing major are offered on weekends and are designed so that
they may be completed within two to three years. However, more time may be
required to complete the total course of study depending on the number of
credits transferred from other colleges or universities. Students in nursing may
take non-nursing courses in both day school and Weekend College. Students
interested in pursuing the nursing major should consult with anadviser from the
Nursing Department for program planning.
Honors Major: GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall; application to the
Department Chairpersonby November 1 of the senior year; recommendationby
nursing faculty; honors thesis to be defended beforeafacultycommitteeby April
15. Candidates register for 499 to complete the thesis.
305
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication
A transitional course that introduces the componentsof the professional role
and begins the professional socialization process. The communicativeprocess is emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is
negotiated. Interactive, group, and learning theories are explored for their
applicabilityto changing professional roles and practice. A teaching project
is required. (Prereq. or current enrollment: PSY 355)
Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in the process of
professional dwdopmmt. The function of theory in guiding nursing p m timis emphasized.Selectednursing conceptual modelsare studied and their
applicationto practiceisexamined using the nursingproms format. Clinical
application is required. (Prereq.: 305)
Community Health Nursing I
The focus of this course is on community health delivery systems and the
practiceof public health nursing. Concepts of health a m examined as they
apply to current cornmunity health problems and issues. Qinical application
of course content involves making a health assessment and exploring a
community health issue. Ethicalissuesrelatedto community health decisionmaking with aggregate groups are explored. (Prereq.: 330)
Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum*
This course provides a basis for understanding community characteristics
and cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's role as a generalist
and as a member of the health team is explored. This course is primarily a
clinical course. The student will demonstrate knowledge of community
health concepts in providing care to a selected caseload of clients.
310)
Trends and Issues in Nursing
This course is designed to investigatethe current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary economic, social, political, and professional
trends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for nursing
practice. (Prereq.: 306; PHI 380 or REL 483 or concurrent enrollment)
c rer re^.:
Introduction to Nursing Research
Theresearch process and methods appropriateto nursing arethe focusof this
course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique
nursingresearch for its applicability to nursing practice. (Prereq.: 330;maybe
taken concurrently with 310)
Contemporary Nursing III: Families
This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursing care. Content
includes family as a primary group and family dynamics in light of situational and developmental events. Consideration is given to the role of the
nurse in family health care. (Prereq.: 311,350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 423)
Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management
T h i s course pmvfdm a theoretical basis for leadership and management as
emerging professional nurse rules. Conceptsofchange,&nflict,communication and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountabilityand advocacy
provide the basis for role development and professionalism. (Prey.: 403)
Practicum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family
A clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content
from 403 in providing complex nursing care to families in a selected practice
setting. (Prereq.: 403 or concurrent enrollment)
Practicum in Nursing II: Leadership and Management*
This clinical practicum utilizes knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity
is provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected agency
setting. (Prereq.: 404 or concurrent enrollment)
432
499
Topics in Nursing
A course designed to provide in-depth exploration of selected topics in
nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the needs and
interests of the faculty and students. (Prereq.: Senior standing or consent of
instructor. On demand)
Independent Study
This learning experience provides the opportunityfor the student to study a
selected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit
written study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to
registration.
*If the practicums in nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective
theory courses, studentsare required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content.
V Occupational Therapy
Adapting to disabilities and reshaping lives so that they are productive
and meaningful are some of the goals of the occupational therapist.
Occupational therapy is an applied science that teaches people skills to
enable them to perform the tasks of everyday living when a physical or
emotional disability has affected them. The ultimate goal of the occupational therapist is to provide people with the necessary skills to develop
a sense of wholeness and independence.
Given the orientation of this applied science to development of the
abilities of the whole person, it is appropriate that such a career preparation be founded in the liberal arts. Augsburg College has a cooperative 32 arrangement with Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri, to
allow students to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and a Bachelor of Science or Master of Science degree in Occupational
Therapy from Washington University. The Bachlelor of Science requires
four semesters at Washington University, and the Master of Science
requires five.
Students spend their first three years at Augsburg College pursuing the
academic major of their choice and meeting general education requirements in the liberal arts. A student may choose any major at Augsburg
College while gaining the minimum prerequisite courses for the Occupational Therapy degree. Students are encouraged to consult the program
adviser and plan their programs carefully since fulfilling necessary
requirements in three years may be difficult in certain majors. Majors in
Biology, Psychology, and Sociology offer the least complicated alternatives.
Students accepted into the 3-2 program are guaranteed admission to the
Bachelor of Science program at Washington University provided they
have met course requirements, have at least a 3.0 average, and are recommended by the Augsburg College adviser. They will be given preference for admission to the Master of Science program at Washington
University if they fulfill the above requirements and receive two additional recommendations from health care professionals, faculty or work
supervisors.
Prerequisite courses for the Washington University Occupational Therapy Program: ENG111,BIO111,112,and473or353;CHM105or115;PHY103;PSY105,
351,362; SOC 121,241; SOC 362 or MAT 373.
V Philosophy
Department (PHI)
The Philosophy Department assists students in understanding issues
raised in the traditional areas of philosophy. To this end, we consider
problems of knowledge and questions of truth, the nature of reality, the
basis of values, and rules for correct reasoning. Our goals are to instill in
students a love of truth, to inspire a curiosity about significance and
meaning, and to develop the skills of critical analysis and creative
synthesis.
The liberal arts curriculum provides an opportunity for students to
explore different:aspectsof the world from a variety of perspectives or
disciplines. Philosophy plays a central role in the liberal arb by helping
students to explore questions about themselves, human experience, right
and wrong the world, and God. Beginning with hva Somatic principles:
'The unexamined I i k is not worth living," and 'Know yourself," the
study of philosophy assists students in the realization of their unique
potential for understanding and self-fulfillment.
At Augsburg the philosophy major i s founded upon the princi p1e that
philosophy is best learned at the feet of the masters. Therefore, the care
of the major consists of four courses in the history of philosophy leading
from the ancient Greeks and Romans, through the Medieval and the
Renaissance periods to the present. In these courses students are taught
how to read, understand, and criticize the great texts of the finest minds
in Western civilization.In addition, majors are expected to prepare
themselves in the discipline of philosophy by taking the various seminars which the Department offers, as well as exploring the opportunities
to study tutorially with the individual members of the Philosophy
faculty.
This major has been carefully planned so that students can easily supplement the study of philosophy with other studies. Though some majors
g o on to graduate school in philosophy, most use the major to prepare
for other professional studies such a s law, medicine, or Christian ministry. Many enter the market place, feeling that the study of philosophy
has given them the ability to think critically.
Philosophy Faculty: Mark Fuehrer (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey,
Bruce Reichenbach, Paul Holmer
Major. 9 courses, including 130,141,242,343,344, and a course in the 400's (other
than 499). Five of the courses must be Upper Division.
Honors Major: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end
will consist of an honors thesis on an approved
of the junior year. The
topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a
defense of this thesis before the faculty of the Department.
Minor. 5 courses, including 2 from 141,242,343, and 344.
Note: 110,120,130, and 141 are recommended for fulfilling the general education
requirement.
110
120
130
141
Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Method
Though each person has his or her own set of ideas and beliefs, m l y have
theybeen critically analyzed or evaluated for rheir consistency, adequacy or
truth. One reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. Another
is that they may have had little opportunity to examine critically some of the
ideas basic to w e e m culture.The purpose of this course is to provide the
student with someexperienceinexamining ideas, and therebyto sharpen the
&ti& and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of
ideas arid beliefs.
Ethics
This course studies moral judgments about personal and social issues, and
evaluates possible grounds for making moral decisions. It also investigates
the nature of happiness and its relation to the moral life.
Logic
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a
particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow
from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments
and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments.
Introduction to Philosophy Readings in Classical Texts
The writings of Plato and Aristotle are the foundations of all philosophical
thought in Western civilization. In this course students will read and analyze
some of the keyworks by Plato and Aristotle. In addition, other philosophical
schools of thought in the ancient world will be studied: Stoicism, Epicureanism and Neoplatonism in order to familiarize the student with the other
elements that constitute classical philosophy. An advanced introductory
course in philosophy for honor students, those contemplating a philosophy
major or minor and those students wishing a more in-depth approach to
philosophy at the introductory level. Excludes students enrolled for 110.
(Spring)
-
Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
History of Philosophy: M e d i d and Renaissance PhiIosophy
The Middle A g e was a period of great synthesis of elements of m s t i a n
metation, classical phiIosbphy and Islamic culture. In this course students
will read writings by St. hselm, St. Banaventme, Occam, St. Thomas
Aquinas and Nicholas of Cusa In order to understand the process of philosophicalassimihtioninvolved incanstrvcting a Christian philosophy. S i
the Remissanm intensified the medieval synthesis, students will.be exposed
to the thought of Pico, Ficino and Bruno. (Fall)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Ksfoy of PhiIasophy:Enlightenment and 19th Century FMosophy
Does knowledge begirt with innate ideas or with experience? Can we get
beyond our own concepts to h o w the world itself? What isan idealist view
of the world? This course studies the major rationalists of the 17th century
(Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz), the major empiricists of the 18th century
(Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy, and 19th century
Idealism and the reaction to it (Marx, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche). (Suggested
prior course, 141 or 242)
History of lhitcsophy: Twentieth Centuiy Philosophy
love affair with language? Is
What lies k h i n d 20th century philosophy"~
truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a ligorous sdence?
These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives
of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism,and phenomenology. (Suggested prior course, 141,242, or 343)
Philosophy of Religion
What is the relationbetween faith and reason?Does God exist, and if so, what
can be said about God? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human
and animal suffering? Are we really immortal? Are &des possible? We
will conduct a systematic inquiry into these gumions which form the basis
of religious beliefs. (Suggest=&: 1prior course in philosophy) (Cross-listed
with Religion 350)
Oriental Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested:1prior course in philosophy)
Poli ti& PMIosophy
Ey studying the writings af political philosophers from antiquity up to the
modern period, students win be asked to examine m c i a l questions concerning the organization of human society. Therelation of thenature of the smte
to religion, the home and the city will be took& at through the eyes of Mato,
Aristotle, Cicero, Dante and Machiavelli.
Philosophy of Science
The scientist's knowledge of the world is purported to be profoundly
different and better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science
cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover
knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work
in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 130 or 1course in natural science)
370
380
399
410
430
499
Existentialism
Studies in the writings -both philosophical and literary - of prominent
Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-theworld, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and
paradox. (Suggested: 1 prior course in philosophy)
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethicalprinciples to problems which arise inthe areas of health
care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion,
care for the dying and euthanasia.
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering a specificarea of philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem, or interdisciplinary
problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses, any from 141,242,343,344 or consent of instructor)
Studies in Individual Philosophers
Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, St.
Thomas, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard or Wittgenstein. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 141,242,343, or consent of instructor)
Independent Study
Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the
student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
-
V Physics
:
-+
b!
Department (PHY)
Physicists are not only curious about the world, but ambitious as well.
Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles which describe
and govern all physical aspects of the universe. Called "natural philosophers" in previous centuries, physicists investigate natural systems by
means of controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis. Physics
includes the study of systems ranging in size from sub-atomic particles
to the largest of galaxies, and from the relative stillness of near absolute
zero temperature to the fiery activity of the stars. As a fascinating and
expanding area of study and as a basic science, physics plays an important role in many of the liberal arts disciplines and contributes to
society's understanding of such areas as energy, weather, medical
science and space exploration.
Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing that keeping abreast of the rapid advances is an ever increasing
challenge, the Department intends to bring to the students not only basic
concepts but also insights into recent developments. In this process, the
faculty expects challenges to arise, be met, and stimulate sound thinking,
perceptive judgment, and an interest in experimental techniques.
To this end a rigorous major provides students with the in-depth preparation required for graduate study. More than two-thirds of the graduates in Physics have completed or are currently working toward graduate degrees at a number of fine universities across the nation. A major in
physics provides flexibility. It also serves as a stepping stone for graduate work in related areas such as computer science, atmospheric science
and meteorology, astronomy, oceanography, biophysics, environmental
science, engineering and medical and health related fields for many
physics graduates.
In addition, the Physics Program at Augsburg functions in a supportive
role for students majoring in mathematics, chemistry, biology and
computer science. The Department also supervises the Pre-Engineering
program with degree programs available at cooperating universities at
both the bachelofs and the advanced degree levels.
Cooperative Education, Internship, and Undergmduate Research programs provide opportunities for students to apply fheir physicaI science
knowledge and problem solving skills in practical situations in industrial, governmental, and academic settings. Students may participate in
alternating term Co-op programs or work part-time during two or more
academic terms. Internship opportunities alone generally involve only
one semester.
The Department serves the liberal arts tradition by offering courses for
the non-science students that will enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science. These courses seek to provide the
basic starting point for further study and the opportunity to enable
students to follow new developments with some degree of comprehension.
Physics Faculty: Mark Engebretson (Chairperson),Nick Arge, Kenneth
Erickson, Jeffrey Johnson, William Monsma
.
. .
B.A. Major; 9murres, including 121,122,2k,351,362,363,395and 396 (l/2course
each), plus 2 courses above 122.
B.S. Major: 12courses, including 121,122,245,261,351,352,362,363,395 and 396
(1/2course each), and 486, plus 2 courses above 122.A yea. of introductory
chemistry is also required.
B.A. Major with Concentration in Space Physics: 13 courses, including 121,122,
245,261,320,351,352,362,363,395 and 396 (1/2 course each). 420 and 486, plus
1 course above 122. A year of introductory chemistry is also required.
In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to workclosely with
members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT 124,125,
and PHY 121,122 the freshmanyear, and MAT 224 and 226 the sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure Major: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to
the EducationDepartment sectionof the Catalogand consultwith the Education
Department early in their planning.
Honors Major: A GPA of 3.6 in physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the f i s t term of the
senior year.
Minor: 5 courses, including 121,122, and 3 courses above 122.
Soaety of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students
provides students the opportunities of membership ina national physics society
and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in SPS is open to all students interested in physics.
Sigma Pi Sigma: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics
honor society is open to those students who have completed the equivalent of a
minor in physics, have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and overall, and rank in the upper
third of their class.
101
103
106
Astronomy
A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and galaxies that
q u i r e s elementaryalgebra-Thenecssaryopticalinstruments areexplained
and use is made of a 12-inchreflecting telescope, an Sinch Celesbn, and a
3-in& Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
Mathema tics PIament Group TI)
Physics for the Life Sciences
An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to
demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is
designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical educatisn (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The
course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the
liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 111. Spring)
Introductory Meteorology
A study of the science and wonders of theatmosphere. The courseis designed
to provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles required for
understanding weather and climate. Attention will be given to the overall
weather patterns of theearth and to themany varied aspectsof weather, some
of which include: clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornadoes and
hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting, the influenceof weather on
pollution, fronts and cyclones, and opticalphenomena of the sky. The course
is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution requirement for the
liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement
Group 11)
111 Physics, Computers, and Society
A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science.
Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy, religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of the meaning of 20th
century physics and of the role of electronics and computers in modern
society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. (3 o n e
hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq: Mathematics Placement Group 11.
Fall)
121,122 General Physics I, I1
A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion,
thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and optics. Designed for physics
majors, pre-engineering students and other specified majors. Must be taken
in sequence. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MAT 124 or
concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122 Spring)
199 Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
245 Modem Physics
An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimentalbasis.
Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid
state physics. This courseindicatesthe need for, and develops the experimental basis of, quantum mechanics. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall)
261 Electronics
A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronicscomprisesthe
first half of the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics
culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer
systems. (Prereq.: 103,111 or 122; and MAT 122 or 125)
299 DirectedStudy
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
320 Introduction to Space Science
A s w e y of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics. Topics include
solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, magnetopause,
radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphere-ion*
sphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation,and aurora. (3onehour lectures. Prereq.:
245)
327
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
at an intermediate level, with
A; introduction to mathematical
emphasis on functionswhich have been developed to aid in analyzing problems in physics and engineering. Beginning with a review of complex
numbers and partial differentiation, topics include Fourier series, series
solution of selected differential equations, Legendre, Bessel, and other orthogonal functions, partial differential equations, and functionsof a complex
variable. (Prereq.: 122 or consent of instructor; MAT 224 or equivalent)
351,352 Mechanics I, I1
A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion
and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms.Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics
of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, MAT 226.351, Fall; 352 Spring)
362,363 Electromagnetic Fields I, I1
The classical e l m m a g n e t i c field theory is dweloped using the vector
calculus throughout. Electrostatics, rnagnetostatics, solution of Laplace's
and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and
the theory of electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226.362, Fall; 363, Spring)
395,396 Comprehensive Laboratory (112 course each)
An emphasis on independent laboratoryinvestigations,including participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physicrs, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and
modern physics. (1 th~+hourlaboratory and 1 seminar hour per week.
Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor)
399 Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
420 Plasma Physics
A rigorous study of the fundamentals of plasma physics including plasma
parameters, plasma drifts and particle motion, electric and magnetic fields,
kinetic theory, and Maxwell-Boltzmanndistribution functionand Boltzmann
equation,magnetohydrodynamics, plasmawaves and instabilities,and transport processes. The applications of plasma physics to laboratory and space
plasmas will be emphasized. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 362, 363 or
concurrent registration)
481 Thermal Physics
The study of properties of systemsand processes for which temperature is an
important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring)
486 Quantum Physics I
A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the
Schroedingerequation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied
include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and
the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245,351. Fall)
488 Quantum Physics I1
The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the
areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics,
and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring)
499 Independent Study
An opportunity for students to explore systematically a problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty
adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with Departmental approval.
I
I
V Political
Science
Department
(POL)
Firmly grounded in the liberal arts tradition, political science has roots in
the humanities, including philosophy and history. Through its use of
statistical analysis, it relates not only to other behavioral sciences, but
also to mathematics and the sciences generally. The role and significance
of authority in human affairs establish the focus of political science;
because politics is a central and enduring reality in the world, it affects
and is affected by many other human concerns.
As an academic discipline, political science uses systematic inquiry and
analysis to examine political reality and to suggest and test alternatives.
The student who majors in political science will explore political ideas
and values, investigate political cooperation and conflict, analyze and
compare political systems, and develop perspectives on international
relations. In the process, the student will be encouraged to relate insights
from other liberal arts disciplines such as philosophy, psychology,
economics, history, and sociology to the study of politics.
Providing work in several sub-fields of political science, the major
supplies the breadth appropriate for graduate work in the discipline, as
well as in public adminstration, public policy analysis, law, and other
professions.If also serves as a foundation on which to deveIop careers in
public service, business, communications, and other fields. Legislative
and ofher Internships, as well as significant independent research projects, are within easy reach of Augsburg political science students in the
Twin Cities area; combined with broad, balanced and flexible course
offerings, these special opportunities enhance the student's potential for
graduate study and a successful career.
Augsburg political science students have the benefit of an experienced
faculty that brings a balanced expertise to the course offerings, as well as
special strengths in interpreting politics in the contexts of the mass communications media, communism, and American public law. The Departmental faculty is committed to the view that the study of politics, involving as it does an understanding of the human heritage and the importance of informed choice in human affairs, is an important aspect of
liberal learnings.
Political Science Faculty: Norma Noonan (Chairperson), Milda Hedblom,
Andrew Aoki, Philip Fishman, Mary Ellen Lundsten, Joseph Goldman,
Myles Stenshoel
Major: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (SOC 362). Required: 121 or 1220r 160 or
170; 158; 384; and at least 5 other Upper Division courses in 4 out of 5 political
science areas. A seminar in 1of the 5 areas may be counted for that area.
Honors MajOG The Honors Majm in Political Science includes the requirements
Listed above, plus the following:The student's gradcpoirrt averagemust be 3.5
in the major and 3.0 overall. The student must take an Honors Independent
Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March I of the senioryear,
an HonorsTh&sta be defended beforea faculty committee. Students maywork
with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific
requirements,mnsul t the Departmental Chairperson.Students should applyfor
the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year.
Minor: 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or 170; 158; and at least 3 Upper Division
courses in 3 out of 5 political science areas.
Political Science Areas: (I) American Government and Politics 01) Comparative
Politics and Analysis (111) International Politics (IV) Public Law (V)Political
Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more than one area may be counted
in only one area toward major or minor requirements.
Note: Students interested in secondaryeducation may take a political science major
in combination with specified social science courses, in compliance with state
requirements. For more information, see the Department Chairperson.
See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered.
I. American Government and Politics
121
122
325
326
American Government and Politics
The politics of American government including the forms of political ideas;
the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential and
bureaucratic policymaking; and current issues in American society.
Metropolitan Complex
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modem urban complex. Discussionlecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists.
Public Administration
The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the
United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management,
emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.:1coursein political
science or consent of instructor)
Political Parties and Behavior
The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and
political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and
interest groups and media in presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 1 course in political science or consent of
instructor. Fall term of election years)
342
370
371
421
Mass Communications in Society
Effects of mass communicationson individualbehavior; the uses and control
of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. (Junior
and senior students only)
Constitutional Law I
(See Section IV for description. Alternate years)
Constitutional Law I1
(See Section IV for description. Alternate years)
Topics in American Politics
Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and
policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be
included in subtitle. (Prereq.: 1 course in political science or consent of
instructor. On demand)
11. Comparative Politics and Analysis
158
350
351
381
459
Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of
contemporary issues.
Comparative Democracies
The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing
on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: 1course in political science or consent of instructor)
Communist Political Systems
A comparativeanalysis of the Soviet Union and other Communist states in
terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: 1
course in political science or consent of instructor)
Democratic Theory and Practice
(See Section V for description)
Topics in Comparative Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and comparisons of political processes such as political participation, communications,
political developments, political change, and revolution. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: 1course in political science or consent of instructor. On demand)
111. International Politics
160
363
World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including
the dynamicsof the international system, theories of international relations,
and a focus on recent problems.
Communist Foreign Policies
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign
policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and
China. (Prereq.: 1course in political science or consent of instructor)
461
490
Topics in International Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign
policy decision making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be
included in subtitle. (Prereq.: 1 course in political science or consent of
instructor)
Seminar in International Relations
Capstoneseminar for studentsmajoring ininternational relations; analysisof
some methods for studying international relations; analysis of major trends;
senior thesis. Open to other students by consent of instructor. (Prereq.: 4
courses in the international relations sequence)
IV. Public Law
170
370
371
375
Law in the United States
A surveyof American law and legal process. Theories of law;law and society;
roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as
"supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
Constitutional Law I
The legal-political-philosophicalrole of the SupremeCourt in the American
political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in
the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or consent
of instructor. Alternate years)
Constitutional Law I1
Constitutionallimitationsof the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the SupremeCourt to the protection of human rights and
civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or consent of instructor. Alternate
years)
Media Regulation, Law, and Ethics
A study of key issues and contemporary conflicts in media ethics and
regulation, including the uses of law to settle disputes about content in the
media, access to the media and ownership of the media. Alternative justifications and critiques of mass media systems will be examined. (Prereq.:
Lower Division political science course, speech/communications course,
SPC/POL 342, or permission of instructor)
V. Political Theory and Analysis
158
380
381
Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section I1 for description)
Western Political Thought
A study of influential political philosophers, emphasizingthe values, goals,
and assumptionswhich continueto inform and to rationalize humangovernance. (Prereq.: 1course in political science or consent of instructor)
Democratic Theory and Practice
A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the
emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. (Prereq.: 1 course in political science or consent of
instructor)
382
484
Marxist Theory: From Marx to Mao
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing
Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political,
social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the
preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or consent of
instructor)
Political Analysis Seminar
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics
including in examination of the requirements of science as a model for
political study; major research required. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; 158
and 2 Upper Division courses, or consent of instructor)
VI. Seminars, Independent Study and Internships
199
295
299
399
490
495
498
499
Internship
Lower DivisionInternship.Consult Internship Supervisorin theDepartment
to determine project. (P/N grading only unless Internship Supervisor grants
exception. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Lower Division Seminar
Specialtopics.Consult Department Chairpersonconcerningtermsand subject
matter. (On demand)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division students. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Internship
Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine project. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor. P/N grading only unless Internship Supervisor grants
exception. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Seminar in International Relations
(See Section III for description)
Seminar
Selected topics. Consult Department Chairperson concerning terms and
subject matter. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Independent Study: Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources
available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with
and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department. (Prereq.: Consent of
instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. ( P r e
req.: Consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
V Psychology Department
(PSY)
Psychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observation and data,
provides a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of a
liberal education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved
understanding of human behavior by studying how people cope with
their environment and interact with each other.
The Department's courses have three basic goals: (1) to introduce the
student to the current information and methods in psychology as well as
earlier approaches to psychological questions; (2) to develop the ability
to analyze, interpret, and evaluate behavioral research, and (3) to provide practice in the application of these principles. The Department
program provides an emphasis on both field experiences and the theoretical foundation for graduate study in psychology and related areas.
Cooperative Education and Internships are designed to provide students
with practical pre-professional experience. On the job experience gives
students the opportunity to test career fields and develop professional
contacts.
Psychologists use a variety of methods to study behavior, including
experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members
in the Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional
specializations which include areas such as counseling, physiological
psychology, human development, personality and computer
applications.
The Psychology program's emphasis on the use of a problem solving
approach, the acquisition of information about human development and
interaction, and the development of human relations skills can be
beneficial in careers in business, education and other social services, the
church and government, as well as in careers such as research, law, and
medicine.
Student interns are placed in the metropolitan area where they can
acquire practical, pre-professional experience and develop professional
contacts. This program mutually benefits the students and the
community.
Psychology Faculty: Lyla Anderegg, Grace Dymd, Norman Ferguson,
Paul Hirdman, Duane Johnson
Major: 10coursesincluding 105,264,265,381,399, and 493. A minimum of 5 courses
must be from Augsburg. Students are also expected to select 1course from the
Developmental/Personalitycourses and other electives to complete the major.
Not more than 2 courses from among 299,399 and 499 may be counted toward
requirements for a major. It is recommended that psychology majors take
additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen
their particular interests in psychology; for example, areas such as business administration,biology, or communication. All psychology majors MUST have an
adviser in the Psychology Department.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high
quality research project culminatingthe major program. Application for honors
consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the Department Chairperson for more detailed requirements.
Minor: 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not
more than 1course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward the minor.
Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses including 264 (or SOC 362), 399, CSC
145, SOC 363, and approved elective. These courses are designed to provide the
cognitive background and skill development to perform well as a research
assistant for agencies or firms which do program evaluations or self-assessment
programs. Systematicand periodic assessmentsof programs for social improvement are increasingly expected by government and funding agencies. For
further information contact Norman Ferguson.
105
199
General Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the
purpose of understanding behavior.The structure of the field of psychology,
including its major sub-areas, is emphasized.
Internship
Internship on Lower Division level. Cooperative Education Program may
apply here. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site
by registering with the Augsburg Cooperative Education Office.
Sensing and Perceiving
An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems.
Emphasis on the processing of environmental information and how this
relates to adaptive behavior and subjective experience. Topics include:
adaptation to novel environments, machine intelligence, and anomalous
perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105. On demand)
165 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I, I1
A two-term sequence including experimentation in human learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be
placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research
Methods I may be taken for credit without continuing in Research Methods
11. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the Go-term sequence; 264
must precede265;265 should betaken inthe termimmediately following 264.
(Prereq.: 105)
Directed Study
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study
must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration.
Social Behavior
Social factors which influenceindividual and group behavior in naturalistic
and experimental settings. Topics include: cooperation, competition, affiliation, conformity and attitudes.
Developmental Psychology: Child
Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of
theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Inquiry into practical implicationsand applicationsof data and theory in
respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 105)
Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and
theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult
periods of life. (Prereq.: 105)
Developmental Psychology: Middle Adult and Older Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and
theory related to development during the middle adult and older adult
periods of life. Includes perspectives on death and dying. (Prereq.: 105)
Brain & Behavior
A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for
behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep and
wakefulness, motivation and emotion, learning and memory, and mental
disorders. (Prereq.: 105) Additional lab hours required. (On demand)
Environment and Behavior
A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and manmade, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space and crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings and cities. (Prereq.: 105)
Learning
earning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 105)
Psychological Assessment
Theory, principles and examples of tests of personality and intelligence.
(Prereq.: 105. On demand)
Personality
An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention
directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those
theories. (Prereq.: 105)
Abnormal Psychology
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic
and psychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community service agencies will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105)
Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male
A study involvingknowledgeof materials bearing on the developmentof sex
differences and roles, the effect of societyupon values and goals, differential
legal status of each sex and psychophysiological data bearing upon these
differences. (Prereq.: 105or consent of instructor)
Organizational Psychology
Theoreticalconceptualizations of organizationalbehavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluationand maintenance of workeffectiveness, and social influences. (Prereq.: 105)
Psychology in Historical Perspective
Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: 2 psychology courses)
Internship
Prior to the beginning of the term, interested studentsshould consult with the
Departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Grading is on a P/N basis.
Program Evaluation
The application of scientific research techniques and statistical analysis to
programs for social improvement. Designing information systems for the
ongoing monitoring of programs. Assessing community needs. Assessing
program effectiveness and efficiency. The political and organizational context of program monitoring and evaluation. The role of evaluation research
for social policy and program improvement. (Prereq.: 264 or SOC 362; SOC
363. On demand)
Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Considerationgiven to goals and ethical guidelinesfor a counseling relationship.
(Prereq.: 4 psychology courses)
Current Topics in Psychology
Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published
prior to registration. (Prereq.: 105and consent of instructor. Alternate years)
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychologicalviewpoint.
Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in
studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 psychology courses)
Independent Study
Limited registration by special permission for advanced studentsin psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration including
carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study.
V Religion
Department (REL)
Augsburg College understands itself as a college of the church and it is
persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective
from which to undertake its educational task. The biblical faith and
tradition of the Christian church have influenced the Western world to a
degree much greater than is sometimes recognized. They have affected
and continue to influence language, literature, history, values, and
political structures.
The student encounters this religious tradition in studying these and
other areas. The study of religion and theology is intended to make such
encounters more meaningful by a better knowledge of biblical history
and that of the Christian church, and by a larger acquaintance with
theological thought.
While it is true that the fundamental orientation of this College is to the
Christian faith, it is also true that the field of religion obviously includes
more than is represented by the Christian faith. Large segments of the
earth's population live by religious concepts and ideas which are different from those prominent in the West. The Department of Religion seeks
to introduce students to some of these major religious traditions.
Courses in religion are not intended to be footnotes to courses in other
disciplines and departments. The study of religion and the discipline of
theology have an integrity of their own. It is the hope and expectation of
the Department that students will become better acquainted with the
content and character of the Christian faith and enable them to reflect
theologically on their own religious commitment.
The College offers both a major and a minor in Religion. Students who
wish to work in the church as a parish or youth worker or as a director of
Christian Education may find a major in religion appropriate for that
purpose.
Religion Faculty: Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson), John Benson, Bradley Holt,
Curtis Peter, Stephen Pinsky, Eugene Skibbe
Major: 8 courses, including 111,221,356,481 and 495, the seminar especially for
majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before taking the seminar, each major
must have written 1 formal research paper and placed it on file with the
Department Chairperson. Only 1 Interim course may be applied to the major.
One Upper Division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major.
Major in Church Staff Work: 9 courses, including 111,221,356,358,360 or 483,362,
399,471 or 473,481. These together with specified courses in other departments
can lead to Augsburg certification.
Program for Christian Day School Teachers: Students pursue one of the regular
teacher education programs in the Department of Education to prepare for
licensure by the State of Minnesota. In addition to the licensure program, 5
courses in religion are required: 111,221,362, The Christian Day School (Interim)
and The Lutheran Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required
in both a public school setting and in a Christian Day School.
This program prepares students who are interested in teaching in Christian Day
Schools, particularly those of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America,
although participation is not limited to such schools.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 overall; research project approved
by the Department and colloquium with the Department.
Minor: 5 courses. Not more than 1 Interim course may be counted for the minor.
Certificate in Church Staff Work: 9 Religion courses (111,221,356,358,360 or 483,
362,399,471 or 473,481); HPE 232; PSY 105,351,352 or 371,485; SOC 211 or PSY
373, SOC 231; SPC 354. This program meets or exceeds the educational requirements of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America, but certification by the
church is a separate function. By adding 2 or 3 courses from appropriate departments, the student can develop special emphases in parish education, business
management or diaconal work.
Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval
is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion
Department and/or general education course credit. All majors are urged to
consult with the Department Chairperson.
111
199
221
Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
Internship
Internship on Lower Division level.
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents.
The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergenceof
the church.
Directed Study
Independent Study on Lower Division level.
Philosophy of Religion
(See under Philosophy Department)
Denominations and Religious Groups in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and
religious groups. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring)
History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world,
including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam.
Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious
communities. (Fall)
Survey of Church History
A survey of Christian history in the early, medieval, Reformation, and
modern periods. Some attention to primary sources, in addition to interpretations of the periods in question. The expansion of the church, its inner life,
its relation to the state, and the development of its doctrine will be major
elements of the study.
Life and Work of the Church
Congregationallifein itsvaried character withattention directed to Christian
education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. (Alternate years)
Religion and Society
An examination of theinteraction of religion and societyin terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociologicalresearch
on religious movements in American society. (Spring)
The Church in the First Four Centuries
A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire,
including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the
creeds, Christianity in conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions,
monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship; also including the
theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and
thought of Augustine. (Alternateyears, Spring)
Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the
16th century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other
representative figures. (Fall)
Religion in America
A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the
rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of
religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall)
Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavianimmigration
to this country. (Offered as funding permits)
The Church and Social Change in h t i n America
(See under Program in Global Community)
Internship
Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have
at least first semester junior standing, and satisfy Department guidelines.
Church Music and Worship
(See under Music Department)
Jesus and His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to
the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest
for the historical Jesus." (Fall)
Theology of Paul
A study of the ApostlePaul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings.
(Alternateyears, Spring)
The Message of the Old Testament
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of
Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Alternate
years, Spring)
Judaism
A surveyof the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period
to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A
special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The
Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in
partial support of this course in Judaismoffered in the Religion Department.
(Fall)
Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological
thought today, as seen from the systematicperspective, in thelight of thecontinuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring)
Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective
for critical reflection upon moral action. (Fall)
Psychology of Religion and Theology
A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the
traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to
the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those
Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. (Alternateyears,
Spring)
Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by
permission of instructor. (Fall)
Independent Study
Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy Departmental
guidelines.
V Russian Area Studies
Norma C. Noonan, Campus Coordinator, Staff
Russian Area Studies is an ACTC joint major which seeks to give the
student the broadest possible exposure to Russian and Soviet history,
politics, literature, traditions and philosophy. The major is interdisciplinary and offers perspectives on Russia both past and present. A minimum of two years of the Russian language is required.
This major is a good foundation for students preparing for careers in
government, teaching, international business, or law, especially when
combined with a second major in a field such as business, economics,
history, language, political science or theology. It also is a good foundation for graduate study in history, political science, language and literature or international relations.
Major: 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies);2 courses in Russian history; 1course in Marxist theory; 1course
in Russian literature; 1course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses from approved
electives.
Minor: 6 courses: 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies);1course in Russian history; 1course in Soviet politics; 1course
in Marxist theory; 1other course from the approved list of electives.
Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator.
V Scandinavian
Area Studies (SCA)
Mary Kingsley, Foreign Language Department Chairperson
Major: 8 Upper Division courses.
Minor: 4 Upper Division courses.
Note: Major programs must contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg
Catalog or transferred to Augsburg as Upper Division Scandinavian
Area Studies courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian language
department or subdepartment regardless of their content, which may
be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or
minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses under
Foreign Language Department.
Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study in Scandinavia, elective
courses which may lead toward a second major such as English,
history, urban studies, business administration.
Old Norse
(See under Department of Foreign Languages Norwegian)
Contemporary Scandinavia
A broad survey of Scandinavianculture with special emphasis on conditions
and developmentsin the20th century. Knowledge of Scandinavianlanguage
desirable but not required. (On demand)
The Modem Scandinavian Novel
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinaviannovel. Class discussionbased
on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma
Lagerlof, Piir Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxnessand others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will
be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavianlanguage. (On demand)
The Modern Scandinavian Drama
Readingsincludedramatic worksby Ibsen, Bjomson, Strindberg,Lagerkvist,
Munk and other 20th century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of
Scandinaviandrama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of
a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be
required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian
language. (On demand)
Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
(See under Department of Religion)
Norwegian Language and Culture
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
Scandinavia in the World
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
Scandinavian Arts
(See under Department of Art)
Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
Seminar: Ethnidmmigration Experience
(Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar)
Independent Study
In consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for
study.
V Social Science
Khin Khin Jensen,Coordinator
A student may not list a double major in Social Science and in one of the
component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social
Science major is significantly different from the other major.
Non-Western Major: 14 courses: HIS 104; 1 social science methodology course
(ECO279, PSY 264, SOC 362 or 365); and 12courses, in at least 4 disciplines, from
the following: ECO 112,258; HIS 103,322,323,324,440,474; POL 351,363,382,
461; PHI 355; REL 356; SOC 336; seminars, Independent Studyor Interim courses
on relevant topics in History and/or Political Science. The student planning to
fulfillthis social sciencemajor should consult the Chairpersonof theDepartment
of History in choosing a major adviser.
V Social Studies
Jerry Gerasimo, Coordinator
Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must
complete, in addition to the professionalrequirements to be met within
the Department of Education, a competency-based program designed to
provide a broad foundation in the social sciences.
SocialStudiesTeachingLicensure: 7 courses(ECO112or113,Geography, HIS222,
POL 158, PSY 105, SOC 121 and 336) plus a major in 1of 5 fields -Economics,
History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology.
Studentsconsideringa career in social studies education should consult, as
soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social
Studies Coordir~ator.
V Social Work
Devartment
The Social Work major program prepares graduates for entry-level
professional practice in the field of human services. The program is
accredited by the Council on Social Work Education, and leads to a
Bachelor of Science degree. The program is based on a generalist model
of practice, enabling graduates to work with individuals, families,
groups, communities, and to develop and analyze social policy.
The College's commitment to the liberal arts is highly compatible with
education for professional social work practice. The liberal arts with its
emphasis on breadth of understanding, cultural and ethnic diversity,
openness to new ideas, analysis and synthesis, is an ideal foundation for
social work education. As Sir Richard Livingston has said, "A technician
is a person who knows everything there is to know about his/her job
except its ultimate purpose and social consequence." Effective social
workers should not be technicians. Augsburg social work graduates are
entry level professionals.
Augsburg College's motto, "Education for Service," exemplifies the
philosophy of the Social Work Department. Unique learning opportunities for field work placement and cultural enrichment are provided by a
metropolitan setting known for a humane quality of life which is enhanced by the arts, outstanding human services, and a highly-educated
populace. Social work opportunities abound. Minnesota is known for the
vitality and relevance of its social services. The Twin Cities, as the hub
for these services, provides both a plethora of field placements for social
work students and external experts for the classroom. The ethnic and
economic diversity present in this metropolitan area provides opportunities for social work students to learn to understand, appreciate, respect,
and work with people different from themselves and to be enriched by
this opportunity to interact with diverse clients and professionals.
The Social Work Program strives to contribute to its environment as well
as to gain from it. Appropriately, social work students have been involved in a wide variety of community service efforts including helping
to develop a Big Brother/Big Sister program on campus, mobilizing
students to assist a social service agency in their annual Christmas giving
program, and tutoring at a local neighborhood center.
The Social Welfare minor and electives in the Department allow students
to support another major while gaining knowledge about human needs
and growth, human services, and the methods of effective citizenship.
Students taking these courses have the opportunity to become knowledgeable about public issues and develop and nurture a perspective that
sees the central importance of diversity to the social fabric of this country. But beyond knowledge, students are encouraged to use their talents
and skills to address the needs of society in the interest of the public
good.
Social Work Faculty: Mary Lou Williams (Chairperson),Maria Brown,
Francine Chakolis, Edwina Hertzberg, Rosemary Link
Major: 11Core Program courses: 361,363,364,461,462,463,465,466,467,469, and
SOC365; and 8 SupportingProgram courses:257,260; BIOlO1;PSY 105;SOC 121,
231,265,365,375. (The Sociologysequenceconstitutesa minor in that discipline.)
A minimum grade of 2.0 is required for each course in the core program and a
2.0 average is required in the supporting program.
Concentration:Concentrationin Aging, ChemicalDependency, Crime and Corrections, Social Ministries, and Youth are possible. Concentration consists of
courses descriptive of functional, dysfunctional, and programmatic aspects,
plus field work placement in the senior year in the special area. For Social
Ministries, a minor in religion with specific coursework is required. Completion
of a concentration is noted on the transcript.
Candidacy: Social work majors must apply for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Certain 400 level courses list candidacy as a prerequisite.
A written self-statement, reference letters, and the completion of all Core and
Supporting Program courses below the 400 level is necessary for candidacy
review.
Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses, including 257 (or approved alternative), 361,463;
260 or SOC 375; SOC 265; and 1of 465, POL 121,158,325.
School SocialWork Certif ication: StateDepartmentof Education-requiredHuman
Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful
completion of EDS 388.
Elective courses open to all students:
257
260
299
340
361
399
463
Exploring Human Services
With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 80 hours per term as
a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know human
senrice professionals, minority professionals, clients and communities, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations.
Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores.
Humans Developing
This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human
growth through the life cycle, and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors which influencethe growth of individuals and
families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is the role of the
"nurturing environment" in relation to human growth, the impact of "sustaining environment," and other special stressesrelevant to growth. Growth
related to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/or life-style
diversity is also a focus. Students will gain self-understanding through use
of their own experiences.
Directed Study
An opportunity for students to do readings and study on topics of interest.
Proposed study must be approved in advance of registration. (Prereq.: 257
and consent of instructor)
Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging
This course includes the study of the impact of social policy on the older
population, the older population's impact on social policy, services planned
to address needs of older population, and skills needed to work with this
population. Class conducted in senior citizen residence. (Prereq.: Sophomore
or consent of instructor)
Social Responses to Human Needs
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human
service and the diversity of professionals and client groups. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable
and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest
speakers and agencyvisits highlight the course. (Prereq.: Junior or consent of
instructor. Fall)
Internship*
Provides field learning experience for the non-major and supplements the
required field work of majors (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Community Development and Organization
Locality development and social change through community organization,
social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1)survey of historical forms
of communityorganization and social change, 2) understanding the theories,
basic issues, and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3) examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and interrelationships of
community organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the
local community in the essential principles and techniques of organizing.
(Prereq.: Senior or consent of instructor)
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Includes the study of theories of social policy formulation and methods of
analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of
policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be
viewed firsthand through work with a public policy agency or official. Readings and analytical paper integrate class concepts with practical experience.
(Prereq.: 361,463, and senior or consent of instructor)
Special Topics (112 to 1 course)
Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. (Prereq.:
Consent of instructor. Offered periodically in Interim)
Independent Study -Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources
available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with
and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department. (Prereq.: 257 and
consent of instructor)
Independent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and
methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines.
(Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor)
*Can be taken in coordination with Cooperative Education, which may
provide payment for work in field sites.
Cour'sesreserved for Social Work majors only:
Methods and Skills of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and
techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience
necessary for social work practice with individualsand small groups with a
diversity of professionals and client groups; development of the student's
repertoire of relationship-buildingskills. Lecture-discussion sessions and/
or laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq.: 361, junior)
Field Work P
Beginning supervised professional experiencein a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per
week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. Brereq.: 361, junior, concurrent with 363)
Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Enlargement and refinement of practice skills recognizing adaptationsof the
problem-solving model to diverse populations through lecture, classroom
exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills,
emphasison development of generalist practice skillsand eclecticapproaches
with a focus on diversity of professionals and client populations. Lectures
and/or laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq.: 2.0 in 363 and in 364,
candidacy status. Concurrent with 462)
363
462
466
467
469
Field Work 11*
Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities in a
social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion
seminar per week. (Prereq.: Candidacy status; concurrent with 461)
Field Work I11 (Y2 or 1 course)'
Continuation of 462 (1/2 course option during Interim. Prereq.: Candidacy
status, 2.0 in 461,462,463)
The Social Worker as Professional
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professionaljob attainment, affirmative action and sexual harassment issues, personnel policies and practices,
organizational theory, and resource development will be studied in the
course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises.
(Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 461,463)
Field Work IV*
Continuation of 466. (Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 466, concurrent with
467)
*Can be taken in coordination with Cooperative Education, which may
provide payment for work in field sites.
V Sociology Department
(SOC)
Sociology is a disciplined study of human social behavior. As a relatively
young discipline, sociology provides yet another perspective on a theme
which is common to many of the disciplines in a liberal arts curriculum,
namely the theme that humans are "social animals." Sociology emphasizes the extent to which the human inclination to interact socially comes
to exhibit regularized patterns over time. These patterns together form a
society or a social structure.
Sociology seeks to understand these societal patterns. Sociology also
seeks to understand patterns within the great variety of institutions that
exist in a society.
The Sociology Department at Augsburg is designed to help students
think sociologically in terms of obtaining an understanding of society
and developing skills in evaluating social institutions and programs.
Students are encouraged to select as electives some of the non-traditional
learning models available, such a s Internships, Independent Study,
Interim courses, and the co-learning courses offered through the Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. The Department urges
students to use Augsburg's urban setting as a "laboratory" for learning.
A major in sociology can prepare one for a variety of careers or for
advanced professional studies. Cooperative Education a n d Internships
enable majors t o apply the theo.ries and research skills of sociology while
they explore career alternatives. Augsburg alumni w h o have majored in
sociology a r e currently employed in the personnel departments of both
government and private corporations, i n industrial relations work, and
in program evaluation. Others have used their majors as preparation for
advanced study in areas such as law, the ministry, social work, and
urban planning.
The Department of Sociology welcomes students who, in their quest for
a liberal education, are looking for new and different ways of understanding and appreciating the often taken-for-granted aspects of our
world.
Sociology Faculty: Diane Pike (Chairperson), Jerry Gerasimo, Gordon Nelson,
Garry Hesser, Barbara Johnson
Major: 10 courses including 121,349,362,363,375,485. Highly recommended: a
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) course, Internship, Cooperative
Education, Independent Study or Upper Division Interim course in sociology.
This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will take advantage
of the variety of learning models offered through the Department. Consult
Department Chairperson concerning areas of concentration.
Honors Major: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0
overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department Chairperson before April 1of the junior
year. Candidacyis contingent upon Departmentalapproval of proposal by April
30 of junior year. After acceptanceas a candidate, the student will register for 499
to complete work on thesis. Honors in sociology will be granted to a candidate
who successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of the senior year and
maintains the GPA through graduation.
Minor: 5 courses including 121 and 2 Upper Division courses (i.e., 300 and above).
Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses including 362 (or PSY 2641,363,399,
CSC 145, and approved elective. These courses are designed to provide the
cognitive background and skill development to perform well as a research
assistant for agencies or firms which do program evaluations or self-assessment
programs. Systematicand periodic assessmentsof programs for social improvement are increasingly expected by government and funding agencies. For further information contact Department Chairperson.
Principles of Sociology
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic
discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles,
groups, interaction, inequality, and social structure. An essential tool for
discovering the world and one's place in it.
199 Internship
Lower DivisionInternship.Consult Internship Supervisorin the Department
to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring, and Summer)
211 Human Community and the Modem Metropolis
The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the
perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of
human community in the context of urban institutions and processes.
231 Sociology of the Family
An examination of the family as a social institution. The structures and
processes within families are studied within their institutional and cultural
contexts.
265 Racial and Minority Group Relations
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is
focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N
grading only)
273 Crime and Corrections
This course includes an examination of Corrections programs within the
context of the Adult Criminal and JuvenileJustice Systems. Attention is also
given to definitions of crime, theoretical formulations as to possible causes
and attempts at control. (Aeld visits arranged to correctional facilities.)
299 Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division students. (Prereq.: 121and consent of
instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer)
3001301,302,303,304 Special Topics in Sociology
A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests
which are not satisfied by regular courseofferings.May be offeredon campus
in addition to regular course offerings or off campus in conjunction with
Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) Program. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
The concept of culture examined in anthropology and in the way we see and
live in the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the ideas of
"primitive," "civilized," and "progress." The person's relationto culture. An
analysis of selected aspects of Western culture. (Prereq.: 121)
349 Complex Organizations
Little in contemporary life is unaffected by the existence of organizations.
This course examines organizationsas corporate actors, looking at the topics
of culture, technology, structure and corporate deviance. (Prereq.: 121 or
permission of instructor)
360 Religion and Society
An examinationof theinteraction of religion and societyin terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociologicalresearch
on religious movements and institutions in American society.
362 Statistical Analysis
The fundamentals of descriptive and inferential statistics for the social
sciences. Designed specifically for sociologyand political science majors, but
121
recommended for others needing a statistical background for social science
quantitative analysis.(Prereq.: Group I11Math Placement Test. For majors, to
be taken preceding 363. Fall)
Research Methods
An introduction to the skills involved in research design and data analysis.
The practice of social research is learned through class activitiesand individual projects. Focus on learning usable skills. To be taken immediately after
362. (Prereq.: 362 or consent of instructor. Spring)
Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental
designs and applications to program evaluations. Consumer overview of
methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing equipment for statisticalanalysis. Designed for
social work majors. Not to be taken by sociologymajors. (Prereq.: Level I11
Math Placement Test. Spring)
Social Psychology
An examination of the idea of "group," its relationshipto individualbehavior
and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identitf' and what part
they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A
sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and
processes underlying our everyday l i f e a look at the trivial, the ordinary
and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction," an important orientation
in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues
in the course. (Prereq.: 121, junior or senior students only)
The City and Metro-Urban Planning
The primary focus of the course is upon the major issues confronting the
present and future metropolis. Particular emphasis will center on alternative
theories and approaches to shaping the future metropolis. Current developments in the Twin Citiesregionwill be compared and contrasted to urban and
regional developments globally and nationally. Resourcesinclude extensive
readings, simulations, films, outside speakers and field trips in a seminar
format. (Prereq.: 121 or 211 or consent of instructor. Spring)
Internship
Consult the Department Chairperson or Internship Director for details.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Modern SociologicalTheory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing
the course of their development in the 19th and 20th centuries. (Prereq.: 2
courses in sociology including 121 or consent of instructor. Fall)
Independent Study -Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources
available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with
and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department. (Prereq.: 121 or 211
and consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer)
Independent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and
methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines.
(Prereq.: 121 and consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
and Theatre Arts
Department (SPC)
+ Communication
Speech, communication, and theatre arts at Augsburg are humane
studies designed to promote sensitivity and wisdom in the use of
communication, since true communication aims to foster informed,
responsible choice and shared understanding.
The primary aim of the Department is to help students to communicate
effectivelythrough both speaking and writing. The courses are designed
(1) to promote the intellectual disciplines required for research, exposition, and argument; (2) to develop writing and speaking skills; (3) to
build confidence, creativity, and ethical sensitivity; and (4) to provide a
wide variety of realistic communication experiences.
Communication careers call for a broad liberal arts education, so the
communication major at Augsburg begins with a foundation of logic,
psychology, sociology, literature, writing, and public speaking. In addition to these preparatory courses, the communication major requires five
core courses: advanced writing, interpersonal communication, persuasive communication, mass media, and a communication Internship.
With the help of a faculty adviser, the student selects five elective
courses pertaining to one of the following communication emphases:
journalism, public relations, supervisory management, human relations,
broadcast media, speech or theatre arts education. For breadth we rec-
ommend double majors, and for practical experience we recommend
participation in co-curricular communication activities throughout the
college years, climaxing in Internships under professional supervision.
This major is also used as preparation for other fields, such as religion,
politics, and law. The speech major is designed to prepare students for
teaching in the secondary schools.
Students should meet with a Departmental adviser as early as possible to
plan the major and obtain a copy of the Departmental Handbook.
+ Theatre Arts
Theatre is not primarily an extracurricular activity nor is it merely
entertainment. As a laboratory that uses all of the liberal arts, theatre
enhances a liberal arts education. By reliving how other people throughout history were thinking, feeling and struggling, actors have a greater
understanding of their own humanity. Theatre enables students to
experience the beauty, mystery, and ambiguity of life.
Minneapolis-St. Paul is an ideal place to study theatre, because it is one
of the major theatre centers in the United States. Augsburg students
expand their knowledge of theatre not only by attending, but also by
working in the professional and community theatres of the Twin Cities.
Our theatre faculty has professional experience which enables them to
provide realistic guidance to students.
The Augsburg program encourages students to participate in all aspects
of theatre production while providing each student the opportunity of
emphasizing one specific area, such as acting, directing, or design. While
the program is primarily designed to prepare students for educational
theatre, graduates go into many other fields, such as professional theatre,
television, film, advertising, business, and religion.
Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts Faculty: Julie Bolton (Chairperson),
Raymond Anderson, Deborah Bart, David Lapakko, Martha Johnson
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major, 3.0 overall, 2 Independent Study
projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the
communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration.
Application to be made early in the senior year.
Communication Courses (SPC)
Prospective majors should contact the Department as early as possible to
work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen
should take 111,PSY 105, SOC 121 or a literature course.
Communication Major. 10 courses, including 342,351 or 352,354,399 and ENG 223
or 225 or 226 or 227, and satisfactory performance on competencytests in writing
and typing. Supporting coursesrequired but not countingtoward the major: PHI
130; PSY 105; SOC 121 or 336,375.
Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the Department.
Speech Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,241 or 343,350,
351, 352, 354, 360; participation in forensics, and a minor in English. Recommended: 366, courses in theatre, participation in drama.
Speech Minor For Teaching Licensure: 111 and 6 of the following: 241 or 343,350,
351,352,354,360 and participation in forensics.
Note: Students preparing to teach speech in secondaryschools may specialize in any
of three majors: speech, theatre arts, and speech-theatre arts. Any of these must
be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. The communication major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. Consult with the
Department of Education for requirements in Education. 116 is strongly recommended for students in elementary education.
Public Speaking
Theory and practice of effective speaking and critical listening. Students
have the opportunity to give several speeches and receive feedback about
their performance from the class and the instructor. The course focuses on
such topics as developing self-confidence, speech preparation and organization, audience analysis and adaptation, effective delivery, style and language, and critical thinking and listening.
132 Photography
(See under Department of Art)
227 Journalism
(See under Department of English)
225,330 Visual Communications I, I1
(See under Department of Art)
241 Introduction to Cinema Art
(See under Department of English)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
342
Mass Communications in Society
(See under Department of Political Science)Junior and senior students only.
343
Broadcast Production I
Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept
development, script-writing, directing and producing for video. Students
will work in production teams and will gain experience in operation of
equipment.
345
Organizational Communication
An examination of the dynamics of communication in organizational settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships, formal
and informal communication networks, management styles, power and
authority, motivation of employees, organizational culture, performance
appraisal, effectiveuse of meetings and sourcesof communicationproblems
111
in the workplace.Designed to enhance communicationskillsof both managers and subordinates. Students both investigate the literature on organizational communicationand attempt to apply it to their own experiencesin organizations.
Voice and Diction
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating,
articulating, listening, introduction to phonetics and the vocal mechanism.
Theory and practice are combined in oral projects, reports and papers, voice
tapes and individual coaching. (Alternateyears, Fall)
Argumentation
Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in public speaking, discussion, and debates. Key objectives include increasing skill in
analyzing argumentative claims, being able to distinguish between strong
and weak arguments, understanding tests for evidence and fallacies in
reasoning, and learning to apply principles of argumentation to contemporary public issues. Students have the opportunity to enhance their skills in
debate and discussionand also learn to analyze and critique arguments they
encounter in their daily lives.
Persuasion
Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes and behavior. The
course deals with a broad range of topics, including obstacles to persuasion;
cultural dimensions of persuasion; the use of logical and psychological
appeals; empirical research in persuasion;how persuasion is used in politics,
sales, advertising, and interpersonalcontexts;the nature of mass movements
and campaigns; the impact of the mass media on persuasion; and ethical
issues related to persuasion. Students analyze persuasive messages in contemporary society, with practical work in speech and promotional projects.
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interactionthrough verbal and non-verbal
messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome
communication barriers. This course combines theory and practice to help
the student understand and manage communication problems more effectively.
Small Group Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors related
to decision making, styles of leadership, and conflict management. This
course combineslecture with practical experienceto help the student become
a more effective and productive member of a task-oriented small group.
Organizational Psychology
(See under Department of Psychology)
Media Regulation, Law and Ethics
(See under Department of Political Science)
Internship
(Consult the Department Chairperson for details)
Independent Study in Communication
Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of
primary sources and methodology of research.
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
Theatre Arts Courses (SPC)
Majors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen
planning to major in theatre arts should begin with courses 111,116,222,232
a n d 228.111 is not part of the major.
Theatre Arts Major: 10 courses (222,228,232,361,362,366, and 4 of the following:
116,229,343,350,360,367,428,429,432); plus 111,l Internship, 1theatre Interim
course, and 10production units in 3 or more of the following areas: acting (2 required), technical crew work (4 required), playwriting, direction, design, and
theatre management.
This major should be supported by courses in dramatic literature including
Shakespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama. Strongly recommended: courses in movement, dance, art, and media art (cinema, radio,
television, video).
Theatre Arts Minor: 5 courses, including 222,228 or 229,232,361 or 362,366, and
5 production units in the following areas: acting (1 required), technical crew
work (2 required), playwriting, direction, design, and theatre management.
Theatre Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses: 116,222,228,232 241 or
343,350,360,361,362,366, plus 111,a minor in English, and 10 production units
in 3 or more of the following areas: acting (2 required), technical crew work (4
required): playwriting, direction, design, and theatre management.
Theatre Arts Minor For Teaching Licensure: 5 courses: 222,228 or 229,232 or 116,
361 or 362,366, plus 111,and 4 production units in the followingareas: acting (1
required), technical crew work (1 required), playwriting, direction, design, and
theatre management.
Speech-Theatre Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 12 courses, 111,222,228 or
229,232 or 116,241 or 343,350,351,352,354,360,361 or 362,366, a minor in
English, and participation in 2 activities (forensics, theatre, media).
116
222
228
Creative Dramatics
A study of various forms of dramatic play by activity, reading, observation,
and discussion. Emphasis on improvisationaltechniques and active participation. Development of dramatic pieces from written, verbal, visual, and
audible sources.
Introduction to Theatre
A survey of dramatic art: major historical periods, plays, artists; dramatic
structure, principles, and values; basic concepts and techniques of the play
production process. (Fall)
Technical Production I
Introduction to the backstage world of the theatre: its organization, crafts,
magic, and art. Technical production experience, practical projects, and
theatre tours. Crew work required in addition to normal class time. Open to
all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. Lab fee.
(Alternate years, Fall)
Stage Design I
Introduction to technical design for the theatre. Emphasis on scenery and
lighting design. Practical projects in drafting, drawing, painting, and design
theory. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore
years. (Alternate years, Spring)
Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental and emotional
preparationand exploring the creative approach to sceneand character study
in American drama.
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Interpretative Reading
Basic principlesof oral interpretation of literature.Study, understanding and
practice in reading prose, poetry and drama before small and large groups.
Theatre History and Criticism I
An overview of theatre history from its classical Greek origins through
Elizabethan theatre. We examine plays and attend local theatre productions
in order to understand and experience theories of drama, dramatic production and criticism.
Theatre History and Criticism I1
An overview of theatre history from French Neoclassical through contemp*
rary theatre. We examine plays and attend local theatre productions in order
to understand and experience theories of drama, dramatic production and
criticism. Brereq.: 361)
Stage Direction I
Basic directorial techniques: choice of plays, play analysis, production organization, technical collaboration, casting, rehearsals, blocking, and characterization. Direction of a short production required (one-act or excerpt
from full-length play). Upper Division students or consent of instructor.
(Spring)
Stage Direction I1
1n-depth analysis and practical experience in directing different play forms
and styles: serious, comic, period, experimental, musical. Direction of a short
production required (one-act or excerpt from full-length play). (Prereq.: 366
or consent of instructor. Spring)
Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
Technical Production 11
Advanced constructionand problem-solving techniquesin technical areas of
scenery, props, lighting, sound, costumes, and make-up. (Prereq.: 228 or
consent of instructor. Lab fee. Alternate years, Fall)
Stage Design I1
Advanced projects in technical design. Introduction to costume design.
(Prereq.: 229 or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring)
Advanced Acting
This course explores the elements of characterization through character
analysis and extensivescene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from the
classics, including Shakespeare,French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy,
Realism and Non-Realism, Epic and the Absurd culminating in preparation
and presentation of a professional audition.
499
Independent Study in Drama
Individual projects in oral interpretation and theatre.
V Transdisciplinary
Students wishing to develop their own majoiby combining appropriate
portions of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The
Transdisciplinary Major enables students to respond to a particular
career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy
the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for
those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in
some academic fields.
Students wishing to develop a TransdisciplinaryMajor are to observethe following:
A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses
required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the
College.
B. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the
end of his or her sophomoreyear (contract forms are availablein the Office
of the Registrar).
C. The contractmust be approved by the student's adviser and bythe Faculty
Committee on Student Standing.
V Women's and
Minority Studies (INS)
Women's Studies and Minority Studies courses fulfill the Urban
Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies distribution
requirement. In addition, Augsburg offers students an opportunity
to minor in Women's Studies.
+ Minority Studies
231
Religion i n African-American History
An examination of selectedtopics related to the Blackexperience,e.g. African
backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Meets 1 religion requirement or the Urban Concerns, Women's and Minority Studies requirement.
232
233
260
Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-American Studies
An interdisciplinary course providing an ovemiew of the major issues
related to the Black experience in terms of the family, education, religion, art,
economicsand politics. It is designed to heighten the student's consciousness
regarding the African retentions in Black culture, the evolution of Black
culture and the impact of Black culture on American society.
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological,
evolutionary and historical origins of women's roles and status in human society.Emphasiswill be placed on the comparativeroles of womenin different
cultures. This comparison will include such North American models as the
Navajo, Ojibwe, and Iroquois, African models such as the Pygmies and other
tribal groups, and the peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, and the
Middle East and rural China. Offered periodically through CHR and the
American Indian Program office.
Contemporary American Indians
The situation of Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization
Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty,
treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/
cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today.
+ Women's Studies
Beverly Stratton, Coordinator
Women's Studies values the experiences and perspectives of women by
placing them at the center as it branches out to critically examine
women's contributions in life and learning. Women's Studies seeks to
complement other disciplines by expanding knowledge about women,
addressing misconceptions, and raising new questions which spark
further investigation. It seeks to empower students for leadership.
Women's Studies tries to be explicit about its goals and issues. It seeks to
raise awareness of diversity, to critically examine all disciplines and
existing social practices, to recover past achievements of women and
encourage the work that women now do, to expand perspectives and to
provide a basis for decision making and critical evaluation of future
learning.
Minor: 5 courses which must include INS201,3 electives, 1of which must
be Upper Division, and INS 495 or 499. Courses may be taken from the
ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. Each student's program must have
the written approval of the Women's Studies Coordinator.
201
Introduction to Women's Studies
This multidisciplinary course will introduce students to the contributions of
women in history, religion, literature, philosophy, sciences, and the arts and
to how the questionsand methodologies of these disciplinesdiffer when seen
from women's perspectives. Students will also study the history of the
women's movement, diversity of women's experiences in terms of race,
sexual orientation and class, and other contemporary issues raised by feminists.
233
265
495
499
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective (See description under Minority
Studies)
Women in American Culture
Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from
women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other
aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of Black and
white women in American culture from the founding of the colonies to the
present. Contributions by Indian women, Chicanas and other "invisible"
women minorities will be included.
Seminar
Selected topics. Required of minors who do not elect to do an Independent
Study. To be completed after the introductory course and electives. (Alternate years, Fall 1989)
Independent Study
In consultationwith a facultymember and with the approval of the Women's
Studies Coordinator, a student selects a specific topic for study. Required of
minors who do not elect to participate in the seminar.
Approved electives from other academic departments including:
ART 352
ENG 282 or 482
HIS 226
POL 421
POL 459
Women's Art History (see Art Department listing)
Topics in Literahue (see English Department listing)
Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in
the 20th Cenhuy (see History Department listing)
Topics in American Politics (see Political Science Department listing)
Topics in Comparative Politics (see Political Science
Department listing)
H
H
H
Regents
ELCA
Directory
Administration
H
H
H
H
Faculty Emeriti
Academic Calendar
Faculty
Maps
V Board of Regents
(as of June 1988)
The year in parentheses after each name is
the expiration date of current term.
i;
&-
Chair
Donald R. Grangaard
Secretary
Charles W. Amason
Vice Chair
The Reverend Harris W. Lee
Treasurer
Raymond A. Grinde
--
Charles W. Amason, J.D. (1988)
Paul B. Batalden, M.D.
(1990)
Nancy H. Bottemiller
Rodney P. Burwell
(1992)
(1988)
H. David Dalquist, I11
(1990)
Darrell J. Egertson
(1988)
Julian P. Foss
Barbara C. Gage
Donald R. Grangaard, J.D.
Richard R. Green, Ed.D
Raymond A. Grinde
Carolyn T. Groves
(1990)
(1992)
(1990)
(1992)
(1990)
(1990)
Elling B. Halvorson
(1990)
Lawrence 0. Hauge
(1988)
(1990)
Catherine E. Johnson
George 0.Johnson, Ph.D. (1990)
Harris W. Lee, D. Min.
(1988)
-
-
Attorney, Head and Truhn,
Minneapolis, MN
Vice President for Medical Care, Hospital
Corp. of America, Nashville, TN
Homemaker, Wadena, MN
Chairman, Xerxes Corporation,
Minneapolis, MN
President, Northland Aluminum Products,
Inc., St. Louis Park, MN
Executive Vice President/Chief Financial
Officer, Apache Corp., Denver, CO
Retired Businessman, Mesa, AZ
Homemaker, Long Lake, MN
First Bank System, Inc., Minneapolis, MN
Chancellor, New York City Public Schools
Partner, Klohn Design, Inc., St. Paul, MN
Administrator, S. J. Groves and Sons
Company, Minneapolis, MN
Chairman of the Board, Halvorson Osborne
Construction Co., Kirkland, WA
Chairman, Suburban National Bank,
Eden Prairie, MN
Homemaker, Minneapolis, MN
Associate Professor & Director, Hospital &
Health Care Admin., Minneapolis, MN
Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good
Shepherd, Minneapolis, MN
Mr. Gary H. Lohn
(1988)
Mildred I. Mueller, Ph.D. (1990)
Rev. Maynard L. Nelson
(1990)
Ms. Roselyn J. Nordaune, J.D.
(1988)
Mr. Howard E. Olson
Mr. Donald G. Oren
(1990)
(1988)
Mr. Harvey M. Peterson (1990)
Mrs. Inez M. Schwarzkopf (1988)
Gladys I. Strommen
Merton P. Strommen
Leland N. Sundet
(1990)
(1996)
(1990)
David L. Swanson
(1990)
Stanley W. Thiele
(1992)
William A. Urseth
(1992)
Control Data Business Advisors,
Mankato, MN
Director of Education Statistics, MN Dept:of
Education, St. Paul, MN
Senior Pastor, Calvary Lutheran Church,
Minneapolis, MN
Partner, Nordaune & Friesen,
St. Louis Park, MN
Businessman, St. Paul, MN
President, Dart Transit Company,
St. Paul, MN
President, Catco Company, St. Paul, MN
Director for Community and Organizational
Development, Women of ELCA, Chicago, IL
Homemaker, St. Paul, MN
Founder, Search Institute, Minneapolis, MN
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer,
Century Manufacturing Co.,
Bloomington, MN
Vice President, Grudem Brothers Co.,
St. Paul, MN
Senior Vice President, Administrative
Services, 3M, St. Paul, MN
Chief Executive Officer,
U.S. Communications, Minneapolis, MN
V Division for Education
The Evangelical Lutheran Church
in America (ELCA)
Board
Chair: Rev. Dennis H. Dickman
Secretary: Solveig Gregory
Vice-Chair: Mary Ellen H. Schrnider
Executive Staff
Executive Director: Rev. W. Robert Sorensen
Assistant Director for Finance: Beata H. Sorenson
Director for Colleges and Universities: James M. Unglaube
Assistant Director for Colleges and Universities: Naomi E. Linnell
V Directory
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis. MN 55454
Area Code: 612
President .............................................................................................
330-1212
Academic Affairs ..............................................................................330-1024
Admissions ......................................................................................330-1001
Alumni Programs .............................................................................330-1179
Business Office (Fees and Accounts).............................................. 330-1029
Campus Ministry (College Pastor) ................................................. 330-1107
330-1162
Career Services ..................................................................................
College Center Manager/Coordinator, Special Events ............... 330-1121
College Relations (News and Publications) ..................................330-1180
Development (Financial Gifts to the College)............................... 330-1171
Facilities Office .................................................................................. 330-1120
Financial Aid (Scholarships) ...........................................................
330-1046
General Information (Other office
numbers; business hours only) .................................................. 330-1000
Evenings........................................................................................ 330-1234
Graduate Program ......................................................................... 330-1787
Ice Arena Manager ...................................................................... 330-1251
Interim Office .................................................................................. 330-1025
Library ................................................................................................ 330-1017
Parent Programs
,
.
.................................................. .330-1179
Personnel Office ................................................................................
330-1058
Registrar ...................................................................................... 330-1036
Student Activities Office .................................................................. 330-1111
....
.....................................
.330-1160
Student Affairs .....................
Student Government Office ............................................................
330-1110
Student Life (Housing).................................................................... 330-1109
Summer School Office ...................................................................... 330-1025
Weekend College ............................................................................ 330-1782
........... .......
.
.
..
.
.
The College has designated the following persons as coordinators for
discrimination inquiries or grievances:
Mary Lou Williams, Assistant Professor, Social Work Department (612/
33@1157)Affirmative Action Coordinator (matters based on race,
creed, national or ethnic origin)
Vern M. Bloom, Director, CHR -Memorial Hall (612/330-1133)
504 Coordinator (matters based on physical or mental handicap)
William R. Rosser, Vice President for Student Affairs, Memorial Hall
(612/330-1168) -Title lX Coordinator (matters based on sex or
marital status)
Sandra Jacobson, Director of Personnel, Ground Floor, Memorial Hall
(612/330-1023) -Employment
All correspondence should be addressed to the designated individual, at
Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Formal
grievance procedures are described in the Staff Handbook. Copies are
available from the Personnel Office.
V Administration
Office of the President
President .......................................................................... Charles S. Anderson
Executive Secretary to the President .........................Carolyn S. Magnuson
College Pastor ......................................................................... David T. Wold
Director, Church Relations ..........................................................Curtis Peter
Director, Admissions ............................................................... Carol A. Stack
Academic Affairs
Vice President for Academic Affairs and
Ryan A. LaHurd
Dean of the College ...................................................
Executive Secretary to the Academic Dean ........................ Lois M. Nielsen
Associate Dean of the College and
Director of Special Programs ................................Patricia A. Parker
c h a r d J. Thoni
Director, Weekend College
Operations Manager, Weekend College ......................... Laurel Orthmeyer
Graduate Program Coordinator ........................................o n e Karvonen
Registrar .............................................................................Burdett Parsons
Institutional Research Analyst ............................................ Robert W. Clyde
Head Librarian ............................................................... Margaret Anderson
Director, Audio-visual Center ..........................................
Brian P. Hackney
Director, Black Student Affairs ................................................M. Anita Gay
Director, American Indian Support Program ................Bonnie A. Wallace
Interim Director ............................................................. Donald R. Gustafson
Kathleen Lutfi
Coordinator, International Programs ............,...
Director, Faculty Development ....................................... Edwina Hertzberg
Director, Cooperative Education ........................................ Garry W. Hesser
....................
R
Student Affairs
Vice President of Student Affairs and
Dean of Students ........................................................ William R. Rosser
Executive Secretary to the Vice President ...................................
Casey Levi
Associate Dean of Students .................................................. James B. Grubs
Co-directors, Counseling Services ......Nancy G. Medcraft, Joan W. Slater
Director, Academic Enrichment .....................................Donald M. Warren
Director, Career Services ..................................................... Tina M. Wagner
Coordinator, Off-campus Student Employment ................... Lois A. Olson
Director, Student Life and Housing ................Linda K. Schrempp-Alberg
Director, Student Activities .................................................. Brian Cockayne
Coordinator, Urness Tower ...................................................... Ava J. Young
Coordinator, Mortensen Tower ........................................ Sue J. Hohenstein
R
Development and College Relations
Vice President for Development and College Relations .............................
Executive Secretary to the Vice President ............................... Betty Arnold
Director, Development ............................................................. Gordon Olson
Director, Planned Giving ...................................................Thomas I. Benson
Jeroy C. Carlson
Senior Development Officer
Director, Corporate and Foundation Relations ..............Victoria J. Hoshal
Director, Alumni/Parent Relations ....................................Jeffrey Swenson
Director, College Relations .......................................M a Adams Forsberg
Director, Publications ................................................................... Ka I. Cady
Publications Specialist....................................................... Morgan K. Brooke
Development Officer/Annual Fund ...............
Donna McLean
.............................................
Finance and Management
Vice President for Finance and Management ....................Michael Ranum
Executive Secretary to the Vice President
Assistant Vice President for
Student Financial Services ...................................... Herald A. Johnson
Financial Aid Counselor ......................................................... Karen D. Flom
Director, Personnel ............................................................... Sandra Jacobson
Controller ........................................................................................
Koepke
Director, Administrative Computer Center ............................ Steve Terrien
Manager, College Center .................................................Mildred A. Nelson
Manager, Central Services..................................Charles E. Christopherson
Director, Purchasing/Bookstore .......................................... Robert P. Gores
Director, Marriott Corp. Food Services ................................ Randy McNeal
Director, Plant Services ........................................................ James Weninger
Supervisor, Maintenance ....................................................... Robin A. Curtis
Manager, Ice Arena .................................................................. James J. Carey
......................................................
V Faculty
Emeriti
Courtland L. Agre, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ernest W. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education.
Oscar A. Anderson, President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D.,
Luther Theological Seminary;L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Valeria Baltins, Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages.
Magister der Philosophia, University of Latvia.
Carl Chrislock, Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
L. Gracia Christensen, Professor Emerita of English.
Ailene Cole, Professor of Theatre Arts/Speech. B.A.,
Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
K. Berner Dahlen, Professor Emeritus of English. M.S. University of Minnesota.
Edgar E. Eklof, Professor Emeritus of Music. M.M. Manhattan Music School.
Sheldon P. Fardig, Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A.
Carleton College, M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Theodore J. Hanwick, Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D.,
New York University.
Katherine Hennig, Professor Emerita of Music. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Einar 0 . Johnson, Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D.,
University of Washington.
James D. Johnson, Professor Emeritus of Music. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Bernhardt J. Kleven, Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Edor C. Nelson, Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Anne Pederson, Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
LaVonne J. Peterson, Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education.
M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Martin Quanbeck, Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Leland B. Sateren, Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College;
D. Mus., Lakeland College.
Paul T. Steen, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joel S. Torstenson, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
V Academic Calendar
Fall 1988
Labor Day recess .......................................................................................... M Sep 5
Upperclass validation ...................................................
.
,
....................... Tu. Sep 6
Freshmen registration ....................................................................................Tu. Sep 6
Classes begin ................... ,
.
.
,
............................................................................W Sep 7
Last day to register,
designate grading option.
add a class,
drop a class without notation on record,
move Upper/Lower
Division course to Upper
..
.. Division
or Lower Division .................................................................................... Tu, Sep 13
Mid-term break ................................................................................................ F Oct 28
Interim registration ....................................................................... M. Oct 31 .F. Nov 4
Spring term pre-registration ....................................................... M Nov 14 .F. Dec 2
Last day to withdraw from a class ............................................................... F Nov 18
Thanksgiving recess begins ........................................................................ T h Nov 24
Classes resume .......................................................................................... M Nov 28
Classes end ...................................................................................................... F Dec 9
Final examinations begin ........................................................................ M. Dec 12
Final examinations end ................................................................................ T h Dec 15
Final grades due and Incompletes due
from spring and summer '88 ............................................................... W Dec 21
Interim 1989
Classes begin ......................................................................................................
T Jan 3
Last day to register. add a class.
drop a class without notation on record
or move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division ................. W. Jan 4
Last day to designate grading option
or move Upper/Lower division course to Lower Division ................ M. Jan 16
Last day to withdraw from a class .................................................................. F. Jan 20
Classes end .........................................................................................................
F Jan 27
Interim grades due ............................................................................................ F Feb 3
Spring 1989
Validation of registration
...................... .
.
.................................................... T Jan 31
.
Classes begin .....................................................................................................
W Feb 1
Last day to register.
designate grading option.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record.
move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division
or Lower Division ......................................................................................T Feb 7
Mid-term break begins ....................................................................................
F Mar 24
Classes resume ..................................................................................................
M Apr 3
Easter break begins ........................................................................................ F. Mar 24
Classes resume ..................................................................................................
M. Apr 3
Last day to withdraw from a class ................................................................ F Apr 21
Early registration for fall ............................................................. M Apr 24 .F. May 5
Classes end .......................................................................................................
F. May 12
Final examinationsbegin
.............................................................................
M,
May 15
.
Final examinations end ................................................................................ May 18
Baccalaureate and
Commencement ......................................................................................
S May 21
Final grades due and Incompletes due
from fa11 '88 and Interim '89 .............................................................. W May 24
-
A
.
Summer School 1989
Term I ......................................................................................... T May 30 .F, June 23
Term I1 ........................................................................................... M June 26 .F. Aug 4
Fall 1989
Labor Day recess ...............................................................................................
M Sep 4
Upperclass validation and Freshmen registration ...................................... T u Sep 5
Classes begin ....................................................................................................
W Sep 6
Last day to register.
add a class.
designate grading option.
drop a class without notation on record.
or move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division
T . Sep 12
or Lower Division ....................................................................................
Mid-term break .................................................................................................
F Oct 27
Interim registration ....................................................................
M. Oct 30 .F. Nov 3
Spring term pre-registration ....................................................... M Nov 13 .F. Dec 1
Last day to withdraw from a class ................................................................ F. Nov 17
Thanksgiving recess begins .....................................................................
Th. Nov 23
Classes resume ...............................................................................................M Nov 27
Classes end ..........................................................................................................
F Dec 8
M. Dec 11
Final examinations begin ...............................................................................
Final examinations end ................................................................................. T h Dec 14
Final grades due and Incompletes due
from spring and summer '89 .................................................................. W Dec 20
Interim 1990
.
.
...................................................................... Tu. Jan 2
Classes begin ......................
Last day to register. add a class.
drop a class without notation on record
or move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division .................. W. Jan 3
Last day to designate grading option
or move Upper/Lower Division course to Lower Division ............... Tu. Jan 16
Last day to withdraw from a class ............................................................... F. Jan 19
Classes end .........................................................................................................
F Jan 26
Interim grades due .............................................................................................F Feb 2
Spring 1990
Validation of registration.............................................................................. T Jan 30
Classes begin .................................................................................................
W Jan 31
Last day to register.
designate grading option.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record.
or move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division
T Feb 6
or Lower Division ......................................................................................
Mid-term break begins ............................................................................... Sa. Mar 24
Easter break begins .......................................................................................... F Apr 13
Classes resume ................................................................................................ M Apr 16
Last day to withdraw from a class ................................................................ F Apr 20
Early registration for fall ............................................................. M Apr 23 .F. May 4
Classes end .......................................................................................................
F May 11
Final examinations begin ............................................................................. M May 14
Final examinations end ................................................................................Th. May 17
Baccalaureate and
S May 20
Commencement ......................................................................................
Final grades due and Incompletes due
from fall '89 and Interim '90 .................................................................. W May 23
V Faculty
Correct as of May 15,1988.
(beginning year of service on faculty in parenthesis)
1 Charles S. Anderson (1976). President, B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University
of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological
Seminary, New York.
1 Ryan A. LaHurd (1985). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the
College. B.A., Mt. Carmel College; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph-D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Nancy I. Aarsvold (1986). Instructor of Foreign Languages. B.A.,
Pacific Lutheran University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ruth L. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin.
Robert W. Adney (1979). Studio Artist/Percussion, part-time. B.A., University of
Minnesota.
Earl R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chairperson of Chemistry, B.A.,
St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan. (On leave Interim and
Spring, 1989)
Brian R. Ammann (1988). Instructor and Head Basketball Coach, Health and
Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., North Dakota State
University.
Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor, part-time, Psychology, B.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University.
Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern
College; M.A., Northwestern University.
Edwin D. Andersen (1987). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics, Weekend
College. B.A., Macalester College; M.S.T., Illinois Institute of Technology;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Instructor, part-time, Art. A.B., Oberlin College;
M.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Seminary.
Margaret J. Anderson (1%7). Associate Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Raymond E. Anderson (1949). Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre.
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sheldon Anderson (1988). Instructor, part-time, History. Weekend College.
Andrew L. Aoki (1988).Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., University
of Massachusetts-Amherst; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Charles N. Arge (1987). Lecturer, part-time, Physics. B.S., University of Arizona.
Marjorie Audette (1986). Assistant Professor, part-time, Nursing, Weekend
College. B.S., Marquette University; M.A., University of Iowa.
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine Bakken (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Concordia
College; M.A., University of North Dakota; M.A., United Theological
Seminary; M. Div., Luther-Northwestern Seminary.
Deborah Bart (1980). Instructor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A.,
M.A., University of Minnesota.
John E. Benson (1963). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D.,
Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University.
Vern M. Bloom (1971). Director of CHR Program and College of the 3rd Age.
B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Joseph C. Bodziock (1986). Lecturer, part-time, English. B.A., St. Joseph's
College; M.A., University of New Hampshire.
Julie H. Bolton (1975). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of
Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Borstad (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John Bosma (1985). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication, and Theatre,
Weekend College. B.A., Concordia College, St. Paul; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Michael Brand (1979). Studio Artist/Trumpet, part-time. B.S., M.F.A., University
of Minnesota.
James A. Brothen (1988). Visiting Assistant Professor of History, part-time. B.A.,
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Maria Brown (1980). Assistant Professor in Social Work. B.A., M.A., American
University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Laine Bryce (1978). Studio Artist/Bassoon, part-time. B.A., University of
Minnesota.
Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Sociology and Women's and
Minority Studies. B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Diane F. Busico (1986). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and
Economics. B.S., Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State
University.
Thomas L. Busico (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and
Economics, Weekend College. B.S., Youngstown State University; M.B.A.,
Kent State University.
John Cemto (1983). Assistant Professor in Business Administration and Economics. B.A., Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., Augsburg
College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
James Cleary (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Psychology, Weekend College. B.A.,
University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., Ph.D., Western Michigan
University.
Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Institutional Research
Analyst. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of
Iowa.
Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer
Science. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph-D., Syracuse University.
(On leave, 1988-89)
John Cosgrove (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Larry Crockett (1985). Assistant Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science.
B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther Theological
Seminary.
Wayne A. Dalton (1984). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., University of
Redlands; M.Th., Ph.D., School of Theology at Claremont.
Jan Davies (1987). Instructor, part-time, Education, Weekend College. B.F.A.,
Illinois Wesleyan University.
John Dunham (1987). Visiting Instructor and Studio Artist/Cello, part-time,
Music. B.A., Syracuse University; M.M., University of Michigan-Ann Arbor.
Beverly C. Durkee (1965). Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A.,
B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State
University.
Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota. (On leave Fall, 1988 and Interim, 1989)
Mary G . Endorf (1986). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of
Education. B.A., Hamline University; M.S., SUNY-Cortland; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Physics. B.A., Luther College; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.S.,
Ph-D., University of Minnesota.
Marian S. Enos (1987). Lecturer, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University.
Sheldon P. Fardig (1962). Lecturer in Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M.,
Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and
Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Ronald E. Fine (1987). B.A., University of Maryland; M.A., American University.
Ann C. Fleener (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Marilyn Pearson Florian (1980). Instructor in Health and Physical Education.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., St. Cloud State University.
Mathew Foss (1988). Visiting Instructor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.S.,
B.S.E., M.A., Northeast Missouri State University.
Stephanie C. Franz (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Physics, Weekend College. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.S., University of Minnesota.
Robert Friederichsen (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.A., Bethel
College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Professor and Department Chairperson of Philosophy.
B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
1
Greta Gaard (1986). Instructor, part-time, English, Weekend College. B.A.,
Pepperdine University; M.A., Claremont Graduate School.
Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
David L. Garrison (1986). Lecturer in English, part-time. B.A., Appalachian State
University; M.A., Baylor University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
M. Anita Gay (1987). Director, Black Student Affairs. B.S., Southern University,
Baton Rouge; M.A., Howard University.
Jerry Gerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology.B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Chicago. (On leave Interim and Spring, 1989)
Richard Germundsen (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato
State University; M.A., American University; Ph.D, University of
Minnesota.
Nancy J. Giguere (1987). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages, Weekend
College. B.A., University of Arizona; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D.,
University of North Carolina.
Peter Gillen (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.S.B., University of Minnesota.
Orloue N. Gisselquist (1956). Associate Professor of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Gerald Glatzmaier (1986). Lecturer, part-time. Business Administration and
Economics. B.A., St. Cloud State University; M.A., University of Minnesota;
M.A., Northeastern University.
Joseph R. Goldman (1986). Visiting Lecturer in Political Science. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Kansas.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor, part-time, Health and Physical
Education. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Douglas E. Green (1988). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Amherst University; M.A., Ph.D., Brown University.
Joan L. Griffin (1986). Assistant Professor of English. A.B., Washington University; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University.
Satya P. Gupta (1976). Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S.,
M.S., Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Professor of History, Interim Director. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1974). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Brian P. Hackney (1983). Assistant Professor, Director of Audio-Visual Center.
B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., University of WisconsinStout.
Paul P. Halvorson (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and
Economics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., The American University.
Mark Hassenstab (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and
Economics, Weekend College. B.A., Augsburg College; M.B.A., University of
Minnesota.
Milda K. Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Macalester
College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kathy Heikkila (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Education. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Lacrosse; M.A., The College of St. Thomas.
Robert S. Herforth (1966). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Edwina L. Hertzberg (1977). Associate Professor of Social Work, Director of
Faculty Development. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., Ph-D., University
of Minnesota.
Richard C. Henog (1984). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and
Economics. B.S., Washington University; M.B.A., St. Louis University.
Garry W. Hesser (1977). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of MetroUrban Studies, Director of Cooperative Education Program. B.A., Phillips
University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Notre Dame.
Paul T. Hirdman (1985). Assistant Professor of Psychology. A.A., Waldorf Junior
College; B.A., Augsburg College; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary;
M.A., Ph.D., University of North Dakota.
Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia-College, Moorhead;
M.F.A., University of Iowa.
Bradley P. Holt (1981). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College;
B.Q., Luther Theological Seminary; M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University.
Paul L. Holmer (1986). Distinguished Visiting Professor of Philosophy.
B.A.,M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Yale University.
John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry (and Acting Department Chairperson, Interim & Spring, 1989).B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
I. Khin Khin Jensen (1955-56,1959). Professor of History, Director of East and
Southeast Asian Studies. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma; M.A., Bucknell
University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
John R. Jenswold (1985). Lecturer, part-time, History. M.A., University of
Connecticut-Storrs.
Barbara E. D. Johnson (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Sociology. B.S., Gustavus
Adolphus College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College;
B.A., Huron College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota
State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jeffrey E. Johnson (1985). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., M.A., and Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Martha B. Johnson (1988). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and
Theatre. B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Mary E. Johnson (1962). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Smith
College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Business Administration and Economics. B.Comm., University of Cairo, Egypt;
M.B.A., University of Michigan.
Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson
of Mathematics/Computer Science. A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers State University.
Jane Kammerman (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and
Economics. B.A., University of California; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert KarlCn (1973). Professor and Department Chairperson of Music. B.M.,
New England Conservatory; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Foreign Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College.
Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Instructor and Studio Artist/Oboe, part-time. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education.
B.S., Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Robert Kramarczuk (1983). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and
Economics, Weekend College. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Angela Wyatt Kretschmar (1981). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.A., St.
Olaf College.
Edith V. Kromer (1983). Librarian, part-time, Weekend College. B.A., Hamline
University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Joan C. Kunz (1987).Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of
Missouri-St. Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Roy H. LaFayette (1972). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and
Economics. B.S.B., University of Minnesota.
David V. Lapakko (1986). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and
Theatre. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Nicholas A. Lenz (1980). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., Southwest State
University; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Ronald L. Libertus (1985). Lecturer, part-time, CHR Program and Women's and
Minority Studies. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Windham College.
Lynn Lindow (1985). Visiting Instructor of Education. B.S., Mankato State
University; M.S., North Dakota State University.
Rosemary J. Link (1986). Assistant Professor of Social Work. M.Sc., London
University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cynthia Dunbar Lohman (1985). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., M.M.,
University of Minnesota.
Steven Lund (1983). Studio Artist/Trombone, part-time. B.S., University of
Minnesota.
Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Lecturer, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Smith
College; M.A., Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Karen M. Mateer (1984). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South
Dakota; M.A., University of Iowa.
Janet M. Mathison (1986). Instructor, part-time, Religion, Weekend College.
Associate Director, Center for Global Education. B.A., Alverno College;
M.A., Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia.
Jerie McArthur (1983). Instructor in Speech, Weekend College. B.A., Macalester
College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Dan McNamara (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend
College. BSIE, University of Dayton; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Marie 0.McNeff (1968). Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University
of Nebraska.
Roberta Kagin Metzler (1974). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College;
B. Music Ed., M. Music Ed., University of Kansas.
Fekri Meziou (1987). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and
Economics. B.A., University of Tunis, Tunisia; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Kathryn S. Mickelson (1985). Visiting Lecturer, part-time, Music. B.S.,
Augsburg College; M.M.T., Southern Methodist University.
Jan Miner (1984). Instructor, part-time, Speech/Communication, Weekend
College. B.A., Lycoming College; M.A., Bowling Green State University.
John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College;
M.A., University of Tennessee.
William Monsrna (1987). Lecturer, part-time, Physics. B.A., Calvin College;
M.Div., Calvin Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Karen Morgan (1987). Instructor, part-time, Education, Weekend College. B.S.,
St. Cloud State University; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Thomas Morgan (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and
Economics. B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S.,
University of Oregon.
Elizabeth Proctor Murphy (1984). Studio Artist/Cello, part-time. B.A., Cleveland Institute of Music.
Gordon L. Nelson (1967). Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Chicago.
Richard C. Nelson (1968). Professor and Department Chairperson of History.
B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine Christie Nicholl(1973). Professor and Department Chairperson of
English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Beverly J. Nilsson (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Nursing. B.S., M.S., University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor and Department Chairperson of Political
Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
Patricia Nortwen (1985). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time. B.A., B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Celeste M. O'Brien (1975). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time. B.A., Harnline
University.
Vicki B. Olson (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Sharon K. Ostwald (1986). Adjunct Assistant Professor of Nursing. M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
James F. Palmer (1987). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics and Computer
Science, Weekend College. B.A., Illinois State University, Normal; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B. Div.,
Bethel Seminary; M.A, Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Marlene J. Pauley (1983). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.M., Michigan State University.
Lauretta E. Pelton (1970). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Briar Cliff
College; M.Ed., Marquette University.
Paul Pender (1985). Instructor, part-time, ~ u s i i e s Administration,
s
Weekend
College. B.A., M.B.A., University of Wisconsin.
Douglas D. Peny (1976). Instructor, part-time, Social Work, Weekend College.
B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Curtis Peter (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Wartburg College;
M. Div., Wartbug Theological Seminary.
Noel J. Petit (1984). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A.,
St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joyce Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education and
Director of Women's Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of
Minnesota. (On leave 1988-89)
Diane I,Pike (1981). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale University.
Stephen H. Pinsky (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Franklin and
Marshall College; B.H.L., M.H.L., Hebrew Union College.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chairperson of Religion.
B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Ph.D.,
Princeton Theological Seminary.
Larry C. Ragland (1985). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science.
B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at
Austin.
0.Nicholas Raths (1987). Studio Artist/Guitar, Music. B.M., M.M., University of
Minnesota.
Bruce R Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College;
M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University.
David Riley (1987). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.A., St. Mary's College; M.B.A., College of St. Thomas.
C.P.A.
Thomas D. Rossin (1986). Assistant Professor of Music. M.F.A., University of
Minnesota.
Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Business Administration and Economics.
B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Hikaru S. Sakai (1987).ACTC part-time Instructor in Japanese. B.A., University
of Osaka; Ed.S., M.A., College of St. Thomas.
Hamed Sallam (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.S., Ein Shams University, Cairo; M.S., Cairo University; Ph.D.,
Tbilisi State University, U.S.S.R.
Pauline Sateren (1974). Lecturer, part-time, Music Education. B.A., Northwestern College; M.M.Ed., University of Colorado.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
and Director of Men's Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Milo A. Schield (1985). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and
Economics. B.S., Iowa State University; M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice
University.
Eugene M. Skibbe (1964).Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th.,
Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Stanley H. Solnick (1984).Assistant Professor of Business Administration and
Economics. B.A., M.B.A., University of Northern Colorado.
Donald B. Steinmetz (1968).Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Myles Stenshoel(1965). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Colorado.
Stuart M. Stoller (1986). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and
Economics. B.S., M.S., Long Island University.
Beverly J. Stratton (1986).Assistant Professor of Mathematics/Computer
Science. B.A., M.A., Boston University.
Marie Stmss (1988).Instructor, part-time, Education, Weekend College. B.S.,
Mankato State University; M.S., Mankato State University.
Mary Jo Stump (1988).B.A., Ball State University; M.A., Northern State College.
Grace K. S d e m d (1966).Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ralph L. Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Gerald Swanson (1988). Instructor, part-time, Art, Weekend College. B.A.,
M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Kathryn Swanson (1985).Assistant Professor of English. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Philip J. Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chairperson of Art. B.A.,
Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of Iowa.
Neal 0.Thorpe (1967).Professor and Department Chairperson of Biology. B.A.,
Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Calvin Vraa (1988). Instructor, part-time, Psychology, Weekend College. B.A.,
Concordia College; M.A., Northern Colorado University; Ph.D., University of
North Dakota.
Donald M. Warren (1978).Lecturer, part-time, Intro to Liberal Arts. B.A., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Pamela Weiss (1983).Instructor of Nursing. B.S.N., University of Nebraska;
M.P.H., University of Minnesota.
Theresa Welcher (1986). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., and two M.S.
degrees, South Dakota State University.
Mary Louise Williams (1978; 1984). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania.
Dorothy J. Williamson (1970).Instructor, part-time, Art Education. B.A., Asbury
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mary E. Wilson (1969). Studio Artist/Flute, part-time. B.A., B.M., Macalester
College.
Departments and Programs:
.........................................................
..................................................
........................................
.............................................
..................
..,...
........................................
................................................
.......................
............................
.........,.
.............
........
................................................
.........................................
..................
.....................
........................139
..................................................144
..................................153
...............................................154
......................157
..........................................158
................................................161
................................. 166
........................................171
.,..,
..... .,. ..175
........................179
...............179
............180
..................................... 181
........................................ 181
Art
73
76
Biology
Business Administration and
Economics
80
Chemistry
88
East and
93
Southeast Asian Studies
97
Education
Engineering
101
103
English
108
First Year Experience
Foreign Languages
109
,. ..119
General Studies
120
Global Education Programs
Health and Physical Education
123
History
127
131
Humanities
132
Interdisciplinary Studies
132
International Relations
Mathematics and Computer Science133
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Natural Science
Nursing
Occupational Therapy
Philosophy
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion .
Russian Area Studies
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Science. Non-Western
Social Studies
Social Work
Sociology
Speech/Communication and
Theatre Arts
Transdisciplinary Studies
Women's and Minority Studies
Academic Adviser ................................. 49
Academic Calendar ....................... 48. 206
Academic Enrichment .................. .42. 119
Academic Information ......................... 47
Academic Organization and Programs .50
Academic Policies and Procedures .......61
Academic Progress ................................ 69
.................. 10
Accessibility ................... ,
Accounting Specialization ....................81
4 9. 11
Accreditation .................................
Adapted Physical Education ...............125
203
Administration ....................................
Admissions ...................................... 12 15
Advanced Placement Program .............. 67
American Indian Program ............... 10.42
Annex Housing ................................ 13. 45
Application for Financial Aid ...............26
Application Procedures ......................... 16
Art History ............................................ 75
Assessment of Previous Learning
(APL) ....................-...........*.. .-...... 67
Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC) ........48,52,55, 56
Athletics ............................................ 4 1
Audio-visual Services .......................... 49
Auditing Courses...................................66
Audit Fee ............................................... 22
41
Augsburgian ....................................
.
.
. ....-...-..-
185
...................................189
.................195
.......195
-
...
Black Student Program ................... 10. 43
Board ..................................................... 22
Board of Regents ................................. 210
Books and Supplies ...............................23
Business ................................................ 81
Calendar. Academic ......................48. 206
Campus Minishy ................................... 40
Campus Tours ....................... ..........16
Cancellation of Courses ........................ 62
.
.
..........43
Career Services ................... .
Center for Global Education ...........12. 60
Certification Programs
Art ............................................... 52. 74
Church Staff Work ............................ 52
Program Evaluation .................. 52. 172
Chemical Dependency Program ............55
Chinese .............................................. 111
Chin Wag ..............................................45
Christian Day School Program ........... 176
City Arts .............................................. 142
Classification .........................................67
CM.A. Certification ............................. 82
Coaching Endorsement ....................... 125
College Center ................................. 12. 41
College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) .............................................. 68
.
............. 40
College Pastor ................... .
College Work Study Program ...............29
Commons .......................,
.
.
...............44
Communication ................................... 189
Computer Resources ............................. 50
Computer Science ...............................137
Conservation of Human Resources
(CHR) ................................................ 55
Continuing Education ........................ ,
.
60
Cooperative Education ............ 10. 58. 119
Costs ...................................................... 22
Counseling Services ..............................43
Course Descriptions ..............................71
C.P.A. Certification ...............................81
Credit Assessment Program (CAP) .......68
Credits ................................................... 72
.
.
Dean's List ............................................ 70
Degrees .................................................. 48
Departmental Comprehensive Exams ...68
Departments by Division ...................... 50
Departments and Programs ................... 71
Deposits .................................................
23
Directed Study ....................................... 59
Directory .............................................
202
Disabled Student Programs ...................43
Dismissal .........................,.....................69
Distinction. Graduation with .................70
Distribution Requirements .................... 64
Divisions ............................................... 50
Dual Degree Programs
(Engineering) ......................52 53. 101
.
E
Early Admission of Freshmen ...............17
Early Decision for Freshmen ................17
Echo ...................................................... 41
Economics ............... ............................ 85
Elementary Education ...........................96
Employment ..........................................28
English as a Second Language
(ESL) .........................................
,105
Enrollment ...............................................4
Evaluation and Grading ........................65
Facilities ................................................12
Facts and Figures .................................., 4
Faculty ........................................4 9 2 0 9
Faculty Emeriti ....................................205
Fairview Pharmacy ............................... 4 4
Fees ....................................................... 22
Finance Charge ..................................... 24
.FinanceSpecialization ..........................81
Financial Aid ......................................... 25
Financial Policies .................................. 24
Financing Your Education ....................21
Fine Arts ................................................41
First Year Experience (EYE)..43.63. 108
Food Service ......................................... 44
Foreign Study .................................. 44. 56
Foss. Lobeck. Miles Center for Worship.
Drama and Communication .............. 12
French .................................................. 111
Full-time Student .................................. 22
George Sverdnrp Library ..........13.49.55
German ................................................113
Gift Assistance ......................................27
Global Education Center .................12. 60
Global Education Programs ................120
Grade Point Average (GPA) .....18.63.67
Grading ..................................................65
Graduate Program .....................10 60. 61
Graduation Requirements .....................62
Graduation with Distinction ..................70
Grants ....................................................27
.
Learning Disabilities Program ..............43
Leave of Absence ..................................62
Library .......................................13.49. 55
Life Science........................................-153
Lifetime Sports ..............................
64. 125
Linguistics ...................... ................ 115
Literature. Ideology and Society in
Latin America (LISLA) ..................143
Living on Campus .................................45
Loan Assistance ....................................
28
Location .....................
.......11. 223
.
.
.
.
.
.
Majors and Minors
(Also see Courses) ......................51. 71
Management Specialization .................. 81
Management Information Systems
(MIS) Specialization .........................81
Map .....................................................
223
Marketing Specialization ...................... 81
Married Student Housing ......................45
Master of Arts in Leadership ..........10 60
Mathematics ........................................
135
Melby Hall ............................................ 12
Memberships .....................................
4. 11
Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) ..141
Minnesota State Work Study Program ..29
Ice Arena ............................................1 2 Minority Scholarships/Grants ...............31
Independent Study .................................59 Minority Studies .................................. 195
Information Request Card ...................225 Minors ........................................51 71
Intercollegiate Athletics ....................4.41 Mission Statement ...................................6
Interim .......................................4 56. 61 Mortensen Tower ............................12. 46
Inter-InstitutionalPrograms ..................55 2222 Murphy Square .............................13
InternationalBaccalaureate Program ....67 Music Education ...............................
144
InternationalBusiness .....................56.81 Music Ensembles ..........................41 152
International Students .....................19. 44 Music Hall .............................................13
I n t m h i p Program ................................58 Music Performance ............. 146. 147 152
Intramural Athletics ..............................42 Music Therapy .................................... 151
Health Service .......................................44
Health Education .................................124
Higher Education Consortium
(HECUA) ............................55.56. 140
History of Augsburg College ..................8
Honors Major (See Departmental Listings)
57
Honors Program ....................................
Housing .............................. 12. 23.44.45
Human Services in a Latin American
Context ......................................
5 6 121
.
.
.
Japanese ........................................9 115
KCMR Radio ................ ....................... 41
Kindergarten-Elementary
Education ........................................96
Kueffner Apartments .............................13
Norwegian ...........................................116
Numbering of Courses ..........................72
Off-Campus Programs ............................4
Old Main ...............................................13
Orientation .............................................
43
P
Part-time Students ................................. 2 2 1
Payment Options ................................... 24
Physical Disabilities .............................. 43
Physical Education ..........................,.. 125
Physical Science ..................................153
Pre-Professional Programs .................... 53
Pre-Registration.....................................61
Prerequisites ......................................... 72
Probation ........................................ 69
Program in Global Community .....56. 121
1 -: '
.
7
R
Refunds ........................... .
.
.
.........3
Registration ........................................... 61
Residence Requirement ......................... 63
Room and Board ..................... ..........22
ROTC ..............................................55.56
Russian ........................................... 117
,.
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term
(SUST) ............................................ 141
Scholarships ..........................................29
Science (Grades 5-9) ...........................153
Science Hall ...........................
13
Secondary Education ....................... .95,98
Semester Fees ........................................ 24
Sigma Pi Sigma ................................... 163
Smiley's Point Clinic ............................ 44
Social, Cultural, Reaeational ...............41
Social Welfare Minor ..........................183
Society of Physics Students ................ 163
South American Urban Semester
(SAUS) ............................................142
South Hall ................................. 13, 45, 46
Spanish ............................................ 117
Special Education ................................101
Special Interest Houses .........................46
Special Students (Non-Degree) .............19
Speech ..........................................
189
Sponsored Scholarships ........................ 29
Student Activities ...............................
44
Student Affairs Division .......................42
Student Employment .................,.......... 28
Student Government .............................41
Student Life ...........................................39
Student Project for Amity Among
Nations (SPAN) ................................57
Student Publications ..............................41
...............
.
Student Rights ...................................... 46
Student Teaching ..................... 57, 97, 100
Studio Art .............................................. 74
Study Abroad .................................. 44, 56
Summer Sessions ................................
57
Sverdrup-OftedalMemorial Hall .......... 13
Teaching Licensure (Also see majors) ..52
Test Scores ........................................... 16
Theatre Arts ......................................... 189
Transcripts ....................................... 16, 18
Transfer Students .................................. 18
Tuition ....................... ............ ........... 22
..
Urness Tower .................................. 13. 46
Veterans
................................................70
Weekend College ...................... 10. 60. 61
13. 46
West Hall ......................................
Withdrawal from College ................24. 62
Women's Studies ................................ 196
Work Study ........................................... 29
Campus Guide
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Admissions House
George Sverdrup Library
Science Hall
Old Main
West Hall
Mortensen Tower
Umess Tower
Christensen Center
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial Hall
Music Hall
2222 Murphy Place
Melby Hall
Ice Arena
Stage I1 Theatre
Center for Global
Education
Scandinavian Center
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama and
Communication
Youth and Family Institute
19. Office Annex ~ o u i e
20. Tutor House
21. American Indian Support
and Minority Education
Partnership
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
Admissions Parking
Student Parking
Visitor Parking
The Quad
Faculty/Staff Parking
Murphy Square
Anderson-Nelson
Athletic Field
H. Fairview/St. Mary's
Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Strommen
Tennis Courts
J. Resident Parking Only
Accessible Entrance
Campus Location
To Find Augsburg
From Minneapolis
Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 2lst
Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
From St. Paul
Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 2lst
Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
Parking
All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for
student use from 430 pm Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are
located on 7th Street between 2lst and 22nd Avenues and south of 8th
Street on 2lst Avenue. Most street parking is 2 hour parking, seven days a
week. Additional parking is available in the St. Marfs Hospital ramp, or
U of M parking lots on the north side of Riverside Avenue.
Show less
-.
-
*--
-..y?,c-+.:-
-
.
ugsburg Weekend College
1988-1989 Calendar
Application Deadline
New Student Orientation
Registration
Classes begin
Last day to register
andlor drop class
without record notation
Last day to designate
grade option
Last day to withdraw
from class
Classes end
... Show more
-.
-
*--
-..y?,c-+.:-
-
.
ugsburg Weekend College
1988-1989 Calendar
Application Deadline
New Student Orientation
Registration
Classes begin
Last day to register
andlor drop class
without record notation
Last day to designate
grade option
Last day to withdraw
from class
Classes end
Final exams
Final grades due
Classes meet
1988 Fall
Trimester
Aug 15
1989 Winter
Trimester
Nov 28
1989 Spring
Trimester
Mar 6
6
8
7-9
9
Aug
Sept
Sept
Sept
30
10
9-11
11
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
5
7
6-8
8
April
April
April
April
Oct
23
Feb
12
May 21
Nov 20
Mar 12
June 4
Dec 4
Mar 19
June 18
Dec 9-11
Mar 31April 2
June 23-25
Dec
Sept
Sept
Oct
Oct
Nov
NOV
Dec
Dec
April
Jan
Jan
Jan
Feb
Feb
Mar
Mar
Mar
April
July
April
April
May
May
June
June
June
19
9-11
23-25
7-9
21-23
4-6
18-20
2-4
9-11
10
6-8
13-15
27-29
10-12
24-26
10-12
17-19
312
3
7-9*
21-23
5-7
19-21
2-4
16-18
23-25
*Classes in Spring Trimester will be four hours in length instead of three
and one half hours. See page 28 for exact times.
I
Most Weekend College classes meet seven times during a trimester. It is
expected that students attend every class. If a student needs to miss one
class period, the instructor should be contacted.
Frequently Called Telephone Numbers
Weekend College Office .................................
.330-1782
Director, Rick Thoni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1640
Operations, Laurel Orthmeyer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330-1740
Admissions, Sylvia Stasuikonis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1792
Data Entry, Robin Sanderson ............................. 330-1786
Secretary, Kristi Anderson. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,330-1782
Other Campus Numbers:
Bookstore, College Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,330-1122
Business Office, Science Hall
.
Cashier: 8:30-11:OO a.m., 1:30-3:00 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -330-1028
Billing: 8:00 a.m.-4:30 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,330-1790
.
Education Department . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..330-1130
Financial Aid Office, Science Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1046
Counseling and Career Planning, Memorial Hall. . . . . . . . . . . . ,330-1162
.
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330-1017
.
Nursing Department . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330-1209
Registrar (Transcripts, Grades) Science Hall ................ .330-1036
General Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330-1000
Weekend College Office Hours:
Monday-Friday 8:00 a.m.-4:30 p.m. (evening hours by appointment)
Office Hours on Class Weekends:
Friday - 5:30 p.m.-6:15 p.m. - Old Main 18
Saturday - 8:00 a.m.-1:30 p.m. - Old Main 18 or WEC office
Sunday -- 2 3 0 p.m.-1:30 p.m. -Old Main 18
Weekend College Office Location:
The Weekend College Office is 2222 Murphy Square, located on the
corner of 23rd Avenue and 7% Street on the Augsburg College
Campus (number 11on the map found on page 7l).
This bulletin is a supplement to the Augsburg College Catalog and is
published for the convenience of Augsburg Weekend College students.
Weekend College is a program of Augsburg College and is subject to the
policies and provisions as stated in the Augsburg College Catalog.
able of Contents
.
ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR 1988-1989 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
.................. 2
GENERALINFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College ....................... 4
Information Sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
FREQUENTLY CALLED TELEPHONE NUMBERS
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
Characteristics of the Eductional Program .........................6
StudentSupportServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Careerplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Tutoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.
Veterans of Military Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
ACADEMIC INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
DegreesandMajors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Business Administration ......................................9
Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -11
Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . + . . . . 13
Teaching Licensure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
.
Coaching Endorsement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Management Information Systems (MIS) .......................
16
Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Socialwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Dean'sList . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Probation and Dismissal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Grading Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Withdrawal from College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
Graduation with Distinction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .- 2 2
22
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) .........................
CLASS SCHEDULE 1988.89
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-.3 0
ADMISSIONSIFINANCIAL INFORMATION ......................66
Admissions Requirements and Procedures ......................-66
FinancialAid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Fees and Payment Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
Paymentoptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
..
Refund Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-69
.
ABOUT AUGSBURG COLLEGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-70
CAMPUS LOCATION ..........................................
72
Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College
Purpose
Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative to adults
who desire college experience but who work or have other commitments
during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a
bachelor's degree, gain skills for professional advancement, prepare for
career change, or pursue a personal interest in one or more areas of the
liberal arts.
The Adult as Student
The Augsburg Weekend College program is designed to meet the needs
and preferences of adult learners. The program is based on the
assumption that the men and women who enroll in Weekend College
will be mature, self-disciplined and well-motivated adult learners who
seek a balance of classroom experience and individualized study. Each
course is therefore divided into periods of concentrated on-campus study
separated by time for independent study and class preparation.
Alternate Weekends
To accommodate this format for learning, classes meet on alternate
weekends for three and a half hours on either Friday evening, Saturday
morning, Saturday afternoon, or Sunday afternoon.* Each class selected
by the student involves commitment to one of these four class periods.
Weekend College students may take from one to four different courses by
attending class every other weekend.
Community of Learners
Essential to the goals of Augsburg Weekend College is participation in a
community of adult learners. Learning can be enhanced when the
student is involved in a stable community that provides opportunity and
encouragement to become involved in interaction both in and out of the
classroom. This community will be enriched by the presence of both men
and women with a variety of work and life experiences.
To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages
Weekend College students to make use of college facilities such as the
library and college center, to take the opportunity of having shared meals
and coffee breaks, to participate in optional lunchtime seminars, and to
attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presentations
and athletic events.
*Laboratory sections or additional class hours may be scheduled on evenings
during the week.
Information Sessions
Adults who are interested in Augsburg Weekend College are encouraged
to attend one of the information sessions that are scheduled throughout
the year. These information sessions are free of charge and are
approximately 2 hours in length. Please call the Weekend College Office
(330-1782) to receive further details on these information sessions or to
sign up for one of the following dates:
For Fall Trimester, 1988
Saturday, May 14
Saturdav, Tune 4
Saturday, June 25
9:00 AM
9:00 AM
9:00 AM
Saturday, July 16
Thursday, July 28
9:00 AM
6:00 PM
Tuesday, August 9
6:00 PM
For Winter Trimester, 1989
Saturday, October 8
9:00 AM
Saturday, November 5
Saturday, November 19
9:00 AM
9:00 AM
- -
1989
For S ~ r i n Trimester,
e
Saturday, January 14
O
9:00 AM
M
Tuesdav. March 7
6:00 PM
For more information write or call:
Augsburg Weekend College Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Characteristics of the Educational Program
Educational Mission
For over a century Augsburg College has emphasized intellectual freedom
in the search for knowledge. Our academic program builds on a liberal
arts foundation to help students understand the past, interpret the
present, and plan for the future.
As in the weekday program, Augsburg Weekend College offers students a
unique combination of the liberal arts disciplines and professional
education. Our goals are to help students develop the intellectual skills
and attitudes to be life-long learners, increase their competence in
selected areas of professional work, and accomplish a higher level of
personal growth.
Accreditation and Affiliations
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of
Colleges and Secondary Schools and The National Council for the
Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our
programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council
on Social Work Education and the National League for Nursing. We are a
member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran
Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council,
National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and are registered with the
Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board (HECB).
Faculty
Augsburg College prides itself on its highly qualified faculty.
Members of the faculty serve as academic advisers to students who are in
the pre-major stage of planning as well as to students in declared major
fields.
Library
Students and faculty use a carefully selected library of some 150,000
volumes plus audio-visual materials, with access to over 5,000,000
volumes through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex.
Internships
Internships on and off campus are an established part of most academic
programs, helping students make career choices and develop experience
in their chosen fields.
Student Support Services
Augsburg Weekend College provides a number of student services to
assist adults in making educational and career plans, accomplishing the
academic tasks of a college education, working on their own personal
development, and participating in activities beyond the classroom. Some
of these services are:
Academic Planning
All Augsburg Weekend College students will have access to expert
academic advising services on an on-going basis to provide for efficient,
effective planning. Students enrolling in Weekend College who have had
college experience will have their previous work evaluated early in the
admissions process.
Career Planning Services
Staff from the Career Planning and Placement Office will assist adults in
assessing their career goals and personal abilities. This service, in
combination with sound academic advising from faculty in a chosen
major field, can result in an appropriate and manageable educational and
career plan for the individual involved.
Academic Skills Center
This center exists to help students enhance their skills in the areas of
writing, reading, math, time management, and study skills. Academic
tutors in specialized course areas are also available through the center.
CounselinglSupport Groups
Individual and group activities are available to students who wish to
work on a personal growth interest or concern or who simply want to
have the experience of being in a support group of people who share
some similar characteristics andlor interests.
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans
Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about
completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other
information to the Veterans Administration. (Please refer to the Augsburg
College Catalog for more detailed information.)
1-
cademic Information
Degrees and Majors
Augsburg Weekend College allows adults to begin a bachelor's degree
program or to continue their education after beginning at another time or
institution. It also enables adults to add a second major to an already
completed college degree. The following information outlines what is
involved in completing a degree or major in Augsburg Weekend College.
(For more detailed information regarding graduation requirements,
please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog.)
Bachelofs Degree
The bachelor's degree program in Augsburg Weekend College is
essentially the same as the weekday program. A total of 35 semester
courses are required to graduate and may be fulfilled through
combinations of transfer of previous college credit, assessment of
previous learning experience, and Weekend College courses. (Augsburg
semester courses are valued at 4 semester credits and 6 quarter credits.)
Included in the 35 total courses must be an approved major program,
eleven upper division courses, and courses selected from the following
liberal arts spectrum (transfer courses and courses taken in the major may
also be counted for distribution requirements):
One approved course from each of seven areas:
1. ArtlMusic
2. HistorylPhilosophy
3. EconomicslPolitical Science
4. English - Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts
(devoted to the study of literature)
5. Psychology 1051Sociology 121 (or the equivalent transfer course)
6. ChemistrylBiology
7. MathematicslPhysics
A course in writing (English 111)or demonstrated proficiency
Two courses or demonstrated competence in a second language
Three courses (or one course per year of study) in religious studies
One course in the area of urban concerns, women's studies, or minority
studies
In addition to the 35 total courses, a student must demonstrate
proficiency in two lifetime sports.
Majors
Augsburg Weekend College students may select from 7 separate majors,
several with a number of career concentrations. A minor is available in
each of these academic areas as well as economics, psychology, religion
and sociology.
Business Administration
This major prepares students in the areas of management, financial
accounting, finance, and marketing. To provide a combination of
applied skills and theoretical background, each of these majors is
interdisciplinary in approach, including an average of ten business
administration courses and six courses from supporting fields such as
economics, computer programming, communications, philosophy, and
mathematics. Majors in Business Administration are candidates for the
Bachelor of Arts degree.
Core Courses
All students who pursue a major in Business Administration will
complete the following core courses:
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
ECO
ECO
ECO
or
or
ECO
175
221
222
242
252
279
331
391
112
113
311
312
315
313
Computers for Business and Economics
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Accounting I1
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Financial Management
Business Law
Principles of Macroeconomics
Principles of Microeconomics
Public Finance
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Money and Banking
Intermediate Microeconomics
Accounting Concentration
Students who wish to pursue a Business Administration major with a
concentration in accounting will complete the following courses in
addition to the core:
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
or
or
322
323
324
326
423
425
Accounting Theory and Practice I
Accounting Theory and Practice I1
Managerial Cost Accounting
Tax Accounting
Auditing
Advanced Accounting
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses
from the following list:
BUS 399 Internship
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI 120 Ethics
Those planning a career in accounting are strongly encouraged to
complete the remaining courses in the 326,423 and 425 sequence.
Finance Concentration
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a
concentration in finance will complete the following courses in addition
to the core:
BUS
BUS
BUS
ECO
or
or
322
433
438
318
415
479
Accounting Theory and Practice I
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
Investment Theory
Management Science
Managerial Economics
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and
Business
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses
from the following list:
BUS
BUS
BUS
ENG
PHI
324
326
399
223
120
Managerial Cost Accounting
Tax Accounting
Internship
Writing for Business and the Professions
Ethics
Management Concentration
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a
concentration in management will complete the following courses in
addition to the core:
BUS
BUS
ECO
PSY
or
SOC
340
440
318
373
Human Resource Management
Operations Management
Management Science
Organizational Psychology
301 Complex Organizations
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses
from the following list:
BUS 399 Internship
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI 120 Ethics
PSY 371 Psychology of the Individual
SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
SOC 375 Social Psychology
SOC 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations
SPC 111 Public Speaking
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communications
Marketing Concentration
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a
concentration in marketing will complete the following courses in
addition to the core:
BUS
BUS
ECO
BUS
352
450
415
355
Marketing Research and Analysis
Marketing Management
Managerial Economics
Marketing Communications
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses
from the following list:
BUS
ENG
PHI
SPC
SPC
399
223
120
351
352
Internship
Writing for Business and the Professions
Ethics
Argumentation
Persuasion
Business Minor
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
ECO
ECO
221
242
252
331
112
113
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
Financial Management
Principles of Macroeconomics
Principles of Microeconomics
Other configurations of the Business Administration minor may be
permitted on consultation with department chairperson.
Communication
Communication is an interdisciplinary major which is broad in scope and
practical in application. The program consists of 15 courses; five in related
supporting fields such as psychology, sociology, speech, and philosophy.
Included is at least one course of internship experience in a work setting
serving the career goals of individual students. Students may focus their
lecture courses toward the development of career skills in public relations
and advertising, marketing communications, human relations, or
supervisory management. Majors in communication are candidates for
the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Required Communication Core
ENG 223,225,226 or 227: An Advanced Writing Course
SPC 342 Mass Communications in Society
SPC 351 Argumentation
or 352 Persuasion
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SPC 399 Internship
Required supporting courses:
PHI 130 Logic
PSY 105 General Psychology
SOC 121 Principles of Sociology
or 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
SOC 375 Social Psychology
SPC 111 Public Speaking
Major also includes satisfactory performance on competency tests in
writing and typing. A literature course may be substituted for SOC 121 or
SOC 375.
Communication Electives
With the help of an academic adviser, the student will select five (5)
elective courses designed to meet additional background and skill
requirements in the career areas of public relations and advertising,
marketing communications, human relations, or supervisory
management.
The following are some of the electives recommended in each area:
Public Relations and Advertising
Students interested in the Public Relations emphasis are strongly urged
to take ENG 227 (Journalism)as part of the major.
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
BUS 355 Marketing Communications
ENG 226 Creative Writing
ENG 227 Journalism
PSY 373 Organizational Psychology
SOC 301 Complex Organizations
SPCl ART 132 Photography
SPCl ART 224 Publication Design
SPCl ART 2251230 Visual Communications I, I1
SPC 345 Organizational Communication
SPC 480 Public RelationslPromotiona1 Communications
Marketing Communications
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
SPC
252
352
355
450
480
Principles of Marketing
Marketing Research and Analysis
Marketing Communications
Marketing Management
Public RelationslPromotiona1 Communications
Human Relations
PSY
PSY
SOC
SOC
SOC
SPC
SPC
SPC
SPC
373
485
231
265
301
329
345
355
480
Organizational Psychology
Counseling Psychology
Sociology of the Family
Racial and Minority Group Relations
Complex Organizations
Intercultural Communication
Organizational Communication
Small Group Communication
Public Relations Promotional Communications
Supervisory Management
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
PSY
SOC
SPC
SPC
SPC
175
242
279
340
355
355
373
301
345
355
480
Computers in Business and Economics
Principles of Management
Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Human Resource Management
Marketing Communications
Operations Management
Organizational Psychology
Complex Organizations
Organizational Communication
Small Group Communication
Public RelationslPromotiona1Communications
Communication Minor
Five courses approved by the department.
Education
Teaching Licensure
Teaching licensure programs are offered for Kindergarten-Elementary
and selected Secondary fields through Weekend College. Individualized
programs are worked out with an adviser in either Elementary or
Secondary education. To be admitted to the Education Department the
student will have achieved an overall 2.5 G.P.A. plus a 2.5 G.P.A. in
hislher major field. All professional courses with the exception of Clinical
Experience and Student Teaching are available in the weekend schedule.
In addition to Kindergarten-Elementary,Augsburg Weekend College
grants secondary licenses in English-Language Arts and Social Studies.
Students may also work individually on the following majors offered in
conjunction with day school: French, German, Health, Life Science,
Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), Science (grades
5-9), Spanish, Speech, Theater Arts, and in the special areas of Art (K-V),
Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), Orchestra (K-12) and
Classroom Music (5-12), Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal and
Classroom Music (5-12), and Physical Education (K-12).
Contact an Education Department adviser for information in your field of
study and for application for admission to the Department of Education.
All students must apply for acceptance into the Education Department
before beginning professional courses.
Elementary Education
EDE 253 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting* (.5course)
EDE 341 Media Technology (.5 course)
EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments* (.5 course)
EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
EDE 363 Clinical Experiences (.5 course)
EDE 364 Interdisciplinary Studies (.25 course)
EDE 376 K-El Social Studies ( 2 5 course)
EDE 377 K-El Science (.25 course)
EDE 379 K-El Art ( 2 5 course)
EDE 380 K-El Music ( 2 5 course)
EDE 382 K-El Math ( 2 5 course)
EDE 386 Children's Literature (.5 course)
EDE 387 Language Arts (.5 course)
EDE 388 K-El Health ( 2 5 course)
EDE 389 K-El Physical Education ( 2 5 course)
EDE 481 Student Teaching
EDE 482 Student Teaching
EDE 483 Student Teaching
EDE 484 Student Teaching
EDS 388 Human Relations (.5 course)
HPE 114 Safety Education (.5 course)
HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5 course)
SWK 260 Humans Developing
College Level Math Course
Academic Minor or Second Major
*Field Experience Separate
Secondary Education
EDS 264 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting* (.5 course)
EDS 341 Media Technology (.5 course)
EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (.5 course)
EDS 352 Clinical Experience (.5 course)
EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments* (.5 course)
EDS 388 Human Relations (.5 course)
EDS 477 School and Society Seminar (.5 course)
EDS 481 Student Teaching
EDS 482 Student Teaching
EDS 483 Student Teaching
EDS 484 Student Teaching
EDS 486 Student Teaching Seminar (.5 course)
HPE 114 Safety Education (.5 course)
HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5 course)
PSY 105 General Psychology
Special Methods in Licensure Field
"Field Experience Separate
Major for Secondary Teaching Licensure in Social Studies
Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must
complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within
the Department of Education, a competency program designed to
provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Students must
complete a major in one of five fields - Economics, History, Political
Science, Psychology or Sociology (the History major is described below)
plus 7 courses (ECO 112 or 113, Human Geography, HIS 222, POL 158,
PSY 105, SOC 121 and 336). Students considering a career in social
studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg
Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator.
History Major: 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least four of these courses
must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either
survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval;
Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western.
Coaching Endorsement
Students interested in adding a coaching endorsement must complete
required courses in the Physical Education program. If interested, please
contact the Education Department at 330-1130 for further information.
English
Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas
and images helps us understand who we are and who we can become.
Writing helps us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us
contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through English
study we see life's complexity, experience life as some others do, and
understand better the world in which we live and work.
English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is
concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with
the contemplation of works of art. With psychology and sociology,
English is concerned with individual and group behavior. With
philosophy, English is interested in ideas and the relation between
meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering
order and determining structures. With speech and communications,
English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other
social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have
acted and thought at different times and in different cultures.
Major: 9 courses above 111, including 225; one course in American
literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271or 272); and three
courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331
or 438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336,337, 423). Majors
are encouraged to take ENG 245 early in their college work and to consult
their departmental advisor regularly. A student with a double major or
special program that involves considerable work in the English
department should also work closely with an advisor in the department.
English-Language Arts Teaching Major: 10 courses, including those
listed under the major, a course in linguistics, and an internship in the
teaching of writing. One course must include a component in nonWestern literature. In addition, the ACTC courses Communications Skills
in the English Classroom and Teaching Mass Media are required.
Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are
recommended. Several of the required courses are not offered on
Weekends. Students in this program must work with advisers in the
English Department and the Education Department in order to meet the
professional requirements within the Education Department as well as
requirements in the major.
New licensure rules become effective July 1, 1989. Students who seek
licensure after that time will be subject to the new licensure rules.
Minor: 5 courses above 111including one course in British literature and
one writing course above the freshman level (223, 225, 226, or 227).
Management Information Systems (MIS)
This MIS major prepares students to work in the growing field of
information management. The major combines courses and skills from
both the business and computer science majors to help students learn
about the identification, organization, analysis and processing of
information in a business setting.
MIS Major
BUS 175 Computers for Business and Economics
BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I
BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
BUS 331 Financial Management
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
CSCl M I 7 4 Math for Computing I
CSCl M I 7 5 Math for Computing I1
BUS 370 Advanced Computing for Economics and Business
BUS 375 Information Systems in the Organization
BUS 475 Information Systems Analysis and Design
BUS 476 Information Systems Projects
BUS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and
Business
ECO 318 Management Science
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more of the
following courses:
BUS
CSC
ENG
PHI
399
340
223
120
Internship
Digital Communications and Computer Networks
Writing for Business and the Professions
Ethics
MIS Minor
BUS
BUS
or
BUS
BUS
BUS
ECO
221
242
252
370
375
475
113
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
Advanced Computing for Business and Economics
Information Systems in the Organization
Information Systems Analysis and Design
Principles of Microeconomics
Nursing
Augsburg Weekend College offers registered nurses an upper division
nursing major as a second step toward the completion of the Bachelor of
Science degree. Fully accredited by the National League for Nursing, this
major is a professional program that is accessible on weekends to nurses
who are unable to attend classes during the weekdays. Classes are
primarily scheduled on alternate weekends, but all courses in the major
may have additional class or lab hours beyond the weekend schedule.
Admissions Procedures
Admission to the nursing program includes first being accepted into
Augsburg Weekend College through the procedures described on page
66. As candidates for the nursing major, RNs must demonstrate
evidence of completion of an associate degree or diploma program,
current nursing practice, and Minnesota licensure. While an RN may take
general education courses and prerequisite courses for the nursing major,
further progress in the major is contingent upon:
1. Satisfactory completion at a college or university of the prerequisite
courses: Anatomy and Physiology, Microbiology, Inorganic Chemistry,
Organic or Biochemistry, English Composition, Introductory
Sociology and Introductory Psychology.
2. A cumulative gradepoint average of at least 2.5
3. Successful completion of testing to validate lower division nursing
knowledge.
Required Courses in the Nursing Major
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
305
306
310
311
330
350
403
404
423
427
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication*
Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing*
Community Health Nursing I*
Community Health Nursing 11: Practicumx*
Trends and Issues in Nursing*
Introduction to Nursing Research*
Contemporary Nursing 111: Families*
Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management*
Practicum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family**
Practicum in Nursing 11: Leadership and Management**
*These courses may require extra class or lab sessions.
**Thesecourses require extra time and cost for clinical work.
Required Supporting Courses
PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
or
REL 483 Christian Ethics, or an approved ethics course
PSY 353 Brain and Behavior
Social Work
Accredited by the Council on Social Work Education, the Bachelor of
Science in Social Work degree program at Augsburg College is built on a
solid liberal arts foundation, on theory-based training, and on
professionally directed field experiences. As important, social work
education at Augsburg is built on an appreciation for the needs,
concerns, and values of the individuals and groups who constitute
today's multi-cultural society. The Social Work major in Augsburg
Weekend College includes seven courses from the departments of
psychology, biology, and sociology. Concentrations are possible in the
areas of aging, chemical dependency, corrections, social ministries, and
youth work. Field work is an important component of the program.
Social Work Courses*
SWK 257
SWK 260
SWK 361
SWK 363
SWK 364
SWK 461
SWK 462
SWK 463
SWK 465
SWK 466
SWK 467
SWK 469
Exploring Human Services
Humans Developing
Social Response to Human Needs
Methods and Skills of Social Work
Field Work I
Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Field Work I1
Community Development and Organization
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Field Work I11 (.5 course)
The Social Worker as Professional
Field Work IV
Required Supporting Courses*
BIO
PSY
SOC
SOC
SOC
SOC
SOC
101
105
121
231
265
365
375
Human Biology
General Psychology
Principles of Sociology
Sociology of the Family
Racial and Minority Group Relations
Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
Social Psychology
*Students interested in Social Work should begin their program with the
required supporting courses. The professional sequence will be offered
when a sufficient number of students are ready for that portion of the
program.
Social Welfare Minor
6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative internship,
361, 463; Psychology 351 or Sociology 375; Sociology 265; and Political
Science 121or 158 or 325, or Social Work 465.
Minors
In addition to minors offered in Business, Communication, MIS and
Social Welfare (listed under each respective major), Weekend College
students are able to complete minors in the following areas:
Psychology Minor
5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not
more than one course from 299,399 and 499 may be counted toward the
minor.
Religion Minor
5 courses approved by the department.
Sociology Minor
5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (numbered 300
and above).
Dean's List
The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose
grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of
two full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system,
with no incompletes in courses offered for credit.
Probation and Dismissal
A student will be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term if
his or her achievement is unsatisfactory. Dismissal from the College is not
automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing.
A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised to
withdraw before the end of the term. A student who has been on
probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must
have special permission to re-enroll. See Augsburg College Catalog for
complete explanation.
Grading Procedures
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final
examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types
of evaluation also are used.
Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a
4.0 to 0.0 scale or the PasslNo Credit system, in which P means a grade of
2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students
are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate
and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of Pgraded courses, or rank each as a "C." Transfer students are cautioned
that P-graded courses do not count in the requirement that 14
traditionally graded courses be earned at Augsburg in order to be
considered for graduation with distinction. See PIN limitations under
Graduation Requirements in the Augsburg College Catalog.
Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 265 is
graded only on the PIN grading system and some education courses are
graded only on the PIN system or only on the traditional system. English
111is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.01N. Some other courses are graded only P,
1.0, N. Lifetime Sports are graded P1O.O.
In courses where this is a choice, students will be graded on the
traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish
to use the PIN grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system
must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged
for any changes made after Registration.
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the course
1.5
1.0 performance below basic course standards
0.5
0.0 Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grade of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point
average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N
represents work at the 1.5 or below level.
An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme
emergency. To receive it, a student must file a petition with the
Committee on Student Standing stating the reasons for the request, the
plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor. If
permission is granted, the incomplete must be removed during the
following semester, or it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher
along with the incomplete.
Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes
last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed
by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first
term of registration. A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that
the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will
continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that
satisfactory progress is being maintained. The Registrar's Office will
automatically continue the registration in response to an X grade. A final
grade will be issued at the end of the term in whcih the work is
completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor
reserves the discretion of not giving an X where satisfactory progress is
not demonstrated. Withdrawal from college, or dropping these continued
courses will terminate their registration. Under this circumstance, a reregistration as 1X by the student would be necessary if done during
registration periods within one year of initial registration; if done after
one year a new registration would be necessary.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by
registering for Audit (V). The charge for auditing a course is listed under
Fees and Payment Schedule. Students who audit a course should confer
with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to
determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If
expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as
having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will
be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn).
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at
Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work
transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the PIN grading option
are recorded, but not computed in the GPA.
Classification
Students are classified in August and at the end of fall and winter terms.
Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points.
Junior - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points.
Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points.
Withdrawal from College
Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered,
since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of
courses or withdrawal from college must be done in the Registrar's Office.
Withdrawal from college cannot occur during final examination week
unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee.
Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are
effective as of the date the completed Withdrawal From College form is
returned to the Registrar's Office.
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude 3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA
Magna cum laude 3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA
Cum laude 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA
To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have
completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at
Augsburg .
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL)
Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in
many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit
recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic programs
of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous
Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous
learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited
institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward
the completion of a bachelor's degree.
Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit
recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential
criteria: (1) it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the
Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and (2) it can be objectively
demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee
evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by
which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit
recognition:
CLEP (College Level Examination Program)
Students who achieve acceptable scores in CLEP exams may receive
academic credit in Augsburg College. CLEP exams are available in a
variety of general and specific subject areas. For more information,
contact Weekend College Admissions (330-1792) or the regional CLEP
center at the University of Minnesota (624-3323).
Departmental Assessment
Students who wish to receive credit for a specific academic course and do
not have transcript evidence of completed work may request a
departmental assessment of previous learning. This will most often
include an examination that covers the essential components of the
course involved. For more information, contact the Registrar's Office
(330-1036).
CAP (Credit Assessment Process)
This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee
completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the
student. Informal meetings and consultation are provided for students
who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit
assessment. Students may apply for CAP after completing at least four
courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative GPA of
at least 2.5. For more information, contact the Registrar's Office (330-1036).
'lass Schedule 1988-89
Fall Trimester, 1988 Class Schedule
-
Friday Evening (6:OO 9:30)
BUS 355 Marketing Communications
BUS 242 Principles of Management
ECO 112 Principles of Macro-economics
EDE 253 Orientation to Education (919-1114)(.5)
EDS 264 Orientation to Education (919-1114)(.5)
EDE 379 K-El Art (919-1017) (.25)
EDE 382 K-El Math (10121-1219)(.25)
EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (919-1114)(.5)
ENG 111 Effective Writing*
ENG 245 Introduction to Literature
MAT 131 Math for the Liberal Arts*
NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication*
PHY 101 Astronomy*
REL 363 Religion in America
SOC 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations
SPC 345 Organizational Communication
Saturday Morning (8:30-1200)
BIO 185 Biology of Aging
BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 324 Managerial Cost Accounting
BUS 495 Risk Management and Insurance
CHM 109 General Chemistry*
CSCl M I 7 4 Math for Computer Science*
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (9110-1115)(.5)
EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments (9110-1115)(.5)
EDE 376 K-El Social Studies (10122-11119)(.25)
EDE 377 K-El Science (9110-1018)(.25)
EDE 388 K-El Health (9110-1018)(.25)
ENG 227 Journalism*
ENG 336 British Literature: 17th and 18th Century
MAT 104 Intermediate Algebra (no credit)
NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing *
PHI 110 Introduction to Philosophy
POL 342 Mass Communications in Society
SOC 121 Principles of Sociology
SPC 113 Public Speaking
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
.
-
Saturday
--Afternoon (1:15-4:45)
ART 352 Women's Art History
BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I
BUS 391 Business Law
BUS 495 Ethics in Business
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
EDE 341 Media Technology (9110-1115)(.5)
EDS 341 Media Technology (9110-1115)(.5)
EDE 380 K-El Music (11119-12110) (.25)
EDE 386 Children's Literature (9110-1115) (.5)
ENG 111 Effective Writing*
ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing*
HIS 104 The Modern Non-Western World
HPE 114 Safety Education (EIS) (9110-1115)(.5)
NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing I1 * **
PHI 130 Logic *
PSY 105 General Psychology
PSY 355 Brain and Behavior
REL 215 Archaeology and the Bible
SPA 111 Beginning Spanish I*
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SWK 361 Social Response to Human Needs
Sunday Afternoon (1:15- 4:45)
ART 132 Photography
BUS 175 Computers in Business and Economics
BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
BUS 331 Financial Management
BUS 375 Information Systems in the Organization
BUS 423 Auditing
EDE 351 Techniques for Teaching Reading (9111-12111)
EDE 364 Interdisciplinary Studies (10123-11/20)(.25)
EDE 389 K-El Physical Education (9111-1019) (.25)
EDS 364 English Methods (9111-1214)
EDS 366 Foreign Language Methods (9111-1116)
REL 486 Psychology of Religion and Theology
SOC 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations
SPA 111 Beginning Spanish I *
SWK 260 Humans Developing
.
I
-
Student Teaching (Dav Schedule Onlv)
Student teaching courses in elementary and secondary education are
available during fall trimester. The Student Teaching Seminar (EDS 486) is
available on an arranged basis.
*Extra class or lab sessions required.
**Additionalclinical fee required.
Winter Trimester, 1989 Class Schedule
Friday Evening (6:OO-9:30)
ART 106 Calligraphy
BUS 242 Principles of Management
EDE 253 Orientation to Education (116-2124) (.5)
EDS 264 Orientation to Education (116-2124) (.5)
EDE 387 K-El Language Arts (116-2124) (.5)
EDE 388 K-El Health (3110-3131) (.25)
EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (S) (116-2124)(.5)
ENG 282 Topics in Literature: Women in Fiction
NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research *
NUR 432 Topics in Nursing: Critical Care Nursing *
PHY 111 Physics, Computers & Society*
PSY 373 Organizational Psychology
REL 111 Introduction to Theology
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
Saturday Morning (8:30- 1200)
BIO 101 Human Biology
BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I
BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis
BUS 391 Business Law
BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
CHM 110 Organic and Biological Chemistry*
CSCl M I 7 5 Math for Computer Science 11*
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
EDE 341 Media Technology (117-2125) (.5)
EDS 341 Media Technology (117-2125) (.5)
EDE 363 Clinical Experience Seminar (3111-3118)(.5)
EDS 352 Clinical Experience Seminar (3111-3118)(.5)
EDE 379 K-El Art (117-1128) (.25)
EDE 382 K-El Math (117-2111) (.5)
ENG 111 Effective Writing*
NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing*
NUR 310 Community Health I *
NUR 404 Contemporary Nursing IV *
POL 342 Mass Communications
REL 445 The Bible, Language and Interpretation
SOC 375 Social Psychology*
SPC 111 Public Speaking
SPC 329 Intercultural Communication
SWK 363 Basic Methods and Skills
I
I
I
Afternoon (1:E-445)
.Saturday
BUS 175 Computers for Business and Economics
BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 323 Accounting Theory and Practice I1
BUS 331 Financial Management
BUS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods
ECO 113 Microeconomics
ECO 415 Managerial Economics
EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (2111-411) (.5)
EDS 363 Creating Learning Environments (2111-411) (.5)
EDE 377 K-El Science (117, 1114,214) (.25)
EDE 386 Children's Literature (2111-411) (.5)
EDE 389 K-El Physical Education (117-1128) (.25)
EDS 477 School and Society (117 - 2/25) (.5)
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions*
ENG 396 Highlights of British Literature
HIS 222 U.S. History since 1877
INS 231 Religion in African American History
MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences*
NUR 432 Topics: Critical Care Nursing
PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
SOC 121 Principles of Sociology
SPA 112 Beginning Spanish 11*
SPC 352 Persuasion
SWK 364 Field Work I
-
I
I
I
I
I
Sunday Afternoon (1:E 445)
ART 224 Publication Design
BUS 326 Tax Accounting
BUS 440 Operations Management
BUS 475 Information Systems Analysis and Design
ECO 315 Money and Banking
EDE 364 Interdisciplinary Studies (2112-3112) (-25)
EDE 376 K-El Social Studies (118-1129) (.25)
EDE 380 K-El Music (118-1129) (.25)
EDS 375 Social Studies Methods (118-2126) (.5)
FRE 111 Beginning French I*
HPE 115 Chemical Dependency Education (EIS) (1129-3119) (.5)
NOR 111 Beginning Norwegian I*
REL 475 Judaism
SPA 112 Beginning Spanish 11*
SWK 260 Humans Developing
Student Teaching (Day Schedule Only)
Student teaching courses in elementary and secondary education are
available during winter trimester. The Student Teaching Seminar (EDS
486) is available on an arranged basis.
*Extra class or lab session required.
**Additionalclinical fee required.
Spring Trimester, 8 8 9 Class Schedule
I
I
Friday Evening (6:OO- 10:OO)
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
EDE 380 K-El Music (612-6123) (-25)
EDE 382 K-El Math (515-6116) (.5)
ENG 261 Modern Fiction
HPE 114 Safety Education (EIS) (417-5119) (.5)
INS 265 Women in American Culture
MUS 130 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
PHY 103 Physics for the Life Sciences*
REL 263 World Justice and Hunger: Dev. a New World View
SPC 480 Public RelationslPromotiona1Communications
Saturday Morning (8:OO- 1200)
BIO 108 Microbiology*
BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
BUS 391 Business Law
CSC 145 Computing for the Liberal Arts
CSC 340 Digital Communication and Computer Networks
ECO 113 Principles of Micro-economics
ECO 318 Management Science
EDE 341 Media Technology (418-5120) (.5)
EDS 341 Media Technology (4186120) (.5)
EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (418-6124)
EDE 377 K-El Science (613-6124) (.25)
EDS 477 School & Society (418-613) (.5)
ENG 111 Effective Writing*
ENG 351 American Literature Since 1920
HIS 440 Topics in World History
HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (418-5120) (.5)
MAT 114 Elementary Functions*
NUR 311 Community Health Nursing 11* **
NUR 427 Practicum in Nursing 11: Leadership & Management * **
PHI 120 Ethics
REL 483 Christian Ethics
SOC 231 Sociology of the Family
SPC 351 Argumentation
SWK 461 Advanced Methods and Skills
Saturday Afternoon (1:OO - 5:OO)
BIO 105 Biology and Society
BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 331 Financial Management
BUS 370 Advanced Personal Computing
BUS 425 Advanced Accounting
BUS 438 Investments
BUS 450 Marketing Management
ECO 132 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 311 Public Finance
EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (5120-6124)(.5)
EDS 363 Creating Learning Environments (5120-6124) (.5)
EDE 363 Clinical Experience Seminar (5120-6117) (.5)
EDS 352 Clinical Experience Seminar (5120-6117) (.5)
EDE 386 Children's Literature (418-613) (.5)
EDE 388 K-El Health (418-516) (.25)
EDS 468 Student Teaching Seminar (418-613) (.5)
ENG 327 Advanced Journalism *
NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing*
NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research*
PHI 130 Logic
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
PSY 105 General Psychology
REL 369 Religious Imagination in Modern Literature
SOC 301 Complex Organizations
SPC 355 Small Group Communication
SWK 462 Field Work I1
Sunday Afternoon (1:OO - 5:OO)
ART 107 Drawing
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
BUS 476 Structure Systems Analysis and Design
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
EDE 253 Orientation Education (419-5121) (.5)
EDS 264 Orientation to Education (419-5121) (.5)
EDE 379 K-El Art (614-6/25)(.25)
EDE 387 K-El Language Arts (5121-6125) ( 5 )
EDE 389 K-El Physical Education (419-517)(.25)
FRE 112 Beginning French 11*
NOR 112 Beginning Norwegian 11*
SOC 365 Quant. Methods & Program Evaluation
Student Teaching-.(Day Schedule Only)
Student Teaching courses in elementary education are available during
spring trimester. The Student Teaching Seminar (EDS 486) is available on
an arranged basis.
-
"Extra class or lab sessions required.
**Additionalclinical fee required.
I
f
~ o t l r s Descriptions
e
7I
ART 102
Environmental Aesthetics
Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the
visual content of experience in the environment leading
toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group
projects exploring design problems in representation,
symbolism and abstraction.
Distribution: Urban Concerns
ART 106
Calligraphy
Study of the art and craft of calligraphy. Development of
calligraphic skills in pen and brush with ink and paint.
Distribution: ArtlMusic
ART 107
Drawing
Drawing in graphite pencils, pens, and pastel pencils.
Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and
exteriors and experimental work.
Distribution: ArtlMusic
ART 118
Painting I
Introduction to painting media and techniques in acrylic
and oil.
Distribution: ArtlMusic
ART 132
Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression
with attention to black and white photography process. Need
access to 35mm single lens reflex camera (materials will cost
$125-150).
Distribution: ArtlMusic
Major: Elective in Public RelationslAdvertising Major
ARTISPC
224
Publication Design
An introduction to traditional design concerns and
procedures related to publication design as well as design for
desktop publishing. Theory and practice of coordinating
visual images and typography with content in publications.
Study of design in magazines, newspapers, newsletters,
books, and miscellaneous publications. Students design and
produce a publication as a group project.
Major: Elective in Public RelationslAdvertising major
ART 225
Visual Communications I
The theory and practice of visual perception and
communication using elements such as color, line, shape,
type, and pictoral images. Emphasis wil be placed on the
creative thought process.
Distribution: ArtlMusic
Major: Elective in Public RelationslAdvertising Major
I
I
I
ART 240
Art History Survey
A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes
reading, research, viewing of slides, and visits to museums.
Distribution: ArtlMusic
ART 250
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis
on handbuilding and glazing.
Distribution: ArtlMusic
ART 352
Women's Art History
A study of the place of women in the history of the visual
arts - as artists, as subjects, and as patrons.
Distribution: ArtlMusic, Urban ConcernslMinority Studies,
(upper division)
BIO 101
Human Biology
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of
view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes
man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a
niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on
the environment? What influence does the environment,
especially the urban environment, have on man? (A student
may not receive credit for both 101and 103. Does not apply to
the major or minor.)
Distribution: Biology
Major: Required supporting course in Social Work
BIO 103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course in the structure and function of the
human body. Lecture and laboratory. (A student may not
receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the
major or minor.)
Distribution: ChemistrylBiology
Major: Required prerequisite for BSN major
BIO 105
Biology and Society
What are some of the biologically-based problems with
which our society must deal? What threats are posed by
pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food,
water and non-renewable resources? What are the
implications of genetic research, scientific racism,
sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of health care?
(Does not apply to the major or minor.)
Distribution: Biology or Urban Concerns
BIO 108
Microbiology
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications
of microbiology to the field of medicine and sanitation. For
student nurses, health majors or consent of the instructor.
(Prereq: CHM 110 or consent of instructor. Does not apply to
major or minor.)
Distribution: Biology
Major: Prerequisite for the BSN major
BIO 185
The Biology of Aging
At some time or another in our lives most of us will either
directly experience aging or be influenced by people
undergoing age-related changes. This course will concentrate
on the biological aspects of such changes.
Distribution: ChemistrylBiology
BIO 231
The Biology of Women
The objective of this course is to provide a basic
understanding of the structure and functioning of the female
human organism as well as to evaluate misconceptions about
women that have arisen in the history of biology.
Distribution: ChemistrylBiology or Women & Minority
Studies
BUS 175
Computers for Business and Economics
An introduction to computerized data processing. Learn a
higher-level language (BASIC). Learn about computerized
spreadsheets (LOTUS) and data bases (DBASE). Learn
about word processing and computerized business
graphics. (Prereq. : Math Placement Group I1 or high school
algebra)
Major: Required in Business Administration core and MIS
major; elective in Supervisory Management major
BUS 221
Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts, and
fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and
preparation of financial statements.
Major: Required for Business Administration and MIS
major
BUS 222
Principles of Accounting I1
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and
f u n d a ~ e n t a l of
s managerial accounting. Planning and
controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral
considerations. (Prereq: BUS 221)
Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS
major
BUS 242
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization,
staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority,
accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the
professional manager.
Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS
major, elective in Public RelationslAdvertising and
Supervisory Management majors in Communication
BUS 252
Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing.
Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and
technological factors as they affect product, promotion,
marketing channel and pricing decisions.
Major: Required in the Business Administration core,
elective in Public RelationslAdvertising and Marketing
Communications major
BUSlECO Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
279
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive
measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference
and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied
problems in business and economics. (Prereq: Math
Placement I11 or a grade of 2.0 or better in MAT 104)
Major: Required in the Business Administration core and
MIS major
BUS 322
Accounting Theory & Practice I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial
statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus
account, current and long- term assets. (Prereq: BUS 222,
ECO 113)
Major: Required in the Accounting and Finance majors
(upper division)
BUS 323
Accounting Theory and Practice I1
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments,
tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved,
actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income
determination considering price level changes. (Prereq:
BUS 322)
Major: Required in the Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 324
Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic
activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as
well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq:
BUS 222,242,252,279 or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in the Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 326
Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of federal
income taxes for individuals and various forms of business
enterprises. (Prereq: BUS 221,331, ECO 112, 113, or consent
of instructor)
Major: One of a choice of 3 required courses in the
Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 331
Financial Management
Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of funds
within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term
funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend
policy, and related topics. (Prereq: BUS 222, ECO 113)
Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS
major (upper division)
BUS 340
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization
of human resources, desirable working relationships;
effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm
and society. (Prereq: BUS 242)
Major: Required for Business Management major, elective
in Supervisory Management major (upper division)
BUS 352
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing
management; research methodology; marketing research
results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in
marketing. (Prereq: BUS 252,279, ECO 113, or consent of
instructor)
Major: Required in the Marketing major and an elective in
the Marketing Communications major (upper division)
BUS 355
Marketing Communications
A look at the communications aspects of marketing by
integrating advertising, public relations, sales promotion,
and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix.
Emphasis will be placed on the design and evaluation of
marketing communications programs, particularly
advertising; selection of media; copy-creative effort;
advertiser-agency relationship; management of the
personal selling function including salesforce selection,
compensation, territorial design, and performance
appraisal. (Prereq: BUS 252)
Major: Required in the Marketing major, elective in
Marketing Communication major, Public
RelationslAdvertising major, or Supervisory Management
(upper division)
BUS 370
Advanced Computing for Business and Economics
Current topics &volving programmable spreadsheets
(LOTUS), programmable data bases (DBASE), graphics,
information retrieval using- telecommunications, and other
packages (statistical analysis, project management, expert
systems, etc.). Solve common problems in economics,
finance and marketing. (Prereq: One computer course such
as BUS 175 or CSC 145, 170 or 174. Recommended BUS 279.)
Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division)
BUS 375
Information Systems in the Organization
Use of systems approach in analyzing the use of
information systems in the organization. Analyze business
needs and information requirements, identify relevant
solutions and communicate recommendations. Emphasis
on management consulting skills including written and
verbal communications.
(Prereq: Two computer courses such as BUS 175 and 370)
Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division)
BUS 391
Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable
instruments, property and business organizations under
the Uniform Commercial Code.
Major: Required for Business Administration core
(upper division)
BUS 423
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on
internal checks and control for accounting systems. (Prereq:
BUS 323)
Major: One of a choice of 3 required courses in the
Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 425
Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, governmental
accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting.
(Prereq: BUS 323)
Major: One of a choice of 3 required courses in the
Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 433
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
Advanced financial theory; a systems approach to financial
structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making,
presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case
material. (Prereq: BUS 331)
Major: Required in Finance major (upper division)
BUS 438
Investment Theory
Appraisal of the risklreturn relationships of various types of
securities from the viewpoint of both individual and
institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets
and portfolio management. (Prereq: all core courses or
consent of instructor)
Major: Required in Finance major (upper division)
BUS 440
Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of
operating functions. Examples from service industries, nonprofit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a
managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of
operations, planning operation processes, productivity
measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality,
inventory management, principles of scheduling, and
operational control information systems. (Prereq: BUS 242)
Major: Required in the Business Management major and an
elective in the Supervisory Management major
(upper division)
BUS 450
Marketing Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions;
marketing management and decision making, planning
marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing,
product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq: BUS 352)
Major: Required in the Marketing major and an elective in
the Marketing Communications major (upper division)
BUS 475
Information Systems Analysis and Design
Analyze information requirements and design systems
specifications. Utilize relational data base software to quickly
implement several system designs. Utilize project
management software to manage the life cycle process
including documentation and implementation. (Prereq: all
lower level core courses, BUS 375. Recommended: BUS 370)
Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division)
BUS 476
Information Systems Projects
Using skills developed in BUS 375 and 475, complete
information analysis and systems design for several business
situations. Utilize both case studies and actual businesses.
(Prereq: BUS 375,475. Recommended: BUS 479)
Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division)
BUSlECO Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and
479
Business
Utilizing computer packages relevant to statistical analysis.
Programming tools include spreadsheets, Minitab, SPSS and
other statistical packages. Areas of interest include statistical
descriptions, analysis of variance and statistical inference
plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo
simulations. (Prereq: BUS 175, 279, Math Placement Group
IV or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 114, 121, or 122.
Recommended: BUS 370)
Major: Required for MIS major and one of a choice of 3
required courses in the Finance major (upper division)
BUS 495
Topics: Risk Management and Insurance
A study of risk management. Emphasis on the function of (1)
determination of exposure to risk; (2) analysis or risk and
losses; (3) methods of combating risks; and (4) administration of risk insurance program. How to recognize and
evaluate the property liability and personnel risks facing a
business, a non-profit organization, a government unit, or an
individual or family. How to select and deal with an insurer.
Public policy issues such as availability of insurance are
examined to identify and evaluate the role of insurance in the
financial framework of the economy.
Major: Elective for Busines Administration major
CHM 100
Chemistry for Changing Times
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very
popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a
traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science
background. Most of the problems we face are molecular in
nature. What then but chemistry can help us to understand
ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come
join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition.
This course does not apply toward the major or minor in
chemistry nor does it meet any prerequisite chemistry
requirements.
Distribution: ChemistrylBiology
CHM 109
General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Designed for students who need a survey of the
fundamentals of general, organic and biological chemistry for
careers in allied health areas such as nursing (including
Augsburg's upper division program). Open also to other
students. First term, general chemistry principles and an
introduction to organic chemistry. Will include arranged time
for laboratory work. This course does not apply toward the
major or minor in chemistry.
Distribution: Chemistry
Major: Required prerequisite for Nursing major
CHM 110
General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Continuation of Chemistry 109. Organic and biological
chemistry with special applications to human psysiological
chemistry. Will include arranged time for laboratory work.
Does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry.
Distribution: Chemistry
Major: Required for MIS major
CSC 145
Computing for the Liberal Arts
An introduction to computers, programming, and computer
applications, as well as some of the social and philosophical
issues associated with computers. Primarily for students in
non-science areas. Does not apply toward the computer
science major or minor.
CSClMAT Mathematics for Computing I, I1
174,175
A study of discrete and continuous mathematics with
applications to computer science, integrated with learning
structured programming. Primarily for students planning to
major in computer science. Meets weekly. (Prereq: MAT 114
or Placement Group IV for MAT 174; MAT 174 for MAT 175)
Major: Required for MIS major
CSC 240
Survey of Computer Sciences
An introduction to computer organization and structure,
assembly and machine languages, computer logic design,
number and character representations, and functions of
components of computer systems. Continued development
of structured programming concepts. (Prereq: MAT 175; or
both 170 and MAT 124 and concurrent registration in MAT
m)
Major: Elective for MIS major
CSC 340
Digital Communications and Computer Networks
Principles and methods of data communications, distributed
processing systems, network protocols and security, and
general computer interfacing. (Prereq: CSC 240)
Major: Elective for MIS major (upper division)
CSC 352
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities,
file organization and security, including the development of
an elementary database system. (Prereq: CSC 240)
Major: Elective for MIS major (upper division)
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics; national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade,
economic growth. Application of elementary economic
theory to current economic problems. May be taken
independently of ECO 113. ECO 112 and 113 may be taken
in either order.
Distribution: EconomicslPolitical Science
Major: Required for Business Administration core
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures and income distribution.
Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
May be taken independently of ECO 112. ECO 112 and 113
may be taken in either order.
Distribution: EconomicslPoliticalScience
Major: Required for Business Administration core
ECO 311
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public
expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic
activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq:
ECO 112, 113)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the
Business Administration core (upper division)
ECO 312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price
level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of
monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle.
(Prereq: ECO 112)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the
Business Administration core (upper division)
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior,
firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and
income distribution; introduction to welfare economics.
(Prereq: ECO 113)
Major: Required for Business Administration core
(upper division)
ECO 315
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems,
particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System
and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity.
Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq:
ECO 112,113)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the
Business Administration core (upper division)
ECO 318
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern
techniques of management science to prepare students to
make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is
on applications, which are taken from the areas of
transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental
protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information
systems, etc. (Prereq: ECO 313)
Major: Required for Business Management major and MIS
major and one of a choice of 3 required courses for the
Finance major, elective in Supervisory Management major
(upper division)
ECO 415
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in
business. Among the topics considered are theories and
practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost
functions, price and non-price competition, production and
cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of
relevance to management. (Prereq: ECO 313, BUS 279)
Major: Required in the Marketing major and one of a choice
of 3 required courses in the Finance major (upper division)
ECO 479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and
Business
(See under Business.)
EDE 253
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (.5 course)
Study and investigation of various aspects of the teaching
profession as students evaluate their interest and suitability
for a career in teaching. Open to all students. Suggested as
first course to be taken.
Major: Required for Elementary major
EDElEDS Media Technology (.5 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
341
communication through the use of instructional technology.
Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of
effective audio-visual materials for teachingllearning
situations. Computer training will be included in this course.
Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary Education
major (upper division)
EDE 350
Creating Learning Environments:Kindergarten-Elementary
(.5 course)
The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning
in the contexts of educational, psychological, sociological and
neuro-scientific theories.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 351
Techniques of Teaching Reading (1.0 course)
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and
resources in the teaching of reading and the diagnosis and
correction of reading problems. Field placement requirement
included in this class.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 363
Kindergarten-Elementary Clinical Experiences (.5 course)
Includes 160 hours in-class experiences. Register for 2 seminar
sessions in addition to the 160 hours. A video tape of classroom or simulated teaching will be prepared by each student.
Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations
is required. Students must apply in the Education
Department for Clinical at least 2 months prior to date they
intend to begin Clinical. Enroll for course approximately halfway through the K-Elementary course sequence.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 364
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Interdisciplinary
Studies (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
integrating specific skill developments through various
subjects at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 376
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies
(.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
social studies at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 377
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Science (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
science at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 379
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
art at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 380
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Music (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
music at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 382
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics
(-5course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and elementary
levels. (Prereq: EDE 253 or EDS 264)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 386
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary
levels. (Prereq: EDE 253 or EDS 264)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 387
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Language Arts
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
language arts instruction at the kindergarten and elementary
levels. (Prereq: EDE 253 or EDS 264)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 388
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Health (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
health instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 389
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education
(.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
physical education instruction at the kindergarten and
elementary levels.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 481,
482, 483,
484
Student Teaching K, K-6, or 1-6
Students must apply to student teach at least three months
prior to date they intend to student teach. A minimum of
three courses (481,482, 483) unless otherwise advised by the
department. Observing and facilitating learning at the
kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of
college and elementary school personnel. Admission into the
Education Department is required prior to student teaching
placement. Membership in one of the professional teacher
organizations is required. (Prereq: All K-Elementary
coursework satisfactorily completed or permission of
Department for exception.)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDS 264
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (.5 course)
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession. Open to
all students. Suggested as one of the first courses to be taken.
Major: Required for Secondary Education major
(upper division)
EDS 350
Reading in the Content Areas (.5 course)
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and
resources to assist students in teaching reading through the
content areas.
Major: Required for Secondary Education major
(upper division)
EDS 352
Clinical Experience (.5 course)
Students must apply in the Education Department for
Clinical Experience at least 2 months prior to the date they
intend to begin Clinical Experience. Students should enroll
for course approximately half way through the Secondary
course sequence. Includes 70 hours in-school experiences,
seminars. Membership in one of the professional teacher
organizations is required.
Major: Required for Secondary Education major
(upper division)
EDS 353
Creating Learning Environments: Secondary (.5 course)
The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning
in the contexts of educational, psychological, sociological and
neuroscientif'ic theories.
Major: Required for Secondary Education major
(upper division)
EDS 364
English Methods (1.0 course)
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary
schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit
plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The
study of adolescent literature is included. (Prereq: EDS 264
and 353 or consent of instructor.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education English Language
Arts major (upper division)
EDS 366
Foreign Language Methods (.5 course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language
teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education Foreign Language
major (upper division)
EDS 375
Social Studies Methods (.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social studies and history in
secondary classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies
and curriculum development.
Major: Required for Secondary Education Social Studies
major (upper division)
EDS 388
Human Relations (.5 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota
for the development of interpersonal relations skills
applicable to teaching and other professional vocations.
Open to all.
Major: Required for all Elementary and Secondary Education
majors (upper division)
EDS 477
School and Society (.5 course)
The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to
society. Current major issues in education will be studied.
Students should enroll as closely as possible to the same
term as their student teaching. (Prerequisite: Introduction to
Education, Creating Learning Environments and Methods in
Subject Area)
Major: Required for Secondary Education major
upper division)
EDS 481,
482,483
484
Student Teaching
Students must apply to student teach through the Education
Department at least three months prior to the date they
intend to begin student teaching. Observing and directing
learning at the secondary level under supervision of college
and secondary school personnel. A minimum of two
courses, except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical
Education majors. Membership in one of the professional
organizations is required. (Prerequisite: ALL Secondary
Education and major coursework successfully completed or
permission of the Department for an exception.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education major
(upper division)
EDS 486
Student Teaching Seminar (.5 course)
Companion course to student teaching. In-depth analysis of
teaching effectiveness and problem solving. A video tape of
classroom teaching will be prepared by each student. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is
required.
Enroll for this course in same term as student teaching.
Major: Required for Secondary Education major
(upper division)
ENG 111
Effective Writing
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing critical reviews. At least one work of literature is assigned. Attention is given to increasing students'
effectiveness in choosing, organizing and developing
topics, thinking critically, and revising for clarity and style.
A Writing Lab is provided for those needing additional
help. The minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0.
Distribution: Required for graduation
ENG 209
Grow Old Along With Me
This course will focus on what poets, dramatists, and
novelists have to say about the aging process. Students will
be expected to interview older people to discover how they
feel society regards the aging.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech
ENG 223
Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed with emphasis on expository
writing skills for those preparing for business and
professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and
proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged
to use the material from their own areas of specialization.
(Prereq: ENG 111or equivalent)
Major: Recommended elective for Business Administration
major. Meets writing requirement for Communications
major. An elective for English major.
ENG 225
Intermediate Expository Writing
The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes,
which may include identification, definition, classification,
illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular
attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters
through the course's workshop format, in which students'
papers are read and discussed. (Prereq: ENG 111)
Major: Required for English major, meets writing
requirement for Communication major.
ENG 226
Introduction to Creative Writing
The purpose of this course is to introduce students to the
process of creative writing and to various genres,
emphasizing poetry and short fiction but including journal
keeping, drama, and creative prose. (Prereq: ENG 111)
Major: Meets writing requirement for Communications
major. An elective for English major.
ENG 227
Journalism
This is an introductory newswriting course. Emphasis will be
placed on writing for the print media, but students will learn
to write for radio and television as well. Students will
consider: how to recognize news, how to gather and verify
facts, and how to cover basic copy preparation and editing
practices. This includes an introduction to legal and ethical
questions faced by journalists. (Prereq: ENG 111)
Major: Required for Public Relations major, meets writing
requirement for Communications major, an elective for
English major
ENG 2401 The Short Story
340
The course will involve practice in ways of approaching
literature and will include study of the basic critical
terminology. It is an appropriate course for students who
have not yet studied literature at the college level. Effective
Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to
write with clarity.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech
Major: An elective for English major
ENG 245
Introduction to Literature
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry.
Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and
analytical skills in reading and writing about literature.
Strongly recommended for English majors and minors.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech
Major: Strongly recommended for English major
ENG 250
American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected
American writers from colonial times to the emergence of
literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's
contribution to the historical development of American literature.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech
Major: Meets American literature requirement
ENG 261
Modern Fiction
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European,
of the twentieth century. Some non-western writers will be included.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech
Major: An elective for English major
ENG 271
European Literature: Homer to Dante
A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for
example the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of
Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of
Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno
will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the
classical traditions are combined. These works will be
studied with reference to their mythological foundations,
their cultural background, their influence on later literature,
and their enduring relevance.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech
Major: Meets Western tradition requirement
ENG 272
European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period
A study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from
the medieval to the modern period, including such authors
as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech
Major: Meets western tradition requirement
ENG 2821
482
Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes,
movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for
study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that
year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian literature,
Twentieth Century Poetry, Comedy, and Women and Fiction.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech
Major: An elective for English major
ENG 327
Advanced Journalism:Interviewing and Editing
Emphasis is placed first on interviewing and then on
organizing and writing the interview story. The second half
of the course will concentrate on editing the work of others
and learning layout and design. The course will include
workshop sessions during which students conduct
interviews and critique the interview skills of fellow students.
There will also be laboratory sessions devoted to layout and
design. (Prerequisite: ENG 227)
Major: An elective for English and Communications majors
(upper division)
ENG 331
British Literature, Chaucer to the Elizabethans
Chaucer and the medieval milieu will be studied as well as
the development of English poetry and drama in the English
Renaissance.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech
Major: Meets British literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 336
British Literature, Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers
from the metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to
the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the
major literary movements.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech
Major: Meets British literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 337
British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the nineteenth century,
emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian
prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships
among these writers and their influence on one another will
be emphasized as well as their relationship to their own age
and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and
prose.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech
Major: Meets British literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 351
American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary writers and
literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of
American society and its intricate relationship to the
literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and
symbol in modern American literature.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech, Urban Concerns
Major: Meets American literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 396
Highlights of British Literature
Works by major British authors such as Chaucer,
Shakespeare, Donne, Swift, Wordsworth, Austen, Dickens,
and Woolf.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech
Major: Meets British literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 399
Internship
The department offers on-campus internships in teaching
writing or English as a Second Language and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult the
department chairperson.
(upper division)
ENG 423
Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from its
eighteenth century beginnings up to the twentieth century.
Novels studied will be selected from the works of such
authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen,
Dickens, BronG, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy and Butler.
Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the
rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century
as the dominant literary form.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech
Major: Meets British literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 438
Shakespeare
Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies, histories,
tragedies - with attention to the development of
Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays
assigned for reading analysis.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech
Major: Meets British literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 499
Independent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or
consent of department chairperson. Provides directed
independent study in the area of the student's choice.
FRE 111
Beginning French
Designed to introduce the student with no previous
background in French to the language and to French culture.
The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are
taught to enable understanding and expression on a
rudimentary level.
Distribution: Foreign Language
FRE 112
Beginning French
Continuation of FRE 111.
Distribution: Foreign Language
GER 111
Beginning German
Course 111is for students with no previous background.
Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in
speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals:
ability to read extended narratives in simple German,
insights into German culture and participation in short
conversations. Laboratory materials available.
Distribution: Foreign Language
GER 112
Beginning German
Continuation of GER 111.
Distribution: Foreign Language
HIS 103
The Modern World
A study of the main currents in western civilization from the
time of Napoleon to the present.
Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy
HIS 104
The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political
power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years.
Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy
HIS 162
20th Century South Asia
This geographic area has produced the largest working
democracy in the world today; it is a standard example for
population crisis and world hunger illustrations. This course
is designed for the student who has interest but little or no
background in non-western subjects.
Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy
HIS 2191
419
Myths and Myth Making
A myth is not something patently false or absurd, although
popular usage has emphasized its fictional quality. Myth is
the means by which people and cultures explain themselves
to others and to themselves. In this course we will examine
mythopoeic thought and the myths which that process
evolved in the ancient Near East.
Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy
HIS 222
U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day.
Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy
HIS 341
Topics: European History - Europe in the Era of World War I1
Beginning with the rise of facism in the 1930's, this course
will emphasize the unsuccessful attempts at appeasement,
the course of the war, and conclude with the development of
the cold war to 1950.
Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy (upper division)
HIS 440
Topics in World History
This course will investigate topics in world history which are
not included in regular course offerings. The specific topics to
be offered will be announced prior to registration.
(upper division)
HPE 114
Health and Safety Education (.5 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and
community life. Includes information about school health
programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school
age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course.
Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary major
HPE ll5
Health and Chemical Dependency Education (.5course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the
abuser. Includes information about school health programs
and prevalent health needs and problems of school age
children.
Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary major
INS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the
biological, evolutionary and historic origins of women's roles
and status in human society. Emphasis will be placed on the
comparative roles of women in different cultures. This
comparison will include such North American models as the
Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the peasant societies of
eastern Europe, Mexico, and the middle East and rural China.
Distribution: Urban ConcernslWomen's Studies
MAT 103
Basic Mathematics
A self-paced course for students needing a review of
arithmetic and transition to algebra. Topics include integers,
fractions, decimal numbers, ratios, percents, metric system,
exponents, radicals, and evaluation of algebraic expressions.
Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give
credit toward graduation. Admission only by Augsburg
Mathematics Placement Test. Meets weekly. (Prereq:
Placement Group I. PIN grading only.)
MAT 104
Intermediate Algebra
A self-paced course for students needing a review of basic
algebraic skills and concepts. Topics include operations with
polynomials and rati~nalex~ressions;
exponents and
radicals; solving linear and quadratic equations and
inequalities; and graphing of linear and quadratic functions.
Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give
credit toward graduation. Admission only by Augsburg
Mathematics Placement Exam. Meets weekly. (Prereq: Math
Placement Group 11. PIN grading only.)
MAT 114
Elementary Functions
A study of functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and
trigonometric. For students planning to take 124 or 174.
Students who have completed 124 or 174 may register for
credit only with consent of instructor. Meets weekly. (Prereq:
MAT 104 or Math Placement Group 111)
Distribution: MathlPhysics
Major: Strongly recommended for Business Administration
major prior to taking BUS 279
MAT 122
Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with
applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Students
who have completed 124 may not register for credit. Meets
weekly. (Prereq: MAT 104 or Placement Group 111)
Distribution: MathlPhysics
MAT 131
Math for the Liberal Arts
An examination of the interaction between the development
of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students
not intending further mathematics. (Prereq: MAT 104 or
Placement Group 111)
Distribution: MathlPhysics
MUS 130
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other
fine arts. For non-music majors.
Distribution: ArtlMusic
NOR 111
Beginning Norwegian
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking,
listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than
literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected.
Distribution: Foreign Language
NOR 112
Beginning Norwegian
Continuation of NOR 111.
Distribution: Foreign Language
NUR 305
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication
A transitional course that introduces the components of the
professional role and begins the professional socialization
process. A communicative process is emphasized as one
means by which the nurse-client relationship is negotiated.
Interactive and group theories are explored for their
applicability to changing professional roles and practice.
(Prereq. or concurrent enrollment: PSY 355)
Major: Required for nursing major (upper division)
NUR 306
Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in the
process of professional development. The function of theory
in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected nursing
conceptual models are studied and their application to
practice is examined using the nursing process format.
(Prereq: NUR 305)
Major: Required for nursing major (upper division)
NUR 310
Community Health Nursing I
This course focuses on community health delivery systems
and the practice of nursing within them. Concepts of health
are examined as they apply to current community health
problems and issues. Clinical application of course content
will involve making a health related assessment and
exploring a community health issue. Ethical issues related to
community health decision making with aggregate groups
are explored. (Prereq: NUR 330)
Major: Required for nursing major (upper division)
NUR 311
Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum**
This course provides a basis for understanding community
characteristics and cultural diversity related to health care.
The nurse's role as a generalist and as a member of the
health team is explored. This course is primarily a clinical
course. The student will demonstrate knowledge of
community health concepts in providing care to a selected
caseload of clients. (Prereq: NUR 310)
Major: Required for nursing major (upper division)
**Thiscourse involves an additional clinical fee.
NUR 330
Trends and Issues in Nursing
This course is designed to investigate the current
responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary
economic, social, political and professional trends and
issues are explored in relation to their implications for
nursing practice. (Prereq: NUR 306, REL 483 or PHI 380, or
concurrent enrollment)
Major: Required for nursing major (upper division)
NUR 350
Introduction to Nursing Research
The research process and methods appropriate to nursing
are the focus of this course. Issues of ethics in nursing
research are explored. Students critique nursing research
for its applicability to nursing practice. (Prereq: NUR 330,
may be taken concurrently with NUR 310)
Major: Required for nursing major (upper division)
NUR 403
Contemporary Nursing 111: Families
This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursing
care. Content includes family as a primary group and family
dynamics in light of situational and developmental events.
Consideration is given to the role of the nurse in family
health care. (Prereq: NUR 311, NUR 350, may be taken prior
or concurrently with NUR 423)
Major: Required for nursing major (upper division)
NUR 404
Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management
This course provides a theoretical basis for leadership and
management as emerging professional nurse roles.
Concepts of change, conflict, communication, and system
dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy
provide the basis for role development and professionalism.
(Prereq: 403)
Major: Required for nursing major (upper division)
NUR 423
Practicum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family**
A clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to
apply content from 403 in providing complex nursing care
to families in a selected practice setting. (Prereq: NUR 403 or
concurrent enrollment)
Major: Required for nursing major (upper division)
""This course involves an additional clinical fee
NUR 427
Practicum in Nursing 11: Leadership and ManagementH
This clinical practicum utilizes knowledge and skills from
404. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership and
management theory in a selected agency setting. (Prereq:
NUR 404 or concurrent enrollment)
Major: Required for nursing major (upper division)
**Thiscourse involves an additional clinical fee
NUR 432
Topics in Nursing
A course designed to provide in-depth exploration of
selected topics in nursing. The subjects studied will vary
depending upon the needs and interests of the faculty and
students. (Prereq: Senior standing or consent of instructor.
On demand.)
NUR 499
Independent Study
This learning experience provides the opportunity for the
student to study a selected topic or issue in depth. Students
consult with faculty and submit written study proposals,
objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to registration.
PHI 110
Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Method
Though each person has his or her own set of ideas and
beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or
evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One
reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills.
Another is that they may have had little opportunity to
examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture.
The purpose of this course is to provide the student with
some experience in examining ideas, and thereby to
sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate
and construct a system of ideas and beliefs.
Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy
PHI 120
Ethics
Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn
it as wrong. Why do you think it is right? Because you like
it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or
wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible
grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral
judgements about personal and social issues resulting
from them.
Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy
Major: Recommended elective in Business Administration
major
PHI 130
Logic
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you
must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does
a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we
examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work
to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound
arguments.
Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy
Major: Required supporting course for Communication
major
PHI 380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in
the areas of health care and delivery, human
experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the
dying and euthanasia.
Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy
Major: PHI 380 or REL 483 required for Nursing major
(upper division)
PHY 101
Astronomy
A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and
galaxies that requires elementary algebra. The necessary
optical instruments are explained and use is made of a
12-inch reflecting telescope, and eight-inch Celestron, and a
3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (Prereq: Math
Placement Group 11)
Distribution: MathlPhysics
PHY 103
Physics for the Life Sciences
An introductory course in which the applications, problems
and experiments are selected not only to illustrate
fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the
relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is
designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical
education (therapy programs), medical technology and
other health science programs. The course is also a very
suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal
arts student. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 111)
Distribution: MathlPhysics
PHY 106
Introductory Meteorology
A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a
working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric
science. Attention will be given to four basic areas:
observing the weather (including state of the art
instrumentation), understanding weather patterns,
forecasting weather changes and understanding the world's
climate. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11)
Distribution: MathlPhysics
PHY 111
Physics, Computers, and Society
A study of the historical development of selected topics in
physical science. Attention will be given to the interaction of
physics and its associated technology with philosophy,
religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and
digital electronics will lead up to discussion of the meaning
of twentieth century physics and of the role of electronics
and computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be
used extensively in the laboratory. (Prereq: Math Placement
Group 11)
Distribution: MathlPhysics
POL 160
World Politics
Introduction to the processes of international politics,
including the dynamics of the international system, theories
of international relations, and a focus on recent problems.
Distribution: EconomicslPoliticalScience
POL 170
Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of
law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and
juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law;
law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
Distribution: EconomicslPolitical Science
POL 326
Political Parties and Behavior
The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public
opinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field
work with political parties and interest groups and media in
presidential elections. (Prereq: 1course in Political Science
or consent of instructor)
Distribution: EconomicslPolitical Science (upper division)
POLISPC Mass Communications in Society
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the
342
uses and control of mass media for political and social
purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking,
entertainment and public affairs programming.
Distribution: Urban Concerns or EconomicslPolitical Science
Major: Required for the Communication major
(upper division)
POLISPC Topics in American Politics: Uses of Mass Communications
421
This course offers advanced study in mass communications.
Topics include "Comparison of World Wide Media Systems,"
"The Role of Government Regulations and Law in Shaping
American Mass Media," "The Impact of Media on American
Society, Politics, and Culture." (It is desirable to have taken
342, Mass Communications. If not, talk with instructor
before registration.)
(upper division)
POL 461
Topics in International Politics: Challenges for American
Foreign Policy
Examines foreign policy strategies, analyzes how foreign
policy decisions are made, and looks at major issues being
debated by American leaders in a changing world economy.
(Prereq: one course in Political Science or consent of instructor)
(upper division)
PSY 105
General Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in
psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The
structure of the field of psychology, including its major subareas, is emphasized.
Distribution: PsychologylSociology
Major: Required supporting course for the Communication
majors and Social Work major, a prerequisite for advanced
courses in psychology.
PSY 355
Brain and Behavior
A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are
responsible for behavior in animals and human beings.
Major topics include: sleep and wakefulness, motivation and
emotion, learning and memory and mental disorders.
(Prereq: PSY 105 and one course in biology)
Major: Required prerequisite course for nursing major
(upper division)
PSY 356
Environment and Behavior
A study of the influence which the environment, both
natural and man-made, has on behavior. Major topics
include: overcrowding and environmental stress,
territoriality, defensible space and crime, and built
environments such as rooms, buildings and dties.
(Prereq: PSY 105)
Major: Urban Concerns (upper division)
PSY 373
Organizational Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior.
Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation
and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social
influences. (Prereq: PSY 105)
Major: Required course for Business Management major and
elective for three Communications majors (upper division)
PSY 485
Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling
process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines
for a counseling relationship. (Students with 2 or more
completed courses in Psychology will have priority in
registration. Others may be accepted if space is available
AND if they receive consent of the instructor.)
Major: Elective in the Human Relations major (upper division)
REL 111
Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to
the dialogue between the church and the world which
concerns Christian doctrine.
Distribution: Religion
REL 215
Archaeology and the Bible
Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical
archaeology, and review of some current findings.
Distribution: Religion
REL 221
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical
documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of
Israel and the emergence of the church.
Distribution: Religion
REL 263
World Justiceand Hunger: Developing a New World View
The course will survey the most recent reports and analysis
of the current holocaust of global hunger including the root
causes, the interconnectedness of other issues, the biblical
mandate and the role of justice education. Attitudes toward
poverty and wealth, justice and charity, oppression and
liberation will be discussed. The purpose will be to build
greater global awareness, become sensitized to ethical
choices, energize us for action and responsible living, and
explore pedagogical principles for social justice.
Distribution: Religion
REL 353
Denominations and Religious Groups in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major
denominations and religious groups. Some contemporary
cultic movements will also be considered.
Distribution: Religion (upper division)
REL 356
History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions
of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism,
Taoism, Shinto and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion
of primary documents from these religious communities.
Distribution: Religion (upper division)
REL 360
Religion and Society
An eiamination of the interaction of religion and society in
terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on
contemporary sociological research on religious movements
in American society.
Distribution: Religion (upper division)
REL 363
Religion in America
A study of the development of religion in America. Special
attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism,
denominations and the responses of religion to the
challenges of its environing culture.
Distribution: Religion (upper division)
REL 475
Judaism
A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old
Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed
upon the religious development. A special interest in such
modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish
Chataqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg
College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered in
the religion department.
Distribution: Religion (upper division)
REL 481
Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian
theological thought today, as seen from the systematic
perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of
the Christian Church.
Distribution: Religion (upper division)
REL 483
Christian Ethics
The basis of Christian social responsibility, in terms of
theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on
developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection
upon moral action.
Distribution: Religion (upper division)
Major: REL 483 or PHI 380 required for nursing major
REL 486
Psychology of Religion and Theology
A study of current psychological views of religion in the
context of the traditional Christian view of human nature.
Special attention will be given to the classics in the field by
Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian
theologians who have been influenced by them.
Distribution: Religion (upper division)
SOC 121
Principles of Sociology
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its
application to an understanding of basic aspects of society;
socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale
institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and
profession.
Distribution: Sociology
Major: Required supporting course for Communication
major and Social Work major
SOC 231
Sociology of the Family
An examination of the family as a social institution. The
relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural
context, from a sociological perspective.
Major: Required supporting course in Social Work major and
an elective in the Human Relations major
SOC 265
Racial and Minority Group Relations
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major
attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of
self-understanding. (PIN grading only)
Distribution: Minority Studies
Major: Required supporting course for Social Work major
and elective supporting course in the Business Management
major
SOC 336
Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
The concept of culture examined in anthropology and in the
way we see and live in the world. An analysis of basic
assumptions underlying the ideas of "primitive:' "civilized,"
and "progress." The person's relation to culture. An analysis
of selected aspects of Western culture. (Prereq: SOC 121or
consent of instructor)
Major: An alternative in the core of the Communication
major, recommended elective in Business Management
major (upper division)
SOC 349
Complex Organizations
There is little in contemporary American life that is not
somehow affected by organizations. This course
sociologically examines (both theoretically and empirically)
how organizations survive as entities and what life is like for
people within those organizations. Through lecture,
discussion, guest speakers, and participation we will explore
the topics of organizational goals, technology, structure and
process; as well as corporate and white collar deviance,
gender issues, and organizational change. (Prereq: Soc 121or
permission of instructor)
Major: Recommended elective in Human Relations, Public
RelationslAdvertising, and Supervisory Management majors
(upper division)
SOC 375
Social Psychology
An examination of the idea of "group," its relationships to
individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of
"self' and "identity" and what part they play in
understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior.
A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major
assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life - a
look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted.
"Symbolic interaction," an important orientation in social
psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major
issues in the course. (Prereq: SOC 121)
Major: Required supporting course for Communication
major and Social Work major, elective supporting course for
Business Management major (upper division)
SPA 111
Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish.
Introduction to culture of Spanish- speaking world.
Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
Distribution: Foreign Language
SPA 112
Beginning Spanish
Continuation of SPA 111.
Distribution: Foreign Language
SPC 1111
311
Public Speaking
Theory and practice of effective speaking and critical
listening. Students have the opportunity to give several
speeches and receive feedback about their performance from
the class and the instructor. The course focuses on such
topics as developing self-confidence, speech preparation and
organization, audience analysis and adaptation, effective
delivery, style and language, and critical thinking and
listening.
Major: Required supporting course for Communication
major, elective supporting course in Business Management
major
SPC 222
Introduction to Theatre
A survey of dramatic art including dramatic structure,
principles, and values with a focus on major historical
periods, plays, and artists. This class will discuss the basic
concepts of the play production process.
Major: EnglishlSpeech
SPC 224
Publication Design
See ART 224.
SPC 329
Intercultural Communication
This course will explore both the problems and the potential
of communication between persons of different cultural
groups. Factors such as ethnocentrism, stereotyping,
prejudice, role expectations, values, and non-verbal symbols
will be examined in this course.
Major: Recommended supporting course in Human
Relations major (upper division)
SPCIPOL Mass Communications in Society
342
(See course description under POLISPC 342)
SPC 345
Organizational Communication
An examination of the dynamics of communication in
organizational settings. Focuses on topics such as superiorsubordinate relationships, formal and informal
communication networks, management styles, power and
authority, motivation of employees, organizational culture,
performance appraisal, effective use of meetings, and
sources of communication problems in the workplace.
Designed to enhance communication skills of both managers
and subordinates. Students both investigate the literature on
organizational communication and attempt to apply it to
their own experiences in organizations.
Major: Elective for 3 of the Communication majors
(upper division)
SPC 351
Argumentation
Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning
in public speaking, discussion, and debates. Key objectives
include increasing skill in analyzing argumentative claims,
being able to distinguish between strong and weak
arguments, understanding test for evidence and fallacies in
reasoning, and learning to apply principles of argumentation
to contemporary public issues. Students have the
opportunity to enhance their skills in debate and discussion
and also learn to analyze and critique arguments they
encounter in their daily lives.
Major: This course or SPC 352 is required for the
Communications core (upper division)
SPC 352
Persuasion
Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes and
behavior. The course deals with a broad range of topics,
including obstacles to persuasion, cultural dimensions of
persuasion; the use of logical and psychological appeals,
empirical research in persuasion; how persuasion is used in
politics, sales, advertising, and interpersonal contexts; the
nature of mass movements and campaigns; the impact of the
mass media on persuasion; and ethical issues related to
persuasion. Students analyze persuasive messages in
contemporary society, with practical work in speech and
promotional projects.
Major: This course or SPC 351 is required for the
Communications core, elective supporting course in
Marketing major (upper division)
SPC 354
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through
verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that
build relationships and help to overcome communication
barriers. This course combines theory and practice to help
the student understand and manage communication
problems more effectively.
Major: Required for Communication core, elective
supporting course in Business Management major
(upper division)
SPC 355
Small Group Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis
on factors related to decision-making, styles of leadership
and conflict management. This course combines lecture with
practical experience to help the student become a more
effective and productive member of a small, task-oriented
group.
Major: Recommended for supporting course in the Business
Management, Human Relations and Supervisory
Management majors (upper division)
SPC 361
Theatre History and Criticism I
Overview of theater history; examination of plays from
various periods. Attendance at local theater productions.
Introduction to theories of drama, dramatic production, and
dramatic criticism.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech (upper division)
SPCIPOL Uses of Mass Communications: Advanced Topics
(See course description under POLISPC 421)
421
SPC 480
Public RelationslPromotiona1 Communications
Public Relations in the modern world of communication,
marketing and business. An overview of public relations as a
career and a survey of basic promotional communication in
profit and non-profit organizations.
Major: Elective in all Communication majors (upper division)
SWK 257
Exploring Human Services
With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 80
hours per term as a volunteer in a social agency or
institution. Opportunity to know human service
professionals, minority professionals, social service delivery
systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations.
Independent study with a term paper report and weekly
review conferences. Career exploration: open to all students.
Major: Required in the Social Work major
SWK 260
Humans Developing
This course provides the knowledge basic to an
understanding of human growth through the life cycle, and
of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and psychological
factors which influence the growth of individuals and
families in contemporary American soceity. Emphasized is
the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human
growth, the impact of the "sustaining environment" factors,
and other special stresses relevant to growth. Growth related
to populations and groups which represent ethnic andlor
life-style diversity is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstanding through use of their own experiences. Open
to all students.
Major: Required in the Social Work major and Elementary
Education Licensure.
SWK 361
Social Responses to Human Needs
This course describes the historical and contemporary
systems of human service and diversity of professionals and
client groups. The major assumptions and social movements
which have contributed to the charitable and governmental
responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest
speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq:
Junior or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 363
Methods and Skills of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations,
principles and techniques of social work interventive methods,
and practical experience necessary for social work practice with
individuals and small groups with a diversity of professionals
and client groups; development of the student's repertoire
of relationship building skills. (Prereq: SWK 361, Junior)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 364
Field Work I
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social
work agency focusing on interviewing experience and
relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small
group supportiveldiscussion seminar per week. (Prereq:
SWK 361, Junior, concurrent with SWK 363)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 461
Advanced Methods and Skills
Enlargement and refinement of practice skills recognizing
adaptations of the problem-solving model to diverse
populations through lecture, classroom exercise and regular
class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis
on development of generalist practice skills and eclectic and client
approaches with a focus on diversity of professionals populations.
Lectures andlor laboratory exercises each week.
(Prereq: 2.0 in SWK 363 and 364, candidacy status.
Concurrent with SWK 462.)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 462
Field Work I1
Progressively responsible supervised professional and social
work experience including work with individuals, families,
groups andlor communities in a social service agency. Ten
hours per week, plus one supportiveldiscussion seminar per
week. (Prereq: concurrent with SWK 461, candidacy status)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 463
Community Development and Organization
Locality development and social change through community
organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis
on: 1)survey of historical forms of community organization
and social change, 2) understanding the theories, basic issues
and strategies relevant to social protest and change,
3) examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and
interrelationships of community organizations, and
4) knowledge of and actual practice in the essential principles
and techniques of organizing. Open to all students.
(Prereq: Senior or consent of instructor)
Distribution: Urban Concerns
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 465
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Includes the study of theories of Social Policy formulation
and methods of analysis associated with needs and services,
and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice.
Development and implementation will be viewed first hand
through work with an elected public policy maker. Readings
and analytical paper integrate class concepts with practical
experience.
(Prereq: SWK 361,463 and senior or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 466
Field Work 111
Continuation of SWK 462. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in
SWK 461,462, 463)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 467
The Social Worker as a Professional
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job
attainment, affirmative action and sexual harrassment issues,
personnel policies and practices, organizational theory, and
resource development will be studied in the course. The field
work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises.
(Prereq: Candidacy status, 2.0 in SWK 461, 462, 463)
SWK 469
Field Work IV
Continuation of 466. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in SWK
466, concurrent with SWK 467)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
I
dmissions and
Financial Information
Admissions Requirements and Procedures
Who May Apply
Men or women who have:
1. Graduated from high school or have earned a G.E.D. Certificate.
2. Demonstrated academic ability with satisfactory performance in high
school or previous college work.
Admissions Process
1. Complete the application form and return it along with $15.00 to the
Augsburg Weekend College Office.
2. Have official transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary
institutions sent to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. Applicants
with less than one year of previous college work should include their
high school transcripts or G.E.D. Certificates.
3. The Augsburg Weekend College Admissions Committee will review
the application materials and notify students regarding acceptance
and registration procedures. The Admissions Committee may request
that the student submit a personal statement or have a personal
interview with a Weekend College facultylstaff member or submit
letters of recommendation to the Committee.
4. Students who are transferring previous college work to the Weekend
College program will be informed with their acceptance notification as
to the number of courses and degree requirements that remain to be
completed for the bachelor's degree.
I
5. Students who wish to apply for financial aid should refer to that
section of this bulletin.
Application Deadlines
Fall Trimester 1988 - August 15,1988
Winter Trimester 1989 - November 28, 1988
Spring Trimester 1989 - March 6, 1989
Financial Aid
There are a number of ways in which students may receive assistance in
meeting the costs of Augsburg Weekend College. The Financial Aid
Office will assist adults in assessing financial need and constructing an
aidlpayment program from the following alternatives:
Company Tuition Assistance Programs
Many companies, agencies, and corporations offer full or partial tuition
assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degreeoriented college programs. Augsburg provides a payment plan by which
employees may handle tuition reimbursement.
Pel1 Grant
This is a federal aid program, based on need, that is available to students
who take at least one course in Weekend College. Awards range from
$150-2100 per year.
Minnesota Part-time Student Grant Program
The State of Minnesota provides an aid program, based on need, for state
residents who take one course at Augsburg.
Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program
The Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program is available to
Minnesota residents, attending at least half-time per term, based on
financial need. Awards ranged from $100 to $3172 for 1987-88.
Augsburg Tuition Grant
Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to Weekend
College students who show academic potential and have financial need
Guaranteed Student LoanlMinnesota State Student Loan
Program
Students must carry at least one-half the normal full-time load. Eligibility
for the loan is determined by the Office of Student Financial Services.
When repayment begins, the student pays the full interest at 8%. The
maximum loan is $2625 per year for the first two years of undergraduate
study and $4000 for the remaining years of undergraduate study or the
cost of education, whichever is less. The aggregate undergraduate
maximum is $17,250. Loan applications are available at Augsburg.
To Apply for Financial Aid
1) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to
also apply for financial aid.
2) The Financial Aid Office will send you the necessary application
forms (or you may pick them up at the Financial Aid Office, 152
Science Hall or the Weekend College Office).
3) All students transferring from any post secondary institution must
have a Financial Aid Transcript on file with Augsburg from each
previously attended institution even if you did not receive aid.
4) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines
indicated.
5) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the
deadline stated.
Fees and Payment Schedule
Avvlication Fee (vavable once, non-refundable)
Tuition (per trimester course)
(one course 6 auarter credits or 4 semester credits)
Tuition (per summer course)
(tuition charge for 1988 summer terms)
Audit a Course
$15.00
$595.00
$390.00
$298.00
Lifetime Sports:
Fee for course
Fee for Assessment of Previous Learning
$50.00
$20.00
Nursing Clinical Fee
Education Clinical & Field Experience Fee
$150.00
$150.00
Late Fee $10.00 per day (Five working days after Registration are allowed
to complete late registrations)
Charged to any student registering after the scheduled registration date.
Late registration includes incomplete registration as defined:
a,) Unsigned Registration Form b.) Unapproved Payment Plan
$5.00
Registration change after first class meeting
(cancelladdlchange grade option, or combination at one time)
$2.00
Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free)
- -
Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per
month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more.
Payment Options
Tuition is set on an annual basis payable in 3 equal installments at the
beginning of each Trimester. Registration is permitted only if the
student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg
College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student
accounts are paid in full. This also applies for student loan funds
administered by the College (Perkins Student Loan). They must be
current according to established repayment schedules.
Augsburg Offers the Following Payment Options:
1) Trimester payments in full on day of Registration.
2) Payment Plan - Upon application and after College approval, a
3-payment plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be
approved only if previous plans have been adhered to.
3) Company Reimbursement - Full courses, or equivalent, which are
company reimbursed require a deposit of $100 per course reimbursed,
with full payment due within 45 days from the end of the term.
*A non-sufficient fund check used for payment at registration will declare
that registration invalid and could affect further credit extended by the
college.
Refund Schedule
A per course tuition refund will be made on the following basis:
(Students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's
Office in order to be eligible for the tuition refund.)
Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - 100%
(less a $75 Administrative Fee if withdrawing from current term entirely)
Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80%
Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60%
No refund after the third scheduled class meeting.
The refund schedule is effective whether or not a student has attended
classes. All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the
student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines, and deposits, etc. will be
made before eligibility for a cash refund of any resulting credit balance is
determined. Please allow two weeks for a refund.
History
I
Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin and
moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg College and
Seminary changed in 1963when the Lutheran Free Church merged with
The American Lutheran Church.
Location
Augsburg's 23 acre campus is in the heart of the Twin Cities metropolitan
area, only blocks from downtown Minneapolis and the intersection of
Interstate Highways 94 and 35W. Adjacent to the campus are Fairview and
St. Mary's hospitals, the West Bank campus of the University of
Minnesota and the Mississippi River parkways.
Campus
Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connection between 10
of the 15 major buildings - student housing towers, College Center, main
academic and administrative halls, the Library, Music building and Foss
Center for Worship, Drama and Communication.
Accessibility
We have made a major effort to become one of the most accessible
campuses in the region. Our skyway-tunnel system lets you reach any of
10 major buildings without going outside. In addition to building
changes, we have a student-run program to increase awareness and
provide extra help for students with disabilities.
Church Affiliation
Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
About 51% of the students are Lutheran, 15% other Protestant and 15O/0
Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations are represented among
students and faculty.
Non-Discrimination Policy
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required
by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies,
educational programs, activities, and employment practices.
I
I
I
Augsburg College
1. Admissions
2. George Sverdrup Library
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. West Hall
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. College Center
9. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
10. Music Hall
11.2222 Murphy Square
(Weekend College Office)
12. Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Stage I1 Theatre
l5. Center for Global Education
16. Scandinavian Center
17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship,
Drama and Communication
18. Youth and Family Ministry
A. Admissions Parking
B. Student Parking
C . Visitor Parking
D. The Quad
E. FacultylStaff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field
H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts
Accessible Entrance
I
I
To Find Augsburg
From Minneapolis
I
Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st
Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
I
From St. Paul
I
Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 21st
Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
I
Parking
I
I
All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for
student use from 4:30 pm Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are
located on 7th Street between 21st and 22nd Avenues and south of 8th
Street on 21st Avenue. Most street parking is 2 hour parking, seven days a
week. Additional parking is available in the St. Mary's Hospital ramp, or
U of M parking lots on the north side of Riverside Avenue.
Show less
Augsburg
College
1988-1989
I
. I
·. I
Those who hope to lead had better understand both
rationally and intuitively the people who might be theix
followers, and the society in which they are embedded.
They had better comprehend the values of our common
culture, past and present, know ho... Show more
Augsburg
College
1988-1989
I
. I
·. I
Those who hope to lead had better understand both
rationally and intuitively the people who might be theix
followers, and the society in which they are embedded.
They had better comprehend the values of our common
culture, past and present, know how our political and
economic systems work, and understand how and why
science has changed the world ... Leaders need
specialists as advisers and staff members. But leaders
themselves are generalists ... At higher levels of
leader hip they cannot achieve their full potential
without considerable breadth of knowledge. Only this
way can they shape the contexts for decisions where
expert knowledge is used.
-- John Gardner
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612/330-1787
IJnformation Sessions
Individuals in terested in the Master of Arts in Lead ership program
at Augsburg ollege are encouraged to attend an information
session. These free, two-hour sessions are scheduled at various
times prior to the beginning of each trimester. Please call the
Graduate Program Office (330-1787) to receive further details or to
register for one of these information sessions:
Saturday, April 16, 1988
9:00 - 11:00 AM
Thursday, May 26, 1988
6:00 - 8:00 PM
Tuesday, June 21, 1988
6:00 - 8:00 PM
Tuesday, July 19, 1988
6:00 - 8:00 PM
Saturday, October 22, 1988
9:00 - 11:00 AM
Saturday, February 25, 1989
9:00 - 11:00 AM
Saturday, April 22, 1989
9:00 - 11:00 AM
Thursday, May 25, 1989
6:00 - 8:00 PM
Tuesday, June 20, 1989
6:00 - 8:00 PM
Tuesday, July 18, 1989
6:00 - 8:00 PM
For more information write or call:
Graduate Program Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612/330-1787
Information Sessions .................... . .. . . . . . . . . . .. .... . 2
Calendar for 1988-89 .............. .. ... . . ..... ...... .. .... .4
Introduction to the Master of Arts in Leadership ..... . ..... .. .. . 6
Leadership Development Model ............. ... . .. . . . ..... . . 7
Curriculum Design ........... .. ... .. ... . ... ............... 9
Course Descriptions ... .. ................... ...... . .. .. ... . 10
Graduate Faculty .................... .. . . ................. 12
Library ..................................... . ..... ...... . 12
Accreditation and Affiliations ........ . . .. .. ... ... . .. ... . .... 12
Student Support Services .. .............. . .. . .. .. ... .... . .. 13
Student Rights .. .. .... .. .................. . .. . ..... .... .. 13
Admission Requirements ... . ...... .. ..... . .... ·.... ....... . 14
Application Procedures ....... .. .......... . . .. . ............ 14
Deadlines ...... .. . .. . ......... .. .. .... .... .. ... ... ..... . . 14
Evaluation Standards ......... .. ............ . . .... . .. . .... . 15
Academic Policies . . .... .. .... .. .... .. ...... .... .... .... . . . 16
Fee and Payment Schedule ...... . ........ . . ............ . .. 17
Financial Aid ..... .. ......... . ..... ... ..... ...... ...... ... 18
About Augsburg ..... . ..................... ... ..... .. . ... . 19
Campus Map ............................. . . . .. ..... .. .. . 20
Campus Location .. .. . . . .. .. ... .... .. ... ............. ... .. 21
Faculty and Administration ................. .... . . ......... 22
Advisory Council to the Graduate Program ... .......... . . . ... 24
lllaster of Arts in
Leadership
1988-89 Calendar
Saturday Schedule: 8:30 - Noon and 1:15 - 4:45 PM
Thursday Schedule: 6:00 - 7:30 PM and 8:00 - 9:30 PM
Fall Trimester, 1988
-
I·
Monday, August 15, 1988
Saturday, August 27
Thursday, September 8
Saturday, September 10
Thursday, September 15
Saturday, September 24
Thursday, September 29
Saturday, October 8
Thursday, October 13
Thursday, October 20
Saturday, October 22
Thursday, October 27
Saturday, November 5
Thursday, November 10
Saturday, November 19
Wednesday, November 23
Saturday, December 3
Saturday, December 10
Monday, December 19
Application Deadline
Orientation/Registration
Classes Begin
Leadership Practicum
Leadership Practicum
Last day to Withdraw
Last Class
Final Grades Due
Winter Trimester, 1989
Monday, November 28, 1988
Thursday, January 5, 1989
Saturday, January 7
Saturday, January 14
Thursday, January 19
Saturday, January 28
Thursday, February 2
Saturday, February 11
Thursday, February 16
Thursday, February 23
Saturday, February 25
Thursday, March 2
Thursday, March 9
Saturday, March 11
Thursday, March 16
Saturday, March 18
Thursday, March 23
Monday, April 3
Application Deadline
Classes Begin/Registrati n
Leadership Practicum
Leadership Practicum
Last day to Withdraw
Last Class
Final Grades Due
Spring Trimester, 1989
Monday, March 6, 1989
Thursday, April 6
Saturday, April 8
Thursday, April 13
Saturday, April 22
Thursday, April 27
Saturday, May 6
Thursday, May 11
Thursday, May 18
Saturday, May 20
Thursday, May 25
Saturday, June 3
Thursday, June 8
Thursday, June 15
Saturday, June 17
Saturday, June 24
Thursday, June 29
Monday, July 10
Application Deadline
Classes Begin/Registn1lion
Leadership Practicum
Leadership Practicum
Last day to Withdraw
Last Class
Final Grades Due
~ntroduction
to the
Master ofArts in Leadership
Developing Leaders for Organizations and the
Community
Th Mtt ·ter o( ArlS in Lead r hip•" ponds to th lead r hip
d vclopm nt n ed - of profit and nut-for-profit org<1niz.11tion . While
diff rent in stru lur and pm po e, mo tor <1niz.nti n s ek leaders
with the fo llowi ng qunlitie :
• a vision which is ethically <md mornlly responsible, extending
beyond immediate concerns;
• an understanding of how change occurs and ciffects the
immediate environment;
• a sensitivity to the omplex problems organizations face, cind an
ability to achieves lutions consistent with an organization's
mission;
• th abili t to motivate and inspire individui11S and groups to
work toward a common goill; and
• th e ability to effectively represent the organiu1tion both
internally and externally.
The Ma ter of Arts in Lend rship provides a mean by which
individuals aspiring to enhance th ii' I , d , r hip skills mny di cover
and refin lhes nnd th r abilitie and awnre nesses fundmnental
to effective leadership.
Accommodatin!? the Full!fime Work Schedule
The Mast r of Arts in Lead r hip pmgr<1m is de i ned to meet the
n ds and pi: ~ f .•r n es of working fldults. The prog rnm is based on
th a umption that th m n and women wh enr 11 are
employed, self-disciplined and well-motivated individuals who
s ·ek a balance of clas room experience, group interaction and
individual study. fa1 h CO lll' e i , th refore, divid d into period of
. tudy, group ffor ts and cliiss preparntion. lo accommodat this
ormal f 1· learning, each d o s m ts on alternate Sah1rday for
tl11: e and one half hours and all' mate Thur day evenings for on
and ne hnlf hours.
leadership Development Model
The Master of Art in Lead rship program promt,te lead 1· hip as
a pro ess which 1) inspires cooperation am ng people who must
compete fo r limited re our es, 2) promotes productivity within and
beyond th organizati n and 3) w rks toward progres . To
nccompli h thi , individuals aspiring to position. of I aders hip
mu t po es three k y attribute : a ens of vision, th ability to
persuade and the ability to dir ct ac tion. Und rlying these
ri th·ibutes i a road rai1g of abilities and awnre nesses. These
abilities and awar ne e 1 outlin d in the diagram on pn e 7, ·erve
a specific utcom ·for the Master of Arts in Lead r hip.
Aug burg's m d I of lead rship d ev lopm nt is designed to assess,
promote, enhance and refine these capabilities within the individual.
Leadership Development Model
~Gl1"1l
lW i1.l1 \i ·f or
for.~q,ioi n
C> 11i(in ttitfon !tii•:a~d
of
\'i· t1.1n
Ai: ~i.cm
/~
/\
C ulturally
ware
Communka.live
•
•
0
ial
a\v;i ren
•
•
•
awnreness
Environmenta l
s
Tolerance o[
r ligiuus and
philosophical
diffe rences
Appreciati on
f s ituational
complexity
Long-term
pers pect ive
Flexibilitv
Adaptability
Innovativeness
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Ri sk
As sumptive
•
•
•
Curio- ity
Achievement
motivation
Self-esteem
Effective
Ii 'lener
-ffectivc
speaker
Effective
writer
Diplomatic
ability
Effe tive
team 'm ember
Jnterp rsonal
sensitivit)'
Oecis.ive
•
•
•
•
•
•
Selfconfidence
Analytical
ability
Ability to
think
critically
Understanding
of research
Ability to
manage
conflict
•
Appreciation
f r cu ll ural
differences
World-view
pers pective
Tolerance of
individulll
differenc
Community of learners
Essential to the goals of the Master of Arts in Leadership is
participation in a community of learners. Learning can be
enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community that
provides opportunity and encouragement for active participation
both in and out of the classroom. This community will be enriched
by the presence of men and women who bring to the program a
variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of
community interaction, Augsburg encourages graduate students to
make use of college facilities such as the library, meeting rooms and
college center; to take the opportunity of having shared meals and
coffee breaks; to participate in optional lunchtime seminars; and to
attend other college activities such as music and dramatic
presentations and athletic events.
leadership Practicum
.
I·
Master of Arts in Leadership students enroll in a half course called
"Leadership Practicum." Students are required to enroll in this
professional assessment and development course for six terms
during their graduate work at Augsburg. Upon completion of the
entire practicum, students receive a half course credit. In each
term, one Saturday and one Thursday evening are devoted to
"Leadership Practicum."
Early in the program a major component of this practicum is a fullday professional assessment to determine students' abilities and
potential relative to each of the outcomes of the Leadership
Development Model (see page 7) . Assessment instruments
include paper and pencil exercises and simulation and group
experiences. Following the assessment students meet individually
with a trained assessor who provides guidance in personal goal
setting and in the creation of a professional development plan or
"blueprint:'
In subsequent terms "Leadership Practicum" includes workshops
designed to meet the needs of the students in the following areas:
communication skills, self-assessment measures, group processes,
and other professional development topics identified by graduate
students and staff.
"Leadership Practicum'' concludes with a final assessment followed
by an individual meeting with a trained assessor.
The Master of Arts in Leadership program is composed of 12
courses. Each course unites two or more liberal arts disciplines,
ncournge pursuit of the designated outcomes, and uses a variety
of learning t clrniqu app ropriate to adult learners. In tructional
techniques ar varied, u h as ca e tudy, d bate, written and oral
presentations and group c ctivity. Th s tech niques, which have
had demonstra ted ·ucce in advanced cour e , d v lop targeted
l ader hip abilities and understandings. Continual reinforcement
occur·, s students employ these capacities in multiple c urses.
Students ar encouraged to c abilili sand understandings as
Goss-d is iplinar 1 and to e · co.ntent area a integrated . Th very
form of the pr gra m reflect the vi w that lhe world in whi h we
operate i complex and that dealing with it successfu lly requires
well developed integrative ability.
Required Courses Include:
ML 510
ML590
ML591
ML592
ML500
Foundations of Leadership (to be taken during on e
of the first three trimesters)
Thesis-Research Seminar I
Thesis-Research Seminar II (These two seminars are
to be taken in a student's last two consecutive
terms.)
Thesis Consultation (a half course to be taken
simultaneously with ML591 and in the term in
which the thesis is completed)
Leadership Practicum (a half course which spans six
trimesters)
Students are required to complete eight additional
courses chosen from the following courses:
ML 511
Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
Self-Identity, Values and Personal Growth
ML 520
Methods of Critical Thought
ML 521
Ethics in Communication
ML 530
ML 531
The Dynamics of Change
Politics, History and Leadership
ML 540
Analytical Reasoning for Qualitative Decisions
ML 545
Decision-Making Technology
ML 550
Developing a Multi-Cultural Perspective
ML 560
Other courses as added
D ourse Descriptions
ML 510 Foundations of Leadership
lnh'oduction to the co n ept of leader hip, pr viding an hi t rical
and philosophical fram work for th pr gram. Thi ourse views
the nature and purpos o leadership from a variety of disciplin
and per pectives. Th role of the liberal arts, various learning
tyle , method of research and inquiry, student
outcomes and program expectations are examined.
ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
Exploration of creativity from the perspective of traditional
aesthetics as well as contemporary organizational thinking. This
ourse uses creativity as a method and it examines techniques for
ol ing problem in organizations, for enhancing innovation, and
for . eking an integrativ world-view.
ML 520 Self-Identity, Values and Personal Growth
tudy of the c n epts of self-identity, alue and per nal grow th
a · r lat •d to professional and per ona l life. Thi course may
employ psycho!()gical, philosoph.ical, and the logi al perspective
to expl re the role of the individual in the laTger social context.
Major topics in Jude the acquisition, development and evolution of
self- identity and values, the influence of sex roles, and the
relationship to spiritual growth.
ML 521 Methods of Critical Thought
lnvestigntion of the proce se of critical thinking drawing from
ur e f cu e n th
philosophy and other disciplines. Thi
relation hips betwe n idea and th expre si n and application of
id as. St uden apply dial ctical pruces e in the ffective
formation, presentation and use of ideas in organizational
structures.
ML 530 Ethics in Communication
Interdi ciplinary study of ethics and communication through the
inv tigation of a variety of ethical perspectives within human
communication. This course places particular attention on the use
and abuse of communication in politics, adverti ing and interpersonal relationship . It emphasizes a en itivity to ethical
conflict which aris in social and rganizati nal setting .
ML 531 The Dynamics of Change
Examination of the proce es by which change occurs. This course
applies economic and ociological theories to such critical social
issues as human , nd natural resume management. Dmph i is
on identifying th .tl ed for hang , th >m ans of initiating it <lnd
the adaptation of so ial grnup to ha ng .
ML 540 Pol itics, History and Leadership
Analy i · of th politi al 11 p ts of nation-states and oth r
organizations. This ours focuses on th pro ess of a hi ving
individu, I, group or nationnt go;il . Ornwing on a vari ty of
culture and nations, it examines significanJ hi ·tori al ent ;in I
the leaders who shaped them.
ML 545 Ana lytical Reasoning for QuaJitative Decisions
Exploration of the m thods f mathemati al reasoning as rt
·truclure for apprort hing probl ems. This COlll's Io u ·e n th
logic and ratitmale und rlying m. thematica l models, nd , n I ti al
d is ion making te hniq ues.
ML 550 Decision-Making and Technology
Historical, nalysis of th decision making and p.robl 111 s 1lving
process. This coms focu . nth d •wlopment oft 'Chn logy as
both th ' ciuse fin th · solution of prob! ms by invesl1gatLng
various cases.
ML 560 Developing n Multi· ultu.ral Perspective
Investigation of il'lter-cultuJ'al i ues. This rnurs · n han e · the
11bilily lo I •ad cind 1·v ork more eff> tively with people of different
ullur, l b11 kgrounds through U1c st udy of d ivers va lues, b Hers
and trad ition 1·vithin th, globa l commun ity.
ML 590 Thesis-Research Seminar I: Research in Leadership
Firstha lfof. two- ·u ur ·e"capston " ·eq u n efor !h M cislerof
Art s in Leadership prngram . This rnurse provide , h individu, I
the opportunity lo develop <1 resea rch l pie to synth siz pr viou.
stLldy 11nd work xperience, nd to d monstrate an ·und erstnnding
of the program's principles. rnd don, P/1 bci:;i '.
ML 591 Thesis-Research Seminar II: Synthesis of Findings
onlinu ticm of the "cap tone" eminCll'. Th i e minnr focu s> on
th - method of inqu.iry and results Llf individual projects. l\t the
completion of the seminar students pres nl th ir fin, I resul orally
and s ubmit written theses. rad don a P/N basis.
ML 500 Leadership Practicum
A profo -· ional <1ss s me nt and development course which spans
si terms. This Colli' e includes a full-day professional assessment
and st1bsequ nt workshops in the following cir as: ommuniration
skills, s lf-asse sment m a ures, group processes. 111 ours
culminates .in a fin a l prof ssion, I ass1t. s men l. I iRl f r>dil. ,rad<"d
on a PIN basis.
ML 592 Thesis Consultation
A eries of m eling with" f, ully thesis ad vi er simul taneous
with ML591. and during the trimest r in whi h th thesis i ·being
pr -'pilred for final ubmission . H, If credit. raded on l I basis.
Students not completi ng the th ·is durin • th sci m •term in whic h
th!:!y a r e nrolled in ML 591. re requi l"'d tor gist r for "Thcsi ·
on ultalion" during ead1 s ubseq uent term until the th s is is
completed.
I.tlraduate Faculty
Faculty teaching in th grad uate program are full-Lim enior
faculty with doctorates or appropriate professiona l d grees. 0 111
ou rse ai;e team taught, by bringing together facu lty from different
disciplines or combinin a faculty member with professionals from
r 1 v<1nt fields. In these ituati n. , at least one member of the team
ha <1 Ph.D. and ub tantial teaching experience. All of th program
faculty have extensive exp rience teaching ad ult learn r . .rnduate
fo ulty are Ii t d at the · n,d of thi bulletin .
•·
The Aug burg librnry h u o er 160,0 0 b kl, pcri dical ,
records, tapes and fiJms. lu ic, h mi IT' and Art 1 istory
libraries Cl!' located within !he departmental rea . Access to ov r
1,000,000 volumes i ava ilable via daily interloan and courier service
among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference
Library. Thr ugh Minitex, lhe statewide network, the additional
resources of the Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to
Augsburg faculty and students.
Blccreditation and
Affiliations
tudents who uccessfull y ·ompl t Aug bur 's lead rship
program wi ll receive a Master of Art Degr . Augsburg i fully
, ccred ited by the orth Central A sociati n of liege · and
chools. he coll ge is a member of th A ~o i<Jt d olleg · of the
Twin Ci li (ACTq, Lutheran Ed ucation ouncil in orth America
and Minnesota Private College Council.
Aug ·burg College is registered with the Minn sota Higher
Education oordinating Board. R gi tration i not an -ndorsement
of the in tituti n. Regi trati n do snot (necessarily) mean that
credit ea rned at th in tituti n ca n be tran ferr d to ther
institution or that the quality of the educational progr, m would
meet the tandards of every student, ed ucational institution, or
employer.
l#Jtudent Support Services
Thi:' u burg rndqate Pn1gram a ist · hi dents in making
education and career plans, in workin on their per (ll1al
d velopment, and in particJpating in activities beyond th
la sro m. om of these rvice are Ii ted b low.
Academic Planning
In additi n t the fa ulty who provide c nsllltation and advice,
a ademicplimning is g uided by the Leader hip Practicum
assessors, the i advi. ers, and the Grad uate Program staff.
Career Planning Services
Career Services available are
• professional assessment through the Leadership Practicum
• self/career assessment counseling through the Career Services
Office (330-1162)
• developm nt of a resume and a career-search plan through the
Career ervices Office
• work experience related to a student's field of specialization
through the Cooperative Education Office (330-1148)
The olleg ha ado pted a stat ment of student rights and
re pon ibilities and ha provided fo r du proces · in the matter of
di ciplinary, ction, grievance and grade appeal. Any student wh
wish s to identify appropriate pro edur f r a complaint hould
contact the Vice Pre idenl for Sh1d nt Affairs. (I hone 330-1160)
The ollege op Tates in compliance wifh the Family Rights and
Priva y Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all
official record. which pertain to them and whi hare maintained in
the Registrar's Hi e and the Placement Office ( c pt wher a
waiver of acces ha b en igned) and to challenge inaccurate or
misleading information. Student have a right to peri nee
ducatio.n fr e fr m di c.riminalion ba ed on sex, race, ethnic or
cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age.
'BJdmission Requirements
Applicants to the program must hold a baccalaureate degree from
an accredited four-year college or university.
Applicants to the program are expected to have a minimum
undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 (on a scale of A=4.0).
Applicants to the program must have fiv years of e, perien (or
equivalent) with one or m i·e organizations Jn a position(s) of
leadership or position(s) demonstrating leadership p Jtentinl.
Decisions about admission to th pmgram will be made on an
individual basis by the Grnduate Program Committee. Admis ion
tu each entering graduate clas will be given tu th must highly
qualified individuals. Selection of candidates wi!l be made on th
ba i · of a comp ite compari ·on f each applicant's
•
•
•
•
•
previous college record,
letters of recommendation,
experience and organizational background,
Miller Analogies Test scores and
written statement and possible interview.
Alpplication Procedures
To apply, students must submit the following materials to the
Graduate Program Office:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
ompleted application form with $25 (non-refundable)
application fee .
Written tat ment relating the applicant's career and life goals
focusing on leader hip aspirations.
Letter of recommendation from an immediat supervi ·or,
assessing leadership potential.
Letter of recommendation from a co-worker (at the ·ame level)
describing applicant's work style and potential as a leader.
Official transcripts of undergraduate and gradurite work from
each in stitution attended indicating degrees conferred.
Official set of results on the Miller Analogies Test.
Possible interview with graduate program staff member.
ffeadlines
Fall Trimeste1; 1988 - Monday, August :15, 1988
Winter Trimeste1; 1989 - Monday, November 28, 1988
Spring Trimester, 1989 - Monday, March 6, 1989
Fall Trimester, 1989 - Monday, Augu t 14, 1989
D valuation Standards
Evaluation of academic performance for the Master of Arts in
Leadership will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale
with these definitions:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards
2.5
2.0 Achieves the minimum passing standard
P
Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed in grade point
average)
N
Does not meet minimum course standards (no credit and nonpunitive - not computed in grade point average)
W
Grade given when course is dropped
Incomplete grade given in case where student is unable to
complete course requirements for reasons beyond the
student's control (to receive an incomplete, a student must file
a letter with the Graduate Program staff stating reasons for the
request, the plan and date for removing the incomplete grade,
the signature of the instructor, and any other necessary
documentation) .
Not more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count
toward the degree. Not more than two courses with a grade below
2.0 can be repeated . Only the credits and grades earned the second
time are counted in the grade point average.
Alcademic Policies
Academic Probation and Dismissal
Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a
student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on
probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point
average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from
probation. If a student receives a grade of Nin a course, the
student must petition successfully with the Graduate Program
Committee before being permitted to continue in the program. A
plan for the student to follow would be outlined at that time. If the
cumulative grade point average again falls below 3.0, the student
may be dismissed from the program by the Graduate Program
Committee. Students also may be dismissed by the Graduate
Program Committee for behavior detrimental to the program such
as a gross violation of college policy (as published in the Student
Guide). Dismissal would occur only after established procedures
were followed.
Credit for Prior Education, Training and Experience ·
Due to the interdisciplinary nature of the courses in the Master of
Arts in Leadership program, it is unlikely that courses taken
elsewhere may be substituted for a particular course in the
curriculum. Students may petition the Graduate Program
Committee for approval of any variation in the curriculum
including the transfer of credit or the receipt of credit for other
training.
Credit and Contact Hours
Each graduate course in the Master of Arts in Leadership program
is the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits.
Students meet in class a total of 30 hours (excluding finals) and are
responsible for a significant amount of individual study and
preparation.
Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence
Students may take either one or two courses each trimester.
Enrolling in two courses per trimester enables a student to
complete the program in two years. All students are required to
complete the program within four years. Extensions beyond four
years will be considered on the basis of petition to the Graduate
Program Committee. Students who leave the program for more
than one term must request a leave of absence in writing from the
Graduate Program Committee.
Last Date to Withdraw from Class
The last date on which students may withdraw from a class and
receive a "W" on their records is the date of the eighth class
session.
$25.00
Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable)
$695.00
Tuition (per trimester course)
(one course = 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits)
$100.00
Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable)
Leadership Practicum Fee (per term for six terms)
$100.00
$10.00
Late Fee (chm-g d to any tud nt registering after
per day
tht' ·ch du ! d regi !ration date. l....1te regi tration
in lude incomplete regi trati n as defined:
a) Unsigned Regish-ation Form or b) Um1ppr ved Payment Plan)
$5.00
Registration Chang After First Cl,1 s Meeting
(cancel/add/change grade option, or ombination
at one time)
Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free)
$2.00
Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a
simple rate of 1% per month on any account with an
open balance of 30 days or more.
Fees
The applicati n fe ($25) i ' due on orb fore the appli ation
deadline for a given term. The $100 non-refundable dep it
r serv · a plac in th pmgram in a given term, once a person is
accepted. Tuition i due at th time of r gistralion.
Payment Options*
1) Payment in Full: Due Day of Registration.
2) Pay ment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a
3- pay plan is available each trime t r. Paym nt plan will be
offered only if previ u plans hav been adhered l .
3)
ompany R imbur eme nt : Full cm11 e , r equivale nt, wh ich
ar company reimbur ed requir a d posit of $150 per cow e
rei mbursed, with full payment due wi thin 45 days aft r the end
of the term .
A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any
amount with an open balance of 30 days or more.
Tu iti .n is s t 0 11 an annual ba is, pay<ible in 3 qua! in tallment al
the b ginning of each trim ster. Registration is permitted on'ly if the
stud ent's account fo r a pr viou term is paid in fu ll as agreed .
II g will n t release dip! ma r academic tran cripts
Augsburg
until all student accounts are paid in foll. This also appli s f r
student loan funds administered by the college (Perkins Student
Loan); they must be current according to established repayment
schedules.
"'A no n-sufficien t-fund check wi ll declare your reglstriltion inva lid <md cou ld affect fu r ther credit
exte nded by the college.
Refund Schedule
A per-cour e tuition refund will be made on the following basis: (In
order to be ligible for the refund, students are respon ible for
cancelli11g courses with the Regish·ar's ffice.)
Prior to
Prior to
Prior to
Prior to
Prior to
Prior to
the fir t scheduled clas meeting - 100%
the second d1eduled class meeting - 90%
the third cheduled class meeting - 80%
the fourth scheduled class meeting - 70%
the fifth cheduled class meeting - 60%
the ixth sch duled class meeting - 50%
B inancial Aid
. •,
.....
.
.
:
·.
In, number of way , students may receive assistance in meeting
Graduate Progi·am cost . Enrollment in two com e per trimester
allows the student to be classified as full-time. One course is
considered half-time enrollment. The Financial Aid Office
(330-1046) will assist students in assessing financial need and
constructing an aid/payment program from available alternatives,
including the follow ing:
Company Tuition Assistance Programs
Many companies, agencies and corporation ffe.r full or partial
tuition assi tqnce to employees who participate in work~relat d or
degree-related college programs. Augsburg College provides
several payment plans by which employees may handle tuition
reimbursement.
Federal and State Aid Programs
The Financial Aid Office will assist student in determining
eligibility for m1y Federal or State grant or loan programs available
to graduate students. Determination f eligibility will be based on
standard nationally accepted form · and methodologies including:
• Family Financial Statement (FFS)
• Financial Aid Form (FAF)
• Graduate and Professional Scholastic Aid Service
Funded Scholarships
Augsburg actively pur ue outside funding for special scholarships
to facilitate the participation of qualified candidates with limited
financi11l resources. The availability of such scholarship enables
the program to guarantee the participation of Individuals of Limited
financial means as we!J as individuals working for volunteer
agencies and other organizations not likely to provide tuition
reimbursement.
Alternative payment plans will be available to all students for the
payment of tuition.
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg College is approved by the State Approving Agancy for
Veteran's Training. Veteran should contact the Registrar's Office
about completion of the enrollment certification and forwarding
other information to the Veteran's Ad mini tration .
AJbout Augsburg
History
Augs bu rg was th e first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans
in Ameri ·a. Named after the confession of faith presented by
Lulhern ns in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530, Augsburg opened in
Se pt m b "!' 1869 in Marshall, Wi sconsin and moved to
Minneapolis in 1872.
Campus Location
Augsburg's campus is located in the henrt of the Twin ities,
; urrmind ing M urp hy Squnrc, th fi rs t of 155 parks in the "City ()f
Lak ·s." Ad jace nt to the ca m pus ar fairv iew and St. Mary's
Hospitil ls, the West Bank cam pus of th e Unive rsity of Minne ota
and Mlssis ip pi Rive r P<rkway .
Accessibility
Augsbm g olfege Im made ii major effort to become o ne of th e
mo t accessible ca mpuses in th region . Skyw11ys, tunnels and
•levato rs provide acce sible connectio ns b twe n 9 of the ·14 majo r
building - stud · nt hou si ng tower , College Center, main
ncndemic a nd admini ·trali ve h. 11 ·, the library and mu ic building.
In addition, there is a program for students with learning or
physical disabilities .
Church Affiliation
Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lut he rnn Church in
A mericct. About 59% of the stude nts are Luthcrnn, 14% other
Protestant and 19% Roman Catholic. Several oth er affiliations are
represented among stude nts and faculty.
Non-Discrimination Policy
Aug ·burg oil · g " does no t d iscriminate nn the basis f rnce, creed ,
tion, I or thnic origin, age, mnri tal status, sex or hnndica p as
r ' 'JU ired by Ti tl · IX of the 1972 Ed ucatio nal Amend me nts of Section
504 of th'e Re h, bilit, tion Ac 1lf ·1973 r. ctmended in its ndmissio n
policies, educational programs, activities, and employme nt
practices.
11<
a ampus Map
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Admissions House
George Sverdrup Library
Science Hall
OldMain
West Hall
Mortensen Tower
Urness Tower
College Center
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial Hall
10. Music Hall
11. 2222 Murphy Square
12.Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Stage II Theatre
15. Center for Global
Education
16. Scandinavian Center
17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama and
Communication
18. Youth and Family Ministry
A. Admissions I arking
B. Student Parking
C. Visitor Parking
D. The Quad
E. Faculty/Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic
Field
H. Fairview/St. Mary's Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Strommen Tennis
Courts
I<5'. I
Accessible Entrance
Parking
All p ted Au sburg
lleg parking Lots are free and open for
student use fro m 4:30 p.m. Fridcy through Saturd ay even in . Lots
are l ated on 7th Street between 21st and 22nd Avenu and uth
of 8th Street on 21st Avenue.
R ampus Incation
I
I
I
N
I
I
$
From Minneapolis
Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left
to 21st Avenue South, left to Augsburg sign.
From St. Paul
Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside to 21st
Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
liaculty and Administration
The following faculty and administrators are currently involved in
·
the Master of Arts in Leadership program:
Ruth Aaskov, Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. BA,
Augsburg College; MA, Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin.
Earl Alton, Professor and Department Chairperson of Chemistry.
BA, St. Olaf College; MS, Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Margaret Anderson, Associate Professor, Head Librarian. BS, MA,
University of Minnesota.
Raymond Anderson, Professor of Speech, Communication and
Theatre. BA, MS, Ph.D., University of Minnesota .
..
..
: .·
Kenneth Bailey, Professor of Philosophy. BA, St. Olaf College; MA,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John Benson, Professor of Religion. BA, Augsburg College; BD,
Luther Theological Seminary; MA, Ph.D. Columbia University.
Maria Brown, Assistant Professor of Social Work. BA, MA,
American University; MSW, University of Minnesota.
Robert Clyde, Associate Professor of Sociology, Institutional
Research Analyst. BA, Coe College; MA, Rockford College; Ph.D.,
University of Iowa.
Larry Crockett, Assistant Professor of Mathematics/Computer
Science. BA, MA, Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div. Luther
Theological Seminary.
Grace Dyrud, Professor of Psychology. BA, MA, Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Norman Ferguson, Professor of Psychology. BA, Franklin and
Marshall College; MS, Ph.D. , University of Wisconsin .
Mark Fuehrer, Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Philosophy. BA, College of St. Thomas; MA, Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Jerry Gerasimo, Professor of Sociology. BA, Lake Forest College;
MA, Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Arlin Gyberg, Professor of Chemistry. BS, Mankato State
University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Paul Halvorson, Lecturer in Business Administration and
Economics. BA, Augsburg College; MA, The American University.
Milda Hedblom, Professor of Political Science. BA, Macalester
College; MA, Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Edwina Hertzberg, Associate Professor of Social Work, Director of
Faculty Development. BA, Cedar Crest College; MSW, Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Garry Hesser, Professor of Sociology, Director of Cooperative
Education Program. BA, Phillips University; M.Div., Union
Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Notre Dame.
Khin Khin Jensen, Professor of History, Director of East and
Southeast Asian Studies. BA, Rangoon University, Burma; MA,
Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Barbara Johnson, Assistant Professor of Sociology. BS, Gustavus
Adolphus College; MS, Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joanne Karvonen, Graduate Program Coordinator. BA, Gustavus
Adolphus College; MA, University of Georgia.
Edith Kromer, Weekend Librarian. BA, Hamline University; MA,
University of Minnesota.
Ryan LaHurd, Vice President for Academic Affairs, Dean of the
College and Director of the Graduate Program. BA, Mt. Carmel
College; MA, University of Chicago; Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin.
Rosemary Link, Assistant Professor of Social Work. MSc, London
University (Bedford College); Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Marie McNeff, Associate Professor of Education. BS, M.Ed.,
Ed.D., University of Nebraska.
Thomas Morgan, Assistant Professor of Business Administration
and Economics. BS, Juniata College; MBA, University of Denver;
MS, University of Oregon.
Gordon Nelson, Professor and Department Chairperson of
Sociology. BA, MA, University of Minnesota; BD, Luther
Theological Seminary; MA, Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Richard Nelson, Professor and Department Chairperson of
History. BA, University of Nebraska; MA, Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Beverly Nilsson, Associate Professor and Chairperson of Nursing.
BSN., MS, University of Minnesota.
Norma Noonan, Professor of Political Science. BA, University of
Pennsylvania; MA, Ph.D., University of Indiana.
Noel Petit, Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. BA, St. Olaf College; MS, Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Diane Pike, Associate Professor of Sociology. AB, Connecticut
College; Ph.D., Yale University.
Larry Ragland, Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. BS, MA., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D.,
University of Texas at Austin.
Bruce Reichenbach, Professor of Philosophy. BA, Wheaton
College; MA, Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Carol Stack, Director of Admissions. AB, Macalester College.
Myles Stenshoel, Professor of Political Science. BA, Concordia
College, Moorhead; MA, Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Richard Thoni, Director of Weekend College and Assistant to the
Dean. BA, St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
iAJdvisory Council to the
Graduate Program
Linda Geisen, Training and Development Manager,
City of St. Paul.
Dan Hanson, Vice President, Food Ingredients Division,
land-0- lakes, Inc.
Cynthia Marsh, Ph.D. Consulting Psychologist, Personnel
Decisions, Inc.
Dean Newman, Consultant.
Robert Odom, Senior Vice President of US Specialty Divisions,
HB Fuller Company.
Richard Ploetz, Customer Education Manager, Medtronic, Inc.
Rosemarie Ramirez, Human Resources Officer, St. Paul
Companies, Inc.
The provisions of this document are not to be regarded as an
irrevocable contract between the student and the College. The
College reserves the right to change any provisions or requirements
at C!ny time within the student's term of residence.
Augsburg Collegu
731 2!ST AVENUE SOUTH
MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55454
'·
. .,. ..
~
Show less
Central Location
Low Tuition
Convenient Class Time
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accrcclitcd liberal arts college affiliated with
The Evangelical Lutheran Clii~rcliof America. Located in the heart of Minneapolis
and St. Paul, tlic s~liallcollege environment, about 2100 studcnls du... Show more
Central Location
Low Tuition
Convenient Class Time
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accrcclitcd liberal arts college affiliated with
The Evangelical Lutheran Clii~rcliof America. Located in the heart of Minneapolis
and St. Paul, tlic s~liallcollege environment, about 2100 studcnls during the
academic year, is cnriclied by tlic liiany cultural, sport ancl recreational activities
found in this vibrant ~iietropolitanarea. An active s u m m e r combining classes and
participation in mctl.oyolitan events is a dcliglitful a n d broadening cxpericncc.
Augsbuvg in the Summer
Augsburg Collegc provides a diverse sulnliier curriculum including regular
courses, internships, inclependent studies and student teaching over t w o terms.
Term I runs from May 30 - J u n e 23, l e r m 11 runs from J u n e 26 - August 4. This
brochure presents the Summer Scliool Program a n d was correct a t tlic ti~iieo f
publication.
Calendar
Summer 1989
Term I
Term I1
Preregistration
with Tuition Discount
April 12
April 12
May 30
J u n e 26
Last Day to:
Change Grading Option
Drop Class Without Notation
Register with a Late Fee of $10
(no registrations will be
accepted after this date)
June 1
J u n e 28
Holiday
None
July 3 & 4
Last Day to Withdraw from Class (W)
J u n e 13
July 17
Classes End
J u n e 23
August 4
Grades Due in Registrar's Office
J u n e 28
August 9
Confirmation of Registration
Classes Begin
Balance of Tuition Due
I
Summer Students may take one coursc 'luring T c r ~ nI and two courses during
Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all C O L I ~ S C Scarry a value of one coc~rsccredit,
I ~
crcdils or six rl~lartcrcredits. C o ~ ~ r s fulfilling
cs
the ecluivalcnt of ~ O L semester
Augsburg distribution rccluircments arc so notccl in the course descriptions.
Course Levels arc indicated by [lie first digit of tlie three digit co~rrscn~rmbcr:1 or
2, lower division, primarily for fres1imc:n and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division,
primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level.
Courses Regularly Taught during tlic academic year arc morc fully described in
tlic Augsburg College Catalog. If you nccd morc information about a special
summer offering, please contact tlie Summer School Office.
Independent Study and Internships, in addition to those listed, may be pursued
during the sumnicr in a number of departments. Internships involve work
experience related to the academic prograni in an agency, government, or
industry. Consult tlic Summer School Office for information.
Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Ilousing.
Persons Planning to Attend Summer School arc advised to preregister as soon as
possible, since courses without substantial demand may bc dropped.
The College Reserves the Right to cancel listcd courses.
Information and Forms
Eligibility
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from the Summer
School Office. Write or call:
Persons in Good Standing at
regionally accredited colleges and
universities, graduates of such
institutions, and students admitted for
the next Fall Term are eligible to attend
Augsburg Summer School. Good
standing implies that the student has
been admitted and not subsequently
dropped by that institution.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Murphy Place
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
(612) 330-1786
Elizabeth VanderSchaff
Director
Financial Aid
Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed
Student Loan. Any student taking 1
course is regarded as a half-time student
for the summer and is eligible to apply for
a Guaranteed Student Loan. Contact the
Financial Aid Office to make loan
arrangements (330-1046).
Other Persons wishing to take summer
school work should contact the
Director of Summer School to ascertain
eligibility under special circumstances.
Acceptance as a surnmer student does
not imply admission as a regular
student of Augsburg College. Those
wishing to begin a degree program at
the College should apply for admission
through the Office of Admission.
C
-.--
Term I Summer School studcnts arc r e q ~ ~ i r ctod confirm their regi~tr~itions
on
May 30. Terin 11 rcgistrations ~iiustbe confirmed on June 26. l'his procedure
includes confirmation of all prercgisterccl coi~rscsand applies to internships and
independent sti~diesas well as to rcgi~larlyschccl~~led
COLI~S~S.
Confirmation of Registration will take place at the Registrar's Office, 114 Science
Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.lii. a n d 6:30 p.111. o n May 30 'ind June 26.
The Balance Owing for tuition must be paid beforc registration is confir~iied.
Augsburg students please note: Balance due on Augsburg account from previous
termls must be paid in full before confirmation of registration.
A Late Fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations co~iipletedon May 3 L
and June I. A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Tcrni 11 registrations completed
on June 27 and June 28. Registrations will not be accepted after these dates.
To Change Your Registralion, r ~ t ~ cyour
c l rc,gislra[ior~,ildd a c t ~ ~ ~i)r~drop
~ s ta~ ,
C O U I ~(ind
S ~ ~ 1 i r ~in
~ 1dlloii1~'r
1
ct)urfic, ('ill out 3 C , ~ l i ~ ~ = l litrm
A d ~at
l LIII~ [Zcgistl-iir's
0ffic.c. 'lhcrr i s a rhnrgc 4)t $5.00 ~ L I I c
. l~~ingin
,I grrt;islralir~~~
,it'trr Lhc first cl;~!? of
oilch Icrnm. 'l'hisI I I L I N ~ clt)n~'t ~ y3:30 p.111.0 1 1 JISIII*1 il)~
'I'P~III I ct)ltrsrs anrl t ~ y
331) p.m. LIII lunc. 2s [c~r'fPrnl 11 courscs. 'I'his proccrlurc app1ic.s to intv~,nships,i~-rd
i~~ciepvndcnt
studies as wcll as s~~licdulcil
t.c)ilrscs. Any ~C'IIIIILI~ I I. *~ C I ~ L I S I I I I C ' 01
I~~
fcus is Jctcrmit>rJ sccol-~ii~ig
to thc "'('i~iliot~
liCftrt~dP<rlicy."
b
~
b
Fees
The Tuition Charge for 1989 S i ~ m m e r
School courses is as follows. $450.00
for full-credit courses, $320.00 for
half-credit courses, and $160.00 for
fourth-credit courses. Audits are
charged at the tuition rates listed
above. Laboratory and special fees,
including those pertaining to student
teaching, are given with the individual
course descriptions.
A Tuition Discount is available to
students who preregister on April 12
for Term I and Term I1 Summer Scl~ool
courses. Courses that you sign LIP for
on this date are billed at the following
rates: $420.00 for full-credit courses,
$310.00 for half-credit courses, and
$150.00 for fourth-credit courses. To
receive this tuition discount, a deposit
of $50.00 per course is required. Please
note: This tuition discount applies only
to courses so designated on April 12.
The $50.00 per course dcposit is
non-refundable except when a course
is cancelled due to low enrolllnent.
When this happens, you may elect to
receive a deposit ref~mdor substitute
another course without loss of
discount.
After April 12 you may preregister for
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each
course preregistration must be
accompanied by a $SO.Ol) 111ition
deposit. This deposil i s ,lpplicd to
drsignatcd ctwrsc tuitioti drirl is
non-rpfundahlr and nun-translcrable
except when a course is cancelled.
To Avoid Disappointment in course
selection, preregistration is
recommended. Some courses with
limited enrollment fill early.
Conversely, courses with low
preregistration enrollment may be
cancelled before the first day of the term.
I
I
I
Tuition Refund Policy
The $50.00 per course deposit is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the
first day of the term to the date of the
student's official course cancellation at
the Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds (No refund after
the dates listed.)
Refund
Term I
Term I1
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
May 30
May 31
June 1
June 2
June 5
June 26
June 27
June 28
June 29
June 30
Campus Location
DOWNTOWN
MINNEAPOLIS
MISSISSIPPI
35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left
on Washington (turns right onto Cedar
Avenue), turn left at Riverside, right at 21st
Avenue S.
1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at
21st Avenue S.
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside,
turn left at 21st Avenue S.
35W from the South Follow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move right lane
after each of two mergers). Take 25th
Avenue exit and turn left on 25th Avenue,
turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st
Avenue S.
Nondiscrimination Policy
di8Crimhakonthe basis &ace, creed, national or
Au&sbqgCollege doe6
ethnic on@, age,marital ~~IIzs,
w of handicap asrequkd $ Title IX of the
19TLE#uWonaI AmendmmB of M i o n YH of the I P e h a i o n Act of 1973,
as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
mnoo
moo
May 30-June 23, 1989
ECO 112-8029
PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS
ART
ART 107-8155
DRAWING
Williamson
D r a w i n g i n pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels, Subjccls i n cludc still-life., figi~rcs,b u i l d i n g inlcriors, cxlcriclrs, cxpcrimcntal w o r k . Dist.: Yes.
~.00-8.00}I.III. M,T, W.1'11
OM''
ART 352-8156
WOMEN'S ART HISTORY
K. Anderson
Study o f wolncn's image i n 1111. visual arts i n relalionship to women's place w i t h i n t ~ i c~UIILIIYII,
cconclmic,
and sociological cnvironnicnt o f each period.
Dist.: Yes.
12:lJll-3:011 p.111. M,T,W.l'lr
BUSINESS ADMINISTI<A'I'ION
EDUCATION
EDE 253-8033
264-8163
ORlENTATION TO EDUCAT1ON I N AN URBAN
Germundsen
Stildy a n d investipation o f various aspects o f the tcaclii n profession. Dist.: Yes, w h e n c o m b i n e d \\fit11 EDE
365 o r EDS 352. (112 coursc)
OM16
G:llO-9:lJfl /I,III. Ad, W
EDE 351-8034
BUS 221-8014
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I
Jntrq$wtibn h, b w h o s s activities, basic concepts ancl
&dnl?.p&kl
re
~
'I
Gupta
I n t r o d u c t i c ~ n to macl-11-cconc~mics; n a l i u n a l i n c o m e
analysis, m o n c l a r y a n d fiscal p o l i c y , intcl'nalional
trade, econc~~uic
~ r o w l l i .Disc.: Yes
9:,31J
51Jfl,lll, ,$.f.,w,~fyl,l:
OM11
Struss
f a r m u n t i n g , the accountin 7 cycle a n d
f&noflmr,rinl
sta!cmcnts. Dist.:
~ #?tit.
~M;r,W,'
$ r'l~,I I l
I&.
BUS 252-8159
Meziou
BUS 322-8160
ACCOUNTING THEORY A N D PRACTICE I
.
Kader
Analvsis o f accountinc theor\,, pertainin,: t o financial
statc;iicnts, income cc;~ice~ts, current a n a n o n - c u r r e n t
asscts.
~
. Disl.:
-. No.~
Prerequisites: BUS 221, ECO 113.
G:l10-9:OO 11.11~M,?', W . ? ~ I
BUS 340-8220
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
O M 11
BUS 495-8221
BUSINESS ETHICS: CORPORATE CRIME A N D
VIOLENCE
A gudy ofWii!st#p%ibitik kr m i c t y i n c l u i i i n g
p ~ ednms
mvidue,q,w,
md b& apbrcs
persons h i e i n a
PWr(d, f,mm
mllral
WM
rw~~ian,P;P"T~hDna,(hr
sysa n d behavior.
reascln
. te&&Ily
Dish,:NoJ-
$ budncsa wnduct
1:0~~4:1Jfl
paIII~
M,T, W,'lh
OMI3
BUS 199-8019
INTERNSI-IIPS
Kader
Arranged w i t h i n d i v i d u a l faculty i n the D e p a r t m e n t o f
Business Administration & Bcono~nics.
ECONOMICS
ECO 110-8028
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabe,la
,:
Study o f economic implications o f ~ ~ r o b l c mfacins
s
m e t r o - u r b a n c n v i r o n l n c n t . By i n c p e n d c n t st11 y
Dist.: Yes.
EDE 375-8036
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
Endorf
EDE 379-8182
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
Scott
ART
E x a m i n a t i o n a n d re. a r a t i c ~ no f m a t e r i a l s a n d
resources for art at t$e R i n d c r p t r l e n a n d elementary
levels. Lab. cx wrienccs. Dist.: No. (114 coul.sc)
LI
2:OlJ-5:00 ,.II.
h'
EDE 382-8183
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
MATHEMATICS
Drewlow
Examination a n d preparation o f materials a n d
resourccs for m a t l i c m a t ~ c sinstruction at the k i n d e r levels. Dist.: No: (112 coursc)
OM16
EDE 383-8184
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
Lindow
,,laterials
and
~~~~~~~~~lP~~~~
r c x ~ u r c e sfur physical e d u c a t i o n a n d h e a l t h a t t h e
k i ~ i d e r v r t e na n d elementary lei~els.Lab. cxpcrienccs.
Dist.: h o . (112 course.)
OM9:3lJ-11:50 fl.111. M,?',W.TII,F (MII!~30-11111c9,
-
EDF
388-8185
-- - .
.- -
EDS 388-8201
Mueller
HUMAN RELATIONS
on Ith &n$g,of v?lues, ?f c~rnrnunicaiiun
&I
ted!niquw+ and or 4 r major mrnor!ty gntups in
Minnemtn fnt , e &vrluprnent of I n t e r c r u r * n a l
+kiliso$&& a h a , teai-hin and l h f r p r o b r
$ I ~ Awmtions
* I all. DI$:
NI. l l R ruuswl
R v Y r e d br all , ptay and Scrlndaq FAuca~tirm
,a
majors.
5:00-8:f10 I~.II~.
M ,W
EDS 350-8202
Heikkila
READING IN THE CONTENT AREAS
Sludy and utilization of a variety of tccliniqi~csand
resources to assist s t u d e n t s in teaching r e a d i n g
through the content areas. Dist.: No. (112 cc~ursc)
OM73
6:00-9:OU{I.111. M , W
EDS 352-8203
CLINICAL EXPERIENCE (SECONDARY)
Staff
Inaludc~7 0 , h u u r s in-scl~oolcxpcrienccs, seminars.
McrnEvdrp In clnc of the profcssiunal teacher orjianimtbns ~ u i r r dDist.:
.
Yes, when co~nbincdwith EDS
HPE 410-8040
ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION OF
SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Borstad
Hiaofcal background, legal bases, school health
wrvi~eu,a n d relationships to community health
q f a r n n n d resources. Dist.: No.
Ftprc9uitsite: HPE 320
$$K&B,#I~.III,M,T, W,Tlr
OM2.3
DEVELOPMENTAL A N D ADAPTIVE PHYSICAL
EDUCATION to be added.
Consult Summcr School Office for details.
II
HISTORY
HIS 239-81861339-8195
EASTERN EUROPE IN THE
20TH CENTURY
SPECIAL EDUCATION
EDS 282-8204
INTRODUCTION T O SPECIAL
EDUCATION
Heikkila
Introduction to tlie field of special education. An cxamination of the nature, causis, and educational inter-
O M 10
ENG 261-8167
MODERN FICTION
B. Andersen
Significant wol'ks of selected prose writers, chiefly
European, of tlie twentieth c e n t u r
Some nonwestern writers will be included. Dist.:);cs.
2:00-5:00p.111. M.T. W,Tlr
OM16
ENG 282-8168
ENCHANTMENT OF EVIL
wttty, and even adn$rtlblr. Ewil Is also a I~ar.
ma idfdradr Ilps emptlna o n d d e s p ~ r
Whcm evB ip tke mast d
f im
nt, 11 k l~kelyto he
w & u h o t trivial. cmc.
'the encliantment of evll." will b e e ~ nw ~ t ha studv of Rena~ssance
writers l i k e ' ~ h a k c s p & r e , Marlowe 'and Milton a n d
conclude with works of 20th century writers like C.S.
Lewis, Tolkien, and Iris Murdocli. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-10:50n.111.M,T, W.TII,F
OM11
tbm-t
SOREIGN LANGUAGES
GER 111-8169
BEGINNING GERMAN I
Steinmetz
*wm,
wcticc speaking, understanding and rcadh ~ i kce r ~ i i a nfol. s t u d e n t s witli n u previous
mnd in Germa~i:,DisL.: Yes.
OM73
,BB&%:@ n.$,r. M,T, W , l r , ~
,a
SPA 111-8044 BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section I)
SPA 111-8170 BEGINNING SPANISH I
(Section 11)
Kin sley
Aims to develop four basic skills: Undcrstaniin
speaking, reading and writin 7 of elementary ~ p a n i s f ;
Introduction to culture of kpanisli-speaking world.
Dist.: Yes.
8:30-10:50n.ri!. M,T,W,Tlr,F (Scctiorr I )
OM10
5:30-7:50p.ur. M,T, W,Tlr,F (Scctior~11)
OM78
HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL CDUCATION
HPE 114-8041
HEALTH AND SAFETY EDUCATION
Enos
Prlnclpals a n d pmUrccs af sbr rdwatiitn In school
and comrnunIky
Inrludes ilrdnktlaj~ahwt school
health p r o m m u and pwvakn,t henlth n w d s a n d
~ h wa
lge c11Uhn nnd h i n d m n lied
problems
Cross F~rstA1 cam. DM.:W V ( L ~ Z W W ~ ~ ? )
12 00-3 00 p II! T,7 11
&.
01
II
MUSIC
1I
MUS 218-8205
MUSIC FOR SPECIAL NEEDS
Griffin
Evil, thou&~ r b e p t Edmulrd S p w e r , 1s a sort of
eucmtmcdf, in teaturn, evil j5 atkn ~~ntercstlng,
Be%%%
II
INTERDISCIPLINARY
INS 399-8046
INTERNSHIPS
Arrn~~ged
ENGLISH
ch
S. Anderson
brdnt!$ th@hAtIorknlily problem In Au\trla, Russla
and German nnd the meation of new " n a t ~ o n a l
stat-" n b &war. World War ll N ~ Loccu
I 7atlon to
ps1war %I& dqniinntton, the y t a l t of tlie &old War
auw Fssl B u W g , n11g mure viyxnf cvc~llb D I S .~Yes
T ~upper dlvlslcln c r e d ~ t
Addltlotl~lWII re ~ I I for
9iWl1SBn.nr. M,T%, n1.r
OM23
OM29
6 00-9 00 11 111, r,T11
NURSING
.
NUR 432-8172
HEAI.TH
Enos
.
.
- .- ...AND HUMAN DEVELOPMENT
The cwm 411focus an plnlng a betlw bnderstnhdin& nf oner@Own hmlth and deveta mt 8s a human
tmng; it wlll BIW dml d
w
h
tl ways oI%&m
others
wth in h a areas. ~ r i s S ~ s t t c ErWuon, ~ulkr$P#rurnan. m i
h
.
. e .m
. Lncluhd. Own tn nun-nurdh~
'> studenis aa
we1 ns n>&hgetydC'aty. Dist.: MI.
9;3&1150~~lr!rr.
M.I",W,?k,F
OM25
II
in f i r
SF$,
&duva,
PHYSICS
PHY 111-8208
PHYSICS COMPWEKfi, A N D SOCIETY
A siudur(vnfthwlritarial dcvdonmibnt aE sclectdd tnwcs
in h y a d denm. ~ttt'lldanJill bcgiwn to lfw Giw~r physics md ik ~ O W P ~~ +, I I L , I ~?it!
philuva hy, rcli#w, and cdiufe. bud ~ll
lh ant?,
up a d!~r
find igita~elmc1rr1cs-w+
rusrinn nf the m~anincof twrrhtrttr cmturv L*~YNCS
&d b;hc &,,of ckc&nics nd mmptrtcn ih *tm
mei
v t ~ f ~ ~ m p t t q
ex$m!ve~y in
the k++@&. hrrquhlr: Math Aamnrehh G w p I1
M$,
.
43
I
A
1
PHY 118-8209
SOCIAL WORK
, and Lhes vtdw sthe Amlrayli at Chrll'd
and ownwwv; UM. A ,held
tdp'c&ree with ap rbximainly fit&rr day:, T e n t
travatb t
s varicrus dPas in *r sou+h-.
DM: es.
#
Slr~rrrrrerSdloul Ofice.
POLITICAL SCIENCE
pol, '121.azll
~ m i C k GOYWMEMT
N
A M
mmm
M O W
fhe polltin of Amefieap :~uvelrihIL'pIIncIttiiifig tlrrr
WWUI p n r t f ~idsag;
l
the pttm OEparlidptiotv ~ke
dynamfcs of cobgte&siona't,, prea'rdant~ialand,
& e a ~ a a t t e pal& njaklng: and rwrrmt issues Lh
m
n wcw.
~,w.
P3174XMl a.lr. M,qW,lkip
OM27
,At,:
SWK 399-8152
INTERNSHIPS
Arrnrlgerl
M. Brown
SWK 499-8154
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Arrnrrp>d
M. Brown
SOC 121-8075
P I U N ~ Dl!
L ~~ C m . ~ B. Johnson
$mi& r u $ g m ~ r uan;rlpis
f
or way of knowlng Its
b8
fin un&shnding of b a s ~ caspects of
a p p;&&mtlM,
~i8~
&et
tiJl%.:?
iddbmumr@fion
+Hti~ol
*f th5
YW ~ n d ~ B *i ixi~ i m rlhni
as
em. we.:
Terms 1 aid II, Fqur stl n a r 4 ~ M d n l h t m
m i a n * I f l d e p ~ a d e ~wflttcn
~l
w#nmahts, shwt
h h & r
Mny 31, JUT
T4, uly 5, and
fiiudonm muat anI'd -tmwJ
.
t@b~~:~~~m.
tM38
I
&MU ,iifc, social ~nequnllt~e\,
Ye5
M;I+.W.~
OM 10
ltlBtllUrn* utc.
SOC 231-8076
B. Johnson
SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
A n examination of the family as a social institution.
The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustllicnt and divorce. The relationshi of the family to its
institutional and cultural contcxt. gist.: No.
9:30-11:50 n.111. M,T, W,'llr,F
OM29
SOC 199-8078
SOC 399-8080
INTERNSHIPS
Arrflrfgd
Hesser
SPGSM, COMMUNICA'I'ION AND '1 1 II:,Vl RI: ARlflS
POL 199-8052
POL 399-8056
INTERNSHIPS
A~rnr1,ycd
Hedblom
POL 499-8093
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topic by arrangement.
Arrfllr$~.d
Hedblom
PSY 105-8215
Jesness
GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
An bdmdudicm 10 the methods and a proaches u w d
ose of un#er5tandlng bef~eldof psychology, Ine r n p h a s ~ ~ eD
d ~ s t Yes
OM10
RELIGION
-
REL 369-8218
smo
L
College
Summer school
BUS 315-9013
MONEY & BANKING
ART 118-9001
ART 335-9005
Bollman
PAINTING I A N D 11
MfnkWIpr -hcryIic;
translating the visual w o r l d o f
natwm, Irridscapes, still-life, i ~ s i n gdesign conccpls,
Gupta
Monelary a n d b a n k i n g systems, particularly comlncrcia1 banks, a n d the Federal Reserve System; m o n e t a r y
theorv a n d volicv. Dist.: No.
dcvelnpfnl; pem~nalcxpl-csslon a n d ex l o r i n g varlcty
ut tcchniqtlm. W ~ u k l ycl.itiqi~cs.Dist.: $s.
BUS 323-9012
ACCOUNTING THEORY A N D PRACTICE I1 Kader
OM17
A n analysis o f a c c o u n t i n g t h e o r y p e r t a i n i n g t o i n vestments, tangible a n d intangible fixed assets, liabilit i c s a n d r c s c r v c d , o c t i ~ a r i a ll o p i c s . A d d i t i o n a l
c~iiphasison income dclcrmination, considering price
level changes. (I'rereqilisitc: BUS 322) Dist.: No.
6:00-9:30 }i.!!r. 7',711
O M 11
SkWiflfl p,llr. '!+,7'l/
ART 132-9006
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION D
ART 132-9007
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11)
Friederichsen
Friederichsen
The camera used '1s a tool for visilal crcalivitv a n d cxprcssion; black a n d w h i t e , color and p h o ~ o g r a h i c
Erc!cesses N
W
~ tl ~
a ~nllll
~
c~a n i c S
r a "is,.:
s t l ~ n a t c dcclsl o f film. ctc.: $125.00-$150.00. (Class slze
limited.)
2:OO-5:30 {i.rrr. M , W (Sccfk~rr1)
6:llO-9:30 p.!rr. M , W (Scctror! 11)
Ves,
ART 223-9002
ART 368-9004
PRINTMAKING I A N D I1
BUS 199-9019
INTERNSHIPS
Kader
Arranged w i t h i n d i v i d u a l faculty i n the D e p a r t m e n t o f
Business Administration a n d Econonlics.
ECONOMICS
Bollman
Principles a n d methods o f p r i n t m a k i n g in a variety o f
m c d i a i n c l u d i n g c t c l i l n g , silkscreen a n d w o o d c u t .
Dist.: Yes.
5:30-9:00 11.11~T,Tlr
O M 17
ECO 110-9030
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
ECO 113-9031
PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS
Basic b i v l g i n l conubpts f r c l ~ na n ank$t!%%E
f
oint of view. An n t t e m p t to answer s u c h qupslions arr:
R ~ i a rnakcs
t
man just another m e m b e r of thr biotic
f d d ? DWh. man have a niclic i n the ecosyste~n?What
influen* d o e m n have 011 the c n v i r o t i m @ n t ? Wllet
influence does tlic environment, especially the u r b a n
i n v i r o n ~ n c n t ,have o n m a n ? ( A student l n a y n o t rccclvc
credit for b o t h 101 a n d 103.) k t . : Yes.
1:15-3:15 p.rrr. M,T, W,Vr
Sabella
I n t r o d u c t i o n to micro-economics. the t h e o r v of the
household, firm, market s t r i l c t u r ~ sa n d i n c h c distribution. Application o f elementary economic Llieory
to market policy. Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:30 / J . J I I . M, W
OM23
~
BIO 101-9010
HUMAN BIOLOGY
Sabella
Study o f economic implications o f p r o b l e m s facing a
m e t r o - u r b a n e n v i r o n m e n t . Bv indck?enclent s t i ~ d v
only. Dist.: Yes.
Arrnrls19d
~~
-
EDUCATION
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
EDE 341-9132
EDS 341-9133
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
Staff
P s y c l i o l o g i v a I nnd p h i l n a l ~ p l i i c a ld i m e n s i o n s o f
c o m m u n i c a l i o n through the u s e o f i n s t r u c t i o n a l
technology. Scltrtion, p r e p a m t i o n , p r o d u c t i o n , a n d
BUS 175-9015
COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS A N D
evaluation of effectiveau?io.vlsual ~ n a t c r i a l sfor teacli111 l l e a ~ n i n g
siluations. D ~ s t . N
: o . (112 course)
OM23
6:~0-9:30 11 HI. T,Tlr (Irrl!y 18-Arrgrrst 3)
m3NOMrcS
Herzog
lnl~durtinnto m m p u t e r l ~ e ddata p r o c c w n b . BASIC,
L0Tb5. WB.456 wurd proccsslng, c o m p u l c r ~ ~ ebdu s l nesvpaphl~ls.Dbt.: N o
prtwqueik! 1 I ~ w h o oalgebra
l
6:1YI-950y.n.
2
W
BUS 222-9016
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1
S112
Solnick
tlitroduction t a business a c l i v i t ~ c s . a c c o u n t i n c f o r
corporation^. &sic concepts a n d f u n d a m c n t a ' f s o f
m a n q ~ w l a lacrounllng. p l a n n i n a n d c o n t r o l l i n g
puccsses, dfciston-ntaklnp a n t b e h a v i o r a l c o n -
sidcratinns. DM.:No.
I'rerequ~sitc: BUS 221.
8:30-955 n.!!~. M,T, W,Tlr,F
BUS 242-9014
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
EDE 376-9155
KINDERGARTEN - ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
SOCIAL SCIENCES
Endorf
elementary levels. Lab. experiences. ~ i s i . ' : No. (114
course)
9:30-12:UU JIOU!~ M,W
(Irrrre 26-/I,/!/ 10 - rro clnss or1 /rrl!y 3)
EDE 386-9136
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
V. Olsen
Examination a n d p r e a r a t ~ o no f n l a t e r ~ a l sa n d
O M 1l
relwurcw lor c h ~ l d r c n ' sFl)icrature at t h e k ~ n d e rarten
cmd c l c r n e n l a ~levels L a b
Cerrito
OM17
rnursc)
9:3&7-1T:Br.t~t. T,TII
experiences D ~ s t 1$o (112
L1
EDE 388-9137
HUMAN RELATIONS
M b mx hd stud
M. Mueller
f vcttues. of mrnmunkwthn
tetlniqws, and nl Xetlmajor minority youpti I*
Minnesota far , h e rCcvebpwcpt d intdrperswrrsl
rdf$hnu skDb appllcablr to teaching and uther'prufrssiona~uwaliw. open tcl
aat.: NO. (2m murep)
ulwd tni 011 Mrrnmtiy and h h & r y Mucation
rnXB
ENGLISH
HIS 331-9140
A TALE OF TWIN CITIES:
M r ~ m m L w S E :PAUL 1%g3.m Jenawold
A 1
1
- h k f o r y m&vuslng 1hc Mlnndapullsat. Paul
nicwpolly'drt'a ab a &SE study &w wn~inE%large
cont h e m and v m m in US. urban histurv. TLIOICS
OM16
ENG 264-9161
UNDERSTANDING AMERICA THROUGH
LITERATURE AND FILM
Palosaari
Introduction to significant works of American literature and film. Selections studied as cultural documents
as well as works of art. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisite: ENG 111
Tnu Irt fll Cnr~rpNont~o!y,So~idn~re,
Norna!l.
see %r. Pd'nlostmri.
ENG 438-9138
SHAKESPEARE
DEVELOPMENTAL AND ADAPTIVE PHYSICAL
EDUCATION to be added. Consult Summer School
Office for details.
HISTORY
ENG 225-9160
INTERMEDIATE EXPOSITORY
WRITING
1140 n.111.-1:25p.111.M,T, W,Tlr
HPE 320-9163
SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM
Borstad
Techniques for d e v e l o v i n ~a course of studv based
upon gkowth and devclop'hent for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. Dist.: N o .
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
Arrfl~l~ed.
and econo~nictrends, transportation, imtnieration and
ethnicit urban politics and refc~rrn. Fie d t r ~s In cluded. bist.: Yes. (Topics course in U.S. History7
6:UU-9:30 p.111.M, W
OM25
INS 399-9054
INTERNSHIPS
Hesser
NURSING
Griffin
NUR 432-9141
THE TEACHING COMPONENT IN A HELPING
Enos
RELATIONSHIP
OM111
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
GER 112-9139
BEGINNING GERMAN I1
Stein~netz
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding a n d
reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Yes.
8:IO-9:55 n.rrr. M.T. W,Tlr
OM13
SPA 112-9045
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I)
SPA 112-9152
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11)
Kingsley
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of clc~ncntarySpanish.
Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world.
Dist.: Yes.
8:10-9:55 0.111. M,T, W,TIt (Srctiorr I ) OM10
5:30-7:15 p.t~r.M.T. W.TI1 (Sectio~r11) OM16.
HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE114-9162
HEALTH AND SAFETY EDU ATION
Borstad
Phdpb. and p p d k of &ty
education i n r h o o l
andcsmmuntty Iifc. Includes htDmatlupl nhuk school
hr Irh pra rams and pr~vslcnthealth n t d s a n d
$blcrp o f wlml age ~L~Llildrdn,m d r\mviran Red
rnFmt A?d,rpme. mt.:Nu.(112 &urn)
694:3U, pond.M,W Ifiw 26Jjrrly 72)
OM29
PHILOSOPHY
PHI 120-9165
ETHICS
Creswell
OM16
PHI 130-9166
LOGIC
Creswell
supwhoone @ v ~ ap u waauns, and then says
au hrwt rKdept a g;arhler mhduman. Mid you?
h e n t t w s a cimc+u on
y lollow fmm p m i e ?
Here ac exsrnlne the rul'ea which govqn veftd
eFe,umnC and work 19 d e v e l ~ py4ur abilit ta
niar nnd carrehrsct sund arguments. bid,:
%&snpnr.
~,n
&.
C>,MZS
-
PHYSICS
PHY 101-9060
ASTRONOMY
Arge
Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Ex lain optical instruments; use 12-inch reflecting tef)escope, 8-inch
Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group I1
6:00-9:30 p.1n. T,TIt
OM27
r
POL 342-9153
SPC 342-9150
MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Hedblom
Effects of mass communlcatlons o n l n d ~ v t d u a lbe-
S319
POL 199-9027
POL 399-9067
[NTERNSHIP
SWK 260-9171
HUMANS DEVELOPING
&1.; No.
1 30-3 15 p
C
POL 499-9028
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Peters
,Pravldesknmwk!p sf w
n gmrutir Mtfflu h tM lnfe
~ e mc~
, at.
n&hy of d u c u i t u ~ ab
i ~lfigia~,
snd g s p l o & l farla*; whlch Influence khc $M&th
,dltnd dwta and f a m i b In cvntmmpmy A m i h n
fadim. Gmdh rr?Ia+tld bopulahons aqd -up
hick rsprwnt athn~can ~r tlfe-style divetsiv.
111.
OM13
M,T,W,TI?
Hedblom
SWK 399-9023
INTERNSHIPS
Arrorr~ed
Brown
Hedblom
SWK 499-9148
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Arrnr~.y~.d
Brown
PSYCHOLOGY
SOCIOLOGY
PSY 105-9167
Jesness
GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
(B
An ~ntroduct~on
to the methods and a P P ~ W C ~ EBsed
In psychology for the pur ose of u & ~ ~ n be-g
hawor The structure of tRe f~eldof ps h ~ l v mIn:ludlng ~ t ma
s or sub-areas, 1s e m p h a & ! + g l ~ l . : Yes.
11 4011 1 1 1 . - 1 . 2 11,
~ p M,T,W,TII
OM10
SOC 265-9149
RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP
Bloom
RELATIONS
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations.
Major attention is focused u o n pre'udlce, racism, and
the role of self-understanling, ($/N grading only.)
Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:30 p.rrr, M , W
OM27
PSY 351-9168
DEVELOPMENTALF$YM@6G)E: atrtP Je~w SOC 356-9080
Emphasis on n o r l d &k,dr?vdapmmt and khqvlar.
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
Bloom
Cons~derat~on
of hea$H~dl~rrf~W
usad Mr vlt!wihg
CORRECTIONS
Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes.
the h l q n n e f l b l l seqaetlce-and QI'CYCV&. 119ttf1-y11nW
d m L IfiFglImtiom and aunlY~~~otw
~f dab and
Lectures, discussion, and site v i s ~ t sto correctional institutions and overnment offices. Dist.: No.
1:30-5:00 p.111.~ , T I I
OM18
PSY 371
PSYCHOLOGY OF THE INDIVIDUAL: MALE A N D
Bakker
FEMALE
SOC 199-9081
SOC 399-9082
INTERNSHIPS
Hesser
I
I
I
I
I
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE ARTS
OM12
RELIGION
REL 373-9169
Benson
SPC 342-9150
MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Hedblom
(See course descri tion under POLISPC 342).
6:00-9:30 ~ . I , I .T , T ~
S319
I
SPC 367-9085
THEATER IN THE TWIN CITIES
Studying, viewing, and criti uing the acting a n d
production of five lays. Dist.: d o .
6:00-9:30 P . M . T , T /
2815 41st Azrrr~ieSolrH~,Mpls., M N 55406
(Trl.: 721-2565)
OM23
REL 486-9170
PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION AND
Benson
THEOLOGY
A study of current psychological views of reli ion in
the context of the trad~tionalChristian view of a u m a n
nature. S ecial attention will be iven to the classics in
the f i e l d t y Freud, lung, and fiilliam James, and to
those Christian theolorrians who have been influenced
by them. Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:30 p.111.T,Tlr
SPC 325-9178
Poole
PLAYWRITING
I
S
,
p
y
i~mlntroductory course In wrltlng for the
$la &u ents w11l learn the baslcs of dralnat~cstruc& m e ~ s d s c r l p t analysis, and techn~quesfor the
devdmment af ~ l a v s c r ~ from
~ t s ~ d e ato f ~ n ~ s h e d
"
:;A
:?
Summer School
101
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
................. 2
Calendar .................... 3
Introduction
About this Catalog
............3
.....................
Courses .....................
Options
3
5
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College.
The ... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
................. 2
Calendar .................... 3
Introduction
About this Catalog
............3
.....................
Courses .....................
Options
3
5
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College.
The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January
Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to
investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible
during the regular term. There will be no summer Interim in 1988.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should
plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for
class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring
semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during
Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to
enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale.
Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No Credit
basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system;
this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student
must select. Students registering for upper division standing should
anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading
standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to
complete one Interim for graduation).
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis
of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or
handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as
amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
For More Information
Interim Office (Memorial 230)
Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen at 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192 (Memorial 114b)
Interim Calendar 1988
......................
....................
..........................
November 2-6
.Interim Registration
December 7
.Late Interim Registration
January4
.First Day of Interim
Class I 9 a.m.
Class I1 1 p.m.
January5
.Last Day for Cancel/Add
January18 .Last Day for Determining Grading System with
Registrar
January20 ... .Last Day for Withdrawing from Full Courses
January29
.Interim Ends
February 2
.Validation of Spring Class Registration
February 3
.Spring Semester Begins
.....................
.
...............................
........
......................
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning
time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for
Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8 a.m. to Noon (On the first day of classes Time I classes
will begin at 9 a.m.)
Time 11: 1p.m. to 5 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a
special convocation on Monday, January 18, at one o'clock.
About this Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in
alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other
courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the college for
Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these
courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students
may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of
the Catalog.
Options
International Interims - Students are invited to be part of one of the
26 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association
for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities
are listed near the end of this catalog.
Internships - Students electing an internship must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 24. Contract forms are
available in the same office.
-
Independent or Directed Study Students may elect a program of
independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower
division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent
or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must:
1.Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This
proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate study proposal
forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any
other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim
Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other
Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4
schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements.
This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-14 schools for
the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's
home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students
for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special
fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $560
for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an
Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their
own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students
are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Lourses
Art
d
Li e Drawing
A T 247-48001
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art
students.
The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will
extend from three minutes to an hour. You will be introduced to the 2B and 4B pencils, colored pencils and the felt
tip pen.
Fee: $30 due the first day of class
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I
Room: Old Main 17
J
PlantsUand
Civilization
BIO 102-48002
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's
economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps
that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for
use. Some plant anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation will be based on course exams.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
1 Biological Evolution
BIO 107-48003
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are biologically related are probably the most significant conclusions which biology has contributed to human
knowledge. The anti-evolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationist" will be investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted as a fact, and the evidence in its support will be
examined.
Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and
pace of evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have
evolved and continue to do so. Much of the course will
involve historical study of evolutionary thought from preDarwinian times to the present. Finally, we will address the
course of evolution from the origin of life itself to the origin of human life.
There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist
of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes and tests.
Prerequisite: High School biology
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 212
Business
H Business Ethics: The Social Responsibility
o Business
f;
B S 270-48004
Instructor: Dick Herzog
In this course we will focus on the responsibilities of business to society and consider problems that businesses and
business people face in a world of competing value systems. We will explore the moral foundations of capitalism
and the use of reason to study systematically business conduct and behavior.
Topics will include discrimination/affirmative action,
truth in advertising, insider information, corporate take
overs and green mail, multinational corporations and so
on.
There will be lectures, discussions and probably some
guests. Students will write and defend in class two essays
on assigned topics. There will be a final examination.
Prerequisite: Ethics recommended
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 21
Management Simulation Games
BUS 278-48071/378-48072
Instructor: Amin Kader
During this course, students will be grouped into teams to
play a computerized business management exercise. Each
team will control a company which manufactures and sells
similar products. Each team will attempt to outperform
other teams by selecting what appears to be the optimal
operating strategy. This strategy will involve setting production volume, marketing expenditures, and selling prices
and determining plant and securities investments as well as
stockholders dividends.
Students registering for upper division credit will be expected to have had at least one business course and to be
able to apply business concepts learned.
The lower division credit is designed for students who are
interested in business but who have had no academic business training. This level will require students to rely on
systematic and deductive analysis which will allow students to discover for themselves the relationship between
the various component parts of the business decision. The
lower version of the computerized game will be used for
this group.
Prerequisite: For 378 - BUS 242 or 252, BUS 221 or 331 and
ECO 112 or permission of instructor
Room: Psych 3
Time: I1
"
Chemistry
'
fur Changing Times
CHE 100-48005
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the
very popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is
not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a
science background. Basic science and math are introduced
early and are taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the
student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education
for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be
philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We
live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the pill",
food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements,
the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic
manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental
disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The
common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon
nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a
hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body
chemistry. Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the
problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but
chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our
society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we
take a molecular look at the human condition.
This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format.
Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Daily
quizzes will be used for evaluation. This course meets a
distribution need but does not satisfy prerequisites for
Chemistry 106 or 116.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 315
Chemistry in Health
CHE 120-48006
Instructor: John Holum
This course will progress from a study of basic principles
of chemistry (with emphasis on acid-base equilibria) to a
study of the chemical reactions by which our bodies manage the transport of oxygen and waste carbon dioxide in
the chemistry of cellular respiration. We shall study several
situations in which this chemistry goes awry - drug overdoses, overbreathing at high altitudes, emphysema, diabetes, hysterics, and pulmonary diseases. There will be some
attention to the nature of chemistry in particular and science in general. Average of four two-hour lectures per
week with demonstrations; evaluations by hour examinations and a final. This course meets distribution but does
not count toward a chemistry major or minor.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 315
History of Chemistry
CHE 125-48061
Instructor: Jean C. Kung
This course seeks to outline the influence of history on the
discovery of the elements. Ancient peoples discovered and
used a few elements setting the prologue for chemistry. We
will examine the discoveries of the elements, their utility
and the development of chemistry from ancient concepts
to alchemy to the powerful modern science of today. The
course grade will be based primarily upon a term paper.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 319
Computer Science
f7 ~ort;an
CSC 270-48007
Instructor: Larry Ragland
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming.
This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of
the features of FORTRAN together with programming
techniques for using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequisite: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. CSC 170 or MAT 175)
Time: I1
Room: Science 112
Economics
Economics of Urban Issues
ECO 110-48008
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a
metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention,
Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread;
Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic
tools are introduced to facilitate discussion of the above
mentioned topics. (This is a basic course designed for those
students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor.)
Distribution: Either Economics-Political Science or Urban
Concerns
Time: I1
Room: Library 1
Planned Economies (Soviet Union,
Yu oslavia, India)
8
EC 495-48009
Instructor: Satya Gupta
Students will study the evolution, objectives and performance of the present day economies of the Soviet Union,
Yugoslavia and India under different systems of management. Students should be able to conceptualize and appreciate the differences in approach and solutions of economic
problems of these countries.
Grades will be based on three tests and one research paper.
Prerequisites: ECO 112 or 113 (or consent of instructor)
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 13
Education
Student Teaching
EDS 481-48010;EDE 481-48014
EDS 482-48011;EDE 482-48015
EDS 483-48012;EDE 483-48016
EDS 484-48013;EDE 484-48017
Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is P/N only.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor.
fke Once and Future King: Arthur Through
the Ages
ENG 130-48018/ENG 430-48025
Instructor: Joan Griffin
"Hic jacet Arthurus Rex quondam rexque futurus (Here lies
King Arthur, the once and future king)." These words, legend says, are engraved on the tomb of the greatest king
who ever lived, Arthur of Britain.
But another tradition says that Arthur never died. Instead,
he was taken to the magical island of Avalon after he was
wounded in his last battle. There he will remain until the
world has need of a leader as great as he.
In fact Arthur has returned again and again in myth, legend, poetry, novels, and films. Arthur (and Arthurian
themes) have appeared in the works of great writers like
T.S. Eliot and James Joyce. But he's appeared just as often
on the best seller lists (in novels by Mary Stewart, for example), on the stage (Camelot) and in the movies (Excalibur).
King Arthur is as compelling a figure in modern imagination as he was in medieval literature. Why7 Who is this
Arthur7 Who was he in his own time, and what has he
become throughout the centuries7
Our quest for the meaning of King Arthur will take us
from medieval to modern times. We will look at classics
like Sir Thomas Malory's Le Morta D'Arthur, and Alfred,
Lord Tennyson's Idylls of the King. We will also look at
more popular works like T.H. White's Once and Future
King and movies like Monty Python and the Holy Grail
and Excalibur.
Evaluation will be based on a number of short papers, contributions to class discussion, and an exam. Students enrolling for upper division credit will also be asked to lead a
class discussion and write a long paper based on additional
readings.
Prerequisites: ENG 111Effective Writing (or consent of instructor)
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 16
Rock 'N' Roll: Lyric, Metaphor, Lore
ENG 355-48019
Instructor: John Mitchell
Devotees of rock and roll music tend neither to listen to the
lyrics nor to understand them when they do, probably by
preference. This course will examine the language of rock
and roll, emphasizing figures of speech and other poetic
techniques (metaphor, irony, etc.) and their thematic implications. Feature films, ranging from Blackboard Jungle to
Woodstock to The Wall, will also be examined for their
cultural implications and themes. Students will be required
to take tests and to write an extended analysis based upon
assigned readings and the use of language in the music. A
fee will be charged to help pay for film rentals.
Prerequisites: ENG Ill-Effective Writing
Time: I1
Room: Science 123
Five College Advanced Short Fiction
Writing
ENG 362-48058
Instructor: Carol Bly
This course will focus on writing short stories, but will also
include a study of basic fiction theory and the reading of
excellent works for use as examples. There will be frequent
in-class exercises, short (200 word) homework fiction to
write, peer and class critiquing and frequent conferences
with the instructor. Small group work will be encouraged.
We will explore sophisticated means of writing short
American literature--with emphasis on generosity of plot,
sensuous detail in place and time settings, presentation of
characters, brisk and lovely language as well as we can
manage.
Grades will be based on writing, class participation and
evidence of the grasp of advanced literary principles.
Prerequisite: One writing course beyond effective writing
and permission of Professor John Mitchell
Time: 10:OO-12:30 TWRF
Room: Hamline University, LC 102 E
French
Beginning French
FRE 111-48057
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
This course aims to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, this course
works toward the discovery of French culture and the
French way of life.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
German
Introduction t o Yiddish
GER 220-48070
Instructor: Don Steinmetz
What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired
"Fiddler on the Roof"), Issac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several other great writers have in common7
They were written in Yiddish. How did expressions like
"chuspe," "shnook," "klutz," "kitch," "schmaltz," and
"shitik" get into English? Again, the answer is Yiddish. Yiddish is closely related to German and in this interim you
can learn to read Yiddish as well as you can read German.
Grades will be based on performance and at least two tests.
dia NLL 4 d ~ 1rrL
ri~~,a
Prerequisite: One year of college German or permission of
instructor
Time: I
Room: Old Main 12
Health and Phwsical
Education
II Recreational Rhythms and Activities
PE 232-48022
Instructor: Mary Manderfeld
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New
Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course
grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This is a 1/2credit course.
Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays, and
alternate Fridays
Room: Melby
H Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455-48023
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
This course is designed for the beginning and intermediate
sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising.
The course will focus on taking the student to a competent
level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming
and crewing). The student will live aboard a 39 foot fixed
keel sailboat with five other people and will function as an
active member of the crew. Actual on the water instruction
will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include
cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and
American Virgin Islands.
Evaluation will be based on performance as a crew member as well as a written final exam.
Prerequisite: Instructor's permission
Distribution: Lifetime sport
Beiltg H14man
INS 18848063
Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach
What is it to be a human being? We will first raise questions about the extent of our knowledge, about the meaning of life, and about values. Secondly, we will explore
how individuals are related to their society. We will analyze, among other things, the nature and purpose of education and the role of the individual in the state. Finally, we
will focus on the impact which contemporary developments in artificial intelligence have on how we view ourselves.
The course will emphasize reading original sources from
various historical periods, and frequent written interaction
with those readings. Several short papers plus written
preparation for small group discussions will be expected.
Prerequisite: Freshmen only
Distribution: Urban
Time: I
Room: Music 24
Images of America: From Wilderness
Forest to Urban Sprawl
EVE
INS 188-48064
Instructor: Ron Palosaari
When Europeans first settled in America they found themselves in a wilderness they hoped to transform into a garden. We modern Americans find ourselves in an increasingly urbanized environment and want simultaneously to
transform the city to make it more liveable and also to flee
the city and escape its problems by going back to nature.
In this course we will study some works of literature and
other texts that will help us understand how we got our
attitudes toward city and country. We will consider the
Greek development of the idea of the city, move on to the
Hebrew and Christian conceptions of the ideal society and
then study some of the development of American ideas
about country and city. Students will be expected to develop a personal statement of their attitudes towards the
rural and the urban. Students will write three papers and
take a final examination. We will take a field trip or two
and have several guest speakers.
Texts:
L. Mumford, The City in History, selections
I
Plato, The Republic, selection
Bible, selections
Augustine, The City of God, selections
R.W.Emerson, "Nature"
H.D. Thoreau, "Waldenff,selections
N. Hawthorne, "My Kinsman Major Molineaux"
E.A. Poe, "The Man of the Crowd"
S . Crane, Maggie
J. Baldwin, Go Tell It On the Mountain
J.C. Oates, Them
Prerequisite: Freshmen only
Distribution: Urban
Time: I
Room: Music 23
Leadership in the City
flz/E
INS 188-48065
Instructor: Richard Nelson
It has often been observed that leadership cannot be
taught. While that is probably true, it is definitely true that
leaders and leadership can be profitably studied. In this
course we will study leadership within the context of the
city. Through readings, discussion, and lectures we will
view the ancient and modern city and selected problems
within urban culture which require the development of
various types of leaders and styles of leadership. During
the first two weeks of class we will read from texts and
view films which will provide us with background material, and since all events are rooted in time, much of this
material will be historical in nature. The third week of the
course will be devoted to time spent observing the city.
Each student will visit with a leader in our metropolitan
community whom you will interview in order to gain primary data about his or her role as a leader. In addition,
you will work in teams to view the life of the city and
formulate questions and observations about the nature of
our metropolitan area. In the final week of the class we will
reserve time for individual and team reports to be given in
class. During the course you will write four short papers
(3-4 pages), prepare oral reports based on your week in the
city, and write three short exams. Each component, the
short papers, the oral reports, and the short exams will
comprise 30% of your final grade. Your participation in
discussions will count 10% of your final grade.
Prerequisite: Freshmen only
Distribution: Urban
Time: I
Room: Old Main 16
1
H Urban Theatre and Art
11v,C
INS 188-48065
4
Instructor: Julie Bolton
The Twin Cities is among the three largest theatre centers
nationally. In this seminar we will use current local productions as a laboratory for our exploration of meaning in
drama and theories of drama (expectations and needs of
the audience, the nature of the dynamic process which is
related between the actor and audience, and the differentiation between the play and the production). Play productions which were available in 1987 were Shakespeare's As
You Like It, Chekhov's Uncle Vanya, Ping Chong's Nosferatu, and David Hare's A Map of the World among others.
The seminar will focus on the themes: city/rural, artificial/
real, technology and civilization/nature, sin and darkness/
healing and restoration. We will use as background material classical humanistic texts: Job, Plato's The Republic,
Shakespeare's Macbeth, Adam's The Dynamo and the Virgin and Lewis Mumford's City in History.
Three productions will be viewed on which three 3-5 page
critical reviews will be written and shared with the group
as a basis for discussions. Research problems will require
library use. Play productions will be supported by visits to
art museums. There will be a fee for play admissions.
Prerequisite: Freshmen only
Distribution: Urban
Time: I
Room: Old Main 11
Interdisciplinary
Externship: e ink in^ ducati ion and the
World of Work
INS 299-486%
Instructors: Garry Hesser and Lois Olson
Learn from your experiences. Discover new ways to learn
by observing, collaborating, and reflecting on your experiences.
The externship is a modified internship consisting of a halftime placement and active participation in a seminar that
meets twice a week. Each student will be assisted in the
process of securing an unpaid placement where s/he can
obtain valuable first hand experience in the world of work.
The course is designed to achieve two major objectives: 1)
to enable students to observe and experience the relationships between the worlds of work and the classroom; and
2) to expand the students' abilities to learn from first hand
experience.
Each participant will observe and work approximately 20
hours per week in a placement which matches his/her major or career interests. The seminar will meet twice a week
for approximately two hours. Evaluation will be based
upon the overall quality of participation, supervisor assessment, critical incident analysis, journal/log and seminar participation.
Participants will complete a resume by November 24 and
secure a placement before the end of Fall classes (December
11).
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and placement secured by December ll.
Women, Men and the Bible
INS 181-48027
Instructor: Bev Stratton
Who are the women of the Bible7 How have women been
involved in or neglected by the Jewish and Christian faiths
through the centuries7 How have other religions dealt with
gender issues7 What does the Bible say about the roles and
relationships of women and men in the family and in the
church7 How do our images of God and our language effect our beliefs7 When must masculine pronouns be retained in Biblical translation, and when is inclusive language appropriate? How do our religious understandings
of the roles of women and men impact our actions in society?
We will explore these and other questions through extensive reading and class discussions. Our focus will be on the
Judeo-Christian tradition, but we will also consider other
religions, modern reactions to patriarchy, and inclusive
language for worship. Evaluation will be based on class
discussions, quizzes, short papers, exams, and a project.
Prerequisites: An open mind
Distribution: urban/women/minority
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
Politics and Process in Education
INS 183-48053
Instructor: Norm Ferguson
Ever wondered about the advantages and disadvantages of
the formal education you are experiencing? How have the
educational methods you have been exposed to shaped
your view of yourself and the world7
The objectives of this course are to examine the processes
used today in American education (from elementary
school through college) and to evaluate them from a variety of social science perspectives (political, psychological,
sociological). The content of the courses will include topics
such as: cooperative learning, experiential education, individual learning styles, whole-brain learning, social responsibility, and student-teacher interactions.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of topics such as these. Guest speakers will illustrate some of the
alternative approaches to education being used currently
in the Twin Cities. Evaluation will be based on: (a) class
participation and (b) two papers or one paper and one
class presentation.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
Time: I
Room: Psych 2
The Rabbi and the Robot: Human Value in
the Computer Age
INS 185-38029
Instructor: Larry Crockett
This course will explore how human beings should be understood in an age of robots, intricate computers, and artificial intelligence. Using film, non-fiction, and fiction, we
will examine these questions: Are human beings in some
sense machines7 Is it conceivable that smart machines
might in some sense be persons? What does the JudeoChristian tradition have to say about such questions7
Students will be asked to write one essay each week and to
write one exam consisting of multiple choice and essay
items.
Prerequisites: A computer science, psychology or philosophy course
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
Cultural and Political Realities in Jordan,
Israel, the West Bank and Egypt
INS 262-480
Instructors: Joel Mugge and Gary Olson
Students will visit Jordan, Israel, the West Bank and Egypt
to examine historical, cultural, socio-economic and political factors in interaction. The course will include readings,
lectures and field experiences designed to illuminate life in
the Moslem, Jewish and Christian communities and to increase understanding of the political and social dynamics
which have engendered conflict in the region. Participants
will meet with people and organizations representing the
countries' many political and religious viewpoints. The
group will also travel to key historical sites such as Jerusalem's Old City and Cairo's pyramids. Trip leaders will be
Moravian College political science professor Gary Olson
and Joel Mugge, Director of the Center for Global Education at Augsburg College. Approximate cost will be $1800
from Minneapolis, including all transportation, accommodations, tours and meals with an itinerary extending from
January 7 through January 24.
Grading will be on a P/N basis only and evaluation will be
based on a journal integrating experiences with assigned
readings and on participation in a global perspectives forum during the spring term. Interested students must register first with the Center for Global Studies by October 30.
Mathematics
Shaping Up
MAT 151-48056
Instructor: Bev Durkee
A look at two and three dimensional geometric shapes by
drawing or building models and by considering the mathematical structure of the patterns of their symmetries (rotations, reflections, etc.) through transferational geometry.
The course should be helpful to those in elementary education or other nonscience majors interested in visual patterns. Assignments will be required. Course examinations
at midterm and final.
Prerequisite: Level 3 on Mathematics Placement Test
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: Science 112
H Math of Interest
MAT 173-48062
Instructor: Ken Kaminsky
Have you ever wondered why women have been charged
more than men for annuities and received lower pension
benefits than men? Or why women have paid less than
men for life insurance? Or how life insurance premiums are
calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured
out? Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate
a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in
the future? Then this course may be meant for you. These
and other interesting and useful topics in the mathematics
of financial transactions will be covered.
Evaluation will be based on classroom participation and
quizzes.
This course should be useful for students in business and
economics or for any students interested in careers in finance-related fields.
Prerequisites: Group I11 on math placement test or equivalent.
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
H The Logical Game of Mathematics
MAT 241-48028
Instructor: Larry Copes
Lower-division mathematics students generally play only
games of calculation and concepts. But DOING mathematics as professionals requires an ability to prove and disprove conjectures and to write up proofs. The objectives of
this course are to help prospective mathematics majors
gain or improve those skills, and to get a taste of REAL
mathematics before committing themselves to a major. Toward that end there will be daily assignments and weekly
exams, including a cumulative final exam.
Prerequisite: Completion of Calculus I with 2.0 (C) or better
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Music
E Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview
MUS 110-48033
Instructor: Roberta Metzler
An introductory course for students planning to major in
music therapy. Course will consist of a general overview of
the field of music therapy, with visitations to several clinical sites in the area. Evaluation will be based on three tests
and field trip reports. Special fee to cover transportation:
$15.
Time: I1
Room: Music 26
E Improvisation in Music
MUS 129-48032
Instructor: Stephen Gabrielsen
Improvisation in Music meets every day for three hours,
and each student will improvise daily at class meetings,
using a variety of improvisational techniques and styles.
Prerequisite: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or
instructor's permission
Time: I1
Room: Music 4
The Electronics of Music
MUS 230-48030/MUS 430-48031
Instructor: Robert KarlCn
An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and
create some of the sounds found in 20th Century music.
Through a "hands-on" approach, participants will be involved in:
1. Making multi-track recordings on half-track, quartertrack, and cassette decks through an eight-track mixer.
2. Individually creating, modifying, and mixing sounds
from traditional sound sources as well as from analog and
computer-controlled synthesizers.
The study and application of practical electronic technology used in the production of music today will be combined with aesthetic considerations necessary for the creative aspects of the art.
Much of the work in this course will be done in small
groups. Lower division students will work with up to four
channel-four track recording involving techniques of speed
changing, splicing, reversing tape direction and filtering
using primarily traditional and non-traditional sound
sources. Upper division students will also use electronically synthesized sound sources including computer controlled keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to seven
tracks.
Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder,
and provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and a blank cassette tape.
Prerequisite: Music theory or permission of instructor for
upper division status
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I1
Room: Music 5
Norwegian
Be inning Norwegian
g
NO 111-48034
Instructor: Nancy Aarsvold
Course 111is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. The course aims to develop basic skills in
speaking, listening, reading, writing, and cultural understanding, Classroom practice focuses on both presentation
of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in
everyday contexts. The final grade is derived from daily
assignments, ~ u ~ = F s and
,
a final examination.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 29
Nursing
Pends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330-48035
Instructor: Terry Welcher
This course is intended to give students a broad perspective
by introducing current trends and issues in health care and
the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have potential
for far-reaching effects in health care. Students will be
graded on group presentations, written examinations and
field trip reports.
Prerequisite: Registered Nurse
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
Philosophy
Readings in Mystical Literature: The
Western Padition
PHI 390-48036
Instructor: Mark Fuehrer
The object of this course is to analyze the principles of the
various forms of mystical experience based on discussions
of selected mystical texts that are considered as basic (classic) in forming Western spirituality. Topics include: ecstatic
experience, purgation of the senses, mysticism and the
feminine, mysticism and poetry. Evaluation will be by
short papers and final examination.
This course meets the Humanities major requirement of a
perspectives course.
Time: I
Room: Memorial 323
Philosophy of Science
PHI 365-48037
Instructor: Kenneth Bailey
Sometimes it is said that we live in the Age of Science.
What does that mean? In what sense(s) might such a statement be said to be true or false? Is it really true that only
science can say something meaningful about Reality? Are
there any limits to scientific method? For example, what
does science have to say about values? These and other
questions about scientific methods, scientific knowledge,
and the applications for science to human life will be examined. (Is your future written in the stars?)
Primarily a discussion course. Grades will be based upon a
mid-term and a final examination; course participation;
and an individual study project.
Prerequisites: Suggested prior courses: PHI 130 (Logic)and
one course in natural science
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 11
Phusics
~&oduction to Weather
PHY 106-48040
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a
working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing
the weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study
of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of
the weather, and weather's impact on world events. This
course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts
student.
The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast
United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi;
Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the
visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at
sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather. During
the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and
site visits. Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception systems carried on the trip.
This trip will not only allow visits of operational weather
facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the
full range of climates across the US from north to south.
Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel.
Grades will be based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project completed during the
trip.
The cost will be approximately $700.
Prerequisite: High School Algebra
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: Science 123
The Physics of Music
PHY 112-48038
Instructor: Jeff Johnson
This course will examine the physics underlying the experience of music. After developing the essential physics, we
will examine string and horn instruments (and possibly
others including the human voice) to see how they actually
work. The requirements of the course include laboratory
exercises and homework assignments. There will also be a
final exam in addition to a term paper on the history of the
student's favorite musical instrument.
Prerequisite: High school algebra
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: Science 30
The Starship Accords
PHY 180-48039
Instructor: Mark Engebretson
You have been selected to participate in the establishment
of the first permanent human settlement outside our solar
system. As one of the colonists, it will be your duty during
flight to:
A. Familiarize yourself with the environment expected in
any of the several galactic locations thought to be suitable
for colonization.
B. Choose the location, design, and level of technology of
the new colony.
C. Help design a system of governance for the entire community.
Assigned readings in science, science fiction, and political
theory will form the basis of class discussions and individual and group projects. Evaluation will be based on the
above and on two short quizzes.
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: Library 1
Po Iitical Science
II Patterns of Change in the Middle East
POL 268-38068/468-48069
Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten
The objectives of this course are to go behind the headlines
and achieve deeper understanding of the issues facing policy makers in the Middle East today and to make use of
theoretical perspectives from history, comparative politics
and international relations while examining Middle East
political life.
Lectures and class reading will explore the long heritage of
Islam in the area as well as the impact of Western power
and political concepts. How ideas and social movements
confront each other amidst rapid technological and social
change will be studied. Students will also analyze the complex policy choices facing outside powers with interests in
the region.
All students will read an introductory text and select from
recent specialized studies on six societies: Iran, Israel,
Egypt, Lebanon, Saudi Arabia, and the Palestinians. All
students will give oral critiques of two books from the set
of specialized studies and will write a final essay on political aspects of two countries.
Additional class meetings will be held to discuss readings
on the comparative method and selected Middle East political topics as treated in an additional text required for upper division credit. Upper division students will critique
methodology as well as the information and stylistic approach of the books presented in classroom critiques. An
additional final essay applying comparative theory to two
Middle East countries will be required for upper division
students.
Prerequisites: None for lower division; one political science course and sophomore status for upper division
Distribution: Economics-Political Science
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 10
H Political Economy
POL 459-48041
Instructor: Joseph Goldman
This course introduces students to the theoretical and policy questions dealing with political economy; especially
how politics and economics interrelate across industrializing and postindustrializing systems. Using history, political
science and economics, we will look at the concepts,
models, theories and paradigms of national and international development. Issues like the "North-South debate,
GNP growth, market expansion, industrialization, capitalization, the arms race and high technological advancement
are covered.
Students are evaluated on a comprehensive examination
and a short (15-20 pp) term paper in the form of a case
study or policy study in consultation with the instructor.
The examination and a paper are worth each 50% of the
total grade.
Prerequisites: Preferably course work in political science
or economics
Distribution: Economics-Political Science
Time: I
Room: Psych 3
Ps ycilology
H Introduction to the World of Psychology
PSY 121-48042
Instructor: Paul Hirdman
Psychology is more than rats1 It is a world of great
breadth, with differing levels of depth. Here you will have
the opportunity to explore some of the concepts, data and
methods of psychology and gain some understanding and
insights from this discipline. Readings, lectures, and special presentations will be utilized involving the instructor
and class members. Evaluation will involve class participation, student research presentations and exams.
Distribution: Psychology-Sociology
Time: I
Room: Psychology 4
Idealism and the Adolescent
PSY 370-48043
Instructor: Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life
of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus.
This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high
level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequent
oral reports. Each student will be required to seek out and
interview persons in the adolescent level of development.
Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required.
Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children
by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book
will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November
1st. Content of the book will be discussed in the first few
class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in
the course. This course is offered only on P/N basis.
Prerequisites: PSY 105-General Psychology
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
The ~ u t h e r a n
Heritage
REL 345-48044
Instructor: Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it
is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th
century and its development and cultural influence during
450 years of history. The text by Bergendoff will provide
an overview. Lecture and class discussion will deal with
examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music,
missions, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements will include two exams and one short paper. One
text costing approximately $12.00 must be purchased in
class on the second day.
Prerequisites: REL 111or 221
Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be
used to meet religion requirements)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
The Bible, Language and Interpretation
REL 445-48052
Instructor: Philip Quanbeck
A study of the use and function of language in the Bible.
The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding the biblical text. Grades will be
based on class participation, a presentation to the class and
an examination.
Prerequisites: Senior Honors Student or permission of instructor
Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be
used to meet religion requirements)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
Social Work
Ex loring Human Services
SJ
K 257-48055
Instructor: Francine Chakolis
This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable
tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service
organization or agency; working and talking with human
service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course
offers a "hands on" experiential approach to learning.
Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will
attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week
during which agency experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in
the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam.
Time: I
Room: Melby 24
Issues of Hornelessness
SWK 339-48051
Edwina Hertzberg
The intent of this course is:
1. To expand student's knowledge of homelessness in an
historical context;
2. To expand student's knowledge of the reality of homelessness in the Twin Cities;
3. To expand student's understanding of the causative factors which contribute to persons being homeless: economic, employment, personal.
4. To explore possible resolutions of homelessness.
Readings, guest lectures, field visits to sites serving homeless people, participant observations and volunteer experience will be utilized to fulfill the above objectives. A semin a r f o r m a t will be used in the classroom f o r
discussion/exploration of the topic.
Field notes from participant observations, class participation and a research paper exploring one aspect of the topic
will form the basis of evaluation.
Fee: $30.00
Non-social work majors are particularly invited to enroll
in this course.
Prerequisites: SOC 111, 121, SWK 257, 361, or consent of
instructor
Time: I1
Room: Psych 2
H Social Work and Community Services in
Great Britain
SWK 346-48059
Instructor: Rosemary Link
Great Britain is an exciting mixture of ancient and modern
- ancient in its culture and modern in its social policies.
The course explores social work services with this dual focus. We will visit a variety of community agencies: formal
public, private, and natural helping networks in a range of
urban and rural settings. In order to experience the nation's
culture, we will be invited to English family homes, meet
with social work students, attend theatre performances,
and visit historic treasures.
London is the nerve center for the countrv's resources and
we will begin by visiting some of its foremost community
institutions such as Great Ormond Street Childrens' Hospital and Toynbee Hall Settlement. With the help of English
social work students, we will unravel the post Second
World War commitment to universal social policies. These
policies have established services available to all citizens in
health, education, income maintenance, housing, and personal social services. They also provide the major working
turf of the social work profession.
As a contrast to the inner city of London, we will visit
Exeter and explore the rural and beautiful coastal West
Country. In addition to the formal 'public' social work
agencies such as Probation and Corrections, we will make
contact with informal services and the small, more extended family oriented fishing and farming communities.
Throughout the course, there will be an emphasis on understanding current national policies and attitudes through
cultural and literary connections. Therefore, visits to the
National Theatre, The Houses of Parliament, cathedrals,
and ancient community sites such as Oxford are an integral
part of recognizing and appreciating the whole community. Culture and history come to life during day excursions through the gentle English countryside to Oxford and
Stratford, Warwick and Coventry, Bath and Canterbury.
Students will complement their direct experience by reading the British press and current social policy pamphlets,
journals, and books. Suggested Readings: A. Kahn and S.
Kammerman, Not the Poor Alone; M . Bruce, The Rise o f
the Welfare State; l? Barclay, Social Workers: Their Role
and Tasks; Charles Dickens, Oliver Twist; any play by
G.B.Shaw, and the 'quality press' - The Guardian, The
Times, The Telegraph.
Student evaluation will be based on a summary of a reflective journal, an agency study, a critique of a current social
policy (which includes a comparison with their American
experience), and participation in visits and discussions.
The comprehensive fee of $1,965 includes air and surface
travel, accommodations, six dinners, four theater tickets
and a one week London travel pass.
Registration for this interim must be made before October
23 in The International Center, Old Main 20.
Field Work III
SWK 466-48045/SWK 466-48046
Instructor: Maria Brown
The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationship to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the
client contact phase of the problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional
practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professional development; to promote competence
in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 educationally focused field placement in a social service
agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field
placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated
supportive seminar held on campus.
Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor
using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms.
Note: Course is offered for half (466-48045) (15 hours per
week) or full (466-48046) (30 hours per week) credit. If for
full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-client
contact tasks.
Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11)
Time: to be arranged
Sociology
Racial and Minority Group Relations
SOC 265-48047
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding.
The course is offered only on a P/N basis. Students can
expect evaluation to be based on a combination of class
participation, written assignments, and/or examinations.
Distribution: Urban/Minority
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
.-
Spanish
Evaluating Continental Literature
SPA 250-48048
Instructor: Gunta Rozentals
The objective of the course is to enable students to discuss
continental literature through the use of valid critical tools.
It will involve both theory and subsequent evaluation of
the reading selections from different points of view. We
shall read half a dozen short stories, several plays, one
novel and a number of poems.
Student evaluation will be based on three written reports,
participation in class discussions, and a final exam. This
course is designed for foreign language students but anyone with an interest in European continental literature is
welcome to enroll.
Offered in English.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
Speech, Communication,
Theatre
Children's Theater
SPC 285-48049
Instructor: Gary Parker
Class members will work as an ensemble to create and perform a play for children. Development of the play will emphasize techniques of improvisation. Students will participate both on and off stage as performers (actors, singers,
dancers, musicians), production staff (publicity and management), and technical staff (lights, scenery, costumes,
and props). Public performances will be scheduled during
the final week of class. Grading will be based on the commitment and effectiveness of work on the production, and
a written notebook of daily activities and reactions. No
theater experience is necessary.
Time: 9:30-12:00,1:00-3:00
Room: Stage Two
H Television News Production
SPC 344-48050
Instructor: Warren Harmon
This will be a basic course in television news production
taught on location. Students will get practical experience in
interviewing, shooting, writing, editing and producing the
news. Grades will be based primarily on how well these
tasks are performed and on the quality of material produced. Students will work in a newsroom setting, not a
television studio. Students should have some previous TV
coursework. Check with Julie Bolton in the speech department for further information.
Prerequisite: Permission of Department chair, Julie Bolton
Time: I
Room: Dayton-Hudson Production Studios, St. Paul
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Mary
Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20, or from the
Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 23,
1987. These courses are offered on P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number.
H Art and Culture in Europe: A Study in Contrasts
H Austria, Italy and Eastern Capitals: The Habsburg Heritage
H The Bahamas: Women, Health and Healing
H Biology and Natural History of the Hawaiian Islands
H China: Yesterday, Today, and Tomorrow
H Costa Rica: Ecology of Tropical Forests
H English Castles and Cathedrals, Cities and Countryside
H The English School and Family
H Europe and the Rise of Modern Science
H France at the Dawn of the XXI Century:
Modernity and Tradition
H German Language and Culture
H The Greek Experience
H Hawaii: A Cultural History
H Intermediate German: 2000 Years in Trier
International Law and Business in a European Environment
H The Irish Renaissance
H Italy and Malta: Ancient Cultures and Contemporary
Problems
H London, Paris, Amsterdam: The Legacy of Wealth and
Power
Mexico: The Old and the New
H From Monastery to Manufacturing:
The Dawn of Capitalism
The Natural History of New Zealand
Paris-Dakar: The French-African Connection
Social Work and Community Services in Great Britain
H The Soviet Union: Church and State After 1000 Years
H Theatre in England: Its Texts and Contexts
H The Vikings
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for
credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are
offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for
registering are available in the Interim Office.
Outward Bound
HPE 212-48073
Check for information in the Interim Office for material on
dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian
border or for white water canoeing and desert camping on
the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 17
period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available).
Washin on D. C. Interims
?
Leaders on eadership: Models for Policy Making
POL 398-48073
Law and Society: An Examination of Issues and Principles
POL 398-48074
These Interims begin December 28 and continue until January 16. Information on either of the above programs,
housing and financial assistance is available from Dr.
Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A.
The foSlowing activity is available to students during Interim
and srudenks may register for this class as well as for a repsilar
course. This activity does not carry official credit, but does
meet h e liferime sports requirement for graduation. Students
may participate in his class without registering for the course,
but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student
registers for the course.
American Karate
HPE 002-48067
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, caught by a certified Second Degree MKA
Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 12:OO-1:00M, W,F
Room: Melby
Show less
Tuition R+nd Policy
The Per Course Deposit of $50 is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the first
day of the term to the date of the student's
official course cancellation at the
Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds (No refund after
the dates li... Show more
Tuition R+nd Policy
The Per Course Deposit of $50 is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the first
day of the term to the date of the student's
official course cancellation at the
Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds (No refund after
the dates listed.)
Refund
Term I
Term I1
10O0/o
May 31
June 1
June 2
June 3
June 6
June 27
June 28
June 29
June 30
July 1
901
'0
80%
70OO
/
60%
Canzpus Location
35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left
on Washington (turns right onto Cedar
Avenue), turn left at Riverside, right at 21st
Avenue S.
1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at
21st Avenue S.
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside,
turn left at 21st Avenue S.
35W from the South Follow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move right lane
after each of two mergers). Take 25th
Avenue exit and turn left on 25th Avenue,
turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st
Avenue S.
Nondiscn'nzinution Pol icy
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or
ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the
1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,
as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
1
Central ,Location
Low Tuition
Convenient Class Time
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college of The Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America. Located in the heart of Minneapolis and St. Paul, the
small college environment of 2,100 students during the academic year, is enriched by
the many cultural, sport and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan
xea. An active summer combining classes and participation in metropolitan events is a
delightful and broadening experience.
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses,
internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs
from May 31 -June 24, Term I1 runs from June 27 - August 5. This brochure presents
khe Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication.
%
Term I
Term I1
--
Preregistration
with Tuition Discount
Confirmation of Registration
Classes Begin
Balance of Tuition Due
April 13
April 13
May 31
June 27
Last Day to:
Change Grading Option
Drop Class Without Notation
Register with a Late Fee of $10
(no registrations will be
accepted after this date)
June 2
June 29
Holiday
None
July 4
Last Day to Withdraw from Class (W)
June 14
July 18
Classes End
June 24
August 5
Grades Due in Registrar's Office
June 29
August 10
Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1or 2,
lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division,
primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level.
Confirmation of Registration will take place at the Registrar's Office, 114 Science Hall,
between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:30 p.m. oil May 31 and June 27.
Independent Study and Internships in addition to those listed, may be pursued
during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience
related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the
Summer School Office for information.
Calendar
Summer 1988
Term I Summer School students are required to confirm their registrations on May 31.
Term I1 registrations must be confirmed on June 27. This procedure includes
confirmation of all preregistered courses and applies to internships and independent
studies as well as to regularly scheduled courses.
Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in the
Augsburg College Catalog. If you need more information about a special summer
offering, please contact the Summer School Office.
Augsburg in the Summer
-
Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term 11;
Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the
equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg
distribution requirements are noted in the course descriptions.
The Balance Owing for tuition must be paid before registration is confirmed. Augsburg
students please note: Balance due on Augsburg account from previous ternils must be
paid in full before confirmation of registration.
A Late Fee of $10 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on June 1and 2. A
late fee of $10 will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 28 and June
29. Registrations will not be accepted after these dates.
The College Reserves the right to cancel listed courses.
To Change Your Registration, cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course
and enroll in another course, fill out a CancellAdd form at the Registrar's Office. There
is a charge of $5 for changing a registration after the first day of each term. This must be
done by 3:30 p.m. on June 2 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on June 29 for Term I1
courses. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as
scheduled courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is determined according to the
"Tuition Refund Policy."
Information and Fom~s E l igibility
Fees
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from the Summer
School Office. Write or call:
The Tuition Charge for 1988 Summer
School courses is as follows: $390 for fullcredit courses, $280 for half-credit
courses, and $140 for fourth-credit
courses. Audits are charged at the tuition
rates listed above. Laboratory and special
fees, including those pertaining to student teaching, are given with the
individual course descriptions.
Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing.
Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are advised to preregister as soon as
possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Memorial Hall - 230
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
(612) 330-1025
Pat Parker, Director
Kay Thomsen, Secretary
Financial Aid
Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed
Student Loan. Any student taking 1
course is regarded as a half-time student
for the summer and is eligible to apply for
a Guaranteed Student ~ & n contact
.
the
Financial Aid Office to make loan
arrangements (330-1046).
Persons in Good Standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
itudents admitted for the next Fall Term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that institution.
Other Persons wishing to take summer
school work should contact the Director
of Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
Acceptance as a summer student does not
imply admission as a regular student of
to
~
~
g
wishing
~
~
~
begin a degree program at the College
should
for
the
Officeof Admission.
A Tuition Discount is available to
students who preregister on April 13 for
Term I and Term I1 Summer School
courses. Courses that you sign u p for on
this date are billed at the following rates:
$360 for full-credit courses, $270 for half~ creditgcourses, and $130 for fourth-credit
courses. To receive this tuition discount, a
deposit of $50 per course is required.
Please note: This tuition discount applies
only to courses so designated on April 13.
The $50 per course deposit is nonrefundable except when a course is
cancelled due to low enrollment. When
this happens, you may elect to receive a
deposit refund or substitute another
course without loss of discount.
After April 13 you may preregister for
Summer School courses at the Registrar's
Office on an ongoing basis during regular
office hours. Each course preregistration
must be accompanied by a $50 tuition
deposit. This deposit is applied to
designated course tuition and is nonrefundable and non-transferable except
when a course is cancelled.
To Avoid Disappointment in course
selection, preregistration is
recommended. Some courses with
limited enrollment fill early. Conversely,
courses with low preregistration
enrollment may be cancelled before the
first day of the term.
I
I
I
:A;?:
Summer School
-
-
A RT
ART 107-8155
DRAWING
B.Olson
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subjects include
still-life, figurcs, building interiors, exteriors, experimeiital work. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-11:30 a . m . M,7;WTh
OM17
ART 118-8157
335-8158
B. Olson
PAINTING I AND II
Watercolor - Acrylic; translating tlie visual world of
nature, landscapes, still-life, using design concepts,
developing personal expression and exploring variety of
techniques. Weekly critiques Dist.: Yes.
8:30-11:30 a ni M,TWTh
OM17
ART 352-8156
WOMEN'S ART HISTORY
K. Anderson
Study of women's image in tlie visual arts in rclationship
to women's place w ~ t l i ~the
n cultural, economic, and
sociological environment of eacli period. Dist.: Yes.
12:OO-3:OOp.m. M,TWTh
M22
BUSlNESs ADMINISTRATION
BUS 221-8014
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I
Stoller
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, tlie accounting cycle a n d
preparation of financial statenients Dist : No.
8:30-lO:50 a. rn. M,TCt!Th,F
5112
BUS 242-8013
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management, organization,
staffing, planiiingdiidco~itrol.Tlienati~reofauthorit): accoi~ntabilityand responsibility, analysis of tlie role of tlie
piofcssional manager Dist.: No.
h:30-9:30p.m. M,I;W,Th
M22
BUS 252-8159
PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING
Meziou
Basic policy and strategy i s s ~ ~ in
e smarketing. Legal,
ethical, competitive, bcliavio~al,economic and tecli~iologicalfactors as they affect p ~ c ~ d u cplotnotion,
t,
marketing channel and pl-icing decisions Dist.: No.
5:30-8:30 p.m. M,TCVT/i
M23
BUS 322-8160
ACCOUNTING THEORY AND
PRACTICE I
Kader
Analysis of accounting tlieol-y pertaining to financial
statcments, income concepts, cul-rcnt and non-curtent
asscts Dist.: No.
I'rcrecluisites: BUS 221, ECO 113.
6:OO-9:OO p.111. M,T,WTli
P2
BUS 331-8161
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Morgan
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of
funds within tlie firm. Sources and ilsesof long and short
t e ~ mfunds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage,
dividend policy, and related topics.
I'rel-cquisites: BUS 222, ECO 113. Dist : No
8:30-IO:50 a.ln. M,TWTh,F
L1
BUS 370-8162
ADVANCED COMPUTING FOR BUSINESS AND
ECONOMICS
Schield
Topics involving programmable spreadsheets (LOTUS),
programmable data bases (D-BASE), graphics, information retrieval using telecommunications, and o t h e r
packages (statistical analysis, p~ojectmanagement, expert
systems, etc.) Solve common problems in economics,
finance and marketing Dist.: No.
P~crequisites:Onc computer course such as BUS 175 or
CSC 145, 170, or 174. Recommended BUS 279.
6:00-9:OOp.m. M,T,WTh
5112
BUS 399-8019
INTERNSHIPS
Kader
Art,angcd witli individual faculty in the Department of
Business Adniinist~atio~l
& Economics
ECO 110-8028
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a
m e t r o - u r b a n e n v i r o n m e n t . By i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y
Dist.: Yes.
Time Alrsliged
ECO 112-8029
PRINCIPLES OF
MACROECONOMICS
Gupta
Introduction to macro-economics; national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade,
economic grorvth Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:OOp rn M,T14!Th
5315
-
EZUJATION
EDE 253-8033
EDS 264-8163
ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN AN
URBAN SETTING
Germundsen
Study and investigation of various aspects of tlie teaching
profession. Dist : Yes, when combined with EDE 363 or
ED5 352. (112 course)
6:OO-9:OOp.m. il.I,MJ
LI
EDE 375-8036
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
Endorf
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching approaches.
Lib, arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten
level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level.
Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor
Time Arranged
-
-
ENGLISH
MATHEMATICS
ENG 2--4167
GHOSTS IN AMERICA: THE SUPERNATURAL IN
AMERICAN LITERATURE
Bodziock
The meaning and values the supernatural has held folAmerican writers. Examination of a variety of supernatill-al
motifs found in classic, popular, and folk literatures from
puritan times to the present Dist.: Yes.
5:OO-8:OOp.ln. M,T,WTh
M4
MAT 122-8182
CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL
SCIENCES
Kaminsky
Differential and inteeralcalculus of a sinele variable with
S C I ~ I ~ CS~l \i ~ d ~ ~ n l s
,~pplic~ttions
to thesoci,il and h~l~it\,ior.il
\\*lie lia\~ccompletcdhL\T 12.1mav not rojitster t o r i r t ~ I ~ t
Dist : Yes
Prerequisite: MAT 104 or placement in Group 3 on the
Augsburg mathematics test
9:OO-11:2Oa.m. M,TWTh,F
1'2
EDE 377-8178
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: SCIENCE
Osnes
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for social studies at tlie kindergarten and elementary
levels. Lab. experiences Dist.: No. (114 course)
630-9:30p.m. T
LI
EDE 387-8165
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: LANGUAGE ARTS
Olson
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for language arts at the kinderga1,ten and elementary
levels ' Lab. experiences. Dist.: No (112 course)
4:OO-6:3Op. rn TTh
Ll
EDS 352-8166
CLINICAL EXPERIENCE (Secondary)
Staff
Includes 70 hours in-school experiences, seminars
Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations required.
Dist : Yes, ntlien combined 144th EDS 264. (112 course)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
Arranged.
STUDENT T L S H J N ( ;
-
The Department of Education offers student teaching for
both elementary and secondary education during the
general period from the midddle of June to the end of July tvliere suitable arrangenicnts can be made
EDE 363-8039
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CLINICAL
EXPERIENCES
McNeff
Includes 160 hours in-class experiences Register for 2
seminar sessions in addition to tlie 160 hours. A video tape
of classroom or simulated teaching will be p ~ e p a r e dby
eacli student. Membership in o n e of the professional
teacher organizations required.
Dist.: Yes, when combined ~ f i t lEDE
i 363 (112 course)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
A rr;i ngcd
STUDENT TEACHING: ELEMENTARY AND
KINDERGARTEN
Observing and directingleariiingcuperiences in clcmcntary sclioolsu~idersupervisionof collcge and public school
personnel. Additional $35 fee. Dist.: No.
1'1-equisite:Acceptance, Education Dcpartnicnt
Arranged
EDE 481-80711482-8072
483-80731484-8074
Kindergarten and Elementary Staff
EDE 481-80611482-8062
483-80631484-8064
Elementary (Gr. 1-6) Staff
EDE 481-80661482-8067
483-80681984-8069
Kindergarten Staff
EDE 364-8164
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM:
INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES
McNeff
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for integrating specific skill developments t h r ~ u g hvarious
subjects at tlie kindergarten and elementary levels. Lib. cxpcriences. Dist.: No. (114 course)
6:30-9:30 p.m. TI1
Ll
STUDENTTEACHING: SECONDARY
Observing and directing leal-ning experiences o n second a ~ yschool level under supervision of college and high
school pc~sonnel Additional 135 fcc. Dist.: No
I'rerecluisite: Acceplance, Educatic~iiDepartment
Arranged
EDS 481-80811482-8082
483-80831484-8084
Secondary Staff
M4
FOREIGNLANGUAGE
-
- -
GER 111-8169
BEGINNING GERMAN I
Steinmetz
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading
basic German for s t ~ ~ d e nwith
t s no previous background
in German. Dist.: Yes.
MS
R:30-lO:50 a ni. M,TWTI?,F
SPA 111-8044
Kingsley
BEGINNING SPANISH 1 (Section I)
SPA 111-8170
Kingsley
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section 11)
Aims to develop four basic skills: Understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. lntroduction to cultitre of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Yes
R:30-1O:SO a. m M,TWTh,F (Section I)
M23
5:30-7:SO p , m , M,Tl\!TIi,F (Section 11)
5319
HPE 410-8040
ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION OF
SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Borstad
I-listuricalbackground, legal bases, school health services,
and relationships to conlniunity health program a n d
HI'E 320
Icsources. Dist : No Prcrcq~~isitc:
.
M5
5:OO-8:OO p. ~ n M,T,W,Th
-
-
HISTORY
HIS 341-8179
TOPICS IN EUROPEAN HISTORY
Bruess
An introduction to some of the main topics in European
history from the ~ L I Iof- nthe century to tlie present. E n phasis on the impact of two world wars upon European
politics and society. Examination of the background to thc
wals as it relates to tlievarious Europeanstates; the wal-s
tlicinsclvcs; and the postwar upheavals and scttlenients.
Lower division students ]nay register witli perniissioii of
inst~uctor.Dist.: Yes.
/:OD-4:00p, m . M,T,WT/i
M4
INTERDISCIPLINARY
INS 399-8046
INTERNSHIPS
A I ,a rigcd
-
-
Hesser
-
MAT 131-8171
MATHEMATICS FOR THE LIBERAL ARTS Kaminsky
Examination of tlie interaction between the development
of mathematics a n d that of civilization. Primarily for
students not intending further study in mathematics.
Dist.: Yes.
Prercquisite: MAT 104 or placement in Group 3 on the
Augsburg mathematics test.
6:OO-9:OOp m. M,TWTh
13
NUR 432-8172
HEALTH AND HUMAN DEVELOPMENT
Enos
Thecourse will focus on gaining a better understanding of
one'sown health and developnient. It will also deal with
\z,ays of suppoi-ting others in their growth. Writings of
Christie-Seely, Cordova, Erickson, Kolberg, Neuman, and
Rogers included. Open to non-nursing st~tdentsaswell as
n ~ ~ r s i nstudents.
g
Dist : No.
12:OO-3:OOp m. M,TI3VTh
At15
pJ
PSYCHOLOGY
PSY 121-8060
INTRODUCTION TO THE WORLD OF
PSYCHOLOGY
Hirdman
Exploration of psychology: concepts, data, a n d
methodology. Students may not receivecredit for thiscourse
and also for PSY 105 (General Psychology). Dist.: Yes.
8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T,W,Tli,F
M24
RELIGION
----
REL 215-8175
Quanbeck
ARCHAEOLOGY AND THE BIBLE
Disciission of archaeological method. Problems in Biblical
archaeology, a n d review of s o m e current findings.
Dist : Yes.
h:00-9:OOp. rn M,CW,TIi
M24
SOCIAL WORK
SWK 360-8176
HUMANS DEVELOPING
Link
Provides knowledgeof human growth through the lifecycle, and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and
psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporaly American families.
Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic andlor life-style diversity. Dist : No.
1:OO-4:OO p.ni. M,TWTh
5112
SWK 399-8152
INTERNSHIPS
SWK 499-8154
INDEPENDENT STUDY
A~,r~i!iged
Alrariged
M. Brown
M. Brown
POLITICAL SCIENCE-
SOCIOLOGY
POL 326-8173
POLITICAL PARTIES AND BEHAVIOR
Morris
Tlie political behaviorof the electorate, emphasizing public
opinion and political parties in the electoral process
Dist.: Consent of department chairperson.
Prerequisite: Onecourse in Political Science orconsent of
instructor.
9:30-11:50 a. rn, M,TCV,Th,F
5319
SOC 121-8075
PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
B. Johnson
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications toan nnderstandingof basicaspectsof society;
socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Dist.: Ycs.
5315
8:30-10:50 a , m . M,7;W,Th, F
POL 461-8174
NUCLEAR WAR, NUCLEAR WEAPONS
Goldman
History, politics, economics, strategiesand ecologies surrounding the technologies propelling the arms race, on the
one hand, and affecting arms control, on tlie other. Exploration of tlie politics and strategy of nuclear security
issues Dist.: Conscnt of department chairperson
6:OO-9:OOp.m. M,7;14!Th
14'
POL 199-8052
POL 399-8056
INTERNSHIPS
A rrdngcd
POL 499-8093
INDEPENDENT STUDY
'Topic hy arrangement
A !ranged
SOC 231-8076
B. Johnson
SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
An examination of tlie faniily as a social institution. Tlie
process of dating, mate sclcction, marital adjustment and
divorce. The relationship of tlie faniily to its institutional
and cultural context. Dist : No.
5315
12:OO-3:OOp m M,T,WT/i
SOC 199-80781399-8080
INTERNSHIPS
Arranged
Hesser
SPCECH, C O M M U N I C C N AND THEATRE ARTS
Hedblom
Hedblom
SPC 345-8177
ORGANIZATIONAL
COMMUNICATION
Lapakko
Esimines communication aspects of human organizations,
focuses o n three dimensions: sociological (cultures),
biological (systems), and psychosociological(structures, networks, roles). Designed to help students investigate communication problems within an organization. Dist : No.
8:30-10:50 a . m . M,TWT/i,F
M22
I
mm
A RT
ART 132-9006
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I)
Friederichsen
ART 132-9007
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11)
Friederichsen
Tliecarnera used as a tool for visual creativity and exprcssion; blackand white, color and pliolograpliic processes.
Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost
of film, etc.: $125-$150. (Class size limited.)
2:00-5:30pjn. M,W (Section I)
6:00-9:30 p. n?. M,W (Section II)
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUS 175-9015
COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS
Herzog
Introduction to computerized data processing: BASIC,
LOTUS, DBASE, wclrd processing, computerized business
graphics. Dist.: No.
I'rc.~~cquisite:
High school algebra.
6:00-9:30p.m. M,W
Sll2
BUS 222-9016
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1
Solnick
Introduction to business activities, accounting forcorporations. Basicconceptsand fundamentalsof managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decisionmaking and behavioral considerations. Dist,: No,
I'rerequisite: BUS 221.
8:30-9:55 a.m. M,ZW,Th,F
5112
BUS 252-9017
PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING
Cerrito
Basic policy a n d strategy issues in marketing. Legal,
ethical, competitive, behavioral economic and teclinological factors as they affect product, promotion,
marketing channel and pricing decisions. Dist.: No.
6:00-Y:30p.!.m. 7;Th
5112
BUS 399-9019
INTERNSHIPS
Kader
A ~ ~ r a n g cwit/?
d i ~ l d i v i d i ~taalc ~ ~ lin
t y the Dcpertn?ent o t
B~rsinessAdrninistratio~la n d Econclmics.
ECONOMICS
ECO 110-9030
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a
mctrcl-urban environment. By independent study only..
Dist.: Yes.
Time Armngcd
ECO 113-9031
PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS
Sabella
[ntrc1duction to micro-economics, the theory of tlie
liouschold, firni, market structures and income distribution.Application of elementary economic theory tomarket
policy. Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9330 p . m . TTI?
OM11
Augsburg
June 27- August 5,1988
ECO 313-9131
INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS
Schield
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer
behavior, firm and industry; tlie pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare
economics. Dist.: No.
Prerecluisite: ECO 113
5:30-9:00 p.m. 7;Th
Summer School
ENGLISH
NURSING
19
ECO 315-9032
MONEY & BANKING
Gupta
Monetal'y and banking systems, particularly commercial
banks, and tlie Federal RcservcSvstem; monetary theor\,
and policy. Dist.: No.
I're~'ecluisites: ECO 112, 113,
6:00-9:30p,m. 7;Tll
5315
EDUCATION
EDE 341-9132
EDS 341-9133
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
Staff
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the useof instructional technology.
Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teacliingllearning situations. Dist.: No. (112 course)
6:00-9:30prn. TTII (Jol}~19-Aug~lst
4)
L1
EDE 351-9033
EDS 351-9134
TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING
McNeff
S t u d y a n d utilization of a variety of techniques a n d
resources in tlie teaching of reading and tlie diagnosis and
correction of reading difficulties. Dist.: No.
11:40-1:ZSpm. M,TWTh
M22
EDE 376-9155
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: SOCIAL SCIENCES
Fleener
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for social studies at the kindergarten and elementary
levels. Lib, experiences. Dist.: No. (114 course)
h:00-9:30p.n1. F(Ju1y 8, 22, a n d A ~ r g ~5)~ s t
L7
EDE 379-9135
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: ART
Davies
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for art at the kinderga~.tenand elementary levels. Lab experiences, Dist.: No (I14 course)
6:00-9:00 p.m. W (June 29-Jirly 20)
L1
EDE 386-9136
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: CHILDREN'S LITERATURE Parker
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for children's literature at tlie kindergarten and elementary
levels. Lab experiences. Dist.: No (112 course)
LI
600-9:30p.m. M (excl. July 4)
EDS 350-9156
Heikkila
READING IN THE CONTENT AREAS
Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and
resources to assist students in teaching reading through
tlie content areas. Dist.: No. (112 course)
6300-9:30p.n?. W (June 29-July 27)
L4
GER 112-9139
BEGINNING GERMAN I1
Steinmetz
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and
reading basic German. Lib. Dist,: Yes.
8: 10-9:SSa.m. M,T,W,Th
OM10
SPA 112-9045
Kingsley
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I)
SPA 112-9152
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11)
Kingsley
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to c u l t u r e of S p a n i s h - s p e a k i n g world.
Dist.: Yes.
8:10-9:55a.n1, M,TWTh (Section I)
OM11
5:30-7:15p.n!. M,7;WTh (Sectiorl II)
M23
HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
HPE 115-9047
HEALTH AND CHEMICAL
DEPENDENCY EDUCATION
Borstad
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for
the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school
age children. Dist.: No. (This course meets Minlicsota
teacher licensurc recluirement). (112course)
6:00-9:30p. m. TTI? (June 28-July 74)
M2.3
HIS 331-9140
A TALE OF TWIN CITIES:
MINNEAPOLISIST. PAUL, 1833-1988
Jensvold
A local history course using tlie Minneapolis-St. Pa111
metropolitan area a s a case study for examining large
themes and issues in U.S..t~rbanhistory. Topics considered
include frontier urbanism, industrialization and economic
trends, transportation, immigration and ethnicity, urban
politics and reform. Field trips included. Dist.: Yes. (Topics
course in U.S. Iiistory)
6:00-9:30 p 111. M,W
M23
INTERDISCIPLINARY
INS 399-9054
INTERNSHIPS
A I-ranged
Hesser
NUR 403-9087
CONTEMPORARY NURSING 111: FAMILIES Nilsson
This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursing
care-Content includesfa~iiilyas a primary group and family dynamics in light of situational and developmental
events. Consideration given to tlicmleof the nurse in famiIv health care Dist.: No.
Prercouisite: To be taken orior toorconcurrentlv with NUR
NU R 432-9141
THE TEACHING COMPONENT IN A
PROFESSIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Enos
How to identify a "need to know" in a client and how to
make an individualized plan for each situation. Includes
attention to methodology involved. While the course is
designed to meet the needsof students intending to tvork
in h u m a n services fields, s t u d e n t s preparing for
rnan,igcrial roles will also find it helpful.
Dist,: No.
S:30-9:OOp.m. TTI?
OM18
--
PHILOSOPHY
PHI 380-9055
ETHICS OF MEDICINE AND
HEALTH CARE
C. Johnson
Application of ethical principles to problems \\,hich arise
in the areas of health careand deliveq: human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for tlie dying
and euthanasia. Dist.: Yes.
5:30-9:00 p. rn. h.1,l.V
OM13
- -
PHYSICS
-
PHY 101-9060
ASTRONOMY
Arge
Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Explain optical ins t r u m e n t s ; use 12-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch
Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisite: Elementary Algebra.
6:OO-9:30p.nt TTll
PHY 103-9142
Hollabaugh
PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
An introductory course in \z~liiclithe applications, prclblcms, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate
fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the
re!evance of physics to the life sciences. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisite: Elementary Algebra.
6:00-9:30pm. M,W
OM11
POL 199-9027
399-9067
INTERNSHIPS
Arranged
Hedblom
POL 499-9028
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Arranged
Hedblom
POL 499-9143
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Arranged
Noonan
SOCIOLOGY
PSYCHOLOGY
PSY 121-9144
INTRODUCTION TO THE WORLD OF
PSYCHOLOGY
Hirdman
Exploration of thedisciplineof psychology; concepts, data,
and methodology, Students may not receivecredit for this
course a n d also for PSY 105 (General Psychology).
Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:30 p. m. ZTll
OM13
PSY 362-9145
ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
Hirdman
Introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from tlie
social, organic and psychological points of view. Visits to
community service agencies included. Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: PSY 105 or PSY 121.
8:30-955 a.m. M,TC\!TII,F
M24
RELIGION
REL 111-9146
INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
Holt
Introduction to theacadeniic disciplineof theology and to
the dialogile between thechurch and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-955 .I. nl. ~I,TCVTII,F
M22
REL 341-9147
CHRISTIAN VIEWS OF HEALTH
AND HEALING
Holt
Exploration of health and healing in Christian teaching
and practice, including the roleof scientific technology and
prayer and sacraments in healing. Required field trips.
Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:30p.rn. M,W
5315
SOCIAL WORK
SWK 399-9023
INTERNSHIPS
Arranged
Brown
SWK 499-9148
INDEPENDENT STUDY
A I-ranged
Brown
POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 342-9153
SPC 342-9150
MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Hedblom
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior;
the uses and controlof mass media for political and social
purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking,
entertainment and public affairs programming. Dist.: Yes,
6:00-9:30 p+rn. TTI?
5319
SOC 265-9149
RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP
RELATIONS
Bloom
The dirne~lsionsof racial and minority gl-oup relations.
Majorattention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and tlie
roleof self-understanding. (PIN gradingonly.) Dist.: Yes.
OM18
6:00-9:30 p. rn. M, W
SOC 356-9080
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult correctional plnogramsand processes.
Lecti~res,discussion, and site visits tocorrectional institutions and government offices, Dist.: No.
I:.?0-5:00 p m . TT11
5112
SOC 199-90811399-9082
INTERNSHIPS
Arranged
Hesser
SPEECH. COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE ARTS
SPC 342-9150
MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Hedblom
(See course description under POLISPC 342).
6:OO-9:30p.m. TTll
5319
SPC 354-9151
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
Bart
The dynamics of human interaction through verbal and
non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to clvercome communication barriers.
Dist.: No.
OM10
6:OO-9:30p.nl. M,W
SPC 367-9085
THEATER IN THE TWIN CITIES
Cole
Sti~dying,viewing, and critiquing tlie actingand production of five plays. Dist.: No.
6:00-9:30 p. rn. ZTll
28154lst A v e ~ ~ iSo~rth,
Ie
Mpls,, MN.55406 (Tel.: 721-2565)
Show less
About Augsburg College
History
Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin and moved to
Minneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg College and Seminary changed in 1963
when the Lutheran Free Church merged with The American Lutheran Church.
Location
Augsburg's 23 acre campus is i... Show more
About Augsburg College
History
Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin and moved to
Minneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg College and Seminary changed in 1963
when the Lutheran Free Church merged with The American Lutheran Church.
Location
Augsburg's 23 acre campus is in the heart of the Twin Cities metropolitan area,
only blocks from downtown Minneapolis and the intersection of Interstate
Highways 94 and 35W. Adjacent to the campus are Fairview and St. Mary's
hospitals, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and the
Mississippi River parkways.
Campus
Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connection between 9 of the 14
major buildings - student housing towers, College Center, main academic and
administrative halls, the Library and Music building.
Accessibility
We have made a major effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in
the region. Our skyway-tunnel system lets you reach any of the nine major buildings without going outside. In addition to building changes, we have a student-run
program to increase awareness and provide extra help for students with disabilities.
Church Affiliation
Augsburg is a college of The American Lutheran Church. About 51% of the
students are Lutheran, 15%other Protestant and 15%Roman Catholic. Several
other affiliations are represented among students and faculty.
Non-Discrimination Policy
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or
ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the
1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973
as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities, and
employment practices.
Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College
Purpose
Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative to adults who desire
college experience but who work or have other commitments during the week. It is
a means by which men and women may earn a bachelor's degree, gain skills for professional advancement, prepare for career change, or pursue a personal interest in
one or more areas of the liberal arts.
The Adult as Student
The Augsburg Weekend College program is designed to meet the needs and
preferences of adult learners. The program is based on the assumption that the men
and women who enroll in Weekend College will be mature, selfdisciplined and
well-motivated adult learners who seek a balance of classroom experience and
individualized study. Each course is therefore divided into periods of concentrated
on-campus study separated by time for independent study and class preparation.
Alternate Weekends
To accommodate this format for learning, classes meet on alternate weekends for
three and a half hours on either Friday evening, Saturday morning, Saturday afternoon, or Sunday afternoon. Each class selected by the student involves commitment
to one of these four class periods. Weekend College students may take from one to
four different courses by attending class every other weekend.
Community of Learners
Essential to the goals of Augsburg Weekend College is participation in a community
of adult learners. Learning can be enhanced when the student is involved in a stable
community that provides opportunity and encouragement to become involved in
interaction both in and out of the classroom. This community will be enriched by
the presence of both men and women with a variety of work and life experiences.
To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages Weekend
College students to make use of college facilities such as the library and college
center, to take the opportunity of having shared meals and coffee breaks, to participate in optional chapel services and lunchtime seminars, and to attend other college
activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events.
I
About Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction to Augsburg Wcckend College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
lnfor~nationSessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1987-88 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Degrees and Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Business Adminisrralion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
...........................................
.................................................
Education
English
Managemenl Information Sj8tem.r (MIS)
Nursing
I1
14
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
........................................
. 18
Social Work
Minors
Characteristics of the Educational Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Admissions Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Fees and Payment Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Paymentoptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Refund Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Special Grading Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Withdrawal From Collegc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Deans List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Probation and Dismissal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Student Support Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Veterans of Military Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Assessment of Previous Learning Program (APL) .................... 26
1987-88 Class Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Course Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Campus Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
CampusMap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Application Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
.
.
This bullc~ini, a supplcmcnL Lo thc Augsburg Collcge Calelog and is publiahcd lor thc convcniencc u l
Augsburg Wcckend Collcgc sludcnL\ Wcckcnd Collcge IS a program ol Augsburg Collcge and is aubjccl lo
llic politic\ and prt~visiunsas al;llcd in lhc Augsburg College Cavalug.
Information Sessions
Adults who are interested in Augsburg Weekend College are encouraged to attend
one of the information sessions that are scheduled throughout the year. These
information sessions are free of charge and are approximately 2 hours in length.
Please call the Weekend College Ofice (330-1782) to receive further details on
these information sessions or to sign up for one of the following dates:
For Fall Trimester, 1987
- -
-
Saturday, May 16
~ a t u r d aJune
~, 6
Saturday, June 20
-
--
-
-
- -
-
Saturday, July 1 1
~ u e s d a ~i ~ 1 ~ 3 8
-
Saturday, August 8
For Winter Trimester, 1988
Saturday, October 10 -
-
-
-
-
900 AM
9:00 AM
- -
-
Saturday, November 7
Saturday, ~ o v G b e 21
r
-
-
-
-
For SpringTrimester, 1988
Saturday, January 16
~ a t u r d a~~e, b r u ; ~13
-
Tuesday, ~ a r c h 8
-
-
For more information write or call:
Augsburg Weekend College Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612 / 330-1782
-
9:00 AM
-
1987-1988 Weekend College Calendar
Application Deadline
Fall
Trimester
Aug 17, '87
Winter
Trimester
Nov 30, '87
spring
Trimester
Mar 7, '88
Orientation
Aug 29, '87
Jan 7, '88
Apr 7, '88
Registration
Aug 29, '87
Jan 9, '88
Apr 9, '88
-
Classes begin
.
-Sep 11-13, '87
Jan 8-10, '88
Apr 8-10, '88
-
Sep 13, '87
Jan 10, '88
Apr 10, '88
Oct 25, '87
Feb 14, '88
May 15, '88
Last day to withdraw
from class
Nov 22, '87
Mar 6, '88
Jun 5, '88
Classes end
Dec 6, '87
Mar 20, '88
Jun 19, '88
F i a l exams
Dec 11-13, '87
Mar 25-27, '88
Jun 24-26, '88
Final grades due
~ e z '87c
Apr 4, '88
Jul5, '88
Sep 11-13
25-27
Oct 9-1 1
23-25
Nov 6- 8
20-22
Dec 4- 6
11-13
Jan
8-10
15-17
29-31
Feb 12-14
25-27
Mar 4- 6
18-20
25-27
8-10
15-17
29- 1
May 13-15
20-22
Jun 3- 5
17-19
24-26
Last day to register
and/or drop class
without record notation
Last day to designate
grade option
-
-
-
-
Classes meet
Apr
Most Weekend College classes meet seven times during a trimester. It is expected that studenb attend every
class. If a student needs to miss one class period, the instructor should be contacted
and Majors
ram
Augsburg Weekend College alloIWS adults to begin
or to continue their education after beginning at another time or institution. It also
enables adults to add a second major to an already completed college degree. The
following information outlines what is involved in completing a degree or major in
Augsburg Weekend College. (For more detailed information regarding graduation
requirements, please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog.)
-
-
Bachelor's Degree
The bachelor's degree program in Augsburg Weekend College is essentially the
same as the weekday program. A total of 35 semester courses are required to
graduate and may be fulfilled through transfer of previous work, assessment of
previous learning experience, or Weekend College coursework. (Augsburg semester
courses are valued at 4 semester credits and 6 quarter credits.) Included in the 35
total courses must be an approved major program, eleven upper division courses,
and courses selected from the following liberal arts spectrum (transfer courses and
courses taken in the major may also be counted for distribution requirements):
One approved course from each of seven areas:
Music
Art
- Philosophy
History
Economics - Political Science
- Speech, Communication and Theater Arts
English
(devoted to the study of literature)
Psychology - Sociology
Chemistry - Biology
Mathematics - Physics
-
A course in writing (English I 11) or demonstrated proficiency
Two courses or demonstrated competence in a foreign language
Three courses (or one course per year of study) in religious studies
One course in the area of urban concerns, women's studies, or minority studies
Demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports
Majors
Augsburg Weekend College students may select from 7 separate majors, several
with a number of career concentrations. A minor is available in each of these
academic areas.
I?
ushess Administration
This major prepares students in the areas of management, financial accounting,
finance, and marketing. To provide a combination of applied skills and theoretical
background,
each of these majors is interdisciplinary in approach, including an
average of ten business administration courses and six courses from supporting
fields such as economics, computer programming, communications, philosophy,
and mathematics. Majors in Business Administration are candidates for the
Bachelor of Arts degree.
Core Courses
All students who pursue a major in Business Administration will complete the
following core courses:
BUS 175 Computers for Business and Economics
BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I
BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
BUS 33 1 Financial Management
BUS 391 Business Law
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 3 11 Public Finance
or 3 12 Intermediate Macroeconomics
or 315 Money and Banking
ECO 3 13 Intermediate Microeconomics
Accounting Concentration
Students who wish to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in accounting will complete the following courses in addition to the core:
BUS 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I
BUS 323 Accounting Theory and Practice I1
BUS 324 Managerial Cost Accounting
BUS 326 Tax Accounting
or 423 Auditing
or 425 Advanced Accounting
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the
following list:
BUS 399 Internship
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI 120 Ethics
Those planning a career in accounting are strongly encouraged to complete the
remaining courses in the 326,423 and 425 sequence.
Finance Concentration
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration
in finance will complete the following courses in addition to the core:
BUS 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I
BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
BUS 438 Investment Theory
ECO 3 18 Management Science
or 4 15 Managerial Economics
or 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the
following list:
BUS 324 Managerial Cost Accounting
BUS 326 Tax Accounting
BUS 399 Internship
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI 120 Ethics
Management Concentration
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration
in management will complete the following courses in addition to the core:
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
BUS 440 Operations Management
ECO 310 Management Science
PSY 373 Organizational Psychology
or
SOC 301 Complex Organizations
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the
following list:
BUS 399 Internship
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI 120 Ethics
PSY 371 Psychology of the Individual
SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
SOC 375 Social Psychology
SOC 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations
SPC 111 Beginning Speech
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communications
Marketing Concentration
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration
in marketing will complete the following courses in addition to the core:
BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis
BUS 450 Marketing Management
EGO 4 15 Managerial Economics
SPC 353 Advertising
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the
following list:
BUS 399 Internship
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI 120 Ethics
SPC 351 Argumentation
SPC 352 Persuasion
Business Minor
BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 33 1 Financial Management
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
Other configurations of the Business Administration minor may be permitted on
consultation with department chairperson.
C
ommumecation
Communication is an interdisciplinary major which is broad in scope and practical
in application. The program consists of 15 courses; five in related supporting fields
such as .
psychology,
.
-. sociology, speech, and philosophy. Included is at least one
course of internship experience in a work setting serving the career goals of individual students. Students may focus their lecture courses toward the development of
career skills in public relations and advertising, marketing communications, human
relations, or supervisory management. Majors in communication are candidates for
the Bachelor of Arts degree.
-~
-
Required Communications Core
ENG 223/ 225/226 or 227: An Advanced Writing Course
SPC 342 Mass Communications in Society
SPC 351 Argumentation
or 352 Persuasion
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SPC 399 Internship
Required supporting courses:
PHI 130 Logic
PSY 105 General Psychology
SOC 121 Principles of Sociology
or 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
SOC 375 Social Psychology
SPC 113 Public Speaking
Communication Electives
With the help of an academic advisor, the student will select five (5) elective
courses designed to meet additional background and skill requirements in the
career areas of public relations and advertising, marketing communications, human
relations, or supervisory management.
The following are some of the electives recommended in each area:
Public Relations and Advertising
Students interested in the Public Relations emphasis are required to take ENG 227
(Journalism) in addition to the advanced writing course required in the
Communications core.
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
ENG 226 Creative Writing
ENG 227 Journalism
PSY 373 Organizational Psychology
SOC 301 Complex Organizations
SPC/ ART 132 Photography
SPC/ ART 225/230 Visual Communications I, I1
SPC 345 Organizational Communication
SPC 353 Advertising
SPC 480 Public Relations/PromotionaI Communications
Marketing Communications
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis
BUS 450 Marketing Management
SPC 353 Advertising
SPC 480 Public Relations/Promotional Communications
Human Relations
PSY 373 Organizational Psychology
PSY 485 Counseling Psychology
SOC 231 Sociology of the Family
SOC 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations
SOC 301 Complex Organizations
SPC 329 Intercultural Communication
SPC 345 Organizational Communication
SPC 355 Small Group Communication
SPC 480 Public Relations Promotional Communications
Supervisory Management
BUS 175 Computers in Business and Economics
BUS 242 Fundamentals of Management
BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
BUS 440 Operations Management
ECO 3 18 Management Science
PSY 373 Organizational Psychology
SOC 301 Complex Organizations
SPC 345 Organizational Communication
SPC 353 Advertising
SPC 355 Small Group Communication
SPC 480 Public Relations Promotional Communications
Communication Minor
Five courses approved by the department.
I!?/
ducation
Licensure in Education
Teaching licensure programs are offered for Kindergarten-Elementary and selected
Secondary fields through Weekend College. Individualized programs are worked
out with an advisor in either Elementary or Secondary education. All professional
courses with the exception of Clinical Experience and Student Teaching are available in the weekend schedule. In addition to Kindergarten-Elementary, Augsburg
Weekend College grants secondary licenses in English-LanguageArts and Social
Studies. Students may also work individually on the following majors offered in
conjunction with day school: French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics,
Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), Science (grades 5-9), Spanish, Speech,
Theater Arts, and in the special areas of Art (K-12), Band (K-12) and Classroom
Music (Grades 5-12), Orchestra (K-12) and Classroom Music (5-12), Vocal and
Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (5-12), and Physical
Education (K-12).
Contact an Education Department advisor for information in your field of study.
Elementary Education
EDE 253 Orientation to Education* (Ih course)
EDE 341 Media Technology (%I course)
EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments* (%I course)
(continued on next page)
EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
EDE 363 Clinical Experiences (% course)
EDE 364 Interdisciplinary Studies (% course)
EDE 376 K-El Social Studies (% course)
EDE 377 K-El Science (% course)
EDE 379 K-El Art (% course)
EDE 380 K-El Music (% course)
EDE 382 K-El Math (% course)
EDE 386 Children's Literature (% course)
EDE 387 Language Arts (% course)
EDE 388 K-El Health (1/4 course)
EDE 389 K-El Physical Education (% course)
EDE 48 1- 484 Student Teaching
EDS 388 Human Relations (% course)
HPE 114 Safety Education (% course)
HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (% course)
SWK 260 Humans Developing
College Level Math Course
Academic Minor or Second Major
*Field Experience Separate
Secondary Education
EDS 264 Orientation to Education* (M course)
EDS 341 Media Technology (% course)
EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (% course)
EDS 352 Clinical Experience (% course)
EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments* (% course)
EDS 388 Human Relations (% course)
EDS 477 School and Society Seminar (% course)
EDS 48 1- 484 Student Teaching
EDS 486 Student Teaching Seminar (% course)
HPE 114 Safety Education (% course)
HPE 1 15 Chemical Dependency (% course)
PSY 105 General Psychology
Special Methods in Licensure Field
*Field Work Separate
Major for Secondary Teaching Licensure in English-Language Arts
Students preparing to teach English-Language Arts on the secondary level must
complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the
Department of Education, the courses for the English major including: 9 courses
above 111, including 225; one course in American literature; one course in
Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and 3 courses in British literature, one on
literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number of
writers (336, 337,423). Majors are encouraged to take ENG 245 early in their
college work and to consult their departmental advisor regularly.
In addition to the above courses in the English Major, students preparing for licensure in English-Language Arts must complete a course in the English language;
2 Speech courses, one from 111, 351,352,354 or 355 and either 360 or 366.
Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare and film are recommended. In
addition to field experience and student teaching required by the Department of
Education, majors will be required to gain practical experience in teaching writing,
to be arranged through the department chairperson. Students are encouraged to
take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll
in Orientation to Education in the sophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition to planning their
courses with the English department chairperson, students should consult an
advisor in the Department of Education.
New licensure rules become effective July 1, 1989. Students who seek licensure
after that time will be subject to the new licensure rules.
Major for Secondary Teaching Licensure in Social Studies
Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete,
in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of
Education, a competency program designed to provide a broad foundation in the
social sciences. Students must complete a major in one of five fields-Economics,
History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology (The History Major is
described below) plus 7 courses (ECO 112 or 113, Geography, HIS 222, POL
158, PSY 105, SOC 121 and 336). Students considering a career in social studies
education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of
Education and the Social Studies Coordinator.
History Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be
upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper
level) from each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modem Europe; US.;
and non-Western.
nglish
Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas and
images helps us understand who we are and who we can become. Writing helps us
clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys
of human existence. Through English study we see life's complexity, experience life
as some others do, and understand better the world in which-we live and work.
English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned
with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the contemplation oE
works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is concerned with individual
and group behavior. With philosophy, English is interested in ideas and the
relation between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communications,
English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social
sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and
thought at different times and in different cultures.
Major: 9 courses above 111, including 225; one course in American literature;
one course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and three courses in British
literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one that
surveys a number of writers (336, 337,423). Majors are encouraged to take
ENG 245 early in their college work and to consult their departmental advisor
regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an
advisor in the department.
anagement Momation Systems (IWS)
This MIS major prepares students to work in the growing field of information
management. The major combines courses and skills from both the business and
computer science majors to help students learn about the identification, organization, analysis and processing of information in a business setting.
MIS Major
BUS 175
BUS 22 1
BUS 222
BUS 242
BUS 252
BUS 279
Computers for Business and Economics
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Accounting I1
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
(continued on next page)
BUS
ECO
ECO
ECO
CSC/
CSC/
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
ECO
33 1
112
113
3 13
MAT
MAT
370
375
475
476
479
3 18
Financial Management
Principles of Macroeconomics
Principles of Microeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
174 Math for Computing I
175 Math for Computing I1
Advanced Computing for Economics and Business
Information Systems in the Organization
Information Systems Analysis and Design
Information Systems Projects
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Management Science
Students in this major should seriously consider one or both of the
following courses:
BUS 399 Internship
CSC 340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI 120 Ethics
MIS Minor
BUS 221
BUS 242
or 252
BUS 375
BUS 475
ECO 113
CSC/ MAT
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
Information Systems in the Organization
Information Systems Analysis and Design
Principles of Microeconomics
174 Mathematics for Computing I
Augsburg Weekend College offers registered nurses an upper division nursing
major as a second step toward the completion of the Bachelor of Science degree.
Fully accredited by the National League for Nursing, this major is a professional
program that is accessible on weekends to nurses who are unable to attend classes
during the weekdays. Classes are primarily scheduled on alternate weekends, but
all courses in the major may have additional class or lab hours beyond the
weekend schedule.
Admissions - Procedures
Admission to the BSN program includes first being accepted into Augsburg
Weekend College through the procedures described on page 20. As candidates for
the nursing major, RNs must demonstrate evidence of completion of an associate
degree or diploma program, current nursing practice, and Minnesota licensure.
While an RN may take general education courses and prerequisite courses for
the nursing major, further progress in the major is contingent upon:
1. Satisfactory completion at a college or university of the prerequisite courses
(Anatomy and Physiology, Microbiology, Inorganic Chemistry, Organic or
Biochemistry, English Composition, Introductory Sociology and Introductory
Psychology).
2. A cumulative gradepoint average of at least 2.5
3. Successful completion of validation testing for transfer of credit for basic
nursing courses.
Required Courses in the Nursing Major
NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication*
NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing*
NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I*
NUR 31 1 Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum**
NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing*
NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research*
NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111: Families*
NUR 404 Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management*
NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family**
NUR 427 Practicum in Nursing 11: Leadership and Management*"
*These courses may require extra class or lab sessions.
**These courses require extra time and cost for clinical work.
Required Supporting Courses
PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
or
REL 483 Christian Ethics, or an approved ethics course
PSY 353 Brain and Behavior
Accredited by the Council on Social Work Education in its day school program
and a candidate for accreditation in its Weekend College program, the Bachelor of
Science in Social Work degree program at Augsburg College is built on a solid
liberal arts foundation, on theory-based training, and on professionally directed
field experiences. As important, social work education at Augsburg is built on an
appreciation for the needs, concerns, and values of the individuals and groups who
constitute today's multi-cultural society. The Social Work major in Augsburg
Weekend College includes nine courses from the departments of psychology,
biology, and sociology. Concentrations are possible in the areas of aging, chemical
dependency, corrections, social ministries, and youth work. Field work is an
important component of the program.
-
-
-
Social Work Courses*
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 361 Social Response to Human Needs
SWK 363 Methods and Skills of Social Work
SWK 364 Field Work I
SWK 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
SWK 462 Field Work I1
SWK 463 Community Development and Organization
SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development
SWK 466 Field Work I11 (M course)
SWK 467 The Social Worker as Professional
SWK 469 Field Work IV
Required supporting courses:
BIO 101 Human Biology
PSY 105 General Psychology
SOC 121 Principles of Sociology
SOC 23 1 Sociology of the Family
SOC 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations
SOC 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
SOC 375 Social Psychology
*Students interested in Social Work should begin their program with the required
supporting courses. The professional sequence will be offered when a sufficient
number of students are ready for that portion of the program.
Social Work Minor
6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative internship, 361,463;
Psychology 351 or Sociology 375; Sociology 265; and Political Science 121 or 158
or 325, or Social Work 465.
Minors
In addition to minors offered in Business, Communication, MIS and Social Work
(listed under each respective major), Weekend College students are able to
complete minors in the following areas:
English Minor
5 courses above 111 including one course in British literature and one expository
writing course (223,225, 226 or 227).
Psychology Minor
5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not more than
one course from 299,399 and 499 may be counted toward the minor.
Religion Minor
5 courses approved by the department.
Sociology Miior
5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (numbered 300 and above).
ofthe Educational Program
Educational Mission
For over a century Augsburg College has emphasized intellectual freedom in the
search for knowledge. Our academic program builds on a liberal arts foundation to
help students understand the past, interpret the present, and plan for the future.
As in the weekday program, Augsburg Weekend College offers students a unique
combination of the liberal arts disciplines and professional education. Our goals are
to help students develop the intellectual skills and attitudes to be life-long learners,
increase their competence in selected areas of professional work, and accomplish a
higher level of personal growth.
Accreditation and Affiliations
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges
and Secondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by The
American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education and the
National League for Nursing. We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota
Private College Council, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and are
registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board (HECB).
Faculty
Augsburg College prides itself on its highly qualified faculty. Members of the
faculty serve as academic advisors to students who are in the pre-major stage of
planning as well as to students in declared major fields.
Library
Students and faculty use a carefully selected library of some 138,000 volumes plus
audio-visual materials, with access to over 5,000,000 volumes through the Twin
Cities private college consortium and Minitex.
Internships
Internships on and off campus are an established part of most academic programs,
helping students make career choices and develop experience in their chosen fields.
Admissions Procedure
Who May Apply
Men or women who have:
1) Graduated from high school or have earned a G.E.D. Certificate.
2) Demonstrated academic ability with satisfactory performance in high school or
previous college work.
Admissions Process
1) Complete the attached application form and return it along with $15.00 to the
Augsburg Weekend College Office.
2) Have official transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary institutions
sent to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. Applicants with less than one
year of previous college work should include their high school transcripts or
G.E.D. Certificates.
3) The Augsburg Weekend College Admissions Committee will review the
application materials and notify students regarding acceptance and registration
procedures. The Admissions Committee may request that the student have a
personal interview with a Weekend College faculty/staff member or submit
letters of recommendation to the Committee.
4) Students who are transferring previous college work to their Augsburg
Weekend College degree program will be informed with their acceptance
notification as to the number of courses and degree requirements that remain to
be completed for the bachelor's degree.
5) Students who wish to apply for financial aid please refer to that section of this
bulletin.
Application Deadlines
Fall Trimester 1987 - August 17, 1987
Winter Trimester 1988- November 30, 1987
Spring Trimester 1988 - March 7, 1988
Financial Aid
There are a number of ways in which students may receive assistance in meeting
the costs of Augsburg Weekend College. The Financial Aid Office will assist adults
in assessing financial need and constructing an aid/payment program from the
following alternatives:
Company Tuition Assistance Programs
Many companies, agencies, and corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance
to employees who participate in work-related or degree-oriented college programs.
Augsburg provides a payment plan by which employees may handle tuition
reimbursement.
Pell Grant
This is a federal aid program, based on need, that is available to students who take
at least one course in Weekend College. Awards range from $150-2100 per year.
Minnesota Part-time Student Grant Program
The State of Minnesota provides an aid program, based on need, for state residents
who take one course at Augsburg.
Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program
The Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program is available to Minnesota
residents, attending at least half-time per term, based on financial need. Awards
range from $100 to $3055 for 1986-87.
Augsburg Tuition Grant
Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to Weekend College
students who show academic potential and have financial need.
Guaranteed Student Loan/Minnesota State Student Loan Program
Students must carry at least one-half the normal â¬ull-timeload. Eligibility for the
loan is determined by the Office of Student Financial Services. When repayment
begins, the student pays the full interest at 8%. The maximum loan is $2625 per
year for the first two years of undergraduate study and $4000 for the remaining
years of undergraduate study or the cost of education, whichever is less. The
aggregate undergraduate maximum is $17,250. Loan applications are available at
Augsburg, some banks, and the Minnesota State Loan Ofice.
To Apply for Financial Aid
1) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to also apply
for financial aid.
2) The Financial Aid Office will send you the necessary application forms (or you
may pick them up at the Financial Aid Office, 152 Science Hall).
3) All students transferring from any post secondary institution must have a
Financial Aid Transcript on file with Augsburg from each previously attended
institution.
4) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated.
5) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the deadline stated.
Fees and Payment Schedule
.-
- -
-
Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable)
-
-
-
Tuition (per trimester course)
(one course = 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits)
--
-
Tuition (per summer course)
(tuition charge for 1987 summer terms)
-
- -
-
-
Lifetime Sports:
Fee for course
Fee for Assessmenl of Previous Learning
--
-- -
-
Nursing Clinical Fee
-
-
-
--
--
-
Education Clinical & Field Experience Fee
-
-
-
-
-
- -
Late Fee
$
C,Y?urytr/fo ~ I ~.v!wt~?n~
I I ~ r(j(~iv!l~rin~f
t ~ f i t [!I$!
~ r , \ ~ ~ h t ~ l ~n!xi,~/rufion
d/~rl
hfe.
L,I~!L' ~ ( : ~ L I O W I I ~it~r~l!tr/#*\*
II
~II(~<)III/J/PIPt J ( y : i , ~ f ~ t f it1.y
o t ~d v j i t ~ t ~ t :
n,.) ~'/ILI'EJ:II~,(/
K r : l : t , v ~ r t ~ v ~I'~)I.III
l ~ t ~ or 1). 1 I/IIIIJYI~OTW/ /'III~IIT(JII~
Plan
-
-
-
-
-
Registration change after first class meeting
(cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time)
-
-
-
-
- -
-
$
5.00
$
2.00
-
Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free)
-
25.00
--
- -
-
Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per
month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more.
-
-
Payment Options
Tuition is set on an annual basis payable in 3 equal installments at the beginning of
each Trimester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release Academic
transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan
funds administered by the College (National Direct Student Loan), are current
according to established repayment schedules.
Augsburg Offers the Following Payment Options:
1) Trimester payments in full on day of Registration.
2) Payment Plan - Upon application and after College approval, a 3 month plan is
available each trimester.
3) Company Reimbursement - Full courses, or equivalent, which are company
reimbursed require a deposit of $100 per course reimbursed, with full payment
due within 45 days from the end of the term.
Refund Schedule
A per course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: (Students are
responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office in order to be eligible
for the tuition refund.)
Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - 100% (less a $75 Administrative Fee)
Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80%
Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60%
No refund after the third scheduled class meeting.
The refund schedule is eflecfive whefheror nof a student has allended classes.
All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all
adjustments for aid, loans, fines, and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility
for a cash refund of any resulting credit balance is determined.
Special Grading Procedures
Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which "P" means a grade of 2.0 or better
and "N" means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. A student may not take
more than 8 courses on a PIN grading system, with only 2 courses in the major.
Students are cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate
and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of
P-graded courses.
An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To
receive it, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Student Standing
stating the reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor. If permission is granted, the incomplete must be
removed during the following trimester, or it becomes the grade submitted by
the teacher along with the incomplete.
Withdrawal From College
Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this
results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from
college cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved
by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Withdrawal from
College form is returned to the Registrar's Office.
Dean's List
The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose grade point
average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of two full courses, or
equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in
courses offered for credit.
Probation and Dismissal
A student will be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term if his or
her achievement is unsatisfactory. A student who has been on probation two or
more consecutive semesters is subject to dismissal at the end of the term. Dismissal
from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on
Student Standing. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly
advised to withdraw before the end of the term. A student who has been on
probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have
special permission to re-enroll.
Student Support Services
Augsburg Weekend College provides a number of student services to assist adults
in making educational and career plans, accomplishing the academic tasks of a
college education, working on their own personal development, and participating
in activities beyond the classroom. Some of these services are:
Academic Planning
All Augsburg Weekend College students will have access to expert academic
advising services on an on-going basis to provide for efficient, effective planning.
Students enrolling in Weekend College who have had college experience will have
their previous work evaluated early in the admissions process.
Career Planning Services
Staff from the Career Planning and Placement Office will assist adults in assessing
their career goals and personal abilities. This service, in combination with sound
academic advising from faculty in a chosen major field, can result in an appropriate and manageable educational and career plan for the individual involved.
Academic Skills Center
This center exists to help students enhance their skills in the areas of writing,
reading, math, time management, and study skills. Academic tutors in specialized
course areas are also available through the center.
Counseling/Support Groups
Individual and group activities are available to students who wish to work on a
personal growth interest or concern or who simply want to have the experience of
being in a support group of people who share some similar characteristics
and/or interests.
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training.
Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans
Administration. (Please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog for more
detailed information.)
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) Program
Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life
situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within
the disciplines that compose the academic programs of a liberal arts college. The
APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by
which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from
another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit
toward the completion of a bachelor's degree.
Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition
at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: (1) it is
relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts
curriculum and (2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive
examination or committee evaluation.
The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may
have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition:
CLEP (College Level Examination Program)
Students who achieve acceptable scores in CLEP exams may receive academic
credit in Augsburg College. CLEP exams are available in a variety of general and
specific subject areas. For more information, contact the Admissions Oftice
(330-1001).
Departmental Assessment
Students who wish to receive credit for a specific academic course and do not have
transcript evidence of completed work may request a departmental assessment of
previous learning. This will most often include an examination that covers the
essential components of the course involved. For more information, contact the
Registrar's Ofice (330-1036).
CAP (Credit Assessment Process)
This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a
credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. Informal
meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a
portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. Students may apply for CAP
after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with
a cumulative GPA of at least 2.5. For more information, contact the Registrar's
Office (330-1036).
Fall Trimester, 1987 Class Schedule
Friday
Evening
6:OO930
-
Saturday
Morning
8:3012:OO
BUS
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDE
ENG
PHY
SOC
SPC
SWK
-
242
112
253/
379
382
245
101
265
353
260
BIO 185
BUS 175
BUS 221
BUS 242
BUS 324
CHM 109
CSC/ MAT
ECO 113
ECO 313
EDE 263
EDE 350/
EDE 376
EDE 389
ENG 111
NUR 403
PHI 130
POL 342
SPA 111
SOC 121
SPC 113
SPC 345
SWK 257
ART
Afternoon BUS
BUS
1:15BUS
4:45
BUS
BUS
ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
ENG
ENG
HIS
HPE
MAT
NUR
NUR
PHI
PSY
REL
SPA
SPC
SWK
.
-
240
221
252
322
391
440
113
312
363/
386
111
225
162
114
104
305
306
120
105
111
111
354
463
ART
Afternoon BUS
BUS
1:15BUS
4:45
BUS
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDS
REL-
132
279
331
375
423
351
364
388
364
366
356
-
Saturday
-
Sunday
Principles of Management
Principles of Macroeconomics
EDS 264 Orientation to Education (E/S) (9/11-11/6)
K-El Art (9/11-10/9)
K-El Math (10/23-12/11)
Introduction to Literature
Astronomy*
Racial and Minority Group Relations
Advertising
Humans Developing
--
-
Biology of Aging
Computers for Business and Economics*
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Management
Managerial Cost Accounting
General Chemistry*
174 Math for Computer Science*
Principles of Microeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
Clinical Experience Seminar (l2/5)
EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments (E/S) (9/12-1117)
K-El Social Studies (10/24-11/21)
K-El Physical Education (9/12-10/10)
Effective Writing*
Contemporary Nursing 111: Families*
Logic
Mass Communications in Society
Beginning Spanish I*
Principles of Sociology
Public Speaking
Organizational Communication
Exploring Human Services -
Art History Survey
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Marketing
Accounting Theory and Practice I
Business Law
Operations Management
Principles of Microeconomics
Intermediate Macroeconomics
EDS 352 Clinical Experience Seminar (12/5)
Children's Literature (9/12-11/7)
Effective Writing*
Advanced Writing*
20th Century South Asia
Safety Education (E/S) (9/12-1117)
Intermediate Algebra
Cont. Nursing I: Commun. & Process*
Cont. Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing*
Ethics
General Psychology
Introduction to Theology
Beginning Spanish I*
Interpersonal Communication
Community Development
---Photography
Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Financial Management
Information Systems in the Organization
Auditing
Techniques for Teaching Reading (9/ 13-6113)
Interdisciplinary Studies (l0/25-11/22)
K-El Health (9/13-10/11)
English Methods (9/13-12/13)*
Foreign Language Methods (9/ 13-6/ 13)
History of Religions
- ----
*Extra class or lab sessions required.
-
-
Winter Trimester, 1988 Class Schedule
Friday
Evening
6009:30
Saturday
Morning
8:3012:00
BUS
EDE
EDS
PHY
PSY
REL
SOC
SPC
SPC
242
387
350
111
373
353
265
222
354
Principles of Management
K-El Language Arts (1/8-2/25)
Reading in the Content Areas (S) (1/8-2/25)
Physics, Computers & Society*
Organizational Psychology
Denominations and Sects in America
Racial and Minority Group Relations
Introduction to Theater
Interpersonal Communication
BIO
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
CHM
CSC/
ECO
EDE/
EDE
ENG
MUS
NUR
NUR
POL
PSY
SOC
SPC
SWK
101
221
222
279
340
433
110
MAT
112
EDS
363/
111
130
310
423
342
485
375
113
465
Human Biology
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Accounting I1
Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Human Resource Management
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
Organic and Biological Chemistry*
175 Math for Computer Science II*
Principles of Macroeconomics
341 Media Technology (E/S) (1/9-2/26)
EDS 352 Clinical Experience Seminar (E/S) (1/30-3/5-19)
Effective Writing*
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Community Health I*
Nursing Practicum I* **
Mass Communications
Counseling Psychology
Social Psychology*
Public Speaking
Social Policy
--
-
-
Saturday BUS
Afternoon BUS
BUS
1:15BUS
445
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
ECO
ECO
EDE
EDS
ENG
ENG
HIS
MAT
PHI
REL
SOC
SPA
SPC
SWK
-
175 Computers for Business and Economics
222 Principles of Accounting I1
252 Principles of Marketing
323 Accounting Theory and Practice I1
326 Tax Accounting
33 1 Financial Management
352 Marketing Research and Analysis
479 Int. Quantitative Methods
113 Microeconomics
415 Managerial Economics
377 K-El Science (1/9-2/13)
477 School and Society (1/9-2/26)
223 Writing for Business and the Professions*
438 Shakespeare
222 U.S. History since 1877
114 Elementary Functions*
380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
360 Religion and Society
121 Principles of Sociology
112 Beginning Spanish II*
352 Persuasion
468 Field Work 111
ART 118 Painting I
Sunday
Afternoon BUS 475 Information Systems Analysis and Design
ECO 315 Money and Banking
1:15EDE 364 Interdisciplinary Studies (2/14-3/6)
4:45
EDE 380 K-El Music (l/lO-31)
FRE 111 Beginning French*
GER 111 Beginning German*
HPE 115 Chemical Dependency Education
(E/S) (1/13-3/20)
.
*Extra class or lab sessions required.
**Additional lab fee charged.
-
-
Spring Trimester, 1988 Class Schedule
Friday
Evening
6:OO9:30
Saturday
Morning
8:301200
BUS
BUS
HPE
INS
PHY
SOC
SPC
BIO
BUS
BUS
BUS
CHM
CSC
CSC
ECO
ECO
EDE
ENG
ENG
HIS
NUR
NUR
POL/
PSY
SOC
SPC
SWK
--
BUS
Afternoon BUS
BUS
BUS
1:15BUS
4:45
BUS
ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDE
ENG
ENG
NUR
NUR
PHI
POL
PSY
REL
SOC
SPC
SWK
Saturday
p
Principles of Marketing
Human Resource Management
Safety Education (E/S) (4/10-5/20)
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
Physics for the Life Sciences*
Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
-Public
- Relations/PromotionaI Communications
108
222
391
279
100
145
240
113
3 18
351
111
351
341
31 1
404
SPC
355
375
351
467
Microbiology*
Principles of Accounting I1
Business Law
Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Chemistry for Changing Times
Computing for the Liberal Arts
Survey of Computer Science*
Principles of Microeconomics
Management Science
Techniques of Teaching Reading (4/9-6/25)
Effective Writing*
American Literature Since 1920
Topics: European History - Europe in the Era of WWII
Community Health Nursing 11* **
Contem. Nursing IV: Leadership & Mgmt.*
421 Uses of Mass Communications: Advanced Topics
Brain and Behavior*
Social Psychology*
Argumentation
The Social Worker as Professional
242 Principles of Management
331 Financial Management
370 Advanced Personal Computing
425 Advanced Accounting
438 Investments
450 Marketing Management
112 Principles of Macroeconomics
31 1 Public Finance
350/ EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments (E/S) (5/14-6/25)
363/ EDE 352 Clinical Experience Seminar (E/S) (5/14-6/4)
388 K-El Health (4/9-30)
227 Journalism*
272 European Literature
330 Trends and Issues in Nursing*
350 Introduction to Nursing Research*
130 Logic
160 World Politics
105 General Psychology
240/ 440 Christian Spirituality and Ethics
301 Complex Organizations
355 Small Group Communication
462-Field Work I1
- -
p
ART
Afternoon BUS
ECO
1:15EDE
4:45
EDE
EDE
EDS
FRE
GER
REL
Sunday
252
340
114
233
103
336
480
-
250
476
313
253/
379
388
366
112
112
221
Ceramics
Structured Systems Analysis and Design
Intermediate Microeconomics
EDS 264 Orientation to Education (E/S) (4/10-5/22)
K-El Art (6/5-26)
K-El Health (4/10-30)
Foreign Language Methods (4/10-5/22)
Beginning French 11*
Beginning German II*
Biblical Studies
*Extra class or lab sessions required.
**Additional lab fee charged.
C
ourse Descriptions
ART 102
Environmental Aesthetics
of
Fine
experience
arts in thein urban
the environment
and world setting.
leading Concern
toward appreciation
for the visualand
content
criticism. Individual and group projects exploring design problems in
representation, symbolism and abstraction.
Distribution: Urban Concerns
ART 106
Calligraphy
Study of the art and craft of calligraphy. Development of calligraphic
skills in pen and brush with ink and paint.
Distribution: Art/Music
ART 107
Drawing
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life,
figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimental work.
Distribution: Art/Music
ART 118
Painting I
Introduction to painting media and techniques in acrylic and oil.
Distribution: Art/Music
ART 132
Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with
attention to black and white photography process. Need access to 35mm
camera.
Distribution: Art/Music
Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising Major
ART 225
Visual Communications I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using
elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictoral images.
Distribution: Art
Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising Major
ART 240
Art History Survey
A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading,
research, viewing of slides, and visits to museums.
Distribution: Art
ART 250
Ceramics
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on
handbuilding and glazing.
Distribution: Art
ART 352
Women's Art History
A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's
place within the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of
each period.
Distribution: Art, Urban Concerns/Minority Studies, (upper division)
BIO 101
Human Biology
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An
attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another
member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem?
What influence does man have on the environment? What influence
does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man?
(A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not
apply to the major or minor).
Distribution: Biology
Major: Required supporting course in Social Work
BIO 103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course in the structure and function of the human body.
Lecture and laboratory. (A student may not receive credit for both 101
and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor.)
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
Major: Required prerequisite for BSN major
BIO 105
Biology and Society
What are sonic of llrc P~ic~lrrpi~llg-l~a'icd
pr'c>t)lcrns.wilhwhich our
I l ~ pl'n'ipwt
r
of
society tnwl rlti~l'!Wllnl Lllrt::\la ow pcrstd hy ~~ollulion,
war, and hy stlorkgm of f o d , warcr and nrm-rcncw;rhlcn o r ~ r ~ d !
What arc Illc imp1ii:alionb oi penclic rrw:~rul!.scicntilic mcisn'~,scriot
I I I ~ t tlcliurry
t ~ 41i' Ilc;~lihairc'! ( l l r w no1 :L]II?!Y
biology, ~ i f i c inctjl~itit~
to the major or minor.)
Distribution: Biology or Urban Concerns
BIO 108
Microbiology
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the field or tnecticinc :lnd srhni&\irm. For s~udcntnurses, health
(Prt'rci~:C'hrm If19 allil concurrent
majors or consent of [he ilt'itr11~1or.
registration in Chem I Ili clr conscnr al'Inslrklctr~r.T)rlcr; 1101apply to
major or minor).
Distribution: Biology
Major: Prerequisite for the BSN major
BIO 185
The Biology of Aging
At some time or another in our lives most of us will either directly experience aging or be influenced by people undergoing age-related changes.
This course will concentrate on the biological aspects of such changes.
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
BIO 231
The Biology of Women
The objective of this ~u)urw:is IU providc a I~asicunderstanding of the
structure and functionina tiF tlic Icniiilc hurnnn organism as well as to
evaluate misconceptions nhnr~twclmcri IIlol Iiitve arisen in the history
of biology.
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology or Women & Minority Studies
BUS 175
Computers for Business and Economics
An i n t r o ~ h t v ~ 10
i o ~ulmpulcl'tztd
~
d:lln ~ ~ O C L Y S ~Lcarn
I ~ ~ : n hi~hcr-lcvcl
\l>rcari~hecl~
IL(ITLlS)
I:~rtgoir~:c
(I3ASIC'). I f i ~ rn :11n>uta~~iip~lterl./ctl
antt r l : hrlsc~
~ ~ 11311ASll). I.c:1r11 ntmut wnrrl prom\tlil: tlrld cornp~llcrr/ctlbur~nt>c\gcallhlcs. (l'rcrrrl.: Mnth I'l:~certlcn~Group ll or high
school algebra)
Major: Required in Business Administration core and MIS major;
elective in Supervisory Management major
BUS 221
Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts, and fundamentals of
accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
Major: Required for Business Administration and MIS major
BUS 222
Principles of Accounting I1
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of
managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decisionmaking and behavioral considerations. (Prereq: 221).
Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major
BUS 242
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of manapement, n ~ l . : ~ n i ~ ~ tstarling,
!un,
planning and control. The nature of :cuthor~ty,tcctiuntabilily and
responsibility, analysis of the role of lli? pmlm?ionr~lR I : I I I A ~ C ~ .
Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major,
elective in Public Relations/Advertising and Supervisory Management
majors in Communication
BUS 252
Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic pihlIicy nnd strntcgy issucs in rnnrkcting. k p l , ethical,
r~tldZcr:hnobgic:~ILlc!ors as they affect
competitive, behavir)r.nI.~YolIon~ic
product, promotinn, mnrkeling channel :1nt1 pl,icing dccisinris.
Major: Required in the Business Administration core, elective in Public
Relations/Advertising and Marketing Communications major
BUS 279
Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures,
probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with
emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics.
(Prereq: Math Placement 111 or a grade of 2.0 or better in MAT 104)
Major: Required in the Business Administration core and MIS major
BUS 322
Accounting Theory & Practice I
An analysis of a~rxlr~ntiog
theory pertaining to financial statements,
income conccl~ts,cupiral stock 2nd surplus account, current and longterm assets. (Prer~vl:722. I:CO !13)
Major: Required in the Accounting and Finance majors (upper division)
BUS 323
Accounting Theory and Practice I1
An analysis of accounting theory p n a i n ~ n g!u invcstmenls, U~n~ihlt
and
intangible fixed assets, liabilities nr~rlmorved, acfurrrial iopirs. Additional
emphasis on income determination ollnsirlcring price levcl ch;~ngfi.
(Prereq: 322)
Major: Required in the Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 324
Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and
behavioral topics. (Prereq: 222,242, 252,279 or consent of instructors)
Major: Required in the Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 326
Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for
individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq: 221, 331,
ECO 112, 113, or consent of instructor)
Major: One of a choice of 3 required courses in the Accounting major
(upper division)
BUS 331
Financial Management
Tllcory ooT auquisition, allocation and management of funds within the
lirm; snurcm HIKI uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital,
n~pitelI?udge~ing,
leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq:
122, LC0 1 13)
Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major (upper
division)
BUS 340
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human
resources, desirable working relationships; effective integration of the
worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq: 242)
Major: Required for Business Management major, elective in Supervisory
Management major (upper division)
BUS 352
Marketing Research and Analysis
Iicse~lrclrp n m s as an :kid to decision-rn:tking in marketing managemen(; rceurcti rnelhodolom nmrkcling rcscnrch resulh; evaluation of the
effcctivcncss cjf rficarrh III nrarkctir~g.(I'rrrcq: 252, 279, ECO 113, or
crmscnt (1r insrrtlctnr)
Major: Required in the Marketing major and an elective in the
Marketing Communications major (upper division)
BUS 370
Advanced Computing for Business and Economics
C~~rrerir
topics involv~ngprogr~mn~ahlc
sprcudsheets (LOTUS), progrnmmablc dafa bnsa (DBASE,),grnphics, information retrieval using
tclccr)mnl!~n~ff~lion~,
an11 ulher g!lckagc<(~Utisticalanalysis, project
management, expert systems, etc.) Solve common problems in economics, finance and marketing. (Prereq: One computer course such
as BUS 175 or CSC 145, 170 or 174. Recommended BUS 279.)
BUS 375
Information Systems in the Organization
Use of systems approach in analyzing t11cuse of inlormntion syslcms i n
the organization. Analyze business n~uxls~ n t infnrrnnlion
l
requircnient~,
identify relevant solutions and commr~niuntc:recomrnc~idnlioria.F.tnph:jsis
on management consulting skills includi~lg5vri11cnand vcrhnl comrnunrcations. (Prereq: Two computer courses such as BUS 175 and 370)
Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division)
BUS 391
Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property
and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
Major: Required for Business Administration core (upper division)
BUS 423
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks
and control for accounting systems. (Prereq: 323)
Major: One of a choice of 3 required courses in the Accounting major
(upper division)
BUS 425
Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting,
partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq: 323)
Major: One of a choice of 3 required courses in the Accounting major
(upper division)
BUS 433
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
Advanced financial theory; a systems approach to financial structure and
policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature,
readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq: 331)
Major: Required in Finance major (upper division)
BUS 438
Investment Theory
Appraisal of the risk/retum rela~ionshipsof various types of securities
from the viewpoint of both inclivitfunl and inslitu~ianitlinvestors. Extensive coverage of capital markc~salld panfolio manngcment. (Prereq: all
core courses or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in Finance major (upper division)
BUS 440
Operations Management
C:onccpa and principles rclntcrl to the maniigccment of operating
Funciions. E~smplcsfrom service industr~c.\,non-profit organizations and
mamibcluri~tg.'I'aupht rrnm IImnnagr~alpoin~of view. Topics include:
Hn overview of irpcmllons, plannin~c~pcwrionprocesses, productivity
measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information
systems. (Prereq: 242)
Major: Required in the Business Management major and an elective in
the Supervisory Management major (upper division)
BUS 450
Marketing Management
Integration of marketing with other businm functions; murlteting management and decision making, planning marketing prgrnm, channels of
distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq: 352)
Major: Required in the Marketing major and an elective in the
Marketing Communications major (upper division)
BUS 475
Information Systems Analysis and Design
Analyze informarion ~crtuirmient~
$\nddesign systems specifications.
Utilize relational rlrlra b;tsc srrClworr to quickly implement several system
designs. Utilize pnlrrcl n1nn:rlremenr software to manage the life cycle
process including documentation and implementation. (Prereq: all lower
level core courses, BUS 375. Recommended: BUS 479)
Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division)
BUS 476
Information Systems Projects
Using skills developed in BUS 375 and 475, complete information
analysis and systems design for several business situations. Utilize both
case studies and actual businesses. (Prereq: BUS 375, 475.
Recommended: BUS 479)
Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division)
BUS/ 479
ECO
Intermediate Quantitative Methods For Economics and Business
Utilizing colnputcr p~c:k;rac'; rclcvt~ntIrk slnli::~i~~l
analysis. Programming
~ ~ S W S lid nther statistical packages.
tools includr s y ~ r c , r t l ~ l i cmie ~nit:^!),
Areas of inlt:n:~t~ncllldcs t n ~ l r ~ idcqcriplirms,
c~l
snalysis of variance and
statistical inference plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo
simulations. (Prereq: 175,279, Math Placement Group IV or a grade of
at least 2.0 in MAT 114, 121, or 122. Recommended: BUS 370)
Major: Required for MIS major and one of a choice of 3 required
courses in the Finance major (upper division)
CHM 100
Chemistry For Changing T i e s
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular
book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry
course and does not assume a science background. Most of the problems
we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can help us to
understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come
join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition.
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
CHM 109
General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamentals of general,
organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas such as
nursing (including Augsburg's upper division program). Open also to
other students. First term, general chemistry principles and an introduction
to organic chemistry. Will include arranged time for laboratory work.
This course does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry.
Distribution: Chemistry
Major: Required prerequisite for Nursing major
CHM 110
General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Continuation of Chemistry 109. Organic and biological chemistry with
special applications to human physiological chemistry. Will include
arranged time for laboratory work. Does not apply toward the major
or minor in chemistry.
Distribution: Chemistry
Major: Required prerequisite for Nursing major
CSC 145
Computing for the Liberal Arts
An introduction to computers and computer applications. Programming
in a general higher level language. Primarily for students in non-science
areas. Does not apply toward the computer science major or minor.
Mathematics for Computing I, I1
A study of discrete and continuous mathematics with applications to
computer science, integrated with learning a higher level programming
language. (Prereq: 114 or Placement Group IV for 174; 174 for 175)
CSC 240
Survey of Computer Sciences
An introduction to computer organization and structure, assembly and
machine languages, computer logic design, number and character representations, and functions of components of computer systems. Continued
development of structured programming concepts. (Prereq: CSC/MAT
175; or both 170 and MAT 124; or equivalent of MAT 121, 124
and Pascal Programming Course.)
CSC 340
Digital Communication and Computer Networks
Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing
systems, network protocols and security, and general computer
interfacing. (Prereq: 240)
Major: Elective for MIS major (upper division)
CSC 352
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and security, including the development of an elementary database
system. (Prereq: 240 is recommended before 352 is taken.)
Major: Elective for MIS major (upper division)
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary
and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of
elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be
taken independently of ECO 113. ECO 112 and 113 may be taken
in either order.
Distribution: Economics
Major: Required for Business Administration core
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm,
market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary
economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of ECO
112. ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order.
Distribution: Economics
Major: Required for Business Administration core
ECO 311
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact
of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic
implications. (Prereq: 112, 113)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business
Administration core (upper division)
ECO 312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed
via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy,
growth and the business cycle. (Prereq: 112)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business
Administration core (upper division)
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and
industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution;
introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq: 113)
Major: Required for Business Administration core (upper division)
ECO 315
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly
commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to
aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and
policy. (Prereq: 112, 113)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business
Administration core (upper division)
ECO 318
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of
management science to prepare students to make better business and
economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from
the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental
protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems,
etc. (Prereq: ECO 313)
Major: Required for Business Management major and MIS major and
one of a choice of 3 required courses for the Finance major, elective in
Supervisory Management major (upper division)
ECO 415
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business.
Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting,
estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price
competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of
economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq: 313, BUS 279)
Major: Required in the Marketing major and one of a choice of 3
required courses in the Finance major (upper division)
ECO 479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
(See under Business.)
EDE 253
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (M course)
Study and investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession.
EDE 341
Media Technology ($5 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through
the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production,
and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teaching/learning
situations.
Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary Education major.
EDE 350
Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementary ('h course)
The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the
contexts of educational, psychological, sociological and neuroscientific theories.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major.
EDE 351
Techniques of Teaching Reading (1 course)
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the
teaching of reading and the diagnosis and correction of reading problems.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major.
EDE 363
Kindergarten-ElementaryClinical Experiences ( M course)
Includes 160 hours in-class experiences. Register for 2 seminar sessions
in addition to the 160 hours. A video tape of classroom or simulated
teaching will be prepared by each student. Membership in one of the
professional teacher organizations is required.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
EDE 364
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Interdisciplinary Studies
($4 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for integrating
specific skill developments through various subjects at the kindergarten
and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major.
EDE 376
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Social Studies (lh course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major.
EDE 377
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Science (Ih course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major.
EDE 379
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Art (% course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major.
EDE 380
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Music (Ih course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for music at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major.
EDE 382
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics ( M course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major.
EDE 386
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Children's Literature ( M course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major.
EDE 387
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Language Arts ( M course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major.
EDE 388
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Health (I%course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for health at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major.
EDE 389
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Physical Education (I% course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
Major: Required for Elementary Education major.
EDE 481
482
483
484
Student Teaching K-6
Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary
levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel.
Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required.
(Prereq: Admission to student teaching and program approval.)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major.
EDS 264
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting ( M course)
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession. Open to all
students. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations
is required.
Major: Required for Secondary Education major.
EDS 350
Reading in the Content Areas ( M course)
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist
students in teaching reading through the content areas.
Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division).
EDS 352
Clinical Experience ( M course)
Includes 70 hours in-school experiences, seminars. Membership in one of
the professional teacher organizations is required.
Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division).
EDS 353
Creating Learning Environments: Secondary ('h course)
The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning
settings. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is
required.
Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division).
EDS 364
English Methods ( M course)
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools.
Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching
experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literature is
included. (Prereq: EDS 264 and 353 or consent of instructor.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education English Language Arts major
(upper division).
EDS 366
Foreign Language Methods ( M course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching.
(Consult with the Foreign Language Department.)
EDS 388
Human Relations (M course)
Emphasis on the study of values of communication techniques, and of
the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional
vocations. Open to all.
Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division).
EDS 477
School and Society ( M course)
The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society
with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of
educational philosophy and the development of American education,
current major issues in education will be studied.
Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division).
EDS 481484
Student Teaching
Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision
of college and secondary school personnel. A minimum of two courses,
except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors.
(Prereq: admission to student teaching and program approval)
Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division).
EDS 486
Student Teaching Seminar ('h course)
Companion course to student teaching. In-depth analysis of teaching
effectiveness and problem solving. A video tape of classroom teaching
will be prepared by each student. Membership in one of the professional
teacher organizations is required.
Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division).
ENG 111
Effective Writing
The study of composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention
to correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The
grading system for this course is either P/N or 2.0 - 4.O/N.
Distribution: Required for graduation
ENG 209
Grow Old Along With Me
This course will focus on what poets, dramatists, and novelists have to
say about the aging process. Students will be expected to interview older
people to discover how they feel society regards the aging.
Distribution: English/Speech
ENG 223
Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed with emphasis on expository writing skills for
those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of
reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be
encouraged to use the material from their own areas of specialization.
(Prereq: 111 or equivalent)
Major: Recommended elective for Business Administration major. One
of four required choices in the Communications core.
ENG 225
Intermediate Expository Writing
The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may
include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison
and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic
and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in
which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq: 111)
Major: Required for English major, one of four required choices in the
Communications core.
ENG 226
Introduction to Creative Writing
The purpose of this course is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic
modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may
be selected by students for experimentation and development, according
to the students' preference.
Major: An elective for Public Relations/Advertising major, one of four
required choices in the Communications core.
ENG 227
Journalism
An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature
and the news feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of
writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and
editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press
releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on the
feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the trimester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the
electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the
journalism establishment.
Major: Required for Public Relations major, one of four required choices
in the Communication core
ENG 240/
340
The Short Story
The course will involve practice in ways of approaching literature and
will include study of the basic critical terminology, so it would be an
appropriate course for students who have not yet studied literature at the
college level. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be
expected to write with clarity.
Distribution: English/Speech
ENG 245
Introduction to Literature
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular
attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in
reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English
majors and minors.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Required for English major
ENG 250
American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American
writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism.
Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical
development of American literature.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: An elective for English majors
ENG 261
Modem Fiction
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the
twentieth century.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: An elective for English majors
ENG 271
European Literature: Homer to Dante
A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the
epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and
Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses.
Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the
classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with
reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background,
their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: One of two required choices for English majors
ENG 272
European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modem Period
A study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the
medieval to the modem period, including such authors as Moliere,
Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: One of two required choices for the English major.
ENG 282
Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be
listed in the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included
Scandinavian literature, Twentieth Century Poetry, Comedy, and
Women in Fiction.
Distribution: English/Speech
ENG 296/
396
Highlights of British Literature
Works by major British authors including Chaucer, Shakespeare, Donne,
Swift, Wordsworth, Austen, Dickens, and Woolf.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: A British Literature elective
ENG 331
British Literature, Chaucer to the Elizabethans
Chaucer and the medieval Milieu will be studied as well as the
development of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: One of three required choices for the English major
(upper division)
ENG 332
Milton and His Age
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the
Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will
be examined.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: One of three required choices for the English major
(upper division)
ENG 336
British Literature, Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the
metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: One of three required choices for the English major
(upper division)
ENG 337
British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of
the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one
another will be emphasized as well as their relationship to their own age
and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: One of three required choices for the English major
(upper division)
ENG 351
American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary
movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and
its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the
city as setting and symbol in modem American literature.
Distribution: English/Speech, Urban Concerns
Major: An elective for the English major (upper division)
ENG 399
Internship
The department offers on-campus internships in teaching, writing and
various off-campus internships. Interested students should consult the
department chairperson.
ENG 438
Shakespeare
Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies, histories, tragedies with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic
art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: An elective for the English major (upper division)
FRE 111
Beginning French
Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in
French to the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system
and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and
expression on a rudimentary level.
Distribution: Foreign Language
FRE 112
Beginning French
Continuation of FRE 111.
Distribution: Foreign Language
GER 111
Beginning German
Course 111 is for students with no previous background. Aims at
developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding
and reading basic German. Goals; ability to read extended narratives in
simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short
conversations. Laboratory materials available.
Distrib~rtion:Foreign Language
GER 112
Beginning German
Continuation of GER 111
Distribution: Foreign Language
HIS 103
The Modem World
A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of
Napoleon to the present.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
HIS 162
20th Century South Asia
This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the
world today; it is a standard example for population crisis and world
hunger illustrations. This course is designed for the student who has
interest but little or no background in non-western subjects.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
HIS 219/
419
Myths and Myth Making
A myth is not something patently false or absurd, although popular usage
has emphasized its fictional quality. Myth is the means by which people
and cultures explain themselves to others and to themselves. In this
course we will examine mythopoeic thought and the myths which that
process evolved in the ancient Near East.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
HIS 222
U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
HIS 341
Topics: European History - Europe in the Era of World War I1
Beginning with the rise of facism in the 1930's, this course will emphasize
the unsuccessful attempts at appeasement, the course of the war, and
conclude with the development of the cold war to 1950.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
HIS 440
20th Century Topics in World History
This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's facism, the collapse of
colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on
Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years.
Distribution: History/Philosophy (upper division)
HPE 114
Health and Safety Education ( M course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life.
Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health
needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross
First Aid course.
HPE 115
Health and Chemical Dependency Education ( M course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser.
Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health
needs and problems of school age children.
INS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological,
evolutionary and historic origins of women's roles and status in human
society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in
(continued on next page)
different cultures. This comparison will include such North American
models as the Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the peasant societies
of eastern Europe, Mexico, and the middle East and rural China.
Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies
MAT 104
Intermediate Algebra
A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic
expressions including exponents, radicals, and rational expressions;
algebraic processes including factoring; solving equations and inequalities
in one variable, including linear and quadratic; and graphs of linear and
quadratic equations and linear inequalities in two variables. Does not
satisfy the general education requirement in mathematics. (Prereq:
Placement Group 11, P/N grading only)
MAT 114
Elementary Functions
Fundamental operations, Factoring, fractions, functions, and graphs,
linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratios and
variation, progression, binomial theorem, logarithms and trigonometric
functions. (Math placement test required. Student must achieve a Level 3
ranking in order to enroll in this class.)
Distribution: Math/Physics
Major: Strongly recommended for Business Administration major prior
to taking BUS 279
MUS 130
Introduction to Music in the F i e Arb
Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For
non-music majors.
Distribution: Art/Music
NOR 111
Beginning Norwegian
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading
and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory
work expected.
Distribution: Foreign Language
NOR 112
Beginning Norwegian
Continuation of NOR 111.
Distribution: Foreign Language
NUR 305
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication
A transitional course that introduces the components of the professional
role and begins the professional socialization process. The communication process is emphasized as one means by which the nurseclient
relationship is negotiated. Interactive and group communication theories
are explored for the applicability to changing roles and professional
practice. (Taken prior to or concurrently with 310)
Major: Required for BSN major (upper division)
NUR 306
Contemporary Nursing Ik Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking of theory in the
process of professional development. The function of theory in guiding
nursing practice is emphasized. Selected nursing conceptual models are
studied and their application to practice is examined using the nursing
process format.
Major: Required for BSN major (upper division)
NUR 310
Community Health Nursing I
This course focuses on community health delivery systems and the
practice of nursing within them. Concepts of health are examined as they
apply to current community health problems and issues. Clinical application of course content will involve making a health related assessment
and exploring a community health issue. Ethical issues related to community health decision making with aggregate groups are explored.
Major: Required for BSN major (upper division)
NUR 311
Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum
This course provides a Practicum basis for understanding community
characteristics and cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's
role as a generalist and as a member of the health team is explored. This
course is primarily a clinical course. The student will demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in providing care to a selected caseload of clients. (Prereq: 305,306 or concurrent enrollment, 310,330)
Major: Required for BSN major (upper division)
**This course involves an additional clinical fee.
NUR 330
Trends and Issues in Nursing
This course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the
professional nurse. Contemporary economic, social, political and
professional trends and issues are explored in relation to their
implications for nursing practice.
Major: Required for BSN major (upper division)
NUR 350
Introduction to Nursing Research
The research process and methods appropriate to nursing are the focus
of this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students
critique nursing research for its applicability to nursing practice.
(Prereq: 305, 310, 330)
Major: Required for BSN major (upper division)
NUR 403
Contemporary Nursing IIk Families
This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursing care. Content
includes family as a primary group and family dynamics in light of situational and developmental events. Consideration is given to the role of the
nurse in family health care. (Senior standing to be taken prior to or
concurrently with 423)
Major: Required for BSN major (upper division)
NUR 404
Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management
This course provides a theoretical basis for leadership and management
as emerging professional nurse roles. Concepts of change, conflict, communication, and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability
and advocacy provide the basis for role development and
professionalism.(Prereq: 403.)
Major: Required for BSN major (upper division)
NUR 423
Practicum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family
A clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content
from 403 in providing complex nursing care to families in a selected
practice setting. (Prereq: 403)
Major: Required for BSN major (upper division)
**This course involves an additional clinical fee
NUR 427
Practicum in Nursing 11: Leadership and Management
This clinical practicum utilizes knowledge and skills from 404.
Opportunity is provided to apply leadership and management theory in a
selected agency setting. (Prereq: 404)
Major: Required for BSN major (upper division)
**This course involves an additional clinical fee
NUR 432
Topics in Nursing
A course designed to provide in-depth exploration of selected topics in
nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the needs and
interests of the faculty and students. (Prereq: Senior standing or
consent of instructor. On demand.)
NUR 499
Independent Study
This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study
a selected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation
prior to registration.
PHI 120
Ethics
Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn it as wrong.
Why do you think it is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long,
hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the
moral judgements about personal and social issues resulting from them.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Major: Recommended elective in Business Administration major
PHI 130
Logic
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a
particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow
from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments
and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct
sound arguments.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Major: Required supporting course for Communication major
PHI 380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of
health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering,
abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Major: PHI 380 or REL 483 required for Nursing major (upper division)
Astronomy
A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system's
stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and
use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an 8-inch Celestron, and a
3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing.
Distribution: Math/Physics
PHY 101
PHY 103
Physics for the Life Sciences
An introductory course in which the applications, problems and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also
to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is
designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education
(therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution
requirement for the liberal arts student. (Prereq: elementary algebra)
Distribution: Math/Physics
PHY 106
Introductory Meteorology
A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working
knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be
given to four basic areas: observing the weather (including state of the art
instrumentation),understanding weather patterns, forecasting weather
changes and understanding the world's climate.
(Prereq: elementary algebra)
Distribution: Math/Physics
Physics, Computers, and Society
A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical
science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy, religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of the
meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of electronics and
computers in modem society. Microcomputers will be used extensively
in the laboratory.
Distribution: Math/Physics
PHY 111
POL 160
World Politics
Introduction to the processes of international politics, including the
dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations,
and a focus on recent problems.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
POL 170
Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and
society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law, law as politics; historic and contemporary
legal issues.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
POL 326
Political Parties and Behavior
The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and
political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties
and interest groups and media in presidential elections. (Prereq: 1 course
in Political Science or consent of instructor)
Distribution: Economics/Political Science (upper division)
POL/ 342
SPC
Mass Communications in Society
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and
control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study
of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming.
Distribution: Urban Concerns or Economics/Political Science
Major: Required for the Communication major (upper division)
POL/ 421
SPC
Uses of Mass Communications: Advanced Topics
This course offers advanced study in mass communications. Topics
include "Comparison of World Wide Media Systems," "The Role of
Government Regulations and Law in Shaping American Mass Media,"
"The Impact of Media on American Society, Politics, and Culture." (It is
desirable to have taken 342, Mass Communications. If not, talk with
instructor before registration.)
POL 461
Topics in International Politics: Challenges for American Foreign Policy
Examines foreign policy strategies, analyzes how foreign policy decisions
are made, and looks at major issues being debated by American leaders
in a changing world economy.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science (upper division)
PSY 105
General Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for
the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of
psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized.
Distribution: Psychology/Sociology
Major: Required supporting course for the Communication majors and
Social Work major, a prerequisite for advanced courses in psychology.
PSY 355
Brain and Behavior
A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for
behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep and
wakefulness, motivation and emotion, learning and memory and mental
disorders. (Prereq: 105 and one course in biology)
Major: Required prerequisite course for BSN major (upper division)
PSY 356
Environment and Behavior
A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and manmade, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space and crime, and built
environments such as rooms, buildings and cities.
Major: Urban Concerns (upper division)
PSY 373
Organizational Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and
practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of
work effectiveness, and social influences. An organizational field
experience. (Prereq: 105)
Major: Required course for Business Management major and elective for
three Communications majors (upper division)
PSY 485
Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process.
Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling
relationship.
Major: Elective in the Human Relations major (upper division)
REL 111
Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the
dialogue between the church and the world which concerns
Christian doctrine.
Distribution: Religion
REL 215
Archaeology and the Bible
Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical archaeology,
and review of some current findings.
Distribution: Religion
REL 221
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the Biblical documents.
The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the
emergence of the church.
Distribution: Religion
REL 263
World Justice and Hunger: Developing a New World View
The course will survey the most recent reports and analysis of the current
holocaust of global hunger including the root causes, the interconnectedness of other issues, the biblical mandate and the role of justice education. Attitudes toward poverty and wealth, justice and charity, oppression
and liberation will be discussed. The purpose will be to build greater
global awareness, become sensitized to ethical choices, energize us for
action and responsible living, and explore pedagogical principles
for social justice.
Distribution: Religion
REL 353
Denominations and Sects in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations
and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered.
Distribution: Religion (upper division)
REL 356
History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the
world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto
and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from
these religious communities.
Distribution: Religion (upper division)
REL 360
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of
sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary
sociological research on religious movements in American society.
Distribution: Religion (upper division)
REL 363
Religion in America
A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to
the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses
of religion to the challenges of its environing culture.
Distribution: Religion (upper division)
REL 481
Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological
thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the
continuing theological task of the Christian Church.
Distribution: Religion (upper division)
REL 483
Christian Ethics
The basis of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective
for critical reflection upon moral action.
Distribution: Religion (upper division)
Major: REL 483 or PHI 380 required for Nursing major
REL 486
Psychology of Religion and Theology
A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the
traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be
given to the classics in the held by Freud, Jung, and William James, and
to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them.
Distribution: Religion (upper division)
SOC 121
Principles of Sociology
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its application to an
understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social
inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic
discipline and profession.
Distribution: Sociology
Major: Required supporting course for Communication major and Social
Work major
SOC 231
Sociology of the Family
An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of
dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship
of the family to its institutional and cultural context.
Major: Required supporting course in Social Work major and an elective
in the Human Relations major
SOC 265
Racial and Minority Group Relations
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is
focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding.
(P/N grading only)
Distribution: Minority Studies
Major: Required supporting course for Social Work major and elective
supporting course in the Business Management major (upper division)
SOC 301
Complex Organizations
There is little in contemporary American life that is not somehow
effected by organizations. This course sociologically examines (both theoretically and empirically) how organizations survive as entities and what
life is like for people within those organizations. Through lecture, discussion, guest speakers, and participation we will explore the topics of organizational goals, technology, structure and process; as well as corporate
and white collar deviance, gender issues, and organizational change.
Major: Recommended elective in Public Relations/Advertising; Human
Relations; and Supervisory Management majors (upper division)
SOC 336
Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
The concept of culture examined in anthropology and in the way we see
and live in the world. An analysis oâ¬basic assumptions underlying the
ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and "progress." The person's relation to
culture. An analysis of selected aspects of Western culture.
Major: An alternative in the core of the Communication major,
recommended elective in Business Management major (upper division)
SOC 375
Social Psychology
An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual
behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and
what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human
behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major
assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the
trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an
important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of
dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq: 121 or PSY 105)
Major: Required supporting course for Communication majors and
Social Work major, elective supporting course for Business Management
major (upper division)
SPA 111
Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading
and writing of elementary Spanish, lntroduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
Distribution: Foreign Language
SPA 112
Beginning Spanish
Continuation of SPA 111.
SPC 113
313
Public Speaking
Basic problems of effective speaking and listening. May be taken for
lower and upper division credit upon consultation with instructor.
Major: Required supporting course for Communication major, elective
supporting course in Business Management major
SPC 222
Introduction to Theatre
A survey of dramatic art including dramatic structure, principles, and
values with a focus on major historical periods, plays, and artists. This
class will discuss the basic concepts of the play production process.
Major: English/Speech
SPC 329
Intercultural Communication
This course will explore both the problems and the potential of communication between persons of different cultural groups. Factors such as ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role expectations, values, and nonverbal symbols will be examined in this course.
Major: Recommended supporting course in Human Relations major
(upper division)
SPC/ 342
POL
Mass Communications in Society
(See course description under POL/SPC 342)
SPC 345
Organizational Communication
This course will examine the communication aspects of human
organizations, focusing on the following three dimensions: sociological
(cultures), biological (systems), and psychosociological communication
(structures, networks, roles). This course is designed to help students
investigate various forms of communication within the boundaries of an
organization with an emphasis on communication problems.
Major: Elective for 3 of the Communication majors (upper division)
SPC 351
Argumentation
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion and debates.
Major: This course or SPC 352 is required for the Communications core
(upper division)
SPC 352
Persuasion
Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and
promotional projects.
Major: This course or SPC 351 is required for the Communications core,
elective supporting course in Marketing major (upper division)
SPC 353
Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as
important elements in modern marketing and communication.
Major: Required supporting course in Marketing major, elective in Public
Relations/Advertising, Supervisory Management and Marketing
Communications majors (upper division)
SPC 354
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help
to overcome communications barriers.
Major: Required for Communication core, elective supporting course in
Business Management major (upper division)
SPC 355
Small Group Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors
involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations.
Major: Recommended for supporting course in the Business
Management, Human Relations and Supervisory Management majors
(upper division)
SPC 361
Theater History and Criticism
Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods.
Attendance at local theater productions. Introduction to theories of
drama, dramatic production, and dramatic criticism.
Distribution: English/Speech (upper division)
SPC/ 421
POL
Uses of Mass Communications: Advanced Topics
(See course description under POL/SPC 421)
SPC 480
Public Relations/PromotionaI Communications
Public Relations in the modern world of communication, marketing and
business. An overview of public relations as a career and a survey of
basic promotional communication in profit and non-profit organizations.
Major: Elective in all Communication majors (upper division)
SWK 257
Exploring Human Services
With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 80 hours per term
as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know
human service professionals, social service delivery systems, and career
aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper
report and weekly review conferences. Career exploration: open to
all students.
Major: Required in the Social Work major
SWK 260
Humans Developing
This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human
growth through the life cycle, and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals
and families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is the role
of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human growth, the impact
of "sustaining environment" factors, and other special stresses relevent to
growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic
and/or life-style diversity is also a focus. Students will gain self-understanding through use of their own experiences. Open to all students.
Major: Required in the Social Work major and Elementary
Education Licensure
SWK 361
Social Responses to Human Needs
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human
service. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable and governmental responses to human needs will
be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course.
(Prereq: Junior or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 363
Methods and Skills of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles
and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical
experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small
groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building
skills. Course taken as a half course in each of two consecutive Weekend
College terms. (Prereq: 361, Junior)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 364
Field Work I
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency
focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours
per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week.
(Prereq: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 461
Advanced Methods and Skills
Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom
exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills,
emphasis on development of generalist practice skills and eclectic
approaches. Lectures and/or laboratory exercises each week.
(Prereq: 2.0 in 363 and 364, candidacy status. Concurrent with 462.)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 462
Field Work I1
Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities in
a social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq: candidacy status; concurrent with 461)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 463
Community Development and Organization
Locality development and social change through community
organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: I) survey
of historical forms of social change, 2) understanding the basic issues and
strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3) examination of the role
of staff, and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the essential
principles and techniques of organizing. Open to all students.
(Prereq: Senior or consent of instructor)
Distribution: Urban Concerns
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 465
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Includes the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods
of analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact
of policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will
be viewed first hand through work with an elected public policy maker.
Readings, analytical paper integration of class concepts with practical
experience. (Prereq: 361, 463 and senior or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 466
Field Work I11
Continuation of 462. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in 461, 462, 463)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 469
Field Work IV
Continuation of 466. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in 466, concurrent
with 467)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
Campus Location
From Minneapolis: Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside
Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
From St. Paul: Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to
21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
Parking: All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for student
use from 4:30 pm Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street
between 21st and 22nd Avenues and south of 8th Street on 21st Avenue.
Notes
Notes
Profile #
Student ID
Major
Class
APP.
Augsburg Weekend College
for ofjce use onb
Application for Admission
personal
Last name, please print
first/middle initial
other surname under which you
were registered at college/university
Present address
city/state/zip
county
Telephone, home
work
social security number
Birthdate
birthplace, city/state
marital status
Age:
sex: m/f
citizen of US.: yes/no
If not a U.S. citizen:
student visa? yes/no
permanent resident? yes/no
Current occupation
employer
address
Religious affiliation
denomination
congregation
Predominant ethnic
background
- Caucasion
- American Indian
- other Spanish surname
- other
- Black/Afro American
- Chicano (Mexican-American)
- Asian American
optional
previous education
Please list in chronologicalorder all schools attended starting with high school (if you have attended 2 years of college, we do
not need high school transcripts). Indicate the approximate number of credits earned (quarter or semester) at all post-secondary institutions. Please request that officialcopies of your transcripts be sent directly to the Augsburg Weekend College Office.
school
location
dates attended
degrees or credit earned
I
Have you previously applied to:
Augsburg Day School
Augsburg Weekend College
dates
dates
Have you ever been dropped or dismissed from a post-secondary institution?
Ifyes, please explain the circumstances on a separate sheet ofpaper and include it with your applicafion.
When do you plan to enter Augsburg Weekend College?
- fall trimester 19-
- winter trimester 19-
-
- second major
-
spring trimester 19-
Anticipated educational goal:
- baccalaureate degree
(baccalaureate level)
classes for work competency
(non-degree)
- classes for personal interest
(non-degree)
Do you wish to apply
for financial aid?
-yes
-no
planned major or area
of academic interest
anticipated number of
courses per term
Do you need assistance in
locating lodging for the weekends
that classes are held?
- yes - no
Do you need assistance in arranging
daycare for the time periods
that classes are held?
- yes - no
Will you be using the company tuition reimbursement plan? - yes - no
Please summarize your reasons for wanting to attend Augsburg Weekend College. How did Augsburg Weekend
College gain your attention and why have you come to seriously consider it? In this summary please include a
description of your tentative educational objectives and previous work, school, military, or community activities which
may be of interest to us.
date
signature
When completed, return this application to the Augsburg Weekend College Office, Augsburg College, 731-21st Avenue
South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Include with it an application fee of $15.00. This is a one-time fee for processing your
application and will not be refundable or applied to your bill. If you have questions about the application process or
about the programs of Augsburg Weekend College, please call 330-1782.
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Catalog 1986-88
Oflicial Publication of Augsburg College Fall 1986
731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 5545406121330-1000
This Catalog should answer most questlons students have about Augsburg College and its
curriculum. Although lnformatlon was current at the time ofp... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Catalog 1986-88
Oflicial Publication of Augsburg College Fall 1986
731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 5545406121330-1000
This Catalog should answer most questlons students have about Augsburg College and its
curriculum. Although lnformatlon was current at the time ofpubllcatlon, It 1s subJect to
change without notlce. It 1s the responslblllty of each student to know the requlrements
and academlcpollcies In thlspubllcatlon. If you have questlons about anythlng In thls Catalog, consult a faculty advlser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Key ofpces are
llsted at the back of the catalog for correspondence or telephone Inquiries.
Facts & Figures
about A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e
Location - Minneapolis, Minnesota, since 1872. Founded in
1869.
Religious Affiliation - The
American Lutheran Church. 59% of
students are Lutheran, 14% other
Protestant, 19% Roman Catholic,
8% other.
Accreditation - North Central
Association of Colleges and
Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education.
Approved by American Chemical
Society, Council on Social Work Education, National Association for
Music Therapy, Inc., National Association of Schools of Music, National League for Nursing.
Member - Associated Colleges
of the Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council,
Registered with the Minnesota
Higher Education Coordinating
Board.
Enrollment (1985-86) - 1,802
from 22 states and 24 nations.
Graduates - from 1870
through May 26,1985 - 9,231.
Student/Faculty Ratio - 15.9
to 1.Class size averages 20-30.
Campus - 14 major buildings.
Major renovation 1979-80with special emphasis on accessibility. 9
major buildings are connected by a
skyway/tunnel/enclosed walkway
system.
Library - Over 145,000 volumes, access to over 5,000,000
through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex.
School Year - September to
May, 4-1-4 calendar, with January
Interim. Two summer school sessions. Augsburg Weekend College
- trimesters, September to June.
Mqjors - More than 40 in 20 de-
partments.
Off-Campus Programs - Program in Global Community, Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA),Study Abroad, and extensive cooperative education program.
Athletic Affiliation - Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC),and National Collegiate Athletic Association
(NCAA),Division 111.
Policy -Augsburg College does
not discriminate on the basis of
race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or
handicap a s required by Title IX of
the 1972 Educational Amendments
or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973, a s amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment
practices.
Financial Aid - Approximately
85% of the students receive some
form of financial aid from the college and many other sources.
Contents
Facts &
Figures
............................
11
Introducing
Augsburg
......................2
Admissions ....................11
College Costs,
Financial Policies,
& Financial Aid
............16
Student Life ................... 30
Academic
Information
.................38
Departments
& Programs
.................59
College
Information:
..............................160
DCUS Board ........................162
Administration ...................162
Faculty Emeriti ...................164
Teaching Faculty ................ 165
Academic
Calendar .........................173
Communications
Directory .........................177
Index...................................1 7 8
lnfonnatlon
Request Card ..................1 9 1
Regents
Augsburg College
Education
in a Real World
S
tudents commonly speak of graduating from college as a
way of getting into "the real world." In fact, Augsburg College provides students with an education in a real world. The diversity of the faculty, staff, and student body, the structure of
the curriculum, and the academic environment mirror the complexity of life in contemporary society.
The college's location in and involvement with a metropolitan
setting offer continuous access to cultural opportunities, career
experiences, and social realities that enrich students' educations. Augsburg's commitment to the liberal arts recognizes
that the reality in which contemporary persons live and the persons themselves have been shaped by the tradition and history
from which they come. The real world was not made this moming, and it is not simple. Only a broad education can present our
world a s it is and give persons the ability to deal with it. Similarly, Augsburg College's continuing dedication to its heritage
as a college of the church affirms a belief that the world is the
creation of a loving God and that human persons are inescapably spiritual beings.
T h e C o l l e g e Mission Statement
These qualities of an Augsburg education flow from its mission
statement which declares that the college exists to provide high
quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal
arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian church
and by the context of a great metropolitan center.
Augsburg's location in the heart of the city represents the loom
on which the multi-colored fabric of its identity has been woven.
While students are prepared to take a place in and make a contribution to the world in which they live, they are educated to be
critical of the quality of life in their society and to be reflective of
their own values as they respond to it.
". ..based in the liberal arts
"
The academic program emphasizes the continuing validity of
the liberal arts a s a foundation for developing the life of the
mind. Augsburg College's faculty are dedicated to challenging
their students to achieve the highest academic standards while
supporting them in that endeavor with excellent teaching and
individual attention.
Students are expected to develop their abilities in critical
thinking and communication and to gain sensitivity to and
appreciation for their own and other cultures. Each student is
encouraged to contemplate the eternal philosophical and
spiritual questions of human life and of personal values and
ethics. At Augsburg the great scholars, thinkers, writers, and
artists of the past and present are studied and valued.
Augsburg College considers an understanding of the content
and method of science, a recognition of the place of technology,
and an understanding of ways to maintain a sound body as
important elements of a complete education.
This insistence on the breadth of a traditional liberal arts
education reflects a firm belief that human beings are more
than their ability to perform a job. It reflects further a concerted
attempt to direct students toward a full development of the
many facets and capacities of the educated person.
". ..
..
shaped. by the context o f a great
metropolitan center"
Yet, bounded as it is by an interstate freeway and the center of a
vital city, Augsburg College is no ivory tower escape from the
real world. The college community continually interacts with the
city by attending cultural events and civic activities and by
inviting city residents and visitors to the campus as lecturers,
performers, and mentors. The city becomes a laboratory for
experiential learning through internships, professional program
field experiences, and cooperative education placements.
". ..and shaped by faith and values."
This involvement with the real world is a reflection of
Augsburg's spiritual heritage which values all that God has
created. While its tradition supports intellectual freedom in the
search for truth, the college affirms its belief that all students
should reflect upon their ethical and spiritual values a s part of
becoming educated. Students are encouraged through religion
courses and through opportunities on campus for the practice
and examination of spirituality to consider their relationship to
others, to society, and to the world.
Traditionally Augsburg College has insisted that an aspect of
these relationships is contained in the motto: "Mucation for
Service." In these words the college expresses a belief that,
whatever career they pursue, graduates should consider the
duty of citizens to contribute to the common good through
service to others.
\N
ithin the larger community of the city and the world,
Augsburg College is its own community. It is a community of support and collegiality composed of persons of diverse
talents: of varied ethnic, national, cultural, and religious backgrounds: and of complementary interests and orientations.
Through a competent, committed faculty and a dedicated staff,
Augsburg College builds with its students a real world in which
the whole person can be educated and developed.
Augsburg
College
History
A College o f the Church
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in
America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in
Augsburg, Germany, in 1530.Augsburg opened in September 1869,in
Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872.The first college
students were enrolled in 1874 and the first college graduation was in
1879.
Early Leaders
Establish a Direction
August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876).
Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway - Sven Oftedal
and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of
Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants:
and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students for
theological study.
In 1874 they proposed a three part plan: first - train ministerial candidates, second - prepare future theological students and third - educate the farmer, worker, and businessman. The statement stressed that
a good education is also practical.
Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rqjected ivory tower
concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has
been Augsburg's theme for over one hundred years.
Education for Service
Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second president (1876-1907),required students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations. Student involvement in the
community gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto
"Education for Service."
In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later
called the Lutheran Free Church. The church was a group of independent
congregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal
Christianity.This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. But the college division was still important primarily as an attachment to the seminary.
The F o c u s C h a n g e s
This attitude began to change alter World War I. In 1911Georg Sverdrup
Jr. became President. He worked to develop college departments with an
appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be
ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of
Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women. She spent the next 52 years at the
college as a teacher and administrator.
The college's mission assumed a double character ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In
1937, Augsburg elected Bemhard Christensen, an erudite and scholarly
teacher, to be president (1938-1962).His involvement in ecumenical
and civic circles made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city
life.
After World War 11, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand
and improve academic offerings. Now the college was a larger part of the
institution than the seminary, and received the most attention.
-
Accreditation for the College
Augsburg added departments essential to a liberal arts college, offering
a modern college program based on general education requirements
and elective mqjors. With cumculum change came a long effort to become accredited.
The college reached full accreditation in 1954, although many alumni
had entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that
time.
A study in 1962 defined the college's mission now as serving the good
society as a whole first, and the interests of the Lutheran Free Church
second. The Seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther Northwestern Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963.
A College in the City
President Oscar A. Anderson (1963-1980)
continued Augsburg's emphasis on involvement with the city, He wanted to reach out to non-traditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all
people. During his years of leadership the college became a vital and integral part of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music
Hall, Mortensen Tower, Urness Tower, the College Center, Ice Arena and
Psychology Building.
Since 1980Augsburg has been led by Charles S. Anderson. He has continued Augsburg's commitment to the value of a liberal arts education,
emphasizing diversity in enrollment efforts, spiritual growth and freedom and an academic program that draws on the resources of the city a s
extensions of the campus and classroom.
Serving the
Non-traditional Student
Augsburg's American Indian Program is recognized as successful. The
program has had the highest retention rate of Indian students in Minnesota -some 85 percent. The Black Student Affairs Program, initiated in
1969,has had a growing number of students and supports a Black Student Union and a newspaper distributed by the office.
The campus is accessible to the physically handicapped with a skywaytunnel-elevator system connecting nine major buildings. In only its second year, Augsburg's program for the learning disabled had 30 students
enrolled. The program received a state award for excellence.
Weekend College, started in 1982with 69students, had an enrollment of
nearly 500 in fall 1985.Through Weekend College, adult students can
work fulltime and pursue a bachelor's degree that has a practical focus
on a liberal arts base.
These programs bring working adults to the campus. They're complemented by the new Cooperative Education Program (begun in 1984)
that sends Augsburg students into the workplace. The Co-op Education
Program helps students get career experience in addition to their classroom studies.
Augsburg Today
Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the
founders who believed:
Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community
and church:
education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to send out productive, creative and successful citizens:
the city with all its excitement, challenges and diversity, is an unequaled learning laboratory for Augsburg students.
Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great
metropolitan center. There are now more than 11,000Augsburg alumni.
In a world that has changed much since those first days of the college,
Augsburg still sends out graduates who make a difference where they
live and work.
Campus Location
Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Downtown
Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and east via Interstate 94
which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that
also connect with the suburbs.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport include American, Continental,
Delta, Eastern, Frontier, Midway, Northwest Orient, Ozark, People's Express, Piedmont, Trans World, United, USAir, and Western. Bus or train
connections can be made from all areas of the United States.
Policies
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of
race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title 1X of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions
policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinators listed
in the Communications Directory (p. 177)or to the Director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, 7th Place at Minnesota Street, St. Paul, MN 55101.
The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on
Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges.
Accreditation and Memberships
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of
Colleges and Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of
Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work
Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for Nursing. Augsburg College is an institutional member
of the National Association of Schools of Music (NASM).
W e are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North America, and Minnesota Private
College Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution.
~ e a i s t r a t b ndoes notmean that credits earned at the institution can be
transfemed to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer.
Facilities and Housing
Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories, the five buildings on the
Quadrangle, Music Hall, and the Psychology Building.
Admissions Omce, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the
admissions staffand reception area for prospective students and their parents.
George Sverdrup Library. (1955) named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual
center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices.
Science Hall (1949) houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on
the roof was completed in 1960.
Old Main (1900) is home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and
has classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodelled in 1980,
Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It
is included on the National Register of Historic Places.
West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for upperclass students.
Mortensen Tower, (1973), named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of
women from 1923 to 1964, h a s 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that
house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge
areas.
Urness Tower, (1967) named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who
have given several generous gills to the College, provides living quarters for
324 students, Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two
to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas.
Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, h a s spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for
student government and student publications.
Center for Global Service and Education, located a t 709 23rd Avenue
South, provides offices for the Global Center staff and a resource room for
those interested in global issues.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices.
Music Hall, (1978)newest building on campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall,
classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and
offices for the music faculty.
Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the
Psychology department in the former studio building.
Melby Hall. (1961) named in honor of J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to
1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes.
Ice Arena. (1974) with two large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community.
Stage IITheater. formerly Old Music Hall, was redesigned in 1979 with a thrust
stage a s a temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which
also retains space in the Little Theater building.
South Hall. Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located in or near
the campus area, provide additional housing accommodations for students,
faculty and staff.
Admissions
A
ugsburg College is looking for students with intelligence
and character. We want people who can benefit from and
contribute to their community -the college community, and
the larger community.
Freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the
campus and meet with an Admissions Counselor, because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere is valuable. Arrangements may be made to meet with a
member of the faculty and to attend classes when school is in
session.
Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and parents with college planning. Just call any weekday from
8:00 a.m. to 430 p.m. -Admissions Office(612)330-1001.
We'll answer your questions and arrange a tour for any day including Saturdays. Our office is on the Northwest comer of 7th
Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis (please call first).
Augsburg selects students on individual merit without regard to
race, creed, disability, national or ethnic origin, sex or age.
Application Procedures
forApplication
Freshmen
for Admission
1.
Applicants should complete the application for admission and
essay, and retum them to the Admissions Office together with the
non-refundable $15.00 application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman
applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students
at the time of application should have their most recent transcript
sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduation. Graduate
Examination Degree scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of
the high school transcript.
3. Test Scores
Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the
Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic
Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT). It will
suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school
transcript.
4. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affected the
applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with
the application or discussed personally with an admissions
counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the
Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made.
5. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are
notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after
the application tile is complete and has been evaluated by the
Admissions Committee.
6. Confirmation of Admission
Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to
make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their
financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to
the Director of Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked
to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of
their letter of acceptance. Those students who wish to live in college
housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit.
Early Decision for Freshmen
Augsburg offers an Early Decision Program for students who select
Augsburg a s a primary college choice. Early Decision candidates must
apply by November 15 of their senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1.The College bases its admissions decision on the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and
recommendations.
Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration for financial assistance.
Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required to
complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which
enables our Financial Aid Office to compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1.This application is
available in the Admissions Office.
Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make
a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial
aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director
of Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to
make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Those students who wish to live in college housing
must also submit a $100 housing deposit.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational
program may be granted admission to begin full-timework toward a degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the
senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty, and arrange a
personal interview with the Director of Admissions.
Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at Augsburg under the auspices of the Minnesota Post Secondary
Enrollment Options Act should contact the Admissions Office for specific information.
Application Procedures
for Transfer Students
Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having
completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College
credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit
for courses where It: considers the work unsatisFactory, to grant provisional credit for worlt taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require
that certain courses be taken at Augsburg.
A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better is required on
previous college work.
Admission to a major, a s well a s admission to the College, is sometimes necessary. Tor example, registered nurses seeking a Bachelor of
Science degree in NursEna must have a 2.5 QFA and complete the Department of Nursing credit evaluation tests. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental catalog section to see if admission to
the major is necessary.
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an application for admission and return
it to the Admissions Office together with the $15.00 non-refundable
application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript sent directly to the Admissions Office from the
college(s) you have attended is required. Transfer student
applicants who have completed one year or less of college-level
work must have an omcial transcript from their high school sent
directly to the Admissions Office. Students who have completed a
year or more of college work will be evaluated primarily on their
college performance.
3. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affected the
applicant's previous college performance, it may be included with
the application or discussed personally with an admissions
counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the
Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made.
4. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are
notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after
the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the
Admissions Committee.
5. Confirmation of Admission
Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to
make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their
financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to
the Director of Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked
to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of
their letter of acceptance.
Those students who wish to live in college housing must also
submit a $100 housing deposit.
Re-Admission of
Former Students
Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return, apply for readmission through the Registrar's Office. Students who have attended
any other institution(s) during the absence from Augsburg must have
an official transcript sent from each one to the Registrar's Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee.
Admission as a
Special Student
(Ron-Degree)
In some circumstances, people may be admitted as special students
(non-degree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for
credit. Usually part-time students, they may subsequently become candidates for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office.
Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at
Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree).A transcript must
be sent to the Admissions Office by the student's home institution.
An application form for special student (non-degree)status is available
from the Admissions Office.
Admission for
International
Students
International students should consult with the Director of Admissions
regarding the procedures for applying a s an international student. All
international students transferring to Augsburg from another United
States college or university must apply and be accepted for admission
to Augsburg two months prior to the start of the semester: July 1for
Fall, November 1for Spring.
To contact the Director, call (612) 330-1001 or write to:
Director of Admissions
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis MN 55454
U.S.A.
College Costs,
Financial Policies
and Financial Aid
A
11 students receive financial help indirectly, since a quality
liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees
cover. The college raises that difference in gifts - from alumni,
faculty, staff, parents, church, friends, foundations, and endowment income.
However, the primary responsibility for paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is intended t o supplement those resources.
College Costs 1986-87
The Board of Regents has approved the costs listed for the 1986-87 academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes a s required. The college reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate.
Tuition, Fees, K e n t and B o a r d
Tuition (full-timeenrollment)
.....................................
$6.780.00
This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1986.
Students are considered full-time when they take three or more
courses during the semester terms with a total of seven or more
courses in the school year. The charge includes tuition, general fees,
facility fees, subscription to student publications, and admission to
most college-supported events, concerts and lectures. The amount is
payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester.
Tuition (part-timeenrollment) per course
540.00
This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only.
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course
270.00
Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that
course.
Room Rent (includes telephone)
1.400.00
1,300.00
Full Board (19meals a week)
Other board plans are available a s defined in the housing contract
booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Partial board (14
meals a week) is $1,260.00:the point plan is 51,020.00.
......................
.................
..................................
........................................
Other Special F e e s (not refundable)
Fees Billed on Student Account
ACTC Bus (Full-time students
.
..........$ 5.00
only) ....................
Late Registration (per day after
classes begin) .................... $ 10.00
Registration Change after first
5 days (Cancel/add/change
grade option, or combination
at one time) .......................$ 5.00
introduction to Cinema
$ 35.00
Arts .................................
Life Drawing (See Interim
Catalog for fee)
Music Therapy Internship (one
half course credit) ..............$270.00
Music Lessons
Private, per semester
(14 lessons) ......................
fi75.00
Class, per semester ..-........$ 50.00
Radio-Television
Production .....................
$
.,.
10.00
Theater Technical
Production .........................$ 35.00
Student Teaching
(per course) ...................... $ 15.00
Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs) ..........$125.00
Student Government Fee ......$ 60.00
Fees Payable by CheckICash
Application (new and/or
special students) ...............$
Nursing Credit Validation
Tests
,...,..... ..........$
Locker Rental (commuters) $
Student Parking Lot
Permit - car .....................$
- motorcyle ..........$
..............
15.00
75.00
5.00
Transcript Fee (per copy after
first, which is free) ..............$ 2.00
Special Examinations, Cap & Gown
Costs (Schedule on file in
Registrar's Office)
40.00
20.00
Books and Supplies
These costs are estimated to range between $250 - 300 per year.
Deposits
Enrollment Deposit (non-refundable)
...........................
9100.00
Required of all new students after acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is credited to the student's account only when his/her enrollment is terminated. Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or
fines) will be refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the Admissions Office.
Housing Damage
100.00
Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract, to
reserve a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or fines and is returned to the student account (less all
charges for damages and/or fines) at the end of the occupancy period
covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated for Fall or
Spring Term by notifying the Office of Student Life in writing by the first
day of registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the
new contract is cancelled prior to July 1for Fall semester or January
1for Spring Semester, $35.00 will be forfeited from the $100 deposit
a s a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if cancellation
is after these dates.
...........................................................
Payments
Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of
Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by
the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the
Business Office.
Payment Optiona - (1)
Annual payments, due August 20 a s billed;
42) Semester Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3)
Payment Plan
upon appllcalion and after College approval, a
three-month plan Is availabke each semester. Details are included
with the Estimate of Charges letler. (4) 10-month Payment Plan upon application, College approval, and payment of a $50 administrative fee, the annual charges may be paid in 1 0 equal installments
beginning June 20 and ending March 20. No finance charge will be assessed on accounts which are current. An application will be sent
upon request.
-
A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of l0/o per month on any
account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a 10-month
payment plan in which payment is not current.
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at
the beginning of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the
student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College
will not release academic student transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (National DirectIDefense Student Loans-NDSL
and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according to established
repayment schedules.
Refunds
Students fill out withdrawal from College forms available in the Center
for Student Development. They must be filled out completely, signed,
and turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw,
change to part-time, are dismissed, or are released Porn a housing
contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except
for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs)
according to the following schedule:
100°/~- through the first five days of classes
(less $100.00 administrativefee).
90% - from the sixth through 10th day of classes.
80% - from the 11th through 15th day of classes.
70% - from the 16th through 20th day of classes.
60% - from the 21st through 25th day of classes.
50% - from the 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term.
No refund will be made after the middle class day of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis.
If a student is forced to withdraw due to illness or accident, the refund
will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of a report from the attending doctor stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment.
Students who elect to omit an interim or to graduate in December are
not entitled to a refund of interim tuition, room, and board charges.
Students who participate in an approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room sub-lease. Details and request
forms are available in the Office of Student Life.
All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and
all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund is determined.
Financial
Aid
Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a
person or family makes in a lifetime. So, proper planning and wise
choices are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the
methods used to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial Services, will help students and their families with both
monetary and advisory assistance to protect access to a quality education in spite of increasing costs.
Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combination of
scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with Federal, State, church, and private agencies in
providing various aid programs. For the academic year 1984-85 approximately 85% of all students at Augsburg received scholarships,
grants, loans and part-time employment totalling over $6,200,000 from
all aid sources.
The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon
the student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student
and family resources.
The Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the Amerlcan ~ o l l & eTesting
Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Porn (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service (CSS) helps determine the amount or assistance for
which a student is eligible. This analysis estimates the amount a student and family can be expected to provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors a s current income, assets,
number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement
needs, and special considerations.
How and W h e n to Apply
New Students
-Regular Admission
1. Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made until the student has applied and been accepted for ad-
mission.
2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS) or Financial Aid form
(FAF) from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete
the application and send it to the processing agency after January 1
but before March 15for priority consideration. Minnesota residents
must complete the FFS which includes the application for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program. Augsburg's code on the
FFS is 2080. For non-Minnesota residents using the FAF, Augsburg's
code is 6014.
3. Within three to four weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If a t
that time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing your financial aid package.
4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent to you.
5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each
college previously attended before financial aid will be offered.
New Students
-
Early Decision
This is for students who select Augsburg a s their primary college
choice. An Early Decision Candidate must apply by November 15of the
senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1.
1. Early Decision Candidates applying fur financial aid may wish to
complete the Early Decision PinancIal Aid Appljcatlon, available by
writing or ca lllng t h e Admissions OWce. This enables our Financial
Aid Office to colnpute a preliminary award before the Family Financial Statement is filed. Candidates will be notified of their award by
January 1.
2. For confirmation of the financial aid award package, with any nec-
essary revision, the FFS (or FAF for non-Minnesota residents) must
be completed after January 1.
Returning Stadenha
Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by
filing the application and Family Financial Statement (FFS).Renewal is
based on financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund
availability.
K i n d s of Aid
A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in gen-
eral rather than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted).
The various forms of aid available are listed here for information only.
In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are
urged to investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants, and loans
that might be available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting their
requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible
for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for
Veterans, Educational Assistance For Veterans' Children, and others.
Gift Assistance
- Pull tuition 'Presidents Scholarships are awarded an~iuallylo LIIP rnosl academirally quatliied full-tinie freshmen students. Toese scholarships are awarded without regard to wed. Becatue this Is a unified program, Full
tuiLicln Is assured, slnse lhe College guarantees the diFf~renccbetwecn non-Augsburg grants and schofarships (surti as slate sct~olarships,Pell grants. erc,) anti lull
tuition, The award Is renewable Tor Ihrce years hastd oon academic perrorrnance at
Augsburg. Special application is due January 15.
Deans Scholarships - Full tuition and halr tuition Deans Scholarships are awarded
each fall to (lie n~ostacademically qualified full-lime students who are direct transfers to Augsburg Coltcge rollowing completion ol an A.A. or A.5, degrce. having
maintained a 3.5 GPA on a 4.0 scale. These scholarships are awarded without regard
to need and are renewable for an additional year. Because this is a unified program,
full tuition is assured, since the College guarantees the difference between nonAugsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and
full tuition. Special application is due March 15.
Presidents Scholarships
Paired Resources In Ministry and Education (PRIME)Awards - Augsburg College
will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or grant from a Lutheran
congregation. Announcement from the congregation must be made by October 1.
Aupburg TuiHoa Grants - nvallahlt: to sludents who have shmvn academlc potentral and liavc financial need. A yl.aiil may pay up to full tuition and fees, A studenl's
acadetnk pprkorrnanre, f l nanclal need, and high school and community involvcnient
arc laken intn consideration,
Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants - Awarded by the state to Minnesota
residents who have financial need. For 1986-87, they range from $100 to $4115. All
applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply.
SwpplernentatMucattlonal Opporhrnity Grants - R federal progranl administered
by the College. To bc eligible, n person must: (I)be a U.S. citi7cn or perinanent residenl; (2) llave suiflclent financial need as defirlrd by the program and demonstrated
by Ihc FFS (or FAT): (3)be ci~pablcot mainlaining satisra'actoyacademic standlng at
Ltbe College: and (41 be accepted h r adrriission.
Pell Grants - Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by program
guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1986-87 is $2100 minus the amount the student and family can be expected to contribute. Application is
made by tiling the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the application form that the necessary information be sent to the Pell Grant Program.
lmeau of Indian R f f a i ~ / T d h and
l State Indian Scholarships - Americ.an Indian studcnts who meet federal and state requirenlenls may apply for Bureau of Indiati Asfairs, Tribal and/or Stalp Indian Srholanhtp monies. Studcnts musl be lJ4 degree India11ancestry and be ~rirolledwilh a l e d ~ r a lrecognized
l~
Irlhc. Irldlarl grants
sup~lementall nlher sources of fl~tancialaid, For assistance in a ~ ~ l i c a t i ocontact
n
~1;gsbur~'s
Amerlcan Indian Program Dirtlchr or your Lrlhal agen'iy.
Loan Assistance
National Direct Shldent b a n s (RDSL) - Jolnt Augburg Colleg-federally funded
program adminisle.r~dthrough llie College for students who demonstrate financial
eligiblllty. Loans are. Inhrcst free durtngyour educalion. Nn inter~staccrues nor do
payrnents have to be made on Lheprincipal at any lime you areenrolled at least halftin^^., Simple interrst of 5% and repaymcnl ob the priricipal (a1 the mlnlmum of$30
a month) hegln six months after you leavc school. liepayment may extend up to 10
years. Tl~eloan carria a Icacher canr.ellatlon clause, The maximum which may be
barrowctt for undergraduate: study is $6,000,
Guaranteed Student Loans (GSL) and Minnesota State Student Loans - Loan
funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While the student is attending at least half-time, there is no inLerEst c h a t g . Reglnningwlth loans For school periods starting Septemkr 7 3. 1983
and alter, simple annual interpsl eT II% on the loan balance anrl repayment oT the
principal brgin six lnonlhs after you leavc sclionl. Repayment may cxtend up to 10
years. The rnaxirnurn loan Es $2500 per year with the cumnlative undergraduaie
nraxlmum of$I 2,500. Applications are available at the college. some banb, and the
Mintlesota State SLudenl Loan ClfKce.
Nursing Student Loan - Federal program with provisions similar to the National Direct Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our
program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial n e d and be rtgistered at least half time. The maximum loan is $2500 per
year.
-
Parent Laan Program (PLUS) P1,US Is a loall program to help parents meet cotlege costs ol lhei~dc.pendcn1 children. Parents may bormw up to $3,000 per srudenl
ol$15,000.Repayment begins withill 60 days
llrr year with an aggregate ma~i~ntrm
oi check dishursettic~itat a simple [nterest rate of 1 2 8 and a niinirnum payment of
$50 per rnonlh. Applicatlorr ronns are avallahle a l Augshurg Colleqe or the tending
fnsll~rrtlons.Applirljlinns are normally filed wilh thc hank or Lhrirt institution wlltl
which your family has an account.
Student Employment
A i ~ g s b u r gCoflege provides work appoflt~nltieslor students with
proveil finallcia! need who are at least one-hall time students. Assign.
ment is made on the basis of need and potential competence in perfomfng the duties assigned. Part-time work provided by the College is
considered financial aid, just as scholarships, loans, arld granls. A
maxiniurn of 15 hours of on-campusemployment per week is recom-
mended.
All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is
made monthly by check to the student employee.
College WorR Study Program and minnesota State Work Study Program - Under tlle~eprograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching
bask with Lhe College ta providt! some part-time work opportunities.
Sponsored Scholarships
Scholarship wlnners are selected by the Sttrdent Affairs Committee of
t h e Faculty unless otherwise s ~ e c l f i e d .For deuartmenla! scllolarships,
winr~ersa;e recommended b y facut ty of the department involved. Descriptions of awards are From statemen& or the donors' wlshes,
*Indicatesendowed scholarships
General Scholarships
Clrarles and Lllura nlliss ~XlricationalFoundation Scholarships - A number of awards of
vdryln!t d ~ t i o t ~[~nirtltii~tni
~~ls
S500) are made each year on the basis of tlnancial need and ability.
Established in 1973 by the foundation.
Bremer Foundation Scholarships - Awarded annually to students from towns and cities
where Bremer banks are located.
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to deserving junior/
senior students. Established in 1961 to perpetuate her memory.
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to two
deservingjunior or senior students. Established in 1969 by Alma Jensen Dickerson to honor her
late husband and perpetuate their memory.
Elias 6 . Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more needy and
deserving upperclass students. Established in 1979 in memory of their husband and father by
Josie Feroe Eliason, Conrad Eliason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs. Elizabeth Mauseth and Mrs. Clara
Hoelck.
M. J. Estrem Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a worthy student. Established in 1965 by
Maybelle and Malcolm Estrem.
Memorial Scholarship Foundation Scholarships* - Awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student. Established in 1964 by undesignated memorial gifts.
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts Scholarships - Given annually to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972.
John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - Awarded annually to freshman students who without
assistance would be unable to pursue higher education, Established in 1963 by a bequest of
John G. Quanbeck.
Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* - Awarded to able and deserving students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964.
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior
student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved father by his daughters, E.
Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie.
Special Scholarships
Aid Associalton Tor Lutherans - Awarded annually to able and deserving upperclass students
who arthccrtlbcale (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Es-
Lnhlislicrtl in 1968.
The Crown Prince Haraid Scholarship - Pstabllsh~dby authorization of the Augsburg ColIcqe Roar'rl of IIegentr in 1965 on the t ~ c ; l s i onf~ llrc
~ visit by Crown Prince Harald, this annual
scllolarship prnvlde~hrll tuition for a Ireshnia~istudcrit from Norway. The winner is selected
from rnrnpctitiort l~uldIrr Norway by t ' n ~Mnrgv-Amerika Foreningen.
Grace Jewel Jensen Buster R~rnorialScholarship* - One or more scholarships are
swartIrtl anri~rallylo sopliotnore,junior, or senior Chinese students who have outstanding acadmmir rvcords a i ~ darc preparing Irl work among the Chinese people. Established in 1983 by
family allrl irlenda to lior~orLlir ~rfetnoryof Grace Jewel Jensen Buster, a 1922 alumna.
The Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded d~lntla[lyto able and de-
FrrYlllg sL~id~ril(s)
whn \lave physical disabilities and Isve d~~iionstlated
financial need. EstabHsh~dIn 1972 by hcr huha~td,Iloyd Cleveland. In linnor tlw niernory uC Mrs. Cleveland, Augstl
leader anrl rlt:vnted wlle.
burg ah~rnna,~ o ~ a e c r a l cClirist~au
Davld J. Fanno Aemorial Scholarship*-0nr or niarr schnlarships are awarded annually to
i t I1a5 sucressrk~llyovrrcorllt: adversily and achieved excellence in
a junlor nr qellior s t l ~ d r ~who
at.adcrnlr and rxtrartrrriculdr pcirformancc. Estahlishcd in 1979 by members of his family t o
Diivid .J. Tormn, ID64 alumnrrr.
honnr the memory a i Colnnia~~drr
Grace Anne JohnlFon Memorial Scholarsltip' - Onr nr mare scholarships are awarded annt~dllytn upperrlass Internatlor~alsludcnl? wlro havr overcntrlc adversity and achieved excell ~ n cIn
t acadernlc and PXlrilCuIr i i u k r perrormanrt:. Btabllshrd i n 1981 by her parents, Dr. and
Ars, I:ini~rJuhflsori, and other idrnily nienlbcrs and friprtds in memory of Grace Anne (Gay)
197 1-1973.
Johnroll, a sludenl a l Auqs~~irg
Catha .Ion- nemorial Scholarship' -Awarded alin~lallyto ripprrclass women of high moral
charart~r,wllh prriewnrc (liven In female nr wale 5ttld~ntstranslcrdntl from Waldorf Colleqe
Who (ire In n~~rslc
andfnr e l r n i r n t a edutntion.
~~
Establishrd ill 1g75 111 memory of Catha on&,
1970 alumna, by her parerits. Mr. and Mrs. Kenn~tIiJnnrs, ntlirr IiItnlly and friends, and the
A~~gshurg
CnTIrgr Srnior Clrallt'nge Prograni.
Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship - Awarded on the basis of
scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum award $500.00. The
scholarship is renewable.
The Rev. Horace E. Plyhus memorfal Scholarshfp. -Awardrd annually to a senior student(s)
who lias st~rcessf~rllv
nverromr ndvcrslly ant1 11.~5arhteverl exrrllence in academic and extrarurilcular perfor~rinricr.E ~ t a l ~ l i s tIn
i ~ d1977 l o honnr lhr rlirtnorv of the Rev. Nyhus, a 1929
gmrliratr: nf Augshurg Ser~ilnarywl~oovrrramt: Lhr nrlvrrsily or early years to earn his own edtic;lllnn alrd whn served his lcllow nien wllh ht~n~anity
and dsdnm.
Minority Student ScholarshipsJawants
The Hearst Arncrica~tltrdlan Scholarshio' - O ~ ior
r rllnt c sctnlarshios srre awarded annuallv
to an Ameslc iltl 11irIld11ul)prtrlillr~5llldC11I(~)WIIQ lias a ~ u ~ ~ i u l a tgrade
i v e point average of 3.0
or better at Augsburq Collrg. fsli!blished In 1984 hy I l i e nears[ Fout~datlnn,
Homecoming Auction Schol~rshlps-Awarcltrd annually to two students, one of whom must
be a minority student, who 11avedeu~onstraleclability to facilitatediscussion about issues of social concern. Established in 1977 and funded by contributions to this annual event from faculty,
staff and students.
Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually
to upperclass Oriental international students. Established in 1978 by her parents, family and
friends to honor the memory of Marilyn's devotion of sharing and loving people, especially her
service to students.
National Scholarship &Grant Program for Minority dtudenb (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) - Mernb~lsof American racial arid cthnic minorities who are either
seeking admission to an America11 I.r~lheranCllklrcl~(ALL) rollegc OR are members of an ALC
congregation may be considered.
Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded periodically to a Black
American student. Established in 1964 in memory of Marlys Johnson Simengaard and her
Christian concern for the problems of social injustice.
Religion & Christian Service Scholarships
The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship* - Awarded annually to students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981 by Rolland H. Bockbrader to
honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to the family, congregation, Augsburg
College, and the community.
Andrew and Constance Burgas Scholarship* - Available to both North American and international s t ~ r l p n Ll o~CIIcnurage men and women to enter full-time Christian service. Awards
are based on dcri~nnslratrdircadrmic ability, moral character, and potential for Christian service. Established in 1983 by the Rev, and Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess.
Thorvald Olsen BtrmtvedllSernorialScholarship*- Awarded annually to a student(s) in the
senior class whr~is prrpali~iqInr Ilir mInLslry. Established in 1960 by family and a churchwide
offering to honor Lllc rrlrnlnry nl Ilr. T , 0,Burntvedt, president of the Lutheran Free Church,
1930-1958.
Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperclass student preparing for a Christian vocation. Established in 1982 to honor the memory of
Henning and ~ellstineDahlberg.
lver and Marie lverson Scholarship* -Awarded on the basis of need, character and interest
in Christian sewice. Established in 1957 by lver Iverson.
The Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to one or more students who demonstrate potential and tinancial need, with preference for those who are preparing for a religious service vocation.
Gerda mottensen Memodal Scholarship* -One or more scholarships are awarded annually
on L 1 1 ~bil!,is of srl~olarslrlp,sewicc. and dcvotlo~ito the Christian faith. Established in 1975 by
tlir Ii~rnilyanrl h u g h u r g Collqf: in nlmlnrj or aerda Mortensen for five decades of service to
Christian higher education at Augsburg College.
Onesimus Scholarship* - Awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministly. Established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson.
Johah H. 0. ROdvik Memorial Scholarship*
-
Onr or more scholarships are awarded an~rq
preparing for a proierslorial career in Christlan service. Established
rtilally lo h u g s t ~ ~studrnts
ill 1976 t)y Mr. nnrl Mrs. Luther H. Rodvik in mvriiory nl Jotiatt J. 0.Hodvik and his deep personal ~lrtl[cntIonLo liis ralling as a minister as well as his scholarly research and pioneer
Lhought r o n c r r n l n ~the Apostle Paul's traditionally mlsilntlerstnod atlitude toward the question of equal rights and equal status for women.
The Rev. Olaf R o g e Memorial &holarshlp* - Awarded on the basis of need, scholarship
and interest in Christian scrvlce. Ectahllshed 111 1958 to honor the Rev. Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college, 1940-1952.
The Rev. lawrenre and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship* - Ont: or Inore scholnrshlps are
to a Ji~nioror senlor prrparing b r a full-time vocation in the churcll. Eshbawarded a~~nually
lished in 1980 by thclr chlldrrn, la~itiliesand hipr~dsLO l~unorLlre lifelonu dt:votlon that Lhc Rcu,
and Mrs. lawre11ceSateren gav? to the cliurch, hugshurg Coll~ye,anrl Augsht~rgSelninaryover
a period a160 years,
Marguerite Hamilton StorIey memorial Scholarship -nwarded allnually to an able and des ~ r v i n g/ ~ l n i o ~ , k ~ ~slutlenl
i I o r r~colnmendedby l l srhnlarship
~
committee. Semi-finalists are
inlerv&d and sclcct~,dby thc dorlar, the flei. Catvili f. Storley. btablirhed in 1965 to honor
the menlory o l Marqucr~lcljamlllon Slorley and licr intetest and cotice~nin the mission work
of the Christian church.
Morris G. C. d ilanna Vaageneu Misslanary Stholarship Fund* - Awiilded annually Lo a
junior/senior student prepdrlng lor servlcc ac a missionary through the World FTlssion Dcparlment of The American Lulhtran Chorch, Lslabllshecl i l l 1969 by the RPV- and Mrs. Morri? 0.C.
Vaagenes.
Departmental Scholarships
Art
The Crown W n c w Sonja Art Scholarship - Established by authorization of the Augsburg
College Board of Regents in 197n ta honor the Crown Princess of Norway. Awarded annually to
a talented arl student will1 flnnncial need.
Augaet molder Memorial Art Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually
to uppcrclass studc~itsmajoring in art. Established in 1982 by his wife, family and friends in
memory of August Molder, accomplished artist and teacher for more than 20 years at Augsburg
COI~P~P,
Athletic
The Carl Bloomberg Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to a needy student(s) particilmling iri Llh: Augsburg College hockey program whose cumulative grade point average is
below 3.2. Estahtisherl in 1983 by friends in memory of Carl Bloomberg, a talented young
hockey player.
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship*- Awarded annually to an able and deserving student on
the basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by his
parents, the Rev, and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in memory of their son, a senior student at Augsburg
College.
Paul Dahlen/Gerald Pryd Aemorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on the bash ol'personality, character, athletic and academic achievement.
Established in 1966 by the tkv. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen and friends to honor the memory of
these two Augsburg College studrnh.
David Granner memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to h a or more students, particpaling in athletics or masic, who have demonstrated llnanrlal nced and/or high Christian character. The allllplicschotarship is for a mate rarlrliddlc only, w l l l ~a prefcrentr in basketball. Esand Mrs. Ethel
tabliskrl In 1975 by Mrs. David Gronner and cllildren I{irhard, Caml, and Rt~l,
Gronner to honor the memory of David Gronner, an Augsburg College alumnus.
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually based on academic achievement, personal character, and ability in athletics. Established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles
S, Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa.
Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to
upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference for students in the
wrestling program. Established in 1980 by the William Jordan and Charles Schulz families in
memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and nationally recognized wrestler,
Magnus and Kristofa Meven Scholarship* - Awarded annually to students on the basis of
achievement, personal character, and promise in the field of physical education. Established in
1958 by their children in memory of their parents.
Biology
Biology Scholarships - Established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor
outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology.
Business AdmlnletmtIon/EcenomEcs
A~~gshusg
Brrsiness Rlitmni Scholarship Fi~nd*- Awarded annually to sophomore, junior or
wrrinr 4 1 1 ~ hIIIP t~ldjnri~l!]ilk ally of Hw dress encompassed within the Department of Business
Arltiiini5lration and C.< .ruioniics and b a w l on acad~micrxccllence and financial need. Established in 1984 by Augsburg business alumni and other alumni and friends within the business
community.
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more upperclass
students interested in the field o f business. Established in 1965 by The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation.
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship* - One or more awards are made annually to a junior or senior student(s) majoring in business administration, Established in 1980 by members
of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund, Augsburg College alumna and dedicated teacher
at the College.
Chemistry
Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - Given annually to a chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chemistry. Established in 1980 by
Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre.
Chemishy Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior and senior students whose academic
record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Established in 1968 by family,
Friends, and the Augsburg College Chemistry Department to honor:
Manivald Aldre
Carl Fosse
Frederick C. and Laura E. Nortensen
Dr. W. N. Sandstrom
Walter E. Thwaite, Jr.
Covey Hendrickson
Minnesota Mining and ManufacturingChemistry Scholarship - Awarded to Chemistry majors who are citizens of the U.S. Established in 1979.
Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students majoring in Chemistry who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and, preferably, graduate or
professional school goals. Established in 1984 through the Conrad Sunde estate in memory of
a 1915 alumnus who was the first Augsburg College graduate to earn a Ph.D. in chemistry, His
professional career as educator, researcher and consultant included many inventions, of which
the development of lanolin oil was his outstanding work.
Education
David Mathre Scholarship* - Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s) in need of financia.1 assistance during the term in which they are student teaching.
English
Anne Pederson English Scholarship* - Awarded annually to jtlniorlstnior students who are
majoring in English, with preference given to those who plan to t ~ a c hEngllsh as a career. Established in 1971 by faculty members of the English Department to honor the 37 ycars nl service of Anne Pederson as English teacher at Augsburg College.
Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarshipb- Awarded annually to an outstanding student
in the field of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in memory of P. A. Sveeggen,
professor of English at Augsburg, 1915-1952.
Foreign Language
Nimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship* - Awarded annually to junior/senior
students who are majoring in modern language, with preference given to those who plan to
teach language. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs. James Kingsley.
Health-Related
Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-MedicineAward - Given annually to a student of any major
who is planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. Established in
1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre.
Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a registered
nurse seeking a baccalaureate degree in nursing. Established in 1983 by The Augsburg Nurses
Alumni Association.
-
Eleanor Christensen Cdwards lkmorlal Scholarshipr Awarded annually to upperclass
student(s) prrparing for a ratter in riirdirlne nr health. Established in 1978 in memory of
Eleanor Christrr~senUwards' devotion and s~.rvjccin lieaitli care by members of her family,
Bernhard Chrlsl~nscn.I;isic Christe~isenSchrocder, .le%l~
Cliristensen, Nadia Christensen and
Theodore Christensen.
History
Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship - Awarded annually to a history major. Established in 1980 by Gregory M. Rtzloff to honor Carl H. Chrislock.
The Rev. and Mrs. 0. J. Haukeness History Award - Awarded annually to a senior student
for excellence in history. Established in 1980 by Helen Ranck to honor her parents, the Rev. and
Mrs. 0. J, Haukeness.
H, R, aendrichdn lllsbry Scholarship* --Awarded annually to students majoring in history
with prclrrencc given to llrose who plau a c a m In lhp field, blahlfshed in 1969 by Dr. and Mrs.
Carl II.Chrlslork and aegnrentcd Ily otlier conLributlo~~s
Lo iinnnr Ihe memory of H. N, Hendrickson, pmkssol uf llistory a1 Aussburg College, 1400- 1952,
Library Science
Library Student Assistant Scholarship - Established in 1984 by library staff to honor junior
or senior students who have given outstanding performance as a library student assistant.
Mathematics
Mathematics Scholarship - Awarded annually to an able and desenring student in the field of
mathematics. Established in 1980 by the Mathematics department.
Minnegasco Scholarship - Awarded annually to able and deserving junior/senior students
majoring in mathematics or the sciences on the basis of need and academic ability. Established
in 1969 by Minnegasco.
Metro-UrbanStudies
Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs* - One or more scholarships
are awarded annually to upperclass students who actively contribute toward the fulfillment of
Augsburg's Mission Statement relating to the College's urban involvement. Established in 1982
by colleagues, former students, and friends to honor the service and leadership of the Torstensons in community development and urban affairs.
Music
Peggy ChristensenBenson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student of choral music. Established in 1965 by Thomas 1. Benson in memory of Peggy Christensen Benson,
an Augsburg College alumna.
Prwhrnan Performance Studies Scholarships - Entering freshman music majors who evidence niarkrrf ablllty In their major instrument or voice will receive free lessons in that major
nicldium during ihe Rmt two semesters of performance studies.
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to two or more students participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and/or are of high Christian
character. Established in 1975 by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, Carol and Paul, and
Mrs. Ethel Gronner in memory of David Gronner, Augsburg College alumnus.
0 . I. Hertsgaard Scholarship* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, interest or potential in conducting,
and promise of overall academic success. Established in 1966 by 0. I, Hertsgaard.
Leonard & Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship* - Awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those who
have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. Established in 1975 by Leonard & Sylvia Kuschel to honor the beautiful message of music.
Edwin W. and Edith 8, Norberg Scholarship* - One or more scholarships arc awardrrl annually to upperclass student(s) preparing for careers in church music. btablish~din 1980 by
Edwin W. Norberg to honor his wife's lifelong career in the teaching and ro~iducllngoF piano,
organ and choral music.
Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a sophomore/junior student of
outstanding promise in the field o f music. Established in 1953 by his family to honor Henry P.
Opseth, chairman of the Augsburg Music Department, 1922-1951.
Senior Performance Scholarships - Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative
GPA of 3.0 in their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarship
which provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two semesters preceding graduation.
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an Augsburg student who has
music as a major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. Established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs, lver Solberg, and her brother Dorvan to
honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-53.
String Scholarships - Awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on violin, viola,
cello, or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performance studies, string ensemble, and orchestra.
John & Vera Thut Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students who have achieved excellence in performance in voice or piano. Established in
1980 by John and Vera Thut, their family and friends. The Thuts cherished lifelong careers in the
teaching of music, three decades of which was at Augsburg.
Stuart West Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a student on the basis of skilled
performance or aptitude in instrumental music. Established in 1983 by Mrs. Joan West and children, Kristine, Dale, David, and James.
Physics
Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperclass student
majoring in physics. Established in 1976 by the Augsburg College Physics Department and
friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg faculty.
Political Science
Political Science Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students oursuina careers in Political Science. Established in 1980 bv Professors Norma
Noonan and ~ j l e s~teishoel.
Scandinavian Studies
lver and myrtle Olson Scholarship'- Awarded antlually to an upperclassstudent@)with acadeniic ah~lltv.in lllc ~ ~ u t s uoti la rtpqwe. wit11 concentration in Scandinavian lanquaqes, literar
and their familks and friends
tulme,h l s l o i ac~rl/orcult~r~~e.
~ t a b l l ! h d In 1903 by l l ~ e lchildren
to honor lver and Myrtlv Olson oa the occaslot~ol their golden wedding anniversary.
Sociology
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize* -Awarded annually to a student in the general field of
Christian sociology. Established in 1936 by members of his family to honor the memory of Professor Adolph Paulson, who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930-35.
E
xperiences in the classroom are an important part of collene life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities of the college and the metropolitan
area. Whether students are residents or commuters, the climate
for learning and living at Augsburg will add dimension to their
education.
Campus
Ministry
a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, a s well as
As
academicand social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident
in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore
their own faith.
Since our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a
similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship
groups, outreach teams, planning committees, retreats, Peace and
Justice forums, Hunger conferences, concerts, plays and movies are
examples of the wide variety of activities on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where
students, faculty and staff gather each Monday, Wednesday, and Friday
to give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy
Communion.
We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gifts that God has given them. A s a
college of the church, we encourage students to form their own values
which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg.
The College Pastor has an ofice in the College Center to be readily
available for counseling, consultation, support or information.
Student
Government
Through student government students secure a closer relationship
with and better understanding of the administration and faculty, and
provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student
government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all
issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg.
Student government is organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring
for the next year. Freshmen elect their representatives in the fall of
their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible - program
planning, writing, editing or service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice President of the Student Body in
their offices in the College Center.
Social, Cultural,
Recreational
Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes
place on campus as well a s in the Twin Cities. These activities include
dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields.
The College Center is the focus of lesiure-time activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook,
the Augsburglan, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite
classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center.
KCMR, a student-operated non-profitradio station serving the needs of
Augsburg and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located
in the Mortensen Tower.
Fine Arts
Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama.
In addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg
Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra perform on national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire
range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Students
stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the
theatre arts department.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division 111. Men annually compete in football, soccer,
cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, and golf.
Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, track & field, and softball.
Intramurals
Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and
relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of
team sports as well a s individual performance activities. Broomball
has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times
when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena.
Student Activities
A variety of interests is served by groups and clubs and by events spon-
sored by the student government. If you need information or wish t o initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director.
Student
Services
~ u ~ i b college
u r ~
doncerned with educating the whole person and
-
is
recognizes t h a t t h e environment for learning is a critical factor in
achieving growth. Knowledge grows from more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life
styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose
and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to
produce the educational impact of the college on its students.
The Division of Student Affairs supports this task. During the summer
before your freshman year, or a t the time of transfer, you will receive a
copy ofAugsburg Guide. This book will help you assess the possibilities
in your education, choices to make, directions to consider and different
destinations for which to plan. Augsburg Guide was designed t o act a s a
sort of road map.
Center for Student Development
The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services t o
help make yourjourney rich and meaningful. Some of the opportunities are listed below.
Summer Orientation. Students can plan their first academic year and pre-register
for classes. Students and their parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and
staff as well as with the campus. They stay in the dormitory, attend events in the met:
ropolitan area and seek answers to many questions about college life.
Career Planning and Placement. Students may be uncertain about where they want
to be whenthey finish their undergraduate experience, whether their life style will be
a balanced one, or how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment.
Augsburg has a four-year career development plan to help with a personal assessment, explore possibilities, test realities, and prepare for entry into the next phase of
life. All new students will have a chance to review their interests with a counselor.
Job Service. Augsburg College maintains a referral service in the Placement Office,
Center for Student Development, to help students find part-time, temporaty, and
summer employment off campus. Job Service initiates contact with employers in the
area and the State Employment Service and acts as a clearinghouse to help match
students and jobs.
Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" is offered each
year to help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship to others.
Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships),Choosing a
Major, Issues in Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information on current offerings and opportunity to register are
provided several times during the year.
Academic Enrichment. Students may want to improve their skills in such areas as
reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workshops offered. Students also will have an opportunity to meet with a counselor to diagnose needs. If a particular course proves difficult, students can arrange for tutoring through the Center.
Counseling and Guidance. Sometimes students find it difficult to cope with relationships or situations which they encounter during their college experience. Counselors
are available to help students who are experiencing personal/interpersonal difficulties by providing individual and group counseling and a variety of personal growth
groups.
Learning Disabilities Program. A Learning Disabilities Specialist and trained peer
counselors are available to LD students needing coursework assistance, as provided
for by Section 504. Direct services and advocacy are provided in such areas as diagnostic assessment, admissions assistance, orientation and registration assistance, basic skills remediation, orientation to the College, and tutoring. A Learning
Laboratoty, word processors, study guides, taped textbooks, and a peer support
group are also available to students accepted into the LD Program. A separate brochure detailing services and fees is available through the Center for Student Development.
Intercultural Center
As a College in t h e city, committed t o t h e values and insights ofcultural
diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy a n d counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators, faculty a n d
community. At t h e present time t h e s e efforts concentrate in two major
areas:
American Indian Support Program. This program provides direct services and assistance in such areas as: recruitment and retention, admissions and financial aids
procedures, orientation and registration, coursework selection and career counseling, tutoring, personal and crisis counseling, referrals and followup. The program
provides advocacy in areas of health, child care, housing, and employment opportunities, with input into the implementation of American Indian courses and liaison
with the Intertribal Student Union.
Black Student Program. Augsburg offers a Black student program which provides
career and personal counseling, administrative support, and assistance with the admissions process. Black History Month and the Black Student Union are student affairs programs emphasizing Black heritage and participation.
The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from
or are interested in studying in other countries, and in planning activities and events
to increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff.
Foreign Study. If students are interested in study abroad, they can consult the faculty
member who serves as Director of lnternational Programs to check on the many opportunities available.
International Students. Augsburg enjoys the academic and cultural participation of
its students from countries outside the U.S. The Office of the International Student
Adviser helps to orient and advise any student on a student visa, exchange program,
or permanent resident status. The adviser handles information on immigration, work
permits, and temporary status and arranges an American host for international students. See Augsburg Guide for information about the Cross-Cultural Club.
Health Service
The staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across
the street from the campus will take care of students' health needs. Visits are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are
available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Students must check
family health coverage to determine if they are included: if not, a student health insurance plan is available.
Food Service
The Commons,situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food serv-
ice facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table
units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangleand Murphy
Square.The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who
live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is
open through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or
nearby apartments.
Living on Campus
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the
learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall
program promotes student growth by asking students to actively participate in group decision-making. Each residence unit has one or more
Resident Staff who facilitate the process of group living and discuss personal concerns with individual students.
Augsburg requires all freshmen and sophomores not living at home to
live in college-operated housing. Married student housing is available
in annex housing and South Hall. Students rent a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive
room assignments the summer before they arrive a t Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident
students must sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit
by June 1in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June
1will be provided housing only if space is available.
All students living on campus must pay an advance payment when they
sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' accounts
when they move into the residence.
All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in U r n e s s Tower.
This eleven story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a
house unit providing 36 students (two to a room), with their own
lounge, study and utility areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students.
South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students.
W e s t H a l l contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upper-
class students.
A n n e x H o u s i n g provides an alternative opportunity for group living.
Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One
way to maximize the living and learning of your housing situation is to
bid for a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals
on such t o ~ i c sa s Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's
Awareness, 'international Living, Honors Program, and Scandinavian
Studies.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen
units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses,
rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities are available in each residence.
Student
Riahts
The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsiY
bilities and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by
students and faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs.
The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy
Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records,
files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the
Office of the Registrar and the P!acement Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before January 1,1975, or placed under conditions where students have
signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience
education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age.
Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact
the Center for Student Development or the appropriate coordinator a s
listed in the Communication Directory at the end of the catalog.
Academic
Information
',,
1
I . . . '
i!!
A
ugsburg College constructs its cumculum upon the
premise that students must be educated as full human
persons: intellectually, spiritually, and physically. To act effectively, human beings must have a broad grasp of the world from
which they have come as well a s the world in which they live. By
providing courses in the humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences, the general education cumculum introduces students to the breadth and complexity of knowledge and culture.
Required courses in religion are designed to acquaint students
with the Christian tradition and encourage them to reflect upon
the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses offer students the opportunity to develop skills for
participation in exercise and sporting activities.
Students choose from over forty mqjor areas of study to gain a
depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a career or
further study. Thus, through a balance of cumcular activities
supported by full programs in student life and religious life, an
Augsburg College education strives to educate its students in a
real world for the real world.
General Information
D e g r e e s Offered
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the
Bachelor of Science degrees. The B.S. degree is awarded to graduates
with majors in Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. The B.M. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Music Education and Music
Performance. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Academic Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of
approximately 1 4 weeks separated by a 4-week January Interim. Students normally take four courses each semester and one course during
Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual
summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks.
The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on
another campus during the regular term. (See Registration.)
January Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students
and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate
questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular
term. The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In
addition to classes offered on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of
travel opportunities within the United States and abroad, Independent
or directed study and internships are among the many Interim options.
Augsburg Weekend College follows a trimester calendar (see Augsburg
Weekend College).
t.
-+
-
4
II
i'
Faculty
The heart of any educational institution is its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree, and
all consider their teaching to be the focus of their activity. Faculty are
involved in research, including such varied studies a s space physics,
the history of medieval spirituality, women in the Soviet Union, and
homelessness in American cities. Music faculty perform professionally
on the local and national level, and studio artists' works can be seen in
buildings, galleries, and shows around the country. Augsburg faculty
s e e their research a s supporting their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program which introduces
them to current thought in many fields but especially in teaching techniques and theories.
Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act a s academic
advisers and counselors and participate regularly in campus activities.
Every student is assigned a freshman adviser and chooses a major adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act a s both mentors and models
for students.
Computer R e s o u r c e s
Approximately 50 microcomputers, including Apple Ile's, IBM XT's,
laboratory computers, and graphics microcomputers are arranged in
networks with larger machines, to satisfy standard educational needs.
Students and faculty members needing even more computing power
also have access to computers at the University of Minnesota.
Library and Audio-Visual Services
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library as-
sistants make the library a favorite place to study. The main library
houses over 160,000books, periodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide libraries are located within the departmental areas.
A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library,
standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics,
and directions to other local sources of information. Special arrangements are made for access by students with physical handicaps.
Access to over 1,000,000volumes is available via daily interloan and
courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill
Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to
Augsburg faculty and students.
The Library Audio-Visual Center houses audio-visual materials and
equipment and provides access to materials for rent or loan. Assistance with production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audio/
video tape recordings is available for faculty and students. Equipment
such a s movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are
located in the Center.
Academic Organization
and programs
Divisions and Departments
The college curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are
grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
Humanities
- Raymond Anderson (Chairperson)
Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech,
Communication and Theatre Arts
- Earl Alton (Chairperson)
Social and Behavioral Sciences - Norma Noonan
(Chairperson)
Natural Science and Mathematics
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics
Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science,
Psychology, Sociology
Professional Studies
-Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson)
Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social
Work
M q j o r s and M i n o r s
Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department,
within one division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected
by the end of the fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Unless
otherwise indicated, majors are part of the B.A. degree.
Students may contact the Registrar about creating a unique major,
Mqjors available at Augsburg are:
Applied Economics
Art History
Biology
~ u s i n e s Administration
s
(Accountina, Finance. International
Business, -Management, Management Information Systems, Marketing)
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies1
Economics
Economics-Business Administration
EngineeringZ
English
Foreign Languages:
French, German,
Norwegian, Spanish
Health Education
History
Humanities
International Relations
Kindergarten-Elementary Education
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Education (B.M.)
Music Performance (B.M.)
.
.
Music Therapy (B.S.)
Nursing (B.S.)
Occupational Therapys
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies1
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Science
Social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Speech
Studio Art
Theatre Arts
Transdisciplinary
Minors available at Augsburg are:
Art History
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies
East and Southeast Asian Studies
Economics
English
Foreign Languages:
French, German,
Norwegian, Spanish
Health Education
History
International Business
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Music
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies1
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Welfare
Sociology
Speech
Studio Art
Theatre Arts
It 1s posslble for students to complete other maJors through the Associated Colleges of the Twln Cltles (ACTC). Students who wlsh to complete a maJor oflered a t
one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Ofpce.
1 - Cooperatlue Program of the Associated Colleges ofthe 7Luln Cities and agree-
ments with the Unluerslty of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beglnning and intermediate courses in Chinese, Japanese and Russian.
2 - Dual degree programs with the University ofMinnesota Institute of Technology, Washington Unluerslty School of Engineering and Applied Science, and Mlchlgan Technological Unluerslty.
3 - Dual degree program with Washington Unluerslty School ofMedlclne.
Teaching Licensure
Teaching Licensure programs a r e offered a t Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education a n d t h e following fields in Secondary Education:
English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry o r Physics), Science (Grades 5-9),
Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theatre Arts, a n d in t h e special areas
ofArt (K-12), Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12),Orchestra (K-12) a n d Classroom Music (Grades 5-12),Vocal a n d Classroom
Music (K-9), Vocal a n d Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), a n d Physical
Education (K-12). Students planning t o teach o n t h e secondary level
have advisers both in t h e Education Department a n d t h e area of their
academic major(s).
Certification Programs
Special programs certifying skills a n d knowledge h a v e b e e n established a t Augsburg t o increase vocational possibilities and/or enhance
personal growth:
Certificate in Art - requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less formal
circumstancesthan a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art
Department Chairperson.
Church Staff Work Certification - is designed to prepare for full-time specialized
lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff Worker
major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology, sociology,
speech and physical education. The program is designed to meet or exceed criteria
used in The American Lutheran Church certification program. Interested students
should contact the Religion Department Chairperson.
Program Evaluation Certification - provides the background for performing systematic assessments of programs for social improvements. Students are required to
complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an internship.
For further information, contact the Psychology or Sociology Department Chairperson.
Women's Studies Certification - may be earned by completing six courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include
courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing on
women, lnterested students should contact the program chairperson.
Pre-Professional Programs
S t u d e n t s who plan t o enter t h e fields of law, medicine, occupational
therapy, dentistry, t h e ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, o r engineering c a n profit from a liberal a r t s education a t Augsburg.
It i s r e c o m m e n d e d t h a t r e q u i r e m e n t s for a d m i s s i o n to g r a d u a t e
s c h o o l s o r seminaries be reviewed a n d t h e course of study a t Augsburg
planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in e a c h field t o assist
s t u d e n t s in their planning. S t u d e n t s w h o want t o plan a pre-professional program should contact t h e Associate Academic Dean early in
their freshman year t o arrange for help from t h e appropriate faculty a d viser.
Pre-Dentistry- These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: ENG, 2~ourses;810
111,112; PHY 121,122; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),351,352; MAT 124; ~ ~ ~ 1 0 5 .
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering -This program provides a course of study which enables students
to complete introductory core requirements in mathematics, science and the liberal
arts necessary for engineering. Some students in the program choose to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees in engineering, while others elect to
participate in a dual-degree program. Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree
from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri: or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual-degree programs afford students the opportunity
to combine a strong background in the liberal arts, including an elected major, with
the study of engineering.
Pre-Law - Students considering a career in law should examine the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools and consult the Augsburg prelaw adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel. Students may wish to take the course POL 170 (Law
in the United States) to help determine their interest in law. Pre-Law studentshould
major in a discipline of their own choosing, and will satisfy most law-school entrance
requirements with a record of solid achievement in the liberal arts.
Pre-Medicine - Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to
prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the biology and chemistry departments
have majors specially designed for pre-medical students. Both require CAM 115,116
(or 105, 106), MAT 124, 125: and PW 121, 122. The Chemistry major also requires
CHM 353,361, one advanced course, seminar, and two or more biology courses. The
Biology major also requires 810 111, 112, 491 and one from each of three groups
(351,353, 361), 1355,473, 47Y), (440, 471,476), with 353 and 355 especially recnmmenrlccl Tor rnedical school. Designed lo mcet the University TMinnesota (Minneapolis) requirements, both programs also encourage coursr.s in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. The University of
Minnesota (Minneapolis)requires two years of English. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser
early in the freshman year.
Pre-OccupationalTherapy - Augsburg College has a cooperative arrangement with
Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri, to allow students to earn a Bachelor of
Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Science degree in Occupational Therapy from Washington University. Prerequisite courses for the Occupational Therapy
Program include ENG 111,BlO 111,112 and 323 or 353; CHM 105 or 115: PW 103;
PSY 105.351.362: SOC 121.336. SOC 362 or MAT 373.
Pre-Pharmacy- Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements
of the Colleae of Pharmacv at the Universitv of Minnesota: BIO 111.112: CHM 115.
116, 351, 352; ECO 1 2 2 : " 1~11
~ and
~ a iecond course; MAT 124, 125: PHY 121,
122; electives from humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requ~rements.Requirements at other universities may vary.
-~
-~
-
-
-
~
~
0 -
-
~
7
Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of
history (Western Civilization);one or more courses in the history of philosophy; and
Greek in the junior and/or senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended:
ENG, 2 courses; MAT 124; public speaking, 1 course: CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106),
351, 352, 353; 810 111,112; PHY 121, 122; economics, 1course; 2 courses in art,
literature, music, humanities, theater, or upper division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the distribution requirements. Requirements at other
universities may vary.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges a n d institutions in t h e Twin
Cities a r e a o n several programs.
Library and Media Center - Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges library
consortium, and MINITEX, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community
has access to over 5,000,000volumes,
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) - Full-time students at Augsburg
and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may
elect a course each semester at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to
participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim
term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim.
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - Augsburg, in cooperation with fifteen other colleges and universities in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa,
and South Dakota, develops and offers off-campus study semesters in Scandinavia,
South and Central America, San Francisco, and the Twin Cities. All HECUA programs
are interdisciplinary and address the critical issues associated with social change and
the human community. The consortium also facilitates innovative curricular endeavors, an interchange and sharing among faculty, cooperative research, international
and experiential education, and conferences on planning and metro-urban studies.
Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the
establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a
chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help
professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are
taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses.
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and
students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee
Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for
the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons,
hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the
courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable.
Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at The College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students
are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Dean of the College.
Naval ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program at the
University of ~iniesotaunderan ag;eement between Augsburg, the ~ i i v e r s i of
t~
Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Dean of the College.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of international experience a r e available to Augsburg students. S o m e of t h e m a r e briefly described below. For application procedures a n d further information, s e e t h e Director of International Programs. Since there i s a limit o n t h e number of students who may study
a b r o a d e a c h year it i s wise t o apply in t h e fall prior t o t h e year o n e
wishes t o participate in a n international program. T h e d e a d l i n e i s
March 1of t h e preceding year.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs - Students may participate in
the ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spending January and February in intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available.
HECUA (Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs) - Augsburg students
join students from other colleges and universities in five different full semester programs in Scandinavia, South and Central America, San Francisco and the Twin Cities.
All programs are interdisciplinary and emphasize the impact of social change and
cross-cultural factors on the human community, HECUA programs emphasize intense language experience, internships, and field trips.
Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued in
spring for the following January. Augsburg is affiliated with the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE).
International Business Program - Augsburg College International Business Program offers students the opportunity to spend a year of study in London, Paris
(American College), Cairo (American University), or Heidelberg. A major concentration in international business requires Business Administration courses taken at
Augsburg and international core courses studied at one or two of the campuses
abroad. See Business Administration-InternationalBusiness.
Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month li~ing~learning
program
based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice
and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation, Includes intensive Spanish instruction,group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost,
including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. See Center for Global
Service and Education.
Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates in the SPAN
program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges
in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are
granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in
one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of
the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the
writing of a paper upon return.
Semester or Year Abroad - Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway: Schiller
College in London and Heidelberg: the University of York, England: the University of
Dundee, Scotland: the University of Seville, Spain: and the Institute for American
Universities in Avignon, France.
Summer School -There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend
a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in
Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in
further information should contact the Director of International Programs.
Honors Program
The Honors Program a t Augsburg provides opportunities for qualified
students to pursue a n enriched and distinctive course of study. The
major components of the Program include a limited sequence of honors during the freshman and sophomore year, special extra-curricular
seminars, a program of cultural events each semester, and a senior
capstone interim. The Program challenges our finest students to distinguish themselves. Students are ordinarily recruited a s freshmen, but
may enter later by petition. Please send inquiries to Dr. Diane Pike, Director of Honors.
Cooperative Education, Internships
and the Liberal Arts
Through Cooperative Education and Academic Internships, Augsburg
College students integrate their liberal arts education with the world of
work. Each placement is closely related to a student's major or career
interest. An underlying assumption is that a liberal arts education is a n
effective form of career preparation.
Augsburg's Cooperative Education and Academic Internship Programs
link employers and faculty in a way that enriches and expands a student's educational experience. This on-the-job experience a d d s
breadth and depth t o the liberal arts curriculum and helps students
make more informed career decisions.
Augsburg's liberal arts education is enhanced by the college's metropolitan location and the broad range of opportunities in the Twin Cities.
Co-op Ed and Internships expand these mutually beneficial relationships and the resulting partnerships among employers, educators and
students.
Augsburg has been a leading proponent and provider of experiential
education for many years. Both Co-op Education and lnternships are
voluntary and available throughout the cuniculum. Each academic department determines the extent of its involvement in either program
and the amount of credit it will allow. The Associate Academic Dean coordinates the Internship Program with assistance from Career Services.
Co-op Education and lnternships are separate and distinct from programs which require clinical experience, practicums, residencies and/
or student teaching in order to fulfill the professional training associated with accredited programs. However, many students participate in
Co-op Education and lnternships prior to and following these required
assignments.
Upper division internships are numbered 399 and lower division internships are numbered 199. Registration for internships consists of the
followingsteps. A learning agreement (forms are available from the Associate Academic Dean's oflice) must be negotiated with the faculty
member responsible for grading the experience. The grading system,
activities, and appropriate level must be agreed upon. The completed
learning agreement is returned to the Associate Dean's oftlce. An internship card (with the description/location) signed by the faculty
member and Associate Dean must be turned in to the Registrar's Office
at registration time. Students are not encouraged to registerladd until
an actual experience has been arranged, but they must make arrangements by the end of the registration period. For extension of study beyond one term, see the section of the catalog under grading. A maximum of four courses of internship may count toward the 35 courses
required for the degree.
Independent/Directed Study
Many departments offer opportunities for conscientious students who
demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to
cany out upper division level work on an independent basis. Courses
are numbered 499. (Some departments have been given faculty approval to offer '12 course credit under 498. The Speech, Communication
and Theatre Arts department uses 495 for independent study in Communication.) Many departments also offer an opportunity for directed
study on a lower division level. These courses are numbered 299. Arrangements between students and instructors should be made in advance of the period of initial registration. The grading system and appropriate level must be agreed upon, lndependent and directed study
course numbers are used only for study different in content from
courses already listed in this catalog. An agreed title must be reported
on the appropriate form to the Registrar's OWce at registration time.
The faculty member giving the grade must sign the form. Students are
not encouraged to registerladd until an actual study has been arranged, but they must make arrangements by the end of the registration period. For extension of study beyond one term, see the section of
the catalog under grading. A maximum of two courses in lndependent
Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Students may cross-register for independent
studies at another ACTC school only when the major field in which the
independent study is proposed is not available on their home campus,
and will be charged by the host campus for any special costs attached.
Requests for exception to this policy should be made directly to their
own academic dean.
Augsburg Weekend College
Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for
adult students who work or have other commitments during the week.
It is a means by which men and women may earn a college degree,
complete a second major, or pursue a personal interest or skill.
Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and there are
three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. Students may take from one to four classes each term.
While Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses
a s the day school program, the curriculum is limited to selected liberal
arts courses and the following majors: Business Administration (specializations in accounting, finance, management, management information systems, and marketing), Communication (concentrations in
human relations, public relations/advertising, and supervisory management), Nursing, and Social Work.
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and noncredit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered on a
semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks to
fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean.
Center for Global Service & Education
The Center for Global Service and Education was founded at Augsburg
in 1982with a commitment to education which both expands our world
view and deepens our understanding of issues related to global peace
and justice. Students can participate in a number of forums, seminars
and conferences that focus on global issues. In addition, a spring semester program in Mexico, The Program in Global Community, and occasional interims allow more in depth exposure to these topics.
Academic Policies
and Procedures
Registration
A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it.
Students normally register for four courses a semester and one course
in the interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5
courses, students must contact the Registrar's office to petition the
Committee on Student Standing for permission.
Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged
for cancelling or adding courses or changing grading option after the
first five days of a semester.
A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Col-
leges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following semesters.
Separate catalogs of courses are published by the Interim Office, Summer School Office, and Weekend College Ofice for those sessions at
Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures.
Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices:
-
Office of the Registrar
Science 114, for Fall and Spring terms
Interim Office - Memorial 230,for Interim
Summer School Office - Memorial 230,for Summer School
Weekend College Office - Memorial 329,for Fall, Winter and Spring
trimesters of Weekend College.
Pre-Registration
Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for
courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students may pre-register during the fall for the spring and during the spring for the fall. All students
must confirm their registration at the beginning of each semester and
complete financial arrangements.
Withdrawal from College
Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from college cannot occur during final
examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in
accounts are effective a s of the date the completed Withdrawal from
College form is returned to the Registrar's Office.
Leave of Absence
Students may request a Leave of Absence for academic or personal
reasons. A request form must be picked up from the Ofice of the Dean
of the College. It must be signed by the Dean of Students, or authorized
representative, and by the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The completed form must be tumed in to the Registrar's Office.
A Leave ofAbsence may be granted for one term or one academic year.
If an extension of a Leave ofAbsence is needed, it should be requested
in the same manner a s the original Leave of Absence, and the completed form must be tumed in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the previous Leave of Absence, or readmission will be required.
Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and
housing must be observed by returning students. A Leave of Absence
does not defer repayment of loans or extend incomplete deadlines.
Graduation Requirements
The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied
rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons,
the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning.
Former Augsburg students, readmitted to complete a degree, have a
choice between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, or
using the catalog in effect at the point of readmission.
Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office.
All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in
the Registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there
may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record).
See the separate section on Graduation with Distinction to learn about
requirements for these honors.
1. Completion of 35 courses.
At least 11courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300s
and 400s. Not more than 13 may be in one department, except in
certain approved majors - 1 7 (MusicEducation) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, and 1 8 for the Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing)degree. The course total must include three Interims for students
whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less interim course than
the number of years at Augsburg.
No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total
courses required: 4 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
courses; 2 courses by independent/ directed study: 4 courses of internship: and 8 courses with a grade of Pass (P). Non-traditional
grading (P)also has these limits: 2 in the major except Elementary
Education and Nursing: 1in the minor if approved by the department chairperson.
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or
higher degree should contact the Registrar's Office about specific
requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major.
2. Completion of a mqjor.
Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental
headings. A minor or double-major is not required, but is encouraged.
3. Grade Point average
2.0 for most mqjors.
A grade point average of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and
over all courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure, and certification require higher grades in each course or a
higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing,
social work.) See the departmental section for details.
-
4. Residence
The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of 7
courses for part-time students) must be at Augsburg. Contact the
Registrar if an official interpretation is needed.
5. Distribution requirements (See below)
Distribution Requirements
Writing - A course in writing (English 111)or certification of
demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption
tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods.
Liberal Arts
An approved course from each of these seven areas:
Mathematics-Physics
Chemistry-Biology
English-Speech,
Communication & Theatre
Arts (devoted to the study of
literature)
Psychology-Sociology
Economics-Political Science
History-Philosophy
Art-Music
.
A list of approved courses is available from advisers and the Registrar's
Office.
Foreign Languages - Two courses (111and 112) of one foreign
language at Augsburg. Students who test above the 111level of a
foreign language will take one additional course at placement level
in that language or two courses (111and 112) of another foreign
language. International students should consult with the Registrar.
Religion - Three approved courses in religion, of which not more
than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the
number required is one for each year of study or equivalent at
Augsburg.
Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies One course. Courses approved to meet this requirement are
published each term. Information is available at the Registrar's
Office.
Lifetime Sports - Two different lifetime sports or demonstrated
proficiency in two different lifetime sports.
English as a Second Language (ESL)Program
Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary
language, or are citizens of another country, must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation. Students' placement in ESL, Developmental Writing, or Effective Writing will be determined by their scores on the Michigan test (8090 range for exemption) and by a writing sample.
Near the end of each term of English a s a Second Language an objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on
this test and the grade eamed in the class will determine whether additional ESL course work is required. Usually a score of 80 to 90 and a
grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement.
If students do not meet the ESL requirement, they will remain in ENG
2171218 until they meet the criteria stated above. Academic credit will
normally be granted for no more than two courses.
Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by testing out or by completing the course, will be exempted from the foreign language requirement for graduation.
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of
evaluation also are used.
Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on
a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a
grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than
2.0. Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since
some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a
large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". Transfer students are cautioned that P-graded courses do not count in the requirement that 1 4 traditionally graded courses be eamed at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. See PIN
limitations under Graduation Requirements.
Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383
and several interim courses are graded only on the PIN grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the PIN system or
only on the traditional system. English 111is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.01
N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Chemistry Seminar
and Lifetime Sports are graded PlO.0.
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish
to use the PIN grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system
must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is
charged for any changes after the first five days of classes.
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence
3.5
3.0
2.6
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Achieves above basic course standards
Meets basic standards for the course
Performance below basic course standards
Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point
average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5or below level.
An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive it, a student must file a petition with the Committee
on Student Standing stating the reasons for the request, the plan and
date for removing it, and comments from the instructor. If permission is
granted, the incomplete must be removed during the following semester, or it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete.
Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes
last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of
the first term of registration. A grade ofX is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X
extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and
demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. The Registrar's Office will automatically continue the registration in response to
an X grade. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which
the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year).An
instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X where satisfactory
progress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal from college, or dropping
these continued courses will terminate their registration. Under this circumstance, a re-registration as 1 X by the student would be necessary if
done during registration periods within one year of initial registration; if
done after one year, a new registration would be necessary.
A course in which a grade of 0,0.5,1.0,1.5, N, I, or X has been received
may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been
earned may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited.
All courses taken and grades earned each term remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time, for
legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in
the grade point average.
A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for
dropping classes without a notation on the record.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so
by registering for Audit (V).Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College
Costs. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor
within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations have
been met, the course will be listed on the transcript a s having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with
a grade of W (Withdrawn).
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (QPA)is based on final grades For all work at
Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work tmnsferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/M grading optlon
are recorded, but not computed in the GPA.
Classification
Students are classified in August and at the end of the fall and interim
terms.
Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points.
Juniors - 1 6 courses completed with at least 32 grade points.
Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement in courses beyond the beginning level is granted
to students with scores 0f3,4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement
Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the
department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar.
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL Program)
Augsburg College recognizes that learnlng car1 and does tatre place in
many 1lfe sltuations. Some of lhls learning may b e appropriate for
credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic
program of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provldes a means by which a student's
previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible
credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree.
Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit
recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: 1)it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within
the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition.
The following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment:
The College tm-4 Examination Program (CLEP) is a serks or slaridardized tests
which have been developed hy The College Board arrd are offered lo students for a
small Tee at reglorial testing t.enters. (The reglonal testlng center for this area Is the
Unliiererslty or Minnesota,) Students who score at or above the 65th percentile on a
subject examination may receive academic credlt Tor that suh,ject at Augshutg Col3ege. AddlUonal Information ahout CLEF L e t s Is available from lhe Orflc~of the Registrar.
Departmental Comprehensive Exams are available for students to use in obtaining
credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met:
A. There is a departmental instrument available for subject area in question.
B. There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the exam.
C. The Student Standing Committee approves the student's request to take the
exam.
Credit for departmental exams is available on a passjno credit basis only, and there
is a charge per exam.
The Credit Assessment Program (CAP)is a credit assessment alternative in which a
faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by
the student. The faculty committee is composed of the Registrar and two faculty
members from fields of study directly related to the student's previous learning. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may include a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In completing the evaluation of a student's
previous learning, the CAP Committee applies the following criteria:
A. There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content material
found within liberal arts coursework.
B. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student.
C. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement.
D. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals.
E. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present
time.
Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four
courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of
at least 2.5. There is an application deposit (applicable to transcript charge) to initiate the credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit applied to
the student's transcript.
Transcript credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of courses applied to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course number of CAP
2xx. Application of this credit toward distribution requirements and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student,
Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning - While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom,
this learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based liberal
arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine courses (one-fourthof
a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credil that is obtained through previous experiential learning, In camplling the nlne courses or credit for prevlous experiential
leaming, the student may use any combination of the three assessment processes
available in the APL program: CLEF exams, departmental exams, and credit granted
through CAP Committee assessment.
Probation and Dismissal
Students will be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term if
their achievement is unsatisfactory. Students who have been on probation two or more consecutive semesters are subject to dismissal at
the end of the term. Dismissal from the College is not automatic. Each
case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. Students who
have a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of the term. Those on probation for two terms who withdraw from the College voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll.
Students having taken 3 or more Augsburg courses will be placed on
probation under these conditions:
Freshman - below 1.6 cumulative GPA or 2 zero grades, having taken
fewer than 7 courses.
Sophomore - below 1.7cumulative GPA or 3 zero courses, having
taken 7 but fewer than 16 courses.
Junior - below 1.9cumulative GPA having taken 16 but fewer than 25
courses.
Senior - below 2.0 cumulative GPA having taken 25 or more courses.
They will be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA
reaches the minimum levels above. Students placed on probation a s
freshmen for earning 2 zero grades will be removed from probation if
their classification changes to sophomore, they have not earned additional zero grades, and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7.Students
placed on probation a s sophomores for earning 3 zero grades will be
removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and
their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9.
Dean's List
The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose
grade point average for a semester is 3.5or better, based on a minimum of three full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional
grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Each
student on the Dean's List receives a certificate and, if permission is
given, an announcement is sent to the hometown newspaper.
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude 3.8to 4.0cumulative GPA
Magna cum laude 3.6up to but not including 3.8cumulative GPA
Cum laude 3.3up to but not including 3.6cumulative GPA
To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have
completed two years (14traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg.
Veterans of Military Setaiice
Augsburg is approved by t h e State Approving Agency for Veterans
Training. Veterans should consul1 with the Office of the Registrar about
cornpl@Lionor Lhe enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration.
Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period
of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn at least three
courses per term, the minimum for classification a s full-timestudents.
It is the responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or academic load to the Ofice of the Registrar, a s it is for all
students.
If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving
Agency after any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn
the equivalent of what they had been certified for.
A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the
term below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans
Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds
received.
and IFYogams
Course Descriptions
Maior & Minor Requirements
A
s a liberal arts institution, Augsburg College operates
with a belief that knowledge and truth are interrelated
and are integrated into a whole. The tradition of the academic
world, however, divides this unified truth into more manageable
parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of individual
disciplines is subdivided into courses which make it more accessible to students. These courses can be arranged in various
ways to construct mqjors, to create the substance of a broad
general education, and to give students the opportunity to
study areas of particular individual interest.
Descriptions of courses are arranged by departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject
matter covered in individual courses to aid students in planning
a program. A syllabus containing a more detailed explanation of
content, approach, and requirements for a particular course can
be obtained from the instructor.
Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the
educational philosophy of each department, its goals, and its
place in the college's program. A listing of requirements for individual mqjors follows the narrative.
Courses and terms listed are subject to change. In general,
classes are offered Fall and/or Spring terms, unless another frequency is specified. The Schedule of Classes published each
spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms.
Descriptions and schedules for courses offered in January Interim, Summer School and Augsburg Weekend College are published in separate catalogs.
Credits
A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for
one-half or one-quarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours.
Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses
numbered 300 and above are classified a s upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors.
Prerequisites
Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course
are listed in the course description. A student may enroll in a course
when a prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there is prior approval of
,a professor teaching the course and of the academic adviser.
Art
Department (ART)
Art is important as a field of study for our modern age. Our survival as a
culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order and
beauty in the design and function of communities. Realizing this, we have
made design and sensitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to
the art program at Augsburg.
Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life
that it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist,
art teacher, and art historian is to celebrate visual experience through a variety of media and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how to
see.
Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts, the visual arts, as
taught at Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines.Art as
a human activity does involve manual skill, although to become broadly
significant it should interact with the content available in other fields, such
as language, history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education, and science.
A liberal arts college, such as Augsburg College, is an ideal setting for the
study of art because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of
ideas, disciplines, and attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further enhanced by associations with a significant number of art galleries and museums in the Twin Cities area.
Hundreds of specific careers exist in the general area of art. Augsburg
graduates have established careers in such fields as teaching in public
schools and colleges, anthropology, pottery making, antique restoration
and sales, film and video work, portrait painting, and gallery and museum
work.
The future holds a great deal of promise for artists who can combine skills
with a breadth of understanding.
Art Faculty:
Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Kristin Anderson, Lynn Bollman,
Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, Dorothy Williamson.
Studio Art Major: 9-13 studio courses with foundations 102,107,
225; 3 art history courses including 240. One course must be in 2dimensional art (118,223,360)and one in 3-dimensional art (150,
221,250). Majors are required to begin their programs with the
Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with
portfolio on approval by the Art faculty.
Teaching Licensure Mqjor: 7 studio disciplines among Foundations 102,107,225; Studio 118,132,150,221,223 and 250 plus a
second course in two areas; 240 and two other art history courses.
Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education
for teacher licensure.
Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2
studio courses including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221.
Honors Majors: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general
growth and development and/or special projects such a s senior exhibition and research. Application should be made to the department chairperson before the last term of the senior year.
Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; 240.
Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240.
Certificate in Art: 8 art courses, including one in art history. Up to
four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history.
Foundations in Studio Art Courses
102 EnvironmentalAesthetics
Fine arts in the urban and warld setting, Concern far t h e visual content of
experience in the environment leading toward appreciaLion and criticism.
lndivirlrlal and group projects explnring design prohlcrns In rcpresenta(Ion, symbalism and ahstlaction.
107 Drawing
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work.
225 Visual Communications I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using
elements such a s color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images.
Studio Art Courses
100,300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department.
118 Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil.
132 Photography
The camera used a s a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm.
camera. (Spring)
150 Jewelry
An introduction to the casting ofjewelry in pewter and silver.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
2 2 1 Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and
bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast,
weld and assemble the respective media.
223 Print Making I
Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including
etching, silk-screen and woodcut.
247 Life Drawing
See Interim Catalog
250 Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing.
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
330 Visual Communications I1
A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.::!25)
351 Ceramics 11
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250)
355 Painting 11
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:118)
360 Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent watercolor. (Altemate years)
368 Print Making 11
Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including
silk-screen, etching, and woodcut, including Japanese woodcut technique. (Prereq.:223)
399 Internship
Consult chairperson o r internship director to determine project.
478 Sculpture 11
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and
bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221)
499 lndependent Study
Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors.
Art History Courses
240 Art History Survey
A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times, Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums.
Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually one or two sections a year.
352 Women's Art History
A study of the place of women in the history of the visual arts - a s artists,
a s subjects, and a s patrons.
382 ScandinavianArts
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modem times.
385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th Century A.D.
(Spring 1987)
386 Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting,
sculpture, and architecture in Europe.
387 Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture, from the 14th through the
18th centuries. (Fall 1986)
388 19th and 20th Century Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism
through the present. (Alternate years, 1987-88)
389 American Art
A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific e m ~ h a s i on
s 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European a r i a s well a s indigenous movements.
Biology
Department (BIO)
Biology is the study of life, and it is natural that we, as contemplative living
creatures, seek a deeper understanding of the living world that envelops
us. This search has led to the realization that the earth is filled with an
enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part ofthe biological world, an understanding of the basic biological processes common
to all organisms, as well as those features which are unique to humans, is
essential to attain self-understandingand to provide a basis for wise decisions.
Another significant insight that has emerged from the study of life is that
even the simplest organisms are incredibly complex, and a complete understanding of even one of these has, as of yet, eluded the grasp ofbiologists, This is true even though some organisms have been subjected to
years of intensive scrutiny. Biology will thus continue to be a fertile field
for research for many years to come.
Still, an enormous amount of knowledge regarding living organisms has
accumulated over the years. In recent decades great strides have been
made in understanding important biological processes, particularly those
at the cellular and molecular levels. Biological research has also provided
some extremely important benefits to humans. Most advances in medicine, veterinary medicine, agriculture and food science have depended on
the findings of basic biological research.
Since the biological world reveals such variety, complexity and knowledge, an undergraduate major in biology needs to be broadly based.
Since a complete understanding of biological systems depends on applications of the principles of physics and chemistry, a firm background in
the physical sciences is also important for biologists.
For many, an undergraduate major in biology serves primarily as a basis
for further study. In past years Augsburg graduates have gone on to further studies in professional schools such as medicine, veterinary medicine
and dentistry. Others have entered graduate programs in the life sciences,
leading to careers in areas such as college or university teaching, basic
and applied research, and public or environmental health. Other araduates have embarked directly after graduation on a variety of careers, including high school teaching and laboratory technology.
Biology Faculty:
Neal Thorpe (Chairperson). Robert S. Herforth, Roberta Lammers,
Etwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulemd.
-
O p t i o n 1: 7 courses, including 111,112,491 and at least
one course from each of three groups: ( I ) 351,353,361,481; (11)
355,473,474; (111) 440,471,476; CAM 115,116 (or 105,106),351,
352; MAT 124,125; PHY 121,122. All of the 7 biology courses must
have laboratories except for 367 and 491. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major.
Mqjor
-
O p t i o n 2: 9 courses, including 111,112,491 and at least
one course from each of five groups: (1) 351,353; (11) 355,474; (111)
361,481; (IV) 471,473: (V) 440,476: CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),
351 and 352. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often
select this major. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also requires
three courses in earth and life sciences. Students planning to teach
are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their
planning.
Mqjor
P r e - M e d i c a l Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical
schools usually require CHM 353.
H o n o r s Mqjor: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participa-
tion in seminar, one course of approved independent study with an
oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no
later than the first term of the senior year.
M i n o r : 5 courses, including 111,112 and three upper division
courses; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106).
101 Human Blology
llasic t>inloglcalconcepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt ta arlstvcr sucli questions as: What makes man just another member of the hintic Fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What inIlt~eticcdocs man have on the environment? What influence does the
environment, especially the urbali envlronment, have on man? (3hours
lecture, 1-112 liours discussion section. A student may not receive credit
for both 1 0 1anrl 103. Docs r1oI apply to the major or minor, Spring)
103 Human Anstomv and PhvsloZolrv
A professional cchrse In h e slruFture and Function of the human body.
Lectl~reand laboratory. (A sttrdenl may not receive credit for both 101and
10.7. lloes not apply lhe maor or minor)
to
105 Blology and Soclety
iVIiat arc some of the biologically-haseclproblems with which our sorlety
inust deal7 R s61rvcyof Lhe cnv!mnmtntal and tiealth impllatlons o f polI~tlion,noii-rericwahlr resource depletion, waste disposal, war. occupatlnnal safety and I~calth.An historical survey of Arneriian agriculture.
worlcl rood supply and biologlal dctcrminism. A critlcal cvaItlntlon of tlie
or bIoloyical colrcepts. (3 hour ~ectum.Does not apply
social applicatio~~
lo the innjoxor minor,)
108 Mlcrablology
basic micinbial features are conslderecl as well as applications of mlcr0biology to thc fields of rnedlctnc and sanltatlon. (5hours lecture. J hours
laboratory. For sludenl nulsrs. heall11 majors, or consent. of inslructor.
Prercq.: CHM 109 and concurrenl rcqlstmtion in CllM 110 or ronsrnlt of instructor. Weekend College. Does not apply to the nrajor or mir~or)
109 Special Topics In Bloloay
Ofrered pel Fodicall y lh rough Augsbt~rg'sConservallon or Human Resources (CI IFt) program, Qcnerally conrlucted off campus wtlh rommirnity
pcoplc tilting the course tqether with coll~ycstlldcnts 111a co-lcamltlg
motiel. Topics will valy depcndlng upon needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor.
111.112 oeneral Biology
A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other
science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular hioZogy, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary
n~echanisms.analonly, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationsl-ilpsof organisms. Musl he taken in sequcnce except by permission of inst~uctor.(3 Ilollis lecture; 4 I~nurslaboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring)
1 9 9 Internship
Lower division internship.
203 Principles of Nutrition
A study n l the six ctasses oinutrfents and thcir digestion, absorption,
transporl. mrtabnlism, iriteractinn, storage. and excretion. A special effort
will bc made to dlrercntiate "fact rrom fiction" irr this controversial biological field. (3hours Iccturc. Prereq.: llZ or conscnt of instructor.)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
351 Invertebrate Zoology
A sludy of lhe invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology,
txhavior. life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3hours lecture, 4
ho~lrslaboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Spring)
353 Compamttw Vertebrate Zoology
A comparailve stutly dealing witli Lhe classification, morphology, distrihution, evnlulion, behavior and 1mpulation dynamics of the vertebrates.
(3tio~trslecture, 4 liours laboratory, Prercq.: 112. Spring)
355 Genetics
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring)
3 6 1 Plant Biology
A su~vcy
of l11emajor cllvlsians or the plant hingdom including the study of
analomy, physiology, lire histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecti11e, 4 Ii011rslaboratory. Prereq.: 112,Altentate years)
367 Biochemistry
An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary mstabolism. (3
hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, CHM 352 or consent of instructor. Fall)
399 Internship
Upper division internship.
4140 Plant PhysioIogy
A corlsidera tion of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in
photosynthesis, respiration, growth and developmeril, and waterrelatlons
in vascitlar and norivascular plants. 'She relationstilps or these processes
to plant structures, (3 tiot~rsclass, 4 Iiours laboratory, Prcrcq.: 112. Alternaic ycars, spring)
4 7 1 Cellular Biology
A study corrclalinq cell Function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microterh6ique, cytological sludies, cell pt~yslologyand tissue culture. (3 I~ourscrass,4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112.367 or consent of instructor. Spring)
4 7 3 Animal Physiology
A sti~dyof animal lunction with emphasls on the vertebrates. Merevet
posslble, f~lnctinnsare explained on the bask 01 physical and chernlcal
principles. (3tiours class, 4 hours laboratoi'y. Prereq.: 112; CHM 106 Or
f 16; I'tlY 103 or 122 or consent of lnslructor. Fall)
474 Devetopmental Biology
A consirleratlnn of the physiological and morphological changes wl~ich
occur during I h e tieveIopment ol arcynisms with emphasis on Ihc vertebrate animals. Experimctital as well as tlcscrlptivcsi~~dles
are included In
the laborato~ywork. In adclilion to elnlsryonic drrveloptnclll, the topics or
are dlsrllsscci. (3 I~oursclass, 4
mallgnoncy, aging, and ~'c~enelallon
hot~rslab. I'rercq.: 112. Sprirlgl
476 Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria
and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morpholocjy, physiology, genetics, and
pathogenicity are considered as well as cert,iin methods. (3hours class,
4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall)
481 Ecology
A survey of representative biological communities: the study of reciprocal
relationships between organisms and their environments. (3hours class.
4 hours lalmratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112,361or consent
or insLruclor. Alternale years, Fall)
491 Seminar
Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors maJoring in biology, Fall)
499 Independent Study
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an
instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors.
(Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor)
Business
Administration
and Economics
Department
The Department of Business Administration and Economics is committed
to developing both the theoretical and practical tools necessary for entry
into and advancement in business and other organizations a s well as preparation for graduate sthdy, To thls end, the department offers specialization in a variety of areas including: Accounting, Applied Economics, Economics. Finance, International Business, Management, Management
Information Systems (MIS), Marketing, a s well as a Combined Business
and Economics concentration.
Each of these areas b dependent upon a strong foundation In the liberal
arts with an emphasis on solid communication and analytical skllls. Rec.
ognklng the occupational realities of Me business and economic disciplines, the department is equally commitled Lo maintaining an applicatiomoriented balance. This balance is acllleved In part by fostering close
ties with the corporate community which in turn provides a wealth of practical expertise, a wide variety of internship opportunities as well as fbture
job prospects.
Departmental faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the
community by contributing to an education which is ethically based, technically competent and socially aware.
Business Administration & Economics Faculty:
Amin Kader (Chairperson), Roger Allerson, James Billings, Diane
Busico, John Cemto, Gerald Glatzmaier, Satya Gupta, Paul Halvorson,
Richard Herzog, Jane Kammerman, Roy LaFayette, R. McFall Lamm,
Jr., Thomas Morgan, Edward Sabella, Milo Schield, Stanley Solnick.
Business Administration Mqjor (BUS):
Core courses for the Accounting, Finance, Management and
Marketing specializations:
BUS 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391,
ECO 112,113,
313,311or 312 or 315.
Specialization in Accounting:
12 Core courses, 322,323,324, either 326 or 423 or 425.
Specialization in Finance:
12 Core courses, 322,433,438, either 479 or ECO 318 or 415.
Specialization in Management:
12 Core courses, 340,440, ECO 318, PSY 373 or SOC 301.
Specialization in Marketing:
12 Core courses, 352,450, ECO 415, SPC 353.
Specialization in International Business:
175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391,ECO 112,113,313. Also the
following emphasis to be taken abroad:
Three of:
Comparative Business Law
European Marketing (or International Marketing)
lnternational Business
Import/Export Operations
Multinational Corporation
International Financial Policies
One of:
lnternational Trade and Finance
European Common Market
lnternational Economic Policies
lnternational Economic Institutions
Economics of Developing Countries
BUS 399 or 499 is required, a s well a s three semesters of a foreign
language (or tested equivalent).
Specialization in Management Infomation Systems:
175,221,222,242,252,279,331,310(or CSC 352),375,475,476,
479; ECO 112,113,313,318; MAT 174 and 175 or MAT 124 and CSC
170.
Honors Maor:
GPA of3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall: a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration.
Minor in Business Administration:
6 courses, including 221,242,252,331, ECO 112 and 113. Other
configurations may be permitted on consultation with the
department.
Minor in International Business:
6 courses, including 221,242 or 252, ECO 113,and three
lnternational Business courses. Other configurations may be
permitted on consultation with the department.
Minor in Management Information Systems (MIS):
6 courses, including 221,242 or 252,370,375,475, and ECO 113.
175 is the recommended prerequisite for 370 and 375. Other
configurations may be permitted on consultation with the
department.
C.P.A. Certification:
Students who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (CPA)
examinaHon prior to fulflIllng the experience requirement must have
c o m ~ l e t e dthe rnaior In BusinessAdministration-Accoun tinq and
taken all accounting and b u d t ~ e s law
s offered. Students mabring In
Business Administration-Accountinu are auallfied under (he nlles of
the Minnesota State Board of ~ c c o & t a n c ito slt For the examination
during their last semester.
Notes: Students who plan to major in the Business Administration
department are strong!y encouraged to select a department advisor
a s soon as possible, in order to carefully plan their program of study.
In addition to the courses listed under the title "Topics in Business
Administration" (BUS 295,495),the department has also offered:
Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer
Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer
Applications, Discrete Event Simulation, Entrepreneurship, and
Micro Computer Accounting.
Business (BUS)
175 Computers for Economics and BusEness
A n i~~lroduction
tn computerized rlala processing. Learn a higher-level
Lcam about computerized spread-sheets (LOTUS) and
l a n g ~ ~ a (BASIC).
ge
data bascs (LIOASE). team about word proccssing arid computerized
business graphics. (I'rcreq.: Math I'laccment Group I1 or hlgh school algebra)
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
221 Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and Fundamentals of
accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
222 IPrlndples of Aceonntlng II
A conlEnuation of 221. IntroducMon to business activlttes, accounting for
corpoiations. Baslc concepts afld fundamentals of matiagerial accounting, planning and cnntrolllng plucesses, decision-nrahing and behavioral
coilsidcralions. (Prcreq.: I-IUS 221)
242 Principles OF Management
Develol~rnenlof the tl~eoryo i management, organization, staffing, planning, arid control. The nature olaulhority. accountability and responsibility, analysls of the role nl tlle professional manager.
252 Prlnclptes of Marketing
Frinclples of l~aslcpollcy and strategy Issues In marketing. Legal, ethical,
competitive, behavioral, economic, and technological factors a s they afFeet prt~duct.promotion. marketing channel and prictng decisioi~s.
279 Quantttative Methods for Economics and Business
An l~ltrorlirctionto quantltatlve reasoning,descriptive ineasures, probability, sarnpll?rp,distributions. i~rfrrcnce,and estimatlnti with emphasis on
tlielr usc in appticd proble~msin business and economics. (Prereq.: Math
placerrterit groirp Ill nt a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104)
295 Taplcs
I.ectures. discusstnns, meeting wlth members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding rcsearch methodology and readings in the areas of business
adrninistratlon. (Pl'ercq.: Conseril of instructor)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
322 Accorrntfng Theory and Practice I
A n analysis of accountlng theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts. currcnt and non-current assets. (Prereq.: BUS 221, ECO
113, Fall)
d c c o ~ ~ n t i nheory
gf
and Practice 11
A co~iti~~ualion
or322. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to liabllilles, stocltholrlcrs' equities and other accounting issues. Additional
einpt~nsiso n incon~cdetermination considering price level changes.
(Prereq.: BUS 322. Spring)
managerla1Cost Accol~nting
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budget in^, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and
bel~avioraltopits. (I'rcrcq.: BUS 222,242,252,279, or consent of instructor)
Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for
individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: BUS 221,
331, ECO 112,113, or consent of instructor)
Financial Management
Theory ~Facquisillon,allocation, and management of funds within the
firm. Sourccsand uses or long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital
I>udgeting, Icve~age,dividencl policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: BUS
222, L C 0 113)
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable workin relationships: effective integration of the
worker with the goals of the%rmand society. (Prereq.: BUS 242)
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management;
research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: BUS 252,279, ECO 113, or
consent of instructor)
International Business
Intsoductlon to the problems and posdbllltles of doing business in an inlernatlanal conlext. Ajlpreciation of the prospective required Tor success.
iirl plarining and rnanagemcnt or any cntcrpl-ise operating abroad is emphasired by rorcsccing both (he opportut~iLfcsand the dificullles Inherme
In inlcrnatlonal business. (Prereq.: two business and economics courses
or consent 01 inst~uctor)
Advanced Computing for Budnees md EEodamiw
Crrrrent topics involving programmable spreadsheets (LOTUS), programmablc data bas- (D-l3ASI:I. graphics, infomialion retrieval uslng teIecomrnunicatlons. and olher (lackaqes (stallsticalanalysis. project management, expert systems, etc.). Solbe common prnllfems In economics,
finance and marketing. (Prereq.: One computer course such as BUS 175 or
CSC 145,170 or 174. Recommended BUS 279.)
Infwmatlon Systems In the Owanlzatlan
Use of systems approach in analytlng the use of Information Systems in
the olganizalioo, AnaIyze busincss needs and Information requirements,
idc~~lliy
relevant solutions atid communicate recomn~etidations.Emphasis on management consulting sE.IIts including wrillcn and verbal communications. (Prereq.: Two computer courses such a s BUS 175 and 370)
391 Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property
and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
399 Inlernshtp Program
A sludent may receive course credlts through an Enternship program
whlcl~is applicable to graduation, bul not to the major.This program will
P
Lllc opportu~~lty
to spend one rull term worltlng with
atforti L ~ siudenl
snine orgatrlzation. In addition, t h e sludent will write a repart on hislher
activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
423 Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks
and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: BUS 323, Fall)
425 Advanced Accountina
Accounting for buslness combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: BUS 323. Spring)
433 Piaanclal f heory?Policy and Practice
A system'sapproacli lo financial slructure and policy. Emphasis on deci-
438
450
475
476
479
sion making. presentation through literature, readings, lectures, and case
nlalcrlal. (Prereq.: BUS 337 1
Investment Theory
Appraisal or Llic risk return retatlonships of various types of securities
Iwm llir viewpoinl o/bolh individual and instilr~tionalinvertor. Extensive
coverage of capital mar'kets arid portfolio management. (Prereq.: all core
cottrses or cunsen t or instriiclor)
Marketing Management
lnlegralion of rnarketil~gwith ather business f~mctions;marketing managemcqt and decision inalting, planning marltettngprograms, channels of
di*tribulion, pricing. prorluc.l selling promotion policies. (Prereq.: BUS
352)
Information Systems Analysts and Design
AnaIyze inlormation rcq~~irements
and design systems speciflcatlons. Utilize relational data base sofeware to aulcklv imtllement severa! system desians. Utilize ~ r o l e c manaacment'
t
sortware Lo manaac the i i f c cvcle
pi&casinc~udin~'hacumentjiior~
and impternentatinn. (Frereq.:at1 ~dwer
Ievet core murscs. B U S 375, Rcco~~irnended:
BUS 370 01. C S C 35'2)
lnformatlon Systems Projects
Using sltllls developed in BUS 375 and 475, complete an information analysis ntid sysicms design for several business situations. Utilize both case
sludies and actual buslnrsses. IPrereq.: BUS 375, 475. Recommended:
BUS 479)
Intermediate QnanHtatlve Methods for Economics and Business
Utilizing cornpurcl pacl\ages rclcvanL lo slatistical analysis. Frogramming
1001s include soreadsliecls, Minilab, SI'SS and olher statistical packaqes.
Areas or luteresl include slatisticaT descripllons, analysis of v d a n c e and
slatlsllcal InCerenre plus linear models, queing models and Monte Carlo
sln~i~talions.
Prereq.: BUS 175. 279. Math placement group IV or a grade
of at Icas12.0 in MAT 114,121, or 122. liecornmended: BUS3701
495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
499 Independent Study
'rhc stildcnt may calm independent study credits through individually supcrviscd prqjects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze
some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
E c o n o m i c s (ECO):
Mqjor in Economics:
8 Economics courses (112,113,312,313,414, and three other
upper division); BUS 221,222,279, and MAT 114.
The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for
those planning graduate study in Economics. In addition, courses in
the use of computers are also strongly recommended.
Mqjor in Applied Economics:
8 Economics courses (112,113,215,312,313, and three other
upper division); BUS 175,221,222,279,479, MAT 1 2 1and PHI 130.
Combined major in Economics-BusinessAdministration:
6 Economics courses (112,113,312,313, and two other upper
division); 8 Business Administration courses (221,222,242,252,
279,331, and two other upper division).
Honors Mqjor:
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration.
Minor in Economics:
112,113,312,313, and one additional upper division course. Other
configurations may be permitted on consultation with the
department.
Notes: Students who plan to major in t h e department are strongly
encouraged to select a department advisor a s soon a s possible in
order to carefully plan their program of study.
In addition to the courses listed below, these topics have been
offered under ECO 295,495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History
of Economic Thought, Research Methods for Economics and
Business, Advanced Economic Theory, and Decision-Making with
Finite Markov Chains.
ECO 110,112, and 113will satisfy general education requirements.
ECO 110 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement.
110 Economics of Urban Issues
Sturly of econoinic itnplications of many problems faclng a metro-urban
envi~onmenl.Somc nf l l ~ loptcs
e
to be rliscussecl arc: Population "Crisis",
Crl111e Preveniion. Ecology atid Incornr I~istrlbullon;Dislrlhutlng rrce
Drcarl: Mass Transit Systc~~ls,
elc. ~~rnclanic~rtal
rnicroecfino~nictools Introduced to Carllltatc discussion of ttie a hove mentioned topics. (This is a
basic roursc desiglied fnr Itlost: sl~ldtlntswho tlo not plan tr) malor In Econnmlcs or Rusines4 Admlnistratlori. I1 docs no1 apply tclward an Lcotioi~ilr.major or ti~inor.Slrrttcnls wtin plan lo malor in Rusiness Aclminislralion alirlJor Ccoi~ornicsshollld enrnll in KC0 1I'L and t I3 which also
are open to non-majors.)
112 Principles of Macroeconomics
An lnttnduclion 10 macroecono!nirs; national Income analysis, monetary
and fiscal pnlicy, intcrnalional trade, economic growth. Application or elementaiy economic Llicory la current economic prnblems. May be taken
i~~depcndentlyallIJor
110.112and 113 may he taken In clttierorder,or
may bc laltcri In the same lern, Tor the sluder~tto progress rapidly to the
olhcr coutses.
113 Principles of Microeconomics
An Inlroclucllon lo mlcroeconotnics, the theory of the household, firm,
marlret strucltlres and Income rllstributlon, Application of elementary ecorion~ir.lhenqe to marltct policy. May Ile taken independently of 112 or
110. 1 12 at~cl113 may he lalren In either order, or may be taken in the
same tcrni fortiic s t ~ ~ d eto
n tprogress more rapidly to other courses.
175 Computers for Economics and Business
(See under Business).
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
215 Elements of Mathematical Economics
Economic concepts explained using mathematics a s a tool. Examples
from finance, management, and marketing are also examined. (Prereq.:
ECO 113)
279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
(See under Business).
295 Topics
Lechrres. discussions, meeting witfi members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding restrarch methodology and current national and international
ecanornics problems and politics. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
311 Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact
of fiscal policy on economic activity: debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113. Fall)
312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed
via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy,
growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: ECO 112, Fall)
313 Intermediate microeconomics
Theory orresourccaIlocal~on,analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; lhe pricing of lacto1s of production and income distribution: introdiiction lo welCarc ecol~ornics.(Prereq.: ECO 113)
315 Monev and Banklna
~ u n c l f o nor
l ~tllc
~ ~l<onetary and banking systems, particularly commerclal I>arilcs,the I'cdernl Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate
ccono~iilcacttvily. Etnpt~asisplaced on monetary theory and policy.
(Prereq.: ECO 112,113)
318 Management Science
l'rovirles a sounrl conceptual understanding of the modern techniques OF
management scic~lrel o prepare sl~idcnts
LC) malte better I3uslness and economic declsiorrs. I'tt~phasisIs on applications, wl~fcharc Lalte~?from the
arcas nf transportation, markellng. [>oriColioselection. envlronmcntal prw
teclion, thr slinrlest ror~Le,invcrlto~ymodels. InCormatioti sysiems, ctc.
(Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring)
360 International Trade and Pinance
A study ol the unclerlylna roi'ccs afrectlng the economic relations among
of the basts tor international trade: balance of paynatirlris, De~elopln~IIt
rnetils: exchangc ratc systems and comniercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112,
1W or cclnsenl of Ensin!clorl
399 linternsltipProwam
A studenl may rcrclve course credits through an Internship program
wllEcli is applirallle to gradualion, h u t not to the major. This program will
alforrl the sluclcnt the opporh~nICylo spend one frill tcrm worlcinq with
so~~~rr
organization. In atlditlori, Llle sludent W111 wrile a report on tiis/l1er
activities. (Prcrcq.: consent ol Instructorl
413 Labor lkonamlcs
Analysis or labor marltels; labor as a factor ofproduction; determination of
wage cotIe.ctivc bargaining: labor legislation and effects upon society.
(l'rcreq.: GCO 515 or cnnsent of instructor. On demand)
414 Wclfarc Economics
Basic concepts and propositions: Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of
alternative rnarlret strrlctures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of econornic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313 or consent of instructor)
415 Managerial Economics
I~ilrgratrsecononiic theory and corrcspondlr~gpractlces In business.
Amo11.qthe topics considered are theories and practlces in forecasting, esllmniion 01 dcrnand and cosl lunctions, pricc and non-price competition,
protl~lctlonar~dcost co~isideratIons,and an analysis of economic proh!ems or xcleval~cetcl rnarlagelnenl. (Prercq.:BUS 279.CCO 3 13. Spring)
416 Mathematical Fmnonlics
Matlieinalical ecanomlrs wlth emphasis on the application of mathematical tools Lo Lhc areas oCinicro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO
512,31.3 and a l leasl PlAT U2 or equlvalclit or consent of instructor. On
demand)
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
(See under Business).
495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and intemational economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
499 Independent Study
'the student tnay earn independent study credits through individually supfwiserl projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze
some lop6 or isstrc in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Chemistry
Chemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those
changes and worhlng toward an understanding ofthenz. Correlating the results of physics and opening the vistas or molecular biology, chemistry
has been described as the central science, since matter includes the entire
physical world such as the things we use, the food we eat and even ourselves.
Chemists as scientists must he well versed tn the scfence of chemistry,
knowledgeable in Tact and theory for solving sclentffic problems, capable
of providing a pzrblic understanding of their work including potential problems as well as hrnefits.
Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand
themselves and their society. The liberal arts core of religion, humanities,
the arts and the social sciences are imperative if a chemist is to be truly
human and therefore truly scientific.
The Department is on the List of Approved Schools of the American Chemical Society, and offers a chemistry major which meets the chemistry background required by many fields.
Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established
the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists.
1. To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our
graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to complete successfully with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions.
2. To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the
traditional positions as chemists.
3. To provide an atmosphere of learning so that students will want to remain lifelong learners thereby remaining competent in their field however that may change alter graduation, and be able to move into new
areas as opportunities arise.
4. To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to
seriously study areas outside of the sciences: and
5. To presentthe excitement:of chemtstry to non-science majors as an exampie of the methodolagy of the natural scienca in examining the
world around us, The presenbtion of major concepts underlying the
changes in matter. the apporttlntty to examine change in the pl~ysicat
world, and the reflection of the implications ofsclence In our society
will enhance the ability of non-sciencepersons to make better value
judgments concerning science questions in their own endeavors.
Chemistry Faculty:
Earl R. Alton (Chairperson),Arlin Gyberg, John R. Holum, Sandra Olmsted
Graduation Mqjor in Chemistry: 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,
353,361,363 and one additional course from 364 and 365,464,481,
483, or Biochemistry. Participation in seminar; PHY 121, 122; MAT
124,125. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 124, 125 in the
freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the sophomore year.
American Chemical Society Approved Maor: 12 courses including 115,116 (or 105,106) and all chemistry courses above 350 (except 399,497, 499), Chernlstry Seminar participation; MAT 224: PHY
121,122 (which should be taken during Ihe sophomore year). Reading ability in Cierman equivalent to one semester and conlput~rprofi-
ciency are also required.
-
Teachlng Mqjwr: Physleal Science Emphasis
Chemistry Major: Recotnmendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115, 116 or 105,106);3 courses in earth and life sciences: CHM 351,352,353,361,363,364,482,491 (B10 367 may be
substituted for 364); PHY 245. Students are advised to consult with
the Education department early in their planning.
Pre-Medical Chemistry Msy'or: The same as the graduation major.
In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually
more) in biology. Students should consult members of the Chemistry
department for assistance in planning a course program early in their
college career.
Honors Mqjor: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathe-
matics, and physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved
research; participation in seminar.
Minor: 5 courses which must include 115,116 (or 105,106),353 and
two other chemistry courses from 351,352,361 or BIO 367.
Note: Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115, or for both 106
and 116.
Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must
be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite
must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise,
permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also
must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in registering for the second term.
Placement in 105 or 115 is determined by the score on the Mathematics Placement Examination. High school chemistry is a prerequisite
for 115.
105,106 Principles of Chemistry
Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116: designed especially for students
who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 1 0 6 to
351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety
of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3one-hour
lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: math placement. 105, Fall; 106,
Spring)
109,110General, Organic and Blolaglcal Chemism
Dcsigtied lor studcnts who nccd a survey of the fundamental principles nl
genc~al,o r ~ a n tand
t hfological cl-iclnistry Tor careers in allied h~a1ll-iareas
slrcli as nursing (Incl~rdingR~~gsbi~rg's
Upper Division I'roqranl), irlhalad
tlon Lherapy, histotecl~riology.physical education, and others. Open also
to studcnts In the humanities and qoctal: Scier~ces.F l r 4 Ierm, general
cllctnistry principles and an introciuctIon 10 organic chemistry. Second
term, o~gaiiicand biolorlictll cIrclnist~ywi(h s p e ~ i aapplications
l
Lo )iltman
y.
pllyslolnglcai cl~cmislry.(3ane-hour Iccturcs, 2 hauls of l a h o ~ a t o ~This
course docs not apply lowarcl the major or minor in clretnlslly. Credit cannot I>e earned 101 110th I09 anrl 105 ar I 15,tior can credit be earned tor
both 110 and 351. Prereq.: High school chemistry within the last 3 years.
Weekend College)
115.I16 General Chemlaby
An Inlenslve celirse ror pre-mdlral students and b t u r e chemists. Firstsernester lriclucles cttcrnical eqtlations and calc~~lations,
enernctics, and
bonding Uicory wlth examplcs from Inorganic chcinistry. Thc second e m
phasi7cs equllibrii~rnand soliltion cheinistry Including ltinelics atirl clectmrhemist~y,(3 one-hour Tectures, 3 hours 01 laboratory. Prereq.: lllgqh
school cheniistry, t n a t l ~placemenl. 115, Fall: 136. Spririg)
199 lnternshlp
Lower division internship.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
351.362 Organic Chemlstry
Importar11classes of organic compounds wItI? special emphasls on mechanisms alld ~nulli-stepsynthesis. Descriptive material Is correlaterl by
means of modem tticorIrs olcliemlcal bonds, encrgy relaUons. and reac.
many applicalloris ofot'ganiccllf~i~islrl/
Lo I~iologlcal.entinrl ~necl~anlsm;
vironmenlal and ilidl~striillfielcls. (3 one-hour Zccturcs, L fnur-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116: 351, Fall: 352, Spring)
353 Quantitative Analytlcal Chemistry
Covers tlravlmclrir anrt volumelric. anatysls and solutlnn equlllbrlurn in
Lo electrochemical and spectraptiotomerlelall and gives an i~>LrnducLiot~
tric lech~ilq~les
nT atialysis. Thf laboratory IHVCII\IESq~lantjlaliveanalysis
o i a varicly oCsamplfs, ant! includcs trace analysis. ( 3 hours of tcctrrre. l
four-lloilr laboratory. I'rc~fq.:106 or 1 16. Rall)
361.3641 Pbystcal Chemistry
The basic t\icoreLical concepts of chemistry: therrnodynamlcs, klnctlcs,
quantl~lntheory. atrd statcs oimatlcr are studicd In thc first scmester. Applications orthcse conc:epls to arcas of rno~cct~larstructr~i
e, equilibria and
electrnchemistry In thc s c ~ o r l dscrneslcr. (3 one-hour tectutes. Yrereq.:
JOG or 116: PHY 121. 122; MAT 124, 125.361, Fall: 364, Spring)
363,365 Physical Chemlstry taboratory (112 COllrSE each)
Ptryslcal Chemislry Laboratory introduces students to tect~niquesofdata
collerlfon and cxperiniental i~pplicationorconcepts prcscnlcci In Physical
Chcmlstry lect~lrc.365 is Lo be talten the firs1 lialCol the spring senicstcr
and invnlves expcrinlents relater1 to 361. 565 14 In bc lalrcn l l i P second
half ollhe scmesler by a11 peisans fa hl!igJ64, exccpt Ll~al
special sti~ctdi
ts
may ask deparlnlent tor exelnpllon.
399 Internship
Opportunity for off-campus experiences as a chemist. Cooperative Education is also an option for majors.
464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
Organized around the prohlctns or identlfylng organic cornpotrnds It1 the
laboratory. I.ecture lopic!! Include struclui'e-specLra correlatioris for tR,
UV, MMR, and Inass spectroscopy: tlse al t h e lltcrature [ir~cludlngB c i l ~
stein): atirl Curther stilrly oCorganic rcactinns. Ir~lrarcd,nuclear n~agnetit:
resonance, anrl ~ ~ l t r a v i o lspectra
el
rai~tlnelyuscd. (3 hotm: oF lecture, G
hours ollaboratoly. Prereq.: 352,353,361 or consent of insin~ctor:some
reading k~~owlerlgc
of G e n ~ ~ ar'all)
n,
4BX Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Ernpl?aslsupon advanced equitfhrium theory and prlnclples ofatomic and
fi~olectrIar speclroscopy as applled to analytical mclhods as well as cliro~ n togra1,hIc
a
and eleclroanalytical techniqt~csot analysis. (3 hours lecture, 1 (our and one-half-haul laboratory. I'iercq.: J53.361, or consent rrl
i r ~ s t ~ ~ l c tSprlng)
or.
482 Advanced Inomanlc Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reaclio~isusing the electrastatlc, valence bond,
and molecular orhital models. Coordination chemistry Is discussed In
Lcrms of Ilgarrd field tfieoy, The laboratory involves prcpa~ationsor tnorganic coinpm~ndsusing a variety of techniques, (3 one-hour lectures, 1
thrce-hour laboratory. I'rcreq.: 3.52.36J , or consent of i n s t ~ ~ ~ c Fall)
tor.
403 QuanCumChernistsy
I'reser)ls qtlailtilm llleory In terms of Schrodinger's wave equatIon and
uses the equalinn Lo solvc Ehe prnblems 0T R e harmonic osciIIalor and
(tic hydrogen alom. Approximate snlutlons are lntrod~icedand used l o
develop inolecirTar orldtal l l ~ c o r ylor molec~~les.
Inclurles comznutators.
and group Lheory. (3one-how leclrlrcs.
elcctron spin, angular 1iiornc111~1rn
P~rrcq.:36 1ar cansenl or instructor. Sl~ring)
491 Chemistry Seminar
'This seminar, which has no course credil, is a weelcly meetlng of chemistry
majors i~nrlerthe direction of thc Augsbusg Chemistry Society. Juniors
and scniors are expected to participale. wltli seniors pmscnting papers.
Outside visitors are occaslonalIy Invited to participate.
497 lntroductton to ChemIstsy Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience
before gr adualian. Srhch ~ x p e r l e n c emay b e obtained by wurlting on a
sum~nerrcsearrh rolect In Ihe clepartmenl (no( col~nleclas a COLII se) or
by research parlEipalion dtirlrlg Lhe acade~alcyear (which may be
counted as a co~irse).Cooperative Edi~cationis a possibility, (Junior
standing).
499 Independent Study
Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as
theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (Junior Standing)
East and
Southeast Asian
Studies
Khin Khin Jensen (Director)
This program offers hvo options:
1. Mqjor or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and
the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).This is an in-
ter-college, interdepartmental program which provides a foundation
for careers in international business, government, teaching, global
ministries, work with social and recreational agencies, or graduate
study.
Two years of Japanese are taught on one ofthe five ACTC campuses, or
Augsburg students may take Chinese courses at Hamline University.
There also is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department for Chinese and Japanese language courses.
Opportunities for language study abroad are available in Japan, China,
Taiwan, Korea, Hongkong and Singapore. Summer institutes are
available in the People's Republic of China and in the U.S. See the director for information and procedure to register for any of these
courses or travel.
Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement.
Mqjor in East Asian Studies - 10 courses, including 4 courses (2
years) of basic college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; 2 courses in History; 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies: and 2 courses from a list of approved electives. Major courses must have the written approval of the Director of the
program.
Minor in East Asian Studies - 5 courses, including 2 courses (1
year) of basic college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies: 1course in history of East Asia; and 2 upper division courses in
cultural specialization from a list of approved electives. Minor courses
must have the written approval of the Director of the program.
2. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area
concentration at Augsburg College that does not include a language
component. It is designed to be useful for a variety of careers when
combined with other majors.
Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies - 5 courses, 2 from
HIS 322,323,324: one from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 336: one from HIS
474, POL 351,363,382; and one from HIS 226,399,495,499. HIS 104
is strongly recommended.
Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies
program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of
the Director.
226 Asian and Asian-AmericanWomen in Public Life in the 20th Century
(See under Department of History)
299 Directed Study
(See Director of program)
322 Modem Southeast Asia
(See under Department of History)
323 Modem China
(See under Department of History)
324 Modem Japan
(See under Department of History)
351 Communist Political Systems
(See under Department of Political Science, Comparative Politics and
Analysis)
363 Communist Foreign Policies
(See under Department of Political Science, International Politics)
382 Marxist Visions: Past. Present, and Future
(See under Department of Political Science, Political Theory and Analysis)
399 Internships
(See Director of program for guidelines to apply for an internship)
474 The World and The West
(See under Department of History)
495 Seminar
(See Director of program)
499 Independent Study
(See Director of program for guidelines)
Economics (ECO)
See Business Administration and Economics
',
1
1,
Department f:" .
.
Students interested in attaining teacher licensure or developing a background in education a s a base for advanced study in other careers will find
opportunities in the Department of Education.
Professional mucation combines the study of theory with practice, and
field experiences are an essential part of the course offerings. The location
of Augsburg College is particularly advantageous for field experiences because of the wide variety of public, private and special schools in the Twin
Cities.
The career that first comes to mind for graduates of teacher education programs is classroom teaching. Augsburg graduates are found in many
classrooms within the Twin Cities area. In addition, they provide educational services in classrooms across the nation and in some foreign countries.
The teacher education program coupled with the liberal arts program
serves a s a solid base for graduate education. Some teaching fields require graduate work beyond the initial license in either elementary or secondary education.
Not all graduates choose to teach in school settings. Teacher education
graduates are also found in business, working in managerial, sales, production, and service areas.
To qualify for state teaching license after July 1,1987applicants are required to have had the course "Reading in the Content Areas" or the
equivalent.
To qualify after April 1,1988for licensure, people are required to have
passed basic competency tests (prescribed by the Minnesota Board of
Teaching) in reading, writing skills and mathematics a s well as a prescribed competency test in the specific area of licensure.
Education Faculty:
Trudi Osnes (Chairperson), Sheldon Fardig, Marie McNeff, Lauretta Pelton,
Mark Schelske
Elementary Education (EDE)
Marie McNeff (Coordinator)
Kindergarten-ElementaryMajor and Licensure Requirements: 255, 341, 351,
352, 381, 382, 383, 384, 386, 481, 482, 483: HPE 114, 115; SWK 260; a college
level mathematics course: academic minor (major recommended):GPA of 2.0 overall
and 2.5 in major and academic minor and grades of P in student teaching courses
required for licensure: fulfill requirements of Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR
3.041 in Human Relations. The professional semester, forjuniors, includes 341,352,
381,382,384, 386, 387. (341,381, 382, 383, 384,386, 387 are 112 courses)
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
255 Ofienfatfon to Education In an Urban Setting
Investigation or various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity COT in-school worls. Opcn to all students. Membership in one of the
p r ~ r c s s l ~ lleach
~ a l er organizations is required. (Prereq.: sophomore
standing or above)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education)
295.495 Topics in Mucation
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
299 Directed Study
Lower division independent study.
341 Media Technology (112 course)
Psycllological arlcl philosophical dimensions of communication through
tlre use or lnstmctlnnal technology. Selection, preparation, production,
and evali~allonof cfkcclive audio-visual materials for teachinglleamingsitualions. (5pri1ig)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the
reading and the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. (Fall)
352 Creating Learnlng Environmenw Kindergarten-Elementary
The study of stralegies and nlcthods of teaching and learning in the contexts of ed~lcational,psychological and sociological thcotlrs. Membership In one of the professional tcactter organizations Is reqirlred. (Prereq,:
255 or E D S 265 or consent of i ~ ~ s l r ~ l cSp~ing)
to~.
381 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:Art, Music (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music
taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring)
382 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring)
383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health
(112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health at the kindergal ten and elementary levels. Laboratory
experiences. (f'rercq.: 255 or CDS265. Fall)
384 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Social Studies, Science (112
course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies
and science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.:255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring)
386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature, (112
course)
Examination and preparation or materials and resources ror Children's
Literature at the kindergarten and elementa q' levels. I,ahol.atary expertences. (Prereq.:255 or EDS 265, concuncnl reglslralion in 352.Spring)
387 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Language Arts (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for Language
Arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring)
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work
experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
478 School and Society
(See Secondary Education)
481,482,483,484 Student Teaching K-6
Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel.
Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required.
(Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval)
491 Practlcum and Seminar in Special Education
(See Special Education)
498 Independent Study (112 course)
Study of specific areas in education a s determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission).
499 Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise
provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must
be outlined and approved by the kindergarten-elementary education faculty.
Secondary Education (EDS)
Trudi Osnes (Coordinator)
It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser.
Licensure Requirements of the state of Minnesota for teaching in secondary
schools are met through the Augsburg College Education Department licensure program: Baccalaureate degree; academic major in an approved teaching area; 265,
354, 388, 478, methods course(s)in major area, 481, 482 (and 483 for Art, Music,
and Physical Education teaching majors); HPE 114, 115; PSY 105; GPA of 2.0 overall,
2.0 in education courses, 2.5 in academic major and P in student teaching. Application for and acceptance into the Augsburg licensure program required.
Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in
one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she
plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these
special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to 354, the art major
will register for 361,362; the Physical Education major for 365; and the music major
for 355.
Art and Physical Education teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades K12. Music teacher education programs lead to licensure in the following areas: 1Band (K-12) and classroom music (5-12);2-Orchestra (K-12)and classroom music
(5-12);3-Vocal and classroom music (K-9);or 4-Vocal and classroom music (5-12).
Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German,
Spanish), achievement of at least "good" in the listening, speaking, and reading
parts of the Modern Language Association proficiency tests is required. The candidate will take the MLA tests before undertaking student teaching. Results will be recorded in the candidate's permanent file in the Department of Education.
The Professional Tern School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly
in one full-time term in professional education. Attendance at special afternoon or
evening seminars is also required. A student who elects to take just two courses in
student teaching may take one course in independent study at this time. All students
are expected to be involved full-time in the activities of the professional term.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity
for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the profese
sional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: ~ o p h o m o r standing)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education)
295,495 Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
341 Media Technology (112 course)
(See Kindergarten-Elementary Education)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
(See Kindergarten-Elementary Education)
354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary
The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. Membership in o n e of t h e professional
teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: 265, PSY 105)
355 Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills
and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring)
356. 357. 358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds,
Strings (112 course each)
Study and application of instructional methods, materials, and techniques.
361 Art Methods (Elementaryand Junior High School)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle, and Junior high schoois. For art teactiing majors only.
(Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (112 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. (Fall)
364 English Methods
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literature is included. (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(See Physical Education Department)
366 Foreign Language Methods (112 course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching.
(Consult with the Foreign Language Department.)
374 Natural Science Methods (K-12)(112 course)
Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom
textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and
references. (Fall)
375 Social Studies Methods (112 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary
school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum
development. (Spring)
376 Speech and Theatre Arts Methods (112 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and
theatre and the directing of co-curricular speech and theatre activities.
(Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods (112 course)
Study of t h e basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary
school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring)
388 Human Relations (112course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of
the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all.
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work
experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
410 Health Methods
(See HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program)
478 School and Society
The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational
philosophy and the development ofAmerican education, current major iss u e s in education will be studied. Membership in one of the professional
teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: senior standing)
481,482,483,484 StudentTeaching
Observing and dlrettinq leal r~lngat the secondary level under supervision
of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses,
except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors.
Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval)
498 Independent Study (112 course)
Study of specific areas in education a s determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission).
499 Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise
ecl
must
provided for in the departmental curriculum. A ~ ~ r o ~ e c tprogram
b e outlined which meets the approval of education i a c i ~ l t ~ .
Special Education (EDE, EDS)
Mark Schelske (Coordinator)
Minor: Minimum of 6 courses (282,491: PSY 351,357; one course
chosen ftom HPE 354, MUS 110 (Interim) or 395, PSY 362, EDS 385
(Interim), or SWK 304 (CHR); and one course chosen from LIN 289,
PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO 103 is recommended a s an additional course.
282 lntroductionto Special Education
Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities a s
mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment,
learning disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. (Spring)
491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population
plus on-campus seminar. Prereq.: Completion of courses for special education minor o r consent of instructor. Students planning t o take this
course should consult with the special education coordinator about a
placement prior to registering for the course. (Pall)
Engineering
Ken Erickson (Adviser)
Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to
allow the-student to earn a- achel lor of A& degree from Augsburg College
and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Insti-
tute of Technology, Minneapolis: Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri: or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. Because of the special requirements
and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg
Engineering Adviser is necessary. Applications for these programs require
the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser.
University of Minnesota
The lnstitute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for two dual degree engineering programs:
-
1. Bachelor o f Arts/Bachelor o f Engineering (B.A./B.E.)enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three
years at Augsburg and two years at the lnstitute of Technology.
Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that
time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions
necessaly for final acceptance into the program. Formal application to the lnstitute
of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior year at
Augsburg.
2. Bachelor o f ArtsIMaster o f Engineering (B.A./M.E.)enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering
degree from the University of Minnesota. This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the lnstitute of Technology.
The curriculum is the same as the B.A,/B.E, curriculum with the addition of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the
number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the University
before proceeding through the graduate curriculum. The number of such courses
varies by IT department and area of emphasis within a department.
Application for admission into the B.A./M.E, program should be initiated during the
second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program
may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive special counseling from the lnstitute of Technology staff regarding courses that should be taken
during the senior year at Augsburg. Participants in the B.A./M.E, program are not
guaranteed admission to the Institute of Technology.
Washington University - Three-Two Plan
Dual Degree Plan
Michigan Technological University
-
These programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from
Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science or Michigan Technological
University in a five-year period.
The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission to the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by the Engineering
Adviser of Augsburg College.
Students are also encouraged to explore opportunities for graduate work
at Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further
information on these and other graduate programs is available from the
Augsburg Engineering Adviser.
Financial Aid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual degree programs will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice
for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic
performance as criteria.
M i n i m u m Course Requirements f o r Admission t o the Dual Degree o r ThreeTwo Programs: CHM 115,116; CSC 170; ENG 111; MAT 124,125,224, 226; PHY
121, 122; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of
27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124,125 and PHY 121,122 are taken in the
freshman year. Students interested in Chemical Engineering also should take CHM
351, 352.
English
Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas,
and iknages helps us understand who we are and who we can become.
Writing helps us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through English study
we see life's complexity, experience life as some others do, and understand better the world in which we live and work.
English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the
contemplation of works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is
concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is
interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language.
With science, English is interested in discovering order and determining
structures. With speech and communications, English studies the effective
use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different
times and in different cultures.
The Augsburg English department integrates its program with the cultural
opportunities ofthis vital urban area. Augsburg students can walk to assigned or recommended plays, films, and readings available near the campus.
Students with an Augsburg English mqjor pursue careers in elementary,
secondary and college education, journalism, government, law, the ministry, library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing,
writing, and other professions and businesses. English majors may start
on a slightly lower rung of the career ladder than those with more specialized training, but will move to higher rungs more quickly because of their
broad background, their skill in analysis, and their superior communication skills. Skills in reading perceptively and writing effectively enhance
any career and make life more enjoyable and understandable.
English Faculty:
Barbara Andersen (Chairperson), Joan Griffin, John Mitchell, Catherine
Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari, Kathryn Swanson.
Mqjor: 9 courses above 111,including 225; one course in American
literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and
three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for
example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336,
337,423). Majors are encouraged to take ENG 245 early in their college work and to consult their departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an
adviser in the department.
Mqjor for Secondary Teaching Licensure in English-Language
Arts: 1 0 courses, including those listed for the major and a course
in the English language; 2 Speech courses, one from 111,351,352,
354 or 355 and either 360 or 366. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare and film are recommended. In addition to field experience and student teaching required by the Department of Education, majors will be required to gain practical experience in teaching
writing, to be arranged through the department chairperson. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the
freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in
the fall term of the sophomore year and apply for teacher education
not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition'to planning their
courses with the English department chairperson, students should
consult an adviser in the Department of Education.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors
thesis before faculty committee in senior year, Honors thesis may be
an independent study program.
Minor: 5 courses above 111,including at least 2 literature courses,
one of which must be in British literature, and one advanced writing
course.
Note on Concentration: In addition to meeting requirements for
the major, English majors may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such a s British concentration, American concentration, world
literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges
a concentration by careful selection of electives in the major, by the
design of an independent study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the department. English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concentration. Interim courses, special courses, and
courses at other ACTC schools will often fit well into a concentration.
Note on Prerequisites: 111is strongly recommended but not a
prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an
upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor.
101 Developmental Wrltlng
A preparatory course for Ewective Writing for students identified by an ex-
amination a s needing nddltlonal preparation, Instruction and practice in
e
Sturle~rtswill write short papers based on
basic wrlting skills wllt t ~ given.
tlicir own observation, experience, a r ~ r ll~ought.
t
P/N grading only.
111 Effcctlwe Writing
'I'he study ol' cornposltion with emphasis on expository writing. Attention
Lo correcl tlsagc, logical orgar~lzation,and the research paper. The grading system fn~lhis C O ~ I T S E
i~
either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. In order to hold a
pEace in Ihc course the studen( must either attend class the first day or
personally notify the instructor that s / h e cannot be present.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
217.218 English a s a Second Language (ESL)
Consistent, repeated work on pronunciation, vocabulary and American idioms, grammar and sentence patterns make up a major part of these
courses. In-class drills and exercises, assignments, and sessions with ESL
tutors are means for students to improve oral skills and to increase their
fluency. Understanding spoken ~ m e r i c a nEnglish, speaking, reading colleae-level materials. and writina are the skills emohasized in these two
c&urses. Testing will determinetlacement in these courses, and testing,
a s well a s other course work, will determine whether the ESL requirement
is met. 218 is graded either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. Students will continue in 218
if an N grade is given. By successfully completing the courses, students
will b e exempted from the foreign language requirement.
223 Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing
for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and
proposals will b e emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111or equivalent)
225 Advanced Expository Writing
The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and
contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which student's papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111)
226 Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic
modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may
be selected by students for experimentation and development, according
to the student's preference.
227 Journalism
An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature
and the news feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of
writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on the feature
and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic
media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment.
2 4 1 Introduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of
the film medium. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both
feature length and short films. (Spring)
245 Introduction to Literature
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading
and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors
and minors.
250 American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention
is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of
American literature.
2 6 1 Modem Fiction
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century.
2 7 1 European Literature: Homer to Dante
A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies ofAristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's
Inferno will b e studied a s a work in which the Christian and the classical
traditions a r e combined. These works will be studied with reference to
their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence
on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modem Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to
the modern period, including such authors a s Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. (Spring)
282 Topics In Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors, or works. The subjects selected For study in any year will be listed
in the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian literature, Twentieth Century Poetry, and Comedy.
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
331 British Literature, Chaucer to the Elizabethans
Chaucer and the medieval Milieu will be studied a s well a s the development of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance.
332 Milton and His Age
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will b e eFamined. (Alternate years)
336 Bnitish Literature, Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual,
and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall)
337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic
poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized a s well a s their relationship to their own age and
their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring)
351 American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements.
Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city a s setting
and symbol in modern American literature.
399 Internship
The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various off-campus internships, Interested students should consult the department chairperson.
423 Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from its eighteenth
century beginnings up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors a s Defoe, Richardson, Fielding,
Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the rise of the novel
and its emergence by the twentieth century a s the dominant literary form.
(Alternate years, 1986-87)
438 Shakespeare
Study of ten o r twelve major plays - comedies, histories, tragedies with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic
art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis.
498 lndependent Study
Metropolitan Resources
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of
department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which
makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such a s theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups.
499 lndependent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of
department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area
of the student's choice.
-
Foreign
Language
Department
The Foreign Language Department at Augsburg College contributes in
many ways to realizing the College's mission of providing liberal arts education for service in today's world. The department is committed to the
view that education should go beyond career preparation. So viewed, foreign language study goes beyond the development of new communications skills to foster an abiding awareness that the splendid diversity of human languages, literatures, and cultures represents a nch historic legacy
developed in different ways by many nations to be shared by all in common. The departmental faculty believe that familiarity with the language
and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of
global perspective and hence is indispensable in the education of Augsburg students.
The Foreign Language Department offers language, literature, and culture
courses in French, German, Norwegian, Russian, and Spanish. Courses in
Chinese, Japanese, Latin, and Greek are available to Augsburg Students
through the college's affiliation with ACTC, a consortium of Twin Cities
colleges.
A special perspective on language is also available to Augsburg students
in the linguistics courses offered by the Foreign Language Department.
Linguistics goes beyond the study of individual languages to investigate
the general principles which operate in and shape all languages and in this
way the study of linguistics affords the student a unique view of one of the
most intriguing and central facets of the human mind.
Foreign language skills, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics,
are essential in preparing for a number of careers and represent a valuable
special qualification in many others. Anticipated careers in a number of
fields such a s foreign language
- teaching, translation, the diplomatic corps,
or international business may require a-foreign language mGor, perhaps
combined with a maior in some other field. In addition. students ~ u r s u i n a
careers in many other fields such as health care, socialwork, the kinistrfy
psychology, or philosophy, ro name just a few, often find that a foreign language minor and/or the study of linguistics qualifies them for special assignments in their chosen field.
Foreign Languages Faculty:
Mary Kingsley (Chairperson), Ruth Aaskov, James Brown, Leif Hansen,
Mary Johnson, Gunta Rozentals, Donald Steinmetz.
Students with previous foreign language study
must register in courses suited to their level of preparation. Placement is according to the number of high school semesters one has
studied that language: 0-2 = 111;3-4 = 112; 5-6 = 211; 7-8 = 212;
9 or more = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level
should consult the chairperson.
Students should arrange to take the Language Placement Test if they
wish to take a course above the level determined by previous studies
in that language.
Students who elect to take a course below the one in which they are
placed by the department may do so, but grading must be PIN only.
The language requirement will be satisfied only by completion of the
course in which the student was originally placed. Credit and grading
for that course may be traditional.
Basic Requirements: Majors must take four of the upper division
courses at Augsburg College and four abroad. Minors must take two
of the upper division courses at Augsburg College. 311is prerequisite
to all upper division courses.
Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a minimum
of one upper division course per year at Augsburg. See department
faculty for limits on non-Augsburg courses and career information.
Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, G e m a n and
Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specific
information and enrollment in the program. Methods courses by language are joint ACTC offerings and should be taken in the fall of the
senior year. A 3.0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition is a departmental requirement for teaching majors. Licensure requires successful completion of the Modern Language Association
Competency Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools, under Department of Education.
Honors Major: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply in
thejunior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall,
and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one
course credit. Consult department chairperson for details.
Placement Levels:
Chinese (CHN)
Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of
Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East and Southeast
Asian Studies Director.
French (FRE)
8 courses above 212, including 311,312 or 411,331 or 332,
350 or 355,351or 353,450 or equivalents. Study abroad required.
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim, summer, or
semester in France strongly recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor: 5 upper division courses beyond 212,
including one in conversation-composition, one literature, one in civilization. Study in France strongly recommended.
Major:
E u r o p e a n History, a seco n d language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim catalog.
011 Directed Study
Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Spring, On Demand)
111,112 Beginning French
Aim to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading, and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice, and readings, these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way
of life. Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral part of
the course. (Fall/Spring)
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
211,212 Intermediate French
Selected articles, interviews, and literary readings are the basis of practice
in communication, vocabulary building, and developing greater ease in
reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory work. (Fall/Spring)
243 French Literature in Translation
Major representative works of French literature are read in English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion,
students become acauainted with artistic aualities and cultural-historical
significance of thesenworks. Sophomore standing. Fulfills only literature
distribution requirement. Does not count toward a French major o r minor.
(On demand)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
311 Conversation-Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build
fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of
ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intemlediate level. A prerequisite to
other upper division courses. (Fall)
312 French Expression
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking
and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase
and elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology and speech group practice, study of written models. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. Spring, On demand)
3 3 1 French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings
to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of
French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings,
reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 311
or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
332 French Civilization Today
Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that
promote understanding of French-speaking people and their contribution
to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different
approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory
through reading, analyzing, a n d discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
351,353 Survey of French Literature
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France,
through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
Recommended Supporting Courses:
355 Twentieth Century Literature
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes,
oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. Alternate years)
399 Internship
Upper division internship.
411 Avanced Conversation-Composition
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social,
or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four
skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization a s individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On
demand)
450 French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story
Study in depth of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presentations in French. For advanced students. ( S e e a l s o Interim offerings.
Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
499 Independent Study
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level.
Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included.
(Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.)
German (GER)
8 upper division courses, including 311, 411, one in civilization, and one literature. Semester in Germany required.
Minor: 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. Interim,
summer or semester in Germany strongly recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including
one in conversation-composition, one literature, one in civilization,
and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study
in Germany strongly recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature.
Major:
111,112 Beginning German
Course 111is for students with no previous background; 1 1 2 is for students who have had 111o r equivalent or less than two years of high
school German. Aims a t developing basic skills. Classroom practice in
speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read
extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and
participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
211,212 Intermediate German
For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims a t developing basic skills into working knowledge of German.
Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall;
212, Spring)
244 German Literature in Translation
Principal works of German literature representing various periods and
movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also
discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit
for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (Sophomore
standing. On demand)
299 Independent Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
311 German Conversation and Composition
Aims a t developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial Qerman. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall)
331 German Civilization and Culture I
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the
Germanspeaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca.
3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643),with emphasis on the impact of
Roman civilization, the re-emergence of German cultural self-awareness
during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals ofthe
Reformation. In Qerman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate
years)
332 Qerman Civilization and Culture 11
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped presentday Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment.
The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking
peoples. In Qerman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate
years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different
approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory
through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
311 o r consent of instructor. On demand)
351 German Literature through the 18th Century
Br~efsurvey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklhrung and
Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussions in Classic
and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on
the history of Qerman literature in its cultural and geopolitical context.
Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in
German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
352 German Literature: The 19th Century
Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Maturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic
philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions
help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 o r consent of instructor. On demand)
353 German Literature: The 20th Century
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in
German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression in Qerman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
399 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
4 1 1 Advanced Qerman Composition and Conversation
Aims a t developing and refining the student's use of German a s a vehicle
for expressing his o r her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written
composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German a s classroom language. (Prereq.: 311or consent of instructor. Fall)
4 5 1 German Prose
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to
the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre a s a mirror
of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor.
On demand)
452 German Drama
Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are
discussed and read a s symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Japanese (JPN)
Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East and Southeast Asian
Studies Director for more information.
Linguistics (LIN)
199 Internship
Internship for lower division credit.
289 Introduction to Linguistics
An lnlroductlan to linguistic analysls and general Ilngulstlc prlndples,wlth
Focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common lo all languages) and psychulinguistics IinquIiy In to the tnechanics
of language learning and llic struclurc of the mind as revEaIed in language),l'l~eoxelicalc~uestionswill be approached b y stud Ing samples 01
various I B I I ~ L I ~ ~ P S . MO piercquisite. Rccoinrnendcd for a i lanquaqe majors and minors. (On demand. ACTC)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
311 Theories of Grammar
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current
linguistic researct, wlth the aim of ltluminatlng underlying phllosophleal
assilmptions. i~~vcstigational
criteria, and explanatory goals which distinguish tlletn. The theo~ieswill be contrasted with thosc ot adjaccnt discipIincs such as antllropology, psyctiology, logic, and communication l l ~ c ory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the
inadequacies of traditional grammar. (On demand)
399 Internship
Internship for upper division credit.
499 Independent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Norwegian (NOR)
Major: 8 courses above 211, including 311,312 or 331,353,411.
Study in Norway required.
Minor: 4 courses above 211, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Study in Norway encouraged.
Recommended Supporting Preparation: A second foreign language, linguistics, European history.
111,112 Beginning Norwegian
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading
and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory
work expected. (111, Fall; 112, Spring)
199 Internship
Internship for lower division credit.
211 Intermediate Norwegian
Cal~tlnucdconversation and composition to improve comprehension and
facCIlty of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used a s basis for
class dlscussio~iand exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent.)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
311 Norwegian Conversation and Composltlon
Inte~isivcpractice In spolsen Horwegia~iwith emphasis on pronunciation
and oriqinal cnmposltio~r.Some atlciitlot~givcn to reglonal variations in
spolteti Marweqian ancl lo dikrences bytween the two olTiclal languages of
Mnrway. some lalmratory work and Clflcl experience required. (Prereq.:
211 or equivalent.)
312
-- Old
- - - .Norse
.- - - -
331
350
353
399
411
499
An introduction to the structure of Old West Norse through the study ofselections from Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old East Norse
and aspects ofthe history of four modem Nordic laiguages. Knowledge of
one of the latter is desired but not required. Norweg~anlanguage majors/
minors will have special assignments. (On demand)
Norwegian Civilization and Culture
This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of
the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwcglan as far a s possible), the domestic and forelgn Influences at work in
the comparatively homogeneous population or Monvay will be cxaniined.
Wrltten ancl oral reports in the Norwegian language rvlll Ile required along
wlth some Herd work. (Prereq.: 311 or consent ofir~structor.011dernand)
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different
approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory
through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
311or consent of instructor. On demand)
Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readinas in contem~orarvNorweaian literature ~ r o v i d ea base
for the study of ;riginal works from earlier ceriods extending back to Old
Norse literature. All genres are examlned, and conslderable attention is
given to writings in the Nynorsk lalig~laqe,pnrtlckrlaily poetry. Lectures,
readings, oral and written reports are in florwcgian. (Pterrq.: 311o r equivalent. Alternate years)
Internship
Internship for upper division credit.
Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention
given to the other Scandinavian languages end lo the hislorical development of the Norwegian language. Laljoralnry worlc and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of iirslructor, On demnr~cf)
lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Russian (RUS)
One year of elementary Russian is offered at Augsburg. Russian language
studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area Studies Program,
which requires two years of language for the mqjor. See Russian Area
Studies Campus Coordinator.
111.112 Elementary Russian
Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational
skills through oral classroom practice, developing ease in reading, short
compositions, and acquaintance with Russian culture. Extensive use of
the language lab.
211.212 Intermediate Russian
Continues developing the skills of writing, understanding and speaking
with a n added emphasis on reading, Introduction of advanced grammar
topics, idioms and the study of word building in Russian. (ACTC)
Spanish (SPA)
M a o r : 8 courses above 212, including 311,411,456 or 457, two of
352,353,354,331 or332. Study in Spain or Latin America is required.
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study
abroad strongly recommended.
Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conver-
sation-composition, one literature, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study in Spain or
Latin America recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another lan-
guage, Pre-Columbian civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities.
111,112 Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading,
and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
199 Internship
Internship for lower division credit.
211,212 Intermediate Spanish
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which
stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with 2-4
years of high school Spanish or its equivalent. (211 Fall, 212 Spring)
216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
(See under Program in Global Community)
2 4 9 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in
Translation
Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various
~ e r i o d sand movements are read in Enalish translation. Throuah background reading and class discussion in English the student is acGuainted
with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the
readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in
Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On demand)
2 6 1 Spanish Language
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SAUS and LISLA)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
311 Spanish Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of
fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This
course is a prerequisite for all upper division courses. (Prereq.: 212 or
equivalent. Fall)
312 Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking
skills in Spanish and wish to expand them, Intensive practice to improve
oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility,
stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to
stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand)
331 Spanish Civilization and Culture
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements.
In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years.)
332 Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from
the Pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311
or 212, with consent of instructor. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different
approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of literature. Recommended
for majors and minors. Open to all qualifed students. (Prereq.: 311or consent of instructor. On demand)
3 5 2 , 3 5 3 Survey of Spanish Literature I, 11
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by
lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language.
(Prereq.: 311 o r consent of instructor. On demand)
354 Representative Hispanic American Authors
An introduction to S~anish-Americanliterature. Lectures, discussions,
written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
399 Internship
Internship for upper division credit.
4 1 1 Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness ofwritten and oral expression through conversations, discussions, ~'epo~ts.
debales, and written
compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prcrecl.: 3 l l or consent of instructor.
4 5 6 Spanish Drama
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written
reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modem Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years)
457 Spanish Novel
Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century
in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey
course. Alternate years)
4 9 9 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
General Studies (GST)
John A. Hill (Registrar),Joel Mugge, Donald Warren
Some courses help to integrate learning around topics in ways which are
different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies include
specialized academic enrichment programs, an integrative pro-seminar
created by cooperating faculty, and offerings of the Center for Global Service and Education.
005 Freshman or Transfer Seminar
An introduction to college academic life required of all new students a t
Augsburg. The seminar meets regularly through the first half of the fall
term. No course credit.
140,141 Introduction to the Liberal Arts (112 course each)
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the
philosophy and student services available a t Augsburg College. The
course also focuses on improving those skills s o important to academic
success: reading rate and comprehension, note taking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking, concentration
and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training, career
planning, and making decisions. (140, Fall: 141, Spring)
230 Cultural Issues Seminar
(See under Program in Global Community)
Health and
Physical Education
Department (HPE)
Virtually all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in
their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education.
It is the philosophy of the Department to provide quality experiences in
professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the gifted athlete as well as the occasional player
will find ample opportunity for athletic and developmental activities.
The Physical Education Department provides the organizational framework for a wide-range of educational experiences, including several mqjor
and minor programs: general education in Physical Education (Lifetime
Sports): men's and women's intercollegiate athletic programs; intramural
programs for men and women: and athletic facilities for developmental
and recreational activities.
Department graduates have traditionally found employment in educational settings. Additional career opportunities are possible in YMCA and
community services, municipal park and recreation departments, as adult
fitness instructors, and in working with people with disabilities.
Health and Physical Education Faculty:
Richard A. Borstad (Chairperson), David Boots, Marilyn Pearson Florian.
Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Joyce Pfaff, Edwin J. Saugestad
Health Education
Mqjor: 110,114,115,320,354,410:
810 103,108,111;CHM 105 or
109;PSY 105:SOC 231,336.
Teaching Mqjor: Same a s health education major plus 355. Stu-
dents wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the
Education Department for requirements.
Minor: 110,114,115,320;
810 103;SOC 231.
110 Personal and Community Health
Modem concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to
the individual and the community. (Fall)
199 lnternship
Internship for lower division credit.
114 Health and Safety Education (112 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life.
Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health
needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross First
Aid course.
115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (112 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health
needs and problems of school age children.
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
320 School Health Curriculum
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases.
(Prereq.: All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200
series and consent of instructor.)
354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (112 course)
Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of
functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and
physical education programs. (Prereq.: 350. Spring)
355 Tests and Measurement (112 course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and
physical education. (Spring)
399 Internship
lnternship for upper division credit.
410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and
community. (Prereq.: 320. Odd number years, Fall, Interim)
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Physical Education
Mqjor: 114,115,354,355;
223,231,232,243,350,351,471,472,
474,475;810 103.
Teaching Licensure Mqjor: 114,115,354,355;
223,231,232,243,
350,351,365,471,472,474,475;BIO 103.Students wishing to be-
come licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements.
Mqjor with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department chairperson for individual program planning.
Minor: 114,115;223,231,232or 472,243.
Coaching Endorsement: 243,351, 475, one of 476-483 (except
481), and practicum in coaching (499 is an optional method for meet-
ing the practicum requirement).
Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the
coaching requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment in Minnesota high schools are required to have at least a
coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics.
002,003 Lifetime Sports
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. (Part-time students should consult with department chairperson) No course credit.
199 Internship
lnterrnship for lower division credit.
223 Team Sports
Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating team sports.
(Spring)
231 Individual and Dual Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual
sports. (Fall)
232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (112 course)
Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international
folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice i n
teaching and performing selected social dances. (Interim)
234 Outdoor Education (112 course)
'Thls course wlll loalc at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be
Laught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized:
Canodng. back-pacl$ing,cycling, outdoor cooking catnplng and watcr
safely. Studcnts must Ire prepared to spend somr: wcel~cndsparticiprtling
in these activities. (Even number years, Spring)
243 History and Principles of Physical Education
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
350 Kinesiology
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system
and analysis of movement. (Prereq.: 810 103; Fall)
351 Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training.
(Prereq.: 810 103. Spring)
354 Teaching the Exceptional Child
(See Health Education)
355 Tests and Measurement
(See Health Education)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the
elementary and secondary levels. (Fall)
399 Internship
Consult department chairperson.
455 Sailing in the Virgin Islands
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in learning
thc art and practlce of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking
the participant to a compctent level of sailboat handling (anchoring,
mooring, Irclming and crewing). (Interim)
471 Physical Education Programming
Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decision
making for physical education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. (Prereq.: 243. Fall)
472 Gymnastics (112 course)
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics. Opportunity to teach and
perform in all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and
skill analysis. (Fall)
474 Swimming and Aquatics (112 course)
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety.
Open only to junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors.
(Prereq.: Swimming competence a s determined by pre-test. Fall)
475 Preventlon and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2course)
Emphasis placed on preventing injut ips. 'Trcatrnmt of common athletic injuries. Practical expericntc in taping and training-room procedures.
(Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1 s t half of term, and even numbered years, Interim)
476 Coaching of Football (112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Odd
number years, Fall, 1 s t half of term.)
477 Coaching of Basketball (112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball.
(Odd number years, Interim)
478 Coaching of Hockey (112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Odd
number years, Interim)
479 Coachina of Track and Field 1112 course)
Theory, t&hnique and adminishitive aspect's of coaching track and field.
(Odd number years, Spring, second half of term)
480 Coaching of Baseball/SoRball(1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching- baseball and
softbail. (Odd number years, Spring, 2nd half of term)
481 Ofilciating of Basketball (112 course)
Mechanics, techniques and practical experience of officiating basketball.
Prepares student for certification by the Minnesota Stae High School Association. (Interim)
483 Coaching of Volleyball (112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball.
(Odd number years, Fall, 1st half of term)
499 Independent Study
Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to
junior or senior majors.
History Department (HIS)
History is to society what memory is to an individual: it brings to a civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished MedievalistJ.R.
Strayer expresses it this way: "No community can survive and no institution can function without constant reference to past experience. We are
mled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that we are
ruled by the collective memory of the past. It is the memory of common
experiences which makes scattered individuals into a community."
A society's history is also a storehouse of human experiences that enables
us to deal more knowledgeably with the continuities and changes in current issues. Established disciplines, as history long has been, train the
mind by developing concepts and skills that enables one to deal with
masses of information. Many have found that history is an entree into the
richer eqjoyrnent of travel, cultural events, and the broad reading eqjoyed
by the educated person. Accordingly, history has long held a maljor role in
the liberal arts. This is true at Augsburg.
The department has strength in and requires of its majors work in four
main areas: ancient and medieval, modem Europe, United States, and the
non-western world. The department's graduates are well represented
among professional historians: at present, six are in graduate schools preparing for such careers. More have distinguished themselves as social
studies teachers in elementary and secondary schools and current projections indicate that there will be growing opportunity in that field for history
maljors. For most of our students, however, the study of history provides
one of the better undergraduate liberal arts experiences, valuable both for
personal enrichment and a wide variety of career choices.
History Faculty
Richard Nelson (Chairperson),Orloue Gisselquist, Donald Gustafson,
Khin Khin Jensen
M a o r : 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least four of these courses must
be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas. Ancient and Medieval:
Modem Europe; U.S.; and non-Western.
M q j o r f o r T e a c h i n g L i c e n s u r e : Students interested in secondary
education may take a history major in combination with specified social science courses and the required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator.
M i n o r : 5 courses, a t least three of which must be upper division.
H o n o r s Mqjor: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in spe-
cial instances, application before the end of the first term of thejunior
year; two years of a foreign language a t the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended
before a faculty committee.
N o t e s : Freshmen should enroll in one o r more of the 101-104
courses. 221-222 are normally reserved for sophomore or upper division students. Lower division students are asked to take at least one
lower division course before registering for an upper level course.
There are 13 upper division courses (numbered 300 and up) in this department. Several are offered each term. Offerings depend upon faculty
schedules and student registration.
101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world
of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century.
102 The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of
the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
103 The Modem World
A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present.
104 The Modem Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia
and Africa of the last 200 years.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
221 U.S. History to 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct
a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our time with an effort to
consider the various social, economic, intellectual and political forces and
events that have created the modern United States.
226 Asian and ~sian-~merican'wornen
in Public Life in the 20th Century
An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women in
China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii, Includes
cross-cultural perspective, responses to impact of modernization and
Western education.
299 Directed Study
An opportunity for a student to d o readings or study on topics not covered
in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must b e approved by the
directing faculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to
the major.
322 Modem Southeast Asia
A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam.
323 Modem China
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The
erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The
Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century.
324 Modem Japan
An examination of the emergence of Japan a s a major world power in the
20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role ofwomen and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa.
331 Topics in U.S. History
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S.history (excluding foreign
policy: s e e History 332). The specific topics to b e offered will b e announced prior to registration.
332 History of American Foreign Policy
The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is
stressed.
347 Mexico: a Historical Perspective
(See under Program in Global Community)
360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times
through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed
on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and
political institutions.
361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D.
A study of the development ul Alcxa~idcr'sLmpirc, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as lhc wnl-Id's qrcatest power. Emphasis is
placed on personalities, the 31'1s iliicl S C ~ C I ~ C Carid
S
Rome's contributions
in law and the political process.
370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state
through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation.
399 Internship in History
A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper division students majoring in history. In this connection, students are encouraged to consider the opportunities available through the Cooperative Education program.
412 England in the Tudor and Stuart Periods
A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714.
The emergence of modern constitutionalism is the major theme of the
is also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of EngC ~ L I I -Emphasis
SC.
la~tcl'ssubsctl~lent1,olein Ihe world economy and on the English literary
~ r r ~ a i s s a ~ofi cEIlzaI~ettrari
c
and early Stuart periods.
416 Europe in the Seventeenth Century
The study of this centurv a s the most critical ~ e r i o din the rise of the mode l . ~statc:
~ L ~ n l ~ h a sisl salso placed on the el;1ergence of modern science
aud I l s efiecl o n lritetlectual history. The chronological boundaries may be
I
listed as 1560-1714.
-
431 European Urban History
A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and
the c u l t u l ~of cltics ill L I I I ( ~ I Cfrom the Late Medieval to the 20th century,
with for.1~.or1 spcrifir. tiistorir. cities a s examples. The course is designed
for histnly students, iiil~nnstudy majors, and those who desire a backgrounrl Lo cnrich I ~ ~ l u11r avcl.
c
440 Twentieth Century Topics in World History
This course emphasizes such topics a s Hitler's fascism, the collapse of
colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on
Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years.
474 The World and The West
This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and t h e Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of
these imperial systems a t the end of the 18th Century.
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor.
499 lndependent Study
Majors with an average of 3.5 o r above in history courses are encouraged
to apply for directed lndependent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major.
Humanities (HUM)
Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson),John Benson
The Humanities mqjor provides the opportunity to reflect across departmental lines, t o experience the ways in which different academic disclplines approach similar questionsand issues, and to participate in interdisciplinary learning experiences. You can, in effect, create your own
mqjor by choosing a theme or topic you wish to study, and then by taking
courses in various departments relating to that theme.
The mqjor was created especially to encourage students not mqjoring in
the humanities but in such areas as science, business, or social science to
broaden their insights and perspectives by taking a broadly-based second
m qjor.
Maor: 9 courses, including 275. Six of the courses must be upper division. Courses must be selected from at least four of these seven departments - Art, English, Foreign Languages, History, Philosophy,
Religion, and Speech, Communication and Theater Arts. No more
than three courses from any one department can be used to satisfy
the requirement.
Each student taking a humanities major will focus on some particular
theme or perspective which will constitute the core of the major program. Six of the nine courses must be taken in this core. The core
adopted and the courses chosen to meet the requirement will be
worked out with the student's adviser in the humanities, and must be
approved by the Humanities Major Committee. The theme or perspective of the core can be chosen from those listed in the Humanities Handbook or can be created by the student in consultation with
an adviser in the humanities. Further information concerning the core
can be found in the Humanities Handbook.
A student may not list a double major in humanities and in one of the
component disciplines unless the distribution of courses selected in
the humanities major is significantly different from the other major.
275 Perspectives on the Humanities
An introduction to the humanities which focuses on different themes, dependin upon the instructor. The course correlates ideas, principles and
values $om the perspectives of several of the humanities disciplines.
'
Interdisciplinary Studies (INS)
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, Program in Global Community, and
Women's and Minority Studies)
International Relations
Norma C. Noonan (Director)
International Relations is an interdisciplinary major which offers the student both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or
geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of seven
courses and seven electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at
Augsburg and other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for Interim or a semester. Competency in one language is required, and some students study two languages.
The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international studies with considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East, Western Europe, the USSR, the Far East, Southeast
Asia. and others.
Recent students have had double mqjors in History, Political Science, or a
foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are possible with the International Relations major.
Major: 13courses. (1)
6 required courses: ECO 122 or 123: HIS 103 or
104; POL 158 or 160; 2 of the following: HIS 332, POL 363, 461; the
fourth term of college work in a modem foreign language. (2) 7 of the
following electives (not more than 4 from any one discipline may be
counted toward the major): HIS 322, 323, 324, 440, 474; POL 350,
351,381,382; SOC 336; PHI 355; REL 356; Comparative Economic
Systems (ACTC course); an Economics (Topics) course on International Trade; seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic offered in the discipline of economics, history and/or political science; the fourth term of college work in a second modern
language.
Minor: Required ECO 122 or 123, HIS 103 or 104, and POL 158or 160.
One course of HIS 332, POL 363 or 461. One year of foreign language.
Any three courses from the list of approved electives for the major.
Not more than 2 courses from any department could count toward the
minor.
N o t e : Only the fourth or higher term of languages counts toward the
major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited
toward the 14 required courses. Students should confer with the program director about regional and disciplinary concentrations possible within the major, for example, a concentration on a geographic
area or in one of the major disciplines in the program.
Mathematics and
Computer Science
Department
At least since Socrates, scholars have appreciated the value ofmathematics in developing the skills of critical thinking, understanding abstract concepts, and analyzing and solving problems. Coupled with the more modem needs of quantitative thinking, these skills are still essential for any
liberally-educatedperson. Mathematics and computer science courses at
Augsburg are intended to help develop these skills.
Mathematical ideas in and of themselves have had a formative impact on
the development of civilization, and the development of computers has begun to influence modem society. To the extent that a liberal education
must include a variety of perspectives on our culture and heritage, a study
of these influences is important.
An increasing number of academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics and computer science. To this end, the
department of Mathematics and Computer Science serves students majoring in a wide variety of fields.
Majors within this department are prepared for work in industry, service
professions, or graduate study, with opportunities to focus on either the
theoretical or the applied areas of their vocations. The department aims to
provide its own majors with skills necessary to serve the larger community
through a variety of careers.
Mathematics/Computer Science Faculty:
Lawrence Copes (Chairperson), Lany Crockett, Beverly Durkee, Henry
Follingstad, Noel Petit, Larry Ragland
Mathematics Mqjor: 9 courses including 124,125,215,224,314,
324.Also required: CSC 170 or 270.The following courses d o not
count toward this major: 104,114,121,122,131,174,175. For
teaching licensure, courses 351,373,441 must be included. Stu-
dents wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult
with the Education Department for requirements.
Computer Science Mqjor: 9 courses including 240,345,350,445,
450;270 or BUS 175: 3 electives from 340,352,395,495,497,MAT
355,PHY 261,and BUS 479 or SOC 363.Also required: MAT 174,175
(or MAT 124,125,224and CSC 170);MAT 215;BUS 279 or MAT 373
or SOC 362.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5in mathematics and computer science, 3.1
overall. Independent study at an advanced level with participation in
a department seminar.
Mathematics Minor: 5 courses, including 124,125, (or 174,175)
224.The following courses do not count towards the minor: 104,114,
For a teaching minor, the two additional courses must
121,122,131.
be selected from 215,314,351,373,441.
Computer Science Minor: 5 courses, including 170 (or MAT 175),
240,345,350,and one course from BUS 279,any CSC course over
260,MAT 355,PRY 261,or SOC 363.
Prerequisites/Placement Test - Before enrolling in any course in
this department the student must have satisfied certain course and/
or placement test prerequisites. A course must be completed with a
grade of 2.0or higher to count a s a prerequisite.
The Placement Test is given during college orientation sessions and at
other announced times during the year. Score requirements on the
test for entry to courses are: I1 for course 104;111 for courses 114,121,
122,131;IV for courses 124,174.Students whose score is V, or who
have taken the College Board Advanced Placement Exam, should
consult with the department about appropriate courses.
Any exceptions to course or placement test score prerequisites must
be approved by the instructor.
Mathematics (MAT)
104 Intermediate Algebra
A revicw of basic ari tlimetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions
including cxponc~ils,radlcals, and rational expressions: algebraic
processes lncludinn factoring: solving equalions and inequalltles in one
variabIe, inclurlirig litiear and quadratic; anti graphs of linear and quadralic equations and Ilnear Ineq~iall(lcsin Lwo varlabtes. Does not satrsiy
Lhe getieral etl~tcahinllrcquireincr~lin mathen~atics.Adnllssion only via
Augsl~urgMall~emalicsPlacetnenl Exam. (I'rerecl.: Placement Oroup II,
P/fl gradingonty, Fall)
114 Elementary Functions
A study of functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric. For sludents planning to take 124 or 174. Students who have completed 124 or 174 may register for credit only with consent of instructor.
(Prereq.: 104 or Placemenl Group I l l )
121 Finite Mathematics
Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group I l l )
122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus of a slngle varlable wlth applications to
the social and behavioral sciences. Sttade!its wlto have compleled 124
may not register for credit. (Prereq.: liI4 or Placcmcnt firotlp I l l )
124,125,224 Calculus I, 11,111
Differential and inlcgtal calarlus, including calculus of several variables
and series, with applications primarily Crom the physical sciences, Inlegrated with Lopics from plane anrl solid analylic geomelly. Prilllarily for
students in thc natiiral sciences. (Prcrcq,: I 1 4 or Placemerit Group IV for
124: 1 2 4 for 125; 1 2 5 for 224.124, Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall)
1 3 1 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts
An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further
study in mathematics. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group Ill. Spring)
174,175 Mathematics for Computing 1. I1
A studv of discrete and continuous mathematics with a ~ ~ l i c a t i o to
n scom.
puter science, integrated with learning a higher level'programming language. Primarily for students planning to major in computer science.
(Prereq.: 114 or Placement Group IV for 174: 174 for 175. 174, Fall; 175,
Spring)
2 1 1 Number Theory
A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A
study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: consent of the instructor)
215 Elementany Linear Algebra
A study of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 1 7 5 or 224. Spring)
226 Differential Equations
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications: solutions by
special integral transforms: systems of differential equations with matrix
algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
314 Abstract Algebra
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra, such a s groups,
rings, integral domains, and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall)
324 Analysis
An introduction to the study of mathematical analysis, Includes a rigorous
study of major concepts used in the calculus and their application to more
abstract situations. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
351 Modem Geometry
A study of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Alternate years,
Spring 1988)
355 Numerical Analysis
A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of
computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, applications of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulae,
solution of equations, Newton's mettiod, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and intearation. (Prerea.: 175; or 224, CSC 170.
Fall)
-
373 Probability and Statistics
An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit
theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 1 7 5 or
224. Fall)
399 Internship
Consult Internship Director or Chairperson to determine project.
4 4 1 Foundations of Mathematics
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 314, 324, completion or concurrent registration; or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring 1987)
4 8 1 Topics in Mathematics
Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract
algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.:
314,324; or consent of instructor. Spring)
499 Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
Computer Science (csc)
145 Computing for the Liberal Arts
An introduction to computers, programming, and computer applications,
a s well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with
computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count
towards either a computer science major or minor.
170 Structured Programming and Discrete Mathematles
An ItiLroclucllon to cornl>ule~'
languages and algorithms. and dlscrcte
inatllemalics topics ir~~ltictir~g
loglc, scls, functions, relations, statistlcs.
niatriccs, combinatorics, graphs and trres. Applicatinns from matticmatics, business. and natural scicticcs. I'rognmlniny in a higher lcvel tanguage such as rascal. [Prercq.: MAT 3 24. Spring)
174.175 Mathematics for Computing I, 11
(See MAT 174, MAT 175)
240 Survey of Computer Science
AII Introdiicllon Lo conipil ter organizatiori and structure. assembly and
n~acfilnclanguages, co~nplllerlogic design, number and character represeritallons, arid f~~nctions
ofcoinpoi~entsorcm-rtplltcrsystems. Continued
u t p~cq~clrntni~~t
roncel~ts.( Prereq.: MAT 175, or
clevclnprnenl o f slr ~ ~ c led
AT 12 I, MAT 124, and Vascal
bolh 170 and MA'I' 124: or eqvivulcril
programming course. Fall)
2 6 1 Electronics
(See under Department of Physics)
270 FORTRAIY
Study ofthe FORTRAN programming language. (Prereq.: 170, or MAT 175.
Interim)
340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks
Princi~lesand methods of data communications. distributed ~rocessina
systems, network protocols and security, and general compukr interfa;
ing. (Prereq.240. Fall)
345 Comp~rterSystems and Assembly Language
Sill vey nrr:omputess. latigltages, systems, and epplications. Development
or competence in asscrnhly language programming. Elements of compr~te?'
operalion. including input-rlutput, interrupts, and an introduction to
npcrating Tystems. (I'rcrcq,: 240.F.1111
350 Data Strt~cturesand File Processing
Concepts and algorilllms used it1 LIle S O ! U ~ ~ornon-numerical
D~
problems.
Applicalions to cla ta manngetncnl syslelns, file organlzalion, inrormallon
rclricval, list processing, pxogramrninq languages, and storage devices.
(rrereq.:240. Spring)
352 Database Management and Design
Slnic1ul.e afdatahase managelnel!l systems,query facilities, file organi~~Y.
the develepmenl of an elementary database
ration and S E C ~ ~ TInrli~ding
system. (240 is recotnme~~dcd
helore 552 is ialrcn. Spring)
395 Topics
Study of intermediate topics, from such areas a s computer graphics, artificial intelligence, computability, and automata. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
399 Internship
Consult Internship Director or Chairperson to determine project.
445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
Elements or operating systems, melnoiy aticl process management, interactions nnrong ti~a[orcornpnnelils of conipr~tersystems. and a detailed
sli~rlyof tlte eflecls oir:ompuler arc!iilectlirf rl11 operating systems.
Prereq.: 345, MAT 2 IS. Spring)
~
- - -
4 5 0 Theory of Programming Languages and Compilers
Structure of computer programming languages, including data types and
control structures, implementation considerations for programming languages, lexical analysis and parsing, and interpretive languages. (Prereq.:
350, MAT 215. Fall)
4 9 5 Topics
Study of advanced topics, often more extensive pursuit of a n area from
o n e of the other courses. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
497 Research Project
An extensive group o r individual project selected in consultation with a
faculty member in the areas of software-hardware interfacing. Ifdirectly supervised by a faculty member the course may b e taken for credit. (Prereq.:
345,350. Spring)
4 9 9 Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
MetromUrban Studies (INS)
Metro-Urban Studies is a transdisciplinary major and minor taught by faculty in sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology and
other related disciplines. The Metro-Urban Studies program seeks to blend
classroom and field experience, theory and internships which focus the
content of liberal learning on the metropolitan community and the
process of urbanization.
The Metro-Urban Studies major and minor are designed to provide undergraduate preparation for postgraduate studies in Planning, Architecture,
Law, Public Administration, Environmental Studies, Social Welfare, Government, Community Organization, and Theology. The program and college-wide urban concerns requirement introduce students to the wide variety of developing careers related to urban and metropolitan affairs,
equipping students with the analytical and theoretical tools required to understand the metropolitan community.
Cooperative Education and Internships are available as ways to enhance
the quality of the major and make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan
opportunities afforded by the college's location.
Metro Urban Studies Faculty:
Gany W. Hesser (Director), Robert Clyde, Norman Ferguson, Orloue
Gisselquist, Satya Gupta, Myles Stenshoel
Major: 15 courses, including 1 0 core requirements: ECO 123, 279 or
SOC 362; HIS 431: POL 122,384 or SOC 363: SOC 111,381: a minimum of one course of internship or independent study: two non-socia1 science courses with an urban emphasis, a t least one of which
must be in the humanities (current options include ART 102, BIO 105,
ENG 351, INS 233,260, PHI 362, PHY 111, SPC 342). PSY 356 is highly
recommended.
To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks: General/Liberal Arts, Planning or Public Administration. These five elective courses must include a minimum ofthree disciplines. Options include a wide variety of courses, interims,
internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC
colleges, a s well a s those offered through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA).
Minor: To b e linked with appropriate majors (such a s business
administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). Core courses are required for the concentration: ECO
120 or 123; POL 122; SOC 111,381;an approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study.
Other combinations are possible and may be approved by the director.
199 Internship
Lower Division internship. Consult Program Director to determine project.
(Pall, Interim, Spring and Summer)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: consent of instructor and SOC 111or 121. Fall, Spring, Summer)
399 Internship
Consult the Program Director for details. (Prereq.: consent of instructor,
Fall, Interim, Spring)
-
498 Independent Study
Metropolitan Resources
An independcnLIy dcsignrd cou~.scra sluclerit (or group ofstudents) develops, ~nalrinqextetisivc, systen~aticancl irrtegraled i~tllizallonof resources
available ir! the metrclpolitarl comin~rnlly.e.y. leclures. symposia, perrorlliab~ces,hearings. 1-hesc resatlrces I)ecolne t h e core of Lhe course,
supplcmcntetl Ily trarlltlonal college resources. The course is designed in
co!iqultallon with anrl evalualed I>y a department faculty member.
.(IJrercti.:SQC 1 I t or 121 and consent or Instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer)
499 Independent Study
Student must prescllt written proposal containing rationale, objectives
and methodoloqy oC Lhe proposed stildy according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: SOC. I l l or 1 2 1 and consent of instructor. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
Urban Studies Options Through HECUA
Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA),a consortium of 16 college and
universities. Augsburg's Metro-Urban director is serving a fourth term a s
HECUA president. Through HECUA, Augsburg students have access to five
interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional quality, located in
Scandinavia, South America, Central America, San Francisco and the Twin
Cities.
I. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses upon the Twin Cities metropolitan area.
358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues
Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics, Included are government and institution publications, joumal articles
and books.
359 FleId SemlnanTwln CRlea Metropolitan Area
Using llw c~?mrnunTty
as a classroom, slitdents visit agencies, talk with
specialists In varlot~snclds, and investigate current Issues in Lhe Twin Cities area. Topics include: gcograptry. government, econo~mics,historic
ethnic comrnunilies, Lransportallon, planning
prescrvation. pop~~ralions,
and soclal senriccs.
399 Internship
Students are placed in a varlepy of public and private agencies for work experience. A lcarnlng contracl is developect with MUST faculty approval.
Students may choose an intcmshlp of one or two courses.
11. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)
This interdisciplinary field learning program is at the University of Oslo
and examines cities and urban life in Scandinavia.
372 Nonvegian Language
Intensive language i~islmctlonat beginning or intermediate levels, with
emphasis on co~~versalional
listening and speaking skills. Students with
aclvanccd Norwegian Ianguagc proficiency have the option of studying
Norwegian literature.
Note: For Language Credit the student should consult with the Chairperson of
the Foreign Language Department.
377 Scandinavia in the World
Global perspectives of Scandinavian societies. Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints a s small power nations in a world of super powers and
their role in issues of peace, confllcl resolutinn ancl amls control, EastWest relations, European security, Irade. and the 'l'hird World. Emphasis
on Norway with field travel to Scandinavian capitals and to Leningrad for
discussions with advocates of competing perspectives.
393 Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
Social change and issues of change and development in Norway a s reflected in its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian history with emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits
(theater, museums, galleries) and discussions with artists active in a vanety of media.
394 Urbanizatioq and Development in Scandinavia
Examination of urban economic, social and cultural policies and practices
a s a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies. Includes historical survey of transformations from rural and regional
cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on
Norway, with field travel to Scandinavian capitals for a comparative perspective.
499 Independent Study
Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option
of conducting independent study research, using Norwegian language
skills, on a topic approved by the GUST Program Director and the appropriate home college faculty adviser.
111. South American Urban Semester (SAUS)
This "semester in the c i t y program is located in Bogota, Columbia. It focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World.
2 6 1 Spanish Language
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels.
361 Introduction to Columbia
Overview of Columbia and economic development.
362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America
Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid
of SAUS staff and visiting Columbian urbanists.
363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in
the Lalin American City
Structirrcrl licld cnirrsc lncusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor
in Rogc>ta, witti ficld trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparisoti. Visits to varior~stypes of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems.
499 Independent Study
In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library
and/or field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests.
IV. W o m e n and Work in A m e r i c a n Society (WWAS)
Women and Work in American Society is an interdisciplinary spring semester program in San Francisco. The program focuses on the challenges that
face women today and examines the impact of women in the workplace
and on American society as a whole. (See also Women's and Minority
Studies)
384 Women and Work
Seminar focusing upon the various roles of women from diverse cultures,
social classes, and historic periods through readings, guest lecturers, and
site visits in the Bay Area.
385 Research Seminar
A research seminar in field study through individual and group research i n
the community on work and social change.
399 Internship
(See MUST 399)
V. Literature, I d e o l o g y and
Society in Latin A m e r i c a (LISLA)
This Spring semester program is an interdisciplinary field study that provides extensive study-travel in Colombia, Nicaragua, Puerto Rico and
Grenada, Immersion in Spanish language and Columbian culture are
stressed.
261 Spanish Language
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels.
360 Latin Amerlcan Literature! Ferspecttves on Social Change
Sclcctcd works nT literature and Uiealer illat express wrllers' and artists'
perspeclivcs an Lalin American society anrl social changc. Ernptiasis on
contemporary prriotl wllh cnnsirleral>le flcld stutly. lucl~tdltigInlervicws
w l l l ~corn~nunilysits and "sl reet ll~ealevgroups, wrl tcrs, l i t r ~ a i ycritlcs,
ccrmposcxs, pe~fonnersand film-nialccrs; s~nall-$grouplicld dssignments
on currcnt arts activities: sile vislts lo museLlm and gaite~yext~lllits,inovies, plays, coriccrls arid a v a r I ~ t yafcor~~niutriiy
arts evetits.
364 Lattn American A r t s and Society
Introdclces lheoretical Iramcworlrs for examining Ll?erelationships among
arts. idcology and socicly. rrovidcs historical background tl~rough
survey
of Latin Atncsican tho~1g11C
In nra jor arlisllc periods: CoIonlal, Rcpi~bllcan,
Ron~anlic,I'nsilivisl, Mr~dernlst,"lndlget~lsrno," Ileclllst and C(lntcmpnr a y . Readings ancl seniiriar 3ectui-tl-dlscussion~.
367 IdeoIogles of Sorlal Change In h t l n Amerlca
Introductinn to lhe study (11 ideology and lllslorical overview of Latin
Arncrirall ideologies, especially In relation to issues of developmenl and
soclal change. Cemparativc slirdy of current ideologiral dcbatcs and their
Impacl. with special atlcntion to diff~~sio~lism.
"dcpendencia. ' Marxism
anrl liheralion theology. Field study crnpllasites local resources, incl uding intcrvicw-discussior~swith proponents of compcling icIcnlogies; interviews witti ynvrrnmcrik, huslncss. churcl~and community people: site vlsits Lo psojccts rclierting itIeolagy+ln-pr;lcLlce.
499 Independent Study
By special permission from LlSLA faculty, students with advanced Spanish
proficiency can be exempted from Spanish and conduct independent
study research instead.
Music
Department (nus)
Throughout the ages, music has been seen as an aesthetic expression of
the deepest and highest human emotions and thoughts. Thus music has
long been seen as an integral part of a liberal arts education, offering an
important component of personal, social, and intellectual development.
The Music Department at Augsburg College offers courses in music and
music performance to give students access to this essential aspect of human historv and culture. In addition. all students of the colleae community have the opportunity of
in choral and instruhental ensembles which perform locally, nationally, and internationally.
Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association
of Schools of Music. The Music Department serves the general education
needs of students and offers professional training in music. The music major combines a broad education in the liberal arts with a preparation for a
wide range of graduate and professional opportunities. Student majors
may choose from among four majors in three degree programs: Bachelor
of Arts - Music Major: Bachelor of Music - Performance Major: Bachelor
of Music - Music Education Major: and Bachelor of Science - Music
Therapy Major.
In addition to opportunities as professional musicians, teachers of music,
and music therapists, graduates have access to a wide variety of careers.
Leaders in the professions and business regard a liberal arts major as an
excellent preparation for satisfying and effective service in many occupational areas.
Music Faculty:
Rokrt Karlkn (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Michael Brand, Laint: Bryce,
Wayne Dalton, Stephen Gabrielsen. Thomas Gilkey, Medlce Rlemp,
Angela Kretsrhmar, Nichotas Lenz, Cynthia Lohman, Paul Liohman, Steven
Luud, Roberta Metzler, Kathryn PHckelson, Elizabeth Proctor Murphy,
Celeste O'Brien, Marlene Pauley, Pauline Sateren, Dana Skoglund, Emma
Small, Daniel Sturm, David Tubergen, Mary Wilson
Entrance Procedures: Freshmen will enroll in the regular Bachelor
of Arts program. Those wishing to become Bachelor of Music candidates must perform (Level 11 repertoire) in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. They must then apply, by petition, to the department before the end of their second semester of study. Candidate
approval is necessary to register for B.M. level performance studies.
Transfer students may enter the B.M. program on probation, subject to
departmental approval of performance hearing and petition during
their first semester in residence. Music Education majors must apply,
by petition, to the department during the sixth term of study. Department approval and a cumulative QPA of 2.5 in all music courses is necessary for the education licensure program. All transfer students must
take the theory placement examination at the first class meeting of 1 0 1
or 102. Freshmen who wish to be considered for a Freshman Performance Scholarship must perform in their major performance medium for
a faculty panel. Auditions are scheduled, following application, during
the senior year of high school, summer orientation sessions or at another time preceding initial registration.
Honors Major: Candidates for the honors program are nominated
each spring from among those juniors who have attained a GPA of at
least 3.0 in music courses. A faculty committee must approve the candidate's honors project proposal and certify successful completion.
The following possibilities are indicative of acceptable projects: senior
thesis and its defense: an additional senior recital of graduate quality;
composition of a work for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of 15
minutes duration; conducting an ensemble concert: or combinations
of the above.
Degree and Major Requirements
Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors): 101, 102, 111,112, 201,
211,231,232,311,312,341,342 or 344; 8 quarter courses in a major
ensemble; Performance studies and recital requirements a s given under each specific degree and major. (See Applied Music section)
French or German study a s stated in general education requirements.
Bachelor of Arts
Music Major offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares
the student for the greatest range of graduate, business and professional opportunities. Students who intend to pursue non-performance graduate study, or desire to enter one of the many music-related
business fields of employment, most often choose this course of
study.
Music Major: 13course credits: Core curriculum plus 1course credit
of music elective; Performance studies - 6 quarter courses and 2
half courses in the major instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses in the
minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458.
Music Minor: 6 course credits: 101,102,111,112: 231 or 232; 341;
342 or 344; 4 consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble con-
current with 4 quarter courses in performance studies.
Bachelor o f Music
M u s i c Education M a j o r offers students the preparation necessary to
become teachers of music in the public schools. This preparation includes coursework which allows the student to become certified to
teach at the elementary through the secondary levels.
M u s i c E d u c a t i o n M a j o r : 1 7 course credits: Core curriculum plus
202,212; Performance studies - 4 half courses, 2 full courses, and 2
quarter courses in the major instrument or voice; 2 quarter courses in
the minor instrument or voice; a halfjunior recital 358 and a full senior recital 459: Keyboard proficiency and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in
all music courses and in the major performance medium;
Vocal emphasis - 251,252,253,254,435
Instrumental emphasis - 151,155and 1course credit of music elective
Other requirements: 1 0 112 course credits: PSY 105, HPE 114,115, EDS
265,354,355,356,357 or358,388,478,481,482,483.Consult the Education
Department, Music Department Guides and program adviser.
Performance M a j o r is designed for students who display advanced
competence and achievement in music performance. This degree
program is chosen by students who wish to become professional performers, private instructors, or who intend to pursue a graduate degree in music performance.
M u s i c Performance Major: 20 course credits: Core cumculum plus
202,212; Performance studies - 6 full courses and 2 quarter courses
in the major instrument or voice; 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice: full junior and senior recitals 358, 459: Keyboard
proficiency and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in the major performance medium:
Voice - 251, 252, 253, 254,435, one course of music elective, 2 courses of
French or German above the B.A. requirements
Piano or Organ - 301,302,436, 456, one half course credit of music elective
Instrument - 301,302, one and one-half course credits of music electives
Bachelor of Science
M u s i c T h e r a p y M q j o r fulfills all academic and clinical requirements
for registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, and
prepares students for the professional certification examination developed by the certification Board for Music Therapists. This course
of study is chosen by students who wish to become registered music
therapists.
M u s i c T h e r a p y Mqjor: 18 course credits: Core curriculum plus one
course credit of music elective; two of 151, 155, 156: 271, 274, 275,
372,373,374,375,472,473,474,475,479; Performance studies 6 quarter courses in the major instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses
in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458; Keyboard proficiency and a minimum grade of 2.0 in each music therapy
course. Other requirements: EDS 282, 356, 357, 358; PSY 105, 362;
BIO 103: SOC 362 or PSY 264. Graduates are eligible to take the National Association for Music Therapy certification examination.
Applied Music
Ensembles: One quarter course credit per semester is granted to
members of major ensembles (MUE 111,112,121, 141). Other ensembles carry no credit. Traditional grading is required for music majors and minors in ensemble courses. The general student may register for credit with either traditional or PIN grading, or may choose
no credit status with audit (V) designation. A maximum of 2 course
credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements.
Performance Studies: All students enrolled in Performance studies
for credit are required to satisfy each of the three synergistic elements: lessons, performances, and listening. The general (non-music
major or minor) student must take private lessons for no credit (PIN
grading only) and is not required to fulfill the additional performance
and listening requirements.
Lessons: Private instruction in voice, piano, organ and any instrument is available for all students in the following categories:
No credit - one half-hourlesson and three hours of practice per week.
One quarter c o u r s e credit - one half-hour lesson and 4 hours of practice
per week.
One half c o u r s e credit - two half-hour lessons and 8 hours of practice per
week.
One c o u r s e credit (B.M.only) - two half-hour lessons and 12 hours of practice per week.
Performances: All students registered in performance studies for
credit must perform at the end of each semester for a faculty panel,
each year in a general student recital, and a s additionally required by
the instructor.
Listening: All students registered in performance studies for credit
are required to attend 10 designated music events during the aca-
demic year. Failure to attend the required number of Faculty Artist Series recitals, major ensemble home concerts, or other designated
music events is a factor in determining the final grade received in performance studies.
Recitals: A committee composed of the student's teacher and two
other music faculty members will determine the final grade for all recitals and will conduct a prerecital hearing for senior B.M. recitals.
Concurrent registration in performance studies in the major performance medium is required for recital performance.
B.A. a n d B.S. Candidates - one half senior recital 458 at repertoire level Ill.
B.M. Music Education M d o r - one halfjunior recital 358 at repertoire level
111 and full senior recital 459 at repertoire level IV.
B.M. Performance Major - full junior (level IV) and senior (level V) recitals
358,459.
Keyboard Proficiency: B.M. and B.S. candidates must demonstrate
elementary keyboard familiarity by attaining a minimum grade of 2.5
in 155 or in each of two semesters of piano or organ performance
studies.
Music Courses (MUS)
Theory
101 Materials of Music 1 (112 course)
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of
part writing. (Fall)
102 Materials of Music 11 (112 course)
Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants a n d simple modulations.
(Spring)
111 Aural Skills 1 (112 co~rrsel
Rhythmic and mclarlic diclation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing and Iia~?-nonicdictation to parallel progress in 101. (Prereq.: Concurrent registmiinn in or ro~nplelionof 101. Fall)
112 Aural Skills 11 (112 course)
Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in 102.
(Prereq.: 111and concurrent registration in or completion of 102. Spring)
201 Materials of Music I11 (112 course)
Continuation of 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. (Prereq.:
102. Fall)
202 Form and Analysis (112 course)
Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th
Century practice. (Prereq.: 201. Spring)
211 Aural Skills 111 (112 course)
Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in 201.
(Prereq.: 1 1 2 and concurrent registration in or completion of 201. Fall)
212 Aural Skills N (112 course)
Further development of listening skills to parallel pro ress in 202.
(Prereq.: 211 and concurrent registration in or completion 09202. Spring)
301 Coonterpolnt X (112 course)
lFlh thxnt~gll18th Century contrapuntal techniques including double
countcrpoinl, passacaglia, fugue and canon. (Prereq.: 201,211. Alternate
years. Pall 1986)
302 Counterpoint I l ( l / 2 course)
Study of contemporary counterpoint including works of Schoenberg, Bartok,, Hindemith, Stravinsky and Carter. (Prereq.: 301. Alternate years.
Spring 1987)
311 Composition 1 (112 course)
Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of
sound, ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. (Fall)
312 Composition 11 (112 course)
Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying sizes
and types. (Spring)
341 Basic Conducting (112 course)
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique. Score
analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature.
(Fall)
342 Choral Conducting (112 course)
Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection.
Advanced conducting techniques with class a s the choir. (Spring)
344 Instrumental Conductina 11/2 course)
Preparation of and conducc& instrumental literature. Advanced conducting techniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring)
The following courses will not be offered until the specific B.M. major
in theory-composition is accredited by the National Association of
Schools of Music.
401 Counterpoint Ill (112 course)
Advanced contrapuntal writing. (Prereq.: 302. Fall)
402 Counterpoint N (112 course)
Continuation of advanced contrapuntal writing. (Prereq.: 401. Spring)
411 Composition 111 (112 course)
Individual and class instruction in all styles. (Prereq.: 312. Fall)
412 Composition IV (112 course)
Advanced compositional techniques. (Prereq.:411. Spring)
History and Literature
130 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other Rne arts. For
non-music majors.
230 Electronics in Music
Exploration and creatloll of sounds heard in 20th Century music. The
study arid appllcatlori of practical electronic technology used in music will
he comhlncd wilfi acsttielic considerations in the creative aspects of the
art. Vor non-music majors.
231 Hlstorv and Literature of Music 1
A stud; of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: 102,
112. Fall)
232 History and Literature of Music I1
Continuation of 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: 102,112. Spring)
330 Ethnic Music
Hispanic, Black, Indian, Asian and other ethnic music and its cultural relationship. For the general a s well a s the music student. (Interim)
The following four half courses are extensive studies of special eras in
the history of music. (Prereq.: 231,232.)
331 Music of the Baroque Era (112 course)
(Alternate years, Fall 1987)
332 Music of the Classical Period (112 course)
(Alternate years, Spring 1988)
333 Music of the Romantic Period (112 course)
(Alternate years, Fall 1988)
334 Music of the 20th Century (112 course)
(Alternate years, Spring 1987)
432 Church Mlrslc and Worship
I3evelopment and innrncc ol cliurch music a s evidenced in contemporary
worship practices. ncsfgnecI lor the general a s well a s the music and theo l o a s t ~ l d c ~(Spring)
~t.
435 Voice Repertoire (112 course)
Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th
Century to the present. (Prereq.: 231,232. Alternate years, Fall 1986)
436 Piano Repedalre (1 /2course)
Study of Ihe pia~lolltcrati~refrorn the 17th Century to the present by listening, analy~ingarrd perlorniin<g.(Prereq.: 231, 232. Alternate years, Spring
1987)
498.499 Independent Study (112 course each)
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the
faculty.
Technique
151 Voice Class Methods (114 course)
Fundamentals of tone production and singing.
155 Plano Crass Methods (1/4course)
I3asic Ireyl>oarrl famlliar'ity, sirnptc accompaniment and music reading
slillls necessary to ~necispecilic dcgrce requirements.
156 Guitar Class Methods (114 course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar.
251 Englllsh Diction (1/4course)
Furirlarnc~italcourse In correct standard English diction for singing. FamiIiarlzalion with tile Ir~ternatianalPhonetic Alphabet. Open to all students regi~tercdfor vocal ln5tructlon.
The following three courses are continuations of251 with application
for the Italian, German and French languages.
252 Italian Diction (114 course)
(Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1987)
253 German Diction (114 course)
(Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1988)
254 French Diction (114 course)
(Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1987)
358 Junior Recital
B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level 111 for Music Education
Majors or full recital at Level IV for Music Performance majors. No course
credit.
456 Piano Pedagogy (1/2course)
Principles, melliods, nlatel'iats and techniques for teaching piano. Survey
of vtlriotzs petlngngical scl~onls
or thought. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor.
Afternale years, Spring IDRR)
458 Senior Recital
Half recital by B.A. or B.S. candidates at repertoire Level Ill. No course
credit.
459 Senior aecltar (112 course credit)
B.M. rarirfidalcs only. I<ccitalmust be preceded by a prerecital hearing by
facully ro~nnliLlec,lieperloire Levels IV for Music Education majors and V
for Mlrslc Yerioi-rnancciria[ors.
Therapy
170 M u s k Therapy: A Cltalcal Overvfew
A suivey of Ll~cmusic. Lhc~apyprograms In Winnesota, with fleld trips to
variotts instllullorls. An Introrluctory course [or the freshmen and sophomores considei'i~i~j
music thcrapy as a major to give students a htoad
bacRgmtrnd 111Llie ways In wliiili irlt~slcis ii.<ed a s a tlierapy. (Intcriln)
271 Musk Therapy Techniques and Materials (112 course)
Study of nnn.s)~mphorticinstrutneuts, OrfF-Schulwerk,applications of recreational nlusic activities ta clinical settings.
274,275 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
372 Psycholaglcal Foundations or Music 1
An ol~jectlveapproach Lo musical slimirli and response, with an emphasis
aspecls of music. An understanding
on a r c > ~ ~ s tanrl
l ( ~ sociopsychological
s
of Lhe tcscarrh pmccss and dcvelop~nentof an experimental research
project.
373 Psvcholoalcal PoundaCEons of Music I1
lriii>tenien~mion
of !lrotq>ant1 individual research projects, emphasis on a
ti~~rltidisci~~lir~ary
apploacl~to music therapy. Theories of learning music,
musical talertl, and perlomiance.
374,375 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
472 Influence of Music on Behavior
A study of human behavior as it relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. Understanding of the theory of music therapy.
473 Rusk Therapy Senior SemOnar
<:lass discirssirrns of theories and research a s they apply to therapeutic
seltings lticl~~diny
discussion ~Tpl'ofessionalethics. A holistic approach to
therapy with n ~ u s i c .
474,475 Music Therapy Practicums (114course each)
Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two
hours per week. (Prereq.: 3 of274,275,374,375)
479 Music Therapy CLinical Znternshlp (1J2 course)
PII~I-time
placemen1 In all MAN?' intcmship setting for six months. Appli~atIonfor In(crns11lp sites must bc made ninc monihs In advance. Sites in
Mln~lcsotaare linlileti. (Prercq.:Co~nplelionof all other graduation requirements)
Ensembles (MUE)
& Performance Studies (MUP)
Ensembles: These musical organizations exist not only for the ben-
efit of the music student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by audition during the first week of
fall semester. (Special circumstances may permit entering a t other
times.) Assignment to an ensemble is then made at the discretion of
the appropriate faculty. Membership is for the entire academic year
which, on occasion, includes interims.
While the department strongly encourages both formal and informal
ensemble experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or
Chorale will satisfy the major, minor or distribution requirements. Instruments are available for rent.
111Augsburg Choir (114 course)
112 chorale (114 course)
114 Festival Choir (0)
1 2 1 Orchestra (1/4course)
122 String Ensemble (0)
131 Woodwind Ensemble (0)
1 4 1 Concert Band (114 course)
142 Brass Ensemble ( 0 )
143 Jazz Ensemble (0)
Performance Studies: Private instruction for credit is graded tradi-
tionally. All areas of study are available to the non-music major or minor on a no credit - P/N basis only. (Group lessons, at a reduced fee,
a r e available in some areas on the same basis.) All lessons a r e
adapted to the individual needs of the student and those bearinn
credit are supplementea by accompanying, ensemble participation
and other performances. Representative programs of study in private
instruction are outlined In Music Department Guides. These repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate levels of achievement and the following expectations: No-credit study has no repertoire requirements;
Music Minor - Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors - enter I and attain 111;
B.M.-Education Major - enter I1 and attain IV; B.M. Performance Major - enter II and attain V.
l l x Voice
12x Strings: Violin, Viola, Cello,
Bass
13x Woodwinds: Oboe, Bassoon,
Clarinet, Saxophone, Flute.
Recorder. Horn
l 4 x Brass: Trumpet, Trombone,
Baritone, Tuba
15x Piano
16x Guitar
17x Percussion
18x Organ
Note carefully the following provisions:
1. Instrument rental, practice room reservations and performance study regis-
tration occurs the first week of classes in the Music Department office.
2. Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative GPA average 063.0 in
their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarship which provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two
semesters preceding graduation. Similar scholarships are available to entering freshmen.
3. A semester of study is 14 weeks of lessons. Any lessons during the interim or
summer are arranged privately with the teacher.
4. A student who cannot come for a scheduled lesson is required to notify the
teacher at least 24 hours in advance: otherwise, except for illness immediately prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson.
5. The music faculty reserves the right to limit or even prohibit performance
outside the department if it interferes with musical growth for the student.
The department recommends, and on occasion assigns, the teacher to the
student and permission is required for subsequent change. Credit is granted
only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College Music Department.
Natural Science
Kenneth N. Erickson (Coordinator)
The Natural Science Licensure Program for teachers is designed to provide
strong preparation for science teaching and Lo ssffsfy Minnesota licensure
requirements. In addition lo the broad basic background in science, the
program is designed to allow fur specialization In a mqjor and for study in
the liberal arts.
Licensurc Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board oFTeaching has approved the Ilcensure program for scknce teachers and au-
thorlzed Augsburg to recommend candidates in Life Science, grades
7-12:Lire Science (minor), grades 7-12: Physical Science, Chemistry
rnaJor or Physics major, grades 7-12; Chemistry (minor),grades 7-12:
Physics (minor), grades 7-1 2; and Science (Grades 5-91.
Students planning to teach Natural Science must complete the Broad
Base courses and in addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or Middle School Emphasis.
The program of courses Is designed to provide a broad. basic background in science and allow for specialization in an area, The following programs assume that the student will meet the general education requirements or the coltege and, in the physical science, have at
least one year of calculus. Consull with the I>epartrnenlof Education
for requirements In Eclucatlon. Early consultation with adviser is recommended.
Broad Base Courses: 7 courses, 1 in earth science (PHY 101 or 106):
2 in life science (810 111,112):4 in physical science (PHY 121,122
and CHM 115,116or 105,106).To make the program slightly more
flexible, it is recommended that students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and substitute PHY 103 for
121,122.
Llfe Science Emphasis: Broad Base plus 8 courses, 1 cognate; 7
RIO courses, including 491 and at least one from each of the following
gwups: (13 351 or 353;(11) 355 or474; (111) 361 or 481: (IV) 471 or 473;
(V) 440 or 476.
Physical Science Emphasis
Chemistry Maor: Broad Base plus
7 courses and chemistry seminar, CHM 351,352,353,361and 364
(or BIO 367),482,PHY 245.
Physical Science Emphasis
Physics Major: Broad Base plus 7
courses, PHY 245,351,362,395and three additional to be selected
from 261,270,352,363,481,486,488.
Note: Candidates may be recommended for licensure in Physical Science upon completion of either Physical Science Emphasis-Chemis-
-
-
-
Physics ma-jor. The stutry major or Physical Science Emphasis
dent licensed in PRysical Science may teach chemistry and/or
physics in grades 7-12.
Science (Grades 5-9): Broad Base plus 7 courses, 2 in earth science
(PHY 101 or 106,the alternative course not taken in the Broad Base
section); 2 in life science (and two biology courses above 112):3 in
physical science (CHM 353;PHY 245).
Licensure with Minor: For life science, Broad Base plus 7 courses in
and 364 or
Biology; for chemistry, Broad Base plus 351,352,353,361
482: for physics, Broad Base plus any four courses above 122.
Nursing Department (NUR)
Augsburg offers an upper division rnqjor in nursing leading to a Bachelor
of Science degree, The program is accredited by the MationaI League for
Nursing, Graduates of tlie program are eligibte lo apply for Public Health
Nurse Certification in Minnesota.
Requirementsfor admission to the major are: completion of an assuclate
degree or diploma program In nursing with a minimum overall grade point
average of 2.5:a current license to practice as an R,N. in the state af Minnesota: and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or
biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, rnicmbiotogy, English composition, Introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must
take these courses at Augshurg or another accredited college or university
prior to admission to the nursing major, The prerequisite courses in soci-
ology. psychology, English, chemistry and Zrinlogy listed above may apply
toward distribution requirements as well a s toward admission to the major. All prerequisite collrses must have been completed at the 2.0 level.
Courses with gracles k t o w 2.0 must be satisfactortly repeated or chab
lenged.
In addition, each applicant milst successfu!lyvalidate their theoretical
knowledge via d t t e n testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests
are given at Aagsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants
must give evidence of current nursingcllnical practice within t h e past Five
years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work
experlencz, or 3)cornpIetlon of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent,
Nursing Department Faculty:
Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Marjorie Audette, Helen Woelfel
Mqjor: 1 0 courses in nursing including 305,306, 31.0,311,330,350,
403,404, 423, 427: PSY 355 or an approved upper division biology
course; and an ethics course, either PHI 380 or REL 483.A mfnimrlm
grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the
completion of the courses of study are required. Courses in interpersonal communications are supportive to the major.
Courses in the nursing major are designed s o that they may be completed within two academic years. However, more than two years may
be required to complete the total course of study, depending on the
number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. Students in nursing may pursue part-time study. Students interested in
pursuing day, summer, or weekend part-time study should consult
with an adviser from the nursing department for program planning.
Honors Major: GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall: appli-
cation to the department chairperson by November 1of the senior
year; recommendation by nursing faculty; honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee by April 15. Candidates register for
499 to complete the thesis.
306 Contemporary Nurslng I: Communlcatlon
A l r a n s i l i o ~ ~raol u ~ ~ lhal
s c In2roduccs 111c components of the professional
ralc and bcgins Lhe p ~ o l c s s i n nsocialiration
~~l
process. The c o r n n ~ u ~ ~ i c a tit>llprocess is emphasized as onc mean%by which (he nurse-ctienl rela.
tionsflip Is negotlalcd. Ililesarlive attd grnilp communication Lhcories are
explnr'ecl Inr tllcir appllrallllity to chailginq laIcs and prolession.il practice. (7'rlI<eli~ I I D I LO o r ~ r ~ i ~ ~ t ? i t wlth
e r l lS
i y10).
306 Contemporary N~rrslng
11: WradEgms in Nursing
At? introduction to Lllearies ar~clcc~rlccpli~al
thinlting In Lhe process of
professitma1 developmcllt. The i~lnctionof theoty In guidlng nlirsir~g
practirr i s emphasized. Sclecled nursing cc~nrcplualrrlotlels are sludiccl and
Lhelr applicaticln to praclice is cxiirniricd i ~ s i t the
~ q ntlrsing process fonnal.
( t*~ereq..3051
310 Community Health flursing I
The l o c ~ of
~ s[Iris course is on com~nunityhealth delivery syslems and the
~racticeni uuhlic hcal(l1ni~rsina.Svslerns t l i e n ~
v. chanae and cnnccois c ~ f
i~cal
th are kxalnintd as they apply 10 ctlrrenL co;nmurii~ health prod~cms
atid Iss~res.Cllnical application or course conlenl involves inalting a
heallli assessmetit anti prcpat ing a pilhllc health uurslrig case sludy. Cthical Issues relalcd to r:o~tirnu~~ity
heal111 dcdsion-making wllll rlgg~egalc
graups are explored. (I'rereq.: 505 or concilnen t enrollmen( l
311 Commirnfty Health lYurslng1r: Practtcam*
This course provirlcs a basis for untle~sia~ldirig
community charactcrlstics
ancl c r ~ l l i r ~ rrtiverslty
rl
rulalerl ta t ~ c a l l hcare. The nurse's role as a gcner~t
alist and as a mcrnbe~of the health learn is cxplorerl. The S t i l d e ~ will
detnonstratc hnowl~dgco l ~ o r n m i r t ~ ihealth
ty
concepts in provlditig care
to o selcctcd cascload of clicnts. (PIe~eq.:305,506 nr concurrent cnrotlment, 310,330)
330 Trends and Issues In Nursing
Is designed to Ir~vestl~ate
the current responsibilities of the
prolessinnal nurse. Contem[)orary economic, social, political, and professional trends and Isstics arc explored in relation to their implications for
nursing practice.
T h i s course
350 lntrnduct~onto Nursing Research
The rcseilrrh process ant1 methods appropriate to nursingare the focus of
this course. Issues of etfllts irr tiufiing researcli are exploredmStilrlents crifor its a[lplicability to niirsing practice. (Prereq.:
tique n ~ ~ ~ srcscarcZ~
ing
305,310,330)
403 Contemporary Nursing 1111 Families
Tlri5 course provides a aIlenrPtiwl basls for fainily nursing care. Content
Includes Camlly as a prinrary group and famiIy dy~lamlcsin light of situatiolial clevclopmcnl evcnts. Consirleration is given to the role of the nurse
in fanlily health lare. (ScnIo~'staridlt~g.To Ilc tatten prior to or concurrently with 423)
404 Contemporary Flr~rsIng
N: Leadership and Management
l'his coilrss provlrles a Il~eoretlralbasis lor leadership and managemenl
as crnerging prolessional, nurse roles. Concepls nl change, confllel, comr n u ~ i i c ~ i t iand
o r ~ s p t c n i dynamlcs arecxplorccl. Ethics, accouritahllity arid
advocacy provide Llle basis fm' i'oic dcvelnpmtlrtt arid professir~naIlstn.
(Prereq.: 403)
423 Practicum in Nursina I: Nursina of the Familv*
A clinical practicum o?fering the &dent an opfortunity to apply content
from 403 i n providing complex nursing
- care to families in a selected practice setting. (Prereq.;403)
427 Pxacticum In Nursing [I: Leadershipand Management*
'Fitis cli~ilcalpmctlcum t~llllrfsknnwlr:dge and skills from 404. Opportunity is pi ovidcd lo apply Icarlcrslilp and management theory i n a selected
aqcncy scttin$\. (I'rercq.: 404)
432 Topic5 In Pturslng
course cicsig~ieclto provide In-depth exploration of selected topics in
nttrsinq. The s ~ ~ b ] c csti~died
ts
wlll vary dcpcnding upon the needs and intel'csls ol'the ra~ultyand 3Ltrdents. (Prcrcq.:Senior standing or consent of
Il~struf:tor.On de~nand)
A
499 Independent Study
"Thislearning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study
a seleclcd topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit wiittcn study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior
to registration.
'If the practicums in nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective
theory courses, students are required to consult with faculty prior to
registration regarding review of the theoretical content.
Occupational Therapy
Adaptlng to disabilities and reshaping lives so that they are productive
and meaningful are some of the goals of the occupational therapist. Occupational therapy is an applied s c h c e that teaches people skflls to enable
them to perholm the tasks of everyday living when a physical or emotional
disahflity has arected tllem, The l~ltirnategoal of the occupational tllera.
pist is to provide people with the necessary skills to develop a sense of
wlloleness and independence.
Given the orienbtfon of this applied science to development of the abilities ofthe whole person, it is appropriate that such a career preparation be
founded In the liberal a*. Augsburg College has a cooperative 3-2 arranwment with Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri,to allow stu-
dents to earn a achel lor of ~ r t degree
s
from Augsburg College and a
Bachelor of Science degree in Occupational Therapy from Washington University.
Students spend their first three years at Augsburg College pursuing the
academic major of their choice ancl meeting general education requirements in t h e liberal arts. A student may choose any major at Augsburg
College while gaining the minimum prerequisite caurses for the OCCupationat Therapy degree. Students are encouraged to consult the program
adviser and plan their programs carefully dnce tillfflling necessary requirements in three years may he difficult in certain majors, Majors in Dialogy,
Psychology, and Sociology offer the least complicated afternatives.
Students accepted into the 3-2 program are guaranteed admission to the
Washington University program provided they have met course requirements, have at least a 3.0 average, and are recommended by the Augsburg College adviser.
Prerequisite courses for the Washington University Occupational
Therapy Program: ENG 111,810 111,112, and 323 or 353; CHM 105 or
115; PRY 103; PSY 105,351,362; SOC 121,241; SOC 362 or MAT 373.
Philosophy Department (PHI)
The department of Philosophy is devoted to instructing students in the discipline of critical thinking in relation to the traditional areas of philosophy:
theory of knowledge, metaphysics, ethics, and logic. By exposing our students to the great thinkers of the past as well as the present, the department of philosophy endeavors to instill a sense of critical analysis and a
love of truth.
Since the object of the liberal arts cumculum aims at promoting proficiency in those actions most condign to human dignity, the Philosophy department, with its emphasis upon the analytical contemplation of truth,
must always play a crucial role in helping students to focus their thinking
with respect to what truth there is to be found in the depth of human experience and in the world both here and beyond, that encompasses human
destiny. By infusing in students the desire to fulfill the maxim of Delphi,
"Know Thyselfl" the study of philosophy furthers in a unique way the
quest of liberal arts to express without constraint the fullness of the human potential for perfection.
At Augsburg the philosophy mqjor is founded upon the principle that philosophy is best learned at the feet of the masters. Therefore, the core of
the mqjor consists of four courses in the history of philosophy leading
from the ancient Greeks and Romans, through the Medieval and the Renaissance periods to Modernity. In these courses students are taught how
to read, understand, and criticize the great texts of the finest minds in
Western civilization. In addition, mqjors are expected to prepare themselves in the discipline of philosophy by taking the various seminars which
the department offers as well as exploring the opportunities to study tutorially with the individual members of the Philosophy faculty.
This mqjor has been carefully planned so that students can easfly supplement the study of philosophy with other studies. Maom are educated with
the demands of further graduate study in mind. However, many philoscphy mqjilors plan to go on to other proksdonal studies such as law or medicine. Many enter thc market place, reeling that the study of philosophy
has given thcm the ability to think critically in all areas of human affairs.
Philosophy Faculty:
Mark Fuehrer (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Bruce Reichenbach
Mqjor: 9 courses, including 130, 141, 242, 343, 444, and another
course in the 400's (other than 499). Five of the courses must be upper division.
Honors MaJor: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by
recommendalinn of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations
will be made a t Lhc end of Lhejunior year. The program will consist of
an honors thesis on an approved topic of the studenl's choice, invofvIng research above t h e course level, and a defense o l this thesis before the faculty of the department.
Minor: 5 courses, including two from 141,242,343,and 444.
Note: 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for hlfilling the general
education requirement.
110 Introdnctlon to Philosophyz Ideas and Method
Though carh person has his or her own set of ldcas and beliefs, rarely
have they beeti critically analyzed or evalualed tor their cnnsislency, adcquacy or lrulli. Onc rcason Tor this is thal indivldl~alslack thc needed
slrills. Another Is that Lhey rnay havc had 1fttIe opportunity to examinccrit.
lrally somc of the ideas basic to western c.ulture. T11r llurposes of this
course are l o prnvide Lhe studcnl with somc cxpcrience i n cxamininq
ideas. slid thereby to sharpen the critical ant1 analylical skills reqr~iredto
evaluate and cnnstrucl a system of ideas and hellcls.
120 Ethics
This course studies the possible grounds for making moral decisions and
moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. I t
also investigates the nature of happiness and its relation to the moral life.
130 Logic
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a
particular conclusion. Must YOLIPWhen does a conclusion validly follow
from premises? t lere wc txalnlne the rules which govern valid arguments
and work lo devclop your abiltly to recognize and construct sound arguments.
141 InhoducHon to Phltosophy Readings En Cluss!cal Texts
The writings of Plato atrrl Aristotle are I h e foundatlor~s
of all pfiilosophlcal
t s rcad and anaLheuglrt in westel.tl civilizalion. In this course s t ~ ~ d c nwill
lyze some of Liie ltey worlrs by Plato and Aristotte, In additiol~.o1I1er phltosophical scl~oolsof thought in the ancient rvrrrIrl will bc sturlletl: Stolcisrr~,Epicureanism and Ncoplatonism in order to brnillarize the slttclent
with the other elements that cnrlslitutc classical philnsnphy, hit aclvar~ced
Irllroductery course in Y hiloso~rliy(or honor sllldcnts. Ihose contt~nplaling a philosophy niqlor 01'rnlrior and those slucienls wishing a more indepth approach to phllosnpl~yat Ilic tntrodt~cto!ylevel. Excludes sttidents cnrollecl Tor 110. (Pall)
199 Internship
Internship for lower division credit.
242 Hlstory or Phllbsoptryt Meditwal and Renaissance Philosophy
The Middte Ages war; n p e ~ i o dor great assimilatio~~
and synlhcsis O! e i e
nienls of Christian revelation, classical pl~ilosopliy
and Islarriic~ulLure.In
this course sludcnts wi31 rcad wr-ilings by SL. An.jelm, 5I. Rn~iavetiture,Occam, Si. Tliort~asnquinas a ~ r t[Yictrols
l
of L u w In order to unrlerstand the
pi ocess 01p l i l l o s o p l i i r ~assimlfat
l
lor] Involverl In conslnlcting a Cl~risllan
pl~ilosophy.Since ttic Renaissance was a period of ititensifirat!on of the
mcdieval synu~eslssluclcnls will bc exposer1 I n Hie ll,nuglit of Pico, Pfcino
and Oninn. (Spring)
-
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
343 History of Philosophy: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy
Where does knowtedge begin? In Innate Ideas or with cxperlence? What
ran we really Isnaw al)oul tlie world? WIml impact did RornantIclsm have
on phifosophy? This coilrsc studles the inaJor empiricists of the 18th cenhkry (Lache. Berkeley, 3tunie). Kanl's synthesis or pllilvsnphy, 19Lh century idealism, and the reaction to Iclealisr?~by meti such as Marx, ICieritegJ5i-d arid flictzschc. (Fall. Suggested prior course, I4 1 nr 242.1
350 Philosophy of Religion
What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what
car1 be said a bout him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God
with hutnan anrl animal suffet'in~?Is man realIy immorlal? Arc miracles
pnssitllc? W e will conduct a sysletnatic Inquiry into Lhese queslions which
fotin the basts of religious beliefs. (S~rggcstecf:
one prior course In philosophy.)
355 Oriental Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in
philosophy.)
362 %IItical Philosophy
By rludying the ivritin~soipolitical philnsaphers Cram antiquity up to the
moriern periorl studenls wlll be asked Lo cxanilne crucial uestions con01 I~urnanS~rieky.The relallon the nature of
cei.niriq Lhc ~r'gal~kaiion
the slijte lo religiort, the home arid lhe clty wilt b t Inohed at through the
eyes of Plato, I\ristoLle, Clcero, Dantv and Maclilaveli.
365 Phllosophy of Science
The scienlist's hnnwleclye of the world is purported to be profoundly different ant1 beller tha~iIirat of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science
cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students
will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the
special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 130 or one course in natural
science.)
370 Existentialism
Studles in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent
Existcnliallsl aulhors. We ucrEIl exatnine what it means to be a being-in-theworld, arid cxplorc such thcmcs as absutdity, freedom, guilt, despair and
pamclox. (Sugqestecl:One prior coursc En philosophy)
380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application nl ethical prlnclples lo problems which arise in the areas of
health care and ~Ielive~y,
human experimentation, human engineering.
l
abortion, care lor (lie [lying a t ~ reulhariasia.
399 Internship
Internship for upper division credit.
410 Topics In Phllosophy
Ad~~anced
s t r ~ d icovering
~s
a speclflc area of phllosopl~y,such a s studies
in the lliouglil or individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the
history o i a t ~idea 01. spcclfic probletn, or interdisciplinaryproblems. SCmInar Format. Mny be 1ahe11morc t h a n once for crcdit, (Suggested prior
courscs, any from 141, 242, 343,44/1 or conscrll of instruclot'.)
4 3 0 Studies in Individual Philosophers
Advanced studlcs iri the pliirosophy of particular philosophers, e.g.,Plato,
51. Xl~omas,Marx, fiegel, I<icrkcgaard or Wittgenstein. Seminar format.
{Suggested prlor courses: 141. 2/r2, 543,or consent of Instructor.)
444 Contemporary Philosopliy
What ltrs behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is
Cn~Llrtlrat which worlts? Carl we remake philosophy as a rigorous scicncc?
'Tllcse ant! other Issires are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. Seminar format. (Alternate years. Suggested prior course, 141,
242,or 343.)
499 Independent Study
Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to
the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
4
Physics Department (pm)
Physicists are not only curious about the world, but ambitious as well.
Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles which describe and
govern all physical aspects of the universe. Called "natural philosophers"
in previous centuries, physicists investigate natural systems by means of
controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis, Physics includes
the study of systems ranging in size from sub-atomic particles to the largest of galaxies, and from the relative stillness of near absolute zero temperature to the fiery activity of the stars. As a fascinating and expanding
area of study and as a basic science, physics plays an important role in
many of the Liberal Arts disciplines and contributes to society's understanding of such areas as energy, weather, medical science and space exploration.
Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing
that keeping abreast of the rapid advances is an ever increasing challenge,
the department intends to bring to the students not only basic concepts
but also insights into recent developments. In this process, the faculty expects challenges to arise, be met, and stimulate sound thinking, perceptive judgment, and an interest in experimental techniques.
To this end a rigorous major provides students with the in-depth preparation required for graduate study. More than two-thirds of the graduates in
Physics have completed or are currently working toward graduate degrees
at a number of fine universities across the nation. A major in physics provides flexibility. It also served as a stepping stone for graduate work in related areas such as computer science, atmospheric science and meteorology, astronomy, oceanography, biophysics, environmental science,
engineering and medical and health related fields for many physics graduates.
In addition, the physics program at Augsburg functions in a supportive
role for students majoring in mathematics, chemistry, biology and computer science. The Department also supervises the pre-engineering program with degree programs available at cooperating universities at both
the bachelor's and the advanced degree levels.
The Department serves the liberal arts tradition by offering courses for the
non-sciencestudents that will enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science. These courses seek to provide the basic
starting point for further study and the opportunity to enable students to
follow new developments with some degree of comprehension.
Physics Faculty:
Mark Engebretson (Chairperson), Cynthia Blaha, Kenneth Erickson,
JeffreyJohnson
Major: 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245, 351, 362 and 395 plus
three courses above 122. In planning their courses of study, students
are encouraged to work closely with members of the physics faculty.
Normally, students should have MAT 124,125, and PHY 121,122 the
freshman year, and MAT 224 and 226 the sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure Major: The same a s the major. Students are
advised to refer to the Education Department section of the catalog
and consult with the Education Department early in their planning.
Honors Major: A GPA of 3.6 in physics and 3.0 overall. An indepen-
dent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written
research report. Application for the honors major should be made no
later than the first term of the senior year.
Minor: 5 courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122.
Society of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter of Society of
Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership
in a national physics society and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in SPS is open to all students interested in physics.
Sigma Pi Sigma: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open to those students who have com-
pleted the equivalent of a minor in physics, have a GPA of3.O in physics and overall, and rank in the upper third of their class.
1 0 1 Astronomy
A descriptive course requiring elementa~yalgtbra.
Our solar syslem, stars
and galaxies. The necessary optical Instrrlnicnts are explalncd and use is
made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an tight-inch CelesLron, and a 3inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3one-hour lectures.)
1 0 3 Physics for t h e Life Sciences
An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also
to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is
dPslgned to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education
(therapy progranls), riiedical technology and other health science progranls. Tl~ecuurse is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: Elementary algebra. Fall)
1 0 6 Introductory Meteombogy
A study or the scIetlce and wonders of the atmosphere. The course is designecl to prnvlclc a working kr~owledgror the basic science principles requlred for undcrslantling wealher a ~ i dcllmate. Attention will be given to
llir overall weather patterns nC the earth and to ~ I I Etnany varled aspects of
weather, some of which include: Clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting,
the influence of weather on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and optical
phenomena of the sky. The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: Elementary Algebra. Spring)
111 Phystcs, Computers, ahd Soclety
h study of the historical development of selected topics In physical science. Attention wilt be give11Lo the Interaction of physics anrl Its associaled techr~otogywl t17 philosophy, religion. and cullllre. SLudy of mechani c ~electricity,
,
and dlgilat eleclrorrlcs wlll lead up to discussiori of Ole
meaning o l twentieth century ptiysics and of (he rolc af cleclronics and
computers in modern society, Mitrocompt~terswill be used extensively in
the laboratory. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall)
121,122 General Physits l,I1
A rigorous study of classical phystcs Including mechanics, wave motion,
themotlynamics. electricity, rnagn~lism,and optlcs, Desfgnerl for pllysics
majors, pre-etiqineciinq studet~lsand other specifled nla]ors. Musl be
takcn In sequence. (3 OIIF.IIOU~ Icctures, 3-klOu1' laborntoly. Prcreq.: MAT
124 or concurrent reglslratlnn. 12 1, Yall: 122 Spring)
199 lnternship
lnternship For lower division credit.
245 Modem Physics
An Introduclion to modern h p t c s from a hlstorlcal and experimental basis. ReTativity, quantum cfPecti atomic and inolrcular physics, nuclear
and solid state physics. This coursc indicates the need for, and develops
t h e experirncntal basts ol quanttirn rnectianics. ( 3 one-hour lectures.
l'rereq.: 122. Talt)
2 6 1 Electronics
A review of AC and DC circuits and study oranaiog etectron!cs comprises
the first halfofthe sernestcr,The second hall includesstudv aidialtal eleca h rnicrotronlcs culminaling in analysis and use 01 m4cmproccss~1~s
computer systems. (l'rercq.: lO3,Ill or 122; and MAT 122 ar 125)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
351,352 Mechanics I, 11
A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion
anrl the Lagrangtan and Hamlllonlan formalisnis. 'roplcs Include conservation prlnciple~,single particlc motion, systems of parlfcles, oscillatory
systems, cerilral-f0rr.r motion. dynamics of rigid bodies. gtmvitatlon, kine.
nratics of two-parllclc systcrns anrl noninertial refcrci~ccframes. (3 oneh o t ~lectures.
r
Prcrcq.: 122, MhT 226.351,Fa!!: 352 Spring)
362,363 Electromagnetic Fields I, 11
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector
calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's
and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials,
and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226.362, Fall; 363, Spring)
398.396 Comprehensive Laboratory (Ih course each)
A n emphasis on inclcpendenl Iaboratoly invrstigations. including partfclpatian It1 physics seminars. Ex per ln~entsin Lhe 2 1ca of niecllanlcs, ihermodynam~cs,vtlcuuin ptiyslcs, efcctmnics, elcctricity. u~agnctism,optics,
and ~nodcrnptiyslcs. ( 2 tliree-hour laboratory and 1srmir~arIrour per
wcck. Pi ereq.: Jilninr stailding or consellt o l inslruclor.)
399 Internship
lnternship for upper division credit.
4 8 1 Thermal Physics
The study ofj~ropertlesof systems and pmcesses forwhlch temperature Is
an 3mporlatit variable. The siibjcrct is d~velopedFrom Lwn Independent yet
complcrntntary vicwpoii~ts:the expcri~ncnlaI,rnaclnscopic classical therrnoclyr~an~ics
arid the tltcorelical, microscopic stdtlstical mcchar~ics.(3
one-lior~rlectures. Prerecl,: 55 1. Spring)
486 Quantum Physics I
A development fram ffrst pri~lclples,lnclirdlng de Rroglle's postulates,
Lhe
Scliroedlnger equalion, operators, wavefunclinris, cxpcctalion values, an.
glllar fiiorncntuni, and approxiination mettiods. Specific problems studied int1t1depoteti tlaI wells and potenLial barriers, the harnioriic nscillator,
and the hyclrogcn atom. (3 o~ic-hourlectures. Prercq.: 245,551.fall)
488 Quantum Physics I1
The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the
areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular ptiyslw, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prercq.: 486. Spring)
499 lndependent Study
An npportt~t~lty
for str~dentsto expiore systematically a problem in experimenlal nr theoretical pliysIcs, worltecl out in consultation with a faculty
adviser. Open taJ~uniorsand senlors with departmental approval.
Political
Science (POL)
Firmly grounded in the liberal arts tradition, political science has roots in
the humanities, including philosophy and history. Through its use of statistical analysis, it relates not only to other behavioral sciences, but also to
mathematics and the sciences generally. The role and significance of authority in human affairs establish the focus of political science; because
politics is a central and enduring reality in the world, it affects and is affected by many other human concerns.
As an academic discipline, political science uses systematic inquiry and
analysis to examine political reality and to suggest and test alternatives.
The student who majors in political science will explore political ideas and
values, investigate political cooperation and conflict, analyze and compare
political systems, and develop perspectives on international relations. In
the process, the student will he encouraged to relate. Insights from other
liberal arts disciplines such as philosoplly, psychology, economics, his.
tory, and sociology to the study of politics.
Providing work in several sub-ffelds of political science, the mqjor supplies
the breadth appropriate for graduate work In the dtsctpline, as well as in
public adminstration, public policy analysis, law, and other professions. It
also serves as a foundation on which to develop careers in public service,
business, communications, and other fields. Legislative and other internships, as well as significant independent research projects, are within easy
reach of Augsburg political science students in the Twin Cities area; combined with broad, balanced and flexible course offerings, these special opportunities enhance the student's potential for graduate study and a successful career.
Augsburg political science students have the benefit oFan experienced faculty that brinpls a balanced expertise to the course offerings, as well as speciai strengthsin Interpreting politics in the contexts of the mass communications media. communism. and American ~ u b l i claw. The de~artmental
faculty is committed to the view that the study of politics, invoiving as it
does an understanding of the human heritage and the importance of informed choice in human affairs, is an important aspect of liberal learnings.
Political Science Faculty
Myles Stenshoel (Chairperson),Joseph Goldman, C. Lea Hall, Milda
Hedblom, Mary Ellen Lundsten, Norma Noonan
.
Mqjor: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (SOC 362).Required: 121
or 122 or 160 or 170;158;384;and at least 5 other upper division
courses in 4 out of 5 Political Science Areas. A seminar in one of the
five areas may be counted for that area.
Honors Mqjor: The Honors Major in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's gradepoint average must be 3.5in the major and 3.0overall. The student
must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must
submit, not later than March 1of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to
be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any
member of the department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, consult the departmental chairperson. Students should
apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior
year.
Minor: 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or 170:158;and a t least 3 upper division courses in 3 out of 5 Political Science Areas.
Political Science Areas: (I) American Government and Politics (11)
Comparative Politics and Analysis (Ill) International Politics (1V) Public Law (V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more
than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor
requirements.
Note: Students interested in secondary education may take a political
science major in combination with specified social science courses, in
compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the
department chairperson.
See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are
offered.
I. American Government and Politics
1 2 1 American Government and Politics
The polltfcs of American government including the forms of political
ideas; ttie patlenl of partidpation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential ant1 Ili~renucralirpoligmaking; and current issues in American society.
122 Metroporttan Complex
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues. arlors, and structurcs influencing public policy in the modcm urban complcx. Discussionlecturc. sl~nulation.and meetings with politlcal cxpcrls and activists.
325 Public Administration
'Slit politics of pul~licitdministratlon and bureaucratic policy-making in
[lie Ut~itcdStates: governmental rcgulatlon, promotion and management,
emphasizing political and economic intcraction. (Prereq.: 1course in Politkat Strlcncc or consent of instrucloi-)
326 Political Parties and Behavior
The politlcal behavior of tlic electorate emphasizing public opinion and
political parties Ln the electoral proccss, Tielrl work with political parties
and ~ntercstgroups anrl rncdia In presidential elections (optional in nonprcsirfenlial election ycars). (Frcrccl.: 1 course in Political Science or consent of instructor. Pall Lerm of clecllon years)
342 Mass CommunieaUons In Soctety
LfFccts nfrtiassct~mniiinlcatlonson indlvidi~albehavior: the uses and control of mass rnedla lor polltir:al ar~tfsocial purpnses Inclurling a study of
ccnsorsl~ip,newsmaking. cnlertaitlment and pilllllc affairs programming.
~
otily)
( J ~ ~ n land
o r S e ~ l l oslutle~~ts
370 Constitutional Law I
(See Section 1V for description. Alternate years)
3 7 1 Constitutional Law I1
(See Section IV for description. Alternate years)
4 2 1 Topics in American Politics
Selected themes, including legislative, executive orjudicial process, and
policy process in American politics; national, urban or statc focus: topic to
be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One course in Yolitlcal Science or cansent of instructor. On demand)
11. Comparative Politics and Analysis
1 5 8 Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion
of contemporary issues.
350 Comparative Democracies
The rmergcncc, mnlnletiancc and decline of selected democracies, focusIng 011poiltical behavior. institutions, and processes. (Prereq.:One course
In I'olllical Science or colrsenl of instructor)
3 5 1 C o m m ~ ~ n lPolltlcal
st
Systems
A tornparalive analysis or the Soviet Union and other communist states in
lcrms of polltlml behavior. itrstitutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.:
ORCC ~ L I ~ SinCPolitical Scicncc or consent of instructor)
3 8 1 Democratic Theory and Practice
(See Section V for description)
4 5 9 Topics in Comparative Politfcs
Sclcctcd tl~eniesinrluding interpretations of polltlcal systems and compal-ticipotion,
l
comrnunlparisons or political processes such a s p o l i t i ~ ~
caLiotls, polllical developments, poIi tical change. and rcvolulion. Topic to
be lr~cluderlill sul>litle. (Prcrerl.:O ~ i ccourse i r i Pnlitical Science or con.
sent of instructor. On demand.)
111. International Politics
1 6 0 World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems.
363 Cammunist Foreign Pollcles
Analysls oF I he motivation, Iormulation, and implementation of foreign
pollcies of Cornrn~~~ilsl
riallons with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and
C l ~ l n a (Prereq.:
.
Otie c.oiwse ill Pnlitical Science or consent of instructor)
4 6 1 Topics ln International Politics
Selected tlicmcs including interpretations of international politics, foreign
policy dcrislon-malting, simulations of international problems. Topic to
be inclurled in sublillc. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
IV. Public Law
1 7 0 Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and s o
ciety: roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law: law a s politics: historic and contemporary legal
issues.
370 Constitutional Law l
The legal-polliical-philosophim1role or the Supreme Court in the American polilIcaI systcrn In signilicanl decisions affecting the allocation of powers 111(Ilf ?iatifl~%al
government and it1 Lhe Cederal system. (Prereq.: 170 or
consent oi Ilistructox. Al terndte years)
3 7 1 Constitutional Law 11
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth
Amenrimcnl as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human
r l g h b arltl civil lihe~ticsof individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or consent of instructor. Altcniate ypars)
V. Political Theory and Analysis
158 Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section I1 for description)
380 Western Political Thouaht
A study of influential po?tical philosophers, emphasizing the values,
goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of
instructor.)
381 Clemocratic Theory and Practice
A stilcly oC tlemocratic thcory and p~lblicpolicy practice with focus on the
emergence of politEral dcn?ocracy, capitalism and the welfare state in
comparative pcr,spective. IPrcrcq.:One course in Political Science or consent ol i~~stmctor.)
382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future
Origins and evoli~tionof Marxlst thcory and rnovemerils emphaslzlng
Marxism asdevclopcd in Russia and china. Consideration oCLhe polIllcal,
social. and ecoliomic dirnet~slonsof the tlieories, wllh somr Coci~soti Lhe
preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158or consent ofinstructor.)
384 Political Analysis
An anatysls ol diffrrenl approaches and theorlcs in the study of politics
including an cx,~n~inatinn
of llle requircmcnts or science as a model for
potILlca1 stitdy; malor rcscarch rcq~iirerl.( I'rereq.: Statistical Analysis: 158
ancl two uppcr division courses, nr consenl of instructor.)
VI. Seminars, Independent Study and Internships
199 lnternship
Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine project. (P/N grading only unless lnternship Supervisor
grants exception. Fall, Interim, Spring)
295 Lower Dlvlsion Seminar
Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and
subject matter. (On demand)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
399 lnternship
Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor. P/N grading only unless lnternship Supervisor
grants exception. Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and
subject matter. (Prereq.: consent of instructor.)
498 IndependentStudy: Metropolltiin Resources
An indcllendently clesl~n?clcorll se a sLutlcri( (or grnitp ~Cstuderits)develops, tnaljing cxtcnsive, systematic and irltc~~mled
utllizalion o ~ r e s o i ~ r c e s
c.g. la LLI~FS. symp05ld, pel'availfltrlc in the rnctrul>ulltal~romn~i~niiy,
for~nr?nces,l~ca~lnqs.
'l'tiese resources 17ecorr~ethe corc of the course,
supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
499 lndependent Study
Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Program in Global Community
-
Joel Mugge (Director)
The Center for Global Service and Education offers a s ~ r i n semester
n
Program, The Program in Global Community, each year inCuemavaca,
ico. It is an academic program that has as its primary focus the study of issues related to global-jusiiceand human liberation in light of the Christian
proclamation. Students live together as a community, but also with Mexican families in the city, and with villagers in rural Mexico. The semester
also includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to full room,
board and tuition at Augsburg. Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed.
-
- -
~-
m
ex-
SPA 216.316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for three hours a day for six weeks of
the semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is
taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by program director)
mS 311 T h e Development Prcrcess
'This seminar focuses 01)~pecllicglobal and Interpersonal developmental
processes. Particular tlicories or developtnenl ancl educational approaches are critically exalrlincd. As an inlegrative seminar, thc course attcnipts to JILIII togetlicr Lhe many aspccts of the overall program, The seminar provldes st~rdenlstlic opportunity lo renecl critically on their own
cducaLIona1process as wcll, ( Rcquircd coi~rsc)
GST 230 Cultural Issues Seminar
This seminar consists oCa series of eight mini-courses offered in a number
of relevant Lopic areas r'claled to the theme of the program. Each minicourse consists or 12 hours, At~yfour mini-courses fulfill the requirements
of the seminar. (Either this course or HIS 347 required)
HIS 347 Mexico: A Historical Perspective
Four specific mini-courses together provide a rather comprehensive view
of Mexico's historical development from pre-Colurnbian times to the present day. (Either this course or CiST 230 required)
INS 299 Directed Study
499 Independent Study
Tliis prelcrairly is in a student's majar or mlnar dlsclpl[ne, developed
ahead or Ilme E
n co~lsuliationwith a departn~entaladviser on the home
campus arid the program director. The topic a studenl cl~ooscssl~ouldhe
relevat~t110th lo Ihe discipline and the tllcme oiqlollal cnmmnnlty. (Optional fourth course)
EEL 366 The Church and Social Change In Latin hmerlca
This course focuses at1 the rela tionsliip rlf the churcli Lo poverty, polltical
oppression and soclal irijusticc in Latin Anrerica. Cenlml to the course is
an cxamivation of the etnerging "Theology of Libcrallon" as arllculated
by pronlinenl Latin American theologians as well as I,y peopte directly involvcd tn locaT palishes and devclopmcnt projects in Cucrnavaca.
(Prereq,: enc course in religion or tticolngy. Optional fourth courscl
Psychology Department (PSY)
Psychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observation and data, provides a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of a liberal
education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved understanding of human behavior by studying how people cope with their environment and interact with each other.
The department's courses have three basic goals: (1)
to introduce the student to the current information and methods in psychology as well as earlier approaches to psychological questions: (2)to develop the ability to
analyze, interpret, and evaluate behavioral research, and (3)to provide
practice in the application of these principles. The department program
provides an emphasis on both field experiences and the theoretical foundation for graduate study in psychology and related areas.
Psychologists use a variety of methods to study behavior, including experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members in the
Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional specializations which include areas such as counseling, physiological psychology,
human development, personality and computer applications.
The Psychology program's emphasis on the use of a problem solving approach, the acquisition of information about human development and interaction, and the development of human relations skills c h be beneficial
in careers in business, education and other social services, the church and
government, as well as in careers such as research, law, and medicine.
Student interns are placed in the metropolitan area where they can acquire
practical, pre-professional experience and develop professional contacts.
This program mutually benefits the students and the community.
Psychology Faculty:
Paul Hirdman (Chairperson),Lyla Anderegg, Grace Dyrud, Norman
Ferguson, Duane Johnson, Richard Marken
Major: 1 0 courses including 105,264,265,381or 399, and 493. Also
PHY 103. A minimum of 5 courses must be from Augsburg. Students
are also expected to select one course from the DevelopmentaljPersonality courses and other electives to complete the major. Not more
than two courses from among 299,399 and 499 may be counted
toward requirements for a major. It is recommended that psychology
majors take additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their particular interests in psychology: for example, areas such a s business administration, biology, or communication.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and comple-
tion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the
junior year. Please consult the department chairperson for more detailed requirements.
Minor: 5 c o u r s e s including 105,with a minimum of 2 courses a t Augsburg. Not m o r e t h a n o n e c o u r s e from 2 9 9 , 3 9 9 , a n d 4 9 9 m a y b e
counted toward t h e minor.
Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 c o u r s e s including 2 6 4 ( o r
SOC 3 6 2 ) , 3 9 9 , CSC 1 4 5 , SOC 3 6 3 , a n d approved elective. T h e s e
c o u r s e s a r e designed to provide t h e cognitive background a n d skill
development to perform well as a research assistant for agencies o r
firms which d o program evaluations o r self-assessment programs.
Systematic a n d periodic assessments of programs for social improvem e n t a r e increasingly expected by government a n d funding agencies.
For further information contact Norman Ferguson.
1 0 5 General Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for
the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized.
1 9 9 Internship
Internship on lower division level.
2 5 1 Sensing and Perceiving
At1 ecologlcaify oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis o n t h e proressitig of environmental information and how this relales to adaptive behavior and s~lbjcctiveexperience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine intelligence, and anomalous
perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years)
2 6 4 , 2 6 5 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I. I1
A two-term sequence Il~cl~tdll~g
c.upcritnenla(ion in human learning, probIcm solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception, Emphasis will
be placecl on holh stalislical dnd expcrirnct~taldesign ~~~rthorlology.
Re+
scarcti Mcthods I may bc I;ilieti for credil withouL continuing in Rcscarch
Mcthods IT. Majors in psychology must take hot11 terms of the two-term
scqucnce: 264 tiiust prrcede 265; 265 should be (altei~In lhc lemi immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105)
2 9 9 Directed Study
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study
must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration.
3 5 1 DevelopmentalPsychology: Child
Ernpt~asison normal ctilld development and behavior. Consideration of
llieorelical systcms used i o ~vlcwing the developmental sequence and
process. Inquiry illto practical inipticalions and applications of d a h and
theory in respecl to the clcvclopmc~rtof childrcn. (I'rcrecl.; 105)
352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data
and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult
periods of life. (Prereq.: 105)
353 Developmental Psychology: middle Adult and Older Adult
Emphasis on nonnal clevelopme~rLand behavior. Consideration of data
and Ihcory related to tlevelnpmcnt cli~rlngL11e middle atlull and olcler
adill1 periods ol Ilfe. IncIudcs pcrspeclives or1 death and clying. (Prcrecl,:
105)
355 Brain & Behavior
A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for
behavior in ai~lnralsand titlnian beings. MaJor topics Incl~ide:sleep &f
wakefulness, mollvalloti d emotion, learning & melnory, and tnenlat disorders. (Prereq.: 105) Additional lab hours required.
356 Environment and Behavior
A s t ~ ~ dnCyIhe Influel~cewhich the envlronment, bath natural and manmade, has on behavior. Major topics Include: overcrowding and environmerilal slress. terriloriatity, rlefcnsfble space & crlme, and bullt environments such as rooms, I>uildings8t cllics. (I'rereq.: 105)
357 Learning
Leaming concepts. behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.:
105)
359 Mental Testlng
Theory, principles and examples of tests of personality and intelligence.
(Prereq.: 105)
361 Personality
An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those
theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall)
362 Abnonnaf Psychology
An intrnrl~~ctloti
to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic
and ~~sycltological
poirlts of view. Visitation to a variety of community service agctlcies will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105.)
371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male
A stud Involving knowledqc uC materials bearing on the development of
sex tllkreilces and rnlcs, Lhe e m r l or socieiy upon values and goals, differenlial Zcgal status of each scx a t ~ dpsychopliysiological data bearing
upon these cllffcrel~ces.(Prerrq.: 105 or consent of instructor)
373 Organlxational Psychology
Theorelicrll conceplual~zalionsof organizational behavior. Factors and
practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of
worlc cCrcctlv~ness,anrl social Influences. An organizational field expericnce. Ifrereq.: 105)
381 Psychology In BfstorEcal PcrspecElve
Historical clcvelopment oipsychoIogical viewpoints and theoretical positions. (I'rereq.: two psycholow courscs)
399 Internship
Prior to the beginning of the term, interested students should consult with
the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Grading is on a P/N basis.
450 Program Evaluation
The appllcat~ori01 scientlRc research techniqtres and stn tistlcal analysls
to prosgrams for social Impmvemenl. Designing infonilatinn systems Cor
tl?e allgolng ~nonitorinyof programs. As?esslrig curnmlinlty needs. Assesslng program ~ffeccivenessatirl cfliciericy, l'he political and organlzalional inntexl or prn:grim monitoring and cvallration. The role of cvatuation research for social p o k y and pmgt am iniprovcmcnt. (PIercq.: 264
or SOC 3KZ: SOC 363)
485 Counseling Psychology
Prlnciples. tnetliods, and attitudes involved i n the counseling process.
Cousitieratiott {[lver?to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relatlolnhip. (Prereq,:4 courses)
490 Current Topics In Psychology
Study of selected areas and lopics in psychology that are not treated exLcnsiv~lyt l l ~ n u g hcuirenl course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior tn icgislration. (l'rereq.: 105 and consent of instructor. Alternate years)
493 Seminar: Contemporary lssues
Disc~rssianof contcrnporary socEetal issues from a psychological viewpoi~lt.Consideratinn or the apploacfres and methods used by psychologists In studyitlg such t.ssues. (Prcr'eq.: 5 courses)
499 Independent Study
Limited registntion by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Stirdc~itsmust prcscnl a written plan prior to registration including carehrlly cotisldered rationale and purpose for the proposed study.
-,=
-4
'I?'.
'
.' -
II,
,
-
- +'. 9,
41~
I , .<[
. ' l i
)A
-%
-. :.'
-
3, '
-.. ---:
Religion
Department (REL)
I
9-
I
V I -
,
-
Augsburg College understands itself as a college of the church and it is
persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective
from which to undertake its educational task. The biblical faith and tradition of the Christian church have influenced the western world to a degree
much greater than is sometimes recognized. They have affected and continue to influence language, literature, history, values, and political structures.
The student encounters this religious tradition in studying these and other
areas. The study of religion and theology is intended to make such encounters more meaningful by a better knowledge of Biblical history and
that of the Christian church, and by a larger acquaintance with theological
thought.
While it is true that the fundamental orientation of this College is to the
Christian faith, it is also true that the field of religion obviously includes
more than is represented by the Christian faith. Large segments of the
earth's population live by religious concepts and ideas which are different
from those prominent in the West. The Department of Religion seeks to introduce students to some of these major religious traditions.
Courses in religion are not intended to be footnotes to courses in other
disciplines and departments. The study of religion and the discipline of
theology have an integrity of their own. It is the hope and expectation of
the Department that students will become better acquainted with the content and character of the Christian faith and enable them to reflect theologically on their own religious commitment.
The College offers both a mqjor and a minor in Religion. Students who
wish to work in the church as a parish or youth worker or as a director of
Christian Education may find a major in Religion appropriate for that purpose.
Religion Faculty:
Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson Fall 1986),Eugene Skibbe (Chairperson lnterim and Spring 1987).John Benson, Bradley Holt, Curtis Peter, Stephen
Pinsky, James Porter, Paul Sonnack
Major: 8 courses, including 111,221,356,481
and 495,the seminar
especially for majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before taking
seminar, each major must have written one formal research paper
and placed it on file with the department chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. One upper division New
Testament Greek course may be applied to the major.
Major in Church Staff Work: 9 courses, including 111,221,356,
358,360or 483,362,399,471or 473,481.These together with specified courses in other departments can lead to Augsburg certification.
Program for Christian Day School Teachers: Students pursue
one of the regular teacher education programs in the Department of
Education to prepare for licensure by the State of Minnesota. In addition to the licensure program, five courses in religion are required:
111,221,362,
The Christian Day School (Interim) and The Lutheran
Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in both a
public school setting and in a Christian Day School.
This program prepares students who are interested in teaching in
Christian Day Schools, particularly those of the American Lutheran
Church, although participation is not limited to such schools.
Honors Major: GPA of3.3 in the major and 3.0over-all; research project approved by the department and colloquium with the department.
Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted
for the minor.
Certificate in Church Staff Work: 9 Religion courses (111,221,
or 473,481);
APE 232;PSY 105,
356,358,360or 483,362,399,471
351,352or 371,485;SOC 111 or PSY 373,SOC 231;SPC 354.This
program meets or exceeds the educational requirements of The
American Lutheran Church, but certification by the church is a separate function. By adding two or three courses from appropriate departments, the student can develop special emphases in parish education, business management or diaconal work.
Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit.
All majors are urged to consult with the department chairperson.
,
111 Introduction to Theology
199
221
299
350
353
356
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
Internship
Internship on lower division level.
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents.
The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emeraence
of the church.
Directed Study
Independent study on lower division level.
Philosophy of Religion
(See under Department of Philosophy)
Denominations and Sects in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations
and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered.
(Spring)
History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world,
including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall)
-
- - - - --
357 S m e y of Church Blstury
A suzvey of Christian history In the early, medieval, Reformadon, and modern periocls. Some attention to primary sources, in addltion to interpretallon$ o i the periods in question, The expatision of the church, its inner
life, Ils reIatlon Lo the state, and the development of its dnclrine wlll be
major elements of the sludy.
358 Life and Work of the Church
Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. (Alternate
years)
360 Rellglion and Society
An cxarnlnation of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological a nalyslswith particular emphasis on contemporary sociological
research on rellqious movements in American society. (Spring)
3 6 1 The Church in the First Four Centuries
A study of the early CI~rlstlanChurch In the context of lhe Roman Empire,
Including such toplcs a s persecution and martyrdom, tlre development of
the creeds, Christtanlty In conflict with Crnosticis~nand mystery religions,
InonasLicism anti mysltcism. early crlrlstian worship: also incl~~rlit~g
the
theology nl several early Christian leaders and a special unit o n the Iife
and thaugllt of Rugusline.
362 Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of
the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther
and other representative figures. (Fall)
363 Religion in America
A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the
rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of
religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country. (Offered a s funding permits)
366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America
(See under Program in Global Community)
399 Internship
Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses,
have at least first semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines.
432 Church Music and Worship
(See under Department of Music)
4 7 1 Jesus and His Interpreters
Consideralion of the Mew Testament documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their conlexl. literary stntcture and relationships. Attention
fo the varlety or interpretations given Lhe person of Jesus, including the
"quest For the I-listorlcal Jesus." (Fall)
472 Theology of Paul
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his
writings.
473 The Message of the Old Testament
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets.
475 Judaism
A survey of the history ofJudaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modem times. with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest In such modem Jewish tfilnkers a s Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg
College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion
department. (Fall)
4 8 1 Contempormy ~ h e o f o g y
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological
thaught Loday. as seen f ~ o m
the systematic perspective, in the light of the
continuing theological task or Lhe Christian Church. (Spring)
483 Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. (Fall)
486 PsychologyoCRellgion and TheoIoSy
A S ~ L Iof
I -currenl
I~
psyclrcllogical views nl rellglon in the context of the traclilional Chrlsllari view nChtunan nature. Special attention will be given to
the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those
Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. (Alternate
years, Spring)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by
permission of instructor. (Fall)
499 Independent Study
Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental
guidelines.
Russian Area Studies
Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator), James Brown
Russian Area Studies is an ACTCjoint major which seeks to give the student the broadest possible exposure to Russian and Soviet history, politics, literature, traditions and philosophy. The mqjor is interdisciplinary
and offers perspectives on Russia both past and present. A minimum of
two years of the Russian language is required.
This mqjor is a good foundation for students preparing for careers in government, teaching, international business, or law, especially when combined with a second mqjor in a field such a s business, economics, history.
language, political science or theology. It also is a good foundation for
graduate study in history, political science, language and literature or international relations.
Major: 11courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or
equivalent competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1course in
Marxist theory; 1course in Russian literature; 1course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses from approved electives.
M i n o r : 6 courses: 2 courses (1year) of basic college Russian (or
equivalent competencies); 1course in Russian history: 1course in
Soviet politics; 1course in Marxist theory; 1other course from the approved list of electives.
Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator.
Scandinavian Area Studies (SCA)
.
-
-- -
-
-
-
Foreign Language Department Chairperson
Mqjor: 8 upper division courses.
Minor: 4 upper division courses.
N o t e : Major programs must contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg
Catalog or transferred to Augsburg a s upper division Scandinavian
Area Studies courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian language department or subdepartment regardless of their content,
which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with
a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate
level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian
courses under Department of Foreign Languages.
Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study in Scandinavia,
elective courses which may lead toward a second major such a s English, history, urban studies, business administration.
312 OldNorse
(See under Department of Foreign Languages - Norwegian)
330 Contemporary Scandinavia
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (On Demand)
351 The Modem Scandinavian Novel
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion
based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset,
Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors
and minors w11 b e required to d o assigned readings and written work in a
Scandinavian language. (On Demand)
352 The Modem Scandinavian Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandlnaviati drama w l l t ~emphasis o n lbsen and Strindberg.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and
minors will be required to d o assigned readings and written work in a
Scandinavian language. (On Demand)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
(See under Department of Religion)
372 Norwegian Language and Culture
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
377 Scandinavia in the World
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
382 Scandinavian Arts
(See under Department of Art)
393 Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
394 Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience
(Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar)
499 Independent Study
In consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for
study.
Social Science
Khin Khin Jensen (Coordinator)
A student may not list a double mqjor in Social Science and in one of the
component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the other mqjor.
Non-Western Major: 14 courses: HIS 104;1 social science methodology course (ECO 279,PSY 264,SOC 362 or 365):and 12 courses, in
at least 4 disciplines, from the following: ECO 122,258;HIS 103,322,
PHI 355;RE1 356;SOC
323,324,440,474;POL 351,363,382,461;
336;seminars, independent study or interim courses on relevant topics in History and/or Political Science. The student planning to fulfill
this social science major should consult the chairperson of the Department of History in choosing a major adviser.
Social Studies
..
- -
Jerry Gerasimo (Coordinator)
Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must
complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within
the Department of Education, a competency-based program designed to
provide a broad foundation in the social sciences.
Social Studies Teaching Licensure: 7 courses (ECO 122 or 123,
Geography, HIS 222, POL 158,PSY 105, SOC 121and336) plus a major in one of five fields - Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology.
Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and
the Social Studies Coordinator.
Social Work
Department ( s m )
-
-
The Social Work mqjor program prepares graduates for entry-levelprofessional practice in the field of human services. The program is accredited
by the Council on Social Work Education, and leads to a Bachelor of Sclence degree. The program is based on a generalist model of practice, enabling graduates to work with individuals, families, groups, and communities.
The College's commitment to the liberal arts is highly compatible with education for professional social work practice. The liberal arts, with its emphasis on breadth of understanding, cultural and ethnic diversity, openness to new ideas, analysis and synthesis, is an ideal foundation upon
which social work education is based. As Sir Richard Livingston has said,
"A technician is a person who knows everythingthere is to know about
his/her job, except its ultimate purpose and social consequence." Augsburg social work graduates are professionals, not technicians. Social work
mqjors at Augsburg College must be well-grounded in the liberal arts. Effective social workers cannot be technicians.
"Education for Service" has long been a motto at Augsburg College and it
exemplifies the philosophy of the Social Work Department. Unique leaming opportunities for field work placement and cultural enrichment are provided by a metropolitan setting known for a humane quality of life which is
enhanced by the arts, outstanding human services, and a highly-educated
populace. Social work opportunities abound. Minnesota is known for the
vitality and relevance of its social services. The Twin Cities, as the hub for
these services, provides both a plethora of field placements for social work
students and external experts for the classroom. The ethnic and economic
diversity present in this metropolitan area provides opportunities for social work students to learn to understand. a ~ ~ r e c i a tres~ect.
e.
and work
with people different from themselves and fdbe enrichedby this opportunity to interact with diverse clients and professionals.
The Social Work Program strives to contribute to its environment as well
as to gain from it. ~ f ~ r o ~ r i a tsocial
e l ~ ,work students have been involved
in a wide variety of community service efforts including helping to develop
a Big BrotherIBig Sister program on campus: mobilizing students to assist
a social service agency in their annual Christmas giving program, and tutoring at a local neighborhood center.
The Social Work minor and electives in the department allow students to
support another mqjor with knowledge about human needs and growth,
human services, and the methods of effective citizenship. Students taking
these courses have the opportunity to become knowledgeable about pu6
lic issues and d e v e l o ~
and nurture a ~ e r s ~ e c t ithat
v e sees the central irnportance of diversity 'to the social fabric df this country. But beyond knowledge, students also are encouraged to use their talents and skills to
address the needs of society in the interest of the public good.
Social Work Faculty:
Mary Lou Williams (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Francine Chakolis, Rosalie
Clark, Edwina Hertzberg, Douglas Peny, Charles Williams
Major: 9 Core Program courses: 361,363,364,461,462,463,465,
466,467,469: and 9 Supporting Program courses: 257,260: 810 101;
PSY 105; SOC 121,231,265,365,375. (The Sociology sequence constitutes a minor in that discipline.) A minimum grade of2.0 is required
for each course in the Core Program and a 2.0 average is required in
the Supporting Program.
Concentration: Concentration in Aging, Chemical Dependency,
Crime and Corrections, Social Ministries, and Youth are possible.
Concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional, dysfunctional, and programmmatic aspects, plus field work placement in the
senior year in the special area. For Social Ministries, a minor in religion with specific coursework is required. Completion of a concentration is noted on the transcript.
Candidacy: Social work majors must apply for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Certain 400 level courses list
candidacy a s a prerequisite. A written self-statement, reference letters, and the completion of all Core and Supporting Program courses
below the 400 level is necessary for candidacy review (Exception:
SOC 365 may be taken in the senior year if necessary.)
Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses, including 257 (or approved alternative),361,463:260 or SOC 375:SOC 265:and one of 465,POL 121,
158,325.
School Social Work Certification: State Department of Educationrequired Human Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful completion of EDS 388.
Elective courses open to all students:
257 Exploring Human Services
With lacully approval, student selects a placement for 80 hours per term
as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know human service professionals, minority professional clients and communities, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations, Independent study with a term paper report and regular class
sessions. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores.
260 Humans Developing
1his coirrse provides the knowledge bask to an understanding OF human
growth through Lhe life cycle, and or the Interplay of socIocullurat, blologthe growth 01 individuals
~cal,and psyclboluglcal factors whlch influe~~ce
aucI larnllie? I n cnnle~nporaryAmet ican society, Ernpltasized Is tlie role or
Ll~e"nurt~trlngenvtronrnenl" in rclatlnn to Iwman growth, the Impact or
"sustalrilng euviroumenl" factors, and other special stresses relevant to
growth. Circlwt h relaled to populations and groups which represent ethnic
and/or Hfe-style rliverslty Is also a focus. Students will gain self-understandlng Ihrough use of their own experiences.
299 Directed Study
An opportunity for students to do readings and study on topics of interest.
Proposed study must be approved in advance of registration. (Prereq.: 257
and consent of instructor)
340 Pollcies, Program and Skills for the Aging
This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the
older population, older population impact on social policy, services
planned to address needs of older population and skills needed to work
with this population. Class conducted in Senior Citizen Residence.
(Prereq.: Sophomore or consent of instructor)
361 Social Responses to Human Needs
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human
service and the diversity of minority professionals and client groups. The
major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the
charitable and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq.:
Junior or consent of instructor. Fall)
399 Internship
Provides Reld learning experience for the non-major and supplements the
required field work of majors (Prereq.: consent of department chairperson)
463 Community Development and Organization
Locality development and social change through community organizatlon, soclal plannl~~g,
and social action. Emphasis on: 1)survey oihistorical forms olcornmunlty organization ancl social clwngc, 2) u~~derslandlng
the Ll~eorics,basic Issttes, and strategies rclevanl to social protest ancl
change, 3) examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual
practice in the local community in the essential principles and techniques
of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or consent of instructor. Fall)
465 Gbetat Policy:Anatysls and Development
Includes the sIudy or tlieorlcs of Soclal Policy formutation and methods of
analysls associaled with needs ancl services, and analysis of the impact of
poll~yon snclal work ~lracticc.Development and implementation will be
virived flrst hand through werlr with an elected public policy maker. Readings, analytical paper Integralion of class concepts with practical experieuce. (Prereq.: 361,463, atid senior or consent of instructor. Spring)
468 Special Topics (112 to 1 course)
Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor. Offered periodically in Interim)
-
498 IndependentStudy
Metropalltan Resorlrces
An Independenlly dcslgned course a student (or group orstudents) develops, lnalrlng extensive, systematic and Integrated utllizatio~lof resources
avallahle in the metropolitan comm~tnlty,e.g, lecttlres, symposia, periortnances, hearings. Thcse resources become the core of t h e course,
supplemented I>y lradtlior~alcollege resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated Ily a facutty rnernlrrer ~Fthedeparlrnent.
(Prereq.:
257 and consent of inst~uctor)
499 Independent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives
and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prercq.: 257 and consent of instructor)
Courses reserved for Social Work majors only:
363 Methods and Skllls of Social Work
Rasic features or Lhe helping process: theoretical foundations, principles
and techniques orsoclal work inlerventlve methods, and pnctica! expcrience necessary for social work practice with indivlduals and small groups
with a rliversity orprofessl~nalsand client groups: devclopment of the s h dent's repcrloire of relationship building sl<itIs.tect~~re-disc~~ssion
scsslons and/or taboratory exercises cacli wcek. [Prereq.: 361, Junior.
Spring)
364 Field Work I
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours
per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week.
(Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring)
461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Enlargement and rcnnemcnt 01 practice sldlls recognizing adaptations of
the prnblern.solving mode! to dlverse populslllons through Iccturc, classmom excrclse ahid tegular class work. I-:nla!gement aC social groilp worls
sltflls, emphasts on development of gencrallsl practicc sltills and eclectic
approaches with a focus on cllversily of proCcsslonals arid clienl populations. Lectures aild/or laborato~yexercises each week. (I9rereq.: 2.0 in
365 and in 364,candidacy staLLls. Concurrent with 462. Fall)
462 Field Work 11:
Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities in a
social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: Candidacy status: concurrent with 461;
Fall)
466 Field Work 111 (112 or 1 course)
Continuation of 462 ('12 course option during Interim. Prereq.: Candidacy
status, 2.0 in 461,462,463)
467 The Social Worker as Professional
Eth tcal practice, bureaucratic survival, professtonalJob attainment,affirm.
ative actlon and sexual harassment issues, personnel policles and practices, alganizalional theory. and resource devclopment will bc stlrrlicd in
the course. T h e field work practice becomcs the laboratory For class exerclscs. (Prereq.:Candidacy statrls, 2.a in 461,463.)
469 Field Work IV
Continuation of 466. (Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 466, concurrent
with 467)
Sociology Department (soc)
Sociology is a disciplined study of human social behavior. As a relatively
young discipline, sociology provides yet another perspective on a theme
which is common to many of the disciplines in a liberal arts curriculum,
namely the theme that humans are "social animals." Sociology emphasizes the extent to which the human inclination to interact socially comes
to exhibit regularized patterns over time. These patterns together form a
society or a social structure.
Sociology seeks to understand these societal patterns. Sociology also
seeks to understand patterns within the great
variety of institutions that
exist in a society.
The Sociology Department at Augsburg is designed to help students think
sociologically in terms of obtaining an understanding of society and developing skills in evaluating social institutions and programs.
Students are encouraged to select as electives some of the non-traditional
learning models available, such as internships, independent study, interim courses, and the co-learningcourses offered through the Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)program. The Department urges students
to use Augsburg's urban setting as a "laboratory" for learning.
A mqjor in sociology can prepare one for a variety of careers or for advanced professional studies. Augsburg alumni who have majored in sociology are currently employed in the personnel departments of both government and private corporations, in industrial relations work, and in
program evaluation. Others have used their mqjors as preparation for advanced study in areas such as law, the ministry, social work, and urban
planning.
The Department of Sociology welcomes students who, in their quest for a
liberal education, are looking for new and different ways of understanding
and appreciating the often taken-for-grantedaspects of our world.
Sociology Faculty:
Gordon Nelson (Chairperson),Jeny Gerasimo, Gany Hesser, Barbara
Johnson, Diane Pike
Mqjor: 1 0 courses including 121, 362, 363, 375, 485, Highly recommended: a Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) course, intemship, independent study or upper division interim course in sociology. This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will
take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the
department. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of
concentration.
Honors Major: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the
major and 3.0 overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy
shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department Chairperson before April 1of the junior year. Candidacy is contingent upon
departmental approval of proposal by April 30 ofjunior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for 499 to complete
work on thesis. Honors in sociology will be granted to a candidate
who successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of the senior
year and maintains the GPA through graduation.
Minor: 5 courses including 1 2 1 and two upper division courses (i.e.,
300 and above.)
Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses including 362 (or
PSY 264), 363,399, CSC 145, and approved elective. These courses
are designed to provide the cognitive background and skill development to perform well a s a research assistant for agencies or firms
which do program evaluations or self-assessment programs. Systematic and periodic assessments of programs for social improvement
are increasingly expected by government and funding agencies. For
further information contact Diane Pike.
111 Human Community and the Modem Metropolis
The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the
perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities
of human community in the context of urban institutions and processes.
121 Principles of Sociology
Sociology is a unique way of irnderstanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles,
groups, iti(erac1iot1, inequality, and social structure. An essential tool for
discovering tile world and orie's place in it.
199 Internship
Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the department to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring, and Summer)
231 Sociology of the Family
An examination of the family a s a social institution. The process of dating,
mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the
family to its institutional and cultural context.
265 Racial and Minority Group Relations
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is
focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (PIN
grading only)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: 1 2 1 and consent of
instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer)
300,301,302,303,304 Special Topics in SocIoIogy
h variety ot 10pIcs offcclrd periodically depending o n nmds and Interests
which are not satisfied by regularrourscofFFTirigs. May be offcred on cam.
pus in atldllIon to reqular course offerlnqs or on campus In conji~nctlon
wllh A u ~ s l ~ i t r gConscrvatlon
's
of Ilu~li;lnResources (CIIR) I'rograrn.
( P W - g . : consent of lnst~uclor)
336 Introductionto Cultural Anthropology
The concept of culture examined in anthropology and in the way we s e e
and live in the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the
ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and "progress." The person's relation to
culture. An analysis ofselected aspects of Western culture.
360 Rellglon and Society
All cxnn~lnallo~i
or tlic Interaction of religion and 5dclely In terns oisociological arlalysls with particular emphasis on conlernporary sociological
ttse;krch on r e l i g l o ~ movements
~s
and instllultnns In Amerlcan soclely.
362 Statistical Analysis
The first course in a two-course sequence introduces quantitative analysis. The fundamentals of descriptive and inferential statistics for the social
sciences. Designed specifically for sociology and political science majors,
but recommended for others neccling a I~ackg~'orlnd
for social science.
(Prereq.: working knowledge of h i g l ~
scllotll algebra arlcl consent or llle instructor. Fall)
363 Research Methods
This second course exposes students to the skills involved in research design and measurement techniques. The practice of social research is
learned through class activities and individual projects. Focus on learning
usable skills. To be taken immediately after 362. (Prereq.: 362 or consent
of instructor. Spring)
365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
l o ~ r s ~ r n iovcrvlew
cr
of melhods nforgazilzing, comparlng and interpreting
quanlita tlve lnfonnatlo~l.Use of data-processing rquipment lor statisttcal
analysis. Dvcrvlcw or commonly -user1 rcsearclr mctltods, especially expcxirncntrll designs arrd appllcat~onsl o proqranl evaluations. Desiqncd for
social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring)
373 Crime and Corrections
An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency,
and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 121)
375 Social Psychology
An examination ol the Idea oT"gsoup." its relatlonshlp to tndlvldual behaviol' and society. A n analysis of the Ideas 01 "self" and "identity" and
wtral part they play In underslantllng Interpersonal relations and human
behavior. A sociological view of mental health, A look at the major assumplions and processes i~tiderlyinysilr everyclay lire - a Innlc at [he trivlal. (lie ordlna~yand the lake~vfor-granlecl,"Sytnbollc interaction," an 1111Ilortalll olienlallon In social psychology, wlll l x used as a way of deallng
with the tnajor lssucs In [tie caursc. (I'rcreq,: 121 and PSY 105.juni01 or
senior studcrlts only)
381 The City and Metro-UrbanPlanning
The primary focus of the course is upon the major issues confronting the
present and future metropolis. Particular emphasis will center on alternative theories and approaches to shaping the future metropolis. Current
developments in the Twin Cities region will be compared and contrasted
to urban and regional developments globally and nationally. Resources
include extensive readings, simulations, films, and outside speakers in a
seminar format. (Prereq.: 111or 1 2 1or consent of instructor. Spring)
399 Internship
Consult the Department Chairperson or Internship Director for details.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
485 Modem Sociological Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 1 2 1or consent of instructor. Fall)
498 Independent Study
- Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources
available in the metropolitan community, e.g, lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course,
supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.:
1
1
1or 1 2 1and consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer)
499 Independent Study
Studcnt nil~stpresent written proposal cantalning rationale, objectives
and methodorogy or the p~oposedstudy according to department guidelines. (l'rcrcq.: 121 and conscnl ol Instrur~or.Fall, Interim, Spring)
Speech/Communication
and Theatre Arts
Department (SPC)
Communication
Communication technology vastly increases our ability to influence human thought and behavior. While these powers are often used to deceive
and exploit, they can be used to liberate, enoble, and to enhance life.
Speech, communication, and theatre arts at Augsburg are humane studies
designed to promote sensitivityand wisdom in the use of communication,
since true communication aims to foster informed, responsible choice and
shared understanding.
The primary aim of the department is to help students to communicate effectively through both speaking and writing. The courses are designed (1)
to promote the intellectual disciplines required for research, exposition,
and argument: (2)to develop writing and speaking skills: (3)to build confidence, creativity, and ethical sensitivity: and (4)to provide a wide variety
of realistic communication experience.
Communication careers call for a broad liberal education, so the communication mqjor at Augsburg stresses the studies of logic, psychology, sociology, literature, writing, and public speaking. For breadth we recommend
double mqjors, and for practical experience we recommend participation
in co-curricularcommunication activities throughout the college years, climaxing in internships under professional supervision.
This mqjor is also used as preparation for other fields, such as religion,
politics, and law. The speech mqjor is designed to prepare students for
teaching in the secondary schools.
Theatre Arts
Theatre is not primarily an extra-curricular activity nor is it merely entertainment. As a laboratory that uses all of the liberal arts, theatre enhances
a liberal education. By reliving how other people throughout history were
thinking, feeling and struggling, actors have a greater understanding of
their own humanitv. Theatre enables students to ex~eriencethe beauty,
mystery, and ambi$uity of life.
Minneapolis-St.Paul is an ideal place to study theatre, because it is one of
the major theatre centers in the United States. Augsburg students expand
their knowledge of theatre not only by attending, but also by working in
the professional and community theatres of the Twin Cities. Our theatre
faculty has professional experience which enables them to provide realistic guidance to students.
The Augsburg program provides three possible emphases-acting, directing, and design-but encourages students to participate in all aspects of
theatre production. While the program is primarily designed to prepare
students for educational theatre, graduates go into many other fields,
such as professional theatre, television, film, advertising, business, and religion.
-
-
-
-
-
Speech. Communication and Theatre Arts Faculty:
Julie Bolton (Chairperson), Mark Arnbroz, Raymond Anderson, Judith
Kirk, Gary Parker
Honors Major: GPA of3.25in the major, 3.0overall, two independent
study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in a t
least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in
field of concentration. Application to be made early in the senior year.
Communication
Prospective mqjors should contact the department as early a s possible to
work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen
should take 111,PSY 105,SOC 121 or 241.
Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342,351 o r 352,
354,399and EMG 223 or 225 or 226 or 227,and satisfactory performance on competency tests in writing and typing. Supporting courses
required but not counting toward the major: 111;PHI 130;PSY 105;
SOC 121 or 336,375.
Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department.
Speech Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,
354,360:Participation in forensics, and a
241 or 343,350,351,352,
minor in English. Recommended: 366,courses in theater, participa-
tion in drama.
Speech Minor For Teaching Licensure: 111 and six of the followand participation in forensics.
ing: 241 or 343,350,351,352,354,360
Note: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may
specialize in any of three majors: speech, theatre arts, and speechtheatre arts. Any of these must be combined with a t least an English
minor, preferably a major. The communication major or minor does
not qualify one for teaching speech. Consult with the Department of
Education for requirements in Education. 116 is strongly recommended for students in elementary education.
111 Beginning Speech
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening.
132 Photography
(See under Department of Art)
199 Internship
Internship for lower division cre it.
227 Advanced Writing: Journalism
(See under Department of English)
225.330 Visual Communications I, 11
(See under Department of Art)
2 4 1 Introduction to Cinema Art
(See under Department of English)
242 Film-Making
(See under Department of Art)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
342 Mass Communications in Society
(See under Department of Political Science) Junior and Senior students
only.
343 Radio-TelevisionProduction
An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's
role; emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and
lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10. Not offered 1986-87)
350 Voice and Diction
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating,
articulating, and listening: introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years. Fall)
351 Argumentation
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall)
352 Persuasion
Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring)
353 Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertlslng and promotlon a s important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.:
Junior, Senior. Communication major or cnlisent of instrt~ctor.Spring)
354 Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages: emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to
overcome communication barriers.
373 Organizational Psychology
(See under Department of Psychology)
399 Internship
(Consult the Department Chairperson for details.)
495 lndependent Study In Communication
Selected tooics in soeech and communication. with e m ~ h a s i on
s the use
of primary sources and methodology of research.
499 Independent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Theatre
Mqjors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen
planning to mqjor in theatre arts should begin with courses 111,116,232
and 228.111 is not part of the mqjor.
Theatre Arts Mqjor: 10 courses, plus 111. This major should be sup-
ported by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and
Modem Drama or Scandinavian Drama.
A. Acting Emphasis: 116, 228, 232, 343, 350, 360, 361, 366, ad-
vanced acting, and the children's theatre interim. Strongly recommended: courses in movement, dance, cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include 6
units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship.
8. Directing Emphasis: 116, 228, 229,232,350, 360,361,366,
367, plus advanced acting and the children's theatre interim. Courses
strongly recommended: courses in movement, cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the directing emphasis include 4 units of crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing, 1 in
stage management, and 1internship.
C. Design Emphasis: 228,229,361,366,428,429,plus 2 courses
in Art. Strongly recommended: courses in cinema art and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the design emphasis include 5
units in crew work, 2 in technical supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in assistant design, 1in design, and 1 internship.
Theatre Arts Minor: 5 courses including 228,232,360,361,366.
Theatre Arts Mqjor For Teaching Licensure: 1 0 courses, including 111,116,228,229,232,241 or 343,350,360,361,366, the experience requirement specified for theater arts majors, and a minor in
English.
Theatre Arts Minor For Teaching Licensure: courses 111, 228,
232,361,366; one ofthe following: 241,343,350; and participation in
dramatic productions.
Speech-TheatreArts Major For Teaching Licensure: 12 courses,
111,228,229,232,241 or 343,350,351,352,354,360,361,366;
participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater,
broadcasting); and a minor in English.
1 1 6 Creative Dramatics
A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts,
the self, human relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theatre,
school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall)
1 9 9 Internship
Internship for lower division credit.
2 2 8 Technical Production I
An introduction to the backstage world of the theatre: its organization,
crafts, magic, and art. Practical craft projects, theatre tours, and production experience. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or
sophomore years. (Lab fee. Alternate years, Fall)
229 Stage Design I
Introduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer
(drafting,drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all
students. Should be taken in freshmen and sophomore years. Alternate
years, Spring)
232 Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
360 Interpretative Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading
prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall)
361 Theatre History and Criticism
Overview of theatre history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theatre productions, Introduction to theories of drama,
dramatic production, and dramatic criticism. (Spring)
366 Stage Direction I
Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals
and technical production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play chosen by the class. Term project: direct a
one-act play. Upper division students only. (Spring)
367 Stage Direction I1
In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic,
experimental, mkrsical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a
longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or consent of instructor. Spring)
399 Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
4 2 8 Technical Production 11
Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent of instructor. Lab fee. Alternate years, Fall)
429 Stage Design 11
Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. Introduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring)
432 Advanced Acting
This course explores the elements of characterization through character
analysis and extensive scene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from
the classics, including Shakespeare, French Neoclassicism, Restoration
Comedy, Realism and Ron-Realism, Epic and the Absurd.
499 Independent Study in Drama
Individual projects in oral interpretation and theatre.
Transdisciplinary Major
Students wishing to develop their own mqjor by combining appropriate
portions of two mqjors may consider the Transdisciplinary Mqjor. The
Transdisciplinary Mqjor enables students to respond to a particular career
interest. While such an individually developed mqjor may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad mqjors may not be suitable for those
wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some
academic fields.
Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Mqjor are to observe the following:
A. The mqjor program should include at least two-thirds of the courses re-
quired in the normal mqjor programs of two mqjor fields offered at the college:
6. The student should design and sign a contract for such a mqjor prior
to the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in
the Office of the Registrar).
C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the
Faculty Committee on Student Standing.
Women's and
Minority Studies (INS)
Faculty:
Priscilla Buffalohead, Grace Dyrud, Ronald Libertus, Winston Minor, James
Porter, Bonnie Wallace
The Women's and Minority Studies Program consists of several interdisciplinary courses which fill the Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies requirement. There are courses in several other departments which also focus on women and which also fulfill that requirement.
Although no mqjor or minor is offered, there is a certificate program in
women's studies.
Certificate in Women's Studies: Individually planned program
with a minimum of 6 courses oriented towards women's perspectives:
3 courses from the social sciences (including history); 1-2 courses
from humanities (literature, religion, art, music, philosophy); 1-2
other courses such a s biology, trans- or inter-disciplinary courses, independent study, directed study, etc. Courses may be taken from the
ACTC colleges a s well a s Augsburg. See Winston Minor or Bonnie Wallace for further details. See also WWAS under Metro-Urban Studies
No. IV.
226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
(See under Department of History)
231 Rellglon in Afrfcan-AmedcanHlstory
An examination of selected topics 1 elated to the black experience, e.g. Afr i ~ a nbaclqrounds, religion utldcr slavery, evangelicalism. Meets one reliqlnn requirement or thc IJrhan Concerns, Women's and Minority Studies
requirement.
232 Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-AmericanStudies
An interdisciplinary course providing an overvtew of Lhe major Issues related to the Black experience in terms of Lhe Family, education, religion,
art, economics and politics. It is designed lo heighlen the student's consciousness regarding the African rrtcntinns in Rlaclc culture, Lhe evolution
of Black culture and the impact of K l d ~ l ccuILurc on Ainerican society.
233 Womtnr Across-Culturat Perspective
'I his course will examinc a varirty ot issues concemlng the biological. evolr~tinnaryand historical orlglns olwnmen's roles and status In human society, Emphasis will be placed on Lhe cornparalive roles o l women in difrerent cultures. This camllarison will inclllde such Morth Amerlcan models
as 111~Nava-]~,OJiI>wc,
and Iroquois. Arrican modcIs such as the Pygmies
and other trlbal gmups, and the peasan1 soclelies oC eastem Europe, Mexico, and the 1nlclr2leEasl and rural China. Offered periodically through
C1iR ancl the Ainerican Indian Program olflce.
260 ContemporaryAmerican Indians
The situation of Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and erlucation. Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditions anlong selected lndlan Lrlbcs today.
265 Women in American Culture
Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from
women's J o ~ ~ r n a lspeeches.
s,
articles, short stories. poems. pla s and
ollwr aeslliclic rres tions, the class will collectively assess the pos8ion of
black and white wornen In American culture From the founcling of Ll?e cob
ortles t o Lhc present. Cnntribuiions b y Indlan women, Chicanasand other
"i~wisibIc"women rninoritics will he inclr~cted.
'ma
: Caley
say iIn
Augsburg College
Board o f R e g e n t s
The year in parentheses after each name is the expiration
date of current term.
Chair
Donald R. Grangaard
Secretary:
Charles W. Amason
Vice Chair:
The Reverend Hams W. Lee
Treasurer:
Darrell J. Egertson
The Hon. Pamela Q. Alexander (1990)
Judge, Municipal Court, Minneapolis, MN
Charles W. Amason. J.D. (1988)
Attorney, Head and Truhn, Minneapolis, MN
Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1990)
Vice President for Medical Care, Hospital Corp. of America,
Nashville, TN
w e l l Bergh (1990)
President, Borton Volvo, Inc., Minneapolis, MN
Nancy Bottemiller (1992)
Homemaker, Wadena, MN 56482
Rodney P. Bunvell(1988)
Chairman, Xerxes Corporation, Minneapolis, MN
H. David Dalquist, I11 (1990)
President, Northland Aluminum Products, Inc., St. Louis Park, MN
Darrell J. Egertson (1988)
Executive Vice President of Corporate Development, Apache Corp.,
Minneapolis, MN
Julian P. Foss (1990)
Retired Businessman, Mesa, AZ
Donald R. Grangaard, J.D. (1990)
First Bank System, Inc., Minneapolis, M N
Richard R. Green (1992)
Superintendent, Minneapolis Public Schools, Minneapolis, MN
Raymond A. arinde (1990)
Partner, Klohn Design, Inc., St. Paul, M N
Carolyn T. Groves (1990)
Administrator, S. J. Groves and Sons Company, Minneapolis, MN
Elling B. Halvorson (1990)
Chairman of the Board, Halvorson Osbome Construction Co.,
Kirkland, WA
Lawrence 0. Hauge (1988)
Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, MN
Catherine E. Johnson (1990)
Homemaker, Minneapolis, MN
George 0. Johnson. Ph.D. (1990)
Associate Professor & Director, Hospital & Health Care Admin.,
Minneapolis, MN
Harris W. Lee, D. Min. (1988)
Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd,
Minneapolis, M N
Mr. Gary H. Lohn (1988)
Control Data Business Advisors, ~ a n k a t oMN
,
Mildred I. Mueller, Ph.D. (1990)
Director of Education Statistics, MN Dept, of Education, St. Paul, MN
Mr. Louls E. Navin (1990)
Vice President & Chief Financial and Administrative Officer, Honeywell,
Inc., Minneapolis, MN
Rev. Maynard L. Nelson (1990)
Senior Pastor, Calvary Lutheran Church, Minneapolis, MN
Ms. Roselyn J. Nordaune, J.D. (1988)
Partner, Nodland, Conn, Nordaune, & Perlman, St. Louis Park, MN
Mr. Howard E. Olson (1990)
Executive Director, Lyngblomsten Foundation, St. Paul, M N
Mr. Donald a. Oren (1988)
President, Dart Transit Company, St. Paul, M N
Mr. Harvey M. Peterson (1990)
President, Catco Company, St. Paul, MN
Mrs. Inez M. Schwarzkopf (1988)
Writer, Minneapolis, M N
Gladys I. Strommen (1990)
Homemaker, St. Paul, M N
Merton P. Strommen (1996)
Founder, Search Institute, Minneapolis, MN
Leland N. Sundet (1990)
Chairman 61 Chief Executive OWcer, Century Manufacturing Co.,
Bloomington, MN
David L. Swanson (1990)
Vice President, Grudem Brothers Co., St. Paul, MN
Stanley W. Thiele (1992)
Senior Vice President, Administrative Services, 3M, St. Paul, MN
William A. Urseth (1992)
Chief Executive Officer, U.S. Communications, Minneapolis, MN
Board for College and
University Services
The ~merican
Lutheran Church
David L. A n d e r s o n , Minneapolis,
Minnesota
R o b e r t B o r g w a r d t . Madison,
Wisconsin
Sylvia B o s s e , Saginaw, Michigan
Erwin H. G o l d e n s t e i n , Lincoln,
Nebraska
Marilyn H e m s t a d . Olympia,
Washington
D o r i s H o l m a n , Los Angeles, California
G u s t a v K o p k a , Jr., East Lansing,
Michigan
H a m l e t P e t e r s o n , Rochester,
Minnesota
R u t h Vogel, Seguin, Texas
Administration
-
OFRce of the President
..........................................................................
Charles S. Anderson
..........................
Carolyn S. Magnuson
.....................
.
.
.................................................
David T. Wold
...........................................
A n C. 0,Halvorson
President
Executive Secretary t o t h e President
College Pastor
Director of Church Relations
Academic AfFairs
....
............................
Vice President for Academic Affairs a n d Dean of t h e College
Ryan A. LaHurd
Lois M. Nielsen
Executive Secretary t o t h e Academic Dean
Associate Dean of t h e College a n d Director of Special
,
cia A. Parker
Programs
Director, Weeltend Co!lege
Richard J. Thoni
Sharon A. Stein
Operations Manager, Weekend College
Registrar
J o h n A. Hill
Donna D. McLean
Assistant Registrar
R a l p h W, Balley
Recorder
Frlstitulional Research Analyst
Robert W,Clyde
Hcatl Llbrilrlan
M a r g a r e t Anderson
Brian P. Hackney
Director, Aadio.VTgua1 Center
W. Willston Minor
Minority Cnarclinator (Black Student Affairs)
Minority Coordinator (American Indian Support Program)
Bonnie A. Wallace
Donald R. Gustafson
Interim Director
Director, Internatkana1Programs
Mary A Kingsley
Bradley P. Holt
Internatio~islStudent Adviser
Norman C. Noonan
Director, Faculty Development
Director, Cooperative Education
G a n y W. Hesser
......................
.........,......,..
...................................................
........................
.
.......
..............................................
................................................................
.............,,.,,.............,.,,,.........
..................................................
.....................................
.................................................
..........................
....
...................................................
.........................................
.....................
.
.
.
......................
............................................
..............................................
Development and College Relations
...........J e a n n e L. Narum
.......................... Curtis J. Tilleraas
......................................................
T h o m a s I. Benson
...................
......
......................Jeroy C. Carlson
......................Victoria J, Hoshal
.................................~+... . . . .Douglas J. A d a m
................... .............Jeffrey Swenson
............................................Mary A d a m s Forsberg
........................
..........................................
Kay 1. Cady
........................
Morgan K. Brooke
.......................
.
.
.
........J o h n Bruemmer
Vice President for Development a n d College Relations
Executive Secretary t o t h e Vice President
Director, Planned Giving
Senior Development Officer
Director, Corporate a n d Foundation Relations
Development Officer
.,
Director, Alumni/Parent Relations
Director, College Relations
Director, Publications
Publication Specialist
Development Officer/Annual Fund
Finance and Management
.......................
.......................................................
........
.............................................................
................................................................
............................................................................
.......................
.......................................................
..................................
..............................................
..............................................
......................................
...........................................................
.................................................................
Vice President for Finance and Management
Wayne D. Pederson
Executive Secretary to the Vice President
Assistant Vice President for Student Financial Services
Herald A. Johnson
Financial Aid Counselor
Karen D. Plom
Director, Personnel
Sandra Jacobson
Controller
Laurie J. Johnson
Director, Administrative Computer Center
Daniel R. Cruikshank
Manager, College Center
Mildred A. Nelson
Manager, central Services
Charles E. Christopherson
Director, PurchasindBook Store
Robert P. Gores
Director, SAGA ( ~ o g Services)
d
Robert Ollerman
Director, Plant Services
James Weninger
Supervisor, Maintenance
Robin A. Curtis
Manager, Ice Arena
J a m e s J. Carey
Student Affairs and Admissions
..........
..........................
.......................
.
.
........................
.................
.............................................
..............
.......................
...........................
.......................................
.....................................................
...................
.......
............
..........................................
.................
...... ....................
..............................................
........................................
...................................................................
Vice President of Student AtTairs and Dean of Students
William R. Rosser
Executive Secretary to the Vice President
Dorothy M. Gauger
Associate Dean of Students
James B. Grubs
Co-directors, Counseling
Nancy G. Medcraft, Joan W. Slater
- Services
Director, Academic Enrichment
Donald M. Warren
Director, Career Plannina and Placement
Tina M. Waaner
Coordinator, OfFcampu&tudent Employment
.Lois A. Olson
Director, Student Life and Housing
Linda K. Schrempp-Alberg
Director, Student Activities
L i s a L. Woodruff
Coordinator, Urness Tower
Ava J. Young
Coordinator, Mortensen Tower
Sue J. Hohenstein
Director, Admissions
.....
C a r o l A. Stack
Assistant Director, Admissions
Eric L. Anderson
Assistant Director, Admissions
Scott C. Stensrud
Assistant Director, Admissions
Jeannette M. Wittmer
Admissions Recruiter
Sally Daniels
-
Emeriti
Oscar A. Anderson President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College: B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Courtland Agre Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Ernest W. Anderson Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education.
Valeria Baltina Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magister d e r
Philosophia, University of Latvia.
Carl Chdslock Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
L. Gracia Christensen Assistant Professor Emerita of English.
Ailene Cole Professor of Theatre Arts/Speech. B.A., G u s t a w s Adolphus College;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
K. Berner Dahlen Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.S. University of
Minnesota.
Edgar E. Eklof Emeritus of Music. M.M. Manhattan Music School.
Theodore J. Hanwlck Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University.
Katherine Hennig Artist in Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Einar 0. Johnson Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of
Washington.
Bernhardt J. Kleven Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Lorraine K. Livingston Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University
of Minnesota.
Martha J. Mattson Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Fdor C. Nelson Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Anne Pederson Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
LaVonne J. Peterson Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical
Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Martin Quanbeck Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Leland B. Sateren Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College:
D. Mus., Lakeland College.
Paul T. Steen Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joel S. Torstenson Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Teaching
Faculty
,.
Correct as of April 30,1986.
(beginning year of service on faculty in parenthesis)
Charles S. Anderson (1976).President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University o f Wisconsin; B,Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New
York.
Ryan A. LaHurd (1985).Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean o f the College.
B.A., Mt. Carmel College: M.A., University o f Chicago; Ph.D., University o f WisconsinMadison.
Ruth L. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A..
Middlebury College: Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Lori J. Abrams (1985). Assistant Professor, part-time, Speech, Weekend College. B.A., University
of California, Santa Barbara; M.A., Speech Communication, University of Minnesota.
Robert W. Adney (1979). Studio Artist/Percussion, part-time. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Roger E. Allerson (1981). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B.,
University of Minnesota.
b r l R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chairperson of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College:
M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Mark T. Ambroz (1986). Lecturer, part-time, and Theater Arts. B.A., University o f Minnesota, Duluth.
Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University.
Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of English. B.A.,
Morthwestern College; M.A., Northwestern University.
Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Instructor, part-time, Art. A.B., Oberlin College.
Margaret J. Anderson (1967). Associate Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Raymond E. Anderson (1949). Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.S., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Lucie Arbuthnot (1986). Lecturer in Interdisciplinary Studies, part-time, Weekend College. B.A.,
Connecticut College For Women; M.A., University of Chicago; M.A., New York University.
Marjorie Audette (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Nursing. 6,s.. Marquette University: M.A., University
of Iowa.
.
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Deborah Bart (1980). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Weekend College. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Catherine Bakken (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., University of North Dakota; M.A., United Theological Seminary; M. Div., Luther-Northwestern Seminary.
Joe Bash (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion, Weekend College.
John E. Benson (1963). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological
Seminary: M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University.
James E. Billings (1970). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, B.A., Michigan State University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Cynthia Blaha (1983). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.S., University of Minnesota.
Vern M. Bloom (1971). Director of CHR Program and College of the 3rd Age. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Lynn Bollman (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Northern Colorado: M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Julie H. Bolton (1975). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Speech, Communication and Theater. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
David W. Boots (1982). Instructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Richard Borstad (1977). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Health and Physical
Education. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael Brand (1979). Studio Artistprumpet, part-time. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
James E. Brown (1985). ACTC part-time lnstructor in Russian. B.S.. University of Michigan; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Maria Brown (1980). Assistant Professor in Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota. (Part-time internship, 1986-87)
Laine Bryce (1978). Studio Artist/Bassoon, part-time. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1983). Lecturer, part-time, CHR Program and Women's and Minority
Studies. B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Diane F. Busico (1986). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S.,
Youngstown State University; M.B.A,, Kent State University.
C.
John Cerrito (1983). Assistant Professor in Business Administration and Economics. B.A., Rhode
Island College; MS., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Francine Chakolis (1983). Visiting Lecturer, part-time, Social Work. B.S., Augsburg College:
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
RosalieV. Clark (1979). Assistant Professor, part-time, Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
James Cleary (1986) Lecturer, part-time, Psychology, Weekend College. B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire: M.A., Ph.D., Western Michigan University.
Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Institutional Research Analyst. B.A.,
Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
John Cosgrove (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend
College. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Larry Crockett (1985). Assistant Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific
Lutheran University: M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary.
Wayne A. Dalton (1984). Studio Artistpoice, part-time. B.A., University of Redlands; M. Th., Ph.D.,
School of Theology at Claremont.
Beverly C. Durkee (1965). Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A.,
University of Minnesota: Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Grace 6. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D. University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Physics. B.A.,
Luther College: M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College: MS., Michigan State
University: Ph.D., Colorado State University.
-
-
-
-
-
Sheldon P. Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M., Ph.D.,
Northwestern University.
Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College: M.S., Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin.
Larry L. Fleming (1979). Associate Professor of Music. B.M., Concordia College: M.A., M.B.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Marilyn Pearson Florian (1980), Instructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., St. Cloud State University.
Henry G. Follingstad (1962). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.E.E., M.S.,
University of Minnesota.
Stephanie C. Franz (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Physics, Weekend College. LA,, Augsburg College:
M.S., University of Minnesota.
Robert Mederichsen (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.A., Bethel College: M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Jeny Gerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College: M.A., Ph.D., University
o f Chicago.
Thomas G. Gilkey (1979). Assistant Professor of Music. B,M., DePauw University,
Orloue N. Gisselquist (1956). Associate Professor, part-time, History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Gerald Glatzmaier (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A., St.
Cloud State University; M.A., University of Minnesota: M.A., Northeastern University.
Joseph R. Goldman (1986). Visiting Assistant Professor of Political Science. B,A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota: Ph.D. University of Kansas.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Joan L. Griffin (1986). Assistant Professor of English. A.B., Washington University: M.A., Ph.D.,
Harvard University.
Satya P. Gupta (1976). Associate Professor o f Business Administration and Economics, B.S., M.S,,
Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Professor of History, Interim Director. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1974). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Brian P. Hackney (1983). Assistant Professor, Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., University of
Wisconsin-Eau Claire: M.A., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
C. Lea Ha11 (1986). Visiting Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A.. Macalester College: M.M.T., Antioch-New England Graduate School: M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Paul P. Halvorson (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A., The American University.
Leif E, Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Concordia College, Moor
head; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Jay Hanson (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. BOA.,University of Minnesota; M. Div. Virginia Theological Seminary.
Nilda K. Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. (Part-time leave, 1986-87)
Robert S. Herforth (1966). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College: M.S., Ph.D., University o f
Nebraska.
Edwina L. Hertzberg (1977). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Richard C. Herzog (1984). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S.,
Washington University; M.B.A., St. Louis University.
Garry W. Hesser (1977). ksodnte Prnressor of Sociology, Director of Metro-Urban Studies, Director of Cooperative Edl~catlonFmgram, R.A.. Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Fotre Dame. (On leave Interim and Spring, 1987)
Paul T. Hirdman (1985). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Psychology. A.A.,
WaldorfJunior College: B.A., Augsburg College; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of North Dakota.
Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University
of Iowa.
Bradley P. Holt (1981). Associate Professor of Religion and International Student Adviser. B.A.,
Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University.
John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. (On leave 1986-87)
Khin Khin Jensen (1955-56,1959). Professor of History, Director of East and Southeast Asian
Studies. B.A.. Rangoon University, Burma: M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Barbara E. D. Johnson (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Sociology. B.S., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.S., University of Minnesota.
Carla Johnson (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Philosophy. B.A., Bethel College.
Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron College;
B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E.,South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
James D. Johnson (1969). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; MS., Juilliard School of Music.
Mary E. Johnson (1962). Associate Professor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A., Smith College;
M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Business Administration
and Economics. B.Comm., University of Cairo, Egypt: M.B.A., University of Michigan.
Jane Kammerman (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A., University of California: J.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert Karldn (1973). Professor and Department Chairperson of Music. B.M., New England Conservatoly: M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Foreign Languages,
and Director of International Programs. B,A., St. Olaf College: M.A., Middlebury College.
Judith A. Kirk (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Speech, Communication, Theater. B.S., Indiana University.
Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Studio ArtistIOboe, part-time. B.A., Augsburg College.
Alvin L. IUoppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana
College: M.A., University of South Dakota.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College: M.A., University of Minnesota.
Angela Wyatt Kretschmar (1981). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.A., St. Olaf College.
Edith V. Kromer (1983). Librarian, part-time, Weekend College. B.A., Hamline University: M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Roy H. LaFayette (1972). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B.,
University of Minnesota.
R. McFall Lamm. Jr. (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A.,
M.A., North Carolina State University: Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University.
Roberta K. Lammers (1975). Associate Professor of Biology. B.S., lowa State University: MS..
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Nicholas A. Lenz (1980). Studio Artistpoice, part-time. B.A., Southwest State University: M.F.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Ronald 1. Libertus (1985). Lecturer, part-time, CHR Program and Women and Minority Studies.
B.A., University of Minnesota: M.A., Windham College.
Cynthia Dunbar Lohman (1985). Studio Artistpoice, part-time. B.A., M.M., University o f Minnesota.
Paul W. Lohman (1981). Director o f Chorale, part-time. B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A., University
of Minnesota.
Steven Lund (1983). Studio Artistprombone, part-time. B.S., University of Minnesota.
Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Lecturer, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Smith College; M.A.,
Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies: Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
M.
Richard S. Marken (1974). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of California, Los
Angeles: Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara. (On leave 1986-87)
Karen M. Mateer (1984). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South Dakota: M.A.,
University of lowa.
Jerie McArthur (1983), Instructor in Speech, Weekend College. B.A., Macalester College: M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Dan McNamara (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. BSIE, University of Dayton: M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Marie 0. McNeff (1968). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Me.
braska.
Roberta Kagin Metzler (1974).Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; 8. Music Ed., M.
Music Ed., University of Kansas. (On leave Fall 1986 and Interim 1987)
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., University of Minnesota.
Kathryn S. Mlckelson (1985). Visiting Lecturer, part-time, Music. B.S., Augsburg College; M.M.T.,
Southern Methodist University.
Jan Miner (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Speech/Communication, Weekend College. B.A., Lycoming
College; M.A., Bowling Green State University.
Winston Minor (1983). Minority Coordinator (Black Student Affairs). B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
John R. Mitchell (1968).Associate Professor of English. B.A., Malyville College: M.A., University o f
Tennessee.
Thomas Morgan (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. BS., Juniata College; M.B.A,, University of Denver; MS., University of Oregon.
Elizabeth Proctor Murphy (1984). Studio Artist/Cello, part-time. B.A., Cleveland Institute of Music.
Gordon L. Nelson (1967). Professor and Department Chairperson of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Richard C. Nelson (1968).Professor and Department Chairperson of History. B.A., University of
Nebraska: M.A. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine Christie Nicholl(1973).Associate Professor, part-time, English. B.A., Hope College;
M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly J, Nilsson (1977).Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Nursing B.Sl.,
M.S., University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science, Director of Faculty Development. B.A.,
University of Pennsylvania: M,A., Ph.D., Indiana University,
Patricia Nortwen (1985). Studio Artistpiano, part-time. B.A., B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mohammed Nouri (1982). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. Diplome, Ecole Centrale de Paris: M.S., University of Minnesota.
-
Celeste M. O'Brien (1975). Studio Artistpiano, part-time. B.A., Hamline University.
Sandra L. Olmsted (1979). Instructor in Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College: MS., University of
Wisconsin-Madison.
Trudi A. Osnes (1984).Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Education. B.A., Anderson College; M.S., City University of New York; Ed.D., Ball State University.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; 8. Div., Bethel Seminary;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Gary A. Parker (1983). Instructor in Speech, Communication and Theater. B.A., M.A., University of
California-Davis.
Marlene J. Pauley (1983). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B,A., St. Olaf College: M.M., Michigan
State University.
Lauretta E. Pelton (1970).Associate Professor, part-time, Education. B.A., Briar Cliff College:
M.Ed., Marquette University.
Paul render (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. B.A., M.B.A,,
University of Wisconsin.
Douglas D. Perry (1976).Assistant Professor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Curtis Peter (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Wartburg College: M. Div., WartburgTheological Seminaty.
Noel J. Petit (1984). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College:
M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joyce Pfaff (1966). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education and Director of Women's
Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.M., University o f Minnesota.
Diane L. Pike (1981). Assistant Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College: Ph.D., Yale Universi ty.
Stephen H. Pinsky (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College:
B.H.L., M.H.L., Hebrew Union College.
Richard A. Ploetz (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend
College. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Colorado State University.
Shirley Polejewski (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. B.S.,
College of Great Falls: M.A.C., Utah State: Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Craig L. Polsfuss (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., U.S. International University: M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
James Porter (1980). Visiting Lecturer in Religion. B.A., University of Missouri-Kansas City: M.A,T.,
Converse College: B.Th., B. Div., Teamer, Religious and Educational Enterprises, Inc.: Hon. L.L.D.,
Cuyahoga College.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chairperson (Fall 1986) of Religion. B.A.,
Augsburg College: B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminaty: M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. (On leave Interim and Spring 1987)
Larry C. Ragland (1985). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College: Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin.
Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College: M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., University
of Rhode Island: Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Pauline Sateren (1974). Lecturer, part-time, Music Education. B.A., Northwestern College:
M.M.M., University of Colorado.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor o f Health and Physical Education and Director o f
Men's Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mark T. Schelske (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Education. B.A., Carleton University; M.A., College
of St. Thomas; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Milo A. Schield (1985). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., Iowa
State University: M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University.
Majorie H. Sibley (1961). Associate Professor, Librarian, part-time. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Eugene M. Skibbe (1964). Professor and Department Chairperson (Interim and Spring 1987) of
Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College: B.Th., Luther Theological Seminaty; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Dana W. Skoglund (1978). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time. B.M., Augsburg College.
Emma W. Small (1978). Studio ArtistJVoice, part-time. B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music.
Stanley H. Solnick (1984). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.A.,
M.B.A., University of Northern Colorado.
Paul G. Sonnack (1954). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; C.T., B.Th., Augsburg Seminary; M.A., University of Chicago.
Donald 6.Steinmetz (1968).Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Myles Stenshoel(1965).Professor and Department Chairperson of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead: Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Stuart M. Stoller (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend
College. B.S., MS., Long Island University.
Daniel Sturm (1979). Studio Artist/Classical Guitar. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Grace 6. Sulerud (1966).Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., University
of Minnesota.
Ralph L. Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead: MS., Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Kathryn Swanson (1985).Assistant Professor of English. B.A,, St. Olaf College: M.A,, University of
Minnesota.
Philip J. Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chairperson of Art, B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead: M.F.A., University of Iowa.
Neal 0. Thorpe (1967). Professor and Department Chairperson of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College:
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
David Tubergen (1980). Assistant Professor, part-time, Music. B.A., Hope College: M.M., Yale University: Ph.D., New York Universlty.
Donald N. Warren (1978). Lecturer, part-time, lntro to Liberal Arts. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Charles R. Williams (1984). Visiting Lecturer, part-time, Social Work. B.A., North Carolina Central
University: M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Nary Louise Williams (1978: 1984). Instructor and Department Chairperson of Social Work.
B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania.
Dorothy J. Williamson (1970). Instructor, part-time, Art Education. B.A., Asbury College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Mary E. Wilson (1969). Studio Artist/Flute, part-time. B.A., B.M., Nacalester College.
Helen A. Woelfel (1978).Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Louis University: M.S., Marquette
University.
Academic
Calendar
FALL 1986
.................................................M. Sep 1
................................................Sa. Sep 6
........................................ S u Sep 7
............................................................
M. Sep 8
Labor Day recess
Upperclass validation
Freshmen registration
Classes begin
Last day to register.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record.
or move upperflower division course
to upper division
Mid-term break
Last day to designate grading option
or move upperflower division course
to lower division
Interim registration
Spring term pre-registration
Last day to withdraw from a class
Thanksgivingrecess begins
Classes resume
Classes end
.................................F.
Final examinations begin
Final examinations end
Flnal grades due and
lncompletes due from spring
and summer '86
..................... ...................F. Sep 19
.................
....... . . . ...................F. Oct 24
.
........................................... F.Oct 31
...................................................M. Nov 3 .F. Nov 7
...................................M. Nov 17 .F. Dec 5
........................... .F.Nov 21
.......................................Th. Nov 27
....................
.
............................M. Dec 1
....................
.
.
.
Dec 12
..........................................M. Dec 15
.........................................Th. Dec 18
.................................................M. Dec 29
Interim 1987
............................................................
Classes begin
M. Jan 5
Last day to register.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record.
or move upperflower division course to
.................Jan
... 6
upper division
Last day to designate grading option
or move upperflower division course to
lower division
M. Jan 19
Last day to withdraw from a class
W. Jan 21
Classes end
F. Jan 30
Interim grades due
F. Feb 6
....................................
.....................................................
..............................
...............................................................
...................................................
Spring 1987
....Tu.Feb 3
....................... .
.
.
.
........................................................... W. Feb 4
Validation of registration
Classes begin
Last day to register.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record.
or move upperllower division course to
upper division
Mid-term break begins
Classes resume
Last day to designate grading option
car move upperllower division course to
lower division
Easter break begins
Classes resume
Last day to withdraw from a class
Early registration for fall
Classes end
Final examinations begin
Final examinations end
Baccalaureate
Commencement
Final grades due and
lncompletes due from
fa11 '86and Interim '87
................................................. ....Tu.Feb 17
.................
S a. Mar 21
.................................................... M. Mar 30
.................................................... F. Apr 3
...................... .....................F. Apr 17
........ .,....,........,.M Apr 20
........................
.
..............................F. Apr 24
.....
.......M. Apr 2 7F. May
....................
.
.
.
- 8
...........................
...........
J.
May 15
...................
.
.
.................M. May 18
......................................... . T h May 21
............................................... Su. May 24
................... .
.
.
.
..
W. May 27
Summer School 1987
.......................................................................M. Jun IT.Jun 26
........................... .
....................................M. Jun 29.F. Aug 7
Term 1
Term 11
Upperclass validation
and Freshmen registration
Classesbegin
Labor Day recess
Last day to register.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record.
or move upperllower division course to
to upper division
Mid-term break
Last day to designate grading option
or move u .~ ~. e.r l l o wdivision
er
course to
lower division
Interim registration
Spring term pre-registration
Last day to withdraw from a class
Thanksgiving recess begins
Classes resume
Classes end
Final examinations begin
Final examinations end
Final grades due and
Incompletes due from spring
and summer '87
.....................................Tu.Sep 1
....................
.
............................ ..W. Sep 2
.......................................................M. Sep 7
.................................................W.Sep 16
................................... .............F. Oct 23
.....................................................F. Oct 30
.......................................... M. Nov 2 .F. Nov 6
................................... .M.Nov 16 .F. Dec 4
..............................W. Nov 25
......................................Th. Nov 26
.........................................................M. Nov30
...............................................................F. Dec 11
..........................................
M. Dec 1 4
.............................................Th. Dec 17
...........................................
M. Dec28
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1987
Page
........
2
...........
3
Introduction
Calendar
............ 4
H Courses ............ 5
H Options
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring
... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1987
Page
........
2
...........
3
Introduction
Calendar
............ 4
H Courses ............ 5
H Options
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring
semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week
January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time
for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and
ways not possible during the regular term. There will be no
summer Interim in 1987.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class a s they would for a four-course load during Fall
and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one
course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/
No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the
PIN system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a
more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one
Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at
Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation).
Augsburg Policy
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the
basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap a s required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973, a s amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
For More Information
Interim Office (Memorial 230)
Interim Secretary, Kay'Thomsen at 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustaf son, at 330-1192 (Memorial
114b)
Interim Calendar
November 3-7 . . .Interim Registration
December 8 . . .Late Interim Registration
January 5
. . . .First Day of Interim
Class I 9:00 a.m.
Class I1 1:00 p.m.
January6 . . . . . .Last Day for CanceYAdd
January 19 . . . . .Last day for determining grading
system with Registrar
January 21 . . . . .Last day for withdrawing from full
courses
January30
. .Interimends
February 3 .
.Validation of Spring Class Registration
February 4
. . .Spring Semester Begins
..
..
.. .
...
..
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time 1-8 a.m. to 12 noon
Time 11-1 p.m. to 5 p.m.
Interim Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are
listed in alphabeticalorder. At the end of the book are listings of
other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the
college for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime
Sports listed at the end of the Catalog.
Building Key
OM-Old Main
S - s c k n c e H-dl
Options
International Interims-Students are invited to be part of one
of the 27 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest
Association for International Education (UMAIE). These
course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog.
Internshim-Students electing. an internship must present a
completei internship learning;ontract to theA1nternshipOffice
(Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 25. Contract
forms are available in the same off ice.
Independent or Directed Study-Students may elect a program
of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study
(lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly
discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to
pursue independent or directed study must:
1 . Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervising faculty member.
This proposal must be submitted at least one week before
registration and no later than December 5. Appropriate
study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims a t Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the
Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration a t other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught
during the Interim at other 4-1-4schools are accepted for credit
by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted a s meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does
not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students
will be charged $540 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for a n Augsburg Interim should write to
the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office a t their own school. There is a n application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on
campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim
housing should be made to the Interim Office.
ART
Calligraphy
ART 106-47001
306-47002
Instructor: Phil Thompson
A study of the art and craft and historical development of calligraphy with emphasis on the italic alphabet. Development of calligraphic skills in pen and brush with ink and paint.
For upper division credit a major project is required plus demonstrated skill in the uncial and gothic styles.
Prerequisite: None for lower division; Painting or drawing course
or permission of the instructor for upper division
Distribution: Art-~ u s i c
Time: I
Room: OM 4
Life Drawing
ART 247-47003
Instructor:Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students.
The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of
media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from
three minutes to an hour and a half.
You will be introduced to the 2B and 4B pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels.
Fee: $25due the first day of class
Distribution:Art - Music
Time:I
Room: OM 17
BIOLOGY
Plants and Civilization
BIO 102-47004
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for use. Some plant
anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation
will be based on course exams.
Distribution:Chemistry-Biology
Time: I1
Room: 205
Ecology of The Arizona Sonoran Desert
BIO 113-47005
313-47006
Instructor:Neal Thorp
This course will begin with a consideration of the general characteristics of the four deserts on the North American continent. Emphasis will be placed on the Sonoran Desert of southern Arizona
and California and northern Sonora, Mexico. Topics discussed will
include the physiography of desert landscapes, desert climates,
soils, the distributions and interactions of plant and animal life,
and survival mechanisms of desert flora and fauna. Studies will
be conducted in southern Arizona, including the Arizona-Sonora
Desert Museum, Saguaro National Monument, Organ Pipe Cactus National Monument, the Boyce Thompson Arboretum of the
University of Arizona, and the Catalina and Rincon Mountains.
Grades will be based on examinations and written work. Students
taking the course to fulfill distribution requirements will be expected to acquire a general knowledge of the subjects studied and
to write a paper on a selected topic. Students taking the course for
upper division credit will be expected to probe the subjects in
greater depth and will be required to write a research paper that
will be presented orally to the class.
The cost will be approximately $600.00 and will cover airfare,
ground transportation, lodging, admission fees, and most meals.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor.
BIO 112 for 313 level
Distribution:Chemistry-Biology
H u m a n Developmental Biology
BIO 174-47007
Instructor:Robert Herforth
In its broadest sense developmental biology includes the study of
the entire life cycle of the individual, from production of the eggs
and sperm through fertilization, embryonic and fetal development, birth, growth and maturation, reproduction, aging and
death. This course will touch on all these aspects of human development, but will concentrate on gamete production, fertilization
and development up to birth. Comparisons with development in
other animals will be made. Some related topics which will be considered include the hormonal control of reproduction and childbirth, in vitro fertilization, methods of contraception and developmental defects. Grades will be based on several quizzes and exams
given during the course.
Distribution:Chemistry-Biology
Time: I
Room: S 212
H Biological Evolution
BIO 307-47008
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are
biologically related are probably the most sigmficant conclusions
which biology has contributed to human knowledge. The antievolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationists" will be
investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted a s a fact, and the evidence in its support will be examined.
Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and pace of
evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have evolved and
continue to do so. Much of the course will involve historical study
of evolutionary thought from pre-Darwinian times to the present.
Finally, we will address the course of evolution from the origin of
life itself to the origin of human life.
There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes
and tests.
Prerequisites:BIO 111 and 112 or permission of the instructor
Time: I
Room: S 329
BUSINESS
Micro-ComputerAccounting
BUS 294-47070
Instructor: Richard Herzog
This course will provide an introduction to the micro-computeras
it relates to financial and managerial accounting applications.
Topics will include: micro-computer hardware and software; accounting spreadsheet and database applications. Emphasis will
be on the IBM-PC or compatible hardware and Lotus 1-2-3software.
Students will be required to read a text and other material, hand in
homework assignments and take tests over the assigned material. In addition, computer reports will be handed in for evaluation.
Prerequisites: Principles of Managerial Accounting (BUS 102)
Time: 11
Room: S 213
Entrepreneurship
BUS 295-47011
Instructor:John Cerrito
The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills necessary for starting
and running a small business.
The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business
management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a
"model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of
the "model" plan, on tests and performances on small business
case studies.
Time: I
Ruom: M 23
Augsburg Goes to Business
BUS 321-47012
Instructor:Thomas Morgan, Tina Wagner, Lois Olson
"Augsburg Goes to Business" is a one-month senior seminar for
business and economics majors. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in organizations and
the varied environments in which and the many constraints with
which they must operate. Three objectives emerge:
1. to develop a clearer understanding of how the different functional areas of an organization operate on a day to day basis
and how these "parts" are integrated into the overall operation of the firm.
2. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches" correspond to "real world" situations and are able to accommodate practical application.
3. to explore potential conflicts between individual (personal
and career) goals and the goals of the organization; addressing how these conflicts may be resolved.
Class time will be divided between on-campus lecture and discussion and off-campus visits. Students will visit eight different
types of organizations in the metropolitan area. Class discussions
will focus on assigned readings, interpretation of the results of
different vocational oriented tests, and the issues relevant to the
selection of career paths.
Students will keep a journal of experiences and observations.
Grades will be determined on the basis of the journal and on a
research paper the topic of which has been negotiated with the
instructors.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor
Time:I
Room: P 2
Management Simulation Games
BUS 378-47013
Instructor:Arnin Kader
In this course the students will be grouped into teams. Each team
controls a company which manufactures and sells a line of multiple products. The company competes against other companies;
each manufactures and sells similar products. Each team attempts to outperform other teams by selecting what could be perceived by the team as the optimum operating strategy. This strategy includes s e t t i n g selling prices, production volumes,
marketing expenditures, plant and securities investments, as
well a s stockholders' dividends. Grading will be PIN only with
evaluation on the basis of the work done and its results.
Prerequisites: BUS 135 and 261, ECO 122 and 123 or permission
of instructor
Time: 11
Room: OM 21
CHEMISTRY
The Science of Very Large Molecules
CHM 104-47014
Instructor: Sandy Olmsted
This is a survey of the kinds of chemicals which are vitally important to our lifestyle: plastics, synthetic fibers, proteins. These
have unusual chemical and physical properties that make them
especially useful. We will learn about their chemistry as we make
rubber, adhesives, nylon, and plastics in class, and investigate
their importance to business, the economy, and to us personally in
health and medical applications, and genetic engineering. The
course is aimed at creating a better informed consumer who is
science-literate. Grade is determined by three exams and a short
paper which is due the last day of class.
Prerequisite: High School Chemistry
Distribution:Chemistry-Biology
Time: I1
Room: S 315
The Molecular Basis of Cancer
CHM 310-47015
Instructor:David T. Brand
Cancer has in some form or another touched virtually every family in America. A great deal of effort has been expended by the
scientific community to find the cause(s)of cancer and to establish
a cure. The question at hand is, "Are we winning the battle
against cancer?" This course will focus on the causes of cancer,
how it can be treated, and how it might be prevented. Topics which
will be discussed in this course include: The cellular basis of cancer, the environment and cancer, the molecular basis of cancer,
chemoprevention of cancer, and the psychological impact of cancer on the patientslfamilies.
Principles of structural organic chemistry and molecular biology
will be used throughout the course.
There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Student performance will be evaluated on
the basis of two exams and a final paper which is due the last day
of class.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 351 (organic chemistry) or permission of
instructor
Time: I
Room: S 315
SCIENCE
FORTRAN
CSC 270-47016
Instructor:Larry Ragland
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students
with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will
expand the student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those
features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequisites: One course with a study of a computer language
(e.g. CSC 170 or MAT 175)
Distribution:Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: S 112
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 113-47017
Instructor:Satya Gupta
This course will introduce basic concepts, terms and definitions
used in microeconomics. Students will be able to recognize the
role of microeconomics in decision making at the consumer level,
firm level and government level. They will also be able to understand the market functioning of the American economy. Four
tests will be given to evaluate students' understanding of the material.
Distribution:Economics-PoliticalScience
Time: I1
Room: S 212
Economics of Risk Management: Free Markets vs
Government Regulation
ECO 339-47018
Instructor:Milo Schield
In this course we will:
- Examine economics of hazards involving uncertainty and
risk. Examine risk-management via free-market pricing, insurance contracts and government subsidies and regulation.
- Review basic concepts. Distinguish between insurance and
speculation. Identify uninsurable risks. Price insurable risks
given frequencies and severities as a function of confidence.
Estimate risk premiums associated with various lifestyles
and occupations. Compare subjective estimates of hazards
with objective data. Evaluate social costs and benefits of risksharing via insurance. Review insurance "failures": medical
malpractice and product liability.
- Review economic effects of government subsidies and regulations on risky endeavors such as banking, nuclear power, natural disasters, workman's compensation, unemployment and
old-age.Conduct experiments on effects of price-controls.
- Analyze the role of the legal system in internalizing forseeable, but unintended, consequences of intended actions. Discuss "failures" of the legal system to identify property rights
and tort-law responsibilities.
- Visit an auction market, a speculative market, two insurance
companies and several regulatory agencies.
Students will prepare a comprehensive paper (50%)in addition to
class participation (lo%), 3 quizzes (5% each) and a comprehensive final (25%).
Prerequisites: BUS 279 or BUS 331 or ECO 313 or permission of
the instructor
Time: I1
Room: OM 23
EDUCATION
Student Teaching
EDS 481-47019EDE 481-47023
EDS 482-47020EDE 482-47024
EDS 483-47021EDE 483-47025
EDS 484-47022EDE 484-47026
Instructor:Marie McNeff, William Merr'una.n
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a
school. Grading is PIN only.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission
of instructor.
January in Medieval England: An Imaginary
Travel Trip
ENG 213-47027
Instructor:Joan Griffin
What was it like to be alive in late medieval England? Using literature, drama, music, and art of 12th to 14th century England and
Europe, this course is an imaginary trip into the past, touring the
medieval castle, cloister, and college.
The course has two emphases. Lecture/discussion sessions will
explore a variety of literary documents as well as art and music in
order to understand the daily lives of medieval people. Focusing
on Chaucer's Canterbury pilgrims, topics will include: "A Knight
Ther Was.. . :The Chivalric Ideal"; "The Doctour of Physik: Medicine in the Age of the Black Plagues"; "Madame Eglantine: Medieval Manners" etc.
The course will also explore medieval literature as a performing
art. Students will be asked to participate in workshops on medieval drama, music, etc. The course will culminate in a medieval
banquet or other performance.
Evaluation will be based on lecture and workshop attendance and
participation, a journal, and a paper.
Prerequisites: ENG 111 (EffectiveWriting)
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I1
Room: M 23
The Short Story - Elements of Fiction
ENG 240-4702..
Instructor: Kathryn Swanson
What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction
should I consider in making an evaluation? In this course, students will find answers to these questions by reading a variety of
fictional works and by writing their own fiction.
Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of the
history of the form of the short story, we will begin with tales and
fables and we will read a sufficient number of classics for the student to appreciate the historical development from Poe to Beattie.
The course will involve practice in ways of approaching literature
and will include study of the basic critical terminology, so it would
be an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied
literature at the college level.
Students are expected to read the stories and novel, participate in
class discussions, write an analysis paper on a topic selected with
the advice of the teacher, write a short story, and take several quizzes and a final exam. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but
students will be expected to write with clarity
Distribution:~ n ~ i s h - s p e e c h
Time: I
Room: M 24
Emily Dickinson: The Person and The Poems
ENG 340-47029
Instructor:Ron Palosaari
Unknown in her lifetime, Emily Dickinson has gained a reputation as one of America's finest poets.
She spent most of her life within the family home, confining her
relationships to a selected few while the town regarded her as eccentric. Some writers believe she retreated from the world to give
herself to her poetry because her time and place made no provision for a female professional poet, especially a boldly innovative
one. Others trace her seclusion to various family relationships,
personal problems, or frustrated dreams of love. Whatever the situation, out of the mystery of her life comes the glory of her poetry.
We will study her poetry and a standard biography. Evaluation will
be based on a few short papers, an oral or group report, a journal,
and a test. We may also have some quizzes.
Students will also read one of the important books on Dickinson
and give a class report on the paper they prepare on their book.
Prer uisites:A college literature class
Tim3
Room: OM 27
FRENCH
4 Beginning French I
FRE 111-47030
Instructor:Mirni Johnson
This course aims to give students a rudimentary understanding
of French language and culture. Using development of listening,
then speaking, then reading, and lastly, writing, students will
comprehend everyday situations and be able to use "survival
French." Evaluation will include oral and written quizzes, group
study and projects, a s well a s a final exam. A part of each day's
class will be held in the Language Laboratory
Distribution:Foreign Language
Time: I
Room: OM 25
-
-
HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232-47071
Instructor: Mary Manderfeld
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on
participation in class activities,a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This is a l/2credit course.
Time:II-M&W&AlternateF
Room: Melby 24
Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
HPE 410-47033
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods
and materials in health education with laboratory experience in
classroom and community
Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities,
including a presentation on a teaching method.
Prerequisites: HPE 320
Time: I
Room: Melby 24
Coaching of Basketball
HPE 477-47034
Instructor: David Boots
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floorcoaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation.
This is a
credit course.
Time: I T & Th & Alternate F
Room: Melby 12
Coaching of Hockey
HPE 478-47072
Instructor:Ed Saugestad
The theory, techniques and administrative aspects of coaching
hockey. Evaluation will be on the basis of exams, on-the-icecoaching techniques and scouting reports.
This is a l / 2 credit course.
Time: I M - W &AlternateF
Room: Melby 12
Officiating of Basketball
HPE 481-47035
Instructor:Al Kloppen
This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the
game of basketball. There will be practical experience on the floor.
Students completing the course should be ready for certification
by the Minnesota High School Association. Grade evaluation will
be based upon tests, papers prepared and performance on the
floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that
students have some basketball playing experience.
This is a l / 2 credit course.
Time: I1 T & Th & Alternate F
Room: Melby 12
GENERAL STUDIES
Transitions: Women's Life Careers
GST 245-4709
Instructor:Diane Busico
Are you wondering how you can succeed in a "man's world"? Puzzling out your options for marriage, career, andlor children? Troubled with how to practically and emotionally juggle all of your diverse roles? This seminar is a n exploration of the various
pathways women choose in balancing home and work life. Although it promises no concrete answers to compelling questions,
it will arm you with some useful information for making choices
for the present and plans for the future.
The societal, familial, and individual forces shaping the choices
women make concerning family and career are studied via text (E.
Highman: The Organizational Woman), journal articles, films,
and guest lecturers. Student performance is assessed through essays and a research project.
Distribution:Urban, Women's and Minority Studies
Time: I
Room: P-2
HISTORY
Modern Paris: History and Literature
HIS 114-47036
Instructor:Orloue Gisselquist
We will do two things in this course. First, we are going to study a
significant period-the 19th and 20th centuries-in the history of
one of the world's great cities. Secondly, we are going to focus
much of our work on three major pieces of literature that deal
with Paris. We will enjoy them as literature but study them as
historical sources for what they tell us about Paris. The three
pieces of literature we probably will read are Honore de Balzac,
Old Goriot (1834),one of several novels he wrote picturing life in
Paris; Alexis de Tocqueville, Recollections (1893),a memoir written in the early 1850's by one of the great political thinkers of the
19th century that recounts his firsthand experience in the '48 revolution in Paris; and Edrnond and Jules de Goncourt, Pages from
the Goncourt Journal (1922),a very realistic day-to-daydiary kept
by two brothers who professionally and socially associated with
the literary elite of Paris during much of the second half of the
19th century. Whereas today history is being pressed toward the
social sciences, this represents a more humanities orientation of
historical study.
There will be two short papers (4-5 pages each) and two written
examinations.
Distribution:History-Philosophy
Time: I1
Room: OM 25
Myth and Myth Making
HIS 219-47037
419-47038
HUM 275-47039
Instructor:Richard Nelson
A myth is not something patently false or absurd, although popular usage has emphasized its fictional quality. Myth is the means
by which people and cultures explain themselves to others and to
themselves. In this course we will examine mythopoeic thought
and the myths which that process evolved in the ancient Near
East, Greece and Rome. We will read mythological literature in
translation and modern commentaries on the nature of myth
making. These mythologies will be studied within their historical
and cultural context, resulting in a final paper on a topic to be
decided upon between student and instructor. In addition to the
final paper, there will be a final exam and weekly quizzes or writing assignments. Depending upon production timing, the class
will attend an area dramatic presentation. Students enrolling for
upper division credit will be required to write an expanded final
paper based on deeper source material (18-20pages in length compared to lower division papers of 10-12 pages) and, in addition, a
critical review of a pertinent study
Prerequisites: ~ffectivewriting for lower division
Permission of instructor for
upper division registration
Distribution:History-Philosophy
Time: I
Room: OM 13
20th Century South Asia
HIS 262-47040
Instructor: Don Gustafson
India (or South Asia)has produced the largest working democracy
in the world today; from this people have come one of our century's greatest saints and also one of the most renowned statesmen;
it is a foremost example of 20th Century colonialism and nationalism; it has experienced one of this century's greatest upheavals of
people; it is a standard example for population crisis and world
poverty illustrations. South Asia is all this-and much more.
This course is designed for the student who has interest but little
or no background in non-western subjects. We will begin with an
anthropological study (BEHIND MUD WALLS) of traditional village India; then consider colonialism by reading the literary classic, PASSAGE TO INDIA (and also see the movie); observe the
process of nationalism and independence using various historical
readings and the movie, GANDHI; and finally conclude with some
thoughts on modernization.
There will be general discussions, weekly examinations and a final exam.
Prerequisites:Sophomore honors student
or permission of instructor
Distribution:History-Philosophy
Time: I
Room: OM 18
MATHEMATICS
Gardner Variety Mathematics
MAT 133-47075
Instructor:Bev Stratton
Are you afraid of math? If so, this course is for you. We will have
fun with math and convince you that you can do math.
As a starting point, we will use the writings of Martin Gardner, an
individualwho for many years wrote a column on mathematics for
Scientific American. Then we will help you use your common
sense to explore such mathematical concepts as logic, paradoxes,
number theory, patterns, symmetry and other topics of interest to
the class.
Evaluation will be based on class participation and short reaction
papers to Gardner's columns.
This course should be particularly helpful for elementary education majors.
Prerequisite:Group I11 on math placement test
Distribution:Mathematics-Physics
Time: I1
Room: OM 27
The Logical Game of Mathematics
MAT 241-47041
Instructor:Larry Copes
Lower-divisionmathematics students generally play only games
of calculation and concepts. But DOING mathematics as professionals requires an ability to prove and disprove conjectures and
to write up proofs. The objectives of this course are to help prospective mathematics majors gain or improve those skills, and to
get a taste of REAL mathematics before cornrniting themselves to
a major. Toward that end there will be daily assignments and
weekly exams, including a cumulative final exam.
Prerequisite: Completion of Calculus I with 2.0 (C) or better
Time: I
Room: S 205
MUSIC
H The Electronics of Music
MUS 230-47065
430-47068
Instructor:Robert Karlen
An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create
some of the sounds found in 20th century music. Through a
"hands-on" approach, participants will be involved in:
1)Making multi-track r~corrlingson half'-tmlc,qu-r4rack,
and casElctte dwlm through an eight,-t~xclr.
mixor.
2) Lnclividua1,lly creating, modifying, m d mixing ~ a u n d sfrom
trdtional mtmd ~ o u s c a sas wcll as from analog and computer-controlledsynthesizers.
The study and applicntion of pmdicnl electronic technology used
in the production of music hday will he combined with aesthetic
considerations necmwry for thc creativ~?
aspccts of the art.
Much of the work in this course will be done in small groups.
Lower division students will work with up to four channel-four
track recording invalPing techniques of s m changing, splicing.
mversing tape direation and filtering using primwily traditional
and non-tmrli tional sound sources. Upper division st~rderltswill
also use electronically synthesized sound sources including computer controlled keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to
seven tracks.
Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder, and
provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and
a blank cassette tape.
Prerequisite: None for lower division status.
Music theory or permission of instructor for upper
division status.
Distribution:Art-Music
Time: I
Room: M 5
NORWEGIAN
Beginning Norwegian
NOR 111-47032
Instructor: Leif Hansen
T h e cflume pmvides an introduction to the basio skills of listening, spa-,
reacling, and writing. The first;classl sessions are
conducted without Lhr?use oT ra, prhtccl text. Later class sessions
provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression is emphasized throughout
the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected.
Distribution:Foreign Language
Time: II
Room: OM 29
NURSING
Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330-47042
Instructor: Terry Welcher
This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by
introducing current trends and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reachingeffects
in health care. Students will be graded on group presentations,
written examinations and field trip reports.
Prerequisite: Registered Nurse
Time: I
Room: OM 11
PHILOSOPHY
Being H u m a n
PHI 115-47043
Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach
What is it to be a human being? What is our uniqueness, our relation to our world and environment, and our relation to others in
community and to God? We will explore concepts of being human
from ancient Greece and China, through the Renaissance, to contemporary reflections, to see how different cultures and societies
have viewed the human person.
The course will emphasize reading original sources from the various periods, and written interaction with those readings. Several
short papers on the readings plus written preparation for small
group discussions will be expected.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time: I
Room: OM 16
What D o You Think of That?
PHI 250-47044
Instructor: Ken Bailey
There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some clear and careful thought. What shall we think and
say about such contemporary issues as Freedom of the Will; Can
Computers Think?; and What are the Grounds of Moral RRsponsibility? In this course we will discuss these and other concerns that
confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more clearly
Discussions will be based upon readings from a wide selection of
authors, some traditional (such a s John Locke, RRne Descartes,
and William James);m d same very much in tho forefront of conl,empoiwy discussion (such as &TI Rand. B.R Skinne~:Sidn~y
E h k ,and John Hospa-s). T h e i r views are provocative, to aa.y tho
least, and they will challenge you to nslr, again and again, "Well,
Now. What Do YOUTtlinlc or That?" Grades based upo:~mid-term
examination, final examination, and discussions.
Distribution:History-Philosophy
Time: I1
Room: OM 10
Introduction to Truth Theory
PHI410-47045
Instructor:Mark Fuehrer
An investigation aP the following questions: What is the nature of
truth? Is truLl1 a property of the,intellect or tllings'?Is there only
on5 thrutll?Is truth irmnt~tablc?Is truth k u n d ul sensation or only
in the intellect? Is falsity found in the senses or only in the intellect?
This course will propose answers tJothese gu~stionebased on a
survey of philosophical texts by various writers. Student will be
involved with debating these texts and preparing n series of reports on the readings. In addition there will be a final examination
on all material covered.
Prerequisite: At least one lower division course in philosophy
Time: LT:
Room: Philosophy Seminar-Memorial Hall
PHYSICS
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-47046
Instructor:Ken Erickson
A study of the ~cience
of meteorology which will pmvida a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric ecicnce. Attention
will be given to Pow basic areas: observing t h e weather (including
stntc or t11~art instrumentation), understancling weather patterns, ibrecasting weather changes and underatanding the
world's climate. Elelated topics to be includccl are: hydrology
(study of the emth'e water cycle), pollution, economic effects of
the weather, and weather'sinlpmt on world events. This course is
dmignod to be an elwtive ox satisfy the Ma~hematics-PI~ysics
distribution requirement for the Libcilal arts student. The course will
include daily lectures, asaignmants (one o r two laboratory
sossions pcr week), two one-hour examinations and a research
project.
Prerequisite:High school algebra
Distribution:Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: L 1
The Physics of Music
PHY 112-47047
Instructor: Jeff Johnson
This course will examine the physics underlying the experience of
music. After developing the essential physics, we will examine
string, and horn instruments (and possibly others including the
human voice) to see how they actually work. The requirements of
the course include laboratory exercises and homework assignments. There will also be a final exam in addition to a term paper
on the history of the student's favorite musical instrument.
Prerequisite: High school algebra
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: OM 12
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Political Reasoning and Rationalizing
POL 180-47048
Instructor: Myles Stenshoel
A course for people who would rather think than memorize, criticize than concur, argue than acquiesce. Addressing major and minor political ideas from Plato to the President, the course will attempt to probe and compare the notions that have affected and
afflicted Western politics, for better and for worse.
Grades will be based on brief papers, quizzes, and class participation.
Prerequisite: No prior political science course
Distribution:Economics-PoliticalScience
Time: I1
Room: OM 11
Politics of Nuclear Strategy and War
POL 365-47049
Instructor:Joseph R. Goldman
Given the nuclear arms race today and the advent of "Star Wars,"
many people are deeply concerned about their and the world's future as we approach 2001. This course explores the politics and
strategy of nuclear security issues not only between the US and
USSR, but among the "other" nuclear (izing) nations and those
like Japan choosing never to possess these engines of war. Beginning with Hiroshima and continuing beyond "Star Wars," we will
look at the history, politics, economics, strategies and ecologies
surrounding the technologies propelling the arms race, on the one
hand, and affecting arms control, on the other. Students will have
a mid-term examination, a short paper (10 pp) and a final exarnination used a s the basis for evaluation.
Prerequisite:
One mlitical science course
or permission of instructor
Time: I
Room: OM 21
Anatomy of the USSR
POL 455-47050
Instructor:Norma Noonan
In-depth study of the contemporary USSR with a l'ocus on internal
politics and society The contcnt includes: an oveiview of the dilemmas which face the USSR in tl~elate 1980s: political, economic, m d moi* m analysis of the Soviet monomy-midattempts
at reform: a review of rrullwal and mcial ~ r o b l ~ mexnrnination
s:
of
some Porcign plicy issues; nnd an annlyks or the political leadership. The rxlurse will he conductwl as a seminnr. Thcrc will he a
research pnpr anrl some indcwndent rending and writing assignmcnts. Thc grade will be based on: the written n-si-c~lts
(4Oq%1);class clit3cusAion (20r%):written m p r t (40'%1).
Pmrequi~ite:One course h Communist politics:
382;363or 351 or permission of the htruct;or
Time: I
Room: M 22
PSYCHOLOGY
Self-Identityand Values
PSY 110-47051
Instructor:Norm Ferguson
The objective of this course will be to examine the concept of
"self" or "self-identity" (Who am I? What do I think and feel about
myself?). The relationship between self-identity and personal values will also be explored. Though the course will have mainly a
psychological focus, reference will be made to spiritual and philosophical issues that relate to the concepts of self-identity and values. The content of the course will cover topics such as: the acquisition and development of self-identity and values, including the
influence of sex-roles; the clarification of values; the growth and
change of self-identity and values during adulthood; and the relationship between self-identity and spiritual growth.
Glass time wfll be devoted mainly to the discussion of these issues
in smdl groups. A&iw participation by each student is c q m t e d
along with the sharing of relevant ixldvidual expriences. Emltiation will be b e d on class participation, two papers, and a journal
of reactions to the assigned r e d n g s . This course may not substitute for PSY-105 for students pursuing a major or minor in psychology. Grading PIN only
Prereauisite:Permission of instructor
~istriiution:Psychology-Sociology
Time: I1
Room: P 3
Introduction to the World of Psychology
PSY 121-47052
Instructor:Paul Hirdrnan
Psycholow is more than rats! It is a world of great breadth. with
differing levels of depth. Here you will have Lhe or~portunitylo
cxplor~some of the concepts. data and methods of psychology and
gain s o m ~
undmstnncling nnd insights Frnm this disciphe. R e d ings, leclurcs. and specid presentations will he utiliecd involving
the instrucimr and class members. EvaEuntion wi 11 involve class
participation, student research presentations, and exams.
Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY
105(General Psych).
Distribution:Psychology-Sociology
Time: I
Room: P 4
Idealism and the Adolescent
PSY 370-47053
Instructor:Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the
adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be
the main focus.
This course will be conducted a s a seminar with a high level of
student contribution and participation. Procedures will include
elms discussion,frequent shorrt papers, and frequent oral reports.
F,acl~s t ~ ~ d ew
n illl be required to seek out antl interview persons in
the adoLescent level of developmett. rypCdting or oq~uvalont
word processing wi U b~ required.
Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November 1. Content of the
book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is off ered o d y on PIN basis.
Prerequisite: Psychology 105 (GeneralPsychology)
Time: I
Room: OM 10
Christianity in Modern Africa
REL 366-47054
Instructor:Bradley Holt
This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the
South. Students will be introduced to traditional African culture
m d religion, the introduction of Christianity, and the present deveIopmeilt of Indigmous ch~wchasin West Africa. The newer "Ind e n d e n t African Chul-ches"will ha studied, a s wall as aitempta
txr formulate "African Christian Theology" A major ~ectionof the
course will focus on contemporary responses of churches in South
Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregation. There will be
lectures and discussion of reading materials, films, and visiting
resource persons. Students will be evaluated on several short
tests and a short research paper.
Prer uisite: One coursein
Dish%ution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used
t o w i d graduation rewon requirements)
Time: Il
Room: OM 18
rewm
Issues in Science and Religion
REL 374-47055
Instructors: John Benson and Mark Engebretson
For some in our society science is the driving engine of a better,
more secure life. For others, including some Christians, science
and its associated technologies constitute a grave threat.
This course will begin with a historical overview of the relations
between science and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods; the origins of the Christian faith, the development of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy; and the reevaluation of
science and nature in the 20th century
The following are some of the questions to be dealt with: Has science made the Bible obsolete? Are scientists really that smart?
Has modern physics made it easier to be a Christian? Can computers save us? Why do science and religion always seem to be
fighting one another?
Grades will be based on class discussion of assigned readings, two
short tests and a written project.
Prerequisite:Religion (Onlyone interim course may be used
toward graduationreligionrequirements)
Distribution:Religion
Time: I
Room: S 213
SOCIAL WORK
Exploring H u m a n Services
SWK 257-47056
Instructor: Mary Lou Williams
This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting
a career goal and a coll~ge
major. RnowIedge is gained by working
in a professional human service organization or agency; working
and talking with l-ruman service prvreasiorlals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This
course offers a "hands on," experiential approach to learning.
Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of
an agency representative. In addition, sk~dcntswill attend a apecific small group saminmr 3 ho1u.s per weak during which Rgency
experiences will be slmmd and ~ m d i n g sclificussed. Evaluation
will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective
summary, brief journal summary, and final exam.
Time: I
Room: 6-12
Issues of Homelessness
SWK 339-47057
Instructor:Edwina Hertzberg
The intent of this course is:
1. To expand students' knowledge of homelessness in a historical context
2. To expand students' knowledge of the reality of homelessness in the Twin Cities
3. To expand students' understanding of the causative factors
which contribute to persons being homeless: Economic, employment, personal
4. To explore possible resolutions of homelessness
Fkadings, guest lectures, field visits to sites serving homeless
people and participant observation will be utilized to fulfill the
above objectives. A seminar format will be used in the classroom
for discussion/explorationof the topic.
Field notes from participant observations, class participation and
a research paper exploring one aspect of the topic will form the
basis for evaluation.
Upper division students only.
Non social work majors are particularly invited to enroll in this
course.
uisites:SOC 111 or 121 or SWK 257 or 361
-3
Room: OM 23
Prer
Field Work I11
SWK 466-47058(1course)
466-47059(34 course)
Instructor:Rosemary Link
me objectives of the C ~ R S R are tC) U8e s u ~ ~ ~
relationship
t ~ r g to
increase interpretive as well as socid work ~ C F ~ O I ' X I W U Icamp
~~
t.~mcc:tu promoh gradt.lalentqy into direct social mrl<practice; to
increase comptencr! in the client oonl.act phase of tho problem
solving prmcrs; to increase studenl seK-awmeness in 1.ega1-dto
profmsional pmcticr? interests, areas of strengLE1, mci areas for
personallprol'essiotla~develnpmtlnt; to proinute mmpetcmce i n the
Pull process of' problcm solving. with special empl~asison nna1ys.k
and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work 11--educationally focused field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement,
plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar
held on campus.
Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using
previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms.
NOTE: Course is offered for half (15 hours per week) or full (30
hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be
based on non-clientcontact tasks.
Time: To be arranged
SOCIOLOGY
H Ethnicity and Community in Urban Society
SOC 261-47060
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
It has been suggested that the persistence of ethnic neighborhoods in American cities has functioned as a locus of community
in urban life. Moreover, it is argued that these communities have
provided stability and identity in the face of the dehumanizing
tendencies in an industrialized and bureaucratized society This
course will attempt ~ K Imsess the extent to which the foregoing
assertions might apply to ethnic ncjghborhoods in the Twin Citi e ~ATtor
.
some prehmhwy background sessions and readings,
each member of the class will be asked, either individually or as
part of a group, to explore a particular ethnic community in the
Twin Cities and report back to the class. This class presentation
and a final examination will be the basis of evaluation for the
course.
Distribution: Urban
Time: I
Room: OM 29
Complex Organizations
SOC 301-47073
Instructor:Diane Pike
This course is an upper division seminar designed to examine
complex organizations from a sociological perspective. Little in
contemporary American culture is left unaffected by organizations and it is useful for those of us who live and work within
these institutions to understand how they operate beyond the individual level. We will explore topics such as corporate deviance, organizational technology and structure, and organizational culture.
The format of the course is based on discussion and participation.
Reading assignments form the foundation for class time, supplemented by guest speakers, films, and assignments. Evaluation of
performance is based on three short papers, participation and
notebook, and a final.
This course is particularly appropriate for business majors in certain tracks.
Prerequisite: An introductory history, psychology,sociology
or political science course
Time: I1
Room: OM 22
Racial and Minority Group Relations
SOC 383-47061
Instructor:Jerry Gerasirno
This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group
relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and
the role of self-understanding.
The course will be offered only on a PIN basis. There will probably
be no examinations, but there will be two papers.
Distribution: Urban
Time: II
Room: M 24
SPANISH
Evaluating Continental Literature
SPA 250-47031
Instructor:Gunta Rozentals
The objective of the course is to enable students to discuss continental works of literature through the use of valid critical tools. It
will involve both theory and evaluation from different points of
view. We shall read several short stories, plays, one novel and a
number of poems.
Evaluation will be based on three written reports, participation in
class discussion, and a final exam.
This course is designed for language students but anyone with an
interest in European continental literature is welcome to enroll.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor
Distribution:English-Speech
Time: I
Room: M 22
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION & THEATER
Theatre in London
SPC 246-47062
Instructor:Julie Bolton
London has been the center of the t h e a t r e world for centuries and
the EngLis11 stage continues to a t t a t large audiences to f3-m footlights. During our month in En~lnndwe will see approximately
fourteen prfomances including traditional and nori-traditional
theatre a t a wide assortment of sites.
Theatre performances will be supplemented with backstage
tours, talks with British theatre artists and critics, walking tours
and a visit to the British Theatre Museum. The course will also
allow free time for independent exploration of the many galleries,
museums, libraries, shops and all that are part of England's rich
cultural heritage.
The course is offered on a PIN basis only Evaluation will be based
on attendance at all scheduled events, participation in group discussions, a journal dealing with production experiences as well as
some assigned readings.
The cost of transportation, some meals, and all theater performances is $1,895.00.
Children's Theater
SFC 285-47063
Instructor:Gary Parker
Class members will work as an ensemble to create and perform a
play for children. Development of the play will emphasize techniques of improvisation. Students will participate both on and off
stage as performers (actors, singers, dancers, musicians),production staff (publicity and management), and technical staff (lights,
scenery, costumes, and props). Public performances will be scheduled during the final week of class. Grading will be based on the
commitment and effectiveness of work on the production, and a
written notebook of daily activities and reactions. No theater experience is necessary
Time: 9:30-12:OO.1:OO-3:OO
Room: Stage Two
Ethics in Communication
SPC 340-47064
Instructor:Ray Anderson
We all encounter deception and exploitation in politics, advertising, selling, and personal relations. How can one decide whether
to conceal information from a customer, to use subliminal persuasion, to "blow the whistle" on one's employer, to use photographs
or body language to give a misleading impression? How can one
sort out and weigh the various ethical considerations?
In this course we will use case studies and a variety of ethical perspectives to analyze ethical problems in such fields as advertising,
public relations, sales, and politics. We will also consider issues in
subliminal persuasion, nonverbal communication, and interpersonal communication. The main objective is to improve our ability
to make ethical decisions.
Activities will include lectures, readings, case studies, interviews,
oral reports, papers, debates, and two examinations. The emphasis will be on case studies involving situations encountered in
everyday life.
~rereqdsites:
A course in philosophy or consent of instructor
Time: I1
Room: OM 16
OTHER COURSES
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for
credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. Fuller descriptions and details for
registering are available in the Interim Office.
W Outward Bound
HPE 212-47067
Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border
or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio
Grande in the December 27 through January 17 period. There
is a cost of approximately $1,050 (the Outward Bound organization says scholarships are available).
Washington D.C. Interims
The Legal System and Legal Careers
POL 398-47068
Leaders o n Leadership: Models for Policy Making
POL 398-47069
These Interims begin December 28 and continue until January
16. Information on either of the above programs, housing and
financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during Interim and students may register for one of these as well as for a
regular course. These activities do not carry official credit, but
they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation.
Students may participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether
or not the student registers for the course.
1 Runnin
HPE 00237074
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution:Lifetime Sports
Time: 12 noon
Room: Melby
1 Racquetball
HPE 002-47075
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 9:30-11:OOT & Th
Room: Melby
American Karate
HPE 002-47076
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American
Karate, taught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt
instructor. Fee of $25.00.
Distribution:Lifetime Sports
Time: 12:00-1:00M, W, F
Room: Melby
UMAIE
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from
Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20, or
from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends
October 24, 1986.These courses are offered on P/NP basis only
Ancient Greece: Myth and Monuments
An Ecological Safari in East Africa
Biology and Natural History of the Hawaiian Islands
China. Then and Now
Civilizations in Conflict: Troy, Constantinople, Gallipoli
Economics of the Welfare State
English Castles, Cathedrals and Countryside
Europe and the Rise of Modern Science
German Ltmguage nnd Culture: Munich, Salzburg & Vienna
Great Western Philosophers
Greek A r t and Architecture
Habsburg Heritage
Health Care in Europe
Italy: Galileo and the Church
J a ~ a 1987:
n
Traditional Values in a Post-Industrial Society
L ~ W
in London
London and Paris: A Tale of Two Cities
Mexico: The Old and the New
Modern European Business and Worklife
Museums, Music, and Monuments in
the Great Cities of Emope
Paris and Provence: Lnnigpag~and Culture
Peru: Lnnguuge and Culture
Soviet Union: A Cultural rtnd Historical Profile
Soviet Union: History and Culture
S ain: A Country in Transition
eatre in London
The English School and Family
&
NOTES
NOTES
NOTES
Show less
-
-
J u g s burg College
- -
7 3 1 2 1 S T A V E N U ES O U T H
An Official Publication of
Augsburg College
Non-Profit Org.
U.S. POSTAGE
Minneapolis,
Permit No. 2031
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts
college of The American Lutheran Church. Located in the
... Show more
-
-
J u g s burg College
- -
7 3 1 2 1 S T A V E N U ES O U T H
An Official Publication of
Augsburg College
Non-Profit Org.
U.S. POSTAGE
Minneapolis,
Permit No. 2031
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts
college of The American Lutheran Church. Located in the
heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about
1800 students during the academic year, is enriched by the
many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in
this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining
classes and participation in metropolitan events is a
delightful and broadening experience.
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum
including regular courses, internships, independent studies
and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from
June 1-June 26, Term I1 runs from June 29-August 7.
This brochure presents the Summer School Program and
was correct at the time of publication.
Summer Students may take one course during Term I
and two courses during Term 11. Unless otherwise
indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit,
the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter
credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg distribution
requirements are so noted in the course descriptions.
Term1
Term11
(- \
Preregistration
with Tuition Discount
April 22
April 22
Confirmation of Registration
Classes Begin
Balance of Tuition Due
June 1
June 29
Last Day to:
Change Grading Option
Drop Class Without Notation
Register with a Late Fee of $10
(noregistrations will be
accepted after this date)
June 3
July 1
Holiday
None
July 4
Last Day to Withdraw from
Class (W)
June 15
July 20
Classes End
June 26
August 7
Grades Due in Registrar's Office
July 1
August 12
Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three
digit course number: 1or 2, lower division, primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division,
/--7rimarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level.
4.,burses
Regularly Taught during the academic year are
more fully described in the Augsburg College Catalog. If
you need more information about a special summer
offering, please contact the Summer School Office.
Independent Study and Internships, in addition to those
listed, may be pursued during the summer in a number
of departments. Internships involve work experience
related to the academic program in an agency,
government, or industry. Consult the Summer School
Office for information.
Students Needing Housing may obtain information from
the Director of Housing.
Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are
advised to preregister as soon as possible, since courses
without substantial demand may be dropped.
The College Reserves t h e Right t o Cancel Listed
Courses.
Additional information and registration forms may be
obtained from the Summer School office. Write or call:
I
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Memorial Hall - 230
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
(612) 330-1026
Pat Parker, Director
Kay Thomsen, Secretary
P e r s o n s in Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges
and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students
admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend
Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by
that institution.
Other P e m o n s wishing to take summer school work should
contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibili~ \
under special circumstatlcea.
k .<)
Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission
as a re$ular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to
begin a degree program at the College should apply for
Lhe Office of Admission.
admission throi~gl~
Augsburg College admitn studenls of any race, color, national
and ethnic origin to ail rights, privileges, programs, and
activities generally accorded or made available to students at
[heschool, It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color,
creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or
ndministl-ation of its educational policies, admissions
policies, acholarslrip and loan programs and athletic and
other school-administe~~ed
programs.
Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any
student taking 1 course is regarded as a half-time student for
the summer and is eligible to apply for a Guaranteed Student
Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office to make loan
arrangements (33Ck1046).
Term I Summer School students are required to confirm
their registrations on June 1. Term I1 registrations must be
confirmed on June 29. This procedure includes confirmation
of all preregistered courses and applies to internships and
independent studies as well as to regularly scheduled
courses.
Confirmation of registration will take place at the Registrar's
Office, 114 Science Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and
6:30 p.m. on June 1 and June 29.
)xilance owing for tuition must be paid before
i'~*istrationis confirmed. Augsburg students please note:
Balance due on Augsburg account from previous term/s
must be paid in full before confirmation of registration.
'
A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations
completed on June 2 and 3. A late fee of $10.00 will be
assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 30 and
July 1. Registrations will not b e accepted ajter these dates.
To cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course
and enroll in another course, fill out a Cancel/Add form at the
Registrar's Office. There is a charge of $5.00 for changing a
registration after the first day of each term. This must be
done by 3:30 p.m. on June 3 for Term I courses and by 3:30
p.m. on July 1 for Term I1 courses. This procedure applies to
internships and independent studies as well as scheduled
courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is determined
according to the "Tuition Refund Policy."
The tuition charge for Summer School is $375.00 for each
course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit
charge (non-credit)is $188.00 for each course. Laboratory/
special fees are noted with course descriptions.
Preregistration on April 22 will result in a savings of $30.00
for each course taken. This reduced tuition of $345.00 per
course applies only to those courses for which the student
preregisters on April 22. A nonrefundable deposit of $50.00
per course is required at this time and is applied to
designated course tuition. If a course is cancelled due to low
enrollment, a substitution may be made without loss of
discount. Students may preregister for both Term I and Term
I1 courses on April 22, tuition discount applies to both terms.
After April 22, students may preregister at the Registrar's
Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. The
required $50.00 per course nonrefundable deposit is applied
to designated course tuition. Substitutions allowed if course
is cancelled.
The $50.00 deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of
the remaining fee is calculated from the first day of the term
to the date of the student's official course cancellation at the
Registrar's Office.
3SW from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and turn left on Washington
(turns right onto Cedar Avenue),turn left at Riverside, right at
21st Avenue S.
Schedule of Refunds (No refund after the dates listed below.)
1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at
Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S.
Refund
Term I
Term I1
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
June 1
June 2
June 3
June 4
June 5
June 29
June 30
July 1
July 2
July 3
1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside, turn left at 21st
Avenue S.
36W from the SouthFollow 1-94 St. Paul signs (moveright lane after each of two
mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left on 25th Avenue,
turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S.
,
'I
STUDENT TEACHING: SECONDARY
Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level
under supervision of college and high school personnel.
Additional $35.00 fee. Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: Acceptance, Education Department.
Arranged
EDS 4 8 1 , - 8 0 8 1 / 4 8 2 - 8 0 8 2
483-8083/484-8084
-
-
-
Secondary
Osnes/Staff
-
1
-
F~
REI
LA
C
NN
GYB~ES
--SPA 111-8044
BEGINNING SPANISH I
Kingsley
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
", sneaking.
n
". readini.
". and
writing of elementary Spanish. lntroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
M24
.
-
-.
----
-
-
-
HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
-
--
v
-
-
-
-B o l l m a n
A R T 107-8001DRAWING
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subfects include still-life, figures,
building interiors, exteriors, experimental work. Dist.: Yes.
1:oo-4:oop.m.
M,T,W , T ~
on-
,
-
.
HPE 3 2 0 - 8 0 4 1
SCHOOL HEALTH C U R R ~ C U L U ~
~orsGd
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases.
Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. (May continue through Term 11)
Arranged
I
A R T 223-8002
PRINT MAKING I & 11
Bollm,..
368-8003
Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including
etching, silkscreen and woodcut. Dist.: Yes.
1:OO-4:00p.m.
M,T,W,Th
OM17
A R T 242-8008
FILM-MAKING WORKSHOP
Rueten
Students will produce 16mm black & white sound motion pictures using
professional equipment and techniques. Script, photography, sound, editing and synchronizing. Dist.: Yes. Lab. fee of $95.00 for film stock, processing, supplies and equipment.
T,W,Th
OM4
6:OO-9:00p.m.
9:OO-12:00 noon
Sat.
--
-
-
BIO 1 0 3 - 8 0 0 9 HUMAN ANATOMY A N D PHYSIOLOGY
Mickelberg
Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.:
Yes.
S205
12:OO-3:00p.m. Lect.
M,W,Th,F
T
12:OO-3:00p.m. Lab.
PE 4 1 0 - 8 0 4 0 ADMINISTRATION A N D SUPERVISION
Borstad
O F SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: HPE 3 2 0
5:30-8:30 p.m.
M,T,W,Th
L4
HISTORY
-
-
HIS 239-8042
EASTERN EUROPE IN
S. A n d e r s o n
339-8043
T H E 20th CENTURY
Examines the nationality problem in Austria, Russia and Germany, and
the creation of new "national states" after the war. World War I1 Nazi occupation to postwar Soviet domination, the start of the Cold War over
East Europe, and more recent crises. Dist.: Yes.
Additional work required for upper division credit.
M,T,W,Th
M24
5:OO-8:00 p.m.
DIRECTED STUDY/
INDEPENDENT STUDY
(Diverse Topics: See Instructor)
-.
INTERDISCIPLINHRY
-
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
-
--
Gustafson
HIS 299-/499-
INS 3 9 9 - 8 0 4 6
- -
Arranged
--
,
-
-
INTERNSHIPS
Hesser
Arranged
-
BUS 1 7 6 - 8 0 1 6
COMPUTERS FOR
Schield
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
Introduction to computerized data processing: BASIC, LOTUS, DBASE,
word processing, computerized business graphics. Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: High school algebra.
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
M,T,W,Th
S112
BUS 2 2 1 - 8 0 1 4
PRINCIPLES O F ACCOUNTING 1
K~:J
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of
counting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
M,T,W,Th
M5
BUS 2 4 2 - 8 0 1 3
PRINCIPLES O F MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning
and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility,
analysis of the role of the professional manager. Dist . Nn
6:OO-9:00p.m.
M,T,W
M23
MUS 1 5 5 - 8 0 4 6
-- PIANO CLASS METHODS -
-
Nortwen
(GROUP PIANO)
Basic keyboard familiarity, simple accompaniment and music skills.
'st.: No. (1/4 course).
J
Arranged
-1
-
~OLITTAL
SCIENCE
-
--
-
-.
a
0
6
0
WORLD POLITICS
Goldman
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international
relations, with focus on recent problems. Dist.: Yes.
8:
0.50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
M5
I
QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
Morgan
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
Introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, p.robability,
sampling distributions, inference, and estimation with e m p h a s ~ son their
use in applied problems in business and economics. Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: Math placement 111o r a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104.
12:OO-3:00p.m.
MtT,W,TYI
M23
399-8066
BUS 279-8016
BUS 399-8019
INTERNSHIPS
Ka
Arranged with individual faculty in the Department of Business Admi-,
tration & Econimics.
44
Arranged
---
--
PSYCHOLOGY_
-
-
-
INTRODUCTION TO THE
Hirdman
WORLD OF PSYCHOLOGY
Exploration of the discipline of psychology; concepts, data, and methdology. Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY
;&5
(General Psychology). Dist.: Yes.
.do-10:50a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
M22
-
r
ECONOMICS
ECO 110-8028
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metrmurban environment. By independent study. Dist.: Yes.
Arranged
ECO 112-8029 PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS
Gupta
Introduction to macreeconomics; national income analvsis,
"
. monetarv and
fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:00p.m.
M,T,W,Th
M4
EDUCATION
-
EDE 255-8037
ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION
Osnes
EDS 265-8038
IN AN URBAN SEITING
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity
for in-school work. Open to all students. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisite: sophomore standing o r above.
Arranged
EDE 375-8036
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD
Endorf
OF KINDERGARTEN
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No.
Arranged
EDE 363-8039
CLINICAL EXPERIENCE
McNeff
Includes 160 hours in Kindergarten/Elementary classroom experienr
video tapings, seminars. Dist.: No. (1/2 course)
I
)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
Arranged
-
-
-
S.-T U D E N T TEACHING
-The Department of Education offers student teaching for both elementary
and secondary education during the general period from the middle of
June to the end of July where suitable arrangements can be made.
STUDENT TEACHING: ELEMENTARY AND KINDERGARTEN
Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under
supervision of college and public school personnel.
Additional $35:00 fee. Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: Acceptance, Education Department.
Arranged
EDE 481-8071/482-8072
483-8073/484-8074
-
PSY 121-8060
Kindergarten a n d Elementary Osnes/Staff
EDE 481-8061/482-8062
483-8063/484-8064
Elementary (Gr. 1-6)
Osnes/Staff
BDE 481-8066/482-8067
483-8068/484-8069
Kindergarten
Osnes/Staff
RBL 369-8070
RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION IN
Skibbe
MODERN LITERATURE
Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and world view.
Reading and discussion of selected novels, poems, etc. Class meets approximately every other day. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisite: REL 111o r 221 o r permission of instructor.
9:30-11:50a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
M23
~
A W O RLK
- SWK 410-8085
FAMILY VIOLENCE
M. Brown
Overview of the phenomena of domestic violence including contributing
factors, consequences for the family and the broader society, and policies and programs which address the issue. Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: One course in psychology, sociology of family o r instructor's permission.
2:OO-590p.m.
M,T,W,Th
OM4
SWK 399-8082
INTERNSHIPS
(May continue through Term 11)
M. Brown
Arranged
- -
SOCIOLOGY
--.
- SOC 121-8075
PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
B.
Sociolo$y a s a mode of analysis o r way of knowing. Its applications to a n
understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social
inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-10:50a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
M4
JX
3C 2 3 1-8076
SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
B. J o h n s o n
examination of the family as,a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of
the family to its institutional and cultural context. Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:00p.m.
M,T,W,Th
M22
r
SOC 265-8077
RACIAL AND MINORITY
Gerasimo
GROUP RELATIONS
The dimension of racial and minority group relations emphasizing prejudice, racism and the role of self-understanding. Dist.: Yes. (P/N grading
only).
6:OO-9:00p.m.
M,T,W,Th
L1
SOC 199-8078/399-8080
INTERNSHIPS
Hesser
Arranged
SPEECH, COMMUNICA'I'ION ANU T H E A ~ RARTS
SPC 111-8079
BEGINNING SPEECH
Lapakko
Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: No.
1:OO-4:00p.m.
M,T,W,Th
M5
HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 115-9047
HEALTLNE
H CHEMICAL
ors st ad
DEPENDENCY EDUCATION
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health
needs and problems of school age children. Dist.: No. (This course meets
M N teacher licensure requirement). (1/2 course)
5:30-9:00p.m.
M, w
M5
(June 29-July 15)
HISTORY
HIS 250/9051
INTRODUCTION TO
Brueee
MODERN RUSSIAN HISTORY
Introduction to the main themes; political, social, cultural and economic, which have characterized the evolution of modern Russia, Tsarist and Soviet. Dist.: Yes. Additional work required for upper division
credit.
G:00-9:30p.m.
T,Th
M23
350/9053
- ART
ART 107-9001
DRAWING
8. Olson
A s a way of seeing and a means of personal expression working with a variety of media: pencil, pen, charcoal, pastel. Dist.: Yes.
9:00-12:00 N.
M,W,Th
- -
-
ART 118-9004/355-9005 PAINTING I & 11
B.OI-dn
Watercolor - Acrylic; translating the visual world of nature, landscapes,
still-life, using design concepts, developing personal expression and exploring variety of techniques. Weekly critiques. Dist.: Yes.
9:00-12:00 N.
M, W,Th
OM17
ART 132-9006
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I)
Friederichsen
ART 132-9007
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11)
Friederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and
white, color and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera.
Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00.
1:30-5:00p.m.
M, W Seclion I
OM4
M,W Section I1
330-9:00 p.m.
HIS 299-499
DIRECTED STUDY/
INDEPENDENT STUDY
(Diverse Topics: See Instructor)
Gustafson
Arranged
-
- Y
~ ~ s C ~ P L I N A- R
INS 399-9054
INTERNSHIPS
PHILOSOPHY
-
PHI 380-9055
-
Hesser
Arranged
-
ETHICS OF MEDICINE
C. J o h n s o n
AND HEALTH CARE
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of
health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering,
abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. Dist.: Yes.
330-9.90 p.m.
M, W
M24
--
;
1310 203-9010
PRINCIPLES OF NUTRITION
Mickelberg
Study of basic human nutrition and the changes that occur in nutritional
needs due to physiological stresses and periods of the life cycle; weight
control, dietary myths, and personal dietary analysis. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
1l:40-1:25p.m.
M,T,W,Th
S205
--
B U S I m 3 AUMINIY'I'H
-
--
-
--
+
BUS 175-9015
COMPUTERS FOR
Herzog
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
Introduction to computerized data processing: BASIC, LOTUS, DBASE,
word processing, computerized business graphics. Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: High school algebra.
1:30-3.35p.m.
M,T,W,Th
S112
PHY 101-9060
- ASTRONOMY
Hollabaugh
Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Explain optical instruments; use 12inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisite: Elementary algebra.
G:00-9:30p.m.
M, W
MZ2
POLITICAL S C ~ E N C E
POL 365-9065
TOPICS: NUCLEAR WAR.
NUCLEAR WEAPONS
Il~r!
History, politics, economics, strateglna and ecolagiea ~tir~utldlog
technologies propelling the a r m s ractt, an the one hand, and affecting
a r m s control, on the other. Explorotfon of thapolltba mderratc,qy of nuclear security issues. Dist.: (Consent of depwtmsnr ~ ~ ~ ~ P ~ F M J I I
G:00-9:30p.m.
T,Th
M24
POL 199-9066
INTERNSHIPS
,'
BUS 222-9016
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1
So;
.
Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic co"cepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: BUS 221.
10:05-11:30a.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
M4
BUS 252-90 17
PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING
Cerrito
Basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive,
behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, p r o
m n t i n n m - r l r ~ t i n dn h n n n o l 3 n A nrir4n.r A a n i r i n n r nint . hln
Hedblom
399-9067
Arranged
)LOGY
PSY 2--/SO70 I
-
PSYCHOLOGY AND
HMman
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY
Chemical dependency; its psychological effects on the individual, t h e
family, and the community. Attention given to development of chemical
dependency and available treatment and rehabilitation. Students will explore their own values and attitudes related to the topic. Dist.: No. lThis
ourse does not meet MN teacher licensure requirement).
-
-
i
-BUS 322-9018 ACCOUNTING THEORY AND PRACTICE I
Kader
Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income
concepts, current and non-current assets. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: BUS 221, ECO 113.
6:OO-9:30p.m.
T,Th
M4
BUS 399-9019
INTERNSHIPS
Kader
Arranged with individual faculty in the Department of Business Adtration and Economics.
-
e
- -- -
ECO 110-9030
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
S~G
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metreurban environment. By independent study only. Dist.: Yes.
Arranged
ECO 113-9031 PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS
Sabella
lntroduction to micro-economics, the theorv of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. ~ i ~ l i c a t i oofn e ~ e m k n t a reco~
nomic theory to market policy. Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:30p.m.
M, w
M5
ECO 315-9032
MONEY & BANKING
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the
Federal Reserve System; monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: ECO 112,113.
6:OO-9:30p.m.
M, W
-
EDE 363-9035
CLINICAL EXPERIENCE
McNeff
Includes 160 hours in Kindergarten/Elementary classroom experiences:
video tapings, seminars. Dist.: No. (1/2 course)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
ENG 282-9040
TOPICS: AMERICAN PARABLES:
Garrison
CHRISTIANITY IN MODERN AMERICAN FICTION
Reading of selected works of fiction; examination of their relationship to
Christianity - its myths, themes, metaphors, use a s a tool for understanding history, and its own instructive, "parabolic" stories. Dist.: Yes.
M,T, W,Th
M5
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
SPA 112-9046
BEGINNING SPANISH 11
"
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading,
and writing of elementary
lntroduction to culture of Spanish. Spanish.
.
speaking world. Dist.: Yes.
-
8:30-9:55a.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
M22
SPA 21 1-9046
INTERMEDIATE SPANISH I
Kingsley
Conversation; grammar review. Reading of selected Latin American and
Spanish texts.
6:OO-9:30p.m.
M, W
--
-
M23
AEL 486-9078
I I I~
I
PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION
Beneon
AND THEOLOGY
Study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention to the classics
in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian
theologians who have been influenced by them. Dist.: Yes.
5:30-9:00 p.m.
T,Th
M5
SOC 366-9080
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional institutions and government offices.
Dist.: No.
- -
--
1:30-5:00p.m.
SOC 199-9081/399-9082
INTERNSHIPS
H m r
Arranged
M4
McNeff
OF TEACHING READING
EDS 351-9034
Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the reading
and the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:00p.m.
M,T, W,Th
L1
(July 20-August 6)
11:40-125 p.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
n 3 0 - 9 : 5 5 a.m.
-
EDUCATION
-
RELIGION
-REL 3--/SO76
RELIGIONS OF CHINA AND JAPAN
Beneon
A study of the chief traditions of China and Japan that are usually associated with "religion," including the "popular" religious traditions of
China; Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism and Japanese Shintoism. Interrelation of religion and culture. Dist.: Yes.
M23
-
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS
SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION
Abrame
SPC 355A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations.
Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
M, w
OM1 1
SPC 367-9086
THEATER IN THE TWIN CITIES
Cole
Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays.
Dist.: No.
T,Th
2815 41st Avenue South,
6:OO-9:30p.m.
Mpls., MN 55406 pel.: 721-2565)
-r
1
Show less
-
Mind
Working
for the
Designed
Ila
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
WEEKEND COLLEGE
Augsburg
Weekend
College
Bulletin
1986-1987
fall
winter
spring
AUGSBURG
WEEKEND COLLEGE 1986-1_987C_ALEmAR
---*
-
-
- -
FALL TRIMESTER 1986
August 18 -
---
September 6
-
Sentember 12-
-Application Deadline
... Show more
-
Mind
Working
for the
Designed
Ila
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
WEEKEND COLLEGE
Augsburg
Weekend
College
Bulletin
1986-1987
fall
winter
spring
AUGSBURG
WEEKEND COLLEGE 1986-1_987C_ALEmAR
---*
-
-
- -
FALL TRIMESTER 1986
August 18 -
---
September 6
-
Sentember 12-
-Application Deadline
Orientation and Registration
'8
-
October 10-1 2, 24-26
-
-
-
- - --
-
-
-
-
-
November 7-9, 21 -23
-
December 5-7
-
-
-
December 12-14
Finals
WINTER TRIMESTER 1987
December 8
Application Deadline
December 30
New Student Orientation
-
-
January 3
Registration
January 2-4, 16-18, 30-February 1
- --
- -
February 13-15, 27-March 1
--
March 13-15, 27-29
-
Anril 3-5
Finalc
-
SPRING TRIMESTER 1 9 8 L
March 9
April9
April 11
-
r
A ~ r i 10-12.
l
24-26
May 8-10, 15-17.
June 26-28
--
-
Application Deadline
--
New Student Orientation
Registration
- - -
-
29
3
-1F
i
n
a
l
AUGSBUAG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) IS publislied four tlnies a year In Spri~ig.Summer, Fall and W~nterby
Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, M~n~ieapolis
MN 55454 Second class postage rates pald at
M~nneapolis,Minnesota
s
INFORMATION SESSIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Adults who are interested in Augsburg Weekend College are encouraged to attend
one of the information sessions that are scheduled throughout the year . These
information sessions are free of charge and are approximately two hours in length.
Please call the Weekend College Office (330-1 782) to receive further details on
these information sessions or to sign up for one of the following dates:
1986-87 Calendar ................................................ 1
For Fall Trimester. 1986
Saturday. May 17
Saturday. June 7
Saturday. June 21
Saturday. July 12
Tuesday. July 29
Saturday. August 9
For Winter Trimester. 1987
Saturday. October 11
Saturday. November 8
Saturday. December 6
For Spring Trimester. 1987
Saturday. January 17
Saturday. February 14
Tuesday. March 10
For more information write or call
Information Sessions ............................................. 2
............................ 4
Characteristics of the Educational Program ............................ 5
Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College
.
.
............................................. 6
Business Administration ........................................ 7
rn Communication ............................................... 9
Management Information Systems (MIS) ........................... 11
Social Work ................................................ 12
Degrees and Majors
rn
Minors
..................................................... 13
................................................... 13
Probation and Dismissal ......................................... 13
DeansList
........................................ 14
Veterans of Military Service ...................................... 14
Assessment of Previous Learning Program (APL) ...................... 15
Fees and Payment Schedule ...................................... 16
Refund Schedule ............................................... 16
Special Grading Procedures ....................................... 16
Withdrawal From College ........................................ 16
Student Support Services
................................................. 17
Admissions Procedure ........................................... 18
About Augsburg College ......................................... 19
Campus Map .................................................. 20
Campus Location ...............................................22
Financial Aid
Augsburg Weekend College Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis. MN 55454
This bulletin is a supplement to the Augsburg College Catalog and is published for the convenience of
Augsburg Weekend College students . Weekend College is a program of Augsburg College and is subject
to the policies and provisions as stated in the Augsburg College Catalog.
INTRODUCTION TO AUGSBURG WEEKEND COLLEGE
CHARACTERISTICS OF THE EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM
PURPOSE
Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative to adults who
desire college experience but who work or have other commitments during the
week. I t is a means by which men and women may earn a bachelor's degree, gain
skills for professional advancement, prepare for career change, or pursue a
personal interest in one or more areas of the liberal arts.
EDUCATIONAL MISSION
For over a century Augsburg College has emphasized intellectual freedom in the
search for knowledge. Our academic program builds on a liberal arts foundation to
help students understand the past, interpret the present, and plan for the future.
THE ADULT AS STUDENT
The Augsburg Weekend College program is designed to meet the needs and
preferences of adult learners. The program is based on the assumption that the
men and women who enroll in Weekend College will be mature, self-disciplined and
well-motivated adult learners who seek a balance of classroom experience and
individualized study. Each course is therefore divided into periods of concentrated
on-campus study separated by time for independent study and class preparation.
ALTERNATE WEEKENDS
To accommodate this format for learning, classes meet on alternate weekends
for three and a half hours on either Friday evening, Saturday morning, Saturday
afternoon, or Sunday afternoon. Each class selected by the student involves
commitment to one of these four class periods. Weekend College students may
take from one to four different courses by attending class every other weekend.
COMMUNITY OF LEARNERS
Essential to the goals of Augsburg Weekend College is participation in a
community of adult learners. Learning can be enhanced when the student is
involved in a stable community that provides opportunity and encouragement to
become involved in interaction both in and out of the classroom. This community
will be enriched by the presence of both men and women with a variety of work
and life experiences.
To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages Weekend
College students to make use of college facilities such as the library and college
center, to take the opportunity of having shared meals and coffee breaks, to
participate in optional chapel services and lunchtime seminars, and to attend other
college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events.
As in the weekday program, Augsburg Weekend College offers students a unique
combination of the liberal arts disciplines and professional education. Our goals
are to help students develop the intellectual skills and attitudes to be life-long
learners, increase their competence in selected areas of professional work, and
accomplish a higher level of personal growth.
ACCREDITATION AND AFFILIATIONS
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges
and Secondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by The
American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education and the
National League for Nursing. We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota
Private College Council, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and are
registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board (HECB).
FACULTY
Augsburg College prides itself on its highly qualified faculty. Members of the
faculty serve as academic advisers to students who are in the pre-major stage of
planning as well as to students in declared major fields.
LIBRARY
Students and faculty use a carefully selected library of some 138,000 volumes
plus audio-visual materials, with access to over 5,000,000 volumes through the
Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex.
INTERNSHIPS
Internships on and off campus are an established part of most academic programs,
helping students make career choices and develop experience in their chosen fields.
DEGREES AND MAJORS
Augsburg Weekend College allows adults to begin a bachelor's degree program or
to continue their education after beginning at another time or institution. I t also
enables adults to add a second major to an already completed college degree. The
following information outlines what is involved in completing a degree or major in
Augsburg Weekend College. (For more detailed information regarding graduation
requirements, please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog.)
BACHELOR'S DEGREE
The bachelor's degree. program in Augsburg Weekend College is essentially the
same as the weekday program. A total of 35 semester courses are required to
graduate and may be fulfilled through transfer of previous work, assessment of
previous learning experience, or Weekend College coursework. (Augsburg semester
courses are valued at 4 semester credits and 6 quarter credits.) Included in the 35
total courses must be an approved major program, eleven upper division courses,
and courses selected from the following liberal arts spectrum (transfer courses and
courses taken in the major may also be counted for distribution requirements):
One approved course from each of seven areas:
Art - Music
History - Philosophy
Economics - Political Science
English - Speech, Communication and Theater Arts
(devoted to the study of literature)
Psychology - Sociology
Chemistry - Biology
Mathematics - Physics
A course in writing (English 11 1) or demonstrated proficiency
Two courses or demonstrated competence in a foreign language
rhree courses (or one course per year of study) in religious studies
One course in the area of urban concerns, women's studies, or minority studies
Demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports
MAJORS
Augsburg Weekend College students may select from four separate majors, each
with a number of career concentrations. A minor is available in each of these
academic areas.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
This major prepares students in the areas of management, financial accounting,
finance, and marketing. To provide a combination of applied skills and theoretical
background, each of these majors is interdisciplinary in approach, including an
average of ten business administration courses and six courses from supporting
fields such as economics, computer programming, communications, philosophy,
and mathematics. Majors in Business Administration are candidates for the
Bachelor of Arts degree.
CORE COURSES
All students who pursue a major in Business Administration will complete the
following core courses:
BUS 175 Computers in Business and Economics
BUS 221 Principles of Financial Accounting
BUS 222 Principles of Managerial Accounting
BUS 242 Fundamentals of Management
BUS 252 Fundamentals of Marketing
BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Macroeconomics
BUS 331 Fundamentals of Finance
BUS 391 Business Law
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 31 1 Public Finance
or 31 2 lntermediate Macroeconomics
or 31 5 Money and Banking
ECO 31 3 lntermediate Microeconomics
ACCOUNTING CONCENTRATION
Students who wish to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in accounting will complete the following courses in addition to the core:
BUS 322 lntermediate Accounting I
BUS 323 lntermediate Accounting II
BUS 324 Managerial Cost Accounting.
BUS 326 Tax Accounting
or 423 Auditing
or 425 Advanced Accounting
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the
following list:
BUS 399 Internship
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI 120 Ethics
Those planning a career in accounting are strongly encouraged to complete the
remaining courses in the 326, 423 and 425 sequence.
I
FINANCE CONCENTRATION
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration
in finance will complete the following courses in addition to the core:
BUS 322 Intermediate Accounting I
BUS 433 Financial Management: Theory and Cases
BUS 438 Investments and Financial Institutions
ECO 31 0 Managerial Decision Making
or 41 5 Managerial Economics
or 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the
following list:
BUS 324 Managerial Cost Accounting
BUS 326 Tax Accounting
BUS 399 lnternship
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI 120 Ethics
MANAGEMENT CONCENTRATION
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration
in management will complete the following courses in addition to the core:
BUS 340 Personnel Management
BUS 440 Operations Management
ECO 31 0 Managerial Decision Making
PSY 373 Organizational Psychology
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the
following list:
BUS 399 lnternship
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI 120 Ethics
PSY 371 Psychology of the Individual
SOC 241 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
SOC 375 Social Psychology
SOC 383 Racial and Minority Group Relations
SPC 111 Beginning Speech
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communications
MARKETING CONCENTRATION
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration
in marketing will complete the following courses in addition to the core:
BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis
BUS 450 Marketing Management
ECO 41 5 Managerial Economics
SPC 353 Advertising
(continued on next page)
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the
following list:
BUS 399 lnternship
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI 120 Ethics
SPC 351 Argumentation
SPC 352 Persuasion
BUSINESS MINOR
BUS 221 Principles of Financial Accounting
BUS 242 Fundamentals of Management
BUS 252 Fundamentals of Marketing
BUS 331 Fundamentals of Finance
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
Other configurations of the Business Administration minor may be permitted on
consultation with department chairperson.
COMMUNICATION
Communication is an interdisciplinary major which is broad in scope and practical
in application. The program consists of 15 courses; five in related supporting fields
such as psychology, sociology, speech, and philosophy. Included is at least one
course of internship experience in a work setting serving the career goals of individual students. Students may focus their lecture courses toward the development of
career skills in public relations and advertising, human relations, or supervisory
management. Majors in communication are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts
degree.
REQUIRED COMMUNICATIONS CORE
ENG 223, 225, 226 or 227: An Advanced Writing Course
SPC 342 Mass Communications in Society
SPC 351 Argumentation
or 352 Persuasion
SPC 354 lnterpersonal Communication
SPC 399 lnternship
Required supporting courses:
PHI 130 Logic
PSY 105 General Psychology
SOC 121 Principles of Sociology
or 241 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
SOC 375 Social Psychology
SPC 113 Public Speaking
COMMUNICATION ELECTIVES
With the help of an academic advisor, the student will select five (5) elective
courses designed to meet additional background and skill requirements in the
career areas of public relations and advertising, human relations, or supervisory
management.
The following are some of the electives recommended in each area:
PUBLIC RELATIONS AND ADVERTISING
Students interested in the Public Relations emphasis are required to take ENG 227
(Journalism) in addition to the advanced writing course required in the
Communications core.
BUS 242 Fundamentals of Management
BUS 252 Introduction to Marketing
BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
ENG 226 Creative Writing
ENG 227 Journalism
PSY 373 Organizational Psychology
SOC 301 Complex Organizations
SPCIART 132 Photography
SPCIART 225, 230 Visual Communications I , II
SPC 353 Advertising
SPC 480 Public RelationslPromotionaI Communications
HUMAN RELATIONS
PSY 373 Organizational Psychology
PSY 485 Counseling Psychology
SOC 231 Sociology of the Family
SOC 301 Complex Organizations
SOC 383 Racial and Minority Group Relations
SPC 329 Intercultural Communication
SPC 353 Small Group Communication
SPC 480 Public Relations Promotional Communications
SUPERVISORY MANAGEMENT
BUS 175 Computers in Business and Economics
BUS 242 Fundamentals of Management
BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
BUS 340 Personnel Administration
BUS 440 Operations Management
ECO 31 0 Managerial Decision Making
PSY 373 Organizational Psychology
SOC 301 Complex Organizations
SPC 353 Advertising
SPC 355 Small Group Communication
SPC 480 Public Relations Promotional Communications
COMMUNICATION MINOR
Five courses approved by the department.
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS (MIS)
This MIS major prepares students to work in the growing field of information
management. The major combines courses and skills from both the business and
computer science majors to help students learn about the identification,
organization, analysis and processing of information in a business setting.
MIS MAJOR
BUS 175 Computers in Business and Economics
BUS 221 Principles of Financial Accounting
BUS 222 Principles of Managerial Accounting
BUS 242 Fundamentals of Management
BUS 252 Fundamentals of Marketing
BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
BUS 331 Fundamentals of Finance
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics'
ECO 31 3 lntermediate Microeconomics
CSCIMAT 174 Math Algorithms for Computer Science
CSC 240 Elementary Computer Science
CSC 352 Data Bases
BUS 375 lnformation Systems in the Organization
BUS 475 lnformation Systems Analysis
BUS 476 Structured Systems Analysis and Design
BUS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods
ECO 31 0 Managerial Decision Making
Students in this major should seriously consider one or both of the following
courses:
BUS 399 Internship
CSC 340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI 120 Ethics
MIS MINOR
BUS 221 Principles of Financial Accounting
BUS 242 Fundamentals of Management
or 252 Fundamentals of Marketing
BUS 375 lnformation Systems in the Organization
BUS 475 lnformation Systems Analysis
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
CSCIMAT 174 Math Algorithms for Computer Science
SOCIAL WORK
Accredited by the Council on Social Work Education in its day school program
and a candidate for accreditation in its Weekend College program, the Bachelor of
Science in Social Work degree program at Augsburg College is built on a solid
liberal arts foundation, on theory-based training, and on professionally directed
field experiences As important, social work education at Augsburg is built on an
appreciation for the needs, concerns, and values of the individuals and groups who
constitute today's multi-cultural society. The Social Work major in Augsburg
Weekend College includes nine courses from the departments of psychology,
I~iology,and sociology. Concentrations are possible in the areas of aging, chemical
dependency, corrections, social ministries, and youth work. Field work is an
important component of the program.
SOCIAL WORK COURSES*
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 361 Social Response to Human Needs
SWK 363 Methods and Skills of Social Work
SWK 364 Field Work I
SWK 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
SWK 462 Field Work ll
SWK 463 Community Development and Organization
SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development
SWK 466 Field Work 111 ('12 course)
SWK 467 The Social Worker as Professional
SWK 469 Field Work IV
Required supporting courses:
BIO 101 Human Biology
PSY 105 General Psychology
SOC 121 Principles of Sociology
SOC 231 Sociology of the Family
SOC 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
SOC 375 Social Psychology
SOC 383 Racial and Minority Group Relations
"Students interested in Social Work should begin their program with the required
supporting courses The professional sequence will be offered when a sufficient
number of students are ready for that portion of the program.
SOCIAL WORK MINOR
6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative internship, 361, 463;
Psychology 351 or Sociology 375; Sociology 383; and Political Science 121 or
158 or 325, or Social Work 465
I
5E
9=
.a
0%
-Q
89
9
m3
8"-
;i'g
:j%
"Be
2
-p~
a crr g!
-0 a aJ
8 3 .E
~ e a
ai '-
2
fa!
I?$.-
m â¬5
8 m5 :8
3
.g
p.5
35 a
I
%=
2 G .2
s
,$ E
Igg5
g88
+r-
3 .g z-
2 '
'C*
1as
a%a
.g i ' g
I
E P ~
igf
sgb'
a crr
0
,
MINORS
In addition to minors offered in Business, Communication, MIS and Social Work
(listed under each respective major), Weekend College students are able to
complete minors in the following areas:
ENGLISH MINOR
5 courses above 11 1 including one course in British literature and one writing
course (223, 225, 226 or 227).
PSYCHOLOGY MINOR
5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not more than
one course from 299, 399 and 499 may be counted toward the minor
RELIGION MINOR
5 courses approved by the department
SOCIOLOGY MINOR
5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (numbered 300 and above)
DEAN'S L I S-T
-
-
-
I ne Oean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose grade
point average for a semester is 3 . 5 or better, based on a minimum of two full
courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no
incompletes in courses offered for credit
PROBATION AND DISMISSAL
-
A student will be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term if his or her
achievement is unsatisfactory. A student who has been on probation two or more
consecutive semesters is subject to dismissal at the end of the term Dismissal
from the College is not automatic Each case is reviewed by the Committee on
Student Standing A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly
advised to withdraw before the end of the term A student who has been on
probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have
special permission to re-enroll
STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES
ASSESSMENT OF PREVIOUS LEARNING (APL) PROGRAM
Augsburg Weekend College provides a number of student services to assist adults
in making educational and career plans, accomplishing the academic tasks of a
college education, working on their own personal development, and participating in
activities beyond the classroom. Some of these services are:
Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life
situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within
the disciplines that compose the academic programs of a liberal arts college. The
APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by
which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from
another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit
toward the completion of a bachelor's degree.
ACADEMIC PLANNING
All Augsburg Weekend College students will have access to expert academic
advising services on an on-going basis to provide for efficient, effective planning.
Students enrolling in Weekend College who have had college experience will have
their previous work evaluated early in the admissions process.
CAREER PLANNING SERVICES
Staff from the Career Planning and Placement Office will assist adults in assessing
their career goals and personal abilities. This service, in combination with sound
academic advising from faculty in a chosen major field, can result in an appropriate
and manageable educational and career plan for the individual involved.
ACADEMIC SKILLS CENTER
This center exists to help students enhance their skills in the areas of writing,
reading, math, time management, and study skills. Academic tutors in specialized
course areas are also available through the center.
COUNSELING/SUPPORT GROUPS
Individual and group activities are available to students who wish to work on a
personal growth interest or concern or who simply want to have the experience of
being in a support group of people who share some similar characteristics and/or
interests.
VETERANS OF MILITARY SERVICE
Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training.
Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans
Administration. (Please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog for more detailed
information.)
Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition
at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: (1) it is
relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts
curriculum and (2) i t can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive
examination or committee evaluation.
The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may
have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition:
CLEP (COLLEGE LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM)
Students who achieve acceptable scores in CLEP exams may receive academic
credit in Augsburg College. CLEP exams are available in a variety of general and
specific subject areas. For more information, contact the Admissions Office
(330-1 002)
DEPARTMENTAL ASSESSMENT
Students who wish to receive credit for a specific academic course and do not
have transcript evidence of completed work may request a departmental
assessment of previous learning. This will most often include an examination that
covers the essential components of the course involved. For more information,
contact the Registrar's Office (330-1036).
CAP (CREDIT ASSESSMENT PROCESS)
This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a
credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. Informal
meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a
portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. Students may apply for CAP
after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with
a cumulative GPA of at least 2.5. For more information, contact the Registrar's
Office (330-1036).
FEES AND PAYMENT SCHEDULE
Application Fee
(payable once, non-refundable)
Tuition (per trimester course)
(one course = 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits)
Tuition (per summer course)
(tuition charge for 1986 summer terms)
Lifetime Sports:
Fee for course
Fee for assessment of previous learning
REFUND SCHEDULE
A per course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: (Students are
responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office in order to be eligible
for the tuition refund.)
Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - 100°/~
Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80%
Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60%
No refund after the third scheduled class meeting.
The refund schedule is efleclive whether or no1 a student has allended classes.
There are a number of ways in which students may receive assistance in meeting
the costs of Augsburg Weekend College. The Financial Aid Office will assist adults
in assessing financial need and constructing an aidlpayment program from the
following alternatives:
COMPANY TUITION ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS
Many companies, agencies, and corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance
to employees who participate in work-related or degree-oriented college programs.
Augsburg provides several payment plans by which employees may handle tuition
reimbursement.
PELL GRANT
This is a federal aid program, based on need, that is available to students who
take at least one course in Weekend College.
MINNESOTA PART-TIME STUDENT GRANT PROGRAM
The State of Minnesota provides an aid program, based on need,,for state
residents who take a part-time load in an eligible Minnesota institution such as
Augsburg College.
AUGSBURG TUITION GRANT
Augsburg College will provide grants and scholarships to Weekend College
students who show academic potential and have financial need.
SPECIAL GRADING PROCEDURES
Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale or the PassINo Credit system, in which "P" means a grade of 2.0 or better
and "Nu means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. A student may not take more
than 8 courses on a PIN grading system, with only 2 courses in the major. Students
are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and
professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses.
An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To
receive it, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Student Standing
stating the reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing it, and comments
from the instructor. If permission is granted, the incomplete must be removed
during the following trimester, or it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher
along with the incomplete.
WITHDRAWAL FROM COLLEGE
Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered, since
this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or
withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from
college cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved
by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Withdrawal from
College form is returned to the Registrar's Office.
GUARANTEED STUDENT LOAN/MINNESOTA STATE STUDENT LOAN PROGRAM
Students must carry at least one-half the normal full-time load. Eligibility for the
loan is determined by the Office of Student Financial Services. When repayment
begins, the student pays the full interest at 8%. The maximum loan is $2,500 per
year or the cost of education, whichever is less, and the aggregate undergraduate
maximum is $12,500. Loan applications are available at Augsburg, some banks,
and the Minnesota State Loan Office.
TO APPLY FOR FINANCIAL AID
1 ) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to also apply
for financial aid.
2) The Financial Aid Office will send you the necessary application forms (or you
may pick them up at the Financial Aid Office, 152 Science Hall).
3) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated.
4) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the deadline stated.
ADMISSIONS PROCEDURE
WHO MAY APPLY
Men or women who have:
1) Graduated from high school or have earned a G.E.D. Certificate.
2) Demonstrated academic ability with satisfactory performance in high school or
previous college work.
ADMISSIONS PROCESS
1) Complete the attached application form and return it along with $15.00 to the
Augsburg Weekend College Office.
2) Have official transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary
institutions sent to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. Applicants with less
than one year of previous college work should include their high school
transcripts or G.E.D. Certificates.
3) The Augsburg Weekend College Admissions Committee will review the
application materials and notify students regarding acceptance and registration
procedures. The Admissions Committee may request that the student have a
personal interview with a Weekend College facultylstaff member or submit
letters of recommendation to the Committee.
4) Students who are transferring previous college work to their Augsburg Weekend
College degree program will be informed with their acceptance notification as
to the number of courses and degree requirements that remain to be completed
for the bachelor's degree.
5) Students who wish to apply for financial aid please refer to that section of this
bulletin.
APPLICATION DEADLINES
Fall Trimester 1986 - August 18, 1986
Winter Trimester 1987 - December 8, 1986
Spring Trimester 1987 - March 9, 1987
HISTORY
Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin and moved to
Minneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg College and Seminary changed in 1963
when the Lutheran Free Church merged with The American Lutheran Church.
LOCATION
Augsburg's 23 acre campus is in the heart of the Twin Cities metropolitan area,
only blocks from downtown Minneapolis and the intersection of Interstate
Highways 94 and 35W. Adjacent to the campus are Fairview and St. Mary's
hospitals, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and the
Mississippi River parkways.
CAMPUS
Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connection between 9 of the 14
major buildings - student housing towers, College Center, main academic and
administrative halls, the Library and Music building.
ACCESSIBILITY
We have made a major effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in
the region. Our skyway-tunnel system lets you reach any of the nine major buildings
without going outside. In addition to building changes, we have a student-run
program to increase awareness and provide extra help for students with disabilities.
CHURCH AFFILIATION
Augsburg is a college of The American Lutheran Church. About 51% of the
students are Lutheran, 15% other Protestant and 15% Roman Catholic. Several
other affiliations are represented among students and faculty.
NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or
ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the
1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973
as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities, and
employment practices.
-
LAMPUS MAP
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Campus Guide
1. Admissions
2. Library
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. West Hall
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. College Center
9. Memorial Hall
10. Music Hall
11. Psychology Building
12. Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Stage 2 Theater
15. Little Theater
16. East Hall
A. Admissions Parking
B. Student Parking
C. Main Entrance-TunnellRamplSkyway
D. Quadrangle
E. Faculty-Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Practice Field
H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp
CAMPUS LOCATION
NOTES
I
CAMPUS LOCATION - -
- -
-
-
From Minneapolis: lnterstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue,
left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
From St. Paul: lnterstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside to 21st
Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
Parking: All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for student use
from 4:30 pm Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street
between 21st and 22nd Avenues and south of 8th Street on 21st Avenue.
NOTES
9~6-87
I
1
I
8e,kZ 1
'
Mind
Working
f0.r the
Designed
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
11: T I
WEEKEND COLLEGE
1
I
Augsburg
Weekend
College
Class
Schedule
and
Course
Descriptions
AUGSBURG WLEKEND COLLEGE 1986-1987 CALENDAR
FALL TRIMESTER 1986
August 18
--
September 6
-
-
-
-
--
-
-
- --
~ ~ ~ l i c- aDeadline
tio~
Orientation and Registration
-
-
September 12-14, 26-28
I
-
October
-10-12, 2 4 2 6 , November 7-9. .2~1"23'1,-,.
r.
4.r
7
'
L
-
December 5-7
December
12-14
-
December 30
-
~inals
-
December 8
--
January 3
- -
-
-
-
--
.
- -
Application Deadline
-
New Student Orientation
Registration
.
January 2-4, 16-18,- 30-February
- - -- 1
-
-
-
February 13-15, 27-March 1
.-
March 13-15, 27-29-
.-
April 3-5
Finals
- --- -
SPRING TRIMESTER 1987
March 9
Application Deadline
.
April 9
-
April 11
. .
-
-
-
-
-
New Student Orientatiw
Regis3&n
-
-
A ~ r i 10-12.
l
24-26
7ET
May 8-1 0, 15-17, %31_June 26-28
-
.
. -- -. -
-
-- Finals.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS 1490-310) is published lour times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall and Winter by
Augsburg College. 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapol~sMN 55454,.Second class postage rates paid at
Minneapolis. Minnesola.
.
lmoortant Academic Dates
Orientation
I
Fall
Trimester
Winter
Trimester
Spring
Trimester
Sep 6, '86
Dec 30, '86
Apr 9, '87
-
Sep 6, '86
-
Jan 3, '87
~ a n k 7 Apr 10-12, '87
Last day to register
and/or drop class
without record notation
Sep 14, '86
an & 8 7
Last day to designate
grade option
Oct 26, '86
Feb 15, '87
May 17, '87
Last day lo withdraw
from class
Nov 23, '86
Mar 15, '87
Jun 7, '817
Classes end
Dec 7, '86
Mar 29, '87
Jun 21, '87
-----
-
I
I
-
$
15.00
Tuition (per trimester course)
(one coWse 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits)
$ 5410.00
Tuiltion (per sumlmer course)
(ttrition ch~argefor 1986 summer te~hms)
$ 360.00
.
Liktime S,ports:
I
Fee for course
Fee folr assessment of previovs'learning
a .,I 1
Sep 12-14. '86
1
'
Apr 11, '87
Classes Begin
-
(payabue once, non-refiundalble)
I
Registration
Fees and Payment ScheMe
- -,i----
--
A per'course tvitiog refund wil,be made qg the fdlowiilng basis: (Students are
' responlsible tor cancdlilng coulrses with the Reg~istrar'sOffice in orde~rto be e~l~igiblefor
Apr 12, '87
the tuiti\@nrefund.)
Prior to the first schedulled class meetilmg - 1010%
Ptior to the secood scheduled class meeting - 80%
P~fiiorto the itlhilrid schedded class meeting - 60%
No relwnd alfter the thilrd schedwled lcllass meetilnlg.
The rglwnd s ~ h e d uis
l ~affecti~vpwhelher or not a student has attended classes.
Most ccoru~rsesare offered with glradling opltiolns - tradlitilonall gradlilmg on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale or the PassINo C8fie@itsystem, in which "P" means a grade of 2.0 better and
"N" means nlo credlit and a grade of less than 2.0. A student may not ta~kernore than 8
courses on a PIN grading system, wi!h onlly 2 courses in the majbc. Students are cautioned
to use th~ePIN grade o~pti~on
with calre since some graduate a~ndprof~ssiondlschoolls do
I
not look favorablly on a llarge number of P-graded courses.
/
Final exams
Dec 12-14, '46
Apr 3-5, '87
Jun 26-28, '87
Final grades due
Dec 28, '86
Apr 12, '87
Jul 5, '87
Class Attendance
Most Weekend College classes meet seven times during a trimester. I t is expected
that students attend every class. If a student needs to miss one class period, the
instructor should be contacted.
1
An incornpllete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To recelive
it, a sit~u~den~t
must file a petiti~o~n
with the Committee on Student Standing stating the
reasons for the requlest, the pllan and date for removilng it, and comments from the instructor&;If permission is granted, the incomplete mlust be rem~ved~dirrtng
the follllowin~g
trimester, or ilt becomes the grade submitted by the teacher alonlg with the ilncomplelte.
i
dllle~e
- . WibhdrawallFrom ~--
II
-
-
-_-
Students are hrged not to abandon courses for which they are registered. s i x t h i s . .
results i~na failirg grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal
ffiom Co!M,pge must be do8pein the ReMsrrar's Office. Withdrawal from cdllege canna
occu~rdurin~gfilnal examli~nahi~on
week unlless a petition is approved by the Studen~t
Stalndlng Committee. Withdlrawal flrom college and resullting adjustments in accolunts
%fie effective as of the date the com~pletedWith~drawallborn Colllege form i~sreturned to
the Registralr's Oflfice.
I
Illy
w
-
..
FALL TRIIMESTEA, 1986 Class Sche~ule
-
-
- I
I
..
WINTER TRIMESTER. 1987 Class Schedule
I
Friday
Evenlrng
6:OO - 9:30
BUS
ECO
ENG
242
122
2401
340
PHY 106
SOC 383
SPC 353
SW K 260
Fu~ndamenta~ls
61 Management
Macroeconomics
The Short Story
Friday
Evenlng
I
lntroldluction to weather*
Racial and Minority Group Relations
Advertising
Hlwmanls Dlevelopling
6-10
BUS
BUS
8:30 - 12:OO. BUS
-BUS
BUS
CHM
CSCl
--
Salurday
Afternoon
1 :I 5 - 4:45
Sulnday
Afternoon
1 : I 5 - 4:4.5
--
.,
,
CS
Mass Communications in Societv
Princilpllles of Sociollogy
Pulblic Speaking
Socia'l Response to Human Needs
ART
BUS
-..
BUS
BUS
NUR
REL
-
352
221
252
322
~ o m e n 'Art
i History
Princlilples of Financlial Accauntilnlg
Intro,duction to Marketilng
lntermediate Accounti,na I
Cost Accounting
Business Law
Operations Management
Data Base Management*
Ihtermediate Macroeconomics
Effective Writi~na
-
~
Photography '*
Quant~tativeMethod~s
~undlamentallsof Financle
Idormation Systems in the Olrganizatibn
Contemporary Nursi~mglI1l:Paradl1 ms in iaursing
Psychollogy of .Rellilglion
mall Theol ogy
--
------- -
1
-
Macroeconomics
Effective Writing
Grow Old Along With Me
Community Health l
Nursing Practicum I* **
Mass Communication
Social Psychology*
Intercultural Communication
Interpersonal Communication
Methods and Skills -of Social Work
- 1:15 - 4:45
II
I
I
-
I
132
279
-331
375
306
486
112
111
209
310
423
342
375
329
354
363
Saturday
Afternoon
-
ART
BUS
BlUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
CSC
ECO
ENG
ENG
HIS
NUR
'PSY
REL
SOC
SPA
S PC
Human Biology
Principles of Financial Accounting
Principles of Managerial Accounting
Personnel Administration
Financial Management
Organic and Biological Chemistry*
Math Algorithms for Computer Science II*
Salurday
Morning
113 Mi~croeconomics
31 3 lntermediate Microeconomics
111 Effective Writina
403--.Et' Contemporary.
~ b i ~ n Fani~l~i~es-#:
g L
--'
SOC 121
SPC * 113
SWK 361
101
221
222
340
433
110
175
-
105 Biollogy and Society
175 Computers in Business and Economics
221 Principles of Financial Accounting
242 Fulnldarnentals of Management
423 Audliting
479 lntermediate Qwantitative Methods
109 Genera11Chemistry*
174 Math Algorithms for Computer Science*
-POL 'im
342
BIO
BUS
BUS
8:30 - 12:00 BUS
BUS
CHM
CSCl
MAT
ECO
ENG
ENG
NUR
NUR
POL
SOC
SPC
I
SPC
SWK
600-930
MAT
ECO
ECO
ENmG
NU R
PHI
242
111
373
111
383
113
I
--
Saturday
Morndng
BUS
PHY
PSY
REL
SOC
SPC
- -
I
I
I
-
Sunday
Afternoon
1 :I5 - 4:45
I
-
BUS 175
BUS 221
BUS 323
BUS 326
BUS 352
ECO 113
ECO 41 5
ENG 223
ENG 2961
396
HIS 2191
41 9
MAT 104
PHI 130
PSY 356
REL 483
SOC 121
SPA 112
SPC 352
SWK 364
I
.
-
- --
Computers in Business and Economics
Principles of Managerial Accounting
lntermediate Accounting II .'
Tax Accounting
Marketing Research and Analysis
Microeconomics
Managerial Economics
Writing for Business and the Professions
Highlights of British Literature
Myths and Myth M'aking
Basic Math I l *
Logic
Environment and Behavior
Christian Ethics
Principles of Sociology
Beginning Spanish II*
Persuasion
Field Work I
--
ART
BUS
ECO
FRE
NOR
NUR
106
475
315
111
111
330
Calligraphy
Information Systems Analysis and Design
Money and Banking
Beginning French I*
Beginning Norwegian I *
Trends and Issues in Nursing
-
Y
*Extra class or lab sessions requ~ired.
**Additional lab fee charged.
Courses may be added to or subtracted from the class schedule on the basis of enrollment. ,
* ~ x t r a n reqssied.
s
Courses may be added to or subtracted frorn,tlhe class schedlblle on the Ibaslis of enrohent.
C
SPRING TRMESTER, 1987 Class Schedule
Frlday
Even~ng
-
- -
BIO
BUS
BUS
PHY
SPC
231
252
340
103
480
The Biology of Women
lntroduction to Marketing
Personnel Administration
Ph sics for the Life Sciences
~ u l l i cRelationslPromotional Communications
BIO
BUS
BUS
8:30 - 12:00 BUS
CSC
CSC
ECO
ECO
ENG
ENG
NUR
NUR
PSY
REL
SOC
SPC
SWK
108
221
279
391
145
240
113
310
111
351
311
404
355
263
375
352
461
Microbiolog *
Principles o r ~anagerialAccounting
Quantitative Methods
Business Law
lntroduction to Computers
Elementarv Com~uterScience*
~icroeconbmics'
Managerial Decisiqn Making
Effectwe Writing
American Literature Since 1920
Community Health Nursing 11* **
Contempora Nursing IV: Leadership & Management
Brain and Bgavior*
World Justice and Hunger: Developing a New World View
Social Psychology*
Persuasion
Advanced Methods & Skills
6:00 - 9:30
Saturday
Morning
..
.
-
Saturday
Afternoon
1 :I5 - 4:45
,
--
BIO
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
ECO
ENG
MAT
NUR
NUR
PHI
POL
PSY
REL
SOC
SPC
SWK
105
481
301
355
462
ECO
-
Sunday
Afternoon
1:15 - 4:45
-
103
242
331
370
425
438
450
112
311
227
114
330
350
130
461
=-
107
476
31 3
112
112
-
.
-
Envlronmenlal Aesthellcs
Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the visual content
of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and
criticism. Individual and group projects exploring design problems in
representation, symbolism and abstraction.
Distribution: Urban Concerns
ART 106
Calligraphy
Study of the art and craft of calligraphy. Development of calligraphic
skills in pen and brush with ink and paint.
Distribution: ArtlMusic
ART 107
Drawlng
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life,
figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimental work.
Distribution:' ArtlMusic
ART 132
Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with
attention to black and white photography process. Need access to 35mm
camera.
Distribution: ArtlMusic
ART 225
Vlsual Communications I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using
elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictoral images.
I
Distribution: Art
Major: Elective in Public RelationslAdvertising Major
ART 240
Art Hlslory Survey
A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading,
research, viewing of slides, and visits to museums.
Distribution: Art
.
Anatomy and Physiology*
Fundamentals of Management
Fundamentalslof Finance
Advanced Personal Computing
, Advanced Accounting
Investments
Marketing Management
Macroeconomics
Public Finance
Journalism
Colle e Al ebra and Trigonometry*
Tren s an Issues in Nursing
lntroduction to Nursing Research*
1d
Drawing
Structured Systems Analysis and Design
Intermediate Microeconomics
Beginning French !I*
Beginning Norwegian 11*
- - - .
- 'Extra class or lab sessions required.
**Additional lab fee charged.
Courses may be added to or subtracted from the class schedule on the basis of enrollment.
--
ART 102
- --
- - - ---z
ART
BUS
ECO
FRE
NOR
COURSE -DESCRIPTIONS
- -
+
ART 250
Ceramlcs
An introduction to the making bf pottery with an emphasis on
handbuilding and glazing.
,, Distribution: Art
ART 352
' women's Arl Hlslory
A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's
place within the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each
ppriod.
Distribution: Art, Urban ConcernslMinority Studies, (upper division)
Human Blology
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An
attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another
member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem?
What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does
the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (Does
not apply to the major or minor).
Distribution: Biology
Major: Required supporting course in Social Work
BIO 103
BIO 108
Computers In Buslnw and Economlcs
lntroduction to COBOL and other nonscientific programming languages,
software applications in Business.
Major: Required in Business Administration core and MIS major; elective
in Supervisory Management major
BUS 221
Prlnclples of Flnanciel Accounllng
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts, and fundamentals of
accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial
statements.
Major: Required for Business Administration and MIS major
BUS 222
Prlnclples of Managerlal Accounllng
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of
managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decisionmaking and behavioral considerations. (Prereq: 221).
Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major
BUS 242
Fundamenlals ol Managemenl
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing,
planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and
responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager.
Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major,
elective in Public RelationslAdvertising and Supervisory Management
majors in Communication
Anatomy and Physiology
.. A professional course in the structure and function of the human body.
Lecture and laboratory. (A student may not receive credit for both 101
and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor.)
Distribution: ChemistrvlBioloav
Major: Required prerequisite ibi BSN major
BIO 105
BUS 175
8lology and Soclety
What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society
must deal? What threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by
shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of genetic research. scientific racism. sociobiology, and inequities
in the delivery of health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the
major or minor.)
Distribution: Biology or Urban Concerns
Mlcroblolo~
Basic microbial features are considered as well as a~~lications
of microbiology to the field of medicine and sanitation. For &dent nurses, health
majors or consent of the instructor. (Prereq: Chem 109 and concurrent
registration in Chem 110 or consent of instructor. Does not apply to
major or minor).
Distribution: Biology
Major: Prerequisitefor the BSN major
The Blology ol Women
The objective of this course is to provide a basic understanding of the
structure and functioning of the female human organism as well as to
evaluate misconceptions about women that have arisen in the history
of biology.
Distribution: ChemistrylBiology or Women & Minority Studies
?'
I
BUS 252
BUS 279
lnlroducllon lo Markellng
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal,
ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as
they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing
decisions.
Major: Required in the Business Administration core, elective in Public
RelationslAdvertising major
QuantllallveMethods for Economlcs and Buslness
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures,
probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with
emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics.
(Prereq: Math Placement Ill or a grade of 2.0 or better in MAT 104)
Major: Required in the Business Administration core and MIS major
(upper division)
lnlermedlale Accounllng I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements,
income concepts, capital stock and surplus account, current and longterm assets. (Prereq: 221, 222)
Major: Required in the Accounting and Finance majors (upper division)
BUS 323
BUS 324
Inlermedlate Accounllng II
An analysis of accounting thmy
%investments, tan ible and
intangible fixed assets. l i a b i i i @ a $ g l ~ Mactuarial
,
topics Xdditional
emphasis on income deterr&attm;d&b,price . ,
level changes.
(Prereq: 322)
Major: Required in the Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 391
Audlllng
Internal and exterw! audltlng procedures Emphasis on Internal checks
and control for accountlng systems. (Prereq 323, Junlor or Senlor or
consent of instructor)
Major: One of a choice of 3 requlred courses In the Accountlng major
(upper divlslon)
Managerlal Cosl Accounting
Am&wla,m,
'wI&*.
,*I
,
'ng and control of economic activities. Planning,
1~$1:fystems,
as well as other quantitative and
221, 222)
.
Major: Required in the ~Lcountingmajor (upper division)
BUS 326
Tax Accounllng
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for
individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq: 221, 222,
Junior or Senior, or consent of instructor)
Major: One of a choice of 3 required courses in the Accounting major
(upper division)
BUS 331
Fundamenlals of Finance
Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of funds within the
firm; sources and uses of Ion and short t e n funds, cost of capital,
capital budgeting, leverage. Wvidend policy, and related topics. (Prereq:
221, 222)
Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major (upper
divlsion)
BUS 340
BUS 425
Advanced Accounllng
Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting,
partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq: 323, Junior or
Senior or consent of Instructor)
Major: One of a choice of 3 requlred courses in the Accountlng major
(upper division)
Flnanclal Management: Theorles and Cases
IlrMwhith@y: a systems approach to flnanclal structure and
pWsan d9lli&n-maklng, presentation through Ilterature,
a d MEW material. (Prereq 331)
Major: Requlred In Flnance major (upper dlvision)
1
BUS 438
lnueslmenls and Financial lnslllulions
&Will d tb~slllltlth~n~ttdatWR1
~1 v@W~swpes of securities
1
b -vi
I
N l Y I ' , m
m!
.hk:'ess, acquisition and utilization of human
&j wj
:'- '
d n g relationships; effective integration of the
hfwb
'-'~@d&&the firm and society. (Prereq: 242 or consent of
lytwb,),
Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agenc , negotiable instruments,
property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
Major: Required for Business Administration core (upper division)
!i
of hth IridfWrrl d insdtuthd investors
Major: Required in Flnance major (upper dlvision)
I
BUS 440
Operallons Managemenl
Major: Required for Business Management major, elective in Supervisory
Management major (upper division)
BUS 352
Markellng Research and Ana
Research process as an ai
research methodology;
tiveness of research in
Major: Required in the Marketing major (upper division)
BUS 370
Major. Required in the Busmess Management major and an electwe in
the Supervisory Management major (upper division)
marketlng programs.
and promotion policies.
BUS 375
Informallon Systems In the Organlzallon
Design and im lementation of organizational structure and structural
change. An inf!rmational
processing point of view to examine design of
communication, decision making and task systems. (Prereq: 175)
Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division)
Major: Required In the Marketing major (upper dlvision)
BUS 475
lnlormation Syslems Analysls and Design
The process of defining information requirements, construction of a
logical model of information system and the preparation of a general
design. Discussion of the procedures to define program specifications,
documentation, and plan implementation.
Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division)
BUS 476
Structured Syslems Anaiysls and Design
Continuation of BUS 475.
BUS/ECO 479 Intermediate guantitatlve Methods
, Provides the opportunity to become famii~ar
with statistical research
methods through use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the
understandingofshtiatldd W d s and computer programming techniques.
The materials to IiepWd,In the course are: Computer Programming
Techniques; Slatl8lle;d Metth& General Linear Models, Analysis of
Variance, etc. (Prqeq:,279or equivalent, Junior or Senior or consent of
instructor)
Major: Required for MIS major and one of a choice of 3 required courses
in the Finance major (upper division)
CHM 109
CHM 110
CSC 145
Major: Required in the MIS major
communications, dlistributed processing
security, and general computer interMajor: Elective for MIS major (upper division)
CSC 352
Database
Structur
ent systems, query facilities, file organ,ization and
development of an elementary database
system.
Major: Required for MIS major (upper division)
ECO 112
Prlncl~lesof Economics (Macro)
mics; national income analysis, monetary
trade, economic growth. Application of
current economic problems. May be taken
11 2 and 113 may be taken in either order.
General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamentals of general,
organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas such as
nursing (including Augsburg's upper division program). Open also to other
students. First term, general chemistry principles and an introduction to
organic chemistry. Will include arranged time for laboratory work. This
course does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry.
Distribution: Chemistry
Major: Required prerequisite for Nursing major
General, Organic and Blologlcal Chemistry
Continuation of Chemistry 109. Organic and biological chemistry with
special applications to human physiological chemistry. Will include
arranged time for laboratory work. Does not apply toward the major or
minor in chemistry.
Distribution: Chemistry
Major: Required prerequisite for Nursing major
Distribution: Economics
M~ajor:Requi~redfor Business Administration core
Distribution: Economics
Major: Required for Business Administration core
ECO 310
lnlroducllon to Computers
An introduction to computers and computer applications. Programming in
a general higher level language. Primarily for students in non-science
areas. Does not count toward the computer science major or minor.
CSC/MAT 174 Mathemalical Algorithms for Computer Science I
A study of discrete and continuous mathematics with applications to
computer science, integrated with learning a higher level programming
language.
CSC/MAT 175 Mathematical Algorithms for Computer Science II
A continuation of CSCIMAT 174.
'
Major: Required for Business Management major and MIS major and one
of a choice of 3 required courses for the Finance majlor, elective in
Supervisory Management major (upper division)
ECO 31 1
Publlc Flnance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and publlic expenditures; the impact
of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic
implications. (Prereq: 112, 113)
Major: One of a choice of th,ree required courses in the Business
Administration core (upper division)
rrnm,wwmm
ECO 312
ENG 223
Wrlling lor Buslness and the Prolesslons
Determinants of national Income, employment and price level analyzed
vla macromodels. Attention pald to areas of monetary-fiscal policy,
growth and the buslness cycle (Prereq' 112)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business
Administration core (upper division)
ECO 313
!
ECO 31 5
ECO 41 5
ENG 101
ENG 111
ENG 209
(Prereq: 111 or equivalent) - .
Major: Recommended elective for Business Administration major
lnlermedlale Mlcroeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and
industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution;
introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq: 113)
Major: Required for Business Administration core (upper division)
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial
banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate
economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy.
(Prereq: 112)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business
Administration core (upper division)
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business.
Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting,
estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition,
production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems
of relevance to management. (Prereq: 313 or equivalent or consent of
instructor)
Major: Required in the Marketing major and one of a choice of 3 required
courses in the Finance major (upper division)
Oevelopmenlal Wriling
A preparatory course for effective writing for students who need additional
preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be given.
Students will write short papers based on their own observation, experience
and thought. The course counts as an elective toward graduation but
does not meet the writing requirement.
Effeclive Wriling
The study of composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention
to correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The
grading system for this couise is either PIN or 2.0 - 4.01N.
Distribution: Required for graduation
Grow Old Along Wilh Me
This course will focus on what poets, dramatists, and novelists have to
say about the aging process. Students will be expected to interview older
people to discover how they feel society regards the aging.
Distribution: EnglishISpeech
ENG 225
Advanced Exposllory Writing
The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may
include identi~fication,definition, classification, illustration, comparison
and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic
and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in
which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq: 111 )
Major: Required for Communications core
ENG 227
Journalism
An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and
the news feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing
the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing
practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases,
speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on the feature and the
news feature concludes the course. Throughout the trimester, attention is
paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and
stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment.
Major: Required for Public Relations major, one of four required choices
in the Communication core
'
I
I
ENG 240/340 The Shorl Slory
The course will involve practice in ways of approaching literature and
will include study of the basic critical terminology, so i t would be an
appropriate course for students who have not yet studied literature at
the college level. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students
will be expected to write with clarity.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech
I
'
ENG 202
Women in Flcllon
Reading and discussion of works by women writers of the nineteenth
and twentieth centuries.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech
ENG 296/396 Highlights of Brllish Llteralure
Works by major British authors including Chaucer, Shakespeare, Donne,
Swift, Wordsworth, Austen, Dickens, and Woolf.
ENG 351
American Llleralure Slnce 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements.
Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate
relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as
setting and symbol in modern American literature.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech, Urban Concerns (upper division)
'.
FRE 11 1
Beglnnlng French
Designed to introduce 'he student wi$h no previous background in French
to the language and to French crlrbure. The pronlunciation system and
basic sentence structures are taught to enablle understanding and expression on a rudimentary level.
Distribution: Foreig~nLanguage
FRE 1 12
Begilnnlng French
Continuation of FRE 111.
Distribution: Foreigln Language
--
I
Bsglnnlng German
with no previous background. Aims ait
ssroom practice in speakilng, understandilng
Goals; abijlty to read extended narratives i n
silmple German, insights into German culture and participation in short
conversations. Laboratory mat-erialsavailable.
Distribution: Foreign Language
6ER 112
HIS 103
Bsglnnlng German
Continluation of GER 111.
Distribution: Foreign Language
MAT 114
College Algebra and Trlgonomelry
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions, and graphs,
linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratios and
variatilon, progression, binomial theorem, logarithms and trigonometric
functions. (Math placement test requ~i~red.
Student must achieve a Level
3 ralnking in order to enroll1 in this cllass.)
Distribution: Math
Mlajor: Stronglly recommended for Business Administration major prior to
taking BUS 279
MUS 130
Inlroducllon lo Ihe Flne Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For
non-music majors.
Distribution: Mlusic
NIOIR 1 11
Bsglnnlng Norweglan
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speakkg, llistening, reading
and wri~ting.Stress on spoken rather that literary Norwegi~an.Laboratory
work expected.
Distribution: Foreign Lalnguage
Beginning Norweglan
Continuation of NOR 111.
Distribution: Foreign Language
The Modern World
A study of the main currents in western civilization from the tilme of
Napoleon to the present.
Distribution: History
HIS 219/41 9 Myths and Myth Maklng
A myth is not someth~i~ng
patently false or absurd, although popu~larusage
has emphasized its fictional quallity. Myth is the means by which people
and cultures explain themselves to others and to themselves. Iln this
course we will examine rnythopoeic thought and the myths whlich that
process evolved in the ancient Near East.
Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy
HIS 222
U.S. Hlslory Slnce 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day.
Distribution: History
MAT 104
Baslc Malh II
A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions
including exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes
I
Conlemporary Nurslng I
This is a transitional course that begins the socialization process of the
student to the professional role. Communication and the nursing process
are emphasized as the means by which the nurse and the client interact
to complete a framework of assessment, planning and evaluation to meet
negotiated health goals. The students will learn to develop their own
framework for the nursing process based on theoretical models and
commun~icationtheory.
Major: Required for BSN major (upper division)
Contemporary Nurslng II:Pandlgms In Nurslng
This course ilntroduces theory and conceptual thinking of theory in the
process of professional development. The function of theory in guiding
nursing practice is emphasized. Systems theory, group theory and
selected nursing theoretical models are examined.
Major: Required for BSN major (upper division)
Community Health Nurslng I
This coulrse focuses on community health delivery systems and the practice
of nursing within them. Concepts of health are examined as they apply to
current community heallth problems and issues. Clllinical appllication of
course content w~illinvolve making a health related assessment and exploring a community health issue. Ethical ilssues rellated to community
health decision making with aggregate groups are explored.
Major: Required for BSN major (upper division)
I
NUR 31 1
Community Health Nurslng II
This course provides a knowledge base for understanding community
characteristics and cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's
role as a generalist and as a member of the health team is explored. This
course is primarily a clinical course. The student will demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in providing care to a selected caseload
of clients. (Prereq: 303,310, 325, PSY 355)
Major: Required for BSN major (upper division)
** This course involves an additional clinical fee
NUR 325
,
Nursing Process
In this course the student learns approaches to assessment and the use
of assessment tools in the nursing process. The student uses communication skills to obtain a health history and negotiate health goals. Clinical
experiences provide the student with an opportunity to make a holistic
health assessment within a developmental framework. (Junior year.
Prereq: Acceptance into the Nursing major)
Major: Required for BSN major (upper division)
NUR 330
Trends and Issues In Nurslng
This course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the
professional nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and
issues are explored in light of their implications for nursing practice.
Major: Required for BSN major (upper division)
NUR 350
lntroductlon to Nurslng Research
The research process and methods appropriate to nursing are the focus
of this course, Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students
critique nursing research for its applicability to pursing practice. (Junior
year. Prereq: Acceptance into the Nursing major, MAT 121 or a course in
descriptive statistics)
Major: Required for BSN major (upper division)
NUR 403
Contemporary Nurslng Ill
This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursing care. Content
includes family as a group, family and group dynamics in light of situational and developmental events. Consideration is given to the emerging
role of the nurse in family health care. (Prereq: 304, 31 1, 325, 330, 350.
To be taken prior to or concurrently with 423)
Major: Required for BSN major (upper division)
NUR 404
Contemporary Nurslng IV
This course relates leadership and management theories and emerging
professional nurse roles to primary nursing. Concepts of change, conflict,
communication, and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability
and advocacy provide the basis for role development and professionalism.
(Prereq: 403. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 427)
Major: Required for BSN major (upper division)
Practicum In Nurslng I
This course is a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to
apply content from 403 in providing complex nursing care to families in a
selected practice setting. (Prereq: To be taken concurrently with or
following 403)
Major: Required for BSN major (upper division)
** This course involves an additional clinical fee
Ethics
Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn it as wrong.
Why do you think it is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons
for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard
look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral
judgements about personal and social issues resulting from them.
Distribution: Philosophy
Major: Recommended elective in Business Administration major
PHI 130
Logic
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a
particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow
from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments
and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound
arguments.
Distribution: Philosophy
Major: Required supporting course for Communication major
PHI 380
Ethlcs of Mediclne and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of
health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering,
abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia.
Distribution: Philosophy (upper division)
Major: Recommended for BSN major
PHY 101
Astronomy
A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system stars
and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is
made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, and eight-inch Celestron, and a
3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing.
Distribution: Physics
PHY 103
Physics lor the Llle Sclences
An introductory course in which the applications, problems and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also
to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course
is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education
(therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs.
The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for
the liberal arts student. (Prereq: elementary algebra)
Distribution: Physics
PHY 106
PHY 111
Topics In lntarnatlonal
Examines foreign poll
are made, anld looks a
in a changing world ec
Distribution: Urban concern; (ulpper division)
lntroducllon to Weather
A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working
knowledge of the princ~iplesolf atmospheric science. Attention will be
given to four basic areas: observing the weather (includling state of the
art i~nstrumentation),understanding weather patterns, forecasting
weather changes and understanding the world's climate. (Prereq: high
school algebra.)
Distribution: MathlPhysics
Physlcs, Computers, and Soclaly
.
A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical
, science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its
associated technology with philosophy, religion, and culture. Study of
mechanics, electricity, and digital electron~icswill lead up to discussion
of the meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of electronics
and computers in modem society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory.
Distribution: MathlPhysics
General Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for
the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of
psychology, ilncludling its major sub-areas, is emphasized.
Distribution: Psychology
Major: Required supporting course for the Communication majors and
Social Work major, a prerequisite for advanced courses in psychology
'
POL 160
POL 170
POL 326
World Polltlcs .
Introduction to the processes of international politics, inclluding the
dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations,
and a focus on recent problems.
Distribution: Political Science
law In the Unlted Slates
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and
society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States
Constitution as "supreme" law, law as politics; historic and contemporary
llegal ilssues.
Distribution: Political Science
'm-mm
The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and
political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties
and ilnterest groups and media i~npresildential elections. (Prereq: 1 course
in Political Science or consent of instructor)
Distribution: Political Science (upper division)
POL 342
Mass Communlcrtlons in Sociely
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and
control of mass media for political and social purposes incl~udinga study
of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programmlilng.
Distribution: Urban Concerns (upper dlivision)
Major: Required for the Communication major
PSY 355
Braln and Behavlor
d # d m ~m d s m o t
and
~&ll#dlBa4BC.{~:~Wone
Major: Required prerequisite course for BSN major (upper division)
Environment and Behavlor
A study of the influencewhich theenvironment, both natural and man-made,
has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental
stress, territoriality, defensible space and crime, and built environments
such as rooms, buildings and cities.
Major: Urban Concerns (upper division)
Organlzatlonal Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and
practilces such as management styles, evalhation and maintenance of
work effectiveness, and social influences. An organizational field
experience. (Prereq: 105)
Major: Required coulrse for Business Management major and elective for
all Communications majors (upper division)
Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process.
Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling
relationship.
Major: Elective in Communication major (upper division)
-
REL 11 1
lnlroducllon lo Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
Distribution: Religion
REL 215
Archaeology and Ihe Blble
Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical archeaology,
and review of some current findings.
Distribution: Religion
REL 221
REL 263
REL 356
REL 363
REL 481
REL 483
Christian Elhics
The basis of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective
for critical reflection upon moral action.
Distribution: Religion (upper division)
Psychology ol Rellglon and Theology
A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the
traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will begiven to
the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those
Christian theologians who have been influenced by them.
Distribution: Religion (upper division)
Blbllcal Sludles
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the Biblical documents.
The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of
the church.
Distribution: Religion
World Jusllce and Hunger: Developing a New World Vlew
The course will survey the most recent reports and analysis of the
current holocaust of global hunger including the root causes, the interconnectedness of other issues, the biblical mandate and the role of
justice education. Attitudes toward poverty and wealth, justice and
charity, oppression and liberation will be discussed. The purpose will be
to build greater global awareness, become sensitized to ethical choices,
energize us for action and responsible living, and explore pedagogical
principles for social justice.
Distribution: Religion
Hlslory of Rellglons
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world,
including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto and Islam.
Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious
communities.
Distribution: Religion (upper division)
Rellglon In Amerlca
A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to
the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses
of religion to the challenges of its environing culture.
Distribution: Religion (upper division)
Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological
thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of
the continuing theological task of the Christian Church.
Distribution: Religion (upper division)
Principles ol Sociology
'knowing. Its application to
ty; socialization, family life,
1. etc. Sociology as an
. .
.
.
Distribution: Sociology
Major: Required supporting course for Communication major and Social
Work major
SOC 231
Sociology of the Famlly
An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of
dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship
of the family to its institutional and cultural context.
Major: Required supporting course in social Work major and an elective
in the Human Relations major
SOC 241
lnlroducllon lo Cullural Anlh
The concept of culture ex
d in the way we see
and live in the world. An
ons underlying the
ideas of "primitive," "civil
person's relation to
culture. An analysis of se
culture.
Major: An alternative in the core'of the Communication major,
recommended elective in Business Management major
SOC 301
Complex Organlzallons
There is little in contemporary American life that is not somehow
effected by organizations. This course sociologically examines (both
theoretically and empirically) how organizations survive as entities and
what life is like for people within those organizations. Through lecture,
discussion, guest speakers, and participation we will explore the topics
of organizational goals, technology, structure and process; as well as
corporate and white collar deviance, gender issues, and organizational
change.
Major: Recommended elective in Public RelationsIAdvertising; Human
Relations; and Supervisory Management majors (upper division)
I
I
r,
I
- -
SOC 375
SOC 383
SPA 111
II
Soclal Psychology
An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual
behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity"
and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and
human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the
major assurnptlorls and processes underlying our everyday life - a look
at the trivial, tlie ardiriary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important urieatat~onin social psychology, will be used as a
way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq: 121 or PSY 105)
Major: Required supporting course for Communication majors and Social
Work major, elective supporting course for Business Management major
(upper division)
Racial and Mlnority Group Relallons
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is
focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (PIN
grading only)
Distribution: Minority Studies
Major: Required supporting course for Social Work major and elective
supporting course in the Business Management major (upper division)
Beglnning Spanlsh
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading
and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
Distribution: Foreign Language
SPA 112
Beglnnlng Spanlsh
Continuation of SPA 111.
SPC 113
313
Public Speaklng
Basic problems of effective speaking and listening. May be taken for
lower and upper division credit upon consultation with instructor.
Major: Required supporting course for Communication major, elective
supporting course in Business Management major
SPC 329
lnlercullural Communlcalion
This course will explore both the problems and the potential of communication between persons of different cultural groups. Factors such as
ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role expectations, values, and
nonverbal symbols will be examined in this course.
Major: Recommended supporting course in Human Relations major (upper
division)
SPC 352
Persuaslon
Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and
promotional projects.
Major: Required for Communications major, elective supporting course in
Marketing major (upper division)
SPC 353
Adverlislng
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as
important elements in modern marketing and communication.
Major: Required supporting course in Marketing major, elective in Public
Relations1Advertising and Supervisory Management majors (upper division)
SPC 354
lnlerpersonal Communicalion
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to
overcome communications barriers.
Major: Required for Communication core, elective supporting course in
Business Management major (upper division)
SPC 355
Small Group Communicalion
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors
involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations.
Major: Recommended supporting course in the Business Management,
Human Relations and Supervisory Management majors (upper division)
I
I
I
.>
Thealer History and Criliclsm
Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods.
Attendance at local theater productions. Introduction to theories of
drama, dramatic production, and dramatic criticism.
Distribution: EnglishlSpeech (upper division)
Public Relalions/PromolionaI Communlcalions
Public Relations in the modern world of communication, marketing and
business. An overview of public relations as a career and a survey of
basic promotional communication in profit and non-profit organizations.
Major: Elective in all Communication majors (upper division)
Exploring Human Sewices
With faculty approval. stl~dentselects a placemarlt for 30 hours por week
;IS a volunteer in a soc~alagancy or institution Opportunity to know
1iuma11service ~rolessionals,social service delivery syslems, and carear
iispects of the ialplrlg vocations. lndependsnt stc~dywith a term paper
reporl and weekly review conferences Especially recommended for
freshrrian and soptlomores.
Major: Required in the Social Work major
I
Humans Developing
This coursu provrdes the knowledge basrc to an tlndsrsland~ngof human
growl11 Ihrouyh the lile cycle, arld 01 the rrrterplay 01 sociocullural, bialogleal, and psycliological facturs which influence the growth of individuals
and lamilies in co~~ternporary
A~iler~cali
society. Empliasized is the role ol
the "nurtur~ng~nvironment"in relation to human growth, the impacl ol
"sustaining envrt'onmsnt" laclors, ant1 other special stresses relevent lo
and groups which represent ethnic
growth. Growth related to pop~.llatior~s
andlor I~fe-styledlvcrsily is also a focus. Students will gain self-untlerslanditig rhraugh use of tlielr own experierrces.
Major: Required in the Social Work major
SWK 361
Social Responses lo Human Needs
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human
service. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable and governmental responses to human needs will
be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course.
(Prereq: Sophomore or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in the Social Work major. (upper division)
SWK 363
Melhods and Skills ol Social Work
Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles
and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small groups;
development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills.
Course taken as a half course in each of two consecutive Weekend
College terms. (Prereq: 361)
Major: Required in the Social Work major. (upper division)
SWK 364
Field Work I
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency
focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours
per week, plus one small group supportiveldiscussion seminar per week.
(Prereq: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 461
Advanced Melhods and Skills
Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom
exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills,
emphasis on development of generalist practiceskills and eclectic approaches.
Lectures andlor laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq: 2.0 in 363 and
364, candidacy status. Concurrent with 462.)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 462
Field Work II
Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families, groups andlor communities in a
social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportiveldiscussion
seminar per week. (Prereq: completion and 2.0 in 361,363,364, candidacy
status; concurrent with 461 and 467)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 463
Community Oevelopmenl and Organizalion
Locality development and social change through community organization,
social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1) survey of historical
forms of social change, 2) understanding the basic issues and strategies
relevant to social protest and change, 3) examination of the role of staff,
and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations,
and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the essential principles and
techniques of organizing. (Prereq: Senior or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
]
SWK 464
Fleld Work IV
Continuation of 466 during the spring term. (Prereq: candidacy status,
2.0 in 466, concurrent with 467)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
SWK 466
Field Work Ill
Continuation of 462. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in 461, 462, 463)
Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
Show less
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring
semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week
January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time
for both students... Show more
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring
semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week
January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time
for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and
ways not possible during the regular term. There will be no
summer Interim in 1986.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-courseload during Fall
and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one
course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/
No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/
N system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a
more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one
Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at
Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation).
Augsburg Policy
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the
basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
For More Information
Interim Off ice (Memorial230)
Interim Secretary, Sue Schmidt at 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192 (Memorial
114G)
Interim Calendar
November 4-8 . . .Interim Registration
December 9 . . . .Late Registration for Interim
January 6 . . . . . .First Day of Interim
First Day Class: Time I -9 a.m.
Time 11-1 p.m.
January 7 . . . . . .Last Day for CanceVAdd
January 13 . . . . .Last for Determining Grading System
for Half Credit Courses
January 14 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawing from Half
Credit Courses
January 17 . . . . .First Group of Half Credit Courses
Ends
January 20 . . . . .Second Group of Half Credit Courses
Begins
January 20 . . . . .Last Day for Determining Grading System
with Registrar
January 21 . . . . .Last Day to CanceVAdd Half Credit
Courses
January 22 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawingfrom
Full Credit Courses
January 27 . . . . .Last Day for Determining Grading
System for Half Credit Courses
January 28 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawing from
Half Credit Courses
January31 . . . . .InterimEnds
February 4 . . . . .Validation of Spring Class Registration
February 5 . . . . .Spring Semester Begins
.
The number and length of class meetings a s well a s the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time 1-8 a.m. to 12Noon
Time 11-1 p.m. to 5 p.m.
Interim Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are
listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of
other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the
college for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime
Sports listed at the end of the Catalog.
Building Key
L-Library
all
M-Music H
OM-Old Main
P-Psychology
S-Science Hall
Options
International Interims-Students are invited to be part of one
of the 27 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest
Association for International Education (UMAIE). These
course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog.
Internships-Students electing an internship must present a
completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office
(Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 26. Contract
forms are available in the same office.
Independent or Directed Study-Students may elect a program
of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study
(lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly
discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to
pursue independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervising faculty member.
This proposal must be submitted at least one week before
registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate
study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the
Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught
during the Interim at other 4-1-4schools are accepted for credit
by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does
not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students
will be charged $495 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to
the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on
campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim
housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Environmental Aesthetics
ART 102-48001
302-46002
Instructor: PhilThompson
In this course there will be a focus on readings in the area of the
man-madevisual environment and consideration of the principles
of design with concern for appreciation and criticism. There will
be projects in art media exploring the visual elements and the design process.
Each student will do one special project (a slide essay on a cultural
landscape topic; or a gallery environment event; or some other
project approved by the instructor). There will be about eight
other text related design projects required. Grades will also be
based on one or two examinationsplus a final.
Distribution:Art - Music
Time: 11
Room: OM 4
Life Drawing
ART 247-48003
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students.
The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of
media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from one
minute to an hour and a half.
You will be introduced to the 2 B and 4 B pencils, the charcoal
pencil, and pastels.
Fee: $25due the first day of class
Distribution:Art -Music
Time: I
Room: OM 17
BIOLOGY
Plants and Civilization
BIO 102-46004
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for use. Some plant
anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation
will be based on course exams.
Distribution:Chemistry-Biology
Time: I1
Room: 205
The Biology of Women
BIO 231-46005
Instructor:Roberta Lammers
The objective of this course is to provide a basic understanding of
the structure and functioning of the female human organism as
well as to evaluate misconceptions about women that have arisen
in the history of biology. We will study first the structure and
physiology of women, including the determination of sex, nutritional needs, menstruation and menopause, as well as other developmental issues. We will also consider women's health issues
such as pregnancy, birthing and particular occupationalhazards.
In a section on evolution we will look at various interpretations of
human evolution and the social relationships of women and men.
FkmUy, if time permits, we will consider the scientific contributions of some women biologists.
Evaluation will be based on weekly quizzes as well as individual
reports, which will be either written or oral depending on the
number of students in the class.
Prer uisite: High school biology
Dish%ution: Chemistry-Biologyor Women & Minority Studies
Time: I
Room: S 329
11 1986 Oak Ridge Associated
Universities Science Minimester
BIO 322-46006
PHY 322-46007
Instructor:Robert Herforth
A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and
"hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The
course will consist of (1)introductory work on radiation detection
and measurement at Augsburg, (2)participation in the 1986 Oak
Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study projects in nuclear radiation
physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation,
coal technology, health physics, and radiological safety; and (3)
summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated
Universities-Professional Training program. Two weeks of the
course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students.
Cost: 8350 for travel and housing (approximately)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor
Time: I
Room: S 24
II Biological Evolution
BIO 431-48008
Instructor:Ralph Sulerud
That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are
biologically related are probably the most significant conclusions
which biology has contributed to human knowledge. The antievolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationists" will be
investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted as a fact, and the evidence in its support will be examined.
Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and pace of
evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have evolved and
continue to do so. Much of the course will involve historical study
of evolutionary thought from pre-Darwiniantimes to the present.
F'inaUx we will address the course of evolution from the origin of
life itself to the origin of human life.
There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes
and tests.
Prerequisites:BIO 111 and 112or permissionof the instructor
Time: I
Room: S 205
BUSINESS
II Augsburg Goes to Business
BUS 321-46010
Instructor:Thomas Morgan
"Augsburg Goes to Business" is a one-month senior seminar for
business and economics majors. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in organizations and
the varied environments in which and the many constraints with
which they must operate. Three objectives emerge:
1. to develop a clearer understanding of how the different functional areas of an organization operate on a day to day basis
and how these "parts" are integrated into the overall operation of the firm.
2. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches" correspond to "real world" situations and are able to accornrnodate practical application.
3. to explore potential conflicts between individual (personal
and career) goals and the goals of the organization; addressing how these conflicts may be resolved.
u&ite: permission of instructor
zz7
Room: P 2
IIntroduction to International Business
BUS 152-46070
BUS 352-46071
Instructor: Arnin Kader
This course is designed to introduce the student to the problems
and possibilities of doing business in an international context. Appreciation of the perspective required for successful planning and
management of an enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by
foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in
international business.
The case method will be employed. Evaluation will be based primarily on performance in working the cases assigned.
Prerequisite: A minimum of two business courses for upper division registration.
Time: I
Room: OM 22
IEntrepreneurship
BUS 295-46077
Instructor: John Cerrib
The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills necessary for starting
and running a small business.
The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business
management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a
"model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of
the "model" plan, on tests and performances on small business
case studies.
Time: I
Room: M 23
Micro-ComputerAccounting
BUS 294-46092
Instructor: Richard Herzog
This course will provide an introduction to the micro-computeras
it relates to financial and managerial accounting applications.
Topics will include: micro-computer hardware and software; accounting spreadsheet and database applications. Emphasis will
be on the IBM-PC or compatible hardware and Lotus 1-2-3software.
Students willbe required to read a text and other material, hand in
homework assignments and take tests over the assigned material. In addition, computer reports will be handed in for evaluation.
Prerequisites: Principles of Managerial Accounting (BUS 102)
Time: 11
Room: S 213
Advanced Personal Computing
BUS 378-48093
Instructor: Milo Schield
The object of this course will be to study advanced personal computing applications and their business uses. We will use the Augsburg IBM PC Network to study
- advanced word processing (Word Star 2000)
- advanced spread sheet techniques (macros and templates)
- advanced data base featuresd @-BaseI11and Power Base)
- business graphics (free form paint and fixed form analytic1
presentation)
- integrated packages (Symphony)
There will also be visita to local businesses using these applicationa, This # m e i s designed for students who are already familiar with h i c Personal Computing applications such a s Appleworks and .Lotus.
Evaluation will be based on the following: 10% on attendance and
participation; 40% on tests; 50% on group projects.
Fee: $20--but no required textbook.
Prerequisite: BUS 250 (DataProcessing)
Time: I
Room S 123
CHEMISTRY
Chemistry for Changing Times
CHlM 100-46013
Instructor:Arlin Gyberg
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional
background. Bachemistry cotu'se m d d m not =sume a ~ c i m m
sic science: a n d math EWE introduced early and are t,augl:llta8
needed for understmding the various topics .md implications. T h e
course does assume the student is interested in and concerned
about the relationship of chemistry to life and living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers
and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades
the human eekicingof perwond independence has led to chemistry
becoming a part or everyday Lire to 4,he pht of actud dspondence
on chemistry W e live in n world or pcsticidos, fertilizers. pIasticer,
"the pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can
often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out,
Chemistry for Changing Times (wn't)
grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical
imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex
system of altered body chemistry Even learning appears to be the
result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of
the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but
chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society,
our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular
look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Test will be used for evaluation. This course does not
satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106,116or 223.
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: I
Room: S 315
The Science of Very Large Molecules
CHM 104-48014
Instructor: SandraOlmsted
A survey of plastics, polymers, and proteins that will investigate
the unusual properties that make these materials useful. Also included will be a short history of these materials, with their economic importance or biological interest. Grades will be determined by two exam scores, and a final paper which is due the last
day of class.
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: 11
Room: S 315
FORTRAN
CSC 270-46045
Instructor: Larry Ragland
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students
with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will
expand the student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those
features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequisite: One course with a study of a computer language
(e.g. CSC 170 or lVLAT 175)
Time: 11
Room: S 112
E Understanding International Trade and
Finance
ECO 360-46012
Instructor: Ed SabeIla
This will be a study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. We will consider the development
and bases of international trade, the balance of payments, the
mechanisms of adjustment and general commercial policies.
Grading will be on the basis of examinations and possible other
written assignments.
uisitei: ECO 122 a$d 123 or permissionof instructor
Room: OM 16
EDUCATION
Student Teaching
EDS 481-46015EDE 481-46019
EDS 482-46016EDE 482-46020
EDS 483-46017EDE 483-46021
EDS 484-46018EDE 484-46022
Instructor:Trudi Fulda
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a
school. Grading is PIN only
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission
of instructor.
Time: I
Room: L 4
ENGLISH
E Five College Fiction Writing Workshop
ENG 362-46098
Instructor: Lon Otto
This workshop seeks to increase the participants' range and intensity of the participants' fiction writing, sharpening their critical skills, and broadening their awareness of contemporaryfiction
and the literary tradition of which it is a part. Discussion the first
week will focus on readings from an anthology of mostly recent
short stories. The remaining three weeks will focus on stories
written during the Interim by members of the class. The stories
will be duplicated and distributed prior to each meeting. Students
Fiction Writing Workshop (con't)
will write three substantial stories and will be expected to participate actively in the critical discussions. There will also be opportunities for individual conferences with the instructor.
Evaluation will be based on work written during the Interim, on
willingness to engage technical suggestions, &d on vigorous,
constructiveparticipation in the workshop's discussions. Faithful
attendance is essential.
Three students from Augsburg will be accepted for this course.
Interested students should contact John Mitchell in the English
Department.
Fee: $10
Prerequisite: Some experience in fiction writing; preferably at
least one creative writing
- course on the college
- level
Time: 11
Room: McNeely $301- St. Thomas
IThe Short Story
ENG 240-46024
340-46025
Instructor: Kathryn Swanson
We will read a variety of short stories for pleasure and understanding. The selected stories will include the major genres, such
as the science fiction of Kurt Vonnegut, the detective fiction of
Arthur Conan Doyle, the humor of Mark Twain, and the experimental fiction of Jorge Luis Borges. Women such as Doris Lessing and Joyce Carol Oates and blacks such as Ralph Ellison will be
among the authors studied.
Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of the
history of the form of the short story, a sufficient number of classics will be assigned for the student to appreciate the historical
development from Poe to Beattie. The course will involve practice
in ways of approaching literature and will include study of the basic critical terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for
students who have not yet studied literature at the college level.
Students are expected to read the stories, participate in class discussions, write a paper on a topic selected with the advice of the
teacher, write a short story, and take several tests. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write
with clarity
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I
Room: OM 23
The Dark Side of Genius: Films of
Alfred Hitchcock and Ingmar Bergman
ENG 260-46026
460-46027
Instructor:John Mitchell
Using selected films, the course will compare the popular cynical
vision of Alfred Hitchcock with the problematic existential vision
of Ingmar Bergman. Literary texts related to biography, film criticism, Freudianism, and existentialism will also be assigned a s
background material. Class procedure will involve lecture, discussion, and the showing of about eight feature films. Because of the
time required for introductions, projections, and discussion, students should expect class periods of three to four hours in length.
Although the course should be enjoyable and even fun, students
should expect to study the films rather than merely watch them.
Grading will be based upon occasional quizzes and a critical paper
of about 12 pages in which the student will compare the two visions. Students who wish to take the course for upper division
credit must have mrrnission from the instructor.
Fee: $25 for rental of films
Time: I1
Room: SCI 123
Grow Old Along With Me
ENG 209-46023
Instructor:Barbara Andersen
You, too, will enter Middle Age and, eventuallx Old Age-if you
live long enough. What do poets, dramatists, and novelists have to
say about this process? A lot. Among those that we may read are:
Hassler's "Simon's Night," Anderson's "I Never Sang for My
Father," Sarton's "As We Are Now," Miller's "Death of a Salesman," Tillie Ohen's, "Tell Me a Riddle," Pyrn's "Quarter in Autumn," Wright's "Fire Sermon," Berry's "The Memory of Old
Jack," Woolf's "Mrs. Dalloway" We hope to see some films such as
"AU Your Parts Don't Wear Out at the Same Time."
What do real live people have to say about old age? A lot. You will
be expected to find out what they have to say by interviewing several older people in several different settings.
Evaluation will be based on readings, examinations, quizzes and
interview journals.
Distribution:English-Speech
Time: I
Room: OM 10
E Love in Literature
ENG 269-46068
Instructor:Ron Pal&
This course will examine several literary depictions of passionate
love including the Biblical "Song of Songs," Ovid's "The Art of
Love," Shakespeare's "Romeo and Juliet" and "A Midsummer
Night's Dream,"and more recent works including Chopin's "The
Awakening" and a modern romance novel. Also studied will be poetry from different historical periods and material from the social
sciences. The course will study changing concepts of love and
show how literature reflects and creates concepts of love. Students will write two papers, take two tests and attend a few assigned plays or films.
Prerequisite:ENG 111 or a college literature class
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: 11
Room: OM 25
FRENCH
French Literature in Translation
FRE 243-48028
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
Study of representative shorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysis of a common core of varied works we
will strengthen communication and critical skills, develop cultural sensitivit~and become acquainted with significant French
writers. Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention
on the works. Much class time daily will be devoted to small group
discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group
work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study
Prerequisite:Sophomore standing
Distribution: English-Sueech
Time: I
Room: OM 27
-
-
HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
HPE 475-46081
Instructor: A1Kloppen
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common
athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room
procedures.
This is a half credit course.
Prerequisite:HPE 350Kinesiology
Time: II -Jan.20-31
Room: Melby
January 4-23,1986
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455-48036
Instructor:Joyce PPaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in
the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on
taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling
(anchoring,mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live
aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and
will function as an active crew member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the
course. This willbe supplemented by sessions dealing with safety,
boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting
and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to various islands and
cays in the British and American Virgin Islands.
Snorkelingand windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A
daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final written
exam willbe given.
Cost: $2100
Distribution:Lifetime Sports
Human Sexuality
HPE 216-46035
Instructor:Richard Borstad and Nancy Medcraft
The course will examine the biological, psychosocial, behavioral,
and cultural aspects of human sexuality Opportunities will be provided for students to explore and assess their values about sexuality Included in the course are the following topics: gender issues,
male-femaleanatomy and physiology, communication and sexual
behavior, sexuality and the Life cycle, sexual problems, and s d
issues related to sexual behavior. Lectures, readings, guest speak
ers, films, and small discussion groups willbe utilized. Evaluation
will be based on mid-termand final exams, and a research project.
Fee: $10
Time: II
Room: M 24
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232-48080
Instructor:Lynn Mackenthun
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on
participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This is a half credit course.
Time: II - Jan. 6-17
Room: Melby
Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality
HIS 220-46036
320-46037
Instructor:Khin Khin Jensen
An investigationof the rationale for the immigration pattern, economic opportunities, and social, political and economic problems
encountered by the following immigrants: Chinese, Japanese and
Koreans in the United States. Focus on these three ethnic groups
will involve both the "old immigrants and the "new" immigrants.
Course will utilize ethnic speakers (Chinese, Japanese and Koreans) in a home environment-discussion format. There willbe ethnic meals, ethnic cooking demonstrations, films, slides and field
trips-all these are important components of the course as are the
academic components such as readings.
Focus is on the experiences of these ethnic groups in Hawaii, California and Minnesota.
Upper division students will do a paper and a journal, lower division will do a journal. There will be an exam on the text and readings.
Fees: 816
Prerequisite: Lower division none. Upper division: sophomore
standing and consent of instructor
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time:I
Room: LI
Myth and Myth Making
HIS 219-46038 HUM 275-46097
419-46039
Instructor:Richard Nelson
A myth is not something patently false or absurd, although popular usage has emphasized its fictional quality Myth is the means
by which people and cultures explain themselves to others and to
themselves. In this course we will examine mythopoeic thought
and the myths which that process evolved in the ancient Near
East, Greece and Rome. We will read mythological literature in
translation and modern commentaries on the nature of myth
making. These mythologies will be studied within their historical
and cultural context, resulting in a final paper on a topic to be
decided upon between student and instructor.
In addition, (dependingon production timing)the class will attend
a Twin City based production of Euripides' "Trojan Women" during the term.
Prerequisite: Permissionof instructor for upper division
Distribution:History-Philosophy
Time:I
Room: OM 13
-
January 2-26,1986
Hawaii: A Cultural History
HIS 321-46104
Instructor: John Benson. and James Johnson
'She cultural and h i s t o r i d resources of Hawaii offer a richly endowd classroom Por study during J a u q The objeativo of this
mume is to provide a basic understanding of I-Iawaii's history,ethnic diversity, and religious heritage through lectures, toms, books
and travel. In addition ta B u d r h i . ~Thoism
,
and Polynesian religion, the wurse will focus on thc Mormon missions to the South
Pacific and the New England Cnlvinist Christianity that sent missionaries to the Hawaiian Islands. T l ~ a r wiU
s
d s e be a unit on the
w ~ nBuddhist-Christian
t
dialogue.
Further information can be obtained in the Interim Office or from
Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20.
Cost: $1,895
Distribution:Religion (by petition)
INTERDISCIPLINARY
The Art of Being Female
INS 216-46078
416-46079
Instructor: Sara Eaton
Zf women's experience of culture is different from men's, do they
write about it differently? Do they use the same words but mean
something else? Do they paint from a forninlne perspective? Do
they campme and ning a different music? Or a m these aU questions of interpretation?
Tn an at,temptto answer these qumtiona, we will study some of the
literature, visual arts,and music m t e d by women in the k t 400
years. Beghnhg in the Renais~mco,with tZro love poetry Mar5
Queen of Scats. wrote to Bothwoll, and ending with Georgia
O'Keefe'a and Judy Chicago's art and w v ~ r a mnmmporary
l
novels by womcn, we will analyze what female arlists are t e h g UE in
their art and how they t~1l
us. The murst; iR croes-disciplinw;
students will I
x encoumged t~ develop their own topics of atudy
and supplement and the course cont~nt.Thore will be a rcquircd
amount of reeding, viewing and listening. hower division students will write a 5-7 page essay Upper division students will
write a longer papex (850 pagee) and give n presentation b e d on
their topic to tho class.
There will not be a find exam, but approximately half the grade
will come from quizzes on the assignments.
Pre uisite:English 111-EffectiveWriting
Diszution: Urban. Women's and Minority Studies
Time:II
Room: OM II
Central America: The Roots of the Crisis
INS 280-46034
Instructors:Norman Walbek, Vern Hanson. Staff from Center for
Global Service
The crisis in Central America is one of the major foreign policy
issues of the decade. The purpose of the course is to expose participants to the complexities of the issues involved, and to examine
the root causes for the desperate conditions that exist in most of
the region.
The course will be a joint offering of Augsburg, Gustavus, and
PLU. The first part of the course will be held on the three respective campuses, examining key events in the history of Mexico and
Central America and looking at the current readings and discussions.
On January 16, we will depart for Mexico where we will spend five
days at the Augsburg Center in Cuernavaca. From January 2 1-26,
we will be in Nicaragua, housed at another facility managed and
staffed by the Center for Global Service and Education. In both
countries, encounters with people from the churches, political,
cultural and business organizations will be provided. In addition,
there will be on-sitevisits to peasant cooperatives, squatter settlements, historical sites, etc. Particular attention will be given to
grassroots Christian communities and other ways in which the
poor are relating the Bible to their daily experiences and seeking
to organize themselves to bring about more just social institutions. The schedule will be an intensive one, but will also provide
opportunitiesfor group reflection and worship, and free time. The
final week of the course will be held back on campus, and will be a
time for de-briefingand evaluation.
During the first week, participants will be required to read 1-2
books, a packet of related articles, and give an oral report on an
assigned topic. During the trip, students will be required to keep a
journal, and upon return, write a final reflection paper, due on
January 31.
Cost: $1420from Minneapolis Ineludem all travel expems, meals.
lodging:and program in M e d w ancl Nicaragua. Cost is subject to change due ta an airfare inmawe prior to departure.
World Hunger and Justice Education:
Developing a N e w World View
INSm - 4 6 0 3 1
REL 2 W 4 W 3 2
h t r u c b r a : Joel Mugge, Center for Global Servimand Education,
tmd George S. Johnson. ALC Hunger P r o w
The course will mlrvey the most recent reports and analysis of the
current holocaust or global hunger ineluding the root causes,the
Intemnnectednese to other issues, the hiillical ma,ndateand tho
role of justice eclucettion. Attitudes toward poverty and wmlth,
justice nnd charity, oppression and Liboration wiU b discussed using biblical material, the U.S. Cntholic Bishop's Lotter on tho U.S.
Economy and insights rmm Liboratmion
tl~ealom.
The purpose wiU
1.w l o build peat,er global a m n e e s , become sensitized to ethical
choices, energize us ror action nncl responsible living, a d explore
pe%gogical principles for socinljustice.
Guesl leczur+ersinclude Norman Barth, Direcur of Lutheran
World Belief, Dr. Mark Thomsen. Executive Director of World Mission for.tlm AlC; Ruth Hnlvomn, Director of the ARC Retreat
CenWr;Dr. Mark Lund. Prof~ssor
of Economics at Luther Collage:
world guests in tho Twin Cities ma.
and
The P t t s t t b weeks of the c o m e will be held at the ARC retreat
center in n hautif ul wooded m a 46 milea north of the Twin Citics. Included in the experience will be cumunity building, m ~ . tive use CIP music ,and tlm mCs. trip8 to areas of poverty, opportunity For solitude. and cross-country skiing. T h e find week will be
held back in the Twin Cities, where them will be visits to various
orgiUli7~vtiomworking on hunger issues, and time for writing a
final p a p r .
S~udentswill read 1-2books snd related articlee- A f i n a l paper
intepatirig the overall themes of the course and readings will be
tequired at. the end of thc course. Xduationa wiU k e based u w n
this paper and prticipation.
Cost: Room md Board at the ARC R e m t Center for the three
weeksi willbe-8300,
Dhtrlbution: -1
on OnI one fnaourse ma be ueed taw;u%?gr$luat?on rewon reguirementsr
RiI The Church and Social Change in
the Philippines
LNS 274-46033
Instructors: J
i
m Faurnier, Newman Mter, U d d Q af
Minnemta and staff member f o m the Center for Global
Service and Education
T h e puspose of the course is to help participants gain a olearer
underslamling of lhe currant situation in the Pl~ilippines.It is a
country that suffers Prom a great deal of poverty and injustice,
and one of the mqjor instigators Por mid change 11wbeen the
church. Thmugho~~t
the coursc, therefore, we will be examining
the role of the church and the respnaibifity of Christians inworking for socialand political change.
The Church and Social Change in the Philippines(con't)
The first week of the come wjll be h ~ l d
in htinn~apolis.and will
foeus on getting a sense of the h.istOry, dtm,and current economic and political situation in tho PhiZippinea. hcturos, readings and cliscussions wiU & the format for this first week.
On January 10,the group will depart for the Philippines. The style
of the travel seminar will be quite intensive, and includes encounters with people and organizations representing the different sectors in the urban and rural areas as well as the different tribal
p u p s . 'She trip will a h prwide opportunities for group r~flootion m d worship. The p u p will return to Ure Btates on January
26. The find week of the course wi13 be used for debriefing and
aduation of the experience.
During the first weok, participants will be required to read s
packet of articles,m d research and give an oral report on a related
topic. During the k i p , students wiU be
to keep a journal,
and upan return, write a final p a p r reflecting on Ula expex-ience.
Grading PIN.
Cost: $1995fmm ~
~ includes all
p m v d expenses,
o
meals,
~
ld@g m d program In the Philippines. Cost i s subject to
change due to &are increase prior to the trip.
~~
MATHEMATICS
Mathematical Modeling
MAT 132-46042
Instructor: Paul Hulse
Thie come wiU focus on the dmcdption of various problems in
the "real world" L n mathematical terms. Tapics will i n c l ~ ~ dpel y he-,
represemtations ofnumbers and various types of geometrg.
The course will emphasizethe use of mdyLical methodsr of mamamatios lo study these problems. G~'adeswill b~!based on homework assignments.
Prerequisite: Basic algebraand geometry
Distribution: M~Wlermttcs-Ph,ysics
T i e :1
W r n : OM 21
Linear Algebra In Action
MAT 315-48046
Instructor: Bev Durkee
A study of several applioations of l i n m in bra, including marlcov chains, Linear p
~
~
.leastgsqunres
,
fitting, computer
graphics, quadratic transformatione, ctc. as time p x m i t s . G d e s
will be determined by assignments of prabtems and examirmtionq.
Prerequisite:MAT 215
Time: I
Room: S 112
IM Numerical Pattern Processing
Through Programming
MAT 144-46043
211-46044
Instructor: Larry Copes
In this course students will learn to write elementary computer
programs in the Pascal language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be examined for patterns.
Wit11 the help of the instructor and each other, atudente will tost
coqjectm lhrough dam, d y s i s anrl further programs. Work
will be in individual. small group, and cl~ssroom
set1,ings.Evnluation will be through individual propm~s
and written reports. For
21 1. s t u d ~ n t sthe
, patterns and 1epo1.t~
will ~~equire
the rnatilemftticd maturity of one who has con~plateda semester oP coll~ge
mathematics at tlls calculus level. Stucknte can expeat, to spend
t h e equivalentof a,tlleast half ot'each day with s computer.
Prerequisite: For 1.44,Group Dl on Augr~lburgMath Placement
Exam. Fur 211. completion of Calculus I with grade
2.0 (C) or better
Time: I
Room: S 213
IIntroduction to Music Therapy:
A Clinical Overview
MUS 110-46047
Instructor: Roberta Metzler
Visitation of clinical facilities in the Metropolitan area to observe
music thempy in practice. Objeckives of the course wiU be to become familim with a variety of client el^ (including mentally retarded, emotional1y disturbed, and phy~callyhandicappod),and t
a
observe how music thara,pyfunctions with difYerent populations.
In addition to the field trips, c h a r w r n diacussior~swill incltlde an
overview of music therapy practices and theory in this country
and abroad. Evaluation will be based on tests, field trip reports,
and clam participation. A special class project will be required for
upper division d t . Student times must be flexible, to allow for
field trips during &her the morning or afternoon.
Fee: $15
Time: I1
Room: M5
Improvisation in Music
MUS 129-46065 329-48088
Instructor: StephenGabrielsen
The objective of this course is to learn to improvise in a variety of
styles.
Procedure: Assignments will be given using differing improvisational techniques. Students will perform for each other in class.
Upper division students will be expected to produce additional improvisations.
Prerequisite: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission
Dishbution:Art-Music
Time: II
Room: M4
Memorizationfor Musicians
MUS 151-48048 351-46049
Instructor:James D.Johnson
Multiple approaches to memorizing music via a foolproof system.
These systems are derived from the harmonic, melodic, rhythrmc,
and formal analysis of the music under study For instrumentalists and vocalists.
Upper division students will be expected to memorize more, perform more for the class and do more memory work away from
their instruments.
Prer uisite: Basic music study
-3
Room: M4
NORWEGIAN
LI Beginning Norwegian
NOR 111-46029
Instructor:Leif Hansen
The course provides an introduction to the basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing. The first class sessions are
conducted without the use of a printed text. Later class sessions
provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression is emphasized throughout
the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected.
Distribution:Foreign Language
Time:II
Room: OM 29
4 Norwegian Conversation and Composition
NOR 311-46030
Instructor: Leif Hansen
intensive practice in spoken Norwe,@= with emphasis on pronmaiation and original composition. Some attention given to r e
gional variation^ in spoken Norwegian a d to Werences between
the two official languages of N o m y Labora,Lorywork and f i ~ l r l
experience required.
uisite: NOR 211 or equivalent
Ez?m*
Room: OM 29
NURSING
Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330-46050
Instructor: Alice Stark
This course ie intmded to give &u&nts a bmad perspective by
jnb-uducing current trends a d issues in health care and the pmiession of nursing. Many of the issues are oontroversid, are relevant to c m ~ o npractice
t
md have potential for fwreacllingeffects
in h a l t h care. Students will be grzded on group prcsontations,
written examinations and field trip reports.
Prerequisite: Registered Nurse
Time: I
Room: OM 11
PHILOSOPHY
What Do You Think of That?
PHI250-46053
Instructor: Ken Bailey
There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some clem m d careful thought. What dlalX we thinlr m d
say a b u t such contexnporary issues as Freedom of the Will, C m
Cornputera Think?;and What are the Grounds of Moral Responsibility? Zn t h i course
~
we will CliRcu~sthme and other concerns that
confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more clem-15
Discussions will be based upon roadin* from a wide selec1,ionof
authors, some traditional (such as John Locke, Fkne Descartes,
anrl William James);and some very much in the forefront of contemporary diF;cuesion (such as Ayn Rand, B.F. Skinner, Sidney
Iloolc, and Jokn Roup~m).
Their views are provocative, to say the
least, and they will challenge you to ask,again and again, "Well,
Now. What Do You Think of That?" Grades based upon mid-term
examination, final examination, and discussions.
Distribution: History-Philo8ophy
Time:11
Room: OM 23
Angels and Devils: Their Existence and Nature
PHI248-48051
346-46052
Instructor: Mark Fuehrer
736s course inquires into the ~Astance
and nature of those beings
that are intelligencas and trarlitiondly identified w i t l the
~ anaelic
and demonic natures. W e shall investigate the evidence of such
kings, su1vcy the Mary of tl~eirconcept and attempt to answer
certain philosophical qvastiona abut them (sud~
as whether they
arr: unitcd to material M c s of any l h d , how thny differ from
each othur. m d how they a m ordered m d ranked). FurU~ern~ore
we shall survey t l ~ erepresentation of such kings in m. Literature, and on the s-e.
Besides a gmewl examination, students will be expected to do research on some specific topic m d report periodically on progress
of this rewrt. T h e reprt will bF r e d in class and submitted as a
term pqxc Final grnde will consist of exanxination, evaluation of
oral progress reports. and final report. U p p r division students
will have more cliff icult topics %signed and write longer wporta
t h a n lower division studenf.~.
uisite: One philosophy or religion course
EE3
Room: MEM 323
PHYSICS
Numerical Methods in Physics
PHY 345-48076
Instructor:Jeff Johnson
'
Throughout history physicists and in fact dl scientitsts. ha,ve endeavored In cwmprehend the physical world in all its pnerdity by
formulating pbsical law^ in the concise language of rnathcmatics. However, these mathematical ecluations which describe physi-
calayaterns a r o rarely solvable in nnalytictal closed form. Tlzerefore, an appreciation l'or and an und~rstandingof' approximation
and nume~.lcal
techniques is essentid for a prmticjng sciontist.
In this course we will study 1)Numerical integration; 2) Solutions
to 1st order differential equation: 3) Sch~dinger'sequation (an
example of a 2nd order differential equation).
The solution to Schrodinger's equation is important in physics
and chemistry and therefore we will devote a substantial amount
of c h s time to it.
Student performance will be based on problem assignments and
computer projects.
Prerequisite: Math 226: Phy 245 and some programming experience or permission of instructor
Time: I1
Room: S 329
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-48041
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the science of rnotwmlogy which will prwide a working b o w l e d g ~
of the principles of ntmosphesic science. Attention
will be given to four bwic weaa: obscnting the weather (including
state oP the art instrumentation), unde~atmciingweather pat.terns, far~aastingwesther changes and understanding the
world's climate. Relatcd topics to be included are: hydrology
(study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic erC~ctsof
the w~sthecand weather's jlnpmt on world events. This course iff
d o s i g n d to br! an elective or ~ a t i s r y
the Mathem~ttim-Physicsdistribution requirement Cor the liberal arts st,ud~mt.
The course will
includo daily lectures, assignments (one or two laboratory
~ e s s i o n swr week), two one-l~atrrexaminntiom and a rrsearcll
project.
Prei uisite: High school
Disaution: Mathematics hyucs
Time: 11
Room: S 212
Vbr?
The Discarded Image: Our Evolving View of
the Universe
PHY 109-46075
Instructor:Mark HoUabaugh
Men and women orbit the earth in the Space Shuttle. Geologists
u
x-rays from
study rocks from the moon. A ~ ~ o p h p i c i s tdetect
what might be black holes. These mdm,vors are a part of our
world and form our modern imaga of the universe.
But our image of the universe has changed, often slowly. When
confronted with Ch~opernicus'assertion that the sun, not an irnmovable ~arth,
was t h center
~
of the turiverse, Martin Luther
quickly cited J o ~ h u who
a
told the sun,not the e a r t h to stand still!
Beginning with the views of the Greeks, Babylonians, Hebrews
and Native Americans, this interdisciplinary course will examine
the impat of poople and discoveries on o w oasmological view&:
Copedcus, Cblika, Kepler, Newton, the tele~~mp,
Hubble, Einakin, high energy nstrophysicg,Hawking, and space travel.
The class will follow a seminar format consisting of lecture and
discussion. Each student will prepwe a major p a p r or project nnd
present it to the class. Extensive reading, including original
sources, will be required and there will be some mtl-onomicd o b
servation exercises.
Distribution:Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: M 24
Special Functions and Their Applications in
the Physical Sciences
PHY 327-46073
MAT 327-46074
Instructor:Ken Erickson
Certain mathematical functions find m e throughout the physical
sciencoa a d engineering dieciplinw bemuse of the high degree of
s y m m e t ~ ythey can represent. This course will acquaint the student with four categories of functions md their applicntions:
hgendre polynomja and spherical harmonics, Bessel functions,
Fourier series m d t r m ~ f o r m sand
,
fullctions of a conlpl~xvmriable.
The study of these special mathematical functions willbe stressed
through-their application to numerous physical systems possessing the appropriate symmetry represented by each of the
functions.
Student performance willbe evaluated on the basis of exams, several problem assignments and a project.
Prerequisite: PHY 122 (or consent of instructor)and
MAT 224 or equivalent
Time:I
Room: S 212
POLITICAL SCIENCE
The United Nations
POL 166-46068 366-46069
Instructor:Manjula Shyam
The course will involve detailed study of structure, purpose and
functions of the United Nations; geographical,historical, cultural,
political and economic background of the member states of the
Security Council; selected current topics before the United Nations; and procedural rules of the Security Council.
The course will lead to a six to eight hour simulation of a meeting
of the Security Council.
Evaluation of students in the course will be based on three short
papers and on performance in the simulation. Participation in the
simulationis compulsory.
Upper division students will be required to submit an additional
paper analyzing the political processes of the Security Council.
Prerequisite: One political science course for upper division credit
Distribution:Economics-PoliticalScience
Time: II
Room: OM 13
The Politics of International Economic Issues
POL 461-46056
Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten
The warall goal of the course is to understand how the international ~ y ~ t eismconceptualized differently Prom a world view emphasizing nation-state unitg. 7 3 pursue
~
this goal students wiU Yo.
GUA on sclwted politid and economic questions which prvoccupy
the headlines of 1985. Course objectives:
1. to explore the linkage between contemporary economic problems and political configurations in the international system,
and
2. to examine the political conflicts and choices confronting
world statesmen-in the changing economic environment of
the mid-1980s
Course content:
1. theories about the structure of international politics and economics, the debate over the meaning of interdependence in
the world of the 1980s;
2. specificissues of political economy, such as the change in the
distribution of economic power during the past decade, the
possibility of trade wars among 'advanced industrial countries, efforts by national leaders to coordinate their domestic
economic pities, and ad;justmentof ~pecificsectors, such as
agriculLur~!
m d finance, within a variety of countries; and
3.a simu la tioir of the w a y decision-makerscope with changes in
the world economy
Students will organize discussion groups for oral presentations
and critiques of readings, simulate international policy-making
roles, and prepare essays in a written take-homeexam.
Prerequisite:Pol Sci 160
Time: II
Room: M 22
PSYCHOLOGY
Developmental Psychology:Adolescent and
Young Adult
PSY 352-46096
Instructor:Duane E. Johnson
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of
data and theory related to development during the adolescent and
young adult periods of life.
This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of
student participation. Procedures will include class discussion,
short papers and oral reports, and at least two tests. Most of the
testing willrequire written responses.
Prerequisite:General Psychology
Time:I
Room: OM 16
Introduction to the World of Psychology
PSY 121-46081
Instructor:Paul Hirdrnan
Psychology is more than rats! It is a world of great breadth, with
differing levels of depth. her^ you will h ~ v the
e opportunity to
explore some of the coricepts, data and methods of psychology and
gain some understenclingand insights from this discipline. %ading-s, I&ms, and swcid premntations w
i
l
l ha 3aitilized involving
tlie instructor, class rnembws, nnd outaide speakers. Evaluation
wi 11 involve chas participation, sbudent research presentations,
and exams.
Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY
105(GeneralPsych).
Distribution:Psychology-Sociology
Time: I
Room: P 4
RELIGION
IChristianity in Modern Africa
REL 366-46058
Instructor:Bradley Holt
This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the
South. Students wiU be introduced to traditional African culture
and religion, the introduction of Christianit~and the present development of indigenous cklurches in West Africa. The newer "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts
to formulate "African Christian Theology.'' A major section of the
course will focus on contemporary responses of churches in South
Africa to the apartheid ~ystem
of racial segregation.Them will be
lectures and discussion of reaiding materials. films, nnd visiting
resource persons. Students will be ~valuntedon several short
tests and a short research paper.
Pre uisite One course jll ndiglon
Disaution: Religion (Only one interim uourm may be used toward graduationreligion requirements)
Time: 11
Room: OM 18
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345-46057
Instructor: Gene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will examine the present form and work of this church,
its origin as a special fellowship in the 16th century, and its development and cultural influence through 450 years of its history
The text by Bergendoff will provide an overview. Basic Lutheran
confessional writings will be read. Lecture and class discussion
will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art,
music, missions, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements willinclude two exams and one short report or paper. A text
costing approximately $11 must be purchased in class on the
third day
UiSf~ORecou~sehrelEgfon
""%
Mstrj
ution: M W o n (Qnly one In*
ward graduation religion requirements)
course m a y be used to-
Time: I
Room: OM 18
Archaeology and the Bible
REL 215-46101
Instructor:Philip Quanbeck
Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical archaeology, and review of some current findings. Each student will investigate one archaeological site, write a paper on that topic and
make a presentation to the class. Grade evaluation will be based
on class participation and the project.
Prerequisite: A mume Inreligion
Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim mume may be used toward graduation mligion requirements)
Time: I
Room: M 22
RUSSIAN
Giants of 19th-CenturyRussian Literature
RUS 210-46082
RUS 410-46083
Instructor:James E. Brown
This course will acquaint the student with outstanding Russian
writers of the 19th-century.Works to be read include three short
novels (Pushkin,"The Captain's Daughter"; Lermontov, "A Hero
of Our Time"; Turgenev, "Fathers and Sons"), two longer novels
(Dostoevsky, "Crime and Punishment"; Tolstoy, "Anna
Karenina"), and short stories by Chekhov and Tolstoy Students
are expected to read all the assigned works and participate in
class discussions. Lower division students must write three papers 3-5pages in length. Upper division students must write three
papers 5-7pages in length. There will be a final essay take-home
examination. Grades will be based on class participation, papers
and the final examination.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor for upper division registration
Distribution:English-Speech
Time: I1
Room: OM 21
SOCIAL WORK
Exploring Human Services
S W K 257-46059
Instructor:Mary Lou Williams
This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting
a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working
in a professional human service organization or agency; working
and talking with human service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This
course offers a "hands on," experiential approach to learning.
Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of
an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency
experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation
will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective
summary,brief journal summary, and final exam.
Time: I
Room: 6-12
Field Work I11
S W K 466-46060(1 course)
466-46061(% course)
Instructor:Maria Brown
The objectives of the class are to use supen&ory relationship to
increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to
increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem
solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to
professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for
personaUprofessional development; to promote competence in the
full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis
and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work II-educationally focused field placement in a social service agency
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement,
plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar
held on campus.
Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using
previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms.
NOTE:Course is offered for half (15 hours per week) or full (30
hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be
based on non-clientcontact tasks.
Time: To be arranged
SOCIQLOGY
Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
SOC241-46098
Instructor:Jerry Gerasimo
The concept of culture is examined anthropologidy and in the
wny we see and live in tha world. Wa will a y z e the basic assumptions underlying tho i d a s of "primitive," "civilized,"and
"pmgr~ss."
and selected aspects of Westem Culture.
Grades will be based on a midterm and a final ex-.
Time: I
Room: P 3
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION & THEATER
II Children's Theater
SPC 285-46064
Instructor:Gary Parker
Class members w i l l work as an ensembla ta create and p d u r m a
play for children, Development of the play will empilasize techniques of improvisatiuri. Students will participate both on and off
stago as performers (acto~s,
~ingom,dancers, musicians), production staff (publicity and mmagelnent),and kchnicd stnfP (Irigl~ts,
scenc:ry, wstumea, and props).Public performturces will be ~ c : h ~ d ulcd during tllc final week of class. G k W g will b~ based on the
mmmitment m d efi'wtiveness of work on Ihe production, and a
written notelnmlr of' daily mtivities and reactions. No I,henter-E
rience is necessary
Time: 9:30-12:00,1:00-3:00
Room: Stage T w o
E Writing the Creative Article
SPC 268-46062
368-46063
Instructor:Ray Anderson
The amative article is written out of the wribr's life expmienw.
The types to be streeaed in this co~wscme: prsonal experience,
whimsid essay. original humor, and inspdtion.
Four creative mtioles wnstitute the major projects. Students will.
read in thrw areas-the creative article.creativity. and humor.
Evaluation wiU be based primarily on the cxratfve projects and
sncondarily on examinations a d general participation. An effort
will be made to p~aduccquality material that can be submitted for
publication.
A higher quality of writing will be expected of upper division students.
Time:II
Room: OM 27
W Advanced Acting
SPC 432-46106
Instructor: Julie Bolton
In this course we will explore chmcter development through
scene work based on pkys from the &rent periods of dramatic litFrature. T i l e ins1,ructor will willmh students as 1hey prepare ~ u c t i tion pieces and soancs horn Shalrespeare, Moliere, Chekhov,
Shaw, Plinter and Becket among other's. We will prepare professional resumes, learn auditioning tmI1niques and discuss the
slmngths and drawbacks of the Uleatcr unions. Each student will
prepare an audition. Evduation will be based on a mid-interim
exam, the scenes, and the final audition. This class is only ofrered
periodiuaqy so don't mies tlle opportunity!
Prerequisite:Beginning Acting SPC 232 or Creative Dramatics
SPC 116
Time: I
Room: Stage 11
Television News Production
SPC 344-46072
Instructor: Mark Ambroze
This wiU be a basic m m e in television nows production taught on
location. Studenta will get practical experience in interviewing,
shooting,writing,editing and pmduaing the n w s . Grades will be
based primarily on how well these tasks are performed and on the
quality of material produced. Students will work in a newsroom
setting, not 5 television studio. Students should have some previous 'IT courseworlr. Check with Ray Anderson in the speech department for further information.
The course will be taught at W S A - T V in Golden Valley The instructors will be professionals a t the station. There will be occasional afternoon sessions in addition to the morning classes.
Time: I
Room: W S A , Golden Valley
OTHER COURSES
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not aonnected with Augsburg College but have been approved for
credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other e x penses which are the responsibility or the atudent. They a1.a offered only on a PIN basis. Fuller descript,ions and details for
registering are available in the Interim Office.
Outward Bound
HPE 212-46011
Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border
or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio
Grande in the Decerniwr 27 through January 17 period. There
is a cost of approximately $1,050 (the Outward Bound organization says scholarships are available).
Washington Interims
Women as Leaders: Preparing Early for Jobs at the Top
POL 398-46084
The President and Congress: An Inside View of Policymaking
POL 398-46085
These Interims begin December 29 and continue until January
17. InPormatiorr on either of the nbova programs, housing and
Pinancid assistance i s available from Dr. Mildn Redblom in Memorial 117A.
Basic Spinning,Weaving and Dyeing
ART 163-46040
Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost approximately $185.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
T h e following activitiem are available to student^ during Intcrkm and students may register for one of these as well aa for a
rsgul~roourse. These activities do not carry oPrioial credit. but
they d o meet the liFetimc aport8 rcquir'em~ntfar gradllation.
Students may pmticipaie in any one of those without 1-egist,ering for the cnurse, but twill be expected to pay m y fees wfialher
or lot the student registers for the course.
Alpine Skiing
HPE 002-46089
Instruction at beginner, intermediate and advanced levels at
Welch Ski Village, Monday and Wednesday evenings at 6:30for
six sessions. A fee of $42.00 for instruction and lift tickets.
Rental ski equipment available. Transportation from the student center will probably be available.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 6:30 p.m. M,W
American Karate
HPE 002-46086
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The Form, baslic techniques and practical usage of American
Karate, taug11t by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt
instructor. Fee of $25.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 12:00-1:00M,W,F
Room: Melby
Badminton
Racquetball
HPE 001-46087
Instructor: David Boots
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
T i e : 1:00-2:00 p.m.
Room: Melby
HPE 002-46088
Instructor: David Boots
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 9:30-10:30 a.m.
Room: Melby
Running
Weight Training
HPE 002-46091
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 1 2Noon
Room: Melby
HPE 002-46090
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: I
Room: Melby
UMAIE
Augsburg is pnrt of a consortium called UMAIE. Upper Midwest A ~ s o c i o l i o nTor Intercultural Education, wlzich offers
overseas learning cxpricnws during the Interim. F~utherinf'arrn~tienatsotst the following courses can be obtained from
Mary Kingslag in the International Fentar, Old Main 20, or
I'mm the Interim Ofrice. Eegietrat,ion for these Interims ends
October 25,1985. These courses are offered on FfNP b m i only.
~
A m e r i c m Writern in Europe
Ancient Greece: Its Art,,Religion, and Theatre
CI Art and Architecture in Ellgland and Frnnce
ll Biology and Natural I-listory d the Hawaiian Islands
n Rradl: Amxzon, Energy and IUcvelopmenL
H The C:tpitals of Eastern Europe
n China: The Midwest Connection
n Cornparntive Business Studies in a European Environment
f7 1Sissiden t s and Plttrlots: A Literary Tour of Britain
n Englilish School and Family
n France Today:S0ciet.y and Culture
n German Language and Culture: Munich. Salzburg & Vienna
n Hawaii: A Cultural. History
f l Health Care in Europe
H IsLmda of the Mediterranean
n Ittdy: Galileo and the Church
!l
Journalism and Mass Media in England and Scotland
Legal London
London,P:wis. Amsterdam: The L e g ~ oyf Wealth and Power
"Mttde in di~paa:"Japanese Businese m d Culture
Fkligion in Xsrnel and Egypt
Science in itn CttZturrrl Context: A European Survey
Soviet U'nian: Culture and History
Spain, A Country in Transition
The Spirit of Ireland
Theatre inF2ngl:lnnd
'Two T!~onsandYears in M e r
NOTES
Show less